summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/exp0910.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/exp0910.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/exp0910.txt24650
1 files changed, 24650 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/exp0910.txt b/old/exp0910.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19d7809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/exp0910.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24650 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Expositions of Holy Scripture: The Acts
+by Alexander Maclaren
+#9 in our series by Alexander Maclaren
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Expositions of Holy Scripture: The Acts
+
+Author: Alexander Maclaren
+
+Release Date: June, 2005 [EBook #8397]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on July 6, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXPOSITIONS OF HOLY SCRIPTURE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Franks, John Hagerson
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+
+
+
+EXPOSITIONS OF HOLY SCRIPTURE
+
+ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D.D., Litt. D.
+
+
+THE ACTS
+
+
+
+EXPOSITIONS OF HOLY SCRIPTURE
+
+ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D.D., Litt. D.
+
+
+THE ACTS
+
+_Chaps. I to XII_
+VERSE 17.
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+THE ASCENSION (Acts i. 1-14)
+
+THE THEME OF ACTS (Acts i. 1, 2; xxviii. 30, 31)
+
+THE FORTY DAYS (Acts i. 3)
+
+THE UNKNOWN TO-MORROW (Acts i. 7)
+
+THE APOSTOLIC WITNESSES (Acts i. 21, 22)
+
+THE ABIDING GIFT AND ITS TRANSITORY ACCOMPANIMENTS (Acts ii. 1-13)
+
+THE FOURFOLD SYMBOLS OF THE SPIRIT (Acts ii. 2, 3, 17; 1 John ii. 20)
+
+PETER'S FIRST SERMON (Acts ii. 32-47)
+
+THE NAME ABOVE EVERY NAME (Acts ii. 36)
+
+A FOURFOLD CORD (Acts ii. 42)
+
+A PURE CHURCH AN INCREASING CHURCH (Acts ii. 47)
+
+'THEN SHALL THE LAME MAN LEAP AS AN HART' (Acts iii. 1-16)
+
+'THE PRINCE OF LIFE' (Acts iii. 14, 15)
+
+THE HEALING POWER OF THE NAME (Acts iii. 16)
+
+THE SERVANT OF THE LORD (Acts iii. 26)
+
+THE FIRST BLAST OF TEMPEST (Acts iv. 1-14)
+
+WITH AND LIKE CHRIST (Acts iv. 13)
+
+OBEDIENT DISOBEDIENCE (Acts iv. 19-31)
+
+IMPOSSIBLE SILENCE (Acts iv. 20)
+
+THE SERVANT AND THE SLAVES (Acts iv. 25, 27, 29)
+
+THE WHEAT AND THE TARES (Acts iv. 32; v. 11)
+
+WHOM TO OBEY,--ANNAS OR ANGEL? (Acts v. 17-32)
+
+OUR CAPTAIN (Acts v. 31)
+
+GAMALIEL'S COUNSEL (Acts v. 38, 39)
+
+FILLED WITH THE SPIRIT (Acts vi. 3, 5, 8)
+
+STEPHEN'S VISION (Acts vii. 56)
+
+THE YOUNG SAUL AND THE AGED PAUL (Acts vii. 58; Philemon 9)
+
+THE DEATH OF THE MASTER AND THE DEATH OF THE SERVANT
+(Acts vii. 59, 60)
+
+SEED SCATTERED AND TAKING ROOT (Acts viii. 1-17)
+
+SIMON THE SORCERER (Acts viii. 21)
+
+A MEETING IN THE DESERT (Acts viii. 26-40)
+
+PHILIP THE EVANGELIST (Acts viii. 40)
+
+GRACE TRIUMPHANT (Acts ix. 1-12; 17-20)
+
+'THIS WAY' (Acts ix. 2)
+
+A BIRD'S-EYE VIEW OF THE EARLY CHURCH (Acts ix. 31)
+
+COPIES OF CHRIST'S MANNER (Acts ix. 34, 40)
+
+WHAT GOD HATH CLEANSED (Acts x. 1-20)
+
+'GOD IS NO RESPECTER OF PERSONS' (Acts x. 30-44)
+
+PETER'S APOLOGIA (Acts xi. 1-18)
+
+THE FIRST PREACHING AT ANTIOCH (Acts xi. 20, 21)
+
+THE EXHORTATION OF BARNABAS (Acts xi. 23)
+
+WHAT A GOOD MAN IS, AND HOW HE BECOMES SO (Acts xi. 24)
+
+A NICKNAME ACCEPTED (Acts xi. 26)
+
+THE MARTYRDOM OF JAMES (Acts xii. 2)
+
+PETER'S DELIVERANCE FROM PRISON (Acts xii. 5, R.V.)
+
+THE ANGEL'S TOUCH (Acts xii. 7, 23)
+
+'SOBER CERTAINTY' (Acts xii. 11)
+
+RHODA (Acts xii. 13)
+
+PETER AFTER HIS ESCAPE (Acts xii. 17)
+
+
+
+THE ASCENSION
+
+'The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus
+began both to do and teach, 2. Until the day in which He was
+taken up, after that He through the Holy Ghost had given
+commandments unto the Apostles whom He had chosen: 3. To whom
+also He shewed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible
+proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things
+pertaining to the kingdom of God: 4. And, being assembled
+together with them, commanded them that they should not depart
+from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which,
+saith He, ye have heard of Me. 5. For John truly baptized with
+water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days
+hence. 6. When they therefore were come together, they asked of
+Him, saying, Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the
+kingdom to Israel? 7. And He said unto them, It is not for you to
+know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His
+own power. 8. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy
+Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in
+Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the
+uttermost part of the earth. 9. And when He had spoken these
+things, while they beheld, He was taken up; and a cloud received
+Him out of their sight. 10. And while they looked stedfastly
+toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in
+white apparel; l1. Which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand
+ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from
+you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him
+go into heaven. 12. Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the
+mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusalem a Sabbath day's
+journey. 13. And when they were come in, they went up into an
+upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and
+Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the
+son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of
+James. 14. These all continued with one accord in prayer and
+supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and
+with His brethren.'--ACTS i. 1-14.
+
+The Ascension is twice narrated by Luke. The life begun by the
+supernatural birth ends with the supernatural Ascension, which sets
+the seal of Heaven on Christ's claims and work. Therefore the Gospel
+ends with it. But it is also the starting-point of the Christ's
+heavenly activity, of which the growth of His Church, as recorded in
+the Acts, is the issue. Therefore the Book of the Acts of the
+Apostles begins with it.
+
+The keynote of the 'treatise' lies in the first words, which describe
+the Gospel as the record of what 'Jesus _began_ to do and teach,'
+Luke would have gone on to say that this second book of his contained
+the story of what Jesus went on to do and teach after He was 'taken
+up,' if he had been strictly accurate, or had carried out his first
+intention, as shown by the mould of his introductory sentence; but he
+is swept on into the full stream of his narrative, and we have to
+infer the contrast between his two volumes from his statement of the
+contents of his first.
+
+The book, then, is misnamed Acts of the Apostles, both because the
+greater number of the Apostles do nothing in it, and because, in
+accordance with the hint of the first verse, Christ Himself is the
+doer of all, as comes out distinctly in many places where the
+critical events of the Church's progress and extension are attributed
+to 'the Lord.' In one aspect, Christ's work on earth was finished on
+the Cross; in another, that finished work is but the beginning both
+of His doing and teaching. Therefore we are not to regard His
+teaching while on earth as the completion of Christian revelation. To
+set aside the Epistles on the plea that the Gospels contain Christ's
+own teaching, while the Epistles are only Paul's or John's, is to
+misconceive the relation between the earthly and the heavenly
+activity of Jesus.
+
+The statement of the theme of the book is followed by a brief summary
+of the events between the Resurrection and Ascension. Luke had spoken
+of these in the end of his Gospel, but given no note of time, and run
+together the events of the day of the Resurrection and of the
+following weeks, so that it might appear, as has been actually
+contended that he meant, that the Ascension took place on the very
+day of Resurrection. The fact that in this place he gives more
+detailed statements, and tells how long elapsed between the
+Resurrection Sunday and the Ascension, might have taught hasty
+critics that an author need not be ignorant of what he does not
+mention, and that a detailed account does not contradict a summary
+one,--truths which do not seem very recondite, but have often been
+forgotten by very learned commentators.
+
+Three points are signalised as occupying the forty days: commandments
+were given, Christ's actual living presence was demonstrated (by
+sight, touch, hearing, etc.), and instructions concerning the kingdom
+were imparted. The old blessed closeness and continuity of
+companionship had ceased. Our Lord's appearances were now occasional.
+He came to the disciples, they knew not whence; He withdrew from
+them, they knew not whither. Apparently a sacred awe restrained them
+from seeking to detain Him or to follow Him. Their hearts would be
+full of strangely mingled feelings, and they were being taught by
+gentle degrees to do without Him. Not only a divine decorum, but a
+most gracious tenderness, dictated the alternation of presence and
+absence during these days.
+
+The instructions then given are again referred to in Luke's Gospel,
+and are there represented as principally directed to opening their
+minds 'that they might understand the Scriptures.' The main thing
+about the kingdom which they had then to learn, was that it was
+founded on the death of Christ, who had fulfilled all the Old
+Testament predictions. Much remained untaught, which after years were
+to bring to clear knowledge; but from the illumination shed during
+these fruitful days flowed the remarkable vigour and confidence of
+the Apostolic appeal to the prophets, in the first conflicts of the
+Church with the rulers. Christ is the King of the kingdom, and His
+Cross is His throne,--these truths being grasped revolutionised the
+Apostles' conceptions. They are as needful for us.
+
+From verse 4 onwards the last interview seems to be narrated.
+Probably it began in the city, and ended on the slopes of Olivet.
+There was a solemn summoning together of the Eleven, which is twice
+referred to (vs. 4, 6). What awe of expectancy would rest on the
+group as they gathered round Him, perhaps half suspecting that it was
+for the last time! His words would change the suspicion into
+certainty, for He proceeded to tell them what they were not to do and
+to do, when left alone. The tone of leave-taking is unmistakable.
+
+The prohibition against leaving Jerusalem implies that they would
+have done so if left to themselves; and it would have been small
+wonder if they had been eager to hurry back to quiet Galilee, their
+home, and to shake from their feet the dust of the city where their
+Lord had been slain. Truly they would feel like sheep in the midst of
+wolves when He had gone, and Pharisees and priests and Roman officers
+ringed them round. No wonder if, like a shepherdless flock, they had
+broken and scattered! But the theocratic importance of Jerusalem, and
+the fact that nowhere else could the Apostles secure such an audience
+for their witness, made their 'beginning at Jerusalem' necessary. So
+they were to crush their natural longing to get back to Galilee, and
+to stay in their dangerous position. We have all to ask, not where we
+should be most at ease, but where we shall be most efficient as
+witnesses for Christ, and to remember that very often the presence of
+adversaries makes the door 'great and effectual.'
+
+These eleven poor men were not left by their Master with a hard task
+and no help. He bade them 'wait' for the promised Holy Spirit, the
+coming of whom they had heard from Him when in the upper room He
+spoke to them of 'the Comforter.' They were too feeble to act alone,
+and silence and retirement were all that He enjoined till they had
+been plunged into the fiery baptism which should quicken, strengthen,
+and transform them.
+
+The order in which promise and command occur here shows how
+graciously Jesus considered the Apostles' weakness. Not a word does
+He say of their task of witnessing, till He has filled their hearts
+with the promise of the Spirit. He shows them the armour of power in
+which they are to be clothed, before He points them to the
+battlefield. Waiting times are not wasted times. Over-eagerness to
+rush into work, especially into conspicuous and perilous work, is
+sure to end in defeat. Till we feel the power coming into us, we had
+better be still.
+
+The promise of this great gift, the nature of which they but dimly
+knew, set the Apostles' expectations on tiptoe, and they seem to have
+thought that their reception of it was in some way the herald of the
+establishment of the Messianic kingdom. So it was, but in a very
+different fashion from their dream. They had not learned so much from
+the forty days' instructions concerning the kingdom as to be free
+from their old Jewish notions, which colour their question, 'Wilt
+Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?' They believed
+that Jesus could establish His kingdom when He would. They were
+right, and also wrong,--right, for He is King; wrong, for its
+establishment is not to be effected by a single act of power, but by
+the slow process of preaching the gospel.
+
+Our Lord does not deal with their misconceptions which could only be
+cured by time and events; but He lays down great principles, which we
+need as much as the Eleven did. The 'times and seasons,' the long
+stretches of days, and the critical epoch-making moments, are known
+to God only; our business is, not to speculate curiously about these,
+but to do the plain duty which is incumbent on the Church at all
+times. The perpetual office of Christ's people to be His witnesses,
+their equipment for that function (namely, the power of the Holy
+Spirit coming on them), and the sphere of their work (namely, in
+ever-widening circles, Jerusalem, Samaria, and the whole world), are
+laid down, not for the first hearers only, but for all ages and for
+each individual, in these last words of the Lord as He stood on
+Olivet, ready to depart.
+
+The calm simplicity of the account of the Ascension is remarkable. So
+great an event told in such few, unimpassioned words! Luke's Gospel
+gives the further detail that it was in the act of blessing with
+uplifted hands that our Lord was parted from the Eleven. Two
+expressions are here used to describe the Ascension, one of which
+('was taken up') implies that He was passive, the other of which ('He
+went') implies that He was active. Both are true. As in the accounts
+of the Resurrection He is sometimes said to have been raised, and
+sometimes to have risen, so here. The Father took the Son back to the
+glory, the Son left the world and went to the Father. No chariot of
+fire, no whirlwind, was needed to lift Him to the throne. Elijah was
+carried by such agency into a sphere new to him; Jesus ascended up
+where He was before.
+
+No other mode of departure from earth would have corresponded to His
+voluntary, supernatural birth. He carried manhood up to the throne
+of God. The cloud which received Him while yet He was well within
+sight of the gazers was probably that same bright cloud, the symbol
+of the Divine Presence, which of old dwelt between the cherubim. His
+entrance into it visibly symbolised the permanent participation, then
+begun, of His glorified manhood in the divine glory.
+
+Most true to human nature is that continued gaze upwards after He had
+passed into the hiding brightness of the glory-cloud. How many of us
+know what it is to look long at the spot on the horizon where the
+last glint of sunshine struck the sails of the ship that bore dear
+ones away from us! It was fitting that angels, who had heralded His
+birth and watched His grave, should proclaim His Second Coming to
+earth.
+
+It was gracious that, in the moment of keenest sense of desolation
+and loss, the great hope of reunion should be poured into the hearts
+of the Apostles. Nothing can be more distinct and assured than the
+terms of that angel message. It gives for the faith and hope of all
+ages the assurance that He will come; that He who comes will be the
+very Jesus who went; that His coming will be, like His departure,
+visible, corporeal, local. He will bring again all His tenderness,
+all His brother's heart, all His divine power, and will gather His
+servants to Himself.
+
+No wonder that, with such hopes flowing over the top of their sorrow,
+like oil on troubled waters, the little group went back to the upper
+room, hallowed by memories of the Last Supper, and there waited in
+prayer and supplication during the ten days which elapsed till
+Pentecost. So should we use the interval between any promise and its
+fulfilment. Patient expectation, believing prayer, harmonious
+association with our brethren, will prepare us for receiving the gift
+of the Spirit, and will help to equip us as witnesses for Jesus.
+
+
+
+THE THEME OF ACTS
+
+'The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that
+Jesus began both to do and teach. 2. Until the day in which He
+was taken up.'--ACTS i. 1, 2.
+
+'And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and
+received all that came in unto him, 31. Preaching the kingdom
+of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus
+Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him.'
+--ACTS xxviii. 30, 31.
+
+So begins and so ends this Book. I connect the commencement and the
+close, because I think that the juxtaposition throws great light upon
+the purpose of the writer, and suggests some very important lessons.
+The reference to 'the former treatise' (which is, of course, the
+Gospel according to Luke) implies that this Book is to be regarded as
+its sequel, and the terms of the reference show the writer's own
+conception of what he was going to do in his second volume. 'The
+former treatise have I made ... of all that Jesus _began_ both to do
+and teach until the day in which He was taken up.' Is not the natural
+inference that the latter treatise will tell us what Jesus
+_continued_ 'to do and teach' _after_ He was taken up? I think so.
+And thus the writer sets forth at once, for those that have eyes to
+see, what he means to do, and what he thinks his book is going to be
+about.
+
+So, then, the name 'The Acts of the Apostles,' which is not coeval
+with the book itself, is somewhat of a misnomer. Most of the Apostles
+are never heard of in it. There are, at the most, only three or four
+of them concerning whom anything in the book is recorded. But our
+first text supplies a deeper reason for regarding that title as
+inadequate, and even misleading. For, if the theme of the story be
+what Christ did, then the book is, not the 'Acts of the _Apostles_,'
+but the 'Acts of _Jesus Christ_' through His servants. He, and He
+alone, is the Actor; and the men who appear in it are but instruments
+in His hands, He alone being the mover of the pawns on the board.
+
+That conception of the purpose of the book seems to me to have light
+cast upon it by, and to explain, the singular abruptness of its
+conclusion, which must strike every reader. No doubt it is quite
+possible that the reason why the book ends in such a singular
+fashion, planting Paul in Rome, and leaving him there, may be that
+the date of its composition was that imprisonment of Paul in the
+Imperial City, in a part of which, at all events, we know that Luke
+was his companion. But, whilst that consideration may explain the
+point at which the book stops, it does not explain the way in which
+it stops. The historian lays down his pen, possibly because he had
+brought his narrative up to date. But a word of conclusion explaining
+that it was so would have been very natural, and its absence must
+have had some reason. It is also possible that the arrival of the
+Apostle in the Imperial City, and his unhindered liberty of preaching
+there, in the very centre of power, the focus of intellectual life,
+and the hot-bed of corruption for the known world, may have seemed to
+the writer an epoch which rounded off his story. But I think that the
+reason for the abruptness of the record's close is to be found in the
+continuity of the work of which it tells a part. It is the unfinished
+record of an incomplete work. The theme is the work of Christ through
+the ages, of which each successive depository of His energies can do
+but a small portion, and must leave that portion unfinished; the book
+does not so much end as stop. It is a fragment, because the work of
+which it tells is not yet a whole.
+
+If, then, we put these two things--the beginning and the ending of
+the Acts--together, I think we get some thoughts about what Christ
+began to do and teach on earth; what He continues to do and teach in
+heaven; and how small and fragmentary a share in that work each
+individual servant of His has. Let us look at these points briefly.
+
+I. First, then, we have here the suggestion of what Christ began to
+do and teach on earth.
+
+Now, at first sight, the words of our text seem to be in strange and
+startling contradiction to the solemn cry which rang out of the
+darkness upon Calvary. Jesus said, 'It is finished!' and 'gave up the
+ghost.' Luke says He 'began to do and teach.' Is there any
+contradiction between the two? Certainly not. It is one thing to lay
+a foundation; it is another thing to build a house. And the work of
+laying the foundation must be finished before the work of building
+the structure upon it can be begun. It is one thing to create a
+force; it is another thing to apply it. It is one thing to compound a
+medicine; it is another thing to administer it. It is one thing to
+unveil a truth; it is another to unfold its successive applications,
+and to work it into a belief and practice in the world. The former is
+the work of Christ which was finished on earth; the latter is the
+work which is continuous throughout the ages.
+
+'He began to do and teach,' not in the sense that any should come
+after Him and do, as the disciples of most great discoverers and
+thinkers have had to do: namely, systematise, rectify, and complete
+the first glimpses of truth which the master had given. 'He began to
+do and teach,' not in the sense that after He had 'passed into the
+heavens' any new truth or force can for evermore be imparted to
+humanity in regard of the subjects which He taught and the energies
+which He brought. But whilst thus His work is complete, His earthly
+work is also initial. And we must remember that whatever distinction
+my text may mean to draw between the work of Christ in the past and
+that in the present and the future, it does not mean to imply that
+when He 'ascended up on high' He had not completed the task for which
+He came, or that the world had to wait for anything more, either from
+Him or from others, to eke out the imperfections of His doctrine or
+the insufficiencies of His work.
+
+Let us ever remember that the initial work of Christ on earth is
+complete in so far as the revelation of God to men is concerned.
+There will be no other. There is needed no other. Nothing more is
+possible than what He, by His words and by His life, by His
+gentleness and His grace, by His patience and His Passion, has
+unveiled to all men, of the heart and character of God. The
+revelation is complete, and he that professes to add anything to, or
+to substitute anything for, the finished teaching of Jesus Christ
+concerning God, and man's relation to God, and man's duty, destiny,
+and hopes, is a false teacher, and to follow him is fatal. All that
+ever come after Him and say, 'Here is something that Christ has not
+told you,' are thieves and robbers, 'and the sheep will not hear
+them.'
+
+In like manner that work of Christ, which in some sense is initial,
+is complete as Redemption. 'This Man has offered up one sacrifice for
+sins for ever.' And nothing more can He do than He has done; and
+nothing more can any man or all men do than was accomplished on the
+Cross of Calvary as giving a revelation, as effecting a redemption,
+as lodging in the heart of humanity, and in the midst of the stream
+of human history, a purifying energy, sufficient to cleanse the whole
+black stream. The past work which culminated on the Cross, and was
+sealed as adequate and accepted of God in the Resurrection and
+Ascension, needs no supplement, and can have no continuation, world
+without end. And so, whatever may be the meaning of that singular
+phrase, 'began to do and teach,' it does not, in the smallest degree,
+conflict with the assurance that He hath ascended up on high, 'having
+obtained eternal redemption for us,' and 'having finished the work
+which the Father gave Him to do.'
+
+II. But then, secondly, we have to notice what Christ continues to do
+and to teach after His Ascension.
+
+I have already suggested that the phraseology of the first of my
+texts naturally leads to the conclusion that the theme of this Book
+of the Acts is the continuous work of the ascended Saviour, and that
+the language is not forced by being thus interpreted is very plain to
+any one who will glance even cursorily over the contents of the book
+itself. For there is nothing in it more obvious and remarkable than
+the way in which, at every turn in the narrative, all is referred to
+Jesus Christ Himself.
+
+For instance, to cull one or two cases in order to bring the matter
+more plainly before you--When the Apostles determined to select
+another Apostle to fill Judas' place, they asked Jesus Christ to show
+which 'of these two Thou hast chosen.' When Peter is called upon to
+explain the tongues at Pentecost he says, 'Jesus hath shed forth this
+which ye now see and hear.' When the writer would tell the reason of
+the large first increase to the Church, he says, 'The Lord added to
+the Church daily such as should be saved.' Peter and John go into the
+Temple to heal the lame man, and their words to him are, 'Do not
+think that our power or holiness is any factor in your cure. The Name
+hath made this man whole.' It is the Lord that appears to Paul and to
+Ananias, to the one on the road to Damascus and to the other in the
+city. It is the Lord to whom Peter refers Aeneas when he says, 'Jesus
+Christ maketh thee whole.' It was the Lord that 'opened the heart of
+Lydia.' It was the Lord that appeared to Paul in Corinth, and said to
+him, 'I have much people in this city'; and again, when in the prison
+at Jerusalem, He assured the Apostle that he would be carried to
+Rome. And so, at every turn in the narrative, we find that Christ is
+presented as influencing men's hearts, operating upon outward events,
+working miracles, confirming His word, leading His servants, and
+prescribing for them their paths, and all which they do is done by
+the hand of the Lord with them confirming the word which they spoke.
+Jesus Christ is the Actor, and He only is the Actor; men are His
+implements and instruments.
+
+The same point of view is suggested by another of the characteristics
+of this book, which it shares in common with all Scripture
+narratives, and that is the stolid indifference with which it picks
+up and drops men, according to the degree in which, for the moment,
+they are the instruments of Christ's power. Supposing a man had been
+writing Acts of the Apostles, do you think it would have been
+possible that of the greater number of them he should not say a word,
+that concerning those of whom he does speak he should deal with them
+as this book does, barely mentioning the martyrdom of James, one of
+the four chief Apostles; allowing Peter to slip out of the narrative
+after the great meeting of the Church at Jerusalem; letting Philip
+disappear without a hint of what he did thereafter; lodging Paul in
+Rome and leaving him there, with no account of his subsequent work or
+martyrdom? Such phenomena--and they might be largely multiplied--are
+only explicable upon one hypothesis. As long as electricity streams
+on the carbon point it glows and is visible, but when the current is
+turned to another lamp we see no more of the bit of carbon. As long
+as God uses a man the man is of interest to the writers of the
+Scriptures. When God uses another one, they drop the first, and have
+no more care about him, because their theme is not men and their
+doings, but God's doings through men.
+
+On us, and in us, and by us, and for us, if we are His servants,
+Jesus Christ is working all through the ages. He is the Lord of
+Providence, He is the King of history, in His hand is the book with
+the seven seals; He sends His Spirit, and where His Spirit is He is;
+and what His Spirit does He does. And thus He continues to teach and
+to work from His throne in the heavens.
+
+He continues to teach, not by the communication of new truth. That is
+finished. The volume of Revelation is complete. The last word of the
+divine utterances hath been spoken until that final word which shall
+end Time and crumble the earth. But the application of the completed
+Revelation, the unfolding of all that is wrapped in germ in it; the
+growing of the seed into a tree, the realisation more completely by
+individuals and communities of the principles and truths which Jesus
+Christ has brought us by His life and His death--that is the work
+that is going on to-day, and that will go on till the end of the
+world. For the old Puritan belief is true, though the modern
+rationalistic mutilations of it are false, 'God hath more light yet
+to break forth'--and our modern men stop there. But what the sturdy
+old Puritan said was, 'more light yet to break forth from His holy
+Word.' Jesus Christ teaches the ages--through the lessons of
+providence and the communication of His Spirit to His Church--to
+understand what He gave the world when He was here.
+
+In like manner He works. The foundation is laid, the healing medicine
+is prepared, the cleansing element is cast into the mass of humanity;
+what remains is the application and appropriation, and incorporation
+in conduct, of the redeeming powers that Jesus Christ has brought.
+And that work is going on, and will go on, till the end.
+
+Now these truths of our Lord's continuous activity in teaching and
+working from heaven may yield us some not unimportant lessons. What a
+depth and warmth and reality the thoughts give to the Christian's
+relation to Jesus Christ! We have to look back to that Cross as the
+foundation of all our hope. Yes! But we have to think, not only of a
+Christ who did something for us long ago in the past, and there an
+end, but of a Christ who to-day lives and reigns, 'to do and to
+teach' according to our necessities. What a sweetness and sacredness
+such thoughts impart to all external events, which we may regard as
+being the operation of His love, and as moved by the hands that were
+nailed to the Cross for us, and now hold the sceptre of the universe
+for the blessing of mankind! What a fountain of hope they open in
+estimating future probabilities of victory for truth and goodness!
+The forces of good and evil in the world seem very disproportionate,
+but we forget too often to take Christ into account. It is not _we_
+that have to fight against evil; at the best we are but the sword
+which Christ wields, and all the power is in the hand that wields it.
+Great men die, good men die; Jesus Christ is not dead. Paul was
+martyred: Jesus lives; He is the anchor of our hope. We see miseries
+and mysteries enough, God knows. The prospects of all good causes
+seem often clouded and dark. The world has an awful power of putting
+drags upon all chariots that bear blessings, and of turning to evil
+every good. You cannot diffuse education, but you diffuse the taste
+for rubbish and something worse, in the shape of books. No good thing
+but has its shadow of evil attendant upon it. And if we had only to
+estimate by visible or human forces, we might well sit down and wrap
+ourselves in the sackcloth of pessimism. 'We see not yet all things
+put under Him'; but 'we see Jesus crowned with glory and honour,' and
+the vision that cheered the first martyr--of Christ 'standing at the
+right hand of God'--is the rebuke of every fear and every gloomy
+anticipation for ourselves or for the world.
+
+What a lesson of lowliness and of diligence it gives us! The jangling
+church at Corinth fought about whether Paul or Apollos or Cephas was
+the man to lead the Church, and the experience has been repeated over
+and over again. 'Who is Paul? Who is Apollos? but ministers by whom
+ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man. Be not puffed up one
+against another. Be not wise in your own conceits.' You are only a
+tool, only a pawn in the hand of the Great Player. If you have
+anything, it is because you get it from Him. See that you use it, and
+do not boast about it. Jesus Christ is the Worker, the only Worker;
+the Teacher, the only Teacher. All our wisdom is derived, all our
+light is enkindled. We are but the reeds through which His breath
+makes music. And 'shall the axe boast itself,' either 'against' or
+apart from 'Him that heweth therewith'?
+
+III. Lastly, we note the incompleteness of each man's share in the
+great work.
+
+As I said, the book which is to tell the story of Christ's continuous
+unfinished work must stop abruptly. There is no help for it. If it
+was a history of Paul it would need to be wound up to an end and a
+selvage put to it, but as it is the history of Christ's working, the
+web is not half finished, and the shuttle stops in the middle of a
+cast. The book must be incomplete, because the work of which it is
+the record does not end until 'He shall have delivered up the Kingdom
+to the Father, and God shall be all in all.'
+
+So the work of each man is but a fragment of that great work. Every
+man inherits unfinished tasks from his predecessors, and leaves
+unfinished tasks to his successors. It is, as it used to be in the
+Middle Ages, when the hands that dug the foundations, or laid the
+first courses, of some great cathedral, were dead long generations
+before the gilded cross was set on the apex of the needlespire, and
+the glowing glass filled in to the painted windows. Enough for us, if
+we lay a stone, though it be but one stone in one of the courses of
+the great building.
+
+Luke has left plenty of blank paper at the end of his second
+'treatise,' on which he meant that succeeding generations should
+write their partial contributions to the completed work. Dear
+friends, let us see that we write our little line, as monks in their
+monasteries used to keep the chronicle of the house, on which scribe
+after scribe toiled at its illuminated letters with loving patience
+for a little while, and then handed the pen from his dying hand to
+another. What does it matter though we drop, having done but a
+fragment? He gathers up the fragments into His completed work, and
+the imperfect services which He enabled any of us to do will all be
+represented in the perfect circle of His finished work. The Lord help
+us to be faithful to the power that works in us, and to leave Him to
+incorporate our fragments in His mighty whole!
+
+
+
+THE FORTY DAYS
+
+'To whom also He shewed Himself alive after His passion by many
+infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of
+the things pertaining to the kingdom of God.'--ACTS i. 3.
+
+The forty days between the Resurrection and the Ascension have
+distinctly marked characteristics. They are unlike to the period
+before them in many respects, but completely similar in others; they
+have a preparatory character throughout; they all bear on the future
+work of the disciples, and hearten them for the time when they should
+be left alone.
+
+The words of the text give us their leading features. They bring
+out--
+
+1. Their evidential value, as confirming the fact of the
+Resurrection.
+
+'He showed Himself alive after His passion by ... proofs.'
+
+By sight, repeated, to individuals, to companies, to Mary in her
+solitary sadness, to Peter the penitent, to the two on the road to
+Emmaus. At all hours: in the evening when the doors were shut; in the
+morning; in grey twilight; in daytime on the road. At many places--in
+houses, out of doors.
+
+The signs of true corporeity--the sight, the eating.
+
+The signs of bodily identity,--'Reach hither thy hand.' 'He showed
+them His hands and His side.'
+
+Was this the glorified body?
+
+The affirmative answer is usually rested on the facts that He was not
+known by Mary or the disciples on the road to Emmaus, and that He
+came into the upper room when the doors were shut. But the force of
+these facts is broken by remembering that Mary saw nothing about Him
+unlike other men, but supposed Him to be the gardener--which puts the
+idea of a glorified body out of the question, and leaves us to
+suppose that she was full of weeping indifference to any one.
+
+Then as to the disciples on the road to Emmaus, Luke carefully tells
+us that the reason why they did not know Him was _in them_ and not in
+Him--that it was 'because their eyes were holden,' not because His
+body was changed.
+
+And as to His coming when the doors were shut, why should not that be
+like the other miracles, when 'He conveyed Himself away, a multitude
+being in the place,' and when He walked on the waters?
+
+There cannot then be anything decidedly built on these facts, and the
+considerations on the other side are very strong. Surely the whole
+drift of the narrative goes in the direction of representing Christ's
+'glory' as beginning with His Ascension, and consequently the 'body
+of His glory' as being then assumed. Further, the argument of 1 Cor.
+xv. goes on the assumption that 'flesh and blood cannot inherit the
+kingdom of God,' that is, that the material corporeity is incongruous
+with, and incapable of entrance into, the conditions of that future
+life, and, by parity of reasoning, that the spiritual body, which is
+to be conformed to the body of Christ's glory, is incongruous with,
+and incapable of entrance into, the conditions of this earthly life.
+As is the environment, so must be the 'body' that is at home in it.
+
+Further, the facts of our Lord's eating and drinking after His
+Resurrection are not easily reconcilable with the contention that He
+was then invested with the glorified body.
+
+We must, then, think of transfiguration, rather than of resurrection
+only, as the way by which He passed into the heavens. He 'slept' but
+woke, and, as He ascended, was 'changed.'
+
+II. The renewal of the old bond by the tokens of His unchanged
+disposition.
+
+Recall the many beautiful links with the past: the message to Peter;
+that to Mary; 'Tell My brethren,' 'He was known in breaking of
+bread,' 'Peace be with you!' (repetition from John xvii.), the
+miraculous draught of fishes, and the meal and conversation
+afterwards, recalling the miracle at the beginning of the closer
+association of the four Apostles of the first rank with their Lord.
+The forty days revealed the old heart, the old tenderness. He
+remembers all the past. He sends a message to the penitent; He renews
+to the faithful the former gift of 'peace.'
+
+How precious all this is as a revelation of the impotence of death in
+regard to Him and us! It assures us of the perpetuity of His love. He
+showed Himself after His passion as the same old Self, the same old
+tender Lover. His appearances then prepare us for the last vision of
+Him in the Apocalypse, in which we see His perpetual humanity, His
+perpetual tenderness, and hear Him saying: 'I am ... the Living One,
+and I became dead, and behold, I am alive for evermore.'
+
+These forty days assure us of the narrow limits of the power of
+death. Love lives through death, memory lives through it. Christ has
+lived through it and comes up from the grave, serene and tender, with
+unruffled peace, with all the old tones of tenderness in the voice
+that said 'Mary!' So may we be sure that through death and after it
+we shall live and be ourselves. We, too, shall show ourselves alive
+after we have experienced the superficial change of death.
+
+III. The change in Christ's relations to the disciples and to the
+world. 'Appearing unto them by the space of forty days.'
+
+The words mark a contrast to Christ's former constant intercourse
+with the disciples. This is occasional; He appears at intervals
+during the forty days. He comes amongst them and disappears. He is
+seen again in the morning light by the lake-side and goes away. He
+tells them to come and meet Him in Galilee. That intermittent
+presence prepared the disciples for His departure. It was painful and
+educative. It carried out His own word, 'And now I am no more in the
+world.'
+
+We observe in the disciples traces of a deeper awe. They say little.
+'Master!' 'My Lord and my God!' 'None durst ask Him, Who art Thou?'
+Even Peter ventures only on 'Lord, Thou knowest all things,' and on
+one flash of the old familiarity: 'What shall this man do?' John, who
+recalls very touchingly, in that appendix to his Gospel, the blessed
+time when he leaned on Jesus' breast at supper, now only humbly
+follows, while the others sit still and awed, by that strange fire on
+the banks of the lonely lake.
+
+A clearer vision of the Lord on their parts, a deeper sense of who He
+is, make them assume more of the attitude of worshippers, though not
+less that of friends. And He can no more dwell with them, and go in
+and out among them.
+
+As for the world--'It seeth Me no more, but ye see Me.' He was 'seen
+of _them_,' not of others. There is no more appeal to the people, no
+more teaching, no more standing in the Temple. Why is this? Is it not
+the commentary on His own word on the Cross, 'It is finished!'
+marking most distinctly that His work on earth was ended when He
+died, and so confirming that conception of His earthly mission which
+sees its culmination and centre of power in the Cross?
+
+IV. Instruction and prophecy for the future.
+
+The preparation of the disciples for their future work and condition
+was a chief purpose of the forty days. Jesus spoke 'of the things
+pertaining to the Kingdom of God.' He also 'gave commandments to the
+Apostles.'
+
+Note how much there is, in His conversations with them--
+
+1. Of opening to them the Scriptures. 'Christ must needs suffer,'
+etc.
+
+2. Of lessons for their future, thus fitting them for their task.
+
+3. Mark how this transitional period taught them that His going away
+was not to be sorrow and loss, but joy and gain, 'Touch Me not, for I
+have not yet ascended.'
+
+Our present relation to the ascended Lord is as much an advance on
+that of the disciples to the risen Lord, as that was on their
+relation to Him during His earthly life. They had more real communion
+with Him when, with opened hearts, they heard Him interpret the
+Scriptures concerning Himself, and fell at His feet crying 'My Lord
+and my God!' though they saw Him but for short seasons and at
+intervals, than when day by day they were with Him and knew Him not.
+As they grew in love and ripened in knowledge, they knew Him better
+and better.
+
+For us, too, these forty days are full of blessed lessons, teaching
+us that real communion with Jesus is attained by faith in Him, and
+that He is still working in and for us, and is still present with us.
+The joy with which the disciples saw Him ascend should live on in us
+as we think of Him enthroned. The hope that the angels' message lit
+up in their hearts should burn in ours. The benediction which the
+Risen Lord uttered on those who have not seen and yet have believed
+falls in double measure on those who, though now they see Him not,
+yet believing rejoice in Jesus with joy unspeakable and full of
+glory.
+
+
+
+THE UNKNOWN TO-MORROW
+
+_A New Year's Sermon_
+
+'It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the
+Father hath put in His own power.'--ACTS i. 7.
+
+The New Testament gives little encouragement to a sentimental view of
+life. Its writers had too much to do, and too much besides to think
+about, for undue occupation with pensive remembrances or imaginative
+forecastings. They bid us remember as a stimulus to thanksgiving and
+a ground of hope. They bid us look forward, but not along the low
+levels of earth and its changes. One great future is to draw all our
+longings and to fix our eyes, as the tender hues of the dawn kindle
+infinite yearnings in the soul of the gazer. What may come is all
+hidden; we can make vague guesses, but reach nothing more certain.
+Mist and cloud conceal the path in front of the portion which we are
+actually traversing, but when it climbs, it comes out clear from the
+fogs that hang about the flats. We can track it winding up to the
+throne of Christ. Nothing is certain, but the coming of the Lord and
+'our gathering together to Him.'
+
+The words of this text in their original meaning point only to the
+ignorance of the time of the end which Christ had been foretelling.
+But they may allow of a much wider application, and their lessons are
+in entire consonance with the whole tone of Scripture in regard to
+the future. We are standing now at the beginning of a New Year, and
+the influence of the season is felt in some degree by us all. Not for
+the sake of repressing any wise forecasting which has for its object
+our preparation for probable duties and exigencies; not for the
+purpose of repressing that trustful anticipation which, building on
+our past time and on God's eternity, fronts the future with calm
+confidence; not for the sake of discouraging that pensive and
+softened mood which if it does nothing more, at least delivers us for
+a moment from the tyrannous power of the present, do we turn to these
+words now; but that we may together consider how much they contain of
+cheer and encouragement, of stimulus to our duty, and of calming for
+our hearts in the prospect of a New Year. They teach us the limits of
+our care for the future, as they give us the limits of our knowledge
+of it. They teach us the best remedies for all anxiety, the great
+thoughts that tranquillise us in our ignorance, viz. that all is in
+God's merciful hand, and that whatever may come, we have a divine
+power which will fit us for it; and they bid us anticipate our work
+and do it, as the best counterpoise for all vain curiosity about what
+may be coming on the earth.
+
+I. The narrow limits of our knowledge of the future.
+
+We are quite sure that we shall die. We are sure that a mingled web
+of joy and sorrow, light shot with dark, will be unrolled before us--
+but of anything more we are really ignorant. We know that certainly
+the great majority of us will be alive at the close of this New Year;
+but who will be the exceptions? A great many of us, especially those
+of us who are in the monotonous stretch of middle life, will go on
+substantially as we have been going on for years past, with our
+ordinary duties, joys, sorrows, cares; but to some of us, in all
+probability, this year holds some great change which may darken all
+our days or brighten them. In all our forward-looking there ever
+remains an element of uncertainty. The future fronts us like some
+statue beneath its canvas covering. Rolling mists hide it all, except
+here and there a peak.
+
+I need not remind you how merciful and good it is that it is so.
+Therefore coming sorrows do not diffuse anticipatory bitterness as of
+tainted water percolating through gravel, and coming joys are not
+discounted, and the present has a reality of its own, and is not
+coloured by what is to come.
+
+Then this being so--what is the wise course of conduct? Not a
+confident reckoning on to-morrow. There is nothing elevating in
+anticipation which paints the blank surface of the future with the
+same earthly colours as dye the present. There is no more complete
+waste of time than that. Nor is proud self-confidence any wiser,
+which jauntily takes for granted that 'tomorrow will be as this day.'
+The conceit that things are to go on as they have been fools men into
+a dream of permanence which has no basis. Nor is the fearful
+apprehension of evil any wiser. How many people spoil the present
+gladness with thoughts of future sorrow, and cannot enjoy the
+blessedness of united love for thinking of separation!
+
+In brief, it is wise to be but little concerned with the future,
+except--
+
+1. In the way of taking reasonable precautions to prepare for its
+probabilities.
+
+2. To fit ourselves for its duties.
+
+One future we may contemplate. Our fault is not that we look forward,
+but that we do not look far enough forward. Why trouble with the
+world when we have heaven? Why look along the low level among the
+mists of earth and forests and swamps, when we can see the road
+climbing to the heights? Why be anxious about what three hundred and
+sixty-five days may bring, when we know what Eternity will bring? Why
+divert our God-given faculty of hope from its true object? Why
+torment ourselves with casting the fashion of uncertain evils, when
+we can enter into the great peace of looking for 'that blessed Hope'?
+
+II. The safe Hands which keep the future.
+
+'The Father hath put in His own power.' We have not to depend upon an
+impersonal Fate; nor upon a wild whirl of Chance; nor upon 'laws of
+averages,' 'natural laws,' 'tendencies' and 'spirit of the age'; nor
+even on a theistic Providence, but upon a Father who holds all things
+'in His own power,' and wields all for us. So will not our way be
+made right?
+
+Whatever the future may bring, it will be loving, paternal
+discipline. He shapes it all and keeps it in His hands. Why should we
+be anxious? That great name of 'Father' binds Him to tender, wise,
+disciplinary dealing, and should move us to calm and happy trust.
+
+III. The sufficient strength to face the future.
+
+'The power of the Holy Ghost coming upon you' is promised here to the
+disciples for a specific purpose; but it is promised and given to us
+all through Christ, if we will only take it. And in Him we shall be
+ready for all the future.
+
+The Spirit of God is the true Interpreter of Providence. He calms our
+nature, and enlightens our understanding to grasp the meaning of all
+our experiences. The Spirit makes joy more blessed, by keeping us
+from undue absorption in it. The Spirit is the Comforter. The Spirit
+fits us for duty.
+
+So be quite sure that nothing will come to you in your earthly
+future, which He does not Himself accompany to interpret it, and to
+make it pure blessing.
+
+IV. The practical duty in view of the future.
+
+(a) The great thing we ought to look to in the future is our work,--
+not what we shall enjoy or what we shall endure, but what we shall
+do. This is healthful and calming.
+
+(b) The great remedy for morbid anticipation lies in regarding life
+as the opportunity for service. Never mind about the future, let it
+take care of itself. Work! That clears away cobwebs from our brains,
+as when a man wakes from troubled dreams, to hear 'the sweep of
+scythe in morning dew,' and the shout of the peasant as he trudges to
+his task, and the lowing of the cattle, and the clink of the hammer.
+
+(c) The great work we have to do in the future is to be witnesses for
+Christ. This is the meaning of all life; we can do it in joy and in
+sorrow, and we shall bear a charmed life till it be done. So the
+words of the text are a promise of preservation.
+
+Then, dear brethren, how do you stand fronting that Unknown? How can
+you face it without going mad, unless you know God and trust Him as
+your Father through Christ? If you do, you need have no fear. To-
+morrow lies all dim and strange before you, but His gentle and strong
+hand is working in the darkness and He will shape it right. He will
+fit you to bear it all. If you regard it as your supreme duty and
+highest honour to be Christ's witness, you will be kept safe,
+'delivered out of the mouth of the lion,' that by you 'the preaching
+may be fully known.'
+
+If not, how dreary is that future to you, 'all dim and cheerless,
+like a rainy sea,' from which wild shapes may come up and devour you!
+Love and friendship will pass, honour and strength will fail, life
+will ebb away, and of all that once stretched before you, nothing
+will be left but one little strip of sand, fast jellying with the
+tide beneath your feet, and before you a wild unlighted ocean!
+
+
+
+THE APOSTOLIC WITNESSES
+
+'Wherefore of these men which have companied with us all the
+time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us ... must one
+be ordained to be a witness with us of His resurrection.'
+--ACTS i. 21, 22.
+
+The fact of Christ's Resurrection was the staple of the first
+Christian sermon recorded in this Book of the Acts of the Apostles.
+They did not deal so much in doctrine; they did not dwell very
+distinctly upon what we call, and rightly call, the atoning death of
+Christ; out they proclaimed what they had seen with their eyes--that
+He died and rose again.
+
+And not only was the main subject of their teaching the Resurrection,
+but it was the Resurrection in one of its aspects and for one
+specific purpose. There are, speaking roughly, three main connections
+in which the fact of Christ's rising from the dead is viewed in
+Scripture, and these three successively emerge in the consciousness
+of the Early Church.
+
+It was, first, a fact affecting Him, a testimony concerning Him,
+carrying with it necessarily some great truths with regard to Him,
+His character, His nature, and His work. And it was in that aspect
+mainly that the earliest preachers dealt with it. Then, as reflection
+and the guidance of God's good Spirit led them to understand more and
+more of the treasure which lay in the fact, it came to be to them,
+next, a pattern, and a pledge, and a prophecy of their own
+resurrection. The doctrine of man's immortality and the future life
+was evolved from it, and was felt to be implied in it. And then it
+came to be, thirdly and lastly, a symbol or figure of the spiritual
+resurrection and newness of life into which all they were born who
+participated in His death. They knew Him first by His Resurrection;
+they then knew 'the power of His Resurrection' as a pledge of their
+own; and lastly, they knew it as being the pattern to which they were
+to be conformed even whilst here on earth.
+
+The words which I have read for my text are the Apostle Peter's own
+description of what was the office of an Apostle--'to be a witness
+with us of Christ's Resurrection.' And the statement branches out, I
+think, into three considerations, to which I ask your attention now.
+First, we have here the witnesses; secondly, we have the sufficiency
+of their testimony; and thirdly, we have the importance of the fact
+to which they bear their witness. The Apostles are testimony-bearers.
+Their witness is enough to establish the fact. The fact to which they
+witness is all-important for the religion and the hopes of the world.
+
+I. First, then, the Witnesses.
+
+Here we have the 'head of the Apostolic College,' the 'primate' of
+the Twelve, on whose supposed primacy--which is certainly not a
+'rock'--such tremendous claims have been built, laying down the
+qualifications and the functions of an Apostle. How simply they
+present themselves to his mind! The qualification is only personal
+knowledge of Jesus Christ in His earthly history, because the
+function is only to attest His Resurrection. Their work was to bear
+witness to what they had seen with their eyes; and what was needed,
+therefore, was nothing more than such familiarity with Christ as
+should make them competent witnesses to the fact that He died, and to
+the fact that the same Jesus who had died, and whom they knew so
+well, rose again and went up to heaven.
+
+The same conception of an Apostle's work lies in Christ's last solemn
+designation of them for their office, where their whole commission is
+included in the simple words, 'Ye shall be witnesses unto Me.' It
+appears again and again in the earlier addresses reported in this
+book. 'This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses.'
+'Whom God hath raised from the dead, whereof we are witnesses.' 'With
+great power gave the Apostles witness of the Resurrection.' 'We are
+His witnesses of these things.' To Cornelius, Peter speaks of the
+Apostles as 'witnesses chosen before of God, who did eat and drink
+with Him after He rose from the dead'--and whose charge, received
+from Christ, was 'to testify that it is He which was ordained of God
+to be the Judge of quick and dead.' Paul at Antioch speaks of the
+Twelve, from whom he distinguishes himself, as being 'Christ's
+witnesses to _the people_'--and seems to regard them as specially
+commissioned to the Jewish nation, while he was sent to 'declare unto
+you'--Gentiles--the same 'glad tidings,' in that 'God had raised up
+Jesus again.' So we might go on accumulating passages, but these will
+suffice.
+
+I need not spend time in elaborating or emphasising the contrast
+which the idea of the Apostolic office contained in these simple
+words presents to the portentous theories of later times. I need only
+remind you that, according to the Gospels, the work of the Apostles
+in Christ's lifetime embraced three elements, none of which were
+peculiar to them--to be with Christ, to preach, and to work miracles;
+that their characteristic work after His Ascension was this of
+witness-bearing; that the Church did not owe to them as a body its
+extension, nor Christian doctrine its form; that whilst Peter and
+James and John appear in the history, and Matthew perhaps wrote a
+Gospel, and the other James and Jude are probably the authors of the
+brief Epistles which bear their names--the rest of the Twelve never
+appear in the subsequent history. The Acts of the Apostles is a
+misnomer for Luke's second 'treatise.' It tells the work of Peter
+alone among the Twelve. The Hellenists Stephen and Philip, the
+Cypriote Barnabas, and the man of Tarsus--greater than them all--
+these spread the name of Christ beyond the limits of the Holy City
+and the chosen people. The solemn power of 'binding and loosing' was
+not a prerogative of the Twelve, for we read that Jesus came where
+'the _disciples_ were assembled,' and that 'the _disciples_ were glad
+when they saw the Lord'; and 'He breathed on _them_, and said,
+"Receive ye the Holy Ghost: whose soever sins ye remit, they are
+remitted."'
+
+Where in all this is there a trace of the special Apostolic powers
+which have been alleged to be transmitted from them? Nowhere. Who was
+it that came and said, 'Brother Saul, the Lord hath sent me that thou
+mightest be filled with the Holy Ghost'? A simple 'layman'! Who was
+it that stood by, a passive and astonished spectator of the
+communication of spiritual gifts to Gentile converts, and could only
+say, 'Forasmuch, then, as God gave them the like gift, as He did unto
+us, what was I that I could withstand God?' Peter, the leader of the
+Twelve!
+
+Their task was apparently a humbler, really a far more important one.
+Their place was apparently a lowlier, really a loftier one. They had
+to lay broad and deep the basis for all the growth and grace of the
+Church, in the facts which they witnessed. Their work abides; and
+when the Celestial City is revealed to our longing hearts, in its
+foundations will be read 'the names of the twelve Apostles of the
+Lamb.' Their office was testimony; and their testimony was to this
+effect--'Hearken, we eleven men knew this Jesus. Some of us knew Him
+when He was a boy, and lived beside that little village where He was
+brought up. We were with Him for three whole years in close contact
+day and night. We all of us, though we were cowards, stood afar off
+with a handful of women when He was crucified. We saw Him dead. We
+saw His grave. We saw Him living, and we touched Him, and handled
+Him, and He ate and drank with us; and we, sinners that we are that
+tell it you, we went out with Him to the top of Olivet, and we saw
+Him go up into the skies. Do you believe us or do you not? We do not
+come in the first place to preach doctrines. We are not thinkers or
+moralists. We are plain men, telling a plain story, to the truth of
+which we pledge our senses. We do not want compliments about our
+spiritual elevation, or our pure morality. We do not want reverence
+as possessors of mysterious and exclusive powers. We want you to
+believe us as honest men, relating what we have seen. There are
+eleven of us, and there are five hundred at our back, and we have all
+got the one simple story to tell. It is, indeed, a gospel, a
+philosophy, a theology, the reconciliation of earth and heaven, the
+revelation of God to man, and of man to himself, the unveiling of the
+future world, the basis of hope; but we bring it to you first as a
+thing that happened upon this earth of ours, which we saw with our
+eyes, and of which we are the witnesses.'
+
+To that work there can be no successors. Some of the Apostles were
+inspired to be the writers of the authoritative fountains of
+religious truth; but that gift did not belong to them all, and was
+not the distinctive possession of the Twelve. The power of working
+miracles, and of communicating supernatural gifts, was not confined
+to them, but is found exercised by other believers, as well as by a
+whole 'presbytery.' And as for what was properly their task, and
+their qualifications, there can be no succession, for there is
+nothing to succeed to, but what cannot be transmitted--the sight of
+the risen Saviour, and the witness to His Resurrection as a fact
+certified by their senses.
+
+II. The sufficiency of the testimony.
+
+Peter regards (as does the whole New Testament, and as did Peter's
+Master, when He appointed these men) the witness which he and his
+fellows bore as enough to lay firm and deep the historical fact of
+the Resurrection of Jesus Christ.
+
+The first point that I would suggest here is this: if we think of
+Christianity as being mainly a set of truths--spiritual, moral,
+intellectual--then, of course, the way to prove Christianity is to
+show the consistency of that body of truths with one another, their
+consistency with other truths, their derivation from admitted
+principles, their reasonableness, their adaptation to men's nature,
+the refining and elevating effects of their adoption, and so on. If
+we think of Christianity, on the other hand, as being first a set of
+historical facts which carry the doctrines, then the way to prove
+Christianity is not to show how reasonable it is, not to show how it
+has been anticipated and expected and desired, not to show how it
+corresponds with men's needs and men's longings, not to show what
+large and blessed results follow from its acceptance. All these are
+legitimate ways of establishing principles; but the way to establish
+a fact is only one--that is, to find somebody that can say, 'I know
+it, for I saw it.'
+
+And my belief is that the course of modern 'apologetics,' as they are
+called--methods of defending Christianity--has followed too slavishly
+the devious course of modern antagonism, and has departed from its
+real stronghold when it has consented to argue the question on these
+(as I take them to be) lower and less sufficing grounds. I am
+thankful to adopt all that wise Christian apologists may have said in
+regard to the reasonableness of Christianity; its correspondence with
+men's wants, the blessings that follow from it, and so forth; but the
+Gospel is first and foremost a history, and you cannot prove that a
+thing has happened by showing how very desirable it is that it should
+happen, how reasonable it is to expect that it should happen, what
+good results would follow from believing that it has happened--all
+that is irrelevant. Think of it as first a history, and then you are
+shut up to the old-fashioned line of evidence, irrefragable as I take
+it to be, to which all these others may afterwards be appended as
+confirmatory. It is true, because sufficient eye-witnesses assert it.
+It did happen, because it is commended to us by the ordinary canons
+of evidence which we accept in regard to all other matters of fact.
+
+With regard to the sufficiency of the specific evidence here, I wish
+to make only one or two observations.
+
+Suppose you yield up everything that the most craving and
+unreasonable modern scepticism can demand as to the date and
+authorship of these tracts that make the New Testament, we have still
+left four letters of the Apostle Paul, which no one has ever denied,
+which the very extremest professors of the 'higher criticism'
+themselves accept. These four are the Epistles to the Romans, the
+first and second to the Corinthians, and that to the Galatians. The
+dates which are assigned to these four letters by any one, believer
+or unbeliever, bring them within five-and-twenty years of the alleged
+date of Christ's resurrection.
+
+Then what do we find in these undeniably and admittedly genuine
+letters, written a quarter of a century after the supposed fact? We
+find in all of them reference to it--the distinct allegation of it.
+We find in one of them that the Apostle states it as being the
+substance of his preaching and of his brethren's preaching, that
+'Christ died and rose again according to the Scriptures,' and that He
+was seen by individuals, by multitudes, by a whole five hundred, the
+greater portion of whom were living and available as witnesses when
+he wrote.
+
+And we find that side by side with this statement, there is the
+reference to his own vision of the risen Saviour, which carries us up
+within ten years of the alleged fact. So, then, by the evidence of
+admittedly genuine documents, which are dealing with a state of
+things ten years after the supposed resurrection, there was a
+unanimous concurrence of belief on the part of the whole primitive
+Church, so that even the heretics who said that there was no
+resurrection of the dead could be argued with on the ground of their
+belief in Christ's Resurrection. The whole Church with one voice
+asserted it. And there were hundreds of living men ready to attest
+it. It was not a handful of women who fancied they had seen Him once,
+very early in the dim twilight of a spring morning--but it was half a
+thousand that had beheld Him. He had been seen by them not once, but
+often; not far off, but close at hand; not in one place, but in
+Galilee and Jerusalem; not under one set of circumstances, but at all
+hours of the day, abroad and in the house, walking and sitting,
+speaking and eating, by them singly and in numbers. He had not been
+seen only by excited expectants of His appearance, but by incredulous
+eyes and surprised hearts, who doubted ere they worshipped, and
+paused before they said, 'My Lord and my God!' They neither hoped
+that He would rise, nor believed that He had risen; and the world may
+be thankful that they were 'slow of heart to believe.'
+
+Would not the testimony which can be alleged for Christ's
+Resurrection be enough to guarantee any event but this? And if so,
+why is it not enough to guarantee this too? If, as nobody denies, the
+Early Church, within ten years of Christ's Resurrection, believed in
+His Resurrection, and were ready to go, and did, many of them, go to
+the death in assertion of their veracity in declaring it, then one of
+two things--Either they were right or they were wrong; and if the
+latter, one of two things--If the Resurrection be not a fact, then
+that belief was either a delusion or a deceit.
+
+It was not a delusion, for such an illusion is altogether unexampled;
+and it is absurd to think of it as being shared by a multitude like
+the Early Church. Nations have said, 'Our King is not dead--he is
+gone away and he will come back.' Loving disciples have said, 'Our
+Teacher lives in solitude and will return to us.' But this is no
+parallel to these. This is not a fond imagination giving an apparent
+substance to its own creation, but sense recognising first the fact,
+'He _is_ dead,' and then, in opposition to expectation, and when hope
+had sickened to despair, recognising the astounding fact, 'He liveth
+that was dead'; and to suppose that that should have been the rooted
+conviction of hundreds of men who were not idiots, finds no parallel
+in the history of human illusions, and no analogy in such legends as
+those to which I have referred.
+
+It was not a myth, for a myth does not grow in ten years. And there
+was no motive to frame one, if Christ was dead and all was over. It
+was not a deceit, for the character of the men, and the character of
+the associated morality, and the obvious absence of all self-
+interest, and the persecutions and sorrows which they endured, make
+it inconceivable that the fairest building that ever hath been reared
+in the world, and which is cemented by men's blood, should be built
+upon the mud and slime of a conscious deceit!
+
+And all this we are asked to put aside at the bidding of a glaring
+begging of the whole question, and an outrageous assertion which no
+man that believes in a God at all can logically maintain, viz. that
+no testimony can reach to the miraculous, or that miracles are
+impossible.
+
+No testimony reach to the miraculous! Well, put it into a concrete
+form. Can testimony not reach to this: 'I know, because I saw, that a
+man was dead; I know, because I saw, a dead man live again'? If
+testimony can do that, I think we may safely leave the verbal sophism
+that it cannot reach to the miraculous to take care of itself.
+
+And, then, with regard to the other assumption--miracle is
+impossible. That is an illogical begging of the whole question in
+dispute. It cannot avail to brush aside testimony. You cannot smother
+facts by theories in that fashion. Again, one would like to know how
+it comes that our modern men of science, who protest so much against
+science being corrupted by metaphysics, should commit themselves to
+an assertion like that? Surely that is stark, staring metaphysics. It
+seems as if they thought that the 'metaphysics' which said that there
+was anything behind the physical universe was unscientific; but that
+the metaphysics which said that there was nothing behind physics was
+quite legitimate, and ought to be allowed to pass muster. What have
+the votaries of pure physical science, who hold the barren word-
+contests of theology and the proud pretensions of philosophy in such
+contempt, to do out-Heroding Herod in that fashion, and venturing on
+metaphysical assertions of such a sort? Let them keep to their own
+line, and tell us all that crucibles and scalpels can reveal, and we
+will listen as becomes us. But when they contradict their own
+principles in order to deny the possibility of miracle, we need only
+give them back their own words, and ask that the investigation of
+facts shall not be hampered and clogged with metaphysical prejudices.
+No! no! Christ made no mistake when He built His Church upon that
+rock--the historical evidence of a resurrection from the dead, though
+all the wise men of Areopagus hill may make its cliffs ring with
+mocking laughter when we say, upon Easter morning, 'The Lord is risen
+indeed!'
+
+III. There is a final consideration connected with these words, which
+I must deal with very briefly--the importance of the fact which is
+thus borne witness to.
+
+I have already pointed out that the Resurrection of Christ is viewed
+in Scripture in three aspects: in its bearing upon His nature and
+work, as a pattern for our future, and as a symbol of our present
+newness of life. The importance to which I refer now applies only to
+that first aspect.
+
+With the Resurrection of Jesus Christ stands or falls the Divinity of
+Christ. As Paul said, in that letter to which I have referred,
+'Declared to be the Son of God, with power by the resurrection from
+the dead.' As Peter said in the sermon that follows this one of our
+text, 'God hath made this same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both
+Lord and Christ.' As Paul said, on Mars Hill, 'He will judge the
+world in righteousness by that Man whom He hath ordained, whereof He
+hath given assurance unto all men, in that He hath raised Him from
+the dead.'
+
+The case is this. Jesus lived as we know, and in the course of that
+life claimed to be the Son of God. He made such broad and strange
+assertions as these--'I and My Father are One.' 'I am the Way, and
+the Truth, and the Life.' 'I am the Resurrection and the Life.' 'He
+that believeth on Me shall never die.' 'The Son of Man must suffer
+many things, and the third day He shall rise again.' Thus speaking He
+dies, and rises again and passes into the heavens. That is the last
+mightiest utterance of the same testimony, which spake from heaven at
+His baptism, 'This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased!' If
+He be risen from the dead, then His loftiest claims are confirmed
+from the throne, and we can see in Him, the Son of God. But if death
+holds Him still, and 'the Syrian stars look down upon His grave,' as
+a modern poet tells us in his dainty English that they do, then what
+becomes of these words of His, and of our estimate of the character
+of Him, the speaker? Let us hear no more about the pure morality of
+Jesus Christ, and the beauty of His calm and lofty teaching, and the
+rest of it. Take away His resurrection from the dead, and we have
+left beautiful precepts, and fair wisdom, deformed with a monstrous
+self-assertion and the constant reiteration of claims which the event
+proves to have been baseless. Either He has risen from the dead or
+His words were blasphemy. Men nowadays talk very lightly of throwing
+aside the supernatural portions of the Gospel history, and retaining
+reverence for the great Teacher, the pure moralist of Nazareth. The
+Pharisees put the issue more coarsely and truly when they said, 'That
+deceiver said, while He was yet alive, after three days I will rise
+again.' Yes! one or the other. 'Declared to be the Son of God with
+power by the resurrection from the dead,' or--that which our lips
+refuse to say even as a hypothesis!
+
+Still further, with the Resurrection stands or falls Christ's whole
+work for our redemption. If He died, like other men--if that awful
+bony hand has got its grip upon Him too, then we have no proof that
+the cross was anything but a martyr's cross. His Resurrection is the
+proof of His completed work of redemption. It is the proof--followed
+as it is by His Ascension--that His death was not the tribute which
+for Himself He had to pay, but the ransom for us. His Resurrection is
+the condition of His present activity. If He has not risen, He has
+not put away sin; and if He has not put it away by the sacrifice of
+Himself, none has, and it remains. We come back to the old dreary
+alternative: 'if Christ be not risen, your faith is vain, and our
+preaching is vain. Ye are yet in your sins, and they which have
+fallen asleep in Christ' with unfulfilled hopes fixed upon a baseless
+vision--they of whom we hoped, through our tears, that they live with
+Him--they 'are perished.' For, if He be not risen, there is no
+resurrection; and, if He be not risen, there is no forgiveness; and,
+if He be not risen, there is no Son of God; and the world is
+desolate, and the heaven is empty, and the grave is dark, and sin
+abides, and death is eternal. If Christ be dead, then that awful
+vision is true, 'As I looked up into the immeasurable heavens for the
+Divine Eye, it froze me with an empty, bottomless eye-socket.'
+
+There is nothing between us and darkness, despair, death, but that
+ancient message, 'I declare unto you the Gospel which I preach, by
+which ye are saved if ye keep in memory what I preached unto you, how
+that Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures, and that
+He was raised the third day according to the Scriptures.'
+
+Well, then, may we take up the ancient glad salutation, 'The Lord is
+risen!' and, turning from these thoughts of the disaster and despair
+that that awful supposition drags after it, fall back upon sober
+certainty, and with the Apostle break forth in triumph, 'Now is
+Christ risen from the dead, and become the first-fruits of them that
+slept'!
+
+
+
+THE ABIDING GIFT AND ITS TRANSITORY ACCOMPANIMENTS
+
+'And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with
+one accord in one place. 2 And suddenly there came a sound from
+heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house
+where they were sitting. 3. And there appeared unto them cloven
+tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. 4. And
+they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with
+other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance. 5. And there
+were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation
+under heaven. 6. Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude
+came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard
+them speak in his own language. 7. And they were all amazed and
+marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these which
+speak Galileans? 8. And how we hear every man in our own tongue,
+wherein we were born? 9. Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and
+the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judaea, and Cappadocia, in
+Pontus, and Asia, 10. Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in
+the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and
+proselytes. 11. Cretes, and Arabians, we do hear them speak in
+our tongues the wonderful works of God. 12. And they were all
+amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What meaneth
+this? 13. Others, mocking, said, These men are full of new
+wine.'--ACTS ii. 1-13.
+
+Only ten days elapsed between the Ascension and Pentecost. The
+attitude of the Church during that time should be carefully noted.
+They obeyed implicitly Christ's command to wait for the 'power from
+on high.' The only act recorded is the election of Matthias to fill
+Judas's place, and it is at least questionable whether that was not a
+mistake, and shown to be such by Christ's subsequent choice of Paul
+as an Apostle. But, with the exception of that one flash of doubtful
+activity, prayer, supplication, patient waiting, and clinging
+together in harmonious expectancy, characterised the hundred and
+twenty brethren.
+
+They must have been wrought to an intense pitch of anticipation, for
+they knew that their waiting was to be short, and they knew, at least
+partially, what they were to receive, namely, 'power from on high,'
+or 'the promise of the Father.' Probably, too, the great Feast, so
+near at hand, would appear to them a likely time for the fulfilment
+of the promise.
+
+So, very early on that day of Pentecost, they betook themselves to
+their usual place of assembling, probably the 'large upper room,'
+already hallowed to their memories; and in each heart the eager
+question would spring, 'Will it be to-day?' It is as true now as it
+was then, that the spirits into whom the Holy Spirit breathes His
+power must keep themselves still, expectant, prayerful. Perpetual
+occupation may be more loss of time than devout waiting, with hands
+folded, because the heart is wide open to receive the power which
+will fit the hands for better work.
+
+It was but 'the third hour of the day' when Peter stood up to speak;
+it must have been little after dawn when the brethren came together.
+How long they had been assembled we do not know, but we cannot doubt
+how they had been occupied. Many a prayer had gone up through the
+morning air, and, no doubt, some voice was breathing the united
+desires, when a deep, strange sound was heard at a distance, and
+rapidly gained volume, and was heard to draw near. Like the roaring
+of a tempest hurrying towards them, it hushed human voices, and each
+man would feel, 'Surely now the Gift comes!' Nearer and nearer it
+approached, and at last burst into the chamber where they sat silent
+and unmoving.
+
+But if we look carefully at Luke's words, we see that what filled the
+house was not agitated air, or wind, but 'a sound as of wind.' The
+language implies that there was no rush of atmosphere that lifted a
+hair on any cheek, or blew on any face, but only such a sound as is
+made by tempest. It suggested wind, but it was not wind. By that
+first symbolic preparation for the communication of the promised
+gift, the old symbolism which lies in the very word 'Spirit,' and had
+been brought anew to the disciples' remembrance by Christ's words to
+Nicodemus, and by His breathing on them when He gave them an
+anticipatory and partial bestowment of the Spirit, is brought to
+view, with its associations of life-giving power and liberty. 'Thou
+hearest the sound thereof,' could scarcely fail to be remembered by
+some in that chamber.
+
+But it is not to be supposed that the audible symbol continued when
+the second preparatory one, addressed to the eye, appeared. As the
+former had been not wind, but like it, the latter was not fire, but
+'as of fire.' The language does not answer the question whether what
+was seen was a mass from which the tongues detached themselves, or
+whether only the separate tongues were visible as they moved
+overhead. But the final result was that 'it sat on each.' The verb
+has no expressed subject, and 'fire' cannot be the subject, for it is
+only introduced as a comparison. Probably, therefore, we are to
+understand 'a tongue' as the unexpressed subject of the verb.
+
+Clearly, the point of the symbol is the same as that presented in the
+Baptist's promise of a baptism 'with the Holy Ghost and fire.' The
+Spirit was to be in them as a Spirit of burning, thawing natural
+coldness and melting hearts with a genial warmth, which should beget
+flaming enthusiasm, fervent love, burning zeal, and should work
+transformation into its own fiery substance. The rejoicing power, the
+quick energy, the consuming force, the assimilating action of fire,
+are all included in the symbol, and should all be possessed by
+Christ's disciples.
+
+But were the tongue-like shapes of the flames significant too? It is
+doubtful, for, natural as is the supposition that they were, it is to
+be remembered that 'tongues of fire' is a usual expression, and may
+mean nothing more than the flickering shoots of flame into which a
+fire necessarily parts.
+
+But these two symbols are only symbols. The true fulfilment of the
+great promise follows. Mark the brief simplicity of the quiet words
+in which the greatest bestowment ever made on humanity, the beginning
+of an altogether new era, the equipment of the Church for her age-
+long conflict, is told. There was an actual impartation to men of a
+divine life, to dwell in them and actuate them; to bring all good to
+victory in them; to illuminate, sustain, direct, and elevate; to
+cleanse and quicken. The gift was complete. They were 'filled.' No
+doubt they had much more to receive, and they received it, as their
+natures became, by faithful obedience to the indwelling Spirit,
+capable of more. But up to the measure of their then capacities they
+were filled; and, since their spirits were expansible, and the gift
+was infinite, they were in a position to grow steadily in possession
+of it, till they were 'filled with all the fulness of God.'
+
+Further, 'they were _all_ filled,'--not the Apostles only, but the
+whole hundred and twenty. Peter's quotation from Joel distinctly
+implies the universality of the gift, which the 'servants and
+handmaidens,' the brethren and the women, now received. Herein is the
+true democracy of Christianity. There are still diversities of
+operations and degrees of possession, but all Christians have the
+Spirit. All 'they that believe on Him,' and only they, have received
+it. Of old the light shone only on the highest peaks,--prophets, and
+kings, and psalmists; now the lowest depths of the valleys are
+flooded with it. Would that Christians generally believed more fully
+in, and set more store by, that great gift!
+
+As symbols preceded, tokens followed. The essential fact of Pentecost
+is neither the sound and fire, nor the speaking with other tongues,
+but the communication of the Holy Spirit. The sign and result of that
+was the gift of utterance in various languages, not their own, nor
+learned by ordinary ways. No twisting of the narrative can weaken the
+plain meaning of it, that these unlearned Galileans spake in tongues
+which their users recognised to be their own. The significance of the
+fact will appear presently, but first note the attestation of it by
+the multitude.
+
+Of course, the foreign-born Jews, who, from motives of piety, however
+mistaken, had come to dwell in Jerusalem, are said to have been 'from
+every nation under heaven,' by an obvious and ordinary license. It is
+enough that, as the subsequent catalogue shows, they came from all
+corners of the then known world, though the extremes of territory
+mentioned cover but a small space on a terrestrial globe.
+
+The 'sound' of the rushing wind had been heard hurtling through the
+city in the early morning hours, and had served as guide to the spot.
+A curious crowd came hurrying to ascertain what this noise of tempest
+in a calm meant, and they were met by something more extraordinary
+still. Try to imagine the spectacle. As would appear from verse 33,
+the tongues of fire remained lambently glowing on each head ('which
+ye see'), and the whole hundred and twenty, thus strangely crowned,
+were pouring out rapturous praises, each in some strange tongue. When
+the astonished ears had become accustomed to the apparent tumult,
+every man in the crowd heard some one or more speaking in his own
+tongue, language, or dialect, and all were declaring the mighty works
+of God; that is, probably, the story of the crucified, ascended
+Jesus.
+
+We need not dwell on subordinate questions, as to the number of
+languages represented there, or as to the catalogue in verses 9 and
+10. But we would emphasise two thoughts. First, the natural result of
+being filled with God's Spirit is utterance of the great truths of
+Christ's Gospel. As surely as light radiates, as surely as any deep
+emotion demands expression, so certainly will a soul filled with the
+Spirit be forced to break into speech. If professing Christians have
+never known the impulse to tell of the Christ whom they have found,
+their religion must be very shallow and imperfect. If their spirits
+are full, they will overflow in speech.
+
+Second, Pentecost is a prophecy of the universal proclamation of the
+Gospel, and of the universal praise which shall one day rise to Him
+that was slain. 'This company of brethren praising God in the tongues
+of the whole world represented the whole world which shall one day
+praise God in its various tongues' (Bengel). Pentecost reversed
+Babel, not by bringing about a featureless monopoly, but by
+consecrating diversity, and showing that each language could be
+hallowed, and that each lent some new strain of music to the chorus.
+
+It prophesied of the time when 'men of every tribe, and tongue, and
+people, and nation' should lift up their voices to Him who has
+purchased them unto God with His blood. It began a communication of
+the Spirit to all believers which is never to cease while the world
+stands. The mighty rushing sound has died into silence, the fiery
+tongues rest on no heads now, the miraculous results of the gifts of
+the Spirit have passed away also, but the gift remains, and the
+Spirit of God abides for ever with the Church of Christ.
+
+
+
+THE FOURFOLD SYMBOLS OF THE SPIRIT
+
+'A rushing mighty wind.' ... 'Cloven tongues like as of
+fire.' ... 'I will pour out of My Spirit upon all flesh.'
+--ACTS ii. 2, 3, 17.
+
+'Ye have an unction from the Holy One.'--1 JOHN ii. 20.
+
+Wind, fire, water, oil,--these four are constant Scriptural symbols
+for the Spirit of God. We have them all in these fragments of verses
+which I have taken for my text now, and which I have isolated from
+their context for the purpose of bringing out simply these symbolical
+references. I think that perhaps we may get some force and freshness
+to the thoughts proper to this day [Footnote: Whit Sunday.] by
+looking at these rather than by treating the subject in some more
+abstract form. We have then the Breath of the Spirit, the Fire of the
+Spirit, the Water of the Spirit, and the Anointing Oil of the Spirit.
+And the consideration of these four will bring out a great many of
+the principal Scriptural ideas about the gift of the Spirit of God
+which belongs to all Christian souls.
+
+I. First, 'a rushing mighty wind.'
+
+Of course, the symbol is but the putting into picturesque form of the
+idea that lies in the name. 'Spirit' is 'breath.' Wind is but air in
+motion. Breath is the synonym for life. 'Spirit' and 'life' are two
+words for one thing. So then, in the symbol, the 'rushing mighty
+wind,' we have set forth the highest work of the Spirit--the
+communication of a new and supernatural life.
+
+We are carried hack to that grand vision of the prophet who saw the
+bones lying, very many and very dry, sapless and disintegrated, a
+heap dead and ready to rot. The question comes to him: 'Son of man!
+Can these bones live?' The only possible answer, if he consult
+experience, is, 'O Lord God! Thou knowest.' Then follows the great
+invocation: 'Come from the four winds, O Breath! and breathe upon
+these slain that they may live.' And the Breath comes and 'they stand
+up, an exceeding great army.' 'It is the Spirit that quickeneth.' The
+Scripture treats us all as dead, being separated from God, unless we
+are united to Him by faith in Jesus Christ. According to the saying
+of the Evangelist, 'They which believe on Him receive' the Spirit,
+and thereby receive the life which He gives, or, as our Lord Himself
+speaks, are 'born of the Spirit.' The highest and most characteristic
+office of the Spirit of God is to enkindle this new life, and hence
+His noblest name, among the many by which He is called, is the Spirit
+of life.
+
+Again, remember, 'that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.' If
+there be life given it must be kindred with the life which is its
+source. Reflect upon those profound words of our Lord: 'The wind
+bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but
+canst not tell whence it cometh nor whither it goeth. So is every one
+that is born of the Spirit.' They describe first the operation of the
+life-giving Spirit, but they describe also the characteristics of the
+resulting life.
+
+'The wind bloweth where it listeth.' That spiritual life, both in the
+divine source and in the human recipient, is its own law. Of course
+the wind has its laws, as every physical agent has; but these are so
+complicated and undiscovered that it has always been the very symbol
+of freedom, and poets have spoken of these 'chartered libertines,'
+the winds, and 'free as the air' has become a proverb. So that Divine
+Spirit is limited by no human conditions or laws, but dispenses His
+gifts in superb disregard of conventionalities and externalisms. Just
+as the lower gift of what we call 'genius' is above all limits of
+culture or education or position, and falls on a wool-stapler in
+Stratford-on-Avon, or on a ploughman in Ayrshire, so, in a similar
+manner, the altogether different gift of the divine, life-giving
+Spirit follows no lines that Churches or institutions draw. It falls
+upon an Augustinian monk in a convent, and he shakes Europe. It falls
+upon a tinker in Bedford gaol, and he writes _Pilgrim's Progress_. It
+falls upon a cobbler in Kettering, and he founds modern Christian
+missions. It blows 'where it listeth,' sovereignly indifferent to the
+expectations and limitations and the externalisms, even of organised
+Christianity, and touching this man and that man, not arbitrarily but
+according to 'the good pleasure' that is a law to itself, because it
+is perfect in wisdom and in goodness.
+
+And as thus the life-giving Spirit imparts Himself according to
+higher laws than we can grasp, so in like manner the life that is
+derived from it is a life which is its own law. The Christian
+conscience, touched by the Spirit of God, owes allegiance to no
+regulations or external commandments laid down by man. The Christian
+conscience, enlightened by the Spirit of God, at its peril will take
+its beliefs from any other than from that Divine Spirit. All
+authority over conduct, all authority over belief is burnt up and
+disappears in the presence of the grand democracy of the true
+Christian principle: 'Ye are all the children of God by faith in
+Jesus Christ'; and every one of you possesses the Spirit which
+teaches, the Spirit which inspires, the Spirit which enlightens, the
+Spirit which is the guide to all truth. So 'the wind bloweth where it
+listeth,' and the voice of that Divine Quickener is,
+
+ 'Myself shall to My darling be
+ Both law and impulse.'
+
+Under the impulse derived from the Divine Spirit, the human spirit
+'listeth' what is right, and is bound to follow the promptings of its
+highest desires. Those men only are free as the air we breathe, who
+are vitalised by the Spirit of the Lord, for 'where the Spirit of the
+Lord is, there,' and there alone, 'is liberty.'
+
+In this symbol there lies not only the thought of a life derived,
+kindred with the life bestowed, and free like the life which is
+given, but there lies also the idea of power. The wind which filled
+the house was not only mighty but 'borne onward'--fitting type of the
+strong impulse by which in olden times 'holy men spake as they were
+"borne onward"' (the word is the same) 'by the Holy Ghost.' There are
+diversities of operations, but it is the same breath of God, which
+sometimes blows in the softest _pianissimo_ that scarcely rustles the
+summer woods in the leafy month of June, and sometimes storms in wild
+tempest that dashes the seas against the rocks. So this mighty life-
+giving Agent moves in gentleness and yet in power, and sometimes
+swells and rises almost to tempest, but is ever the impelling force
+of all that is strong and true and fair in Christian hearts and
+lives.
+
+The history of the world, since that day of Pentecost, has been a
+commentary upon the words of my text. With viewless, impalpable
+energy, the mighty breath of God swept across the ancient world and
+'laid the lofty city' of paganism 'low; even to the ground, and
+brought it even to the dust.' A breath passed over the whole
+civilised world, like the breath of the west wind upon the glaciers
+in the spring, melting the thick-ribbed ice, and wooing forth the
+flowers, and the world was made over again. In our own hearts and
+lives this is the one Power that will make us strong and good. The
+question is all-important for each of us, 'Have I this life, and does
+it move me, as the ships are borne along by the wind?' 'As many as
+are impelled by the Spirit of God, they'--_they_--'are the sons of
+God.' Is that the breath that swells all the sails of your lives, and
+drives you upon your course? If it be, you are Christians; if it be
+not, you are not.
+
+II. And now a word as to the second of these symbols--'Cloven tongues
+as of fire'--the fire of the Spirit.
+
+I need not do more than remind you how frequently that emblem is
+employed both in the Old and in the New Testament. John the Baptist
+contrasted the cold negative efficiency of his baptism, which at its
+best, was but a baptism of repentance, with the quickening power of
+the baptism of Him who was to follow him; when he said, 'I indeed
+baptise you with water, but He that cometh after me is mightier than
+I. He shall baptise you with the Holy Ghost and with fire.' The two
+words mean but one thing, the fire being the emblem of the Spirit.
+
+You will remember, too, how our Lord Himself employs the same
+metaphor when He speaks about His coming to bring fire on the earth,
+and His longing to see it kindled into a beneficent blaze. In this
+connection the fire is a symbol of a quick, triumphant energy, which
+will transform us into its own likeness. There are two sides to that
+emblem: one destructive, one creative; one wrathful, one loving.
+There are the fire of love, and the fire of anger. There is the fire
+of the sunshine which is the condition of life, as well as the fire
+of the lightning which burns and consumes. The emblem of fire is
+selected to express the work of the Spirit of God, by reason of its
+leaping, triumphant, transforming energy. See, for instance, how,
+when you kindle a pile of dead green-wood, the tongues of fire spring
+from point to point until they have conquered the whole mass, and
+turned it all into a ruddy likeness of the parent flame. And so here,
+this fire of God, if it fall upon you, will burn up all your
+coldness, and will make you glow with enthusiasm, working your
+intellectual convictions in fire not in frost, making your creed a
+living power in your lives, and kindling you into a flame of earnest
+consecration.
+
+The same idea is expressed by the common phrases of every language.
+We speak of the fervour of love, the warmth of affection, the blaze
+of enthusiasm, the fire of emotion, the coldness of indifference.
+Christians are to be set on fire of God. If the Spirit dwell in us,
+He will make us fiery like Himself, even as fire turns the wettest
+green-wood into fire. We have more than enough of cold Christians who
+are afraid of nothing so much as of being betrayed into warm emotion.
+
+I believe, dear brethren, and I am bound to express the belief, that
+one of the chief wants of the Christian Church of this generation,
+the Christian Church of this city, the Christian Church of this
+chapel, is more of the fire of God! We are all icebergs compared with
+what we ought to be. Look at yourselves; never mind about your
+brethren. Let each of us look at his own heart, and say whether there
+is any trace in his Christianity of the power of that Spirit who is
+fire. Is our religion flame or ice? Where among us are to be found
+lives blazing with enthusiastic devotion and earnest love? Do not
+such words sound like mockery when applied to us? Have we not to
+listen to that solemn old warning that never loses its power, and,
+alas! seems never to lose its appropriateness: 'Because thou art
+neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.' We ought to
+be like the burning beings before God's throne, the seraphim, the
+spirits that blaze and serve. We ought to be like God Himself, all
+aflame with love. Let us seek penitently for that Spirit of fire who
+will dwell in us all if we will.
+
+The metaphor of fire suggests also--purifying. 'The Spirit of
+burning' will burn the filth out of us. That is the only way by which
+a man can ever be made clean. You may wash and wash and wash with the
+cold water of moral reformation, you will never get the dirt out with
+it. No washing and no rubbing will ever cleanse sin. The way to purge
+a soul is to do with it as they do with foul clay--thrust it into the
+fire and that will burn all the blackness out of it. Get the love of
+God into your hearts, and the fire of His Divine Spirit into your
+spirits to melt you down, as it were, and then the scum and the dross
+will come to the top, and you can skim them off. Two powers conquer
+my sin: the one is the blood of Jesus Christ, which washes me from
+all the guilt of the past; the other is the fiery influence of that
+Divine Spirit which makes me pure and clean for all the time to come.
+Pray to be kindled with the fire of God.
+
+III. Then once more, take that other metaphor, 'I will pour out of My
+Spirit.'
+
+That implies an emblem which is very frequently used, both in the Old
+and in the New Testament, viz., the Spirit as water. As our Lord said
+to Nicodemus: 'Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he
+cannot enter into the kingdom of God.' The 'water' stands in the same
+relation to the 'Spirit' as the 'fire' does in the saying of John the
+Baptist already referred to--that is to say, it is simply a symbol or
+material emblem of the Spirit. I suppose nobody would say that there
+were two baptisms spoken of by John, one of the Holy Ghost and one of
+fire,--and I suppose that just in the same way, there are not two
+agents of regeneration pointed at in our Lord's words, nor even two
+conditions, but that the Spirit is the sole agent, and 'water' is but
+a figure to express some aspect of His operations. So that there is
+no reference to the water of baptism in the words, and to see such a
+reference is to be led astray by sound, and out of a metaphor to
+manufacture a miracle.
+
+There are other passages where, in like manner, the Spirit is
+compared to a flowing stream, such as, for instance, when our Lord
+said, 'He that believeth on Me, out of his belly shall flow rivers of
+living water,' and when John saw a 'river of water of life proceeding
+from the throne.' The expressions, too, of 'pouring out' and
+'shedding forth' the Spirit, point in the same direction, and are
+drawn from more than one passage of Old Testament prophecy. What,
+then, is the significance of comparing that Divine Spirit with a
+river of water? First, cleansing, of which I need not say any more,
+because I have dealt with It in the previous part of my sermon. Then,
+further, refreshing, and satisfying. Ah! dear brethren, there is only
+one thing that will slake the immortal thirst in your souls. The
+world will never do it; love or ambition gratified and wealth
+possessed, will never do it. You will be as thirsty after you have
+drunk of these streams as ever you were before. There is one spring
+'of which if a man drink, he shall never thirst' with unsatisfied,
+painful longings, but shall never cease to thirst with the longing
+which is blessedness, because it is fruition. Our thirst can be
+slaked by the deep draught of 'the river of the Water of Life, which
+proceeds from the Throne of God and the Lamb.' The Spirit of God,
+drunk in by my spirit, will still and satisfy my whole nature, and
+with it I shall be glad. Drink of this. 'Ho! every one that
+thirsteth, come ye to the waters!'
+
+The Spirit is not only refreshing and satisfying, but also productive
+and fertilising. In Eastern lands a rill of water is all that is
+needed to make the wilderness rejoice. Turn that stream on to the
+barrenness of your hearts, and fair flowers will grow that would
+never grow without it. The one means of lofty and fruitful Christian
+living is a deep, inward possession of the Spirit of God. The one way
+to fertilise barren souls is to let that stream flood them all over,
+and then the flush of green will soon come, and that which is else a
+desert will 'rejoice and blossom as the rose.'
+
+So this water will cleanse, it will satisfy and refresh, it will be
+productive and will fertilise, and 'everything shall live
+whithersoever that river cometh.'
+
+IV. Then, lastly, we have the oil of the Spirit.
+
+'Ye have an unction,' says St. John in our last text, 'from the Holy
+One.' I need not remind you, I suppose, of how in the old system,
+prophets, priests, and kings were anointed with consecrating oil, as
+a symbol of their calling, and of their fitness for their special
+offices. The reason for the use of such a symbol, I presume, would
+lie in the invigorating and in the supposed, and possibly real,
+health-giving effect of the use of oil in those climates. Whatever
+may have been the reason for the use of oil in official anointings,
+the meaning of the act was plain. It was a preparation for a specific
+and distinct service. And so, when we read of the oil of the Spirit,
+we are to think that it is that which fits us for being prophets,
+priests, and kings, and which calls us to, because it fits us for,
+these functions.
+
+You are anointed to be prophets that you may make known Him who has
+loved and saved you, and may go about the world evidently inspired to
+show forth His praise, and make His name glorious. That anointing
+calls and fits you to be priests, mediators between God and man,
+bringing God to men, and by pleading and persuasion, and the
+presentation of the truth, drawing men to God. That unction calls and
+fits you to be kings, exercising authority over the little monarchy
+of your own natures, and over the men round you, who will bow in
+submission whenever they come in contact with a man all evidently
+aflame with the love of Jesus Christ, and filled with His Spirit. The
+world is hard and rude; the world is blind and stupid; the world
+often fails to know its best friends and its truest benefactors; but
+there is no crust of stupidity so crass and dense but that through it
+there will pass the penetrating shafts of light that ray from the
+face of a man who walks in fellowship with Jesus. The whole nation of
+old was honoured with these sacred names. They were a kingdom of
+priests; and the divine Voice said of the nation, 'Touch not Mine
+anointed, and do My prophets no harm!' How much more are all
+Christian men, by the anointing of the Holy Spirit, made prophets,
+priests, and kings to God! Alas for the difference between what they
+ought to be and what they are!
+
+And then, do not forget also that when the Scriptures speak of
+Christian men as being anointed, it really speaks of them as being
+Messiahs. 'Christ' means _anointed_, does it not? 'Messiah' means
+_anointed_. And when we read in such a passage as that of my text,
+'Ye have an unction from the Holy One,' we cannot but feel that the
+words point in the same direction as the great words of our Master
+Himself, 'As My Father hath sent Me, even so send I you.' By
+authority derived, no doubt, and in a subordinate and secondary
+sense, of course, we are Messiahs, anointed with that Spirit which
+was given to Him, not by measure, and which has passed from Him to
+us. 'If any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His.'
+
+So, dear brethren, all these things being certainly so, what are we
+to say about the present state of Christendom? What are we to say
+about the present state of English Christianity, Church and Dissent
+alike? Is Pentecost a vanished glory, then? Has that 'rushing mighty
+wind' blown itself out, and a dead calm followed? Has that leaping
+fire died down into grey ashes? Has the great river that burst out
+then, like the stream from the foot of the glaciers of Mont Blanc,
+full-grown in its birth, been all swallowed up in the sand, like some
+of those rivers in the East? Has the oil dried in the cruse? People
+tell us that Christianity is on its death-bed; and the aspect of a
+great many professing Christians seems to confirm the statement. But
+let us thankfully recognise that 'we are not straitened in God, but
+in ourselves.' To how many of us the question might be put: 'Did you
+receive the Holy Ghost when you believed?' And how many of us by our
+lives answer: 'We have not so much as heard whether there be any Holy
+Ghost.' Let us go where we can receive Him; and remember the blessed
+words: 'If ye, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your
+children, how much more will your Heavenly Father give the Holy
+Spirit to them that ask Him'!
+
+
+
+PETER'S FIRST SERMON
+
+'This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses. 33.
+Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having
+received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, He hath
+shed forth this, which ye now see and hear. 34. For David is not
+ascended into the heavens: but he saith himself, The Lord said
+unto my Lord, Sit Thou on My right hand, 35. Until I make Thy
+foes Thy footstool. 36. Therefore let all the house of Israel
+know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have
+crucified, both Lord and Christ. 37. Now when they heard this,
+they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and to the
+rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? 38.
+Then Peter said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of
+you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye
+shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. 39. For the promise is
+unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off,
+even as many as the Lord our God shall call. 40. And with many
+other words did he testify and exhort, saying, Save yourselves
+from this untoward generation. 41. Then they that gladly received
+his word were baptized: and the same day there were added unto
+them about three thousand souls. 42. And they continued
+stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship, and in
+breaking of bread, and in prayers. 43. And fear came upon every
+soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles. 44.
+And all that believed were together, and had all things common;
+45. And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all
+men, as every man had need. 46. And they, continuing daily with
+one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house,
+did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart, 47.
+Praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord
+added to the church daily such as should be saved.'
+--ACTS ii. 32-47.
+
+This passage may best be dealt with as divided into three parts: the
+sharp spear-thrust of Peter's closing words (vs. 32-36), the wounded
+and healed hearers (vs. 37-41), and the fair morning dawn of the
+Church (vs. 42-47).
+
+I. Peter's address begins with pointing out the fulfilment of
+prophecy in the gift of the Spirit (vs. 14-21). It then declares the
+Resurrection of Jesus as foretold by prophecy, and witnessed to by
+the whole body of believers (vs. 22-32), and it ends by bringing
+together these two facts, the gift of the Spirit and the Resurrection
+and Ascension, as effect and cause, and as establishing beyond all
+doubt that Jesus is the Christ of prophecy, and the Lord on whom Joel
+had declared that whoever called should be saved. We now begin with
+the last verse of the second part of the address.
+
+Observe the significant alternation of the names of 'Christ' and
+'Jesus' in verses 31 and 32. The former verse establishes that
+prophecy had foretold the Resurrection of the Messiah, whoever he
+might be; the latter asserts that 'this Jesus' has fulfilled the
+prophetic conditions. That is not a thing to be argued about, but to
+be attested by competent witnesses. It was presented to the multitude
+on Pentecost, as it is to us, as a plain matter of fact, on which the
+whole fabric of Christianity is built, and which itself securely
+rests on the concordant testimony of those who knew Him alive, saw
+Him dead, and were familiar with Him risen.
+
+There is a noble ring of certitude in Peter's affirmation, and of
+confidence that the testimony producible was overwhelming. Unless
+Jesus had risen, there would neither have been a Pentecost nor a
+Church to receive the gift. The simple fact which Peter alleged in
+that first sermon, 'whereof we all are witnesses,' is still too
+strong for the deniers of the Resurrection, as their many devices to
+get over it prove.
+
+But, a listener might ask, what has this witness of yours to do with
+Joel's prophecy, or with this speaking with tongues? The answer
+follows in the last part of the sermon. The risen Jesus has ascended
+up; that is inseparable from the fact of resurrection, and is part of
+our testimony. He is 'exalted by,' or, perhaps, at, 'the right hand
+of God.' And that exaltation is to us the token that there He has
+received from the Father the Spirit, whom He promised to send when He
+left us. Therefore it is He--'this Jesus'--who has 'poured forth
+this,'--this new strange gift, the tokens of which you see flaming on
+each head, and hear bursting in praise from every tongue.
+
+What triumphant emphasis is in that 'He'! Peter quotes Joel's word
+'pour forth.' The prophet had said, as the mouthpiece of God, '_I_
+will pour forth'; Peter unhesitatingly transfers the word to Jesus.
+We must not assume in him at this stage a fully-developed
+consciousness of our Lord's divine nature, but neither must we blink
+the tremendous assumption which he feels warranted in making, that
+the exaltation of Jesus to the right hand of God meant His exercising
+the power which belonged to God Himself.
+
+In verse 34, he stays for a moment to establish by prophecy that the
+Ascension, of which he had for the first time spoken in verse 33, is
+part of the prophetic characteristics of the Messiah. His
+demonstration runs parallel with his preceding one as to the
+Resurrection. He quotes Psalm cx., which he had learned to do from
+his Master, and just as he had argued about the prediction of
+Resurrection, that the dead Psalmist's words could not apply to
+himself, and must therefore apply to the Messiah; so he concludes
+that it was not 'David' who was called by Jehovah to sit as 'Lord' on
+His right hand. If not David, it could only be the Messiah who was
+thus invested with Lordship, and exalted as participator of the
+throne of the Most High.
+
+Then comes the final thrust of the spear, for which all the discourse
+has been preparing. The Apostle rises to the full height of his great
+commission, and sets the trumpet to his mouth, summoning 'all the
+house of Israel,' priests, rulers, and all the people, to acknowledge
+his Master. He proclaims his supreme dignity and Messiahship. He is
+the 'Lord' of whom the Psalmist sang, and the prophet declared that
+whoever called on His name should be saved; and He is the Christ for
+whom Israel looked.
+
+Last of all, he sets in sharp contrast what God had done with Jesus,
+and what Israel had done, and the barb of his arrow lies in the last
+words, 'whom ye crucified.' And this bold champion of Jesus, this
+undaunted arraigner of a nation's crimes, was the man who, a few
+weeks before, had quailed before a maid-servant's saucy tongue! What
+made the change? Will anything but the Resurrection and Pentecost
+account for the psychological transformation effected in him and the
+other Apostles?
+
+II. No wonder that 'they were pricked in their heart'! Such a thrust
+must have gone deep, even where the armour of prejudice was thick.
+The scene they had witnessed, and the fiery words of explanation,
+taken together, produced incipient conviction, and the conviction
+produced alarm. How surely does the first glimpse of Jesus as Christ
+and Lord set conscience to work! The question, 'What shall we do?' is
+the beginning of conversion. The acknowledgment of Jesus which does
+not lead to it is shallow and worthless. The most orthodox accepter,
+so far as intellect goes, of the gospel, who has not been driven by
+it to ask his own duty in regard to it, and what he is to do to
+receive its benefits, and to escape from his sins, has not accepted
+it at all.
+
+Peter's answer lays down two conditions: repentance and baptism. The
+former is often taken in too narrow a sense as meaning sorrow for
+sin, whereas it means a change of disposition or mind, which will be
+accompanied, no doubt, with 'godly sorrow,' but is in itself deeper
+than sorrow, and is the turning away of heart and will from past love
+and practice of evil. The second, baptism, is 'in the name of Jesus
+Christ,' or more accurately, '_upon_ the name,'--that is, on the
+ground of the revealed character of Jesus. That necessarily implies
+faith in that Name; for, without such faith, the baptism would not be
+on the ground of the Name. The two things are regarded as
+inseparable, being the inside and the outside of the Christian
+discipleship. Repentance, faith, baptism, these three, are called for
+by Peter.
+
+But 'remission of sins' is not attached to the immediately preceding
+clause, so as that baptism is said to secure remission, but to the
+whole of what goes before in the sentence. Obedience to the
+requirements would bring the same gift to the obedient as the
+disciples had received; for it would make them disciples also. But,
+while repentance and baptism which presupposed faith were the normal,
+precedent conditions of the Spirit's bestowal, the case of Cornelius,
+where the Spirit was given before baptism, forbids the attempt to
+link the rite and the divine gift more closely together.
+
+The Apostle was eager to share the gift. The more we have of the
+Spirit, the more shall we desire that others may have Him, and the
+more sure shall we be that He is meant for all. So Peter went on to
+base his assurance, that his hearers might all possess the Spirit, on
+the universal destination of the promise. Joel had said, 'on all
+flesh'; Peter declares that word to point downwards through all
+generations, and outwards to all nations. How swiftly had he grown in
+grasp of the sweep of Christ's work! How far beneath that moment of
+illumination some of his subsequent actions fell!
+
+We have only a summary of his exhortations, the gist of which was
+earnest warning to separate from the fate of the nation by separating
+in will and mind from its sins. Swift conviction followed the Spirit-
+given words, as it ever will do when the speaker is filled with the
+Holy Spirit, and has therefore a tongue of fire. Three thousand new
+disciples were made that day, and though there must have been many
+superficial adherents, and none with much knowledge, it is perhaps
+not fanciful to see in Luke's speaking of them as 'souls' a hint
+that, in general, the acceptance of Jesus as Messiah was deep and
+real. Not only were three thousand 'names' added to the hundred and
+twenty, but three thousand souls.
+
+III. The fair picture of the morning brightness, so soon overclouded,
+so long lost, follows. First, the narrative tells how the raw
+converts were incorporated in the community, and assimilated to its
+character. They, too, 'continued steadfastly' (Acts i. 14). Note the
+four points enumerated: 'teaching,' which would be principally
+instruction in the life of Jesus and His Messianic dignity, as proved
+by prophecy; 'fellowship,' which implies community of disposition and
+oneness of heart manifested in outward association; 'breaking of
+bread,'--that is, the observance of the Lord's Supper; and 'the
+prayers,' which were the very life-breath of the infant Church (i.
+14). Thus oneness in faith and in love, participation in the memorial
+feast and in devotional acts bound the new converts to the original
+believers, and trained them towards maturity. These are still the
+methods by which a sudden influx of converts is best dealt with, and
+babes in Christ nurtured to full growth. Alas! that so often churches
+do not know what to do with novices when they come in numbers.
+
+A wider view of the state of the community as a whole closes the
+chapter. It is the first of several landing-places, as it were, on
+which Luke pauses to sum up an epoch. A reverent awe laid hold of the
+popular mind, which was increased by the miraculous powers of the
+Apostles. The Church will produce that impression on the world in
+proportion as it is manifestly filled with the Spirit. Do we? The so-
+called community of goods was not imposed by commandment, as is plain
+from Peter's recognition of Ananias' right to do as he chose with his
+property. The facts that Mark's mother, Mary, had a house of her own,
+and that Barnabas, her relative, is specially signalised as having
+sold his property, prove that it was not universal. It was an
+irrepressible outcrop of the brotherly feeling that filled all
+hearts. Christ has not come to lay down laws, but to give impulses.
+Compelled communism is not the repetition of that oneness of sympathy
+which effloresced in the bright flower of this common possession of
+individual goods. But neither is the closed purse, closed because the
+heart is shut, which puts to shame so much profession of brotherhood,
+justified because the liberality of the primitive disciples was not
+by constraint nor of obligation, but willing and spontaneous.
+
+Verses 46 and 47 add an outline of the beautiful daily life of the
+community, which was, like their liberality, the outcome of the
+feeling of brotherhood, intensified by the sense of the gulf between
+them and the crooked generation from which they had separated
+themselves. Luke shows it on two sides. Though they had separated
+from the nation, they clung to the Temple services, as they continued
+to do till the end. They had not come to clear consciousness of all
+that was involved in their discipleship, It was not God's will that
+the new spirit should violently break with the old letter.
+Convulsions are not His way, except as second-best. The disciples had
+to stay within the fold of Israel, if they were to influence Israel.
+The time of outward parting between the Temple and the Church was far
+ahead yet.
+
+But the truest life of the infant Church was not nourished in the
+Temple, but in the privacy of their homes. They were one family, and
+lived as such. Their 'breaking bread at home' includes both their
+ordinary meals and the Lord's Supper; for in these first days every
+meal, at least the evening meal of every day, was hallowed by having
+the Supper as a part of it. Each meal was thus a religious act, a
+token of brotherhood, and accompanied with praise. Surely _then_ 'men
+did eat angels' food,' and on platter and cup was written 'Holiness
+to the Lord.' The ideal of human fellowship was realised, though but
+for a moment, and on a small scale. It was inevitable that
+divergences should arise, but it was not inevitable that the Church
+should depart so far from the brief brightness of its dawn. Still the
+sweet concordant brotherhood of these morning hours witnesses what
+Christian love can do, and prophesies what shall yet be and shall not
+pass.
+
+No wonder that such a Church won favour with all the people! We hear
+nothing of its evangelising activity, but its life was such that,
+without recorded speech, multitudes were drawn into so sweet a
+fellowship. If we were like the Pentecostal Christians, we should
+attract wearied souls out of the world's Babel into the calm home
+where love and brotherhood reigned, and God would 'add' to _us_ 'day
+by day those that were being saved.'
+
+
+
+THE NAME ABOVE EVERY NAME
+
+'Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God
+hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both Lord and
+Christ.'--ACTS ii. 36.
+
+It is no part of my purpose at this time to consider the special
+circumstances under which these words were spoken, nor even to enter
+upon an exposition of their whole scope. I select them for one
+reason, the occurrence in them of the three names by which we
+designate our Saviour--Jesus, Lord, Christ. To us they are very
+little more than three proper names; they were very different to
+these men who listened to the characteristically vehement discourse
+of the Apostle Peter. It wanted some courage to stand up at Pentecost
+and proclaim on the housetop what he had spoken in the ear long ago,
+'Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God!' To most of his
+listeners to say 'Jesus is the Christ' was folly, and to say 'Jesus
+is the Lord' was blasphemy.
+
+The three names are names of the same Person, but they proclaim
+altogether different aspects of His work and His character. The name
+'Jesus' is the name of the Man, and brings to us a Brother; the name
+'Christ' is the name of office, and brings to us a Redeemer; the name
+'Lord' is the name of dignity, and brings to us a King.
+
+I. First, then, the name Jesus is the name of the Man, and tells us
+of a Brother.
+
+There were many men in Palestine who bore the name of 'Jesus' when He
+bore it. We find that one of the early Christians had it; and it
+comes upon us with almost a shock when we read that 'Jesus, called
+Justus,' was the name of one of the friends of the Apostle Paul (Col.
+iv. 11). But, through reverence on the part of Christians, and
+through horror on the part of Jews, the name ceased to be a common
+one; and its disappearance from familiar use has hid from us the fact
+of its common employment at the time when our Lord bore it. Though it
+was given to Him as indicative of His office of saving His people
+from their sins, yet none of all the crowds who knew Him as Jesus of
+Nazareth supposed that in His name there was any greater significance
+than in those of the 'Simons,' 'Johns,' and 'Judahs' in the circle of
+His disciples.
+
+Now the use of Jesus as the proper name of our Lord is very
+noticeable. In the Gospels, as a rule, it stands alone hundreds of
+times, whilst in combination with any other of the titles it is rare.
+'Jesus Christ,' for instance, only occurs, if I count aright, twice
+in Matthew, once in Mark, twice in John. But if you turn to the
+Epistles and the latter books of the Scriptures, the proportions are
+reversed. There you have a number of instances of the occurrence of
+such combinations as 'Jesus Christ,' 'Christ Jesus,' 'The Lord
+Jesus,' 'Christ the Lord,' and more rarely the full solemn title,
+'The Lord Jesus Christ,' but the occurrence of the proper name
+'Jesus' alone is the exception. So far as I know, there are only some
+thirty or forty instances of its use singly in the whole of the books
+of the New Testament outside of the four Evangelists. The occasions
+where it is used are all of them occasions in which one may see that
+the writer's intention is to put strong emphasis, for some reason or
+other, on the Manhood of our Lord Jesus, and to assert, as broadly as
+may be, His entire participation with us in the common conditions of
+our human nature, corporeal and mental.
+
+And I think I shall best bring out the meaning and worth of the name
+by putting a few of these instances before you.
+
+For example, more than once we find phrases like these: 'we believe
+that _Jesus_ died,' 'having therefore boldness to enter into the
+holiest by the blood of _Jesus_,' and the like--which emphasise His
+death as the death of a man like ourselves, and bring us close to the
+historical reality of His human pains and agonies for us. '_Christ_
+died' is a statement which makes the purpose and efficacy of His
+death more plain, but '_Jesus_ died' shows us His death as not only
+the work of the appointed Messiah, but as the act of our brother man,
+the outcome of His human love, and never rightly to be understood if
+His work be thought of apart from His personality.
+
+There is brought into view, too, prominently, the side of Christ's
+sufferings which we are all apt to forget--the common human side of
+His agonies and His pains. I know that a certain school of preachers,
+and some unctuous religious hymns, and other forms of composition,
+dwell, a great deal too much for reverence, upon the mere physical
+aspect of Christ's sufferings. But the temptation, I believe, with
+most of us is to dwell too little upon that,--to argue about the
+death of Christ, to think about it as a matter of speculation, to
+regard it as a mysterious power, to look upon it as an official act
+of the Messiah who was sent into the world for us; and to forget that
+He bore a manhood like our own, a body that was impatient of pains
+and wounds and sufferings, and a human life which, like all human
+lives, naturally recoiled and shrank from the agony of death.
+
+And whilst, therefore, the great message, 'It is Christ that died,'
+is ever to be pondered, we have also to think with sympathy and
+gratitude on the homelier representation coming nearer to our hearts,
+which proclaims that 'Jesus died.' Let us not forget the Brother's
+manhood that had to agonise and to suffer and to die as the price of
+our salvation.
+
+Again, when the Scripture would set our Lord before us, as in His
+humanity, our pattern and example, it sometimes uses this name, in
+order to give emphasis to the thought of His Manhood--as, for
+example, in the words of the Epistle to the Hebrews, 'looking unto
+Jesus, the Author and Perfecter of faith.' That is to say--a mighty
+stimulus to all brave perseverance in our efforts after higher
+Christian nobleness lies in the vivid and constant realisation of the
+true manhood of our Lord, as the type of all goodness, as having
+Himself lived by faith, and that in a perfect degree and manner. We
+are to turn away our eyes from contemplating all other lives and
+motives, and to 'look off' from them to Him. In all our struggles let
+us think of Him. Do not take poor human creatures for your ideal of
+excellence, nor tune your harps to their keynotes. To imitate men is
+degradation, and is sure to lead to deformity. None of them, is a
+safe guide. Black veins are in the purest marble, and flaws in the
+most lustrous diamonds. But to imitate Jesus is freedom, and to be
+like Him is perfection. Our code of morals is His life. He is the
+Ideal incarnate. The secret of all progress is, 'Run--looking unto
+Jesus.'
+
+Then, again, we have His manhood emphasised when His sympathy is to
+be commended to our hearts. 'The great High Priest, who is passed
+into the heavens' is '_Jesus_' ... 'who was in all points tempted
+like as we are.' To every sorrowing soul, to all men burdened with
+heavy tasks, unwelcome duties, pains and sorrows of the imagination,
+or of the heart, or of memory, or of physical life, or of
+circumstances--to all there comes the thought, 'Every ill that flesh
+is heir to' He knows by experience, and in the Man Jesus we find not
+only the pity of a God, but the sympathy of a Brother.
+
+When one of our princes goes for an afternoon into the slums in East
+London, everybody says, and says deservedly, 'right!' and 'princely!'
+_This_ prince has learned pity in 'the huts where poor men lie,' and
+knows by experience all their squalor and misery. The Man Jesus is
+the sympathetic Priest. The Rabbis, who did not usually see very far
+into the depth of things, yet caught a wonderful glimpse when they
+said: 'Messias will be found sitting outside the gate of the city
+_amongst the lepers_.' That _is_ where He sits; and the perfectness
+of His sympathy, and the completeness of His identification of
+Himself with all our tears and our sorrows, are taught us when we
+read that our High Priest is not merely Christ the Official, but
+Jesus the Man.
+
+And then we find such words as these: 'If we believe that _Jesus_
+died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God
+bring with Him': I think any one that reads with sympathy must feel
+how very much closer to our hearts that consolation comes, 'Jesus
+rose again,' than even the mighty word which the Apostle uses on
+another occasion, 'Christ is risen from the dead.' The one tells us
+of the risen Redeemer, the other tells us of the risen Brother. And
+wherever there are sorrowing souls, enduring loss and following their
+dear ones into the darkness with yearning hearts, they are comforted
+when they feel that the beloved dead lie down beside their Brother,
+and with their Brother they shall rise again.
+
+So, again, most strikingly, and yet somewhat singularly, in the words
+of Scripture which paint most loftily the exaltation of the risen
+Saviour to the right hand of God, and His wielding of absolute power
+and authority, it is the old human name that is used; as if the
+writers would bind together the humiliation and the exaltation, and
+were holding up hands of wonder at the thought that a Man had risen
+thus to the Throne of the Universe. What an emphasis and glow of hope
+there is in such words as these: 'We see not yet all things put under
+Him, but we see _Jesus_'--the very Man that was here with us--
+'crowned with glory and honour.' So in the Book of the Revelation the
+chosen name for Him who sits amidst the glories of the heavens, and
+settles the destinies of the universe, and orders the course of
+history, is Jesus. As if the Apostle would assure us that the face
+which looked down upon him from amidst the blaze of the glory was
+indeed the face that he knew long ago upon earth, and the breast that
+'was girded with a golden girdle' was the breast upon which he so
+often had leaned his happy head.
+
+So the ties that bind us to the Man Jesus should be the human bonds
+that knit us to one another, transferred to Him and purified and
+strengthened. All that we have failed to find in men we can find in
+Him. Human wisdom has its limits, but here is a Man whose word is
+truth, who is Himself the truth. Human love is sometimes hollow,
+often impotent; it looks down upon us, as a great thinker has said,
+like the Venus of Milo, that lovely statue, smiling in pity, but it
+has no arms. But here is a love that is mighty to help, and on which
+we can rely without disappointment or loss. Human excellence is
+always limited and imperfect, but here is One whom we may imitate and
+be pure. So let us do like that poor woman in the Gospel story--bring
+our precious alabaster box of ointment--the love of these hearts of
+ours, which is the most precious thing we have to give. The box of
+ointment that we have so often squandered upon unworthy heads--let us
+come and pour it upon His, not unmingled with our tears, and anoint
+Him, our beloved and our King. This Man has loved each of us with a
+brother's heart; let us love Him with all our hearts.
+
+II. So much for the first name. The second--'Christ'--is the name of
+office, and brings to us a Redeemer.
+
+I need not dwell at any length upon the original significance and
+force of the name; it is familiar, of course, to us all. It stands as
+a transference into Greek of the Hebrew Messias; the one and the
+other meaning, as we all know, the 'Anointed.' But what is the
+meaning of claiming for Jesus that He is anointed? A sentence will
+answer the question. It means that He fulfils all which the inspired
+imagination of the great ones of the past had seen in that dim Figure
+that rose before prophet and psalmist. It means that He is anointed
+or inspired by the divine indwelling to be Prophet, Priest, and King
+all over the world. It means that He is--though the belief had faded
+away from the minds of His generation--a sufferer whilst a Prince,
+and appointed to 'turn away unrighteousness' from the world, and not
+from 'Jacob' only, by a sacrifice and a death.
+
+I cannot see less in the contents of the Jewish idea, the prophetic
+idea, of the Messias, than these points: divine inspiration or
+anointing; a sufferer who is to redeem; the fulfiller of all the
+rapturous visions of psalmist and of prophet in the past.
+
+And so, when Peter stood up amongst that congregation of wondering
+strangers and scowling Pharisees, and said, 'The Man that died on the
+Cross, the Rabbi-peasant from half-heathen Galilee, is the Person to
+whom Law and Prophets have been pointing,'--no wonder that no one
+believed him except those whose hearts were touched, for it is never
+possible for the common mind, at any epoch, to believe that a man who
+stands beside them is very much bigger than themselves. Great men
+have always to die, and get a halo of distance around them, before
+their true stature can be seen.
+
+And now two remarks are all I can afford myself upon this point, and
+one is this: the hearty recognition of His Messiahship is the centre
+of all discipleship. The earliest and the simplest Christian creed,
+which yet--like the little brown roll in which the infant beech-
+leaves lie folded up--contains in itself all the rest, was this:
+'Jesus is Christ.' Although it is no part of my business to say how
+much imperfection and confusion of head comprehension may co-exist
+with a heart acceptance of Jesus that saves a soul from sin, yet I
+cannot in faithfulness to my own convictions conceal my belief that
+he who contents himself with 'Jesus' and does not grasp 'Christ' has
+cast away the most valuable and characteristic part of the
+Christianity which he professes. Surely a most simple inference is
+that a _Christian_ is at least a man who recognises the Christship of
+Jesus. And I press that upon you, my friends. It is not enough for
+the sustenance of your own souls and for the cultivation of a
+vigorous religious life that men should admire, howsoever profoundly
+and deeply, the humanity of the Lord unless that humanity leads them
+on to see the office of the Messiah to whom their whole hearts
+cleave. 'Jesus is the Christ' is the minimum Christian creed.
+
+And then, still further, let me remind you how the recognition of
+Jesus as Christ is essential to giving its full value to the facts of
+the manhood. 'Jesus died!' Yes. What then? What is that to me? Is
+that all that I have to say? If His is simply a human death, like all
+others, I want to know what makes the story of it a Gospel. I want to
+know what more interest I have in it than I have in the death of
+Socrates, or in the death of any man or woman whose name was in the
+obituary column of yesterday's newspaper. 'Jesus died.' That is a
+fact. What is wanted to turn the fact into a gospel? That I shall
+know who it was that died, and why He died. 'I declare unto you the
+gospel which I preach,' Paul says, 'how that _Christ_ died for our
+sins, according to the Scriptures.' The belief that the death of
+Jesus was the death of the Christ is needful in order that it shall
+be the means of my deliverance from the burden of sin. If it be only
+the death of Jesus, it is beautiful, pathetic, as many another
+martyr's has been, but if it be the death of Christ, then 'my faith
+can lay her hand' on that great Sacrifice 'and know her guilt was
+there.'
+
+So in regard to His perfect example. If we only see His manhood when
+we are 'looking unto Jesus,' the contemplation of His perfection
+would be as paralysing as spectacles of supreme excellence usually
+are. But when we can say, '_Christ_ also suffered for us, leaving us
+an example,' and so can deepen the thought of His Manhood into that
+of His Messiahship, and the conception of His work as example into
+that of His work as sacrifice, we can hope that His divine power will
+dwell in us to mould our lives to the likeness of His human life of
+perfect obedience.
+
+So in regard to His Resurrection and glorious Ascension to the right
+hand of God. We have not only to think of the solitary man raised
+from the grave and caught up to the throne. If it were only 'Jesus'
+who rose and ascended, His Resurrection and Ascension might be as
+much to us as the raising of Lazarus, or the rapture of Elijah--
+namely, a demonstration that death did not destroy conscious being,
+and that a man could rise to heaven; but they would be no more. But
+if '_Christ_ is risen from the dead,' He is 'become the first-fruits
+of them that slept.' If _Jesus_ has gone up on high, others may or
+may not follow in His train. He may show that manhood is not
+incapable of elevation to heaven, but has no power to draw others up
+after Him. But if _Christ_ is gone up, He is gone to prepare a place
+for us, not to fill a solitary throne, and His Ascension is the
+assurance that He will lift us too to dwell with Him and share His
+triumph over death and sin.
+
+Most of the blessedness and beauty of His Example, all the mystery
+and meaning of His Death, and all the power of His Resurrection,
+depend on the fact that 'it is _Christ_ that died, yea rather, that
+is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God.'
+
+III. 'The Lord' is the name of dignity and brings before us the King.
+
+There are three grades, so to speak, of dignity expressed by this one
+word 'Lord' in the New Testament. The lowest is that in which it is
+almost the equivalent of our own English title of respectful
+courtesy, 'Sir,' in which sense it is often used in the Gospels, and
+applied to our Lord as to many other of the persons there. The second
+is that in which it expresses dignity and authority--and in that
+sense it is frequently applied to Christ. The third and highest is
+that in which it is the equivalent of the Old Testament 'Lord,' as a
+divine name; in which sense also it is applied to Christ in the New
+Testament.
+
+The first and last of these may be left out of consideration now: the
+central one is the meaning of the word here. I have only time to
+touch upon two thoughts--to connect this name of dignity first with
+one and then with the other of the two names that we have already
+considered.
+
+Jesus is Lord, that is to say, wonderful as it is, His manhood is
+exalted to supreme dignity. It is the teaching of the New Testament,
+that in Jesus, the Child of Mary, our nature sits on the throne of
+the universe and rules over all things. Those rude herdsmen, brothers
+of Joseph, who came into Pharaoh's palace--strange contrast to their
+tents!--there found their brother ruling over that ancient and highly
+civilised land! We have the Man Jesus for the Lord over all. Trust
+His dominion and rejoice in His rule, and bow before His authority.
+Jesus is Lord.
+
+Christ is Lord. That is to say: His sovereign authority and dominion
+are built upon the fact of His being Deliverer, Redeemer, Sacrifice.
+His Kingdom is a Kingdom that rests upon His suffering. 'Wherefore
+God also hath exalted Him, and given Him a Name that is above every
+name.'
+
+It is because He wears a vesture dipped in blood, that 'on the
+vesture is the name written "King of kings, and Lord of lords."' It
+is 'because He shall deliver the needy when he crieth,' as the
+prophetic psalm has it, that 'all kings shall fall down before Him
+and all nations shall serve Him.' Because He has given His life for
+the world He is the Master of the World. His humanity is raised to
+the throne because His humanity stooped to the cross. As long as
+men's hearts can be touched by absolute unselfish surrender, and as
+long as they can know the blessedness of responsive surrender, so
+long will He who gave Himself for the world be the Sovereign of the
+world, and the First-born from the dead be the Prince of all the
+kings of the earth.
+
+And so, dear friends, our thoughts to-day all point to this lesson--
+do not you content yourselves with a maimed Christ. Do not tarry in
+the Manhood; do not think it enough to cherish reverence for the
+nobility of His soul, the gentle wisdom of His words, the beauty of
+His character, the tenderness of His compassion. All these will be
+insufficient for your needs. There is more in His mission than these
+--even His death for you and for all men. Take Him for your Christ,
+but do not lose the Person in the Work, any more than you lose the
+work in the Person. And be not content with an intellectual
+recognition of Him, but bring Him the faith which cleaves to Him and
+His work as its only hope and peace, and the love which, because of
+His work as Christ, flows out to the beloved Person who has done it
+all. Thus loving Jesus and trusting Christ, you will bring obedience
+to your Lord and homage to your King, and learn the sweetness and
+power of 'the name that is above every name'--the name of the Lord
+Jesus Christ.
+
+May we all be able, with clear and unfaltering conviction of our
+understandings and loving affiance of our whole souls, to repeat as
+our own the grand words in which so many centuries have proclaimed
+their faith--words which shed a spell of peacefulness over stormy
+lives, and fling a great light of hope into the black jaws of the
+grave: 'I believe in Jesus Christ, His only Son, our Lord!'
+
+
+
+A FOURFOLD CORD
+
+'And they continued stedfastly in the Apostles' doctrine and
+fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.'
+--ACTS ii. 42.
+
+The Early Church was not a pattern for us, and the idea of its
+greatly superior purity is very largely a delusion. But still, though
+that be true, the occasional glimpses that we get at intervals in the
+early chapters of this Book of the Acts of the Apostles do present a
+very instructive and beautiful picture of what a Christian society
+may be, and therefore of what Christian Churches and Christian
+individuals ought to be.
+
+The words that I have read, however, are not the description of the
+demeanour of the whole community, but of that portion of it which had
+been added so swiftly to the original nucleus on the Day of
+Pentecost. Think, on the morning of that day 'the number of the names
+was one hundred and twenty,' on the evening of that day it was three
+thousand over that number--a sufficiently swift and large increase to
+have swamped the original nucleus, unless there had been a great
+power of assimilation to itself lodged in that little body. These new
+converts held to the Apostolic 'doctrine' and 'fellowship,' and to
+'breaking of bread' and to 'prayers,' and so became homogeneous with
+the others, and all worked to one end.
+
+Now, these four points which are signalised in this description may
+well afford us material for consideration. They give us the ideal of
+a Church's inner life, which in the divine order should precede, and
+be the basis of, a Church's work in the world. But, while we speak of
+an ideal for a Church, let us not forget that it is realised only by
+the lives of individuals being conformed to it.
+
+I. The first point, which is fundamental to all the others, is 'They
+continued steadfastly in the Apostles' doctrine.'
+
+An earnest desire after fuller knowledge is the basis of all healthy
+Christian life. We cannot realise, without a great effort, the
+ignorance of these new converts. 'Parthians and Medes and Elamites,'
+and Jews gathered from every corner of the Roman world, they had come
+up to Jerusalem, and the bulk of them knew no more about Christ and
+Christianity than what they picked up out of Peter's sermon on the
+Day of Pentecost. But that was enough to change their hearts and
+their wills and to lead them to a real faith. And though the
+_contents_ of their faith were very incomplete, the _power_ of their
+faith was very great. For there is no necessary connection between
+the amount believed and the grasp with which it is held. Believing,
+they were eager for more light to be poured on to their half-seeing
+eyes. They had no Gospels, they had no written record, they had no
+means of learning anything about the faith which they were now
+professing except listening to one or other of the original Eleven,
+with the addition of any of the other 'old disciples'--that is,
+_early_ disciples--who might perchance have equal claims to be
+listened to as 'witnesses from the beginning.' We shall very much
+misunderstand the meaning of the words here, if we suppose that these
+novices were dosed with theological instruction, or that 'the
+Apostles' doctrine' consisted of such fully developed truths as we
+find later on in Paul's writings. If you will look at the first
+sermons that Peter is recorded as having delivered, in the early
+chapters of the Acts, you will find that he by no means enunciates a
+definite theology such as he unfolds in his later Epistle. There is
+no word about the divinity of our Lord Jesus Christ; His designation
+is 'Thy holy child Jesus.' There is no word about the atoning nature
+of Christ's sacrifice; His death is simply the great crime of the
+Jewish people, and His Resurrection the great divine fact witnessing
+to the truth of His Messiahship. All that which we now regard, and
+rightly regard, as the very centre and living focus of divine truth
+was but beginning to shine out on the Apostles' minds, or rather to
+gather itself into form, and to shape itself by slow degrees into
+propositions. 'The Apostles' teaching'--for 'doctrine' does not
+convey to modern ears what Luke meant by the word--must have been
+very largely, if not exclusively, of the same kind as is preserved to
+us in the four Gospels, and especially in the first three of them.
+The recital to these listeners, to whom it was all so fresh and
+strange and transcendent, of the story that has become worn and
+commonplace to us by its familiarity, of Christ in His birth, Christ
+in His gentleness, Christ in His deeds, Christ in the deep words that
+the Apostles were only beginning to understand; Christ in His Death,
+Resurrection, and Ascension--these were the themes on the narration
+of which this company of three thousand waited with such eagerness.
+
+But, of course, there was necessarily involved in the story a certain
+amount of what we now call doctrine--that is, theological teaching--
+because one cannot tell the story of Jesus Christ, as it is told in
+the four Gospels, without impressing upon the hearers the conviction
+that His nature was divine and that His death was a sacrifice. Beyond
+these truths we know not how far the Apostles went. To these,
+perhaps, they did not at first rise. But whether they did so or no,
+and although the facts that the hearers were thus eager to receive,
+and treasured when they received, are the commonplaces of our Sunday-
+schools, and quite uninteresting to many of us, the spirit which
+marked these early converts is the spirit that must lie at the
+foundation of progressive and healthy Christianity in us. The
+consciousness of our own ignorance, of the great sweep of God's
+revealed mind and will, the eager desire to fill up the gaps in the
+circle, and to widen the diameter, of our knowledge, and the
+consequent steadfastness and persistence of our continuance in the
+teachings--far fuller and deeper and richer and nobler than were
+heard in the upper room at Jerusalem by the first three thousand--
+which, through the divine Spirit and the experience of the Church for
+nineteen hundred years are available for us, ought to characterise us
+all.
+
+Now, dear friends, ask yourselves the question very earnestly, Does
+this desire of fuller Christian knowledge at all mark my Christian
+character, and does it practically influence my Christian conduct and
+life? There are thousands of men and women in all our churches who
+know no more about the rich revelation of God in Jesus Christ than
+they did on that day long, long ago, when first they began to
+apprehend that He was the Saviour of their souls. When I sometimes
+get glimpses into the utter Biblical ignorance of educated members of
+my own and of other congregations, I am appalled; I do not wonder how
+we ministers do so little by our preaching, when the minds of the
+people to whom we speak are so largely in such a chaotic state in
+reference to Scriptural truth. I believe that there is an intolerance
+of plain, sober, instructive Christian teaching from the pulpit,
+which is one of the worst signs of the Christianity of this
+generation. And I believe that there are a terribly large number of
+professing Christians, and good people after a fashion, whose Bibles
+are as clean to-day, except on one or two favourite pages, as they
+were when they came out of the bookseller's shop years and years ago.
+You will never be strong Christians, you will never be happy ones,
+until you make conscience of the study of God's Word and 'continue
+steadfastly in the Apostles' teaching.' You may produce plenty of
+emotional Christianity, and of busy and sometimes fussy work without
+it, but you will not get depth. I sometimes think that the complaint
+of the writer of the Epistle to the Hebrews might be turned upside
+down nowadays. He says: 'When for the time ye ought to be teachers,
+ye have need that one teach you again which be the first principles.'
+Nowadays we might say in Sunday-schools and other places of church
+work: 'When for the time ye ought to be _learners_, you have taken to
+teaching before you know what you are teaching, and so neither you
+nor your scholars will profit much.' The vase should be full before
+you begin to empty it.
+
+Again, there ought to be, and we ought to aim after, an equable
+temper of mutual brotherhood conquering selfishness.
+
+'They continued in the Apostles' doctrine and in fellowship.'
+'Fellowship' here, as I take it, applies to community of feeling. A
+verse or two afterwards it is applied to community of goods, but we
+have nothing to do with that subject at present. What is meant is
+that these three thousand, as was most natural, cut off altogether
+from their ancient associations, finding themselves at once separated
+by a great gulf from their nation and its hopes and its religion,
+were driven together as sheep are when wolves are prowling around.
+And, being individually weak, they held on by one another, so that
+many weaknesses might make a strength, and glimmering embers raked
+together might break into a flame.
+
+Now, all these circumstances, or almost all of them, that drove the
+primitive believers together, are at an end, and the tendencies of
+this day are rather to drive Christian people apart than to draw them
+together. Differences of position, occupation, culture, ways of
+looking at things, views of Christian truth and the like, all come
+powerfully in to the reinforcement of the natural selfishness which
+tempts us all, unless the grace of God overcomes it. Although we do
+not want any hysterical or histrionic presentation of Christian
+sympathy and brotherhood, we do need--far more than any of us have
+awakened to the consciousness of the need--for the health of our own
+souls we need to make definite efforts to cultivate more of that
+sense of Christian brotherhood with all that hold the same Lord
+Christ, and to realise this truth: that they and we, however
+separate, are nearer one another than are we and those nearest to us
+who do not share in our Christian faith.
+
+I do not dwell upon this point. It is one on which it is easy to
+gush, and it has got a bad name because there has been so much unreal
+and sickly talk about it. But if any Christian man will honestly try
+to cultivate the brotherly feeling which my text suggests, and to
+which our common relation to Jesus Christ binds us, and will try it
+in reference to _A_, _B_, or _C_, whom he does not much like, with
+whose ways he has no kind of sympathy, whom he believes to be a
+heretic, and who perhaps returns the belief about him with interest,
+he will find it is a pretty sharp test of his Christian principle.
+Let us be real, at any rate, and not pretend to have more love than
+we really have in our hearts. And let us remember that 'he that
+loveth Him that begat, loveth Him also that is begotten of Him.'
+
+II. Another characteristic which comes out in the words before us is
+the blending of worship with life.
+
+'They continued steadfastly in the Apostles' doctrine ... and in
+breaking of bread.' Commentators who can only see one thing at a
+time--and there are a good many of that species--have got up great
+discussions as to whether this phrase means eating ordinary meals or
+partaking of the Lord's Supper. I venture to say it means both,
+because, clearly enough, in the beginning, the common meal was
+hallowed by what we now call the Lord's Supper being associated with
+it, and every day's evening repast was eaten 'in remembrance of Him.'
+
+So, naturally, and without an idea of anything awful or sacred about
+the rite, the first Christians, when they went home after a hard
+day's work and sat down to take their own suppers, blessed the bread
+and the wine, and whether they ate or drank, did the one and the
+other 'in remembrance of Him.'
+
+The gradual growth of the sentiment attaching to the Lord's Supper,
+until it reached the portentous height of regarding it as a
+'tremendous sacrifice' which could only be administered by priests
+with ordained hands in Apostolic succession, can be partly traced
+even in New Testament times. The Lord's Supper began as an appendage
+to, or rather as a heightening of, the evening meal, and at first, as
+this chapter tells us in a subsequent verse, was observed day by day.
+Then, before the epoch of the Acts of the Apostles is ended, we find
+it has become a weekly celebration, and forms part of the service on
+the first day of the week. But even when the observance had ceased to
+be daily, the association with an ordinary meal continued, and that
+led to the disorders at Corinth which Paul rebuked, and which would
+have been impossible if later ideas of the Lord's Supper had existed
+then.
+
+The history of the transformation of that simple Supper into 'the
+bloodless sacrifice' of the Mass, and all the mischief consequent
+thereon, does not concern us now. But it does concern us to note that
+these first believers hallowed common things by doing them, and
+common food by partaking of it, with the memory of His great
+sacrifice in their minds. The poorest fare, the coarsest bread, the
+sourest wine, on the humblest table, became a memorial of that dear
+Lord. Religion and life, the domestic and the devout, were so closely
+braided together that when a household sat at table it was both a
+family and a church; and while they were eating their meat for the
+strength of their body, they were partaking of the memorial of their
+dying Lord.
+
+Is your house like that? Is your daily life like that? Do you bring
+the sacred and the secular as close together as that? Are the dying
+words of your Master, 'This do in remembrance of Me,' written by you
+over everything you do? And so is all life worship, and all worship
+hope?
+
+III. The last thing here is habitual devotion.
+
+I suppose the disciples had no forms of set Christian prayers. They
+still used the Jewish liturgy, for we read that 'they continued daily
+with one accord in the Temple.' I am sure that no two things can be
+less like one another than the worship of the primitive Church and
+the worship, say, of one of our congregations. Did you ever try to
+paint for yourselves, for instance, the scene described in the First
+Epistle to the Corinthians? When they came together in their meetings
+for worship, 'every one had a psalm, a doctrine, an interpretation.'
+'Let the prophets speak, by ones, or at most by twos'; and if another
+gets up to interrupt, let the first speaker sit down. Paul goes on to
+say, 'Let all things be done decently and in order.' So there must
+have been tendencies to disorder, and much at which some of our
+modern ecclesiastical martinets would have been very much scandalised
+as 'unbecoming.' Wise men are in no haste to change forms. Forms
+change of themselves when their users change; but it would be a good
+day for Christendom if the faith and devoutness of a community of
+believers such as we, for instance, profess to be, were so strong and
+so demanding expression as that, instead of my poor voice continually
+sounding here, every one of you had a psalm or a doctrine, and every
+one of you were able and impelled to speak out of the fulness of the
+Spirit which God poured into you. It will come some day; it must come
+if Christendom is not to die of its own dignity. But we do not need
+to hurry matters, only let us remember that unless a Church continues
+steadfast in prayer it is worth very little.
+
+Now, dear brethren, it is said about us Free Churchmen that we think
+a great deal too much of preaching and a great deal too little of the
+prayers of the congregation. That is a stock criticism. I am bound to
+say that there is a grain of truth in it, and that there is not, with
+too many of our congregations, as lofty a conception of the power and
+blessedness of the united prayers of the congregation as there ought
+to be, or else you would not hear about 'introductory services.'
+Introductory to what? Do we speak to God merely by way of preface to
+one of us talking to his brethren? Is that the proper order? 'They
+continued steadfastly in the Apostles' teaching,' no doubt; but also
+'steadfastly in prayer.' I pray you to try to make this picture of
+the Pentecostal converts the ideal of your own lives, and to do your
+best to help forward the time when it shall be the reality in this
+church, and in every other society of professing Christians.
+
+
+
+A PURE CHURCH AN INCREASING CHURCH
+
+'And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be
+saved.'--ACTS ii. 47.
+
+'And the Lord added to them day by day those that were being
+saved.'--(R. V.)
+
+You observe that the principal alterations of these words in the
+Revised Version are two: the one the omission of 'the church,' the
+other the substitution of 'were being saved' for 'such as should be
+saved.' The former of these changes has an interest as suggesting
+that at the early period referred to the name of 'the church' had not
+yet been definitely attached to the infant community, and that the
+word afterwards crept into the text at a time when ecclesiasticism
+had become a great deal stronger than it was at the date of the
+writing of the Acts of the Apostles. The second of the changes is of
+more importance. The Authorised Version's rendering suggests that
+salvation is a future thing, which in one aspect is partially true.
+The Revised Version, which is also by far the more literally
+accurate, suggests the other idea, that salvation is a process going
+on all through the course of a Christian man's life. And that carries
+very large and important lessons.
+
+I. I ask you to notice here, first, the profound conception which the
+writer had of the present action of the ascended Christ. 'The Lord
+added to them day by day those that were being saved.'
+
+Then Christ (for it is He that is here spoken of as the Lord), the
+living, ascended Christ, was present in, and working with, that
+little community of believing souls. You will find that the thought
+of a present Saviour, who is the life-blood of the Church on earth,
+and the spring of action for all good that is done in it and by it,
+runs through the whole of this Book of the Acts of the Apostles. The
+keynote is struck in its first verses: 'The former treatise have I
+made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began to do and to teach, until
+the day in which He was taken up.' That is the description of Luke's
+Gospel, and it implies that the Acts of the Apostles is the _second_
+treatise, which tells all that Jesus continued to do and teach
+_after_ that He was taken up. So the Lord, the ascended Christ, is
+the true theme and hero of this book. It is He, for instance, who
+sends down the Spirit on the Day of Pentecost. It is He whom the
+dying martyr sees 'standing at the right hand of God,' ready to help.
+It is He who appears to the persecutor on the road to Damascus. It is
+He who sends Paul and his company to preach in Europe. It is He who
+opens hearts for the reception of their message. It is He who stands
+by the Apostle in a vision, and bids him 'be of good cheer,' and go
+forth upon his work. Thus, at every crisis in the history of the
+Church, it is the Lord--that is to say, Christ Himself--who is
+revealed as working in them and for them, the ascended but yet ever-
+present Guide, Counsellor, Inspirer, Protector, and Rewarder of them
+that put their trust in Him. So here it is He that 'adds to the
+Church daily them that were being saved.'
+
+I believe, dear brethren, that modern Christianity has far too much
+lost the vivid impression of this present Christ as actually dwelling
+and working among us. What is good in us and what is bad in us
+conspire to make us think more of the past work of an ascended Christ
+than of the present work of an indwelling Christ. We cannot think too
+much of that Cross by which He has laid the foundation for the
+salvation and reconciliation of all the world; but we may easily
+think too exclusively of it, and so fix our thoughts upon that work
+which He completed when on Calvary He said, 'It is finished!' as to
+forget the continual work which will never be finished until His
+Church is perfected, and the world is redeemed. If we are a Church of
+Christ at all, we have Christ in very deed among us, and working
+through us and on us. And unless we have, in no mystical and unreal
+and metaphorical sense, but in the simplest and yet grandest prose
+reality, that living Saviour here in our hearts and in our
+fellowship, better that these walls were levelled with the ground,
+and this congregation scattered to the four winds of heaven. The
+present Christ is the life of His Church.
+
+Notice, and that but for a moment, for I shall have to deal with it
+more especially at another part of this discourse,--the specific
+action which is here ascribed to Him. _He_ adds to the Church, not
+_we_, not our preaching, not our eloquence, our fervour, our efforts.
+These may be the weapons in His hands, but the hand that wields the
+weapon gives it all its power to wound and to heal, and it is Christ
+Himself who, by His present energy, is here represented as being the
+Agent of all the good that is done by any Christian community, and
+the Builder-up of His Churches, in numbers and in power.
+
+It is His will for, His ideal of, a Christian Church, that
+continuously it should be gathering into its fellowship those that
+are being saved. That is His meaning in the establishment of His
+Church upon earth, and that is His will concerning it and concerning
+us, and the question should press on every society of Christians:
+Does our reality correspond to Christ's ideal? Are we, as a portion
+of His great heritage, being continually replenished by souls that
+come to tell what God has done for them? Is there an unbroken flow of
+such into what we call our communion? I speak to you members of this
+church, and I ask you to ponder the question,--Is it so? and the
+other question, If it is not so, wherefore? 'The Lord added daily,'--
+why does not the Lord add daily to us?
+
+II. Let us go to the second part of this text, and see if we can find
+an answer. Notice how emphatically there is brought out here the
+attractive power of an earnest and pure Church.
+
+My text is the end of a sentence. What is the beginning of the
+sentence? Listen,--'All that believed were together, and had all
+things common; and sold their possessions and goods, and parted them
+to all men, as every man had need. And they, continuing daily with
+one accord in the Temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did
+eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart, praising God,
+and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added.' Yes; of
+course. Suppose you were like these people. Suppose this church and
+congregation bore stamped upon it, plain and deep as the broad arrow
+of the king, these characteristics--manifest fraternal unity, plain
+unselfish unworldliness, habitual unbroken devotion, gladness which
+had in it the solemnity of Heaven, and a transparent simplicity of
+life and heart, which knew nothing of by-ends and shabby, personal
+motives or distracting duplicity of purpose--do you not think that
+the Lord would add to you daily such as should be saved? Or, to put
+it into other words, wherever there is a little knot of men obviously
+held together by a living Christ, and obviously manifesting in their
+lives and characters the likeness of that Christ transforming and
+glorifying them, there will be drawn to them--by natural gravitation,
+I was going to say, but we may more correctly say, by the gravitation
+which is natural in the supernatural realm--souls that have been
+touched by the grace of the Lord, and souls to whom that grace has
+been brought the nearer by looking upon _them_. Wherever there is
+inward vigour of life there will be outward growth; and the Church
+which is pure, earnest, living will be a Church which spreads and
+increases.
+
+Historically, it has always been the case that in God's Church
+seasons of expansion have followed upon seasons of deepened spiritual
+life on the part of His people. And the only kind of growth which is
+wholesome, and to be desired in a Christian community, is growth as a
+consequence of the revived religiousness of the individuals who make
+up the community.
+
+And just in like manner as such a community will draw to it men who
+are like-minded, so it will repel from it all the formalist people.
+There are congregations that have the stamp of worldliness so deep
+upon them that any persons who want to be burdened with as little
+religion as may be respectable will find themselves at home there.
+And I come to you Christian people here, for whose Christian
+character I am in some sense and to some degree responsible, with
+this appeal: Do you see to it that, so far as your influence extends,
+this community of ours be such as that half-dead Christians will
+never think of coming near us, and those whose religion is tepid will
+be repelled from us, but that they who love the Lord Jesus Christ
+with earnest devotion and lofty consecration, and seek to live
+unworldly and saint-like lives, shall recognise in us men like-
+minded, and from whom they may draw help. I beseech you--if you will
+not misunderstand the expression--make your communion such that it
+will repel as well as attract; and that people will find nothing here
+to draw them to an easy religion of words and formalism, beneath
+which all vermin of worldliness and selfishness may lurk, but will
+recognise in us a church of men and women who are bent upon holiness,
+and longing for more and more conformity to the divine Master.
+
+Now, if all this be true, it is possible for worldly and stagnant
+communities calling themselves 'Churches' to thwart Christ's purpose,
+and to make it both impossible and undesirable that He should add to
+them souls for whom He has died. It is a solemn thing to feel that we
+may clog Christ's chariot-wheels, that there may be so little
+spiritual life in us, as a congregation, that, if I may so say, He
+dare not intrust us with the responsibility of guarding and keeping
+the young converts whom He loves and tends. We may not be fit to be
+trusted with them, and that may be why we do not get them. It may not
+be good for them that they should be dropped into the refrigerating
+atmosphere of such a church, and that may be why they do not come.
+
+Depend upon it, brethren, that, far more than my preaching, your
+lives will determine the expansion of this church of ours. And if my
+preaching is pulling one way and your lives the other, and I have
+half an hour a week for talk and you have seven days for
+contradictory life, which of the two do you think is likely to win in
+the tug? I beseech you, take the words that I am now trying to speak,
+to yourselves. Do not pass them to the man in the next pew and think
+how well they fit him, but accept them as needed by you. And
+remember, that just as a bit of sealing-wax, if you rub it on your
+sleeve and so warm it, develops an attractive power, the Church which
+is warmed will draw many to itself. If the earlier words of this
+context apply to any Christian community, then certainly its blessed
+promise too will apply to it, and to such a church the Lord will 'add
+day by day them that are being saved.'
+
+III. And now, lastly, observe the definition given here of the class
+of persons gathered into the community.
+
+I have already observed, in the earlier portion of this discourse,
+that here we have salvation represented as a process, a progressive
+thing which runs on all through life. In the New Testament there are
+various points of view from which that great idea of salvation is
+represented. It is sometimes spoken of as past, in so far as in the
+definite act of conversion and the first exercise of faith in Jesus
+Christ the whole subsequent evolution and development are involved,
+and the process of salvation has its beginning then, when a man turns
+to God. It is sometimes spoken of as present, in so far as the joy of
+deliverance from evil and possession of good, which is God, is
+realised day by day. It is sometimes spoken of as future, in so far
+as all the imperfect possession and pre-libations of salvation which
+we taste here on earth prophesy and point onwards to their own
+perfecting in the climax of heaven. But all these three points of
+view, past, present, and future, may be merged into this one of my
+text, which speaks of every saint on earth, from the infantile to the
+most mature, as standing in the same row, though at different points;
+walking on the same road, though advanced different distances; all
+participant of the same process of 'being saved.'
+
+Through all life the deliverance goes on, the deliverance from sin,
+the deliverance from wrath. The Christian salvation, then, according
+to the teaching of this emphatic phrase, is a process begun at
+conversion, carried on progressively through the life, and reaching
+its climax in another state. Day by day, through the spring and the
+early summer, the sun shines longer in the sky, and rises higher in
+the heavens; and the path of the Christian is as the shining light.
+Last year's greenwood is this year's hardwood; and the Christian, in
+like manner, has to 'grow in the grace and knowledge of the Lord and
+Saviour.' So these progressively, and, therefore, as yet imperfectly,
+saved people, were gathered into the Church.
+
+Now I have but two things to say about that. If that be the
+description of the kind of folk that come into a Christian Church,
+the duties of that Church are very plainly marked. And the first
+great one is to see to it that the community help the growth of its
+members. There are Christian Churches--I do not say whether ours is
+one of them or not--into which, if a young plant is brought, it is
+pretty sure to be killed. The temperature is so low that the tender
+shoots are nipped as with frost, and die. I have seen people, coming
+all full of fervour and of faith, into Christian congregations, and
+finding that the average round them was so much lower than their own,
+that they have cooled down after a time to the fashionable
+temperature, and grown indifferent like their brethren. Let us, dear
+friends, remember that a Christian Church is a nursery of imperfect
+Christians, and, for ourselves and for one another, try to make our
+communion such as shall help shy and tender graces to unfold
+themselves, and woo out, by the encouragement of example, the lowest
+and the least perfect to lofty holiness and consecration like the
+Master's.
+
+And if I am speaking to any in this congregation who hold aloof from
+Christian fellowship for more or less sufficient reasons, let me
+press upon them, in one word, that if they are conscious of a
+possession, however imperfect, of that incipient salvation, their
+place is thereby determined, and they are doing wrong if they do not
+connect themselves with some Christian Communion, and stand forth as
+members of Christ's Church.
+
+And now one last word. I have tried to show you that salvation, in
+the New Testament, is regarded as a process. The opposite thing is a
+process too. There is a very awful contrast in one of Paul's
+Epistles. 'The preaching of the Cross is to them _who are in the act
+of perishing_ foolishness; unto us who are _being saved_, it is the
+power of God.' These two processes start, as it were, from the same
+point, one by slow degrees and almost imperceptible motion, rising
+higher and higher, the other, by slow degrees and almost unconscious
+descent, sliding steadily and fatally downward ever further and
+further. And my point now is that in each of us one or other of these
+processes is going on. Either you are slowly rising or you are
+slipping down. Either a larger measure of the life of Christ, which
+is salvation, is passing into your hearts, or bit by bit you are
+dying like some man with creeping paralysis that begins at the
+extremities, and with fell, silent, inexorable footstep, advances
+further and further towards the citadel of the heart, where it lays
+its icy hand at last, and the man is dead. You are either 'being
+saved' or you are 'perishing.' No man becomes a devil all at once,
+and no man becomes an angel all at once. Trust yourself to Christ,
+and He will lift you to Himself; turn your back upon Him, as some of
+you are doing, and you will settle down, down, down in the muck and
+the mire of your own sensuality and selfishness, until at last the
+foul ooze spreads over your head, and you are lost in the bog for
+ever.
+
+
+
+'THEN SHALL THE LAME MAN LEAP AS AN HART'
+
+'Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour
+of prayer, being the ninth hour. 2. And a certain man lame from
+his mother's womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate
+of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that
+entered into the temple; 3. Who, seeing Peter and John about to
+go into the temple, asked an alms. 4. And Peter, fastening his
+eyes upon him, with John, said, Look on us. 5. And he gave heed
+unto them, expecting to receive something of them. 6. Then Peter
+said, Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I
+thee: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.
+7. And he took him by the right hand, and lifted him up: and
+immediately his feet and ankle bones received strength. 8. And he
+leaping up, stood, and walked, and entered with them into the
+temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God. 9. And all the
+people saw him walking and praising God: 10. And they knew that
+it was he which sat for alms at the Beautiful gate of the temple:
+and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had
+happened unto him. 11. And as the lame man which was healed held
+Peter and John, all the people ran together unto them in the
+porch that is called Solomon's, greatly wondering. 12. And when
+Peter saw it, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why
+marvel ye at this? or why look ye so earnestly on us, as though
+by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk? 13.
+The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our
+fathers, hath glorified His Son Jesus; whom ye delivered up, and
+denied Him in the presence of Pilate, when he was determined to
+let Him go. 14. But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and
+desired a murderer to be granted unto you; 15. And killed the
+Prince of Life, whom God hath raised from the dead, whereof we
+are witnesses. 16. And His name through faith in His name hath
+made this man strong, whom ye see and know; yea, the faith which
+is by Him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence
+of you all.'--ACTS iii. 1-16.
+
+'Many wonders and signs were done by the Apostles' (Acts ii. 43), but
+this one is recorded in detail, both because it was conspicuous as
+wrought in the Temple, and because it led to weighty consequences.
+The narrative is so vivid and full of minute particulars that it
+suggests an eye-witness. Was Peter Luke's informant? The style of the
+story is so like that of Mark's Gospel that we might reasonably
+presume so.
+
+The scene and the persons are first set before us. It was natural
+that a close alliance should be cemented between Peter and John, both
+because they were the principal members of the quartet which stood
+first among the Apostles, and because they were so unlike each other,
+and therefore completed each other. Peter's practical force and eye
+for externals, and John's more contemplative nature and eye for the
+unseen, needed one another. So we find them together in the judgment
+hall, at the sepulchre, and here.
+
+They 'went up to the Temple,' or, to translate more exactly and more
+picturesquely, 'were going up,' when the incident to be recorded
+stayed them. They had passed through the court, and came to a gate
+leading into the inner court, which was called 'Beautiful.' from its
+artistic excellence, when they were arrested by the sight of a lame
+beggar, who had been carried there every day for many years to
+appeal, by the display of his helplessness, to the entering
+worshippers. Precisely similar sights may be seen to-day at the doors
+of many a famous European church and many a mosque. He mechanically
+wailed out his formula, apparently scarcely looking at the two
+strangers, nor expecting a response. Long habit and many rebuffs had
+not made him hopeful, but it was his business to ask, and so he
+asked.
+
+Some quick touch of pity shot through the two friends' hearts, which
+did not need to be spoken in order that each might feel it to be
+shared by the other. So they paused, and, as was in keeping with
+their characters, Peter took speech in hand, while John stood by
+assenting. Purposed devotion is well delayed when postponed in order
+to lighten misery.
+
+There must have been something magnetic in Peter's voice and steady
+gaze as he said, 'Look on us!' It was a strange preface, if only some
+small coin was to follow. It kindled some flicker of hope of he knew
+not what in the beggar. He expected to receive 'something' from them,
+and, no doubt, was asking himself what. Expectation and receptivity
+were being stirred in him, though he could not divine what was
+coming. We have no right to assume that his state of mind was
+operative in fitting him to be cured, nor to call his attitude
+'faith,' but still he was lifted from his usual dreary hopelessness,
+and some strange anticipation was creeping into his heart.
+
+Then comes the grand word of power. Again Peter is spokesman, but
+John takes part, though silently. With a fixed gaze, which told of
+concentrated purpose, and went to the lame man's heart, Peter
+triumphantly avows what most men are ashamed of, and try to hide:
+'Silver and gold have I none.' He had 'left all and followed Christ';
+he had not made demands on the common stock. Empty pockets may go
+along with true wealth.
+
+There is a fine flash of exultant confidence in Peter's next words,
+which is rather spoiled by the Authorised Version. He did not say
+'_such_ as I have,' as it it was inferior to money, which he had not,
+but he said '_what_ I have' (Rev. Ver.),--a very different tone. The
+expression eloquently magnifies the power which he possessed as far
+more precious than wealth, and it speaks of his assurance that he did
+possess it--an assurance which rested, not only on his faith in his
+Lord's promise and gift, but on his experience in working former
+miracles.
+
+How deep his words go into the obligations of possession! 'What I
+have I give' should be the law for all Christians in regard to all
+that they have, and especially in regard to spiritual riches. God
+gives us these, not only in order that we may enjoy them ourselves,
+but in order that we may impart, and so in our measure enter into the
+joy of our Lord and know the greater blessedness of giving than of
+receiving. How often it has been true that a poor church has been a
+miracle-working church, and that, when it could not say 'Silver and
+gold have I none' it has also lost the power of saying, 'In the name
+of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk'!
+
+The actual miracle is most graphically narrated. With magnificent
+boldness Peter rolls out his Master's name, there, in the court of
+the Temple, careless who may hear. He takes the very name that had
+been used in scorn, and waves it like a banner of victory. His
+confidence in his possession of power was not confidence in himself,
+but in his Lord. When we can peal forth the Name with as much
+assurance of its miracle-working power as Peter did, we too shall be
+able to make the lame walk. A faltering voice is unworthy to speak
+such words, and will speak them in vain.
+
+The process of cure is minutely described. Peter put out his hand to
+help the lame man up, and, while he was doing so, power came into the
+shrunken muscles and weak ankles, so that the cripple felt that he
+could raise himself, and, though all passed in a moment, the last
+part of his rising was his own doing, and what began with his being
+'lifted up' ended in his 'leaping up.' Then came an instant of
+standing still, to steady himself and make sure of his new strength,
+and then he began to walk.
+
+The interrupted purpose of devotion could now be pursued, but with a
+gladsome addition to the company. How natural is that 'walking and
+leaping and praising God'! The new power seemed so delightful, so
+wonderful, that sober walking did not serve. It was a strange way of
+going into the Temple, but people who are borne along by the sudden
+joy of new gifts beyond hope need not be expected to go quietly, and
+sticklers for propriety who blamed the man's extravagance, and would
+have had him pace along with sober gait and downcast eyes, like a
+Pharisee, did not know what made him thus obstreperous, even in his
+devout thankfulness. 'Leaping and praising God' do make a singular
+combination, but before we blame, let us be sure that we understand.
+
+One of the old manuscripts inserts a clause which brings out more
+clearly that there was a pause, during which the three remained in
+the Temple in prayer. It reads, 'And when Peter and John came out, he
+came out with them, holding them, and they [the people] being
+astonished, stood in the porch,' etc. So we have to think of the
+buzzing crowd, waiting in the court for their emergence from the
+sanctuary. Solomon's porch was, like the Beautiful gate, on the east
+side of the Temple enclosure, and may probably have been a usual
+place of rendezvous for the brethren, as it had been a resort of
+their Lord.
+
+It was a great moment, and Peter, the unlearned Galilean, the former
+cowardly renegade, rose at once to the occasion. Truly it was given
+him in that hour what to speak. His sermon is distinguished by its
+undaunted charging home the guilt of Christ's death on the nation,
+its pitying recognition of the ignorance which had done the deed, and
+its urgent entreaty. We here deal with its beginning only. 'Why
+marvel ye at this?'--it would have been a marvel if they had not
+marvelled. The thing was no marvel to the Apostle, because he
+believed that Jesus was the Christ and reigned in Heaven. Miracles
+fall into their place and become supremely 'natural' when we have
+accepted that great truth.
+
+The fervent disavowal of their 'own power or holiness' as concerned
+in the healing is more than a modest disclaimer. It leads on to the
+declaration of who is the true Worker of all that is wrought for men
+by the hands of Christians. That disavowal has to be constantly
+repeated by us, not so much to turn away men's admiration or
+astonishment from us, as to guard our own foolish hearts from taking
+credit for what it may please Jesus to do by us as His tools.
+
+The declaration of Christ as the supreme Worker is postponed till
+after the solemn indictment of the nation. But the true way to regard
+the miracle is set forth at once, as being God's glorifying of Jesus.
+Peter employs a designation of our Lord which is peculiar to these
+early chapters of Acts. He calls Him God's 'Servant,' which is a
+quotation of the Messianic title in the latter part of Isaiah, 'the
+Servant of the Lord.'
+
+The fiery speaker swiftly passes to contrast God's glorifying with
+Israel's rejection. The two points on which he seizes are noteworthy.
+'Ye delivered Him up'; that is, to the Roman power. That was the
+deepest depth of Israel's degradation. To hand over their Messiah to
+the heathen,--what could be completer faithlessness to all Israel's
+calling and dignity? But that was not all: 'ye denied Him.' Did Peter
+remember some one else than the Jews who had done the same, and did a
+sudden throb of conscious fellowship even in that sin make his voice
+tremble for a moment? Israel's denial was aggravated because it was
+'in the presence of Pilate,' and had overborne his determination to
+release his prisoner. The Gentile judge would rise in the judgment to
+condemn them, for he had at least seen that Jesus was innocent, and
+they had hounded him on to an illegal killing, which was murder as
+laid to his account, but national apostasy as laid to theirs.
+
+These were daring words to speak in the Temple to that crowd. But the
+humble fisherman had been filled with the Spirit, who is the
+Strengthener, and the fear of man was dead in him. If we had never
+heard of Pentecost, we should need to invent something of the sort to
+make intelligible the transformation of these timid folk, the first
+disciples, into heroes. A dead Christ, lying in an unknown grave,
+could never have inspired His crushed followers with such courage,
+insight, and elastic confidence and gladness in the face of a
+frowning world.
+
+
+
+'THE PRINCE OF LIFE'
+
+'But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer
+to be granted unto you; 15. And killed the Prince of life, whom
+God hath raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.'
+--ACTS iii. 14, 15.
+
+This early sermon of Peter's, to the people, is marked by a
+comparative absence of the highest view of Christ's person and work.
+It is open to us to take one of two explanations of that fact. We may
+either say that the Apostle was but learning the full significance of
+the marvellous events that had passed so recently, or we may say that
+he suited his words to his audience, and did not declare all that he
+knew.
+
+At the same time, we should not overlook the significance of the
+Christology which it does contain. 'His child Jesus' is really a
+translation of Isaiah's 'Servant of the Lord.' 'The Holy One and the
+Just' is a distinct assertion of Jesus' perfect, sinless manhood, and
+'the Prince of Life' plainly asserts Jesus to be the Lord and Source
+of it.
+
+Notice, too, the pathetic 'denied': was Peter thinking of the
+shameful hour in his own experience? It is a glimpse into the depth
+of his penitence, and the tenderness with others' sins which it had
+given him, that he twice uses the word here, as if he had said 'You
+have done no more than I did myself. It is not for me to heap
+reproaches on you. We have been alike in sin--and I can preach
+forgiveness to you sinners, because I have received it for myself.'
+
+Notice, too, the manifold antitheses of the words. Barabbas is set
+against Christ; the Holy One and the Just against a robber, the
+Prince of Life against a murderer. 'You killed'--'the Prince of
+Life.' 'You killed'--'God raised.'
+
+There are here three paradoxes, three strange and contradictory
+things: the paradoxes of man's perverted and fatal choice, of man's
+hate bringing death to the Lord of life, and of God's love and power
+causing life to come by death.
+
+I. The paradox of man's fatal choice.
+
+There occurs often in history a kind of irony in which the whole
+tendency of a time or of a conflict is summed up in a single act, and
+certainly the fact which is referred to here is one of these. Let us
+put it as it would have seemed to an onlooker then, leaving out for
+the moment any loftier meaning which may attach to it.
+
+Peter's words here, thus boldly addressed to the people, are a strong
+testimony to the impression which the character of Christ had made on
+His contemporaries. 'The Holy One and the Just' implies moral
+perfection. The whole narrative of the Crucifixion brings out that
+impression. Pilate's wife speaks with awe of 'that just person.'
+'Which of you convinceth me of sin?' 'If I have done evil, bear
+witness of the evil.' 'I find no fault in Him.' We may take it for
+granted that the impression Jesus made among His contemporaries was,
+at the lowest, that He was a pure and good man.
+
+The nation had to choose one of two. Jesus was the one; who was the
+other? A man half brigand, half rebel, who had raised some petty
+revolt against Rome, more as a pretext for robbery and crime than
+from patriotism, and whose hands reeked with blood. And this was the
+nation's hero!
+
+The juxtaposition throws a strong light on the people's motive for
+rejecting Jesus. The rulers may have condemned Him for blasphemy, but
+the people had a more practical reason, and in it no doubt the rulers
+shared. It was not because He claimed to be the Messiah that they
+gave Him up to Pilate, but because He would not meet their notions of
+what the Messiah should be and do. If He had called them to arms, not
+a man of them would have betrayed Him to Pilate, but all, or the more
+daring of them, would have rallied to His standard. Their hate was
+the measure of their deep disappointment with His course. If instead
+of showing love and meekness, He had blown up the coals of religious
+hatred; if instead of going about doing good, He had mustered the men
+of lawless Galilee for a revolt, would these fawning hypocrites have
+dragged him to Pilate on the charge of forbidding to give tribute to
+Caesar, and of claiming to be a King? Why, there was not one of them
+but would have been glad to murder every tax-gatherer in Palestine,
+not one of them but bore inextinguishable in his inmost heart the
+faith in 'one Christ a King.' And if that meek and silent martyr had
+only lifted His finger, He might have had legions of His accusers at
+His back, ready to sweep Pilate and his soldiers out of Jerusalem.
+They saw Christ's goodness and holiness. It did not attract them.
+They wanted a Messiah who would bring them outward freedom by the use
+of outward weapons, and so they all shouted 'Not this man but
+Barabbas!' The whole history of the nation was condensed in that one
+cry--their untamable obstinacy, their blindness to the light of God,
+their fierce grasp of the promises which they did not understand,
+their hard worldliness, their cruel patriotism, their unquenchable
+hatred of their oppressors, which was only equalled by their
+unquenchable hatred of those who showed them the only true way for
+deliverance.
+
+And this strange paradox is not confined to these Jews. It is
+repeated wherever Christ is presented to men. We are told that all
+men naturally admire goodness, and so on. Men mostly know it when
+they see it, but I doubt whether they all either admire or like it.
+People generally had rather have something more outward and tangible.
+It is not spiritualising this incident, but only referring it to the
+principle of which it is an illustration, to ask you to see in it the
+fatal choice of multitudes. Christ is set before us all, and His
+beauty is partially seen but is dimmed by externals. Men's desires
+are fixed on gross sensuous delights, or on success in business, or
+on intellectual eminence, or on some of the thousand other visible
+and temporal objects that outshine, to vulgar eyes, the less dazzling
+lustre of the things unseen. They appreciate these, and make heroes
+of the men who have won them. These are their ideals, but of Jesus
+they have little care.
+
+And is it not true that all such competitors of His, when they lead
+men to prefer them to Him, are 'murderers,' in a sadder sense than
+Barabbas was? Do they not slay the souls of their admirers? Is it not
+but too ghastly a reality that all who thus choose them draw down
+ruin on themselves and 'love death'?
+
+This fatal paradox is being repeated every day in the lives of
+thousands. The crowds who yelled, 'Not this man but Barabbas!' were
+less guilty and less mad than those who to-day cry, 'Not Jesus but
+worldly wealth, or fleeting bodily delights, or gratified ambition!'
+
+II. The paradox of Death's seeming conquest over the Lord of Life.
+
+The word rendered 'Prince' means an originator, and hence a leader
+and hence a lord. Whether Peter had yet reached a conception of the
+divinity of Jesus or not, he had clearly reached a much higher one of
+Him than he had attained before His death. In some sense he was
+beginning to recognise that His relation to 'life' was loftier and
+more mysterious than that of other men. Was it His death only that
+thus elevated the disciples' thoughts of Jesus? Strange that if He
+died and there an end, such a result should have followed. One would
+have expected His death to have shattered their faith in Him, but
+somehow it strengthened their faith. Why did they not all continue to
+lament, as did the two of them on the road to Emmaus: 'We trusted
+that this had been He who should have redeemed Israel'--but now we
+trust no more, and our dreams are buried in His grave? Why did they
+not go back to Galilee and their nets? What raised their spirits,
+their courage, and increased their understanding of Him, and their
+faith in Him? How came His death to be the occasion of consolidating,
+not of shattering, their fellowship? How came Peter to be so sure
+that a man who had died was the 'Prince of Life'? The answer, the
+only one psychologically possible, is in what Peter here proclaims to
+unwilling ears, 'Whom God raised from the dead.'
+
+The fact of the Resurrection sets the fact of the Death in another
+light. Meditating on these twin facts, the Death and Resurrection of
+Jesus, we hear Himself speaking as He did to John in Patmos: 'I am
+the Living One who became dead, and lo, I am alive for evermore!'
+
+If we try to listen with the ears of these first hearers of Peter's
+words, we shall better appreciate his daring paradox. Think of the
+tremendous audacity of the claim which they make, that Jesus should
+be the 'Prince of Life,' and of the strange contradiction to it which
+the fact that they 'killed' Him seems to give. How could death have
+power over the Prince of Life? That sounds as if, indeed, the 'sun
+were turned into darkness,' or as if fire became ice. That brief
+clause 'ye killed the Prince of Life' must have seemed sheer
+absurdity to the hearers whose hands were still red with the blood of
+Jesus.
+
+But there is another paradox here. It was strange that death should
+be able to invade that Life, but it is no less strange that men
+should be able to inflict it. But we must not forget that Jesus died,
+not because men slew Him, but because He willed to die. The whole of
+the narratives of the Crucifixion in the Gospels avoid using the word
+'death.' Such expressions as He 'gave up the ghost,' or the like, are
+used, implying what is elsewhere distinctly asserted, that His death
+was His offering of Himself, the result of His own volition, not of
+exhaustion or of torture. Thus, even in dying, He showed Himself the
+Lord of Life and the Master of Death. Men indeed fastened Jesus to
+the Cross, but He died, not because He was so fastened, but because
+He willed to 'make His soul an offering for sin.' Bound as it were to
+a rock in the midst of the ocean, He, of His own will, and at His own
+time, bowed His head, and let the waves of the sea of death roll over
+it.
+
+III. The triumphant divine paradox of life given and death conquered
+through a death.
+
+Jesus is 'Prince' in the sense of being source of life to mankind,
+just because He died. Hie death is the death of Death. His apparent
+defeat is His real victory.
+
+By His death He takes away our sins.
+
+By His death He abolishes death.
+
+The physical fact remains, but all else which makes the 'sting of
+death' to men is gone. It is no more a solitude, for He has died, and
+thereby He becomes a companion in that hour to every lover of His.
+Its darkness changes into light to those who, by 'following Him,'
+have, even there, 'the light of life.' This Samson carried away the
+gates of the prison on His own strong shoulders when He came forth
+from it. It is His to say, 'O death! I will be thy plague.'
+
+By His death He diffuses life.
+
+'The Spirit was not given' till Jesus was 'glorified,' which
+glorification is John's profound synonym for His crucifixion. When
+the alabaster box of His pure body was broken, the whole house of
+humanity was filled with the odour of the ointment.
+
+So the great paradox becomes a blessed truth, that man's deepest sin
+works out God's highest act of Love and Pardon.
+
+
+
+THE HEALING POWER OF THE NAME
+
+'And His name through faith in His name hath made this man
+strong, whom ye see and know: yea, the faith which is by Him hath
+given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.'
+--ACTS iii. 16.
+
+Peter said, 'Why look ye so earnestly on us, as though by our own
+power or holiness we had made this man to walk?' eagerly disclaiming
+being anything else than a medium through which Another's power
+operated. Jesus Christ said, 'That ye may know that the Son of Man
+hath power on earth to forgive sins, I say unto thee, Arise, take up
+thy bed, and walk'--unmistakably claiming to be a great deal more
+than a medium. Why the difference? Jesus Christ did habitually in His
+miracles adopt the tone on which Moses once ventured when he smote
+the rock and said, 'Ye rebels! must _we_ bring the water for you?'
+and he was punished for it by exclusion from the Promised Land. Why
+the difference? Moses was 'in all his house as a servant, but Christ
+as a Son over His own house'; and what was arrogance in the servant
+was natural and reasonable in the Son.
+
+The gist of this verse is a reference to Jesus Christ as a source of
+miraculous power, not merely because He wrought miracles when on
+earth, but because from heaven He gave the power of which Peter was
+but the channel. Now it seems to me that in these emphatic and
+singularly reduplicated words of the Apostle there are two or three
+very important lessons which I offer for your consideration.
+
+I. The first is the power of the Name.
+
+Now the Name of which Peter is speaking is not the collocation of
+syllables which are sounded 'Jesus Christ.' His hearers were familiar
+with the ancient and Eastern method of regarding names as very much
+more than distinguishing labels. They are, in the view of the Old
+Testament, attempts at a summary description of things by their
+prominent characteristics. They are condensed definitions. And so the
+Old Testament uses the expression, the 'Name' of God, as equivalent
+to 'that which God is manifested to be.' Hence, in later days--and
+there are some tendencies thither even in Scripture--in Jewish
+literature 'the Name' came to be a reverential synonym for God
+Himself. And there are traces that this peculiar usage with regard to
+the divine Name was beginning to shape itself in the Church with
+reference to the name of Jesus, even at that period in which my text
+was spoken. For instance, in the fifth chapter we read that the
+Apostles 'departed from the council rejoicing that they were counted
+worthy to suffer shame for the Name,' and we find at a much later
+date that missionaries of the Gospel are described by the Apostle
+John as going forth 'for the sake of the Name.'
+
+The name of Christ, then, is the representation or embodiment of that
+which Christ is declared to be for us men, and it is that Name, the
+totality of what He is manifested to be, in which lies all power for
+healing and for strengthening. The Name, that is, the whole Christ,
+in His nature, His offices, His work, His Incarnation, His Life, His
+Death, Resurrection, Session at the right hand of God--it is this
+Christ whose Name made that man strong, and will make us strong.
+Brethren, let us remember that, while fragments of the Name will have
+fragmentary power, as the curative virtue that resides in any
+substance belongs to the smallest grain of it, if detached from the
+mass--whilst fragments of the Name of Christ have power, thanks be to
+Him! so that no man can have even a very imperfect and rudimentary
+view of what Jesus Christ is and does, without getting strength and
+healing in proportion to the completeness of his conception, yet in
+order to realise all that He can be and do, a man must take the whole
+Christ as He is revealed.
+
+The Early Church had a symbol for Jesus Christ, a fish, to which they
+were led because the Greek word for a fish is made up of the initials
+of the words which they conceived to be the Name. And what was it?
+'_Jesus Christ_, _God's Son_, _Saviour_'; _Jesus_, humanity;
+_Christ_, the apex of Revelation, the fulfilment of prophecy, the
+Anointed Prophet, Priest, and King; _Son of God_, the divine nature:
+and all these, the humanity, the Messiahship, the divinity, found
+their sphere of activity in the last name, which, without them, would
+in its fulness have been impossible--_Saviour_. He is not such a
+Saviour as He may be to each of us, unless our conception of the Name
+grasps these three truths: His humanity, His Messiahship, His
+divinity. 'His Name has made this man strong.'
+
+II. Notice how the power of the Name comes to operate.
+
+Now, if you will observe the language of my text, you will note that
+Peter says, as it would appear, the same thing twice over: 'His Name,
+through faith in His Name, hath made this man strong.' And then, as
+if he were saying something else, he adds what seems to be the same
+thing: 'Yea! the faith which is by Him hath given him this perfect
+soundness.'
+
+Now, note that in the first of these two statements nothing appears
+except the 'man,' the 'Name,' and 'faith' I take it, though of course
+it may be questionable, that that clause refers to the man's faith,
+and that we have in it the intentional exclusion of the human
+workers, and are presented with the only two parties really
+concerned--at the one end the Name, at the other end 'this man made
+strong.' And the link of connection between the two in this clause is
+faith--that is, the man's trust. But then, if we come to the next
+clause, we find that although Peter has just previously disclaimed
+all merit in the cure, yet there is a sense in which some one's
+faith, working as from without, _gave_ to the man 'this perfect
+soundness.' And it seems very natural to me to understand that here,
+where human faith is represented as being, in some subordinate sense,
+the bestower of the healing which really the Name had bestowed, it is
+the faith of the human miracle-worker or medium which is referred to.
+Peter's faith did give, but Peter only gave what he had received
+through faith. And so let all the praise be given to the water, and
+none to the cup.
+
+Whether that be a fair interpretation of the words of my text, with
+their singular and apparently meaningless tautology or no, at all
+events the principle which is involved in the explanation is one that
+I wish to dwell upon briefly now; and that is, that in order for the
+Name, charged and supercharged with healing and strengthening power
+as it is, to come into operation, there must be a twofold trust.
+
+The healer, the medium of healing, must have faith in the Name. Yes!
+of course. In all regions the first requisite, the one indispensable
+condition, of a successful propagandist, is enthusiastic confidence
+in what he promulgates. 'That man will go far,' said a cynical
+politician about one of his rivals; 'he believes every word he says.'
+And that is the condition always of getting other people to believe
+us. Faith is contagious; men catch from other people's tongues the
+accent of conviction. If one wants to enforce any opinion upon
+others, the first condition is that he shall be utterly self-
+oblivious; and when he is manifestly saying, as the Apostles in this
+context did, 'Do not fix your eyes on us, as though we were doing
+anything,' then hearts will bow before him, as the trees of the wood
+are bowed by the wind.
+
+If that is true in all regions, it is eminently true in regard to
+religion. For what we need there most is not to be instructed, but to
+be impressed. Most of us have, lying dormant in the bedchamber and
+infirmary of our brains, convictions which only need to be awakened
+to revolutionise our lives. Now one of the most powerful ways of
+waking them is contact with any man in whom they are awake. So all
+successful teachers and messengers of Jesus Christ have had this
+characteristic in common, however unlike each other they have been.
+The divergences of temperament, of moods, of point of view, of method
+of working which prevailed even in the little group of Apostles, and
+broadly distinguished Paul from Peter, Peter from James, and Paul and
+Peter and James from John, are only types of what has been repeated
+ever since. Get together the great missionaries of the Cross, and you
+would have the most extraordinary collection of miscellaneous
+idiosyncrasies that the world ever saw, and they would not understand
+each other, as some of them wofully misunderstood each other when
+here together. But there was one characteristic in them all, a
+flaming earnestness of belief in the power of the Name. And so it did
+not matter much, if at all, what their divergences were. Each of them
+was fitted for the Master's use.
+
+And so, brethren, here is the reason--I do not say the only reason,
+but the main one, and that which most affects us--for the slow
+progress, and even apparent failure, of Christianity. It has fallen
+into the hands of a Church that does not half believe its own Gospel.
+By reason of formality and ceremonial and sacerdotalism and a lazy
+kind of expectation that, somehow or other, the benefits of Christ's
+love can come to men apart from their own personal faith in Him, the
+Church has largely ceased to anticipate that great things can be done
+by its utterance of the Name. And if you have, I do not say
+ministers, or teachers, or official proclaimers, or Sunday-school
+teachers, or the like, but I say if you have a _Church_, that is
+honeycombed with doubt, and from which the strength and flood-tide of
+faith have in many cases ebbed away, why, it may go on uttering its
+formal proclamations of the Name till the Day of Judgment, and all
+that will come of it will be--'The man in whom the devils were,
+leaped upon them, and overcame them, and said'--as he had a good
+right to say--'Jesus I know, and Paul I know, but who are ye?' You
+cannot kindle a fire with snowballs. If the town crier goes into a
+quiet corner of the marketplace and rings his bell apologetically,
+and gives out his message in a whisper, it is small wonder if nobody
+listens. And that is the way in which too many so-called Christian
+teachers and communities hold forth the Name, as if begging pardon of
+the world for being so narrow and old-fashioned as to believe in it
+still.
+
+And no less necessary is faith on the other side. The recipient must
+exercise trust. This lame man, no doubt, like the other that Paul
+looked at in a similar case, had faith to be healed. That was the
+length of his tether. He believed that he was going to have his legs
+made strong, and they were made strong accordingly. If he had
+believed more, he would have got more. Let us hope that he did get
+more, because he believed more, at a later day. But in the meantime
+the Apostles' faith was not enough to cure him; and it is not enough
+for you that Jesus Christ should be standing with all His power at
+your elbow, and that, earnestly and enthusiastically, some of
+Christ's messengers may press upon you the acceptance of Him as a
+Saviour. He is of no good in the world to you, and never will be,
+unless you have the personal faith that knits you to Him.
+
+It cannot be otherwise. Depend upon it, if Jesus Christ could save
+every one without terms and conditions at all, He would be only too
+glad to do it. But it cannot be done. The nature of His work, and the
+sort of blessings that He brings by His work, are such as that it is
+an impossibility that any man should receive them unless he has that
+trust which, beginning with the acceptance by the understanding of
+Christ as Saviour, passes on to the assent of the will, and the
+outgoing of the heart, and the yielding of the whole nature to Him.
+How can a truth do any good to any one who does not believe in it?
+How is it possible that, if you do not take a medicine, it will work?
+How can you expect to see, unless you open your eyes? How do you
+propose to have your blood purified, if you do not fill your lungs
+with air? Is it of any use to have gas-fittings in your house, if
+they are not connected with the main? Will a water tap run in your
+sculleries, if there is no pipe that joins it with the source of
+supply? My dear friend, these rough illustrations are only
+approximations to the absolute impossibility that Christ can help,
+heal, or save any man without the man's personal faith. 'Whosoever
+believeth' is no arbitrary limitation, but is inseparable from the
+very nature of the salvation given.
+
+III. And now, lastly, note the effects of the power of the Name.
+
+The Apostle puts in two separate clauses what, in the case in hand,
+was really one thing--'hath made this man strong,' and 'hath given
+him perfect soundness.' Ah! we can part the two, cannot we? There is
+the disease, the disease of an alienated heart, of a perverted will,
+of a swollen self, all of which we need to have cured and checked
+before we can do right. And there is weakness, the impotence to do
+what is good, 'how to perform I find not,' and we need to be
+strengthened as well as cured. There is only one thing that will do
+these two, and that is that Christ's power, ay, and Christ's own
+life, should pass, as it will pass if we trust Him, into our foulness
+and precipitate all the impurity--into our weakness and infuse
+strength. 'A reed shaken with the wind,' and without substance or
+solidity to resist, may be placed in what is called a petrifying
+well, and, by the infiltration of stony substance into its structure,
+may be turned into a rigid mass, like a little bar of iron. So, if
+Christ comes into my poor, weak, tremulous nature, there will be an
+infiltration into the very substance of my being of a present power
+which will make me strong.
+
+My brother, you and I need, first and foremost, the healing, and then
+the strength-giving power, which we never find in its completeness
+anywhere but in Christ, and which we shall always find in Him.
+
+And now notice, Jesus Christ does not make half cures--'this
+_perfect_ soundness.' If any man, in contact with Him, is but half
+delivered from his infirmities and purged from his sins, it is not
+because Christ's power is inadequate, but because his own faith is
+defective.
+
+Christ's cures should be visible to all around. A man's own testimony
+is not the most satisfactory. Peter appeals to the bystanders. 'You
+have seen him lying here for years, a motionless lump of mendicancy,
+at the Temple gate. Now you see him walking and leaping and praising
+God. Is it a cure, or is it not?' You professing Christians, would
+you like to stand that test, to empanel a jury of people that have no
+sympathy with your religion, in order that they might decide whether
+you were healed and strengthened or not? It is a good thing for us
+when the world bears witness that Jesus Christ's power has come into
+us, and made us what we are.
+
+And so, dear friends, I lay all these thoughts on your hearts.
+Christ's gift is amply sufficient to deliver us from all evils of
+weakness, sickness, incapacity: to endue us with all gifts of
+spiritual and immortal strength. But, while the limit of what Christ
+gives is His boundless wealth, the limit of what you possess is your
+faith. The rainfall comes down in the same copiousness on rock and
+furrow, but it runs off the one, having stimulated no growth and left
+no blessing, and it sinks into the other and quickens every dormant
+germ into life which will one day blossom into beauty. We are all of
+us either rock or soil, and which we are depends on the reality, the
+firmness, and the force of our faith in Christ. He Himself has laid
+down the principle on which He bestows His gifts when He says,
+'According to thy faith be it unto thee!'
+
+
+
+THE SERVANT OF THE LORD
+
+'Unto you first God, having raised up His Son Jesus, sent Him to
+bless you, In turning away every one of you from his iniquities.'
+--ACTS iii. 26.
+
+So ended Peter's bold address to the wondering crowd gathered in the
+Temple courts around him, with his companion John and the lame man
+whom they had healed. A glance at his words will show how
+extraordinarily outspoken and courageous they are. He charges home on
+his hearers the guilt of Christ's death, unfalteringly proclaims His
+Messiahship, bears witness to His Resurrection and Ascension, asserts
+that He is the End and Fulfilment of ancient revelation, and offers
+to all the great blessings that Christ brings. And this fiery, tender
+oration came from the same lips which, a few weeks before, had been
+blanched with fear before a flippant maidservant, and had quivered as
+they swore, 'I know not the man!'
+
+One or two simple observations may be made by way of introduction.
+'Unto you _first_'--'first' implies second; and so the Apostle has
+shaken himself clear of the Jews' narrow belief that Messias belonged
+to them only, and is already beginning to contemplate the possibility
+of a transference of the kingdom of God to the outlying Gentiles.
+'God having raised up His Son'--that expression has no reference, as
+it might at first seem, to the fact of the Resurrection; but is
+employed in the same sense as, and indeed looks back to, previous
+words. For he had just quoted Moses' declaration, 'A prophet shall
+the Lord your God raise up unto you from your brethren.' So it is
+Christ's equipment and appointment for His office, and not His
+Resurrection, which is spoken about here. 'His Son Jesus'--the
+Revised Version more accurately translates 'His Servant Jesus.' I
+shall have a word or two to say about that translation presently, but
+in the meantime I simply note the fact.
+
+With this slight explanation let us now turn to two or three of the
+aspects of the words before us.
+
+I. First, I note the extraordinary transformation which they indicate
+in the speaker.
+
+I have already referred to his cowardice a very short time before.
+That transformation from a coward to a hero he shared in common with
+his brethren. On one page we read, 'They all forsook Him and fled.'
+We turn over half a dozen leaves and we read: 'They departed from the
+council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for
+His name.' What did that?
+
+Then there is another transformation no less swift, sudden, and
+inexplicable, except on one hypothesis. All through Christ's life the
+disciples had been singularly slow to apprehend the highest aspects
+of His teachings, and they had clung with a strange obstinacy to
+their narrow Pharisaic and Jewish notions of the Messiah as coming to
+establish a temporal dominion, in which Israel was to ride upon the
+necks of the subject nations. And now, all at once, this Apostle, and
+his fellows with him, have stepped from these puerile and narrow
+ideas out into this large place, that he and they recognise that the
+Jew had no exclusive possession of Messiah's blessings, and that
+these blessings consisted in no external kingdom, but lay mainly and
+primarily in His 'turning every one of you from your iniquities.' At
+one time the Apostles stood upon a gross, low, carnal level, and in a
+few weeks they were, at all events, feeling their way to, and to a
+large extent had possession of, the most spiritual and lofty aspects
+of Christ's mission. What did that?
+
+Something had come in between which wrought more, in a short space,
+than all the three years of Christ's teaching and companionship had
+done for them. What was it? Why did they not continue in the mood
+which two of them are reported to have been in, after the
+Crucifixion, when they said--'It is all up! we trusted that this had
+been He,' but the force of circumstances has shivered the confidence
+into fragments, and there is no such hope left for us any longer.
+What brought them out of that Slough of Despond?
+
+I would put it to any fair-minded man whether the psychological facts
+of this sudden maturing of these childish minds, and their sudden
+change from slinking cowards into heroes who did not blanch before
+the torture and the scaffold, are accountable, if you strike out the
+Resurrection, the Ascension, and Pentecost? It seems to me that, for
+the sake of avoiding a miracle, the disbelievers in the Resurrection
+accept an impossibility, and tie themselves to an intellectual
+absurdity. And I for one would rather believe in a miracle than
+believe in an uncaused change, in which the Apostles take exactly the
+opposite course from that which they necessarily must have taken, if
+there had not been the facts that the New Testament asserts that
+there were, Christ's rising again from the dead, and Ascension.
+
+Why did not the Church share the fate of John's disciples, who
+scattered like sheep without a shepherd when Herod chopped off their
+master's head? Why did not the Church share the fate of that abortive
+rising, of which we know that when Theudas, its leader, was slain,
+'all, as many as believed on him, came to nought.' Why did these men
+act in exactly the opposite way? I take it that, as you cannot
+account for Christ except on the hypothesis that He is the Son of the
+Highest, you cannot account for the continuance of the Christian
+Church for a week after the Crucifixion, except on the hypothesis
+that the men who composed it were witnesses of His Resurrection, and
+saw Him floating upwards and received into the Shechinah cloud and
+lost to their sight. Peter's change, witnessed by the words of my
+text--these bold and clear-sighted words--seems to me to be a perfect
+monstrosity, and incapable of explication, unless he saw the risen
+Lord, beheld the ascended Christ, was touched with the fiery Spirit
+descending on Pentecost, and so 'out of weakness was made strong,'
+and from a babe sprang to the stature of a man in Christ.
+
+II. Look at these words as setting forth a remarkable view of Christ.
+
+I have already referred to the fact that the word rendered 'son'
+ought rather to be rendered 'servant.' It literally means 'child' or
+'boy,' and appears to have been used familiarly, just in the same
+fashion as we use the same expression 'boy,' or its equivalent
+'maid,' as a more gentle designation for a servant. Thus the kindly
+centurion, when he would bespeak our Lord's care for his menial,
+calls him his 'boy'; and our Bible there translates rightly
+'servant.'
+
+Again, the designation is that which is continually employed in the
+Greek translation of the Old Testament as the equivalent for the
+well-known prophetic phrase 'the Servant of Jehovah,' which, as you
+will remember, is characteristic of the second portion of the
+prophecies of Isaiah. And consequently we find that, in a quotation
+of Isaiah's prophecy in the Gospel of Matthew, the very phrase of our
+text is there employed: 'Behold My Servant whom I uphold!'
+
+Now, it seems as if this designation of our Lord as God's Servant was
+very familiar to Peter's thoughts at this stage of the development of
+Christian doctrine. For we find the name employed twice in this
+discourse--in the thirteenth verse, 'the God of our Fathers hath
+glorified His Servant Jesus,' and again in my text. We also find it
+twice in the next chapter, where Peter, offering up a prayer amongst
+his brethren, speaks of 'Thy Holy Child Jesus,' and prays 'that signs
+and wonders may be done through the name' of that 'Holy Child.' So,
+then, I think we may fairly take it that, at the time in question,
+this thought of Jesus as the 'Servant of the Lord' had come with
+especial force to the primitive Church. And the fact that the
+designation never occurs again in the New Testament seems to show
+that they passed on from it into a deeper perception than even it
+attests of who and what this Jesus was in relation to God.
+
+But, at all events, we have in our text the Apostle looking back to
+that dim, mysterious Figure which rises up with shadowy lineaments
+out of the great prophecy of 'Isaiah,' and thrilling with awe and
+wonder, as he sees, bit by bit, in the Face painted on the prophetic
+canvas, the likeness of the Face into which he had looked for three
+blessed years, that now began to tell him more than they had done
+whilst their moments were passing.
+
+'The Servant of the Lord'--that means, first of all, that Christ, in
+all which He does, meekly and obediently executes the Father's will.
+As He Himself said, 'I come not to do Mine own will, but the will of
+Him that sent Me.' But it carries us further than that, to a point
+about which I would like to say one word now; and that is, the clear
+recognition that the very centre of Jewish prophecy is the revelation
+of the personality of the Christ. Now, it seems to me that present
+tendencies, discussions about the nature and limits of inspiration,
+investigations which, in many directions, are to be welcomed and are
+fruitful as to the manner of origin of the books of the Old
+Testament, and as to their collection into a Canon and a whole--that
+all this new light has a counterbalancing disadvantage, in that it
+tends somewhat to obscure in men's minds the great central truth
+about the revelation of God in Israel--viz. that it was all
+progressive, and that its goal and end was Jesus Christ. 'The
+testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy,' and however much we
+may have to learn--and I have no doubt that we have a great deal to
+learn, about the composition, the structure, the authorship, the date
+of these ancient books--I take leave to say that the unlearned
+reader, who recognises that they all converge on Jesus Christ, has
+hold of the clue of the labyrinth, and has come nearer to the marrow
+of the books than the most learned investigators, who see all manner
+of things besides in them, and do not see that 'they that went before
+cried, saying, Hosanna! Blessed be He that cometh in the name of the
+Lord!'
+
+And so I venture to commend to you, brethren--not as a barrier
+against any reverent investigation, not as stopping any careful
+study--this as the central truth concerning the ancient revelation,
+that it had, for its chief business, to proclaim the coming of the
+Servant of Jehovah, Jesus the Christ.
+
+III. And now, lastly, look at these words as setting forth the true
+centre of Christ's work.
+
+'He has sent Him to bless you in turning away every one of you from
+his iniquities.' I have already spoken about the gross, narrow,
+carnal apprehensions of Messiah's work which cleaved to the disciples
+during all our Lord's life here, and which disturbed even the
+sanctity of the upper chamber at that last meal, with squabbles about
+precedence which had an eye to places in the court of the Messiah
+when He assumed His throne. But here Peter has shaken himself clear
+of all these, and has grasped the thought that, whatever derivative
+and secondary blessings of an external and visible sort may, and
+must, come in Messiah's train, _the_ blessing which He brings is of a
+purely spiritual and inward character, and consists in turning away
+single souls from their love and practice of evil. That is Christ's
+true work.
+
+The Apostle does not enlarge as to how it is done. We know how it is
+done. Jesus turns away men from sin because, by the magnetism of His
+love, and the attractive raying out of influence from His Cross, He
+turns them to Himself. He turns us from our iniquities by the
+expulsive power of a new affection, which, coming into our hearts
+like a great river into some foul Augean stable, sweeps out on its
+waters all the filth that no broom can ever clear out in detail. He
+turns men from their iniquities by His gift of a new life, kindred
+with that from which it is derived.
+
+There is an old superstition that lightning turned whatever it struck
+towards the point from which the flash came, so that a tree with its
+thousand leaves had each of them pointed to that quarter in the
+heavens where the blaze had been.
+
+And so Christ, when He flings out the beneficent flash that slays
+only our evil, and vitalises ourselves, turns us to Him, and away
+from our transgressions. 'Turn us, O Christ, and we shall be turned.'
+
+Ah, brethren! that is the blessing that we need most, for
+'iniquities' are universal; and so long as man is bound to his sin it
+will embitter all sweetnesses, and neutralise every blessing. It is
+not culture, valuable as that is in many ways, that will avail to
+stanch man's deepest wounds. It is not a new social order that will
+still the discontent and the misery of humanity. You may adopt
+collective economic and social arrangements, and divide property out
+as it pleases you. But as long as man continues selfish he will
+continue sinful, and as long as he continues sinful _any_ social
+order will be pregnant with sorrow, 'and when it is finished it will
+bring forth death.' You have to go deeper down than all that, down as
+deep as this Apostle goes in this sermon of his, and recognise that
+Christ's prime blessing is the turning of men from their iniquities,
+and that only after that has been done will other good come.
+
+How shallow, by the side of that conception, do modern notions of
+Jesus as the great social Reformer look! These are true, but they
+want their basis, and their basis lies only here, that He is the
+Redeemer of individuals from their sins. There were people in
+Christ's lifetime who were all untouched by His teachings, but when
+they found that He gave bread miraculously they said, 'This is of a
+truth the Prophet! That's the prophet for my money; the Man that can
+make bread, and secure material well-being.' Have not certain modern
+views of Christ's work and mission a good deal in common with these
+vulgar old Jews--views which regard Him mainly as contributing to the
+material good, the social and economical well-being of the world?
+
+Now, I believe that He does that. And I believe that Christ's
+principles are going to revolutionise society as it exists at
+present. But I am sure that we are on a false scent if we attempt to
+preach consequences without proclaiming their antecedents, and that
+such preaching will end, as all such attempts have ended, in
+confusion and disappointment.
+
+They used to talk about Jesus Christ, in the first French Revolution,
+as 'the Good _Sansculotte_.' Perfectly true! But as the basis of
+that, and of all representations of Him, that will have power on the
+diseases of the community, we have to preach Him as the Saviour of
+the individual from his sin.
+
+And so, brethren, has He saved you? Do you begin your notions of
+Jesus Christ where His work begins? Do you feel that what you want
+most is neither culture nor any superficial and external changes, but
+something that will deal with the deep, indwelling, rooted, obstinate
+self-regard which is the centre of all sin? And have you gone alone
+to Him as a sinful man? As the Apostle here suggests, Jesus Christ
+does not save communities. The doctor has his patients into the
+consulting-room one by one. There is no applying of Christ's benefits
+to men in batches, by platoons and regiments, as Clovis baptized his
+Franks; but you have to go, every one of you, through the turnstile
+singly, and alone to confess, and alone to be absolved, and alone to
+be turned, from your iniquity.
+
+If I might venture to alter the position of words in my text, I would
+lay them, so modified, on the hearts of all my friends whom my words
+may reach now, and say, 'Unto you--_unto thee_, God, having raised up
+His Son Jesus, sent Him to bless you, _first_ in turning away every
+one of you from his iniquities.'
+
+
+
+THE FIRST BLAST OF TEMPEST
+
+'And as they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain
+of the temple, and the Sadducees, came upon them, 2. Being
+grieved that they taught the people, and preached through Jesus
+the resurrection from the dead. 3. And they laid hands on them,
+and put them in hold unto the next day: for it was now even-tide.
+4. Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the
+number of the men was about five thousand. 5. And it came to pass
+on the morrow, that their rulers, and elders, and scribes, 6. And
+Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and
+as many as were of the kindred of the high priest, were gathered
+together at Jerusalem. 7. And when they had set them in the
+midst, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have ye done
+this? 8. Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said unto them,
+Ye rulers of the people, and elders of Israel, 9. If we this day
+be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what
+means he is made whole; 10. Be it known unto you all, and to all
+the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of
+Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even
+by Him doth this man stand here before you whole. 11. This is the
+stone which was set at nought of you builders, which is become
+the head of the corner. 12. Neither is there salvation in any
+other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men,
+whereby we must be saved. 13. Now when they saw the boldness of
+Peter and John, and perceived that they were unlearned and
+ignorant men, they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them,
+that they had been with Jesus. 14. And beholding the man which
+was healed standing with them, they could say nothing against
+it.'--ACTS iv. 1-14.
+
+Hitherto the Jewish authorities had let the disciples alone, either
+because their attention had not been drawn even by Pentecost and the
+consequent growth of the Church, or because they thought that to
+ignore the new sect was the best way to end it. But when its leaders
+took to vehement preaching in Solomon's porch, and crowds eagerly
+listened, it was time to strike in.
+
+Our passage describes the first collision of hostile authority with
+Christian faith, and shows, as in a glass, the constant result of
+that collision in all ages.
+
+The motives actuating the assailants are significantly analysed, and
+may be distributed among the three classes enumerated. The priests
+and the captain of the Temple would be annoyed by the very fact that
+Peter and John taught the people: the former, because they were
+jealous of their official prerogative: the latter, because he was
+responsible for public order, and a riot in the Temple court would
+have been a scandal. The Saddueees were indignant at the substance of
+the teaching, which affirmed the resurrection of the dead, which they
+denied, and alleged it as having occurred 'in Jesus.'
+
+The position of Sadducees and Pharisees is inverted in Acts as
+compared with the Gospels. While Christ lived, the Pharisees were the
+soul of the opposition to Him, and His most solemn warnings fell on
+them; after the Resurrection, the Sadducees head the opposition, and
+among the Pharisees are some, like Gamaliel and afterwards Paul, who
+incline to the new faith. It was the Resurrection that made the
+difference, and the difference is an incidental testimony to the fact
+that Christ's Resurrection was proclaimed from the first. To ask
+whether Jesus had risen, and to examine the evidence, were the last
+things of which the combined assailants thought. This public activity
+of the Apostles threatened their influence or their pet beliefs, and
+so, like persecutors in all ages, they shut their eyes to the
+important question, 'Is this preaching true or false?' and took the
+easier course of laying hands on the preachers.
+
+So the night fell on Peter and John in prison, the first of the
+thousands who have suffered bonds and imprisonment for Christ, and
+have therein found liberty. What lofty faith, and what subordination
+of the fate of the messengers to the progress of the message, are
+expressed in that abrupt introduction, in verse 4, of the statistics
+of the increase of the Church from that day's work! It mattered
+little that it ended with the two Apostles in custody, since it ended
+too with five thousand rejoicing in Christ.
+
+The arrest seems to have been due to a sudden thought on the part of
+the priests, captain, and Sadducees, without commands from the
+Sanhedrin or the high priest. But when these inferior authorities had
+got hold of their prisoners, they probably did not quite know what to
+do with them, and so moved the proper persons to summon the
+Sanhedrin. In all haste, then, a session was called for next morning.
+'Rulers, elders, and scribes' made up the constituent members of the
+court, and the same two 'high priests' who had tried Jesus are there,
+attended by a strong contingent of dependants, who could be trusted
+to vote as they were bidden. Annas was an _emeritus_ high priest,
+whose age and relationship to Caiaphas, the actual holder of the post
+and Annas's son-in-law, gave him an influential position. He retained
+the title, though he had ceased to hold the office, as a cleric
+without a charge is usually called 'Reverend.'
+
+It was substantially the same court which had condemned Jesus, and
+probably now sat in the same hall as then. So that Peter and John
+would remember the last time when they had together been in that
+room, and Who had stood in the criminal's place where they now were
+set.
+
+The court seems to have been somewhat at a loss how to proceed. The
+Apostles had been arrested for their words, but they are questioned
+about the miracle. It was no crime to teach in the Temple, but a
+crime might be twisted out of working a miracle in the name of any
+but Jehovah. To do that would come near blasphemy or worshipping
+strange gods. The Sanhedrin knew what the answer to their question
+would be, and probably they intended, as soon as the anticipated
+answer was given, to 'rend their clothes,' and say, as they had done
+once before, 'What need we further witnesses? They have spoken
+blasphemy.' But things did not go as was expected. The crafty
+question was put. It does not attempt to throw doubt on the reality
+of the miracle, but there is a world of arrogant contempt in it, both
+in speaking of the cure as 'this,' and in the scornful emphasis with
+which, in the Greek, 'ye' stands last in the sentence, and implies,
+'ye poor, ignorant fishermen.'
+
+The last time that Peter had been in the judgment-hall his courage
+had oozed out of him at the prick of a maid-servant's sharp tongue,
+but now he fronts all the ecclesiastical authorities without a
+tremor. Whence came the transformation of the cowardly denier into
+the heroic confessor, who turns the tables on his judges and accuses
+them? The narrative answers. He was 'filled with the Holy Ghost.'
+That abiding possession of the Spirit, begun on Pentecost, did not
+prevent special inspiration for special needs, and the Greek
+indicates that there was granted such a temporary influx in this
+critical hour.
+
+One cannot but note the calmness of the Apostle, so unlike his old
+tumultuous self. He begins with acknowledging the lawful authority of
+the court, and goes on, with just a tinge of sarcasm, to put the
+vague 'this' of the question in its true light. It was 'a good deed
+done to an impotent man,' for which John and he stood there. Singular
+sort of crime that! Was there not a presumption that the power which
+had wrought so 'good' a deed was good? 'Do men gather grapes of
+thorns?' Many a time since then Christianity has been treated as
+criminal, because of its beneficence to bodies and souls.
+
+But Peter rises to the full height of the occasion, when he answers
+the Sanhedrin's question with the pealing forth of his Lord's name.
+He repeats in substance his former contrast of Israel's treatment of
+Jesus and God's; but, in speaking to the rulers, his tone is more
+severe than it was to the people. The latter had been charged, at
+Pentecost and in the Temple, with crucifying _Jesus_; the former are
+here charged with crucifying the _Christ_. It was their business to
+have tested his claims, and to have welcomed the Messiah. The guilt
+was shared by both, but the heavier part lay on the shoulders of the
+Sanhedrin.
+
+Mark, too, the bold proclamation of the Resurrection, the stone of
+offence to the Sadducees. How easy it would have been for them to
+silence the Apostle, if they could have pointed to the undisturbed
+and occupied grave! That would have finished the new sect at once. Is
+there any reason why it was not done but the one reason that it could
+not be done?
+
+Thus far Peter has been answering the interrogation legally put, and
+has done as was anticipated. Now was the time for Annas and the rest
+to strike in; but they could not carry out their programme, for the
+fiery stream of Peter's words does not stop when they expected, and
+instead of a timid answer followed by silence, they get an almost
+defiant proclamation of the Name, followed by a charge against them,
+which turns the accused into the accuser, and puts them at the bar.
+Peter learned to apply the passage in the Psalm (v. 11) to the
+rulers, from his Master's use of it (Matt. xxi. 42); and there is no
+quaver in his voice nor fear in his heart when, in the face of all
+these learned Rabbis and high and mighty dignitaries, he brands them
+as foolish builders, blind to the worth of the Stone 'chosen of God,
+and precious,' and tells them that the course of divine Providence
+will run counter to their rejection of Jesus, and make him the very
+'Head of the corner,'--the crown, as well as the foundation, of God's
+building.
+
+But not even this bold indictment ends the stream of his speech. The
+proclamation of the power of the Name was fitly followed by pressing
+home the guilt and madness of rejecting Jesus, and that again by the
+glad tidings of salvation for all, even the rejecters. Is not the
+sequence in Peter's defence substantially that which all Christian
+preaching should exhibit? First, strong, plain proclamation of the
+truth; then pungent pressing home of the sin of turning away from
+Jesus; and then earnest setting forth of the salvation in His name,--
+a salvation wide as the world, and deep as our misery and need, but
+narrow, inasmuch as it is 'in none other.' The Apostle will not end
+with charging his hearers with guilt, but with offering them
+salvation. He will end with lifting up 'the Name' high above all
+other, and setting it in solitary clearness before, not these rulers
+only, but the whole world. The salvation which it had wrought on the
+lame man was but a parable and picture of the salvation from all ills
+of body and spirit, which was stored in that Name, and in it alone.
+
+The rulers' contempt had been expressed by their emphatic ending of
+their question with that 'ye.' Peter expresses his brotherhood and
+longing for the good of his judges by ending his impassioned, or,
+rather, inspired address with a loving, pleading 'we.' He puts
+himself on the same level with them as needing salvation, and would
+fain have them on the same level with himself and John as receiving
+it. That is the right way to preach.
+
+Little need be said as to the effect of this address. Whether it went
+any deeper in any susceptible souls or not, it upset the schemes of
+the leaders. Something in the manner and matter of it awed them into
+wonder, and paralysed them for the time. Here was the first instance
+of the fulfilment of that promise, which has been fulfilled again and
+again since, of 'a mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall
+not be able to gainsay nor resist.' 'Unlearned,' as ignorant of
+Rabbinical traditions, and 'ignorant,' or, rather, 'private,' as
+holding no official position, these two wielded a power over hearts
+and consciences which not even official indifference and arrogance
+could shake off. Thank God, that day's experience is repeated still,
+and any of us may have the same Spirit to clothe us with the same
+armour of light!
+
+The Sanhedrin knew well enough that the Apostles had been with Jesus,
+and the statement that 'they took knowledge of them' cannot mean that
+that fact dawned on the rulers for the first time. Rather it means
+that their wonder at the 'boldness' of the two drove home the fact of
+their association with Him to their minds. That association explained
+the marvel; for the Sanhedrin remembered how He had stood, meek but
+unawed, at the same bar. They said to themselves, 'We know where
+these men get this brave freedom of speech,--from that Nazarene.'
+Happy shall we be if our demeanour recalls to spectators the ways of
+our Lord!
+
+How came the lame man there? He had not been arrested with the
+Apostles. Had he voluntarily and bravely joined them? We do not know,
+but evidently he was not there as accused, and probably had come as a
+witness of the reality of the miracle. Notice the emphatic
+'standing,' as in verse 10,--a thing that he had never done all his
+life. No wonder that the Sanhedrin were puzzled, and settled down to
+the 'lame and impotent conclusion' which follows. So, in the first
+round of the world-long battle between the persecutors and the
+persecuted, the victory is all on the side of the latter. So it has
+been ever since, though often the victors have died in the conflict.
+'The Church is an anvil which has worn out many hammers,' and the
+story of the first collision is, in essentials, the story of all.
+
+
+
+WITH AND LIKE CHRIST
+
+'Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived
+that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marvelled; and
+they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus.'
+--ACTS iv. 13.
+
+Two young Galilean fishermen, before the same formidable tribunal
+which a few weeks before had condemned their Master, might well have
+quailed. And evidently 'Annas, the high priest, and Caiaphas, and
+John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high
+priest,' were very much astonished that their united wisdom and
+dignity did not produce a greater impression on these two
+contumacious prisoners. They were 'unlearned,' knowing nothing about
+Rabbinical wisdom; they were 'ignorant,' or, as the word ought rather
+to be rendered, 'persons in a private station,' without any kind of
+official dignity. And yet there they stood, perfectly unembarrassed
+and at their ease, and said what they wanted to say, all of it, right
+out. So, as great astonishment crept over the dignified ecclesiastics
+who were sitting in judgment upon them, their astonishment led them
+to remember what, of course, they knew before, only that it had not
+struck them so forcibly, as explaining the Apostles' demeanour--
+viz.,'that they had been with Jesus.' So they said to themselves:
+'Ah, that explains it all! There is the root of it. The company that
+they have kept accounts for their unembarrassed boldness.'
+
+Now, I need not notice by more than a word in passing, what a
+testimony it is to the impression that that meek and gracious
+Sufferer had made upon His judges, that when they saw these two men
+standing there unfaltering, they began to remember how that other
+Prisoner had stood. And perhaps some of them began to think that they
+had made a mistake in that last trial. It is a testimony to the
+impression that Christ had made that the strange demeanour of His two
+servants recalled the Master to the mind of the judges.
+
+I. The first thing that strikes us here is the companionship that
+transforms.
+
+The rulers were partly right, and they were partly wrong. The source
+from which these men had drawn their boldness was their being with
+Christ; but it was not such companionship with Christ, as Annas and
+Caiaphas had in view, that had given them courage. For as long as the
+Apostles had His personal presence with them, there was no
+perceptible transforming or elevating process going on in them; and
+it was not until after they had lost that corporeal presence that
+there came upon them the change which even the prejudiced eyes of
+these judges could not help seeing.
+
+The writer of Acts gives a truer explanation with which we may fill
+out the incomplete explanation of the rulers, when he says, 'Then
+Peter, _filled with the Holy Ghost_, said unto them.' Ah, that is it!
+They had been with Jesus all the days that He went in and out amongst
+them. They had companioned with Him, and they had gained but little
+from it. But when He went away, and they were relegated to the same
+kind of companionship with Him that you and I have or may have, then
+a change began to take place on them. And so the companionship that
+transforms is not what the Apostle calls 'knowing Christ after the
+flesh,' but inward communion with Him, the companionship and
+familiarity which are as possible for us as for any Peter or John of
+them all, and without which our Christianity is nothing but sounding
+brass and tinkling cymbal.
+
+They were 'with Jesus,' as each of us may be. Their communion was in
+no respect different from the communion that is open and
+indispensable to any real Christian. To be with Him is possible for
+us all. When we go to our daily work, when we are compassed about by
+distracting and trivial cares, when men come buzzing round us, and
+the ordinary secularities of life seem to close in upon us like the
+walls of a prison, and to shut out the blue and the light--oh! it is
+hard, but it _is_ possible, for every one of us to think these all
+away, and to carry with us into everything that blessed thought of a
+Presence that is not to be put aside, that sits beside me at my study
+table, that stands beside you at your tasks, that goes with you in
+shop and mart, that is always near, with its tender encircling, with
+its mighty protection, with its all-sufficing sweetness and power. To
+be with Christ is no prerogative, either of Apostles and teachers of
+the primitive age, or of saints that have passed into the higher
+vision; but it is possible for us all. No doubt there are as yet
+unknown forms and degrees of companionship with Christ in the future
+state, in comparison with which to be 'present in the body is to be
+absent from the Lord'; but in the inmost depth of reality, the soul
+that loves is where it loves, and has whom it loves ever with it.
+'Where the treasure is, there will the heart be also,' and we may be
+with Christ if only we will honestly try hour by hour to keep
+ourselves in touch with Him, and to make Him the motive as well as
+the end of the work that other men do along with us, and do from
+altogether secular and low motives.
+
+Another phase of being with Christ lies in frank, full, and familiar
+conversation with Him. I do not understand a dumb companionship. When
+we are with those that we love, and with whom we are at ease, speech
+comes instinctively. If we are co-denizens of the Father's house with
+the Elder Brother, we shall talk to Him. We shall not need to be
+reminded of the 'duty of prayer,' but shall rather instinctively and
+as a matter of course, without thinking of what we are doing, speak
+to Him our momentary wants, our passing discomforts, our little
+troubles. There may be a great deal more virtue in monosyllabic
+prayers than in long liturgies. Little jets of speech or even of
+unspoken speech that go up to Him are likely to be heart-felt and to
+be heard. It is said of Israel's army on one occasion, 'they cried
+unto God in the battle, and He was entreated of them.' Do you think
+that theirs would be very elaborate prayers? Was there any time to
+make a long petition when the sword of a Philistine was whizzing
+about the suppliant's ears? It was only a cry, but it _was_ a cry;
+and so 'He was entreated of them.' If we are 'with Christ' we shall
+talk to Him; and if we are with Christ He will talk to us. It is for
+us to keep in the attitude of listening and, so far as may be, to
+hush other voices, in order that His may be heard, If we do so, even
+here 'shall we ever be with the Lord.'
+
+II. Now, note next the character that this companionship produces.
+
+Annas and Caiaphas said to each other: 'Ah, these two have been with
+that Jesus! That is where they have got their boldness. They are like
+Him.'
+
+As is the Master, so is the servant. That is the broad, general
+principle that lies in my text. To be with Christ makes men
+Christlike. A soul habitually in contact with Jesus will imbibe
+sweetness from Him, as garments laid away in a drawer with some
+preservative perfume absorb fragrance from that beside which they
+lie. Therefore the surest way for Christian people to become what God
+would have them to be, is to direct the greater part of their effort,
+not so much to the acquirement of individual characteristics and
+excellences, as to the keeping up of continuity of communion with the
+Master. Then the excellences will come. Astronomers, for instance,
+have found out that if they take a sensitive plate and lay it so as
+to receive the light from a star, and keep it in place by giving it a
+motion corresponding with the apparent motion of the heavens, for
+hours and hours, there will become visible upon it a photographic
+image of dim stars that no human eye or telescope can see. Persistent
+lying before the light stamps the image of the light upon the plate.
+Communion with Christ is the secret of Christlikeness. So instead of
+all the wearisome, painful, futile attempts at tinkering one's own
+character apart from Him, here is the royal road. Not that there is
+no effort in it. We must never forget nor undervalue the necessity
+for struggle in the Christian life. But that truth needs to be
+supplemented with the thought that comes from my text--viz. that the
+fruitful direction in which the struggle is to be mainly made lies in
+keeping ourselves in touch with Jesus Christ, and if we do that, then
+transformation comes by beholding. 'We all, reflecting as a mirror
+does, the glory of the Lord, are transformed into the same image.'
+'They have been with Jesus,' and so they were like Him.
+
+But now look at the specific kinds of excellence which seem to have
+come out of this communion. 'They beheld the _boldness_ of Peter and
+John.' The word that is translated 'boldness' no doubt conveys that
+idea, but it also conveys another. Literally it means 'the act of
+saying everything.' It means openness of unembarrassed speech, and so
+comes to have the secondary signification, which the text gives, of
+'boldness.'
+
+Then, to be with Christ gives a living knowledge of Him and of truth,
+far in advance of the head knowledge of wise and learned people. It
+was a fact that these two knew nothing about what Rabbi _This_, or
+Rabbi _That_, or Rabbi _The Other_ had said, and yet could speak, as
+they had been speaking, large religious ideas that astonished these
+hide-bound Pharisees, who thought that there was no way to get to the
+knowledge of the revelation of God made to Israel, except by the road
+of their own musty and profitless learning. Ay! and it always is so.
+An ounce of experience is worth a ton of theology. The men that have
+summered and wintered with Jesus Christ may not know a great many
+things that are supposed to be very important parts of religion, but
+they have got hold of the central truth of it, with a power, and in a
+fashion, that men of books, and ideas, and systems, and creeds, and
+theological learning, may know nothing about. 'Not many wise men
+after the flesh, not many mighty, are called.' Let a poor man at his
+plough-tail, or a poor woman in her garret, or a collier in the pit,
+have Jesus Christ for their Companion, and they have got the kernel;
+and the gentlemen that like such diet may live on the shell if they
+will, and can. Religious ideas are of little use unless there be
+heart-experiences; and heart-experiences are wonderful teachers of
+religious truth.
+
+Again, to be with Christ frees from the fear of man. It was a new
+thing for such persons as Peter and John to stand cool and unawed
+before the Council. Not so very long ago one of the two had been
+frightened into a momentary apostasy by dread of being haled before
+the rulers, and now they are calmly heroic, and threats are idle
+words to them. I need not point to the strong presumption, raised by
+the contrast of the Apostles' past cowardice and present courage, of
+the occurrence of some such extraordinary facts as the Resurrection,
+the Ascension, and the Descent of the Spirit. Something had happened
+which revolutionised these men. It was their communion with Jesus,
+made more real and deep by the cessation of His bodily presence,
+which made these unlearned and non-official Galileans front the
+Council with calmly beating hearts and unfaltering tongues.
+Doubtless, temperament has much to do with courage, but, no doubt, he
+who lives near Jesus is set free from undue dependence on things seen
+and on persons. Perfect love casts out fear, not only of the Beloved,
+but of all creatures. It is the bravest thing in the world.
+
+Further, to be with Christ will open a man's lips. The fountain, if
+it is full, must well up. 'Light is light which circulates. Heat is
+heat which radiates.' The true possession of Jesus Christ will always
+make it impossible for the possessor to be dumb. I pray you to test
+yourselves, as I would that all professing Christians should test
+themselves, by that simple truth, that a full heart must find
+utterance. The instinct that drives a man to speak of the thing in
+which he is interested should have full play in the Christian life.
+It seems to me a terribly sad fact that there are such hosts of good,
+kind people, with some sort of religion about them, who never feel
+any anxiety to say a word to any soul concerning the Master whom they
+profess to love. I know, of course, that deep feeling is silent, and
+that the secrets of Christian experience are not to be worn on the
+sleeve for daws to peck at. And I know that the conventionalities of
+this generation frown very largely upon the frank utterance of
+religious convictions on the part of religious people, except on
+Sundays, in Sunday-schools, pulpits, and the like. But for all that,
+what is in you will come out. If you have never felt 'I was weary of
+forbearing, and I could not stay,' I do not think that there is much
+sign in you of a very deep or a very real being with Jesus.
+
+III. The last point to be noted is, the impression which such a
+character makes.
+
+It was not so much what Peter and John said that astonished the
+Council, as the fact of their being composed and bold enough to say
+anything.
+
+A great deal more is done by character than by anything else. Most
+people in the world take their notions of Christianity from its
+concrete embodiments in professing Christians. For one man that has
+read his Bible, and has come to know what religion is thereby, there
+are a hundred that look at you and me, and therefrom draw their
+conclusions as to what religion is. It is not my sermons, but your
+life, that is the most important agency for the spread of the Gospel
+in this congregation. And if we, as Christian people, were to live so
+as to make men say, 'Dear me, that is strange. That is not the kind
+of thing that one would have expected from that man. That is of a
+higher strain than he is of. Where did it come from, I wonder?' 'Ah,
+he learned it of that Jesus'--if people were constrained to speak in
+that style to themselves about us, dear friends, and about all our
+brethren, England would be a different England from what it is to-
+day. It is Christians' lives, after all, that make dints in the
+world's conscience.
+
+Do you remember one of the Apostle's lovely and strong metaphors?
+Paul says that that little Church in Thessalonica rung out clear and
+strong the name of Jesus Christ--resonant like the clang of a bugle,
+'so that we need not to speak anything.' The word that he employs for
+'sounded out' is a technical expression for the ringing blast of a
+trumpet. Very small penny whistles would be a better metaphor for the
+instruments which the bulk of professing Christians play on.
+
+'Adorn the doctrine of Christ.' And that you may, listen to His own
+word, which says all I have been trying to say in this sermon: 'Abide
+in Me. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself except it abide in
+the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in Me.'
+
+
+
+OBEDIENT DISOBEDIENCE
+
+'But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it be
+right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God,
+judge ye. 20. For we cannot but speak the things which we have
+seen and heard. 21. So when they had further threatened them,
+they let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them,
+because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which
+was done. 22. For the man was above forty years old, on whom this
+miracle of healing was shewed. 23. And being let go they went to
+their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and
+elders had said unto them. 24. And when they heard that, they
+lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord,
+Thou art God, which hast made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and
+all that in them is: 25. Who by the mouth of Thy servant David
+hast said, Why did the heathen rage, and the people imagine vain
+things? 26. The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers were
+gathered together against the Lord, and against His Christ. 27.
+For of a truth against Thy holy child Jesus, whom Thou hast
+anointed, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and
+the people of Israel, were gathered together, 28. For to do
+whatsoever Thy hand and Thy counsel determined before to be done.
+29. And now, Lord, behold their threatenings: and grant unto Thy
+servants, that with all boldness they may speak Thy word, 30. By
+stretching forth Thine hand to heal; and that signs and wonders
+may be done by the name of Thy holy child Jesus. 31. And when
+they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were assembled
+together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they
+spake the word of God with boldness.'--ACTS iv. 19-31.
+
+The only chance for persecution to succeed is to smite hard and
+swiftly. If you cannot strike, do not threaten. Menacing words only
+give courage. The rulers betrayed their hesitation when the end of
+their solemn conclave was but to 'straitly threaten'; and less heroic
+confessors than Peter and John would have disregarded the prohibition
+as mere wind. None the less the attitude of these two Galilean
+fishermen is noble and singular, when their previous cowardice is
+remembered. This first collision with civil authority gives, as has
+been already noticed, the main lines on which the relations of the
+Church to hostile powers have proceeded.
+
+I. The heroic refusal of unlawful obedience. We shall probably not do
+injustice to John if we suppose that Peter was spokesman. If so, the
+contrast of the tone of his answer with all previously recorded
+utterances of his is remarkable. Warm-hearted impulsiveness, often
+wrong-headed and sometimes illogical, had been their mark; but here
+we have calm, fixed determination, which, as is usually its manner,
+wastes no words, but in its very brevity impresses the hearers as
+being immovable. Whence did this man get the power to lay down once
+for all the foundation principles of the limits of civil obedience,
+and of the duty of Christian confession? His words take rank with the
+ever-memorable sayings of thinkers and heroes, from Socrates in his
+prison telling the Athenians that he loved them, but that he must
+'obey God rather than you,' to Luther at Worms with his 'It is
+neither safe nor right to do anything against conscience. Here I
+stand; I can do nothing else. God help me! Amen.' Peter's words are
+the first of a long series.
+
+This first instance of persecution is made the occasion for the clear
+expression of the great principles which are to guide the Church. The
+answer falls into two parts, in the first of which the limits of
+obedience to civil authority are laid down in a perfectly general
+form to which even the Council are expected to assent, and in the
+second an irresistible compulsion to speak is boldly alleged as
+driving the two Apostles to a flat refusal to obey.
+
+It was a daring stroke to appeal to the Council for an endorsement of
+the principle in verse 19, but the appeal was unanswerable; for this
+tribunal had no other ostensible reason for existence than to enforce
+obedience to the law of God, and to Peter's dilemma only one reply
+was possible. But it rested on a bold assumption, which was
+calculated to irritate the court; namely, that there was a blank
+contradiction between their commands and God's, so that to obey the
+one was to disobey the other. When that parting of the ways is
+reached, there remains no doubt as to which road a religious man must
+take.
+
+The limits of civil obedience are clearly drawn. It is a duty,
+because 'the powers that be are ordained of God,' and obedience to
+them is obedience to Him. But if they, transcending their sphere,
+claim obedience which can only be rendered by disobedience to Him who
+has appointed them, then they are no longer His ministers, and the
+duty of allegiance falls away. But there must be a plain conflict of
+commands, and we must take care lest we substitute whims and fancies
+of our own for the injunctions of God. Peter was not guided by his
+own conceptions of duty, but by the distinct precept of his Master,
+which had bid him speak. It is not true that it is the cause which
+makes the martyr, but it is true that many good men have made
+themselves martyrs needlessly. This principle is too sharp a weapon
+to be causelessly drawn and brandished. Only an unmistakable
+opposition of commandments warrants its use; and then, he has little
+right to be called Christ's soldier who keeps the sword in the
+scabbard.
+
+The articulate refusal in verse 20 bases itself on the ground of
+irrepressible necessity: 'We cannot but speak.' The immediate
+application was to the facts of Christ's life, death, and glory. The
+Apostles could not help speaking of these, both because to do so was
+their commission, and because the knowledge of them and of their
+importance forbade silence. The truth implied is of wide reach.
+Whoever has a real, personal experience of Christ's saving power, and
+has heard and seen Him, will be irresistibly impelled to impart what
+he has received. Speech is a relief to a full heart. The word,
+concealed in the prophet's heart, burned there 'like fire in his
+bones, and he was weary of forbearing.' So it always is with deep
+conviction. If a man has never felt that he must speak of Christ, he
+is a very imperfect Christian. The glow of his own heart, the pity
+for men who know Him not, his Lord's command, all concur to compel
+speech. The full river cannot be dammed up.
+
+II. The lame and impotent conclusion of the perplexed Council. How
+plain the path is when only duty is taken as a guide, and how
+vigorously and decisively a man marches along it! Peter had no
+hesitation, and his resolved answer comes crashing in a straight
+course, like a cannon-ball. The Council had a much more ambiguous
+oracle to consult in order to settle their course, and they hesitate
+accordingly, and at last do a something which is a nothing. They
+wanted to trim their sails to catch popular favour, and so they could
+not do anything thoroughly. To punish or acquit was the only
+alternative for just judges. But they were not just; and as Jesus had
+been crucified, not because Pilate thought Him guilty, but to please
+the people, so His Apostles were let off, not because they were
+innocent, but for the same reason. When popularity-hunters get on the
+judicial bench, society must be rotten, and nearing its dissolution.
+To 'decree unrighteousness by a law' is among the most hideous of
+crimes. Judges 'willing to wound, and yet afraid to strike,' are
+portents indicative of corruption. We may remark here how the
+physician's pen takes note of the patient's age, as making his cure
+more striking, and manifestly miraculous.
+
+III. The Church's answer to the first assault of the world's power.
+How beautifully natural that is, 'Being let go, they went to their
+own,' and how large a principle is expressed in the naive words! The
+great law of association according to spiritual affinity has much to
+do in determining relations here. It aggregates men, according to
+sorts; but its operation is thwarted by other conditions, so that
+companionship is often misery. But a time comes when it will work
+unhindered, and men will be united with their like, as the stones on
+some sea-beaches are laid in rows, according to their size, by the
+force of the sea. Judas 'went to his own place,' and, in another
+world, like will draw to like, and prevailing tendencies will be
+increased by association with those who share them.
+
+The prayer of the Church was probably the inspired outpouring of one
+voice, and all the people said 'Amen,' and so made it theirs. Whose
+voice it was which thus put into words the common sentiment we should
+gladly have known, but need not speculate. The great fact is that the
+Church answered threats by prayer. It augurs healthy spiritual life
+when opposition and danger neither make cheeks blanch with fear nor
+flush with anger. No man there trembled nor thought of vengeance, or
+of repaying threats with threats. Every man there instinctively
+turned heavenwards, and flung himself, as it were, into God's arms
+for protection. Prayer is the strongest weapon that a persecuted
+Church can use. Browning makes a tyrant say, recounting how he had
+tried to crush a man, that his intended victim
+
+ 'Stood erect, caught at God's skirts, and prayed,
+ So _I_ was afraid.'
+
+The contents of the prayer are equally noteworthy. Instead of
+minutely studying it verse by verse, we may note some of its salient
+points. Observe its undaunted courage. That company never quivered or
+wavered. They had no thought of obeying the mandate of the Council.
+They were a little army of heroes. What had made them so? What but
+the conviction that they had a living Lord at God's right hand, and a
+mighty Spirit in their spirits? The world has never seen a
+transformation like that. Unique effects demand unique causes for
+their explanation, and nothing but the historical truth of the facts
+recorded in the last pages of the Gospels and first of the Acts
+accounts for the demeanour of these men.
+
+Their courage is strikingly marked by their petition. All they ask is
+'boldness' to speak a word which shall not be theirs, but God's. Fear
+would have prayed for protection; passion would have asked
+retribution on enemies. Christian courage and devotion only ask that
+they may not shrink from their duty, and that the word may be spoken,
+whatever becomes of the speakers. The world is powerless against men
+like that. Would the Church of to-day meet threats with like
+unanimity of desire for boldness in confession? If not, it must be
+because it has not the same firm hold of the Risen Lord which these
+first believers had. The truest courage is that which is conscious of
+its weakness, and yet has no thought of flight, but prays for its own
+increase.
+
+We may observe, too, the body of belief expressed in the prayer.
+First it lays hold on the creative omnipotence of God, and thence
+passes to the recognition of His written revelation. The Church has
+begun to learn the inmost meaning of the Old Testament, and to find
+Christ there. David may not have written the second Psalm. Its
+attribution to him by the Church stands on a different level from
+Christ's attribution of authorship, as, for instance, of the hundred
+and tenth Psalm. The prophecy of the Psalm is plainly Messianic,
+however it may have had a historical occasion in some forgotten
+revolt against some Davidic king; and, while the particular incidents
+to which the prayer alludes do not exhaust its far-reaching
+application, they are rightly regarded as partly fulfilling it. Herod
+is a 'king of the earth,' Pilate is a 'ruler'; Roman soldiers are
+Gentiles; Jewish rulers are the representatives of 'the people.'
+Jesus is 'God's Anointed.' The fact that such an unnatural and daring
+combination of rebels was predicted in the Psalm bears witness that
+even that crime at Calvary was foreordained to come to pass, and that
+God's hand and counsel ruled. Therefore all other opposition, such as
+now threatened, will turn out to be swayed by that same Mighty Hand,
+to work out His counsel. Why, then, should the Church fear? If we can
+see God's hand moving all things, terror is dead for us, and threats
+are like the whistling of idle wind.
+
+Mark, too, the strong expression of the Church's dependence on God.
+'Lord' here is an unusual word, and means 'Master,' while the Church
+collectively is called 'Thy servants,' or properly, 'slaves.' It is a
+different word from that of 'servant' (rather than 'child') applied
+to Jesus in verses 27 and 30. God is the Master, we are His 'slaves,'
+bound to absolute obedience, unconditional submission, belonging to
+Him, not to ourselves, and therefore having claims on Him for such
+care as an owner gives to his slaves or his cattle. He will not let
+them be maltreated nor starved. He will defend them and feed them;
+but they must serve him by life, and death if need be. Unquestioning
+submission and unreserved dependence are our duties. Absolute
+ownership and unshared responsibility for our well-being belong to
+Him.
+
+Further, the view of Christ's relationship to God is the same as
+occurs in other of the early chapters of the Acts. The title of 'Thy
+holy Servant Jesus' dwells on Christ's office, rather than on His
+nature. Here it puts Him in contrast with David, also called 'Thy
+servant.' The latter was imperfectly what Jesus was perfectly. His
+complete realisation of the prophetic picture of the Servant of the
+Lord in Isaiah is emphasised by the adjective 'holy,' implying
+complete devotion or separation to the service of God, and unsullied,
+unlimited moral purity. The uniqueness of His relation in this aspect
+is expressed by the definite article in the original. He is _the_
+Servant, in a sense and measure all His own. He is further _the_
+Anointed Messiah. This was the Church's message to Israel and the
+stay of its own courage, that Jesus was the Christ, the Anointed and
+perfect Servant of the Lord, who was now in heaven, reigning there.
+All that this faith involved had not yet become clear to their
+consciousness, but the Spirit was guiding them step by step into all
+the truth; and what they saw and heard, not only in the historical
+facts of which they were the witnesses, but in the teaching of that
+Spirit, they could not but speak.
+
+The answer came swift as the roll of thunder after lightning. They
+who ask for courage to do God's will and speak Christ's name have
+never long to wait for response. The place 'was shaken,' symbol of
+the effect of faithful witness-bearing, or manifestation of the power
+which was given in answer to their prayer. 'They were all filled with
+the Holy Ghost,' who now did not, as before, confer ability to speak
+with other tongues, but wrought no less worthily in heartening and
+fitting them to speak 'in their own tongue, wherein they were born,'
+in bold defiance of unlawful commands.
+
+The statement of the answer repeats the petition verbatim: 'With all
+boldness they spake the word.' What we desire of spiritual gifts we
+get, and God moulds His replies so as to remind us of our petitions,
+and to show by the event that these have reached His ear and guided
+His giving hand.
+
+
+
+IMPOSSIBLE SILENCE
+
+'We cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.'
+--ACTS iv. 20.
+
+The context tells us that the Jewish Council were surprised, as they
+well might be, at the boldness of Peter and John, and traced it to
+their having been with Jesus. But do you remember that they were by
+no means bold when they were with Jesus, and that the bravery came
+after what, in ordinary circumstances, would have destroyed any of it
+in a man? A leader's execution is not a usual recipe for heartening
+his followers, but it had that effect in this case, and the Peter who
+was frightened out of all his heroics by a sharp-eyed, sharp-tongued
+servant-maid, a few weeks after bearded the Council and 'rejoiced
+that he was counted worthy to suffer shame for His Name.' It was not
+Christ's death that did that, and it was not His life that did that.
+You cannot understand, to use a long word, the 'psychological'
+transformation of these cowardly deniers who fled and forsook Him,
+unless you bring in three things: Resurrection, Ascension, Pentecost.
+Then it is explicable.
+
+However the boldness came; these two men before the Council were
+making an epoch at that moment, and their grand words are the Magna
+Charta of the right of every sincere conviction to free speech. They
+are the direct parent of hundreds of similar sayings that flash out
+down the world's history. Two things Peter and John adduced as making
+silence impossible--a definite divine command, and an inward impulse.
+'Whether it is right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more
+than unto God, judge ye. We cannot but speak the things which we have
+seen and heard.'
+
+But I wish to use these words now in a somewhat wider application.
+They may suggest that there are great facts which make silence and
+non-aggressiveness an impossibility for an individual or a Church,
+and that by the very law of its being, a Church must be a missionary
+Church, and a Christian cannot be a dumb Christian, unless he is a
+dead Christian. And so I turn to look at these words as suggesting to
+us two or three of the grounds on which Christian effort, in some
+form or another, is inseparable from Christian experience.
+
+And, first, I wish you to notice that there is--
+
+I. An inward necessity which makes silence impossible.
+
+'We cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard,' is a
+principle that applies far more widely than to the work of a
+Christian Church, or to any activity that is put in force to spread
+the name of Jesus Christ. For there is a universal impulse which
+brings it about that whatever, in the nature of profound conviction,
+of illuminating truth, especially as affecting moral and spiritual
+matters, is granted to any man, knocks at the inner side of the door
+of his lips, and demands an exit and free air and utterance. As
+surely as the tender green spikelet of the springing corn pushes its
+way through the hard clods, or as the bud in the fig-tree's polished
+stem swells and opens, so surely whatever a man, in his deepest
+heart, knows to be true, calls upon him to let it out and manifest
+itself in his words and in his life. 'We believe, and therefore
+speak,' is a universal sequence. There were four leprous men long ago
+that, in their despair, made their way into the camp of the
+beleaguering enemy, found it empty; and after they feasted
+themselves--and small blame to them--then flashed upon them the
+thought, 'We do not well, this is a day of good tidings, and we hold
+our peace; if we tarry till the morning light, some evil will befall
+us.' Something like that is the uniform accompaniment of all profound
+conviction. And if so, especially imperative and urgent will this
+necessity be, wherever there is true Christian life. For whether we
+consider the greatness of the gift that is imparted to us, in the
+very act of our receiving that Lord, or whether we consider the
+soreness of the need of a world that is without Him, surely there can
+be nothing that so reinforces the natural necessity and impulse to
+impart what we possess of truth or beauty or goodness as the
+greatness of the unspeakable gift, and the wretchedness of a world
+that wants it. Brethren, there are many things that come in the way--
+and perhaps never more than in our own generation--of Christian men
+and women making direct and specific efforts, by lip as well as by
+life, to speak about Jesus Christ to other people. There is the
+standing hindrance of love of ease and selfish absorption in our own
+concerns. There are the conventional hindrances of our canons of
+social intercourse which make it 'bad form' to speak to men about
+anything beneath the surface, and God forbid that I should urge any
+man to a brusque, and indiscriminate, and unwise forcing of his faith
+upon other people. But I believe, that deep down below all these
+reasons, there are two main reasons why the practice of the clear
+utterance of their faith on the part of Christian people is so rare.
+The one is a deficient conception of what the Gospel is, and the
+other is a feeble grasp of it for ourselves. If you do not think that
+you have very much to say, you will not be very anxious to say it;
+and if your notion of Christianity, and of Christ's relation to the
+world, is that of the superficial professing Christian, then of
+course you will be smitten with no earnestness of desire to impart
+the truth to others. Types of Christianity which enfeeble or obscure
+the central thought of Christ's work for the salvation of a world
+that needs a Saviour, and is perishing without Him, never were, never
+are, never will be, missionary or aggressive. There is no driving
+force in them. They have little to say, and naturally they are in no
+hurry to say it. But there is a deeper reason than that. I said a
+minute ago that a dumb Christian was an impossibility unless he were
+a dead Christian. And _there_ is the reason why so many of us feel so
+little, so very little, of that knocking at the door of our hearts,
+and saying, 'Let me out!' which we should feel if we deeply believed,
+and felt, as well as intellectually accepted, the gospel of our
+salvation.
+
+The cause of a silent Church is a defective conception of the Gospel
+entrusted to it, or a feeble grasp of the same. And as our silence or
+indifference is the symptom, so by reaction it is in its turn the
+cause of a greater enfeeblement of our faith, and of a weaker grasp
+of the Gospel. Of course I know that it is perfectly possible for a
+man to talk away his convictions, and I am afraid that that
+temptation which besets all men of my profession, is not always
+resisted by us as it ought to be. But, on the other hand, sure am I
+that no better way can be devised of deepening my own hold of the
+truths of Christianity than an honest, right attempt to make another
+share my morsel with me. Convictions bottled, like other things
+bottled up, are apt to evaporate and to spoil. They say that
+sometimes wine-growers, when they go down into their cellars, find in
+a puncheon no wine, but a huge fungus. That is what befalls the
+Christianity of people that never let air in, and never speak their
+faith out. 'We cannot but speak the things which we have seen and
+heard'; and if we do not speak, the vision fades and the sound
+becomes faint.
+
+Now there is another side to this same inward necessity of which I
+have been speaking, on which I must just touch. I have referred to
+the impulse which flows from the possession of the Gospel. There is
+an impulse which flows from that which is but another way of putting
+the same thing, the union with Jesus Christ, which is the result of
+our faith in the Gospel. If I am a Christian I am, in a very profound
+and real sense, one with Jesus Christ, and have His Spirit for the
+life of my spirit. And in the measure in which I am thus one with
+Him, I shall look at things as He looks at them, and do such things
+as He did. If the mind of Jesus Christ is in us 'Who for the joy that
+was set before Him endured the Cross,' who 'counted not equality with
+God a thing to be desired, but made Himself of no reputation,' and
+'was found in fashion as a man,' then we too shall feel that our work
+in the world is not done, and our obligations to Him are not
+discharged, unless to the very last particle of our power we spread
+His name. Brethren, if there were no commandment at all from Christ's
+lips laying upon His followers the specific duty of making His gospel
+known, still this inward impulse of which I am speaking would have
+created all the forms of Christian aggressiveness which we see round
+about us, because, if we have Christ and His Gospel in our hearts,
+'we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.'
+
+And now turn to another aspect of this matter. There is--
+
+II. A command which makes silence criminal.
+
+I do not need to do more than remind you of the fact that the very
+last words which our Lord has left us according to the two versions
+of them which are given in the Gospel of Matthew, and the beginning
+of this Book of the Acts, coincide in this. 'You are to be My
+witnesses to the ends of the earth. Go ye into all the world and
+preach the Gospel to every creature.' Did you ever think what an
+extraordinary thing it is that that confident anticipation of a
+worldwide dominion, and of being Himself adapted to all mankind, in
+every climate and in every age, and at every stage of culture, should
+have been the conviction which the departing Christ sought to stamp
+upon the minds of those eleven poor men? What audacity! What
+tremendous confidence! What a task to which to set them! What an
+unexampled belief in Himself and His work! And it is all coming true;
+for the world is finding out, more and more, that Jesus Christ is its
+Saviour and its King.
+
+This commandment which is laid upon us Christian men submerges all
+distinctions of race, and speech, and nationality, and culture. There
+are high walls parting men off from one another. This great message
+and commission, like some rising tide, rolls over them all, and
+obliterates them, and flows boundless, having drowned the
+differences, from horizon to horizon, east and west and south and
+north.
+
+Now let me press the thought that this commandment makes indifference
+and silence criminal. We hear people talk, people whose Christianity
+it is not for me to question, though I may question two things about
+it, its clearness and its depth--we hear them talk as if to help or
+not to help, in the various forms of Christian activity, missionary
+or otherwise, was a matter left to their own inclination. No! it is
+not. Let us distinctly understand that to help or not to help is not
+the choice open to any man who would obey Jesus Christ. Let us
+distinctly understand--and God grant that we may all feel it more--
+that we dare not stand aside, be negligent, do nothing, leave other
+people to give and to toil, and say, 'Oh! my sympathies do not go in
+that direction.' Jesus Christ told you that they were to go in that
+direction, and if they do not, so much the worse for the sympathies
+for one thing, and so much the worse for you, the rebel, the
+disobedient in heart. I do not want to bring down this great gift and
+token of love which Jesus Christ has given to His servants, in
+entrusting them with the spread of the Gospel, to the low level of a
+mere commandment, but I do sometimes think that the tone of feeling,
+ay! and of speech, and still more the manner of action, among
+professing Christian people, in regard to the whole subject of the
+missionary work of God's Church, shows that they need to be reminded;
+as the Duke of Wellington said, 'There are your marching orders!' and
+the soldier who does not obey his marching orders is a mutineer.
+There is a definite commandment which makes indifference criminal.
+
+There is another thing I should like to say, viz. that this definite
+commandment overrides everything else. We hear a great deal from
+unsympathetic critics, which is but a reproduction of an old grumble
+that did not come from a very creditable source. 'To what purpose is
+this waste?' Why do you not spend your money upon technical schools,
+soup-kitchens, housing of the poor, and the like? Well, our answer
+is, 'He told us.' We hear, too, especially just in these days, a
+great deal about the necessity for increased caution in pursuing
+missionary operations in heathen lands. And some people that do not
+know anything about the subject have ventured to say, for instance,
+that the missionaries are responsible for Chinese antagonism to
+Europeans, and for similar phenomena. Well, we are ready to be as
+wise and prudent as you like. We do not ask any consuls to help us.
+Our brethren are men who have hazarded their lives; and I never heard
+of a Baptist missionary running under the skirts of an ambassador, or
+praying the government to come and protect him. We do not ask for
+cathedrals to be built, or territory to be ceded, as compensation for
+the loss of precious lives. But if these advisers of caution mean no
+more than they say, 'Caution!' we agree. But if they mean, what some
+of them mean, that we are to be silent for fear of consequences,
+then, whether it be prime ministers, or magistrates, or mobs that say
+it, our answer is, 'Whether it be right to hearken unto you more than
+unto God, judge ye! We cannot but speak the things which we have seen
+and heard.'
+
+So, lastly, there is--
+
+III. The bond of brotherhood which makes silence unnatural.
+
+I have spoken of an inward impulse. That thought turns our attention
+to our own hearts. I have spoken of a definite command; that turns
+our eyes to the Throne. I speak now of a bond of brotherhood. That
+sends our thoughts out over the whole world. There is such a bond.
+Jesus Christ by His Incarnation has taken the nature of every man
+upon Himself, and has brought all men into one. Jesus Christ 'by the
+grace of God, has tasted death for every man,' and has brought all
+men into unity. And so the much-abused and vulgarised conception of
+'fraternity,' and even the very word 'humanity,' are the creation of
+Christianity, and flow from these two facts--the Cradle of Bethlehem
+and the Cross of Calvary, besides that prior one that 'God hath made
+of one blood all nations of men.' If that be so, then what flows from
+that unity, from that brotherhood thus sacredly founded upon the
+facts of the life and death of Jesus Christ, the world's Redeemer?
+This to begin with, that Christian men are bound to look out over
+humanity with Christ's eyes, and not--as is largely the case to-day--
+to regard other nations as enemies and rivals, and the 'lower races'
+as existing to be exploited for our wealth, to be coerced for our
+glory, to be conquered for our Empire. We have to think of them as
+Jesus Christ thought. I cannot but remember days in England when the
+humanitarian sentiment in regard to the inferior races was far more
+vigorous, and far more operative in national life than it is to-day.
+I can go back in boyhood's memory to the emancipation of the West
+Indian slaves, and that was but the type of the general tendency of
+thought amongst the better minds of England in those days. Would that
+it were so now!
+
+But further, brethren, we as Christian people have laid upon us this
+responsibility by that very bond of brotherhood, that we should carry
+whithersoever our influence may go the great message of the Elder
+Brother who makes us all one. We give much to the 'heathen'
+populations within our Empire or the reach of our trade. We give them
+English laws, English science, English literature, English outlooks
+on life, the English tongue, English vices--opium, profligacy, and
+the like. Are these all the gifts that we are bound to carry to
+heathen lands? Dynamos and encyclopaedias, gin and rifles, shirtings
+and castings? Have we not to carry Christ? And all the more because
+we are so closely knit with so many of them. I wonder how many of you
+get the greater part of your living out of India and China?
+
+Surely, if there is a place in England where the missionary appeal
+should be responded to, it is Manchester. 'As a nest hast thou
+gathered the riches of the nations.' What have you given? Make up the
+balance-sheet, brethren. 'We are debtors,' let us put down the
+items:--
+
+Debtors by a common brotherhood.
+
+Debtors by the possession of Christ for ourselves.
+
+Debtors by benefits received.
+
+Debtors by injuries inflicted.
+
+The debit side of the account is heavy. Let us try to discharge some
+portion of the debt, in the fashion in which the Apostle from whom I
+have been quoting thought that he would best discharge it when, after
+declaring himself debtor to many kinds of men, he added, 'So as much
+as in me is, I am ready to preach the Gospel.' May we all say, more
+truly than we have ever said before, 'We cannot but speak the things
+which we have seen and heard!'
+
+
+
+THE SERVANT AND THE SLAVES
+
+'Thy servant David...'; 'Thy Holy Servant Jesus...'; 'Thy
+servants...'--ACTS iv. 26, 27, 29.
+
+I do not often take fragments of Scripture for texts; but though
+these are fragments, their juxtaposition results in by no means
+fragmentary thoughts. There is obvious intention in the recurrence of
+the expression so frequently in so few verses, and to the elucidation
+of that intention my remarks will be directed. The words are parts of
+the Church's prayer on the occasion of its first collision with the
+civil power. The incident is recorded at full length because it is
+the _first_ of a long and bloody series, in order that succeeding
+generations might learn their true weapon and their sure defence.
+Prayer is the right answer to the world's hostility, and they who
+only ask for courage to stand by their confession will never ask in
+vain. But it is no part of my intention to deal either with the
+incident or with this noble prayer.
+
+A word or two of explanation may be necessary as to the language of
+our texts. You will observe that, in the second of them, I have
+followed the Revised Version, which, instead of 'Thy holy child,' as
+in the Authorised Version, reads 'Thy holy Servant.' The alteration
+is clearly correct. The word, indeed, literally means 'a child,' but,
+like our own English 'boy,' or even 'man,' or 'maid,' it is used to
+express the relation of servant, when the desire is to cover over the
+harsher features of servitude, and to represent the servant as a part
+of the family. Thus the kindly centurion, who besought Jesus to come
+and heal his servant, speaks of him as his 'boy.' And that the word
+is here used in this secondary sense of 'servant' is unmistakable.
+For there is no discernible reason why, if stress were meant to be
+laid on Christ as being the Son of God, the recognised expression for
+that relationship should not have been employed. Again, the Greek
+translation of the Old Testament, with which the Apostles were
+familiar, employs the very phrase that is here used as its
+translation of the well-known Old Testament designation of the
+Messiah, 'the Servant of the Lord' and the words here are really a
+quotation from the great prophecies of the second part of the Book of
+Isaiah. Further, the same word is employed in reference to King David
+and in reference to Jesus Christ. In regard to the former, it is
+evident that it must have the meaning of 'servant'; and it would be
+too harsh to suppose that in the compass of so few verses the same
+expression should be used, at one time in the one signification, and
+at another in the other. So, then, David and Jesus are in some sense
+classified here together as both servants of God. That is the first
+point that I desire to make.
+
+Then, in regard to the third of my texts, the expression is not the
+same there as in the other two. The disciples do not venture to take
+the loftier designation. Rather they prefer the humble one, 'slaves,'
+bondmen, the familiar expression found all through the New Testament
+as almost a synonym to Christians.
+
+So, then, we have here three figures: the Psalmist-king, the Messiah,
+the disciples; Christ in the midst, on the one hand a servant with
+whom He deigns to be classed, on the other hand the slaves who,
+through Him, have become sons. And I think I shall best bring out the
+intended lessons of these clauses in their connection if I ask you to
+note these two contrasts, the servants and the Servant; the Servant
+and the slaves. 'David Thy servant'; 'Thy holy Servant Jesus'; us
+'Thy servants.'
+
+I. First, then, notice the servants and the Servant.
+
+The reason for the application of the name to the Psalmist lies, not
+so much in his personal character or in his religious elevation, as
+in the fact that he was chosen of God for a specific purpose, to
+carry on the divine plans some steps towards their realisation.
+Kings, priests, prophets, the collective Israel, as having a specific
+function in the world, and being, in some sense, the instruments and
+embodiments of the will of God amongst men, have in an eminent degree
+the designation of His 'servants.' And we might widen out the thought
+and say that all men who, like the heathen Cyrus, are God's
+shepherds, though they do not know it--guided by Him, though they
+understand not whence comes their power, and blindly do His work in
+the world, being 'epoch-making' men, as the fashionable phrase goes
+now--are really, though in a subordinate sense, entitled to the
+designation.
+
+But then, whilst this is true, and whilst Jesus Christ comes into
+this category, and is one of these special men raised up and adapted
+for special service in connection with the carrying out of the divine
+purpose, mark how emphatically and broadly the line is drawn here
+between Him and the other members of the class to which, in a certain
+sense, He does belong. Peter says, 'Thy servant David,' but he says
+'Thy _holy_ Servant Jesus.' And in the Greek the emphasis is still
+stronger, because the definite article is employed before the word
+'servant.' '_The_ holy Servant of Thine'--that is His specific and
+unique designation.
+
+There are many imperfect instruments of the divine will. Thinkers and
+heroes and saints and statesmen and warriors, as well as prophets and
+priests and kings, are so regarded in Scripture, and may profitably
+be so regarded by us; but amongst them all there is One who stands in
+their midst and yet apart from them, because He, and He alone, can
+say, 'I have done all Thy pleasure, and into my doing of Thy pleasure
+no bitter leaven of self-regard or by-ends has ever, in the faintest
+degree, entered.' 'Thy holy Servant Jesus' is the unique designation
+of _the_ Servant of the Lord.
+
+And what is the meaning of _holy_? The word does not originally and
+primarily refer to character so much as to relation to God. The root
+idea of holiness is not righteousness nor moral perfectness, but
+something that lies behind these--viz, separation for the service and
+uses of God. The first notion of the word is consecration, and, built
+upon that and resulting from it, moral perfection. So then these men,
+some of whom had lived beside Jesus Christ for all those years, and
+had seen everything that He did, and studied Him through and through,
+had summered and wintered with Him, came away from the close
+inspection of His character with this thought; He is utterly and
+entirely devoted to the service of God, and in Him there is neither
+spot nor wrinkle nor blemish such as is found in all other men.
+
+I need not remind you with what strange persistence of affirmation,
+and yet with what humility of self-consciousness, our Lord Himself
+always claimed to be in possession of this entire consecration, and
+complete obedience, and consequent perfection. Think of human lips
+saying, 'I do always the things that please Him.' Think of human lips
+saying, 'My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me.' Think of a
+man whose whole life's secret was summed up in this: 'As the Father
+hath given Me commandment, _so_'--no more, no less, no otherwise--'so
+I speak.' Think of a man whose inspiring principle was, consciously
+to himself, 'not My will, but Thine be done'; and who could say that
+it was so, and not be met by universal ridicule. There followed in
+Jesus the moral perfectness that comes from such uninterrupted and
+complete consecration of self to God. 'Thy servant David,'--what
+about Bathsheba, David? What about a great many other things in your
+life? The poet-king, with the poet-nature so sensitive to all the
+delights of sense, and so easily moved in the matter of pleasure, is
+but like all God's other servants in the fact of imperfection. In
+every machine power is lost through friction; and in every man, the
+noblest and the purest, there is resistance to be overcome ere motion
+in conformity with the divine impulse can be secured. We pass in
+review before our minds saints and martyrs and lovely characters by
+the hundred, and amongst them all there is not a jewel without a
+flaw, not a mirror without some dint in it where the rays are
+distorted, or some dark place where the reflecting surface has been
+rubbed away by the attrition of sin, and where there is no reflection
+of the divine light. And then we turn to that meek Figure who stands
+there with the question that has been awaiting an answer for nineteen
+centuries upon His lips, and is unanswered yet: 'Which of you
+convinceth Me of sin?' 'He is the holy Servant,' whose consecration
+and character mark Him off from all the class to which He belongs as
+the only one of them all who, in completeness, has executed the
+Father's purpose, and has never attempted anything contrary to it.
+
+Now there is another step to be taken, and it is this. The Servant
+who stands out in front of all the group--though the noblest names in
+the world's history are included therein--could not be _the_ Servant
+unless He were the Son. This designation, as applied to Jesus Christ,
+is peculiar to these three or four earlier chapters of the Acts of
+the Apostles. It is interesting because it occurs over and over again
+there, and because it never occurs anywhere else in the New
+Testament. If we recognise what I think must be recognised, that it
+is a quotation from the ancient prophecies, and is an assertion of
+the Messianic character of Jesus, then I think we here see the Church
+in a period of transition in regard to their conceptions of their
+Lord. There is no sign that the proper Sonship and Divinity of our
+Lord was clear before them at this period. They had the facts, but
+they had not yet come to the distinct apprehension of how much was
+involved in these. But, if they knew that Jesus Christ had died and
+had risen again--and they knew that, for they had seen Him--and if
+they believed that He was the Messiah, and if they were certain that
+in His character of Messiah there had been faultlessness and absolute
+perfection--and they were certain of that, because they had lived
+beside Him--then it would not be long before they took the next step,
+and said, as I say, 'He cannot be the Servant unless He is more than
+man.'
+
+And we may well ask ourselves the question, if we admit, as the world
+does admit, the moral perfectness of Jesus Christ, how comes it that
+this Man alone managed to escape failures and deflections from the
+right, and sins, and that He only carried through life a stainless
+garment, and went down to the grave never having needed, and not
+needing then, the exercise of divine forgiveness? Brethren, I venture
+to say that it is hopeless to account for Jesus Christ on
+naturalistic principles; and that either you must give up your belief
+in His sinlessness, or advance, as the Christian Church as a whole
+advanced, to the other belief, on which alone that perfectness is
+explicable: 'Thou art the King of Glory, O Christ! Thou art the
+Everlasting Son of the Father!'
+
+II. And so, secondly, let us turn to the other contrast here--the
+Servant and the slaves.
+
+I said that the humble group of praying, persecuted believers seemed
+to have wished to take a lower place than their Master's, even whilst
+they ventured to assume that, in some sense, they too, like Him, were
+doing the Father's will. So they chose, by a fine instinct of
+humility rather than from any dogmatical prepossessions, the name
+that expresses, in its most absolute and roughest form, the notion of
+bondage and servitude. He is the Servant; we standing here are
+slaves. And that this is not an overweighting of the word with more
+than is meant by it seems to be confirmed by the fact that in the
+first clause of this prayer, we have, for the only time in the New
+Testament, God addressed as 'Lord' by the correlative word to
+_slave_, which has been transferred into English, namely, _despot_.
+
+The true position, then, for a man is to be God's slave. The harsh,
+repellent features of that wicked institution assume an altogether
+different character when they become the features of my relation to
+Him. Absolute submission, unconditional obedience, on the slave's
+part; and on the part of the Master complete ownership, the right of
+life and death, the right of disposing of all goods and chattels, the
+right of separating husband and wife, parents and children, the right
+of issuing commandments without a reason, the right to expect that
+those commandments shall be swiftly, unhesitatingly, punctiliously,
+and completely performed--these things inhere in our relation to God.
+Blessed the man who has learned that they do, and has accepted them
+as his highest glory and the security of his most blessed life! For,
+brethren, such submission, absolute and unconditional, the blending
+and the absorption of my own will in His will, is the secret of all
+that makes manhood glorious and great and happy.
+
+Remember, however, that in the New Testament these names of slave and
+owner are transferred to Christians and Jesus Christ. 'The Servant'
+has His slaves; and He who is God's Servant, and does not His own
+will but the Father's will, has us for His servants, imposes His will
+upon us, and we are bound to render to Him a revenue of entire
+obedience like that which He hath laid at His Father's feet.
+
+Such slavery is the only freedom. Liberty does not mean doing as you
+like, it means liking as you ought, and doing that. He only is free
+who submits to God in Christ, and thereby overcomes himself and the
+world and all antagonism, and is able to do that which it is his life
+to do. A prison out of which we do not desire to go is no restraint,
+and the will which coincides with law is the only will that is truly
+free. You talk about the bondage of obedience. Ah! 'the weight of too
+much liberty' is a far sorer bondage. They are the slaves who say,
+'Let us break His bonds asunder, and cast away His cords from us';
+and they are the free men who say, 'Lord, put Thy blessed shackles on
+my arms, and impose Thy will upon my will, and fill my heart with Thy
+love; and then will and hands will move freely and delightedly.' 'If
+the Son make you free, ye shall be free indeed.'
+
+Such slavery is the only nobility. In the wicked old empires, as in
+some of their modern survivals to-day, viziers and prime ministers
+were mostly drawn from the servile classes. It is so in God's
+kingdom. They who make themselves God's slaves are by Him made kings
+and priests, and shall reign with Him on earth. If we are slaves,
+then are we sons and heirs of God through Jesus Christ.
+
+Remember the alternative. You cannot be your own masters without
+being your own slaves. It is a far worse bondage to live as chartered
+libertines than to walk in the paths of obedience. Better serve God
+than the devil, than the world, than the flesh. Whilst they promise
+men liberty, they make them 'the most abject and downtrodden vassals
+of perdition.'
+
+The Servant-Son makes us slaves and sons. It matters nothing to me
+that Jesus Christ perfectly fulfilled the law of God; it is so much
+the better for Him, but of no value for me, unless He has the power
+of making me like Himself. And He has it, and if you will trust
+yourselves to Him, and give your hearts to Him, and ask Him to govern
+you, He will govern you; and if you will abandon your false liberty
+which is servitude, and take the sober freedom which is obedience,
+then He will bring you to share in His temper of joyful service; and
+even we may be able to say, 'My meat and my drink is to do the will
+of Him that sent me,' and truly saying that, we shall have the key to
+all delights, and our feet will be, at least, on the lower rungs of
+the ladder whose top reaches to Heaven.
+
+'What fruit had ye in the things of which ye are now ashamed? But
+being made free from sin, and become the slaves of God, ye have your
+fruit unto holiness; and the end everlasting life.' Brethren, I
+beseech you, by the mercies of God, that ye yield yourselves to Him,
+crying, 'O Lord, truly I am Thy servant. Thou hast loosed my bonds.'
+
+
+
+THE WHEAT AND THE TARES
+
+'And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of
+one soul: neither said any of them that aught of the things which
+he possessed was his own; but they had all things common.'
+--ACTS iv. 32.
+
+'And great fear came upon all the church, and upon as many as
+heard these things.'--ACTS v. 11.
+
+Once more Luke pauses and gives a general survey of the Church's
+condition. It comes in appropriately at the end of the account of the
+triumph over the first assault of civil authority, which assault was
+itself not only baffled, but turned to good. Just because persecution
+had driven them closer to God and to one another, were the disciples
+so full of brotherly love and of grace as Luke delights to paint
+them.
+
+I. We note the fair picture of what the Church once was. The recent
+large accessions to it might have weakened the first feelings of
+brotherhood, so that it is by no means superfluous to repeat
+substantially the features of the earlier description (Acts ii. 44,
+45). 'The multitude' is used with great meaning, for it was a triumph
+of the Spirit's influence that the warm stream of brotherly love ran
+through so many hearts, knit together only by common submission to
+Jesus. That oneness of thought and feeling was the direct issue of
+the influx of the Spirit mentioned as the blessed result of the
+disciples' dauntless devotion (Acts iv. 31). If our Churches were
+'filled with the Holy Ghost,' we too should be fused into oneness of
+heart and mind, though our organisations as separate communities
+continued, just as all the little pools below high-water mark are
+made one when the tide comes up.
+
+The first result and marvellous proof of that oneness was the so-
+called 'community of goods,' the account of which is remarkable both
+because it all but fills this picture, and because it is broken into
+two by verse 33, rapidly summarising other characteristics. The two
+halves may be considered together, and it may be noted that the
+former presents the sharing of property as the result of brotherly
+unity, while the latter traces it ('for,' v. 34) to the abundant
+divine grace resting on the whole community. The terms of the
+description should be noted, as completely negativing the notion that
+the fact in question was anything like compulsory abolition of the
+right of individual ownership. 'Not one of them said that aught of
+the things which he possessed was his own.' That implies that the
+right of possession was not abolished. It implies, too, that the
+common feeling of brotherhood was stronger than the self-centred
+regard which looks on possessions as to be used for self. Thus they
+possessed as though they possessed not, and each held his property as
+a trust from God for his brethren.
+
+We must observe, further, that the act of selling was the owners', as
+was the act of handing the proceeds to the Apostles. The community
+had nothing to do with the money till it had been given to them.
+Further, the distribution was not determined by the rule of equality,
+but by the 'need' of the recipients; and its result was not that all
+had share and share alike, but that 'none lacked.'
+
+There is nothing of modern communism in all this, but there is a
+lesson to the modern Church as to the obligations of wealth and the
+claims of brotherhood, which is all but universally disregarded. The
+spectre of communism is troubling every nation, and it will become
+more and more formidable, unless the Church learns that the only way
+to lay it is to live by the precepts of Jesus and to repeat in new
+forms the spirit of the primitive Church. The Christian sense of
+stewardship, not the abolition of the right of property, is the cure
+for the hideous facts which drive men to shriek 'Property is theft.'
+
+Luke adds two more points to his survey,--the power of the Apostolic
+testimony, and the great grace which lay like a bright cloud on the
+whole Church. The Apostles' special office was to bear witness to the
+Resurrection. They held a position of prominence in the Church by
+virtue of having been chosen by Jesus and having been His companions,
+but the Book of Acts is silent about any of the other mysterious
+powers which later ages have ascribed to them. The only Apostles who
+appear in it are Peter, John, and James, the last only in a
+parenthesis recording His martyrdom. Their peculiar work was to say,
+'Behold! we saw, and know that He died and rose again.'
+
+II. The general description is followed by one example of the
+surrender of wealth, which is noteworthy as being done by one
+afterwards to play a great part in the book, and also as leading on
+to an example of hypocritical pretence. Side by side stand Barnabas
+and the wretched couple, Ananias and Sapphira.
+
+Luke introduces the new personage with some particularity, and, as He
+does not go into detail without good reason, we must note his
+description. First, the man's character is given, as expressed in the
+name bestowed by the Apostles, in imitation of Christ's frequent
+custom. He must have been for some time a disciple, in order that his
+special gift should have been recognised. He was a 'son of
+exhortation'; that is, he had the power of rousing and encouraging
+the faith and stirring the believing energy of the brethren. An
+example of this was given in Antioch, where he 'exhorted them all,
+that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord.' So much
+the more beautiful was his self-effacement when with Paul, for it was
+the latter who was 'the chief speaker.' Barnabas felt that his gift
+was less than his brother's, and so, without jealousy, took the
+second place. He, being silent, yet speaketh, and bids us learn our
+limits, and be content to be surpassed.
+
+We are next told his rank. He was a Levite. The tribe to which a
+disciple belongs is seldom mentioned, but probably the reason for
+specifying Barnabas' was the same as led Luke, in another place, to
+record that 'a great company of the priests was obedient to the
+faith.' The connection of the tribe of Levi with the Temple worship
+made accessions from it significant, as showing how surely the new
+faith was creeping into the very heart of the old system, and winning
+converts from the very classes most interested in opposing it.
+Barnabas' significance is further indicated by the notice that he was
+'a man of Cyprus,' and as such, the earliest mentioned of the
+Hellenists or foreign-born and Greek-speaking Jews, who were to play
+so important a part in the expansion of the Church.
+
+His first appearance witnessed to the depth and simple genuineness of
+his character and faith. The old law forbidding Levites to hold land
+had gradually become inoperative, and perhaps Barnabas' estate was in
+Cyprus, though more probably it was, like that of his relative Mary,
+the mother of Mark, in Jerusalem. He did as many others were doing,
+and brought the proceeds to the assembly of the brethren, and there
+publicly laid them at the Apostles' feet, in token of their authority
+to administer them as they thought well.
+
+III. Why was Barnabas' act singled out for mention, since there was
+nothing peculiar about it? Most likely because it stimulated Ananias
+and his wife to imitation. Wherever there are signal instances of
+Christian self-sacrifice, there will spring up a crop of base copies.
+Ananias follows Barnabas as surely as the shadow the substance. It
+was very likely a pure impulse which led him and his wife to agree to
+sell their land; and it was only when they had the money in their
+hands, and had to take the decisive step of parting with it, and
+reducing themselves to pennilessness, that they found the surrender
+harder than they could carry out. Satan spoils many a well-begun
+work, and we often break down half-way through a piece of Christian
+unselfishness. Well begun is half--but only half--ended.
+
+Be that as it may, Peter's stern words to Ananias put all the stress
+of the sin on its being an acted lie. The motives of the trick are
+not disclosed. They may have been avarice, want of faith, greed of
+applause, reluctance to hang back when others were doing like
+Barnabas. It is hard to read the mingled motives which lead ourselves
+wrong, and harder to separate them in the case of another. How much
+Ananias kept back is of no moment; indeed, the less he retained the
+greater the sin; for it is baser, as well as more foolish, to do
+wrong for a little advantage than for a great one.
+
+Peter's two questions bring out very strikingly the double source of
+the sin. 'Why hath Satan filled thy heart?'--an awful antithesis to
+being filled with the Spirit. Then there is a real, malign Tempter,
+who can pour evil affections and purposes into men's hearts. But he
+cannot do it unless the man opens his heart, as that 'why?' implies.
+The same thought of our co-operation and concurrence, so that,
+however Satan suggests, it is we who are guilty, comes out in the
+second question, 'How is it that _thou_ hast conceived this thing in
+thy heart?' Reverently we may venture to say that not only Christ
+stands at the door and knocks, but that the enemy of Him and His
+stands there too, and he too enters 'if any man opens the door.'
+Neither heaven nor hell can come in unless we will.
+
+The death of Ananias was not inflicted by Peter, 'Hearing these
+words' he 'fell down and' died. Surely that expression suggests that
+the stern words had struck at his life, and that his death was the
+result of the agitation of shame and guilt which they excited. That
+does not at all conflict with regarding his death as a punitive
+divine act.
+
+One can fancy the awed silence that fell on the congregation, and the
+restrained, mournful movement that ran through it when Sapphira
+entered. Why the two had not come in company can only be conjectured.
+Perhaps the husband had gone straight to the Apostles after
+completing the sale, and had left the wife to follow at her
+convenience. Perhaps she had not intended to come at all, but had
+grown alarmed at the delay in Ananias' return. She may have come in
+fear that something had gone wrong, and that fear would be increased
+by her not seeing her husband in her quick glance round the company.
+
+If she came expecting to receive applause, the silence and constraint
+that hung over the assembly must have stirred a fear that something
+terrible had happened, which would be increased by Peter's question.
+It was a merciful opportunity given her to separate herself from the
+sin and the punishment; but her lie was glib, and indicated
+determination to stick to the fraud. That moment was heavy with her
+fate, and she knew it not; but she knew that she had the opportunity
+of telling the truth, and she did not take it. She had to make the
+hard choice which we have sometimes to make, to be true to some
+sinful bargain or be true to God, and she chose the worse part. Which
+of the two was tempter and which was tempted matters little. Like
+many a wife, she thought that it was better to be loyal to her
+husband than to God, and so her honour was 'rooted in dishonour,' and
+she was falsely true and truly false.
+
+The judgment on Sapphira was not inflicted by Peter. He foretold it
+by his prophetic power, but it was the hand of God which vindicated
+the purity of the infant Church. The terrible severity of the
+punishment can only be understood by remembering the importance of
+preserving the young community from corruption at the very beginning.
+Unless the vermin are cleared from the springing plant, it will not
+grow. As Achan's death warned Israel at the beginning of their
+entrance into the promised land, so Ananias and Sapphira perished,
+that all generations of the Church might fear to pretend to self-
+surrender while cherishing its opposite, and might feel that they
+have to give account to One who knows the secrets of the heart, and
+counts nothing as given if anything is surreptitiously kept back.
+
+
+
+WHOM TO OBEY,--ANNAS OR ANGEL?
+
+'Then the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him,
+(which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with
+indignation, 18. And laid their hands on the apostles, and put
+them in the common prison. 19. But the angel of the Lord by night
+opened the prison doors, and brought them forth, and said, 20.
+Go, stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of
+this life. 21. And when they heard that, they entered into the
+temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest
+came, and they that were with him, and called the council
+together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent
+to the prison to have them brought. 22. But when the officers
+came, and found them not in the prison, they returned, and told,
+23. Saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safety, and
+the keepers standing without before the doors: but when we had
+opened, we found no man within. 24. Now when the high priest and
+the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these
+things, they doubted of them whereunto this would grow. 25. Then
+came one and told them, saying. Behold, the men whom ye put in
+prison are standing in the temple, and teaching the people. 26.
+Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them without
+violence: for they feared the people, lest they should have been
+stoned. 27. And when they had brought them, they set them before
+the council: and the high priest asked them, 28. Saying, Did not
+we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name?
+and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and
+intend to bring this man's blood upon us. 29. Then Peter and the
+other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather
+than men. 30. The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye
+slew and hanged on a tree. 31. Him hath God exalted with His
+right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance
+to Israel, and forgiveness of sins. 32. And we are His witnesses
+of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost, whom God hath
+given to them that obey Him.'--ACTS v. 17-32.
+
+The Jewish ecclesiastics had been beaten in the first round of the
+fight, and their attempt to put out the fire had only stirred the
+blaze. Popular sympathy is fickle, and if the crowd does not shout
+with the persecutors, it will make heroes and idols of the
+persecuted. So the Apostles had gained favour by the attempt to
+silence them, and that led to the second round, part of which is
+described in this passage.
+
+The first point to note is the mean motives which influenced the
+high-priest and his adherents. As before, the Sadducees were at the
+bottom of the assault; for talk about a resurrection was gall and
+wormwood to them. But Luke alleges a much more contemptible emotion
+than zeal for supposed truth as the motive for action. The word
+rendered in the Authorised Version 'indignation,' is indeed literally
+'zeal,' but it here means, as the Revised Version has it, nothing
+nobler than 'jealousy.' 'Who are those ignorant Galileans that they
+should encroach on the office of us dignified teachers? and what
+fools the populace must be to listen to them! Our prestige is
+threatened. If we don't bestir ourselves, our authority will be
+gone.' A lofty spirit in which to deal with grave movements of
+opinion, and likely to lead its possessors to discern truth!
+
+The Sanhedrin, no doubt, talked solemnly about the progress of error,
+and the duty of firmly putting it down, and, like Jehu, said, 'Come,
+and see our zeal for the Lord'; but it was zeal for greetings in the
+marketplace, and the chief seats in the synagogues, and the other
+advantages of their position. So it has often been since. The
+instruments which zeal for truth uses are argument, Scripture, and
+persuasion. That zeal which betakes itself to threats and force is,
+at the best, much mingled with the wrath and jealousy of man.
+
+The arrest of the Apostles and their committal to prison was simply
+for detention, not punishment. The rulers cast their net wider this
+time, and secured all the Apostles, and, having them safe under lock
+and key, they went home triumphant, and expecting to deal a decisive
+blow to-morrow. Then comes one of the great 'buts' of Scripture.
+Annas and Caiaphas thought that they had scored a success, but an
+angel upset their calculations. To try to explain the miracle away is
+hopeless. It is wiser to try to understand it.
+
+The very fact that it did not lead to the Apostles' deliverance, but
+that the trial and scourging followed next day, just as if it had not
+happened, which has been alleged as a proof of its uselessness, and
+inferentially of its falsehood, puts us on the right track. It was
+not meant for their deliverance, but for their heartening, and for
+the bracing of all generations of Christians, by showing, at the
+first conflict with the civil power, that the Lord was with His
+Church. His strengthening power is operative when no miracle is
+wrought. If His servants are not delivered, it is not that He lacks
+angels, but that it is better for them and the Church that they
+should lie in prison or die at the stake.
+
+The miracle was a transient revelation of a perpetual truth, and has
+shed light on many a dark dungeon where God's servants have lain
+rotting. It breathed heroic constancy into the Twelve. How striking
+and noble was their prompt obedience to the command to resume the
+perilous work of preaching! As soon as the dawn began to glimmer over
+Olivet, and the priests were preparing for the morning sacrifice,
+there were these irrepressible disturbers, whom the officials thought
+they had shut up safely last night, lifting up their voices again as
+if nothing had happened. What a picture of dauntless persistence, and
+what a lesson for us! The moment the pressure is off, we should
+spring back to our work of witnessing for Christ.
+
+The bewilderment of the Council comes in strong contrast with the
+unhesitating action of the Apostles. There is a half ludicrous side
+to it, which Luke does not try to hide. There was the pompous
+assembling of all the great men at early morning, and their dignified
+waiting till their underlings brought in the culprits. No doubt,
+Annas put on his severest air of majesty, and all were prepared to
+look their sternest for the confusion of the prisoners. The prison,
+the Temple, and the judgment hall, were all near each other. So there
+was not long to wait. But, behold! the officers come back alone, and
+their report shakes the assembly out of its dignity. One sees the
+astonished underlings coming up to the prison, and finding all in
+order, the sentries patrolling, the doors fast (so the angel had shut
+them as well as opened them), and then entering ready to drag out the
+prisoners, and--finding all silent. Such elaborate guard kept over an
+empty cage!
+
+It was not the officers' business to offer explanations, and it does
+not seem that any were asked. One would have thought that the
+sentries would have been questioned. Herod went the natural way to
+work, when he had Peter's guards examined and put to death. But Annas
+and his fellows do not seem to have cared to inquire how the escape
+had been made. Possibly they suspected a miracle, or perhaps feared
+that inquiry might reveal sympathisers with the prisoners among their
+own officials. At any rate, they were bewildered, and lost their
+heads, wondering what was to come next, and how this thing was to
+end.
+
+The further news that these obstinate fanatics were at their old work
+in the Temple again, must have greatly added to the rulers'
+perplexity, and they must have waited the return of the officers sent
+off for the second time to fetch the prisoners, with somewhat less
+dignity than before. The officers felt the pulse of the crowd, and
+did not venture on force, from wholesome fear for their own skins. An
+excited mob in the Temple court was not to be trifled with, so
+persuasion was adopted. The brave Twelve went willingly, for the
+Sanhedrin had no terrors for them, and by going they secured another
+opportunity of ringing out their Lord's salvation. Wherever a
+Christian can witness for Christ, he should be ready to go.
+
+The high-priest discreetly said nothing about the escape. Possibly he
+had no suspicion of a miracle, but, even if he had, chapter iv. 16
+shows that that would not have led to any modification of his
+hostility. Persecutors, clothed with a little brief authority, are
+strangely blind to the plainest indications of the truth spoken by
+their victims. Annas did not know what a question about the escape
+might bring out, so he took the safer course of charging the Twelve
+with disobedience to the Sanhedrin's prohibition. How characteristic
+of all his kind that is! Never mind whether what the martyr says is
+true or not. He has broken our law, and defied our authority; that is
+enough. Are we to be chopping logic, and arguing with every ignorant
+upstart who chooses to vent his heresies? Gag him,--that is easier
+and more dignified.
+
+A world of self-consequence peeps out in that '_we_ straitly charged
+you,' and a world of contempt peeps out in the avoidance of naming
+Jesus. 'This name' and 'this man' is the nearest that the proud
+priest will come to soiling his lips by mentioning Him. He bears
+unconscious testimony to the Apostles' diligence, and to the popular
+inclination to them, by charging them with having filled the city
+with what he contemptuously calls '_your_ teaching,' as if it had no
+other source than their own ignorant notions.
+
+Then the deepest reason for the Sanhedrin's bitterness leaks out in
+the charge of inciting the mob to take vengeance on them for the
+death of Jesus. It was true that the Apostles had charged that guilt
+home on them, but not on them only, but on the whole nation, so that
+no incitement to revenge lay in the charge. It was true that they had
+brought 'this man's blood' on the rulers, but only to draw them to
+repentance, not to hound at them their sharers in the guilt. Had
+Annas forgot 'His blood be on us, and on our children'? But, when an
+evil deed is complete, the doers try to shuffle off the
+responsibility which they were ready to take in the excitement of
+hurrying to do it. Annas did not trouble himself about divine
+vengeance; it was the populace whom he feared.
+
+So, in its attempt to browbeat the accused, in its empty airs of
+authority, in its utter indifference to the truth involved, in its
+contempt for the preachers and their message, in its brazen denial of
+responsibility, its dread of the mob, and its disregard of the far-
+off divine judgment, his bullying speech is a type of how
+persecutors, from Roman governors down, have hectored their victims.
+
+And Peter's brave answer is, thank God! the type of what thousands of
+trembling women and meek men have answered. His tone is severer now
+than on his former appearance. Now he has no courteous recognition of
+the court's authority. Now he brushes aside all Annas's attempts to
+impose on him the sanctity of its decrees, and flatly denies that the
+Council has any more right to command than any other 'men.' They
+claimed to be depositaries of God's judgments. This revolutionary
+fisherman sees nothing in them but 'men,' whose commands point one
+way, while God's point the other. The angel bade them 'speak'; the
+Council had bid them be dumb. To state the opposition was to
+determine their duty. Formerly Peter had said 'judge ye' which
+command it is right to obey. Now, he wraps his refusal in no folds of
+courtesy, but thrusts the naked 'We must obey God' in the Council's
+face. That was a great moment in the history of the world and the
+Church. How much lay in it, as in a seed,--Luther's 'Here I stand, I
+can do none other. God help me! Amen'; Plymouth Rock, and many a
+glorious and blood-stained page in the records of martyrdom.
+
+Peter goes on to vindicate his assumption that in disobeying Annas
+they are obeying God, by reiterating the facts which since Pentecost
+he had pressed on the national conscience. Israel had slain, and God
+had exalted, Jesus to His right hand. That was God's verdict on
+Israel's action. But it was also the ground of hope for Israel; for
+the exaltatior of Jesus was that He might be 'Prince [or Leader] and
+Saviour,' and from His exalted hand were shed the gifts of
+'repentance and remission of sins,' even of the great sin of slaying
+Him. These things being so, how could the Apostles be silent? Had not
+God bid them speak, by their very knowledge of these? They were
+Christ's witnesses, constituted as such by their personal
+acquaintance with Him and their having seen Him raised and ascending,
+and appointed to be such by His own lips, and inspired for their
+witnessing by the Holy Spirit shed on them at Pentecost. Peter all
+but reproduces the never-to-be-forgotten words heard by them all in
+the upper room, 'He shall bear witness of Me: and ye also shall bear
+witness, because ye have been with Me from the beginning.' Silence
+would be treason. So it is still. What were Annas and his bluster to
+men whom Christ had bidden to speak, and to whom He had given the
+Spirit of the Father to speak in them?
+
+
+
+OUR CAPTAIN
+
+'Him hath God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince.'
+--ACTS v. 31.
+
+The word rendered 'Prince' is a rather infrequent designation of our
+Lord in Scripture. It is only employed in all four times--twice in
+Peter's earlier sermons recorded in this Book of the Acts; and twice
+in the Epistle to the Hebrews. In a former discourse of the Apostle's
+he had spoken of the crime of the Jews in killing 'the Prince of
+life.' Here he uses the word without any appended epithet. In the
+Epistle to the Hebrews we read once of the 'Captain of Salvation,'
+and once of the 'Author of Faith.'
+
+Now these three renderings 'Prince,' 'Captain,' 'Author,' seem
+singularly unlike. But the explanation of their being all
+substantially equivalent to the original word is not difficult to
+find. It seems to mean properly a Beginner, or Originator, who takes
+the lead in anything, and hence the notions of chieftainship and
+priority are easily deduced from it. Then, very naturally, it comes
+to mean something very much like _cause_; with only this difference,
+that it implies that the person who is the Originator is Himself the
+Possessor of that of which He is the Cause to others. So the two
+ideas of a Leader, and of a Possessor who imparts, are both included
+in the word.
+
+My intention in this sermon is to deal with the various forms of this
+expression, in order to try to bring out the fulness of the notion
+which Scripture attaches to this leadership of Jesus Christ. He is
+first of all, generally, as our text sets Him forth, the Leader,
+absolutely. Then there are the specific aspects, expressed by the
+other three passages, in which He is set forth as the Leader through
+death to life; the Leader through suffering to salvation; and the
+Leader in the path of faith. Let us look, then, at these points in
+succession.
+
+I. First, we have the general notion of Christ the Leader.
+
+Now I suppose we are all acquainted with the fact that the names
+'Joshua' and 'Jesus' are, in the original, one. It is further to be
+noticed that, in the Greek translation of the Old Testament, which
+was familiar to Peter's hearers, the word of our text is that
+employed to describe the office of the military leaders of Israel. It
+is still further to be observed that, in all the instances in the New
+Testament, it is employed in immediate connection with the name of
+Jesus. Now, putting all these things together, remembering to whom
+Peter was speaking, remembering the familiarity which many of his
+audience must have had with the Old Testament in its Greek
+translation, remembering the identity of the two names Joshua and
+Jesus, it is difficult to avoid the supposition that the expression
+of our text is coloured by a reference to the bold soldier who
+successfully led his brethren into the Promised Land. Joshua was the
+'Captain of the Lord's host' to lead them to Canaan; the second
+Joshua is the Captain of the Host of the Lord to lead them to a
+better rest. Of all the Old Testament heroes perhaps there is none,
+at first sight, less like the second Joshua than the first was. He is
+only a rough, plain, prompt, and bold soldier. No prophet was he, no
+word of wisdom ever fell from his lips, no trace of tenderness was in
+anything that he did; meekness was alien from his character, he was
+no sage, he was no saint, but decisive, swift, merciless when
+necessary, full of resource, sharp and hard as his own sword. And yet
+a parallel may be drawn.
+
+The second Joshua is the Captain of the Lord's host, as was typified
+to the first one, in that strange scene outside the walls of Jericho,
+where the earthly commander, sunk in thought, was brooding upon the
+hard nut which he had to crack, when suddenly he lifted up his eyes,
+and beheld a man with a drawn sword. With the instinctive alertness
+of his profession and character, his immediate question was, 'Art
+thou for us or for our enemies?' And he got the answer 'No! I am not
+on thy side, nor on the other side, but thou art on Mine. As Captain
+of the Lord's host am I come up.'
+
+So Jesus Christ, the 'Strong Son of God,' is set forth by this
+military emblem as being Himself the first Soldier in the army of
+God, and the Leader of all the host. We forget far too much the
+militant character of Jesus Christ. We think of His meekness, His
+gentleness, His patience, His tenderness, His humility, and we cannot
+think of these too much, too lovingly, too wonderingly, too
+adoringly, but we too often forget the strength which underlay the
+gentleness, and that His life, all gracious as it was, when looked at
+from the outside, had beneath it a continual conflict, and was in
+effect the warfare of God against all the evils and the sorrows of
+humanity. We forget the courage that went to make the gentleness of
+Jesus, the daring that underlay His lowliness; and it does us good to
+remember that all the so-called heroic virtues were set forth in
+supreme form, not in some vulgar type of excellence, such as a
+conqueror, whom the world recognises, but in that meek King whose
+weapon was love, yet was wielded with a soldier's hand.
+
+This general thought of Jesus Christ as the first Soldier and Captain
+of the Lord's army not only opens for us a side of His character
+which we too often pass by, but it also says something to us as to
+what our duties ought to be. He stands to us in the relation of
+General and Commander-in-Chief; then we stand to Him in the relation
+of private soldiers, whose first duty is unhesitating obedience, and
+who in doing their Master's will must put forth a bravery far higher
+than the vulgar courage that is crowned with wreathed laurels on the
+bloody battlefield, even the bravery that is caught from Him who 'set
+His face as a flint' to do His work.
+
+Joshua's career has in it a great stumbling-block to many people, in
+that merciless destruction of the Canaanite sinners, which can only
+be vindicated by remembering, first, that it was a divine
+appointment, and that God has the right to punish; and, second, that
+those old days were under a different law, or at least a less
+manifestly developed law of loving-kindness and mercy than, thank
+God! we live in. But whilst we look with wonder on these awful scenes
+of destruction, may there not lie in them the lesson for us that
+antagonism and righteous wrath against evil in all its forms is the
+duty of the soldiers of Christ? There are many causes to-day which to
+further and fight for is the bounden duty of every Christian, and to
+further and fight for which will tax all the courage that any of us
+can muster. Remember that the leadership of Christ is no mere pretty
+metaphor, but a solemn fact, which brings with it the soldier's
+responsibilities. When our Centurion says to us, 'Come!' we must
+come. When He says to us, 'Go!' we must go. When He says to us 'Do
+this!' we must do it, though heart and flesh should shrink and fail.
+Unhesitating obedience to His authoritative command will deliver us
+from many of the miseries of self-will; and brave effort at Christ's
+side is as much the privilege as the duty of His servants and
+soldiers.
+
+II. So note, secondly, the Leader through death to life.
+
+Peter, in the sermon which is found in the third chapter of this Book
+of the Acts, has his mind and heart filled with the astounding fact
+of the Resurrection and Ascension of Jesus Christ, and in the same
+breath as he gives forth the paradoxical indictment of the Jewish
+sin, 'You have killed the Prince of Life'--the Leader of Life--he
+also says, 'And God hath raised Him from the dead.' So that the
+connection seems to point to the risen and glorified life into which
+Christ Himself passed, and by passing became capable of imparting it
+to others. The same idea is here as in Paul's other metaphor: 'Now is
+Christ risen from the dead, and become the first-fruits of them that
+slept'--the first sheaf of the harvest, which was carried into the
+Temple and consecrated to God, and was the pledge and prophecy of the
+reaping in due season of all the miles of golden grain that waved in
+the autumn sunshine. 'So,' says Peter, 'He is the Leader of Life, who
+Himself has passed through the darkness, for "you killed Him";
+mystery of mysteries as it is that you should have been able to do
+it, deeper mystery still that you should have been willing to do it,
+deepest mystery of all that you did it not when you did it, but that
+"He became dead and is alive for evermore." You killed the Prince of
+Life, and God raised Him from the dead.'
+
+He has gone before us. He is 'the first that should rise from the
+dead.' For, although the partial power of His communicated life did
+breathe for a moment resuscitation into two dead men and one dead
+maiden, these shared in no resurrection-life, but only came back
+again into mortality, and were quickened for a time, but to die at
+last the common death of all. But Jesus Christ is the first that has
+gone into the darkness and come back again to live for ever. Across
+the untrodden wild there is one track marked, and the footprints upon
+it point both ways--to the darkness and from the darkness. So the
+dreary waste is not pathless any more. The broad road that all the
+generations have trodden on their way into the everlasting darkness
+is left now, and the 'travellers pass by the byway' which Jesus
+Christ has made by the touch of His risen feet.
+
+Thus, not only does this thought teach us the priority of His
+resurrection-life, but it also declares to us that Jesus Christ,
+possessing the risen life, possesses it to impart it. For, as I
+remarked in my introductory observations, the conception of this word
+includes not only the idea of a Leader, but that of One who, Himself
+possessing or experiencing something, gives it to others. All men
+rise again. Yes, 'but every man in his own order.' There are two
+principles at work in the resurrection of all men. They are raised on
+different grounds, and they are raised to different issues. They that
+are Christ's are brought again from the dead, because the life of
+Christ is in them; and it is as 'impossible' that they, as that 'He,
+should be holden of it.' Union with Jesus Christ by simple faith is
+the means, and the only means revealed to us, whereby men shall be
+raised from the dead at the last by a resurrection which is anything
+else than a prolonged death. As for others, 'some shall rise unto
+shame and everlasting contempt,' rising dead, and dead after they are
+risen--dead as long as they live. There be two resurrections, whether
+simultaneous in time or not is of no moment, and all of us must have
+our part in the one or the other; and faith in Jesus Christ is the
+only means by which we can take a place in the great army and
+procession that He leads down into the valley and up to the sunny
+heights.
+
+If He be the Leader through death unto life, then it is certain that
+all who follow in His train shall attain to His side and shall share
+in His glory. The General wears no order which the humblest private
+in the ranks may not receive likewise, and whomsoever He leads, His
+leading will not end till He has led them close to His side, if they
+trust Him. So, calmly, confidently, we may each of us look forward to
+that dark journey waiting for us all. All our friends will leave us
+at the tunnel's mouth, but He will go with us through the gloom, and
+bring us out into the sunny lands on the southern side of the icy
+white mountains. The Leader of our souls will be our Guide, not only
+unto death, but far beyond it, into His own life.
+
+III. So, thirdly, note the Leader through suffering to salvation.
+
+In the Epistle to the Hebrews it is written, 'It became Him for whom
+are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons
+unto glory, to make the Captain'--or the Leader--'of their salvation
+perfect through sufferings.' That expression might seem at first to
+shut Jesus Christ out from any participation in the thing which He
+gives. For salvation is His gift, but not that which He Himself
+possesses and enjoys; but it is to be noticed that in the context of
+the words which I have quoted, 'glory' is put as substantially
+synonymous with salvation, and that the whole is suffused with the
+idea of a long procession, as shown by the phrase, 'bringing many
+sons.' Of this procession Jesus Christ Himself is the Leader.
+
+So, clearly, the notion in the context now under consideration is
+that the life of Jesus Christ is the type to which all His servants
+are to be conformed. He is the Representative Man, who Himself passes
+through the conditions through which we are to pass, and Himself
+reaches the glory which, given to us, becomes salvation.
+
+'Christ is perfected through sufferings.' So must we be. Perfected
+through sufferings? you say. Then did His humanity need perfecting?
+Yes, and No. There needed nothing to be hewn away from that white
+marble. There was nothing to be purged by fire out of that pure life.
+But I suppose that Jesus Christ's human nature needed to be unfolded
+by life; as the Epistle to the Hebrews says, 'He learned obedience,
+though He were a Son, through the things which He suffered.' And
+fitness for His office of leading us to glory required to be reached
+through the sufferings which were the condition of our forgiveness
+and of our acceptance with God. So, whether we regard the word as
+expressing the agony of suffering in unfolding His humanity, or in
+fitting Him for His redeeming work, it remains true that He was
+perfected by His sufferings.
+
+So must we be. Our characters will never reach the refinement, the
+delicacy, the unworldliness, the dependence upon God, which they
+require for their completion, unless we have been passed through many
+a sorrow. There are plants which require a touch of frost to perfect
+them, and we all need the discipline of a Father's hand. The sorrows
+that come to us all are far more easily borne when we think that
+Christ bore them all before us. It is but a blunted sword which
+sorrow wields against any of us; it was blunted on His armour. It is
+but a spent ball that strikes us; its force was exhausted upon Him.
+Sorrow, if we keep close to Him, may become solemn joy, and knit us
+more thoroughly to Himself. Ah, brother! we can better spare our joys
+than we can spare our sorrows. Only let us cleave to Him when they
+fall upon us.
+
+Christ's sufferings led Him to His glory, so will ours if we keep by
+His side--and only if we do. There is nothing in the mere fact of
+being tortured and annoyed here on earth, which has in itself any
+direct and necessary tendency to prepare us for the enjoyment, or to
+secure to us the possession, of future blessedness. You often hear
+superficial people saying, 'Oh! he has been very much troubled here,
+but there will be amends for it hereafter.' Yes; God would wish to
+make amends for it hereafter, but He cannot do so unless we comply
+with the conditions. And it needs that we should keep close to Jesus
+Christ in sorrow, in order that it should work for us 'the peaceable
+fruit of righteousness.' The glory will come if the patient endurance
+has preceded, and has been patience drawn from Jesus.
+
+ 'I wondered at the beauteous hours,
+ The slow result of winter showers,
+ You scarce could see the grass for flowers.'
+
+The sorrows that have wounded any man's head like a crown of thorns
+will be covered with the diadem of Heaven, if they are sorrows borne
+with Christ.
+
+IV. Lastly, we have Jesus, the Leader in the path of faith.
+
+'The Author of faith,' says the verse in the Epistle to the Hebrews.
+'Author' does not cover all the ground, though it does part of it. We
+must include the other ideas which I have been trying to set forth He
+is 'Possessor' first and 'Giver' afterwards. For Jesus Christ Himself
+is both the Pattern and the Inspirer of our faith. It would unduly
+protract my remarks to dwell adequately upon this; but let me just
+briefly hint some thoughts connected with it.
+
+Jesus Christ Himself walked by continual faith. His manhood depended
+upon God, just as ours has to depend upon Jesus. He lived in the
+continued reception of continual strength from above by reason of His
+faith, just as our faith is the condition of our reception of His
+strength. We are sometimes afraid to recognise the fact that the Man
+Jesus, who is our pattern in all things, is our pattern in this, the
+most special and peculiarly human aspect of the religious life. But
+if Christ was not the first of believers, His pattern is wofully
+defective in its adaptation to our need. Rather let us rejoice in the
+thought that all that great muster-roll of the heroes of the faith,
+which the Epistle to the Hebrews has been dealing with, have for
+their Leader--though, chronologically, He marches in the centre--
+Jesus Christ, of whose humanity this is the document and proof that
+He says, in the Prophet's words: 'I will put My trust in Him.'
+
+Remember, too, that the same Jesus who is the Pattern is the Object
+and the Inspirer of our faith; and that if we fulfil the conditions
+in the text now under consideration, 'looking off' from all others,
+stimulating and beautiful as their example may be, sweet and tender
+as their love may be, and 'looking unto Jesus,' He will be in us, and
+above us--in us to inspire, and above us to receive and to reward our
+humble confidence.
+
+So, dear friends, it all comes to this, 'Follow thou Me!' In that
+commandment all duty is summed, and in obeying it all blessedness and
+peace are ensured. If we will take Christ for our Captain, He will
+teach our fingers to fight. If we obey Him we shall not want
+guidance, and be saved from perplexities born of self-will. If we
+keep close to Him and turn our eyes to Him, away from all the false
+and fleeting joys and things of earth, we shall not walk in darkness,
+howsoever earthly lights may be quenched, but the gloomiest path will
+be illuminated by His presence, and the roughest made smooth by His
+bleeding feet that passed along it. If we follow Him, He will lead us
+down into the dark valley, and up into the blessed sunshine, where
+participation in His own eternal life and glory will be salvation. If
+we march in His ranks on earth, then shall we
+
+ 'With joy upon our heads arise
+ And meet our Captain in the skies.'
+
+
+
+GAMALIEL'S COUNSEL
+
+'Refrain from these men, and let them alone; for if this counsel
+or this work be of men, it will come to nought: 39. But if it be
+of God, ye cannot overthrow it; lest haply ye be found even to
+fight against God.'--ACTS v. 38, 39.
+
+The little that is known of Gamaliel seems to indicate just such a
+man as would be likely to have given the advice in the text. His was
+a character which, on its good side and by its admirers, would be
+described as prudent, wise, cautious and calm, tolerant, opposed to
+fanaticism and violence. His position as president of the Sanhedrin,
+his long experience, his Rabbinical training, his old age, and his
+knowledge that the national liberty depended on keeping things quiet,
+would be very likely to exaggerate such tendencies into what his
+enemies would describe as worldly shrewdness without a trace of
+enthusiasm, indifference to truth, and the like.
+
+It is, of course, possible that he bases his counsel of letting the
+followers of Jesus alone, on the grounds which he adduces, because he
+knew that reasons more favourable to Christians would have had no
+weight with the Sanhedrin. Old Church traditions make him out to have
+been a Christian, and the earliest Christian romance, a very singular
+book, of which the main object was to blacken the Apostle Paul,
+roundly asserts that at the date of this advice he was 'secretly our
+brother,' and that he remained in the Sanhedrin to further Christian
+views. But there seems not the slightest reason to suppose that. He
+lived and died a Jew, spared the sight of the destruction of
+Jerusalem which, according to his own canon in the text, would have
+proved that the system to which he had given his life was not of God;
+and the only relic of his wisdom is a prayer against Christian
+heretics.
+
+It is remarkable that he should have given this advice; but two
+things occur to account for it. Thus far Christianity had been very
+emphatically the preaching of the Resurrection, a truth which the
+Pharisees believed and held as especially theirs in opposition to the
+Sadducees, and Gamaliel was old and worldly-wise enough to count all
+as his friends who were the enemies of his enemies. He was not very
+particular where he looked for allies, and rather shrank from helping
+Sadducees to punish men whose crime was that they 'preached through
+Jesus a resurrection from the dead.'
+
+Then the Jewish rulers had a very ticklish part to play. They were
+afraid of any popular shout which might bring down the avalanche of
+Roman power on them, and they were nervously anxious to keep things
+quiet. So Gamaliel did not wish to have any fuss made about 'these
+men,' lest it should be supposed that another popular revolt was on
+foot; and he thought that to let them alone was the best way to
+reduce their importance. Perhaps, too, there was a secret hope in the
+old man's mind, which he scarcely ventured to look at and dared not
+speak, that here might be the beginning of a rising which had more
+promise in it than that abortive one under Theudas. He could not
+venture to say this, but perhaps it made him chary of voting for
+repression. He had no objection to let these poor Galileans fling
+away their lives in storming against the barrier of Rome. If they
+fail, it is but one more failure. If they succeed, he and his like
+will say that they have done well. But while the enterprise is too
+perilous for him to approve or be mixed up in it, he would let it
+have its chance.
+
+Note that Gamaliel regards the whole movement as the probable germ of
+an uprising against Rome, as is seen from the parallels that he
+quotes. It is not as a religious teaching which is true or false, but
+as a political agitation, that he looks at Christianity.
+
+It is to his credit that he stood calm and curbed the howling of the
+fanatics round him, and that he was the first and only Jewish
+authority who counselled abstinence from persecution.
+
+It is interesting to compare him with Gallio, who had a glimpse of
+the true relation of the civil magistrate to religious opinion.
+Gamaliel has a glimpse of the truth of the impotence of material
+force against truth, how it is of a quick and spiritual essence,
+which cannot be cleaved in pieces with a sword, but lives on in spite
+of all. But while all this may be true, the advice on the whole is a
+low and bad one. It rests on false principles; it takes a false view
+of a man's duty; it is not wholly sincere; and it is one impossible
+to be carried out. It is singularly in accordance with many of the
+tendencies of this age, and with modes of thought and counsels of
+action which are in active operation amongst us to-day, and we may
+therefore criticise it now.
+
+I. Here is disbelief professing to be 'honest doubt.' Gamaliel
+professes not to have materials for judging. 'If--if'; was it a time
+for 'ifs'? What was that Sanhedrin there for, but to try precisely
+such cases as these?
+
+They had had the works of Christ; miracles which they had
+investigated and could not disprove; a life which was its own
+witness; prophecies fulfilled; His own presence before their bar; the
+Resurrection and the Pentecost.
+
+I am not saying whether these facts were enough to have convinced
+them, nor even whether the alleged miracles were true. All that I am
+concerned with is that, so far as we know, neither Gamaliel nor any
+of his tribe had ever made the slightest attempt to inquire into
+them, but had, without examination, complacently treated them as
+lies. All that body of evidence had been absolutely ignored. And now
+he is, with his 'ifs,' posing as very calm and dispassionate.
+
+So to-day it is fashionable to doubt, to hang up most of the
+Christian truths in the category of uncertainties.
+
+(_a_) When that is the fashion, we need to be on our guard.
+
+(_b_) If you doubt, have you ever taken the pains to examine?
+
+(_c_) If you doubt, you are bound to go further, and either reach
+belief or rejection. Doubt is not the permanent condition for a man.
+The central truth of Christianity is either to be received or
+rejected.
+
+II. Here is disbelief masquerading as suspension of judgment.
+
+Gamaliel talked as if he did not know, or had not decided in his own
+mind, whether the disciples' claims for their Master were just or
+not. But the attitude of impartiality and hesitation was the cover of
+rooted unbelief. He speaks as if the alternative was that either this
+'counsel and work' was 'of man' or 'of God.' But he would have been
+nearer the truth if he had stated the antithesis--God or devil; a
+glorious truth or a hell-born lie. If Christ's work was not a
+revelation from above, it was certainly an emanation from beneath.
+
+We sometimes hear disbelief, in our own days, talking in much the
+same fashion. Have we never listened to teachers who first of all
+prove to their own satisfaction that Jesus is a myth, that all the
+gospel story is unreliable, and all the gospel message a dream, and
+then turn round and overflow in praise of Him and in admiration of
+it? Browning's professor in _Christmas Day_ first of all reduces 'the
+pearl of price' to dust and ashes, and then
+
+ 'Bids us, when we least expect it,
+ Take back our faith--if it be not just whole,
+ Yet a pearl indeed, as his tests affect it.'
+
+And that is very much the tone of not a few very superior persons to-
+day. But let us have one thing or the other--a Christ who was what He
+claimed to be, the Incarnate Word of God, who died for our sins and
+rose again for our justification; or a Galilean peasant who was
+either a visionary or an impostor, like Judas of Galilee and Theudas.
+
+III. Here is success turned into a criterion of truth.
+
+It is such, no doubt, in the long run, but not till then, and so till
+the end it is utterly false to argue that a thing is true because
+multitudes think it to be so. The very opposite is more nearly true.
+It in usually minorities who have been right.
+
+Gamaliel laid down an immoral principle, which is only too popular
+to-day, in relation to religion and to much else.
+
+IV. Here is a selfish neutrality pretending to be judicial calmness.
+
+Even if it were true that success is a criterion, we have to help God
+to ensure the success of His truth. No doubt, taking sides is very
+inconvenient to a cool, tolerant man of the world. And it is
+difficult to be in a party without becoming a partisan. We know all
+the beauty of mild, tolerant wisdom, and that truth is usually shared
+between combatants, but the dangers of extremes and exaggeration must
+be faced, and perhaps these are better than the cool indifference of
+the eclectic, sitting apart, holding no form of creed, but
+contemplating all. It is not good for a man to stand aloof when his
+brethren are fighting.
+
+In every age some great causes which are God's are pressing for
+decision. In many of them we may be disqualified for taking sides.
+But feel that you are bound to cast your influence on the side which
+conscience approves, and bound to settle which side that is,
+Deborah's fierce curse against Meroz because its people came not up
+to the help of the Lord against the mighty was deserved.
+
+But the region in which such judicial calmness, which shrinks from
+taking its side, is most fatal and sadly common, is in regard to our
+own individual relation to Jesus, and in regard to the establishment
+of His kingdom among men.
+
+'He that is not with Me is against Me.' Neutrality is opposition. Not
+to gather with Him is to scatter. Not to choose Him is to reject Him.
+
+Gamaliel had a strange notion of what constituted 'refraining from
+these men and letting them alone,' and he betrayed his real position
+and opposition by his final counsel to scourge them, before letting
+them go. That is what the world's neutrality comes to.
+
+How poor a figure this politic ecclesiastic, mostly anxious not to
+commit himself, ready to let whoever would risk a struggle with Rome,
+so that he kept out of the fray and survived to profit by it, cuts
+beside the disciples, who had chosen their side, had done with 'ifs,'
+and went away from the Council rejoicing 'that they were counted
+worthy to suffer shame for His Name'! Who would not rather be Peter
+or John with their bleeding backs than Gamaliel, sitting soft in his
+presidential chair, and too cautious to commit himself to an opinion
+whether the name of Jesus was that of a prophet or a pretender?
+
+
+
+FILLED WITH THE SPIRIT
+
+'Men ... full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom.' ... 'A man full of
+faith and of the Holy Ghost....' 'Stephen, full of faith and
+power.'--ACTS vi. 3, 5, 8.
+
+I have taken the liberty of wrenching these three fragments from
+their context, because of their remarkable parallelism, which is
+evidently intended to set us thinking of the connection of the
+various characteristics which they set forth. The first of them is a
+description, given by the Apostles, of the sort of man whom they
+conceived to be fit to look after the very homely matter of stifling
+the discontent of some members of the Church, who thought that their
+poor people did not get their fair share of the daily ministration.
+The second and third of them are parts of the description of the
+foremost of these seven men, the martyr Stephen. In regard to the
+first and second of our three fragmentary texts, you will observe
+that the cause is put first and the effect second. The 'deacons' were
+to be men 'full of the Holy Ghost,' and that would make them 'full of
+wisdom.' Stephen was 'full of faith,' and that made him 'full of the
+Holy Ghost.' Probably the same relation subsists in the third of our
+texts, of which the true reading is not, as it appears in our
+Authorised Version, 'full of faith and power,' but as it is given in
+the Revised Version, 'full of grace and power.' He was filled with
+grace--by which apparently is here meant the sum of the divine
+spiritual gifts--and therefore he was full of power. Whether that is
+so or not, if we link these three passages together, as I have taken
+the liberty of doing, we get a point of view appropriate for such a
+day [Footnote: Preached on Whit Sunday.] as this, when all that calls
+itself Christendom is commemorating the descent of the Holy Spirit,
+and His abiding influence upon the Church. So I simply wish to gather
+together the principles that come out of these three verses thus
+concatenated.
+
+I. We may all, if we will, be full of the Holy Spirit.
+
+If there is a God at all, there is nothing more reasonable than to
+suppose that He can come into direct contact with the spirits of the
+men whom He has made. And if that Almighty God is not an Almighty
+indifference, or a pure devil--if He is love--then there is nothing
+more certain than that, if He can touch and influence men's hearts
+towards goodness and His own likeness, He most certainly will.
+
+The probability, which all religion recognises, and in often crude
+forms tries to set forth, and by superstitious acts to secure, is
+raised to an absolute certainty, if we believe that Jesus Christ, the
+Incarnate Truth, speaks truth to us about this matter. For there is
+nothing more certain than that the characteristic which distinguishes
+Him from all other teachers, is to be found not only in the fact that
+He did something for us on the Cross, as well as taught us by His
+word; but that in His teaching He puts in the forefront, not the
+prescriptions of our duty, but the promise of God's gift; and ever
+says to us, 'Open your hearts and the divine influences will flow in
+and fill you and fit you for all goodness.' The Spirit of God fills
+the human spirit, as the mysterious influence which we call life
+permeates and animates the whole body, or as water lies in a cup.
+
+Consider how that metaphor is caught up, and from a different point
+of view is confirmed, in regard to the completeness which it
+predicates, by other metaphors of Scripture. What is the meaning of
+the Baptist's saying, 'He shall baptise you in the Holy Ghost and
+fire'? Does that not mean a complete immersion in, and submersion
+under, the cleansing flood? What is the meaning of the Master's own
+saying, 'Tarry ye... till ye be clothed with power from on high'?
+Does not that mean complete investiture of our nakedness with that
+heavenly-woven robe? Do not all these emblems declare to us the
+possibility of a human spirit being charged to the limits of its
+capacity with a divine influence?
+
+We do not here discuss questions which separate good Christian people
+from one another in regard of this matter. My object now is not to
+lay down theological propositions, but to urge upon Christian men the
+acquirement of an experience which is possible for them. And so,
+without caring to enter by argument on controversial matters, I
+desire simply to lay emphasis upon the plain implication of that
+word, '_filled_ with the Holy Ghost.' Does it mean less than the
+complete subjugation of a man's spirit by the influence of God's
+Spirit brooding upon him, as the prophet laid himself on the dead
+child, lip to lip, face to face, beating heart to still heart, limb
+to limb, and so diffused a supernatural life into the dead? That is
+an emblem of what all you Christian people may have if you like, and
+if you will adopt the discipline and observe the conditions which God
+has plainly laid down.
+
+That fulness will be a growing fulness, for our spirits are capable,
+if not of infinite, at any rate of indefinite, expansion, and there
+is no limit known to us, and no limit, I suppose, which will ever be
+reached, so that we can go no further--to the possible growth of a
+created spirit that is in touch with God, and is having itself
+enlarged and elevated and ennobled by that contact. The vessel is
+elastic, the walls of the cup of our spirit, into which the new wine
+of the divine Spirit is poured, widen out as the draught is poured
+into them. The more a man possesses and uses of the life of God, the
+more is he capable of possessing and the more he will receive. So a
+continuous expansion in capacity, and a continuous increase in the
+amount of the divine life possessed, are held out as the happy
+prerogative and possibility of a Christian soul.
+
+This Stephen had but a very small amount of the clear Christian
+knowledge that you and I have, but he was leagues ahead of most
+Christian people in regard to this, that he was 'filled with the Holy
+Spirit.' Brethren, you can have as much of that Spirit as you want.
+It is my own fault if my Christian life is not what the Christian
+lives of some of us, I doubt not, are. 'Filled with the Holy Spirit'!
+rather a little drop in the bottom of the cup, and all the rest
+gaping emptiness; rather the fire died down, Pentecostal fire though
+it be, until there is scarcely anything but a heap of black cinders
+and grey ashes in your grate, and a little sandwich of flickering
+flame in one corner; rather the rushing mighty wind died down into
+all but a dead calm, like that which afflicts sailing-ships in the
+equatorial regions, when the thick air is deadly still, and the empty
+sails have not strength even to flap upon the masts; rather the
+'river of the water of life' that pours 'out of the throne of God,
+and of the Lamb,' dried up into a driblet.
+
+That is the condition of many Christian people. I say not of which of
+us. Let each man settle for himself how that may be. At all events
+here is the possibility, which may be realised with increasing
+completeness all through a Christian man's life. We may be filled
+with the Holy Spirit.
+
+II. If we are 'full of faith' we shall be filled with the Spirit.
+
+That is the condition as suggested by one of our texts--'a man full
+of faith,' and therefore 'of the Holy Ghost.' Now, of course, I
+believe, as I suppose all people who have made any experience of
+their own hearts must believe, that before a soul exercises
+confidence in Jesus Christ, and passes into the household of faith,
+there have been playing upon it the influences of that divine
+Comforter whose first mission is to 'convince the world of sin.' But
+between such operations as these, which I believe are universally
+diffused, wheresoever the Word of God and the message of salvation
+are proclaimed--between such operations as these, and those to which
+I now refer, whereby the divine Spirit not only operates upon, but
+dwells in, a man's heart, and not only brings conviction to the world
+of sin, there is a wide gulf fixed; and for all the hallowing,
+sanctifying, illuminating and strength-giving operations of that
+divine Spirit, the pre-requisite condition is our trust. Jesus Christ
+taught us so, in more than one utterance, and His Apostle, in
+commenting on one of the most remarkable of His sayings on this
+subject, says, 'This spake He concerning the Holy Spirit which _they
+that believed_ in Him were to receive.' Faith is the condition of
+receiving that divine influence. But what kind of faith? Well, let us
+put away theological words. If you do not believe that there is any
+such influence to be got, you will not get it. If you do not want it,
+you will not get it. If you do not expect it, you will not get it. If
+professing to believe it, and to wish it, and to look for it, you are
+behaving yourself in such a way as to show that you do not really
+desire it, you will never get it. It is all very well to talk about
+faith as the condition of receiving that divine Spirit. Do not let us
+lose ourselves in the word, but try to translate the somewhat
+threadbare expression, which by reason of its familiarity produces
+little effect upon some of us, and to turn it into non-theological
+English. It just comes to this,--if we are simply trusting ourselves
+to Jesus Christ our Lord, and if in that trust we do believe in the
+possibility of even _our_ being filled with the divine Spirit, and if
+that possibility lights up a leaping flame of desire in our hearts
+which aspires towards the possession of such a gift, and if belief
+that our reception of that gift is possible because we trust
+ourselves to Jesus Christ, and longing that we may receive it,
+combine to produce the confident expectation that we shall, and if
+all of these combine to produce conduct which neither quenches nor
+grieves that divine Guest, then, and only then, shall we indeed be
+filled with the Spirit.
+
+I know of no other way by which a man can receive God into his heart
+than by opening his heart for God to come in. I know of no other way
+by which a man can woo--if I may so say--the Divine Lover to enter
+into his spirit than by longing that He would come, waiting for His
+coming, expecting it, and being supremely blessed in the thought that
+such a union is possible. Faith, that is trust, with its appropriate
+and necessary sequels of desire and expectation and obedience, is the
+completing of the electric circuit, and after it the spark is sure to
+come. It is the opening of the windows, after which sunshine cannot
+but flood the chamber. It is the stretching out of the hand, and no
+man that ever, with love and longing, lifted an empty hand to God,
+dropped it still empty. And no man who, with penitence for his own
+act, and trust in the divine act, lifted blood-stained and foul hands
+to God, ever held them up there without the gory patches melting
+away, and becoming white as snow. Not 'all the perfumes of Araby' can
+sweeten those bloody hands. Lift them up to God, and they become
+pure. Whosoever wishes that he may, and believes that he shall,
+receive from Christ the fulness of the Spirit, will not be
+disappointed. Brethren, 'Ye have not because ye ask not.' 'If ye,
+being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children,' shall not
+'your Heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?'
+
+III. Lastly, if we are filled with the Spirit we shall be 'full of
+wisdom, grace, and power.'
+
+The Apostles seemed to think that it was a very important business to
+look after a handful of poor widows, and see that they had their fair
+share in the dispensing of the modest charity of the half-pauper
+Jerusalem church, when they said that for such a purely secular thing
+as that a man would need to be 'full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom.'
+Surely, something a little less august might have served their turn
+to qualify men for such a task! 'Wisdom' here, I suppose, means
+practical sagacity, common sense, the power of picking out an
+impostor when she came whining for a dole. Very commonplace virtues!
+--but the Apostles evidently thought that such everyday operations of
+the understanding as these were not too secular and commonplace to
+owe their origin to the communication to men of the fulness of the
+Holy Spirit.
+
+May we not take a lesson from that, that God's great influences, when
+they come into a man, do not concern themselves only with great
+intellectual problems and the like, but that they will operate to
+make him more fit to do the most secular and the most trivial things
+that can be put into his hand to do? The Holy Ghost had to fill
+Stephen before he could hand out loaves and money to the widows in
+Jerusalem.
+
+And do you not think that your day's work, and your business
+perplexities, come under the same category? Perhaps the best way to
+secure understanding of what we ought to do, in regard to very small
+and secular matters, is to keep ourselves very near to God, with the
+windows of our hearts opened towards Jerusalem, that all the guidance
+and light that can come from Him may come into us. Depend upon it,
+unless we have God's guidance in the trivialities of life, ninety per
+cent., ay! and more, of our lives will be without God's guidance;
+because trivialities make up life. And unless my Father in heaven can
+guide me about what we, very mistakenly, call 'secular' things, and
+what we very vulgarly call trivial things, His guidance is not worth
+much. The Holy Ghost will give you wisdom for to-morrow, and all its
+little cares, as well as for the higher things, of which I am not
+going to speak now, because they do not come within my text.
+
+'Full of grace,'--that is a wide word, as I take it. If, by our
+faith, we have brought into our hearts that divine influence, the
+Spirit of God does not come empty-handed, but He communicates to us
+whatsoever things are lovely and of good report, whatsoever things
+are fair and honourable, whatsoever things in the eyes of men are
+worthy to be praised, and by the tongues of men have been called
+virtue. These things will all be given to us step by step, not
+without our own diligent co-operation, by that divine Giver. Effort
+without faith, and faith without effort, are equally incomplete, and
+the co-operation of the two is that which is blessed by God.
+
+Then the things which are 'gracious,' that is to say, given by His
+love, and also gracious in the sense of partaking of the celestial
+beauty which belongs to all virtue, and to all likeness in character
+to God, these things will give us a strange, supernatural _power_
+amongst men. The word is employed in my third text, I presume, in its
+narrow sense of miracle-working power, but we may fairly widen it to
+something much more than that. Our Lord once said, when He was
+speaking about the gift of the Holy Spirit, that there were two
+stages in its operation. In the first, it availed for the refreshment
+and the satisfying of the desires of the individual; in the second it
+became, by the ministration of that individual, a source of blessing
+to others. He said, 'If any man thirst, let him come to Me and
+drink,' and then, immediately, 'He that believeth on Me, out of his
+belly shall flow rivers of living water.' That is to say, whoever
+lives in touch with God, having that divine Spirit in his heart, will
+walk amongst men the wielder of an unmistakable power, and will be
+able to bear witness to God, and move men's hearts, and draw them to
+goodness and truth. The only power for Christian service is the power
+that comes from being clothed with God's Spirit. The only power for
+self-government is the power that comes from being clothed with God's
+Spirit. The only power which will keep us in the way that leads to
+life, and will bring us at last to the rest and the reward, is the
+power that comes from being clothed with God's Spirit.
+
+I am charged to all who hear me now with this message. Here is a gift
+offered to you. You cannot pare and batter at your own characters so
+as to make them what will satisfy your own consciences, still less
+what will satisfy the just judgment of God; but you can put yourself
+under the moulding influences of Christ's love. Dear brethren, the
+one hope for dead humanity, the bones very many and very dry, is that
+from the four winds there should come the breath of God, and breathe
+in them, and they shall live, 'an exceeding great army.' Forget all
+else that I have been saying now, if you like, but take these two
+sentences to your hearts, and do not rest till they express your own
+personal experience; If I am to be good I must have God's Spirit
+within me. If I am to have God's Spirit within me, I must be 'full of
+faith.'
+
+
+
+STEPHEN'S VISION
+
+'Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on
+the right hand of God'--ACTS vii. 56.
+
+I. The vision of the Son of Man, or the abiding manhood of Jesus.
+
+Stephen's Greek name, and his belonging to the Hellenistic part of
+the Church, make it probable that he had never seen Jesus during His
+earthly life. If so, how beautiful that he should thus see and
+recognise Him! How significant, in any case, is it he should
+instinctively have taken on his lips that name, 'the Son of Man,' to
+designate Him whom he saw, through the opened heavens, standing on
+the right hand of God! We remember that in the same Council-chamber
+and before the same court, Jesus had lashed the rulers into a
+paroxysm of fury by declaring, 'Hereafter ye shall see the Son of Man
+sitting at the right hand of power,' and now here is one of His
+followers, almost, as it were, flinging in their teeth the words
+which they had called 'blasphemy,' and witnessing that he, at all
+events, saw their partial fulfilment. They saw only the roof of the
+chamber, or, if the Council met in the open court of the Temple, the
+quivering blue of the Syrian sky; but to him the blue was parted, and
+a brighter light than that of its lustre was flashed upon his inward
+eye. His words roused them to an even wilder outburst than those of
+Jesus had set loose, and with yells of fury, and stopping their ears
+that they might not hear the blasphemy, they flung themselves on him,
+unresisting, and dragged him to his doom. Their passion is a measure
+of the preciousness to the Christian consciousness of that which
+Stephen saw, and said that he saw.
+
+Whatever more the great designation, 'Son of Man,' means, it
+unmistakably means the embodiment of perfect manhood. Stephen's
+vision swept into his soul, as on a mighty wave, the fact,
+overwhelming if it had not been so transcendently strengthening to
+the sorely bestead prisoner, that the Jesus whom he had trusted
+unseen, was still the same Jesus that He had been 'in the days of His
+flesh,' and, with whatever changes, still was 'found in fashion as a
+man.' He still 'bent on earth a brother's eye.' Whatever He had
+dropped from Him as He ascended, His manhood had not fallen away,
+and, whatever changes had taken place in His body so as to fit it for
+its enthronement in the heavens, all that had knit Him to His humble
+friends on earth was still His. The bonds that united Him and them
+had not been snapped by being stretched to span the distance between
+the Council-chamber and the right hand of God. His sympathy still
+continued. All that had won their hearts was still in Him, and every
+tender remembrance of His love and leading was transformed into the
+assurance of a present possession. He was still the Son of Man.
+
+We are all too apt to feel as if the manhood of Jesus was now but a
+memory, and, though our creed affirms the contrary, yet our faith has
+difficulty in realising the full force and blessedness of its
+affirmations. For the Resurrection and Ascension seem to remove Him
+from close contact with us, and sometimes we feel as if we stretch
+out groping fingers into the dark and find no warm human hand to
+grasp. His exaltation seems to withdraw Him from our brotherhood, and
+the cloud, though it is a cloud of glory, sometimes seems to hide Him
+from our sight. The thickening veil of increasing centuries becomes
+more and more difficult for faith to pierce. What Stephen saw was not
+for him only but for us all, and its significance becomes more and
+more precious as we drift further and further away in time from the
+days of the life of Jesus on earth. More and more do we need to make
+very visible to ourselves this vision, and to lay on our hearts the
+strong consolation of gazing steadfastly into heaven and seeing there
+the Son of Man. So we shall feel that He is all to us that He was to
+those who companied with Him here. So shall we be more ready to
+believe that 'this same Jesus shall so come in like manner as He
+went,' and that till He come, He is knit to us and we to Him, by the
+bonds of a common manhood.
+
+II. The vision of the Son of Man at the right hand of God, or the
+glory of the Man Jesus.
+
+We will not discuss curious questions which may be asked in
+connection with Stephen's vision, such as whether the glorified
+humanity of Jesus implies His special presence in a locality; but
+will rather try to grasp its bearings on topics more directly related
+to more important matters than dim speculations on points concerning
+which confident affirmations are sure to be wrong. Whether the
+representation implies locality or not, it is clear that the deepest
+meaning of the expression 'the right hand of God,' is the energy of
+His unlimited power, and that, therefore, the deepest meaning of the
+expression 'to be at His right hand,' is wielding the might of the
+divine Omnipotence. The vision is but the visible confirmation of
+Jesus' words, 'All power is given unto Me in heaven and on earth.'
+
+It is to be taken into account that Scripture usually represents the
+Christ as seated at the right hand of God, and that posture, taken in
+conjunction with that place, indicates the completion of His work,
+the majestic calm of His repose, like that creative rest, which did
+not follow the creative work because the Worker was weary, but
+because He had fulfilled His ideal. God rested because His work was
+finished, and was 'very good.' So Jesus sits, because He, too, has
+finished His work on earth. 'When,' and because 'He had by Himself
+purged our sins, He sat down on the right hand of God.'
+
+Further, that place at the right hand of God certifies that He is the
+Judge.
+
+Further, it is a blessed vision for His children, as being the sure
+pledge of their glory.
+
+It is a glorious revelation of the capabilities of sinless human
+nature.
+
+It makes heaven habitable for us.
+
+'I go to prepare a place for you.' An emigrant does not feel a
+stranger in new country, if his elder brother has gone before him,
+and waits to meet him when he lands. The presence of Jesus makes that
+dim, heavenly state, which is so hard to imagine, and from which we
+often feel that even its glories repel, or, at least, do not attract,
+home to those who love Him. To be where He is, and to be as He is--
+that is heaven.
+
+III. The vision of the Son of Man standing at the right hand of God,
+or the ever-ready help of the glorified Jesus.
+
+The divergence of the vision from the usual representation of the
+attitude of Jesus is not the least precious of its elements. Stephen
+saw Him 'standing,' as if He had risen to His feet to see His
+servant's need and was preparing to come to his help.
+
+What a rush of new strength for victorious endurance would flood
+Stephen's soul as he beheld his Lord thus, as it were, starting to
+His feet in eagerness to watch and to succour! He looks down from
+amid the glory, and His calm repose does not involve passive
+indifference to His servant's sufferings. Into it comes full
+knowledge of all that they bear for Him, and His rest is not the
+negation of activity on their behalf, but its intensest energy. Just
+as one of the Gospels ends with a twofold picture, which at first
+sight seems to draw a sad distinction between the Lord 'received up
+into heaven and set down at the right hand of God,' and His servants
+left below, who 'went everywhere, preaching the word,' but of which
+the two halves are fused together by the next words, 'the Lord also
+working with them,' so Stephen's vision brought together the
+glorified Lord and His servant, and filled the martyr's soul with the
+fact that He not only 'worked,' but suffered with those who suffered
+for His sake.
+
+That vision is a transient revelation of an eternal fact. Jesus knows
+and shares in all that affects His servants. He stands in the
+attitude to help, and He wields the power of God. He is, as the
+prophet puts it, 'the Arm of the Lord,' and the cry, 'Awake, O Arm of
+the Lord!' is never unanswered. He helps His servants by actually
+directing the course of Providence for their sakes. He helps by
+wielding the forces of nature on their behalf. He 'rebukes kings for
+their sake, saying, Touch not Mine anointed, and do My prophets no
+harm.' He helps by breathing His own life and strength into them. He
+helps by disclosing to them the vision of Himself. He helps even
+when, like Stephen, they are apparently left to the murderous hate of
+their enemies, for what better help could any of His followers get
+from Him than that He should, as Stephen prayed that He would,
+receive their spirit, and 'so give His beloved sleep'? Blessed they
+whose lives are lighted by that Vision, and whose deaths are such a
+falling on sleep!
+
+
+
+THE YOUNG SAUL AND THE AGED PAUL
+[Footnote: To the young.]
+
+'...the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet,
+whose name was Saul.'--ACTS vii. 58.
+
+'...Paul the aged, and now also a prisoner of Jesus Christ.'
+--PHILEMON 9.
+
+A far greater difference than that which was measured by years
+separated the young Saul from the aged Paul. By years, indeed, the
+difference was, perhaps, not so great as the words might suggest, for
+Jewish usage extended the term of youth farther than we do, and began
+age sooner. No doubt, too, Paul's life had aged him fast, and
+probably there were not thirty years between the two periods. But the
+difference between him and himself at the beginning and the end of
+his career was a gulf; and his life was not evolution, but
+revolution.
+
+At the beginning you see a brilliant young Pharisee, Gamaliel's
+promising pupil, advanced above many who were his equals in his own
+religion, as he says himself; living after its straitest sect, and
+eager to have the smallest part in what seemed to him the righteous
+slaying of one of the followers of the blaspheming Nazarene. At the
+end he was himself one of these followers. He had cast off, as folly,
+the wisdom which took him so much pains to acquire. He had turned his
+back upon all the brilliant prospects of distinction which were
+opening to him. He had broken with countrymen and kindred. And what
+had he made of it? He had been persecuted, hunted, assailed by every
+weapon that his old companions could fashion or wield; he is a
+solitary man, laden with many cares, and accustomed to look perils
+and death in the face; he is a prisoner, and in a year or two more he
+will be a martyr. If he were an apostate and a renegade, it was not
+for what he could get by it.
+
+What made the change? The vision of Jesus Christ. If we think of the
+transformation on Saul, its causes and its outcome, we shall get
+lessons which I would fain press upon your hearts now. Do you wonder
+that I would urge on you just such a life as that of this man as your
+highest good?
+
+I. I would note, then, first, that faith in Jesus Christ will
+transform and ennoble any life.
+
+It has been customary of late years, amongst people who do not like
+miracles, and do not believe in sudden changes of character, to
+allege that Paul's conversion was but the appearance, on the surface,
+of an underground process that had been going on ever since he kept
+the witnesses' clothes. Modern critics know a great deal more about
+the history of Paul's conversion than Paul did. For to him there was
+no consciousness of undermining, but the change was instantaneous. He
+left Jerusalem a bitter persecutor, exceeding mad against the
+followers of the Nazarene, thinking that Jesus was a blasphemer and
+an impostor, and His disciples pestilent vermin, to be harried off
+the face of the earth. He entered Damascus a lowly disciple of that
+Christ. His conversion was not an underground process that had been
+silently sapping the foundations of his life; it was an explosion.
+And what caused it? What was it that came on that day on the Damascus
+road, amid the blinding sunshine of an Eastern noontide? The vision
+of Jesus Christ. An overwhelming conviction flooded his soul that He
+whom he had taken to be an impostor, richly deserving the Cross that
+He endured, was living in glory, and was revealing Himself to Saul
+then and there. That truth crumbled his whole past into nothing; and
+he stood there trembling and astonished, like a man the ruins of
+whose house have fallen about his ears. He bowed himself to the
+vision. He surrendered at discretion without a struggle.
+'Immediately,' says he, 'I was not disobedient to the heavenly
+vision,' and when he said 'Lord, Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?'
+he flung open the gates of the fortress for the Conqueror to come in.
+The vision of Christ reversed his judgments, transformed his
+character, revolutionised his life.
+
+That initial impulse operated through all the rest of his career.
+Hearken to him: 'I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me. To me to
+live is Christ. Whether we live, we live unto the Lord; or whether we
+die, we die unto the Lord. Living or dying, we are the Lord's.' 'We
+labour that whether present or absent, we may be accepted of Him.'
+The transforming agency was the vision of Christ, and the bowing of
+the man's whole nature before the seen Saviour.
+
+Need I recall to you how noble a life issued from that fountain? I am
+sure that I need do no more than mention in a word or two the
+wondrous activity, flashing like a flame of fire from East to West,
+and everywhere kindling answering flames, the noble self-oblivion,
+the continual communion with God and the Unseen, and all the other
+great virtues and nobleness which came from such sources as these. I
+need only, I am sure, remind you of them, and draw this lesson, that
+the secret of a transforming and noble life is to be found in faith
+in Jesus Christ. The vision that changed Paul is as available for you
+and me. For it is all a mistake to suppose that the essence of it is
+the miraculous appearance that flashed upon the Apostle's eyes. He
+speaks of it himself, in one of his letters, in other language, when
+he says, 'It pleased God to reveal His Son _in_ me.' And that
+revelation in all its fulness, in all its sweetness, in all its
+transforming and ennobling power, is offered to every one of us. For
+the eye of faith is no less gifted with the power of direct and
+certain vision--yea! is even more gifted with this--than is the eye
+of sense. 'If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they
+be persuaded though one rose from the dead.' Christ is revealed to
+each one of us as really, as veritably, and the revelation may become
+as strong an impulse and motive in our lives as ever it was to the
+Apostle on the Damascus road. What is wanted is not revelation, but
+the bowed will--not the heavenly vision, but obedience to the vision.
+I suppose that most of you think that you believe all that about
+Jesus Christ, which transformed Gamaliel's pupil into Christ's
+disciple. And what has it done for you? In many cases, nothing. Be
+sure of this, dear young friends, that the shortest way to a life
+adorned with all grace, with all nobility, fragrant with all
+goodness, and permanent as that life which does the will of God must
+clearly be, is this, to bow before the seen Christ, seen in His word,
+and speaking to your hearts, and to take His yoke and carry His
+burden. Then you will build upon what will stand, and make your days
+noble and your lives stable. If you build on anything else, the
+structure will come down with a crash some day, and bury you in its
+ruins. Surely it is better to learn the worthlessness of a non-
+Christian life, in the light of His merciful face, when there is yet
+time to change our course, than to see it by the fierce light of the
+great White Throne set for judgment. We must each of us learn it here
+or there.
+
+II. Faith in Christ will make a joyful life, whatever its
+circumstances.
+
+I have said that, judged by the standard of the Exchange, or by any
+of the standards which men usually apply to success in life, this
+life of the Apostle was a failure. We know, without my dwelling more
+largely upon it, what he gave up. We know what, to outward
+appearance, he gained by his Christianity. You remember, perhaps, how
+he himself speaks about the external aspects of his life in one
+place, where he says 'Even unto this present hour we both hunger and
+thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain
+dwelling-place, and labour, working with our own hands. Being
+reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it; being defamed, we
+entreat. We are made as the filth of the world, and as the
+offscouring of all things unto this day.'
+
+That was one side of it. Was that all? This man had that within him
+which enabled him to triumph over all trials. There is nothing more
+remarkable about him than the undaunted courage, the unimpaired
+elasticity of spirit, the buoyancy of gladness, which bore him high
+upon the waves of the troubled sea in which he had to swim. If ever
+there was a man that had a bright light burning within him, in the
+deepest darkness, it was that little weather-beaten Jew, whose
+'bodily presence was weak, and his speech contemptible.' And what was
+it that made him master of circumstances, and enabled him to keep
+sunshine in his heart when winter bound all the world around him?
+What made this bird sing in a darkened cage? One thing--the continual
+presence, consciously with Him by faith, of that Christ who had
+revolutionised his life, and who continued to bless and to gladden
+it. I have quoted his description of his external condition. Let me
+quote two or three words that indicate how he took all that sea of
+troubles and of sorrows that poured its waves and its billows over
+him. 'In all these things we are more than conquerors through Him
+that loved us.' 'As the sufferings of Christ abound in us, so our
+consolation aboundeth also by Christ.' 'For which cause we faint not,
+but though our outward man perish, yet our inward man is renewed day
+by day.' 'Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my
+infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me.' 'I have
+learned in whatsoever state I am therewith to be content.' 'As
+sorrowful, yet always rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as
+having nothing, yet possessing all things.'
+
+There is the secret of blessedness, my friends; there is the fountain
+of perpetual joy. Cling to Christ, set His will on the throne of your
+hearts, give the reins of your life and of your character into His
+keeping, and nothing 'that is at enmity with joy' can either 'abolish
+or destroy' the calm blessedness of your spirits.
+
+You will have much to suffer; you will have something to give up.
+Your life may look, to men whose tastes have been vulgarised by the
+glaring brightnesses of this vulgar world, but grey and sombre, but
+it will have in it the calm abiding blessedness which is more than
+joy, and is diviner and more precious than the tumultuous transports
+of gratified sense or successful ambition. Christ is peace, and He
+gives His peace to us; and then He gives a joy which does not break
+but enhances peace. We are all tempted to look for our gladness in
+creatures, each of which satisfies but a part of our desire. But no
+man can be truly blessed who has to find many contributories to make
+up his blessedness. That which makes us rich must be, not a multitude
+of precious stones, howsoever precious they may be, but one Pearl of
+great price; the one Christ who is our only joy. And He says to us
+that He gives us Himself, if we behold Him and bow to Him, that His
+joy might remain in us, and that our joy might be full, while all
+other gladnesses are partial and transitory. Faith in Christ makes
+life blessed. The writer of Ecclesiastes asked the question which the
+world has been asking ever since: 'Who knoweth what is good for a man
+in this life, all the days of this vain life which he passeth as a
+shadow?' You young people are asking, 'Who will show us any good?'
+Here is the answer--Faith in Christ and obedience to Him; that is the
+good part which no man taketh from us. Dear young friend, have you
+made it yours?
+
+III. Faith in Christ produces a life which bears being looked back
+upon.
+
+In a later Epistle than that from which my second text is taken, we
+get one of the most lovely pictures that was ever drawn, albeit it is
+unconsciously drawn, of a calm old age, very near the gate of death;
+and looking back with a quiet heart over all the path of life. I am
+not going to preach to you, dear friends, in the flush of your early
+youth, a gospel which is only to be recommended because it is good to
+die by, but it will do even you, at the beginning, no harm to realise
+for a moment that the end will come, and that retrospect will take
+the place in your lives which hope and anticipation fill now. And I
+ask you what you expect to feel and say then?
+
+What did Paul say? 'I have fought the good fight, I have finished my
+course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a
+crown of righteousness.' He was not self-righteous; but it is
+possible to have lived a life which, as the world begins to fade,
+vindicates itself as having been absolutely right in its main trend,
+and to feel that the dawning light of Eternity confirms the choice
+that we made. And I pray you to ask yourselves, 'Is my life of that
+sort?' How much of it would bear the scrutiny which will have to
+come, and which in Paul's case was so quiet and calm? He had had a
+stormy day, many a thundercloud had darkened the sky, many a tempest
+had swept across the plain; but now, as the evening draws on, the
+whole West is filled with a calm amber light, and all across the
+plain, right away to the grey East, he sees that he has been led by,
+and has been willing to walk in, the right way to the 'City of
+habitation.' Would that be your experience if the last moment came
+now?
+
+There will be, for the best of us, much sense of failure and
+shortcoming when we look back on our lives. But whilst some of us
+will have to say, 'I have played the fool and erred exceedingly,' it
+is possible for each of us to lay himself down in peace and sleep,
+awaiting a glorious rising again and a crown of righteousness.
+
+Dear young friends, it is for you to choose whether your past, when
+you summon it up before you, will look like a wasted wilderness, or
+like a garden of the Lord. And though, as I have said, there will
+always be much sense of failure and shortcoming, yet that need not
+disturb the calm retrospect; for whilst memory sees the sins, faith
+can grasp the Saviour, and quietly take leave of life, saying, 'I
+know in whom I have believed, and that He is able to keep that which
+I have committed to Him against that day.'
+
+So I press upon you all this one truth, that faith in Jesus Christ
+will transform, will ennoble, will make joyous your lives whilst you
+live, and will give you a quiet heart in the retrospect when you come
+to die. Begin right, dear young friends. You will never find it so
+easy to take any decisive step, and most of all this chiefest step,
+as you do to-day. You will get lean and less flexible as you get
+older. You will get set in your ways. Habits will twine their
+tendrils round you, and hinder your free movement. The truth of the
+Gospel will become commonplace by familiarity. Associations and
+companions will have more and more power over you; and you will be
+stiffened as an old tree-trunk is stiffened. You cannot count on to-
+morrow; be wise to-day. Begin this year aright. Why should you not
+now see the Christ and welcome Him? I pray that every one of us may
+behold Him and fall before Him with the cry, 'Lord! what wilt Thou
+have me to do?'
+
+
+
+THE DEATH OF THE MASTER AND THE DEATH OF THE SERVANT
+
+
+'And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord
+Jesus, receive my spirit. 60. And he kneeled down, and cried with
+a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And, when
+he had said this, he fell asleep.'--ACTS vii. 59, 60.
+
+This is the only narrative in the New Testament of a Christian
+martyrdom or death. As a rule, Scripture is supremely indifferent to
+what becomes of the people with whom it is for a time concerned. As
+long as the man is the organ of the divine Spirit he is somewhat; as
+soon as that ceases to speak through him he drops into
+insignificance. So this same Acts of the Apostles--if I may so say--
+kills off James the brother of John in a parenthesis; and his is the
+only other martyrdom that it concerns itself even so much as to
+mention.
+
+Why, then, this exceptional detail about the martyrdom of Stephen?
+For two reasons: because it is the first of a series, and the Acts of
+the Apostles always dilates upon the first of each set of things
+which it describes, and condenses about the others. But more
+especially, I think, because if we come to look at the story, it is
+not so much an account of Stephen's death as of Christ's power in
+Stephen's death. And the theme of this book is not the acts of the
+Apostles, but the acts of the risen Lord, in and for His Church.
+
+There is no doubt but that this narrative is modelled upon the story
+of our Lord's Crucifixion, and the two incidents, in their
+similarities and in their differences, throw a flood of light upon
+one another.
+
+I shall therefore look at our subject now with constant reference to
+that other greater death upon which it is based. It is to be observed
+that the two sayings on the lips of the proto-martyr Stephen are
+recorded for us in their original form on the lips of Christ, in
+_Luke's_ Gospel, which makes a still further link of connection
+between the two narratives.
+
+So, then, my purpose now is merely to take this incident as it lies
+before us, to trace in it the analogies and the differences between
+the death of the Master and the death of the servant, and to draw
+from it some thoughts as to what it is possible for a Christian's
+death to become, when Christ's presence is felt in it.
+
+I. Consider, in general terms, this death as the last act of
+imitation to Christ.
+
+The resemblance between our Lord's last moments and Stephen's has
+been thought to have been the work of the narrator, and,
+consequently, to cast some suspicion upon the veracity of the
+narrative. I accept the correspondence, I believe it was intentional,
+but I shift the intention from the writer to the actor, and I ask why
+it should not have been that the dying martyr should consciously, and
+of set purpose, have made his death conformable to his Master's
+death? Why should not the dying martyr have sought to put himself (as
+the legend tells one of the other Apostles in outward form sought to
+do) in Christ's attitude, and to die as He died?
+
+Remember, that in all probability Stephen died on Calvary. It was the
+ordinary place of execution, and, as many of you may know, recent
+investigations have led many to conclude that a little rounded knoll
+outside the city wall--not a 'green hill,' but still 'outside a city
+wall,' and which still bears a lingering tradition of connection with
+Him--was probably the site of that stupendous event. It was the place
+of stoning, or of public execution, and there in all probability, on
+the very ground where Christ's Cross was fixed, His first martyr saw
+'the heavens opened and Christ standing on the right hand of God.' If
+these were the associations of the place, what more natural, and even
+if they were not, what more natural, than that the martyr's death
+should be shaped after his Lord's?
+
+Is it not one of the great blessings, in some sense the greatest of
+the blessings, which we owe to the Gospel, that in that awful
+solitude where no other example is of any use to us, His pattern may
+still gleam before us? Is it not something to feel that as life
+reaches its highest, most poignant and exquisite delight and beauty
+in the measure in which it is made an imitation of Jesus, so for each
+of us death may lose its most poignant and exquisite sting and
+sorrow, and become something almost sweet, if it be shaped after the
+pattern and by the power of His? We travel over a lonely waste at
+last. All clasped hands are unclasped; and we set out on the
+solitary, though it be 'the common, road into the great darkness.'
+But, blessed be His Name! 'the Breaker is gone up before us,' and
+across the waste there are footprints that we
+
+ 'Seeing, may take heart again.'
+
+The very climax and apex of the Christian imitation of Christ may be
+that we shall bear the image of His death, and be like Him then.
+
+Is it not a strange thing that generations of martyrs have gone to
+the stake with their hearts calm and their spirits made constant by
+the remembrance of that Calvary where Jesus died with more of
+trembling reluctance, shrinking, and apparent bewildered unmanning
+than many of the weakest of His followers? Is it not a strange thing
+that the death which has thus been the source of composure, and
+strength, and heroism to thousands, and has lost none of its power of
+being so to-day, was the death of a Man who shrank from the bitter
+cup, and that cried in that mysterious darkness, 'My God! Why hast
+Thou forsaken Me?'
+
+Dear brethren, unless with one explanation of the reason for His
+shrinking and agony, Christ's death is less heroic than that of some
+other martyrs, who yet drew all their courage from Him.
+
+How come there to be in Him, at one moment, calmness unmoved, and
+heroic self-oblivion, and at the next, agony, and all but despair? I
+know only one explanation, 'The Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of
+us all.' And when He died, shrinking and trembling, and feeling
+bewildered and forsaken, it was your sins and mine that weighed Him
+down. The servant whose death was conformed to his Master's had none
+of these experiences because he was only a martyr.
+
+The Lord had them, because He was the Sacrifice for the whole world.
+
+II. We have here, next, a Christian's death as being the voluntary
+entrusting of the spirit to Christ.
+
+'They stoned Stephen.' Now, our ordinary English idea of the manner
+of the Jewish punishment of stoning, is a very inadequate and
+mistaken one. It did not consist merely in a miscellaneous rabble
+throwing stones at the criminal, but there was a solemn and appointed
+method of execution which is preserved for us in detail in the
+Rabbinical books. And from it we gather that the _modus operandi_ was
+this. The blasphemer was taken to a certain precipitous rock, the
+height of which was prescribed as being equal to that of two men. The
+witnesses by whose testimony he had been condemned had to cast him
+over, and if he survived the fall it was their task to roll upon him
+a great stone, of which the weight is prescribed in the Talmud as
+being as much as two men could lift. If he lived after that, then
+others took part in the punishment.
+
+Now, at some point in that ghastly tragedy, probably, we may suppose
+as they were hurling him over the rock, the martyr lifts his voice in
+this prayer of our text.
+
+As they were stoning him he 'called upon'--not _God_, as our
+Authorised Version has supplied the wanting word, but, as is obvious
+from the context and from the remembrance of the vision, and from the
+language of the following supplication, 'called upon _Jesus_, saying,
+Lord Jesus! receive my spirit.'
+
+I do not dwell at any length upon the fact that here we have a
+distinct instance of prayer to Jesus Christ, a distinct recognition,
+in the early days of His Church, of the highest conceptions of His
+person and nature, so as that a dying man turns to Him, and commits
+his soul into His hands. Passing this by, I ask you to think of the
+resemblance, and the difference, between this intrusting of the
+spirit by Stephen to his Lord, and the committing of His spirit to
+the Father by His dying Son. Christ on the Cross speaks to God;
+Stephen, on Calvary, speaks, as I suppose, to Jesus Christ. Christ,
+on the Cross, says, 'I commit.' Stephen says, 'Receive,' or rather,
+'Take.' The one phrase carries in it something of the notion that our
+Lord died not because He must, but because He would; that He was
+active in His death; that He chose to summon death to do its work
+upon Him; that He 'yielded up His spirit,' as one of the Evangelists
+has it, pregnantly and significantly. But Stephen says, 'Take!' as
+knowing that it must be his Lord's power that should draw his spirit
+out of the coil of horror around him. So the one dying word has
+strangely compacted in it authority and submission; and the other
+dying word is the word of a simple waiting servant. The Christ says,
+'I commit.' 'I have power to lay down My life, and I have power to
+take it again.' Stephen says, 'Take my spirit,' as longing to be away
+from the weariness and the sorrow and the pain and all the hell of
+hatred that was seething and boiling round about him, but yet knowing
+that he had to wait the Master's will.
+
+So from the language I gather large truths, truths which
+unquestionably were not present to the mind of the dying man, but are
+all the more conspicuous because they were unconsciously expressed by
+him, as to the resemblance and the difference between the death of
+the martyr, done to death by cruel hands, and the death of the
+atoning Sacrifice who gave Himself up to die for our sins.
+
+Here we have, in this dying cry, the recognition of Christ as the
+Lord of life and death. Here we have the voluntary and submissive
+surrender of the spirit to Him. So, in a very real sense, the
+martyr's death becomes a sacrifice, and he too dies not merely
+because he must, but he accepts the necessity, and finds blessedness
+in it. We need not be passive in death; we need not, when it comes to
+our turn to die, cling desperately to the last vanishing skirts of
+life. We may yield up our being, and pour it out as a libation; as
+the Apostle has it, 'If I be offered as a drink-offering upon the
+sacrifice of your faith, I joy and rejoice.' Oh! brethren, to die
+_like_ Christ, to die yielding oneself to Him!
+
+And then in these words there is further contained the thought coming
+gleaming out like a flash of light into some murky landscape--of
+passing into perennial union with Him. 'Take my spirit,' says the
+dying man; 'that is all I want. I see Thee standing at the right
+hand. For what hast Thou started to Thy feet, from the eternal repose
+of Thy session at the right hand of God the Father Almighty? To help
+and succour me. And dost Thou succour me when Thou dost let these
+cruel hands cast me from the rock and bruise me with heavy stones?
+Yes, Thou dost. For the highest form of Thy help is to take my
+spirit, and to let me be with Thee.'
+
+Christ delivers His servant from death when He leads the servant into
+and through death. Brothers, can you look forward thus, and trust
+yourselves, living or dying, to that Master who is near us amidst the
+coil of human troubles and sorrows, and sweetly draws our spirits, as
+a mother her child to her bosom, into His own arms when He sends us
+death? Is that what it will be to you?
+
+III. Then, still further, there are other words here which remind us
+of the final triumph of an all-forbearing charity.
+
+Stephen had been cast from the rock, had been struck with the heavy
+stone. Bruised and wounded by it, he strangely survives, strangely
+somehow or other struggles to his knees even though desperately
+wounded, and, gathering all his powers together at the impulse of an
+undying love, prays his last words and cries, 'Lord Jesus! Lay not
+this sin to their charge!'
+
+It is an echo, as I have been saying, of other words, 'Father,
+forgive them, for they know not what they do.' An echo, and yet an
+independent tone! The one cries 'Father!' the other invokes the
+'Lord.' The one says, 'They know not what they do'; the other never
+thinks of reading men's motives, of apportioning their criminality,
+of discovering the secrets of their hearts. It was fitting that the
+Christ, before whom all these blind instruments of a mighty design
+stood patent and naked to their deepest depths, should say, 'They
+know not what they do.' It would have been unfitting that the
+servant, who knew no more of his fellows' heart than could be guessed
+from their actions, should have offered such a plea in his prayer for
+their forgiveness.
+
+In the very humiliation of the Cross, Christ speaks as knowing the
+hidden depths of men's souls, and therefore fitted to be their Judge,
+and now His servant's prayer is addressed to Him as actually being
+so.
+
+Somehow or other, within a very few years of the time when our Lord
+dies, the Church has come to the distinctest recognition of _His_
+Divinity to whom the martyr prays; to the distinctest recognition of
+_Him_ as the Lord of life and death whom the martyr asks to take his
+spirit, and to the clearest perception of the fact that He is the
+Judge of the whole earth by whose acquittal men shall be acquitted,
+and by whose condemnation they shall be condemned.
+
+Stephen knew that Christ was the Judge. He knew that in two minutes
+he would be standing at Christ's judgment bar. His prayer was not,
+'Lay not my sins to my charge,' but 'Lay not this sin to their
+charge.' Why did he not ask forgiveness for himself? Why was he not
+thinking about the judgment that he was going to meet so soon? He had
+done all that long ago. He had no fear about that judgment for
+himself, and so when the last hour struck, he was at leisure of heart
+and mind to pray for his persecutors, and to think of his Judge
+without a tremor. Are you? If you were as near the edge as Stephen
+was, would it be wise for you to be interceding for other people's
+forgiveness? The answer to that question is the answer to this other
+one,--have you sought your pardon already, and got it at the hands of
+Jesus Christ?
+
+IV. One word is all that I need say about the last point of analogy
+and contrast here--the serene passage into rest: 'When he had said
+this he fell asleep.'
+
+The New Testament scarcely ever speaks of a Christian's death as
+death but as sleep, and with other similar phrases. But that
+expression, familiar and all but universal as it is in the Epistles,
+in reference to the death of believers, is never in a single instance
+employed in reference to the death of Jesus Christ. He did die that
+you and I may live. His death was death indeed--He endured not merely
+the physical fact, but that which is its sting, the consciousness of
+sin. And He died that the sting might be blunted, and all its poison
+exhausted upon Him. So the ugly thing is sleeked and smoothed; and
+the foul form changes into the sweet semblance of a sleep-bringing
+angel. Death is gone. The physical fact remains, but all the misery
+of it, the essential bitterness and the poison of it is all sucked
+out of it, and it is turned into 'he fell asleep,' as a tired child
+on its mother's lap, as a weary man after long toil.
+
+ 'Thou thy worldly task hast done,
+ Home art gone, and ta'en thy wages.'
+
+Death is but sleep now, because Christ has died, and that sleep is
+restful, conscious, perfect life.
+
+Look at these two pictures, the agony of the one, the calm triumph of
+the other, and see that the martyr's falling asleep was possible
+because the Christ had died before. And do you commit the keeping of
+your souls to Him now, by true faith; and then, living you may have
+Him with you, and, dying, a vision of His presence bending down to
+succour and to save, and when you are dead, a life of rest conjoined
+with intensest activity. To sleep in Jesus is to awake in His
+likeness, and to be satisfied.
+
+
+
+SEED SCATTERED AND TAKING ROOT
+
+'And Saul was consenting unto his death. And at that time there
+was a great persecution against the church which was at
+Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the
+regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles. 2. And devout
+men carried Stephen to his burial, and made great lamentation
+over him. 3. As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering
+into every house, and haling men and women committed them to
+prison. 4. Therefore they that were scattered abroad went
+everywhere preaching the word. 5. Then Philip went down to the
+city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them. 6. And the people
+with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake,
+hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. 7. For unclean
+spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were
+possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were
+lame, were healed. 8. And there was great joy in that city, 9.
+But there was a certain man, called Simon, which beforetime in
+the same city used sorcery, and bewitched the people of Samaria,
+giving out that himself was some great one: 10. To whom they all
+gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is
+the great power of God. 11. And to him they had regard, because
+that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries. 12. But
+when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the
+kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized,
+both men and women. 13. Then Simon himself believed also: and
+when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and wondered,
+beholding the miracles and signs which were done. 14. Now when
+the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had
+received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John: 15.
+Who, when they were come down prayed for them, that they might
+receive the Holy Ghost: 16 (For as yet he was fallen upon none of
+them: only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.) 17.
+Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy
+Ghost.'--ACTS viii. 1-17.
+
+The note of time in verse 1 is probably to be rendered as in the
+Revised Version, 'on that day.' The appetite for blood roused by
+Stephen's martyrdom at once sought for further victims. Thus far the
+persecutors had been the rulers, and the persecuted the Church's
+leaders; but now the populace are the hunters, and the whole Church
+the prey. The change marks an epoch. Luke does not care to make much
+of the persecution, which is important to him chiefly for its bearing
+on the spread of the Church's message. It helped to diffuse the
+Gospel, and that is why he tells of it. But before proceeding to
+narrate how it did so, he gives us a picture of things as they stood
+at the beginning of the assault.
+
+Three points are noted: the flight of the Church except the Apostles,
+the funeral of Stephen, and Saul's eager search for the disciples. We
+need not press 'all,' as if it were to be taken with mathematical
+accuracy. Some others besides the Apostles may have remained, but the
+community was broken up. They fled, as Christ had bid them do, if
+persecuted in one city. Brave faithfulness goes with prudent self-
+preservation, and a valuable 'part of valour is discretion.' But the
+disciples who fled were not necessarily less courageous than the
+Apostles who remained, nor were the latter less prudent than the
+brethren who fled. For _noblesse oblige_; high position demands high
+virtues, and the officers should be the last to leave a wreck. The
+Apostles, no doubt, felt it right to hold together, and preserve a
+centre to which the others might return when the storm had blown
+itself out.
+
+In remarkable contrast with the scattering Church are the 'devout
+men' who reverently buried the martyr. They were not disciples, but
+probably Hellenistic Jews (Acts ii. 5); perhaps from the synagogue
+whose members had disputed with Stephen and had dragged him to the
+council. His words or death may have touched them, as many a time the
+martyr's fire has lighted others to the martyr's faith. Stephen was
+like Jesus in his burial by non-disciples, as he had been in his
+death.
+
+The eager zeal of the young Pharisee brought new severity into the
+persecution, in his hunting out his victims in their homes, and in
+his including women among his prisoners. There is nothing so cruel as
+so-called religious zeal. So Luke lifts the curtain for a moment, and
+in that glimpse of the whirling tumult of the city we see the three
+classes, of the brave and prudent disciples, ready to flee or to
+stand and suffer as duty called; the good men who shrunk from
+complicity with a bloodthirsty mob, and were stirred to sympathy with
+his victims; and the zealot, who with headlong rage hated his brother
+for the love of God. But the curtain drops, and Luke turns to his
+true theme. He picks up the threads again in verse 4, telling of the
+dispersal of the disciples, with the significant addition of their
+occupation when scattered,--'preaching the word.'
+
+The violent hand of the persecutor acted as the scattering hand of
+the sower. It flung the seeds broadcast, and wherever they fell they
+sprouted. These fugitives were not officials, nor were they
+commissioned by the Apostles to preach. Without any special command
+or position, they followed the instincts of believing hearts, and, as
+they carried their faith with them, they spoke of it wherever they
+found themselves. A Christian will be impelled to speak of Christ if
+his personal hold of Him is vital. He should need no ecclesiastical
+authorisation for that. It is riot every believer's duty to get into
+a pulpit, but it _is_ his duty to 'preach Christ.' The scattering of
+the disciples was meant by men to put out the fire, but, by Christ,
+to spread it. A volcanic explosion flings burning matter over a wide
+area.
+
+Luke takes up one of the lines of expansion, in his narrative of
+Philip's doings in Samaria, which he puts first because Jesus had
+indicated Samaria first among the regions beyond Judaea (i. 8).
+Philip's name comes second in the list of deacons (vi. 5), probably
+in anticipation of his work in Samaria. How unlike the forecast by
+the Apostles was the actual course of things! They had destined the
+seven for purely 'secular' work, and regarded preaching the word as
+their own special engagement. But Stephen saw and proclaimed more
+clearly than they did the passing away of Temple and ritual; and
+Philip, on his own initiative, and apparently quite unconscious of
+the great stride forward that he was taking, was the first to carry
+the gospel torch into the regions beyond. The Church made Philip a
+'deacon,' but Christ made him an 'evangelist'; and an evangelist he
+continued, long after he had ceased to be a deacon in Jerusalem (xxi.
+8).
+
+Observe, too, that, as soon as Stephen is taken away, Philip rises up
+to take his place. The noble army of witnesses never wants recruits.
+Its Captain sends men to the front in unbroken succession, and they
+are willing to occupy posts of danger because He bids them. Probably
+Philip fled to Samaria for convenience' sake, but, being there, he
+probably recalled Christ's instructions in chapter i. 8, repealing
+His prohibition in Matthew x. 5. What a different world it would be,
+if it was true of Christians now that they 'went down into the city
+of So-and-So and proclaimed Christ'! Many run to and fro, but some of
+them leave their Christianity at home, or lock it up safely in their
+travelling trunks.
+
+Jerusalem had just expelled the disciples, and would fain have
+crushed the Gospel; despised Samaria received it with joy. 'A foolish
+nation' was setting Israel an example (Deut. xxxii. 21; Rom. x. 19).
+The Samaritan woman had a more spiritual conception of the Messiah
+than the run of Jews had, and her countrymen seem to have been ready
+to receive the word. Is not the faith of our mission converts often a
+rebuke to us?
+
+But the Gospel met new foes as well as new friends on the new soil.
+Simon the sorcerer, probably a Jew or a Samaritan, would have been
+impossible on Jewish ground, but was a characteristic product of that
+age in the other parts of the Roman empire. Just as, to-day, people
+who are weary of Christianity are playing with Buddhism, it was
+fashionable in that day of unrest to trifle with Eastern magic-
+mongers; and, of course, demand created supply, and where there was a
+crowd of willing dupes, there soon came to be a crop of profit-
+seeking deceivers. Very characteristically, the dupes claimed more
+for the deceiver than he did for himself. He probably could perform
+some simple chemical experiments and conjuring tricks, and had a
+store of what sounded to ignorant people profound teaching about deep
+mysteries, and gave forth enigmatical utterances about his own
+greatness. An accomplished charlatan will leave much to be inferred
+from nods and hints, and his admirers will generally spin even more
+out of them than he meant. So the Samaritans bettered Simon's 'some
+great one' into 'that power of God which is called great,' and saw in
+him some kind of emanation of divinity.
+
+The quack is great till the true teacher comes, and then he dwindles.
+Simon had a bitter pill to swallow when he saw this new man stealing
+his audience, and doing things which he, with his sorceries, knew
+that he only pretended to do. Luke points very clearly to the
+likeness and difference between Simon and Philip by using the same
+word ('gave heed') in regard to the Samaritan's attitude to both,
+while in reference to Philip it was 'the things spoken by' him, and
+in reference to Simon it was himself to which they attended. The one
+preached Christ, the other himself; the one 'amazed' with
+'sorceries,' the other brought good tidings and hid himself, and his
+message called, not for stupid, open-mouthed astonishment, but for
+belief and obedience to the name of Jesus. The whole difference
+between the religion of Jesus and the superstitions which the world
+calls religions, is involved in the significant contrast, so
+inartificially drawn.
+
+'Simon also himself believed.' Probably there was in his action a
+good deal of swimming with the stream, in the hope of being able to
+divert it; but, also, he may have been all the more struck by
+Philip's miracles, because he knew a real one, by reason of his
+experience of sham ones. At any rate, neither Philip nor Luke drew a
+distinction between his belief and that of the Samaritans; and, as in
+their cases, his baptism followed on his profession of belief. But he
+seems not to have got beyond the point of wondering at the miracles,
+as it is emphatically said that he did even after his baptism. He
+believed that Jesus was the Messiah, but was more interested in
+studying Philip to find out how he did the miracles than in listening
+to his teaching. Such an imperfect belief had no transforming power,
+and left him the same man as before, as was soon miserably manifest.
+
+The news of Philip's great step forward reached the Apostles by some
+unrecorded means. It is not stated that Philip reported his action,
+as if to superiors whose authorisation was necessary. More probably
+the information filtered through other channels. At all events,
+sending a deputation was natural, and needs not to be regarded as
+either a sign of suspicion or an act necessary in order to supplement
+imperfections inherent in the fact that Philip was not an Apostle.
+The latter meaning has been read--not to say forced--into the
+incident; but Luke's language does not support it. It was not because
+they thought that the Samaritans were not admissible to the full
+privileges of Christians without Apostolic acts, but because they
+'heard that Samaria had received the word,' that the Apostles sent
+Peter and John.
+
+The Samaritans had not yet received the Holy Ghost--that is, the
+special gifts, such as those of Pentecost. That fact proves that
+baptism is not necessarily and inseparably connected with the gift of
+the Spirit; and chapter x. 44, 47, proves that the Spirit may be
+given before baptism. As little does this incident prove that the
+imposition of Apostolic hands was necessary in order to the
+impartation of the Spirit. Luke, at any rate, did not think so; for
+he tells how Ananias' hand laid on the blind Saul conveyed the gift
+to him. The laying on of hands is a natural, eloquent symbol, but it
+was no prerogative of the Apostles (Acts x. 17; 1 Tim. iv. 14).
+
+The Apostles came down to Samaria to rejoice in the work which their
+Lord had commanded, and which had been begun without their help, to
+welcome the new brethren, to give them further instruction, and to
+knit closely the bonds of unity between the new converts and the
+earlier ones. But that they came to bestow spiritual gifts which,
+without them, could not have been imparted, is imported into, not
+deduced from, the simple narrative of Luke.
+
+
+
+SIMON THE SORCERER
+
+'Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is
+not right in the sight of God.'--ACTS viii. 21.
+
+The era of the birth of Christianity was one of fermenting opinion
+and decaying faith. Then, as now, men's minds were seething and
+unsettled, and that unrest which is the precursor of great changes in
+intellectual and spiritual habitudes affected the civilised world.
+Such a period is ever one of predisposition to superstition. The one
+true bond which unites God and man being obscured, and to the
+consciousness of many snapped, men's minds become the prey of
+visionary terrors. Demand creates supply, and the magician and
+miracle-worker, the possessor of mysterious ways into the Unknown, is
+never far off at such a time. Partly deceived and partly deceiving,
+he is as sure a sign of the lack of profound religious conviction and
+of the presence of unsatisfied religious aspirations in men's souls,
+as the stormy petrel or the floating seaweed is of a tempest on the
+seas.
+
+So we find the early preachers of Christianity coming into frequent
+contact with pretenders to magical powers. Sadly enough, they were
+mostly Jews, who prostituted their clearer knowledge to personal
+ends, and having tacked on to it some theosophic rubbish which they
+had learned from Alexandria, or mysticism which had filtered to them
+from the East, or magic arts from Phrygia, went forth, the only
+missionaries that Judaism sent out, to bewilder and torture men's
+minds. What a fall from Israel's destination, and what a lesson for
+the stewards of the 'oracles of God'!
+
+Of such a sort were Elymas, the sorcerer whom Paul found squatting at
+the ear of the Roman Governor of Cyprus; the magicians at Ephesus;
+the vagabond Jews exorcists, who with profitable eclecticism, as they
+thought, tried to add the name of Jesus as one more spell to their
+conjurations; and, finally, this Simon the sorcerer. Established in
+Samaria, he had been juggling and conjuring and seeing visions, and
+professing to be a great mysterious personality, and had more than
+permitted the half-heathen Samaritans, who seem to have had more
+religious susceptibility and less religious knowledge than the Jews,
+and so were a prepared field for all such pretenders, to think of him
+as in some sense an incarnation of God, and perhaps to set him up as
+a rival or caricature of Him who in the neighbouring Judaea was being
+spoken of as the power of God, God manifest in the flesh.
+
+To the city thus moved comes no Apostle, but a Christian man who
+begins to preach, and by miracles and teaching draws many souls to
+Christ.
+
+The story of Simon Magus in his attitude to the Gospel is a very
+striking and instructive one. It presents for our purpose now mainly
+three points to which I proceed to refer.
+
+I. An instance of a wholly unreal, because inoperative, faith.
+
+'He believed,' says the narrative, and believing was baptized. It is
+worth noting, in passing, how the profession of faith without
+anything more was considered by the Early Church sufficient. But
+obviously his was no true faith. The event showed that it was not.
+
+What was it which made his faith thus unreal?
+
+It rested wholly on the miracles and signs; he 'wondered' when he saw
+them. Of course, miracles were meant to lead to faith; but if they
+did not lead on to a deeper sense of one's own evil and need, and so
+to a spiritual apprehension, then they were of no use.
+
+The very beginning of the story points to the one bond that unites to
+God, as being the sense of need and the acceptance with heart and
+will of the testimony of Jesus Christ. Such a disposition is shown in
+the Samaritans, who make a contrast with Simon in that they believed
+Philip _preaching_, while Simon believed him _working miracles_. The
+true place of miracles is to attract attention, to prepare to listen
+to the word. They are only introductory. A faith may be founded on
+them, but, on the other hand, the impressions which they produce may
+be evanescent. How subordinate then, their place at the most! And the
+one thing which avails is a living contact of heart and soul with
+Jesus Christ.
+
+Again, Simon's belief was purely an affair of the understanding. We
+are not to suppose, I think, that he merely believed in Philip as a
+miracle-worker; he must have had some notion about Philip's Master,
+and we know that it was belief in Jesus as the Christ that qualified
+in the Apostolic age for baptism. So it is reasonable to suppose that
+he had so much of head knowledge. But it was only head knowledge.
+There was in it no penitence, no self-abandonment, no fruit in holy
+desires; or in other words, there was no heart. It was credence, but
+not trust.
+
+Now it does not matter how much or how little you know about Jesus
+Christ. It does not matter how you have come to that knowledge. It
+does not matter though you have received Christian ordinances as
+Simon had. If your faith is not a living power, leading to love and
+self-surrender, it is really nought. And here, on its earliest
+conflict with heathen magic, the gospel proclaims by the mouth of the
+Apostle what is true as to all formalists and nominal Christians:
+'Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter, _for_ thy heart is
+not right.' One thing only unites to God--a faith which cleanses the
+heart, a faith which lays hold on Christ with will and conscience, a
+faith which, resting on penitent acknowledgment of sin, trusts wholly
+to His great mercy.
+
+II. An instance of the constant tendency to corrupt Christianity with
+heathen superstition.
+
+The Apostles' bestowal of the Holy Ghost, which was evidently
+accompanied by visible signs, had excited Simon's desire for so
+useful an aid to his conjuring, and he offers to buy the power,
+judging of them by himself, and betraying that what he was ready to
+buy he was also intending to sell.
+
+The offer to buy has been taken as his great sin. Surely it was but
+the outcome of a greater. It was not only what he offered, but what
+he desired, that was wrong. He wanted that on 'whomsoever I lay
+hands, he may receive the Holy Ghost.' That preposterous wish was
+quite as bad as, and was the root of, his absurd offer to bribe
+Peter. Bribe Peter, indeed! Some of Peter's successors would have
+been amenable to such considerations, but not the horny-handed
+fisherman who had once said, 'Silver and gold have I none.'
+
+Peter's answer, especially the words of my text, puts the Christian
+principle in sharp antagonism to the heathen one.
+
+Simon regards what is sacred and spiritual purely as part of his
+stock-in-trade, contributing to his prestige. He offers to buy it.
+And the foundation of all his errors is that he regards spiritual
+gifts as capable of being received and exercised apart altogether
+from moral qualifications. He does not think at all of what is
+involved in the very name, 'the Holy Ghost.'
+
+Now, on the other hand, Peter's answer lays down broadly and sharply
+the opposite truth, the Christian principle that a heart right in the
+sight of God is the indispensable qualification for all possession of
+spiritual power, or of any of the blessings which Jesus gives.
+
+How the heart is made right, and what constitutes righteousness is
+another matter. That leads to the doctrine of repentance and faith.
+
+The one thing that makes such participation impossible is being and
+continuing in 'the gall of bitterness, and the bond of iniquity.' Or,
+to put it into more modern words, all the blessings of the Gospel are
+a gift of God, and are bestowed only on moral conditions. Faith which
+leads to love and personal submission to the will of God makes a man
+a Christian. Therefore, outward ordinances are only of use as they
+help a man to that personal act.
+
+Therefore, no other man or body of men can do it for us, or come
+between us and God.
+
+And in confirmation, notice how Peter here speaks of forgiveness. His
+words do not sound as if he thought that he held the power of
+absolution, but he tells Simon to go to God who alone can forgive,
+and refers Simon's fate to God's mercy.
+
+These tendencies, which Simon expresses so baldly, are in us all, and
+are continually reappearing. How far much of what calls itself
+Christianity has drifted from Peter's principle laid down here, that
+moral and spiritual qualifications are the only ones which avail for
+securing 'part or lot in the matter' of Christ's gifts received for,
+and bestowed on, men! How much which really rests on the opposite
+principle, that these gifts can be imparted by men who are supposed
+to possess them, apart altogether from the state of heart of the
+would-be recipient, we see around us to-day! _Simony_ is said to be
+the securing ecclesiastical promotion by purchase. But it is much
+rather the belief that 'the gift of God can be purchased with'
+anything but personal faith in Jesus, the Giver and the Gift. The
+effects of it are patent among us. Ceremonies usurp the place of
+faith. A priesthood is exalted. The universal Christian prerogative
+of individual access to God is obscured. Christianity is turned into
+a kind of magic.
+
+III. An instance of the worthlessness of partial convictions.
+
+Simon was but slightly moved by Peter's stern rebuke. He paid no heed
+to the exhortation to pray for forgiveness and to repent of his
+wickedness, but still remained in substantially his old error, in
+that he accredited Peter with power, and asked him to pray for him,
+as if the Apostle's prayer would have some special access to God
+which his, though he were penitent, could not have. Further, he
+showed no sense of sin. All that he wished was that 'none of the
+things which ye have spoken come upon me.'
+
+How useless are convictions which go no deeper down than Simon's did!
+
+What became of him we do not know. But there are old ecclesiastical
+traditions about him which represent him as a bitter enemy in future
+of the Apostle. And Josephus has a story of a Simon who played a
+degrading part between Felix and Drusilla, and who is thought by some
+to have been he. But in any case, we have no reason to believe that
+he ever followed Peter's counsel or prayed to God for forgiveness. So
+he stands for us as one more tragic example of a man, once 'not far
+from the kingdom of God' and drifting ever further away from it,
+because, at the fateful moment, he would not enter in. It is hard to
+bring such a man as near again as he once was. Let us learn that the
+one key which opens the treasury of God's blessings, stored for us
+all in Jesus, is our own personal faith, and let us beware of
+shutting our ears and our hearts against the merciful rebukes that
+convict us of 'this our wickedness,' and point us to the 'Lamb of God
+which taketh away the sin of the world,' and therefore our sin.
+
+
+
+A MEETING IN THE DESERT
+
+'And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and
+go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem
+unto Gaza, which is desert. 27. And he arose and went: and,
+behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under
+Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her
+treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, 28. Was
+returning, and sitting in his chariot, read Esaias the prophet.
+29. Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself
+to this chariot. 80. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him
+read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou
+readest? 31. And he said, How can I, except some man should guide
+me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.
+32. The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led
+as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his
+shearer, so opened He not His mouth: 33. In His humiliation His
+judgment was taken away; and who shall declare His generation?
+for His life is taken from the earth. 34. And the eunuch answered
+Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this?
+of himself, or of some other man? 35. Then Philip opened his
+mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him
+Jesus. 36. And as they went on their way, they came unto a
+certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth
+hinder me to be baptized? 37. And Philip said, If thou believest
+with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I
+believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. 38. And he commanded
+the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the
+water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. 39. And
+when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord
+caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went
+on his way rejoicing. 40. But Philip was found at Azotus: and
+passing through, he preached in all the cities, till he came to
+Caesarea.'--ACTS viii. 26-40.
+
+Philip had no special divine command either to flee to, or to preach
+in, Samaria, but 'an angel of the Lord' and afterwards 'the Spirit,'
+directed him to the Ethiopian statesman. God rewards faithful work
+with more work. Samaria was a borderland between Jew and Gentile, but
+in preaching to the eunuch Philip was on entirely Gentile ground. So
+great a step in advance needed clear command from God to impel to it
+and to justify it.
+
+I. We have, then, first, the new commission. Philip might well wonder
+why he should be taken away from successful work in a populous city,
+and despatched to the lonely road to Gaza. But he obeyed at once. He
+knew not for what he was sent there, but that ignorance did not
+trouble or retard him. It should be enough for us to see the next
+step. 'We walk by faith, not by sight,' for we none of us know what
+comes of our actions, and we get light as we go. Do to-day's plain
+duty, and when to-morrow is to-day its duty will be plain too. The
+river on which we sail winds, and not till we round the nearest bend
+do we see the course beyond. So we are kept in the peaceful posture
+of dependent obedience, and need to hold our communications with God
+open, that we may be sure of His guidance.
+
+No doubt, as Philip trudged along till he reached the Gaza road, he
+would have many a thought as to what he was to find there, and, when
+he came at last to the solitary track, would look eagerly over the
+uninhabited land for an explanation of his strange and vague
+instructions. But an obedient heart is not long left perplexed, and
+he who looks for duty to disclose itself will see it in due time.
+
+II. So we have next the explanation of the errand. Luke's 'Behold!'
+suggests the sudden sight of the great man's cortege in the distance.
+No doubt, he travelled with a train of attendants, as became his
+dignity, and would be conspicuous from afar. Philip, of course, did
+not know who he was when he caught sight of him, but Luke tells his
+rank at once, in order to lay stress on it, as well as to bring out
+the significance of his occupation and subsequent conversion. Here
+was a full-blooded Gentile, an eunuch, a courtier, who had been drawn
+to Israel's God, and was studying Israel's prophets as he rode.
+Perhaps he had chosen that road to Egypt for its quietness. At any
+rate, his occupation revealed the bent of his mind.
+
+Philip felt that the mystery of his errand was solved now, and he
+recognised the impulse to break through conventional barriers and
+address the evidently dignified stranger, as the voice of God's
+Spirit, and not his own. How he was sure of that we do not know, but
+the distinction drawn between the former communication by an angel
+and this from the Spirit points to a clear difference in his
+experiences, and to careful discrimination in the narrator. The
+variation is not made at random. Philip did not mistake a buzzing in
+his ears from the heating of his own heart for a divine voice. We
+have here no hallucinations of an enthusiast, but plain fact.
+
+How manifestly the meeting of these two, starting so far apart, and
+so ignorant of each other and of the purpose of their being thrown
+together, reveals the unseen hand that moved each on his own line,
+and brought about the intersection of the two at that exact spot and
+hour! How came it that at that moment the Ethiopian was reading, of
+all places in his roll, the very words which make the kernel of the
+gospel of the evangelical prophet? Surely such 'coincidences' are a
+hard nut to crack for deniers of a Providence that shapes our ends!
+
+It is further to be noticed that the eunuch's conversion does not
+appear to have been of importance for the expansion of the Church. It
+exercised no recorded influence, and was apparently not communicated
+to the Apostles, as, if it had been, it could scarcely have failed to
+have been referred to when the analogous case of Cornelius was under
+discussion. So, divine intervention and human journeying and work
+were brought into play simply for the sake of one soul which God's
+eye saw to be ripe for the Gospel. He cares for the individual, and
+one sheep that can be reclaimed is precious enough in the Shepherd's
+estimate to move His hand to action and His heart to love. Not
+because he was a man of great authority at Candace's court, but
+because he was yearning for light, and ready to follow it when it
+shone, did the eunuch meet Philip on that quiet road.
+
+III. The two men being thus strangely brought together, we have next
+the conversation for the sake of which they were brought together.
+The eunuch was reading aloud, as people not very much used to books,
+or who have some difficult passage in hand, often do. Philip must
+have been struck with astonishment when he caught the, to him,
+familiar words, and must have seen at once the open door for his
+preaching. His abrupt question wastes no time with apologies or
+polite, gradual approaches to his object. Probably the very absence
+of the signs of deference to which he was accustomed impressed the
+eunuch with a dim sense of the stranger's authority, which would be
+deepened by the home-thrust of his question.
+
+The wistful answer not only shows no resentment at the brusque
+stranger's thrusting himself in, but acknowledges bewilderment, and
+responds to the undertone of proffered guidance in the question. A
+teacher has often to teach a pupil his ignorance, to begin with; but
+it should be so done as to create desire for instruction, and to
+kindle confidence in him as instructor. It is insolent to ask,
+'Understandest thou?' unless the questioner is ready and able to help
+to understand.
+
+The invitation to a seat in the great man's chariot showed how
+eagerness to learn had obliterated distinctions of rank, and swiftly
+knit a new bond between these two, who had never heard of each other
+five minutes before. A true heart will hail as its best and closest
+friend him who leads it to know God's mind more clearly. How earthly
+dignities dwindle when God's messenger lays hold of a soul!
+
+So the chariot rolls on, and through the silence of the desert the
+voices of these two reach the wondering attendants, as they plod
+along. The Ethiopian was reading the Septuagint translation of
+Isaiah, which, though it missed part of the force of the original,
+brought clearly before him the great figure of a Sufferer, meek and
+dumb, swept from the earth by unjust judgment. He understood so much,
+but what he did not understand was who this great, tragic Figure
+represented. His question goes to the root of the matter, and is a
+burning question to-day, as it was all these centuries ago on the
+road to Gaza. Philip had no doubt of the answer. Jesus was the 'lamb
+dumb before its shearers.' This is not the place to enter on such
+wide questions, but we may at least affirm that, whatever advance
+modern schools have made in the criticism and interpretation of the
+Old Testament, the very spirit of the whole earlier Revelation is
+missed if Jesus is not discerned as the Person to whom prophet and
+ritual pointed, in whom law was fulfilled and history reached its
+goal.
+
+No doubt much instruction followed. How long they had rode together
+before they came to 'a certain water' we know not, but it cannot have
+been more than a few hours. Time is elastic, and when the soil is
+prepared, and rain and sunlight are poured down, the seed springs up
+quickly. People who deny the possibility of 'sudden conversions' are
+blind to facts, because they wear the blinkers of a theory. Not
+always have they who 'anon with joy receive' the word 'no root in
+themselves.'
+
+As is well known, the answer to the eunuch's question (v. 37) is
+wanting in authoritative manuscripts. The insertion may have been due
+to the creeping into the text of a marginal note. A recent and most
+original commentator on the Acts (Blass) considers that this, like
+other remarkable readings found in one set of manuscripts, was
+written by Luke in a draft of the book, which he afterwards revised
+and somewhat abbreviated into the form which most of the manuscripts
+present. However that may be, the required conditions in the doubtful
+verse are those which the practice of the rest of the Acts shows to
+have been required. Faith in Jesus Christ the Son of God was the
+qualification for the baptisms there recorded.
+
+And there was no other qualification. Philip asked nothing about the
+eunuch's proselytism, or whether he had been circumcised or not. He
+did not, like Peter with Cornelius, need the evidence of the gift of
+the Spirit before he baptized; but, notwithstanding his experience of
+an unworthy candidate in Simon the sorcerer, he unhesitatingly
+administered baptism. There was no Church present to witness the
+rite. We do not read that the Holy Ghost fell on the eunuch.
+
+That baptism in the quiet wady by the side of the solitary road,
+while the swarthy attendants stood in wonder, was a mighty step in
+advance; and it was taken, not by an Apostle, nor with ecclesiastical
+sanction, but at the bidding of Christian instinct, which recognised
+a brother in any man who had faith in Jesus, the Son of God. The new
+faith is bursting old bonds. The universality of the Gospel is
+overflowing the banks of Jewish narrowness. Probably Philip was quite
+unconscious of the revolutionary nature of his act, but it was done,
+and in it was the seed of many more.
+
+The eunuch had said that he could not understand unless some man
+guided him. But when Philip is caught away, he does not bewail the
+loss of his guide. He went on his road with joy, though his new faith
+might have craved longer support from the crutch of a teacher, and
+fuller enlightenment. What made him able to do without the guide that
+a few hours before had been so indispensable? The presence in his
+heart of a better one, even of Him whom Jesus promised, to guide His
+servants into all truth. If those who believe that Scripture without
+an authorised interpreter is insufficient to lead men aright, would
+consider the end of this story, they might find that a man's
+dependence on outward teachers ceases when he has God's Spirit to
+teach him, and that for such a man the Word of God in his hand and
+the Spirit of God in his spirit will give him light enough to walk
+by, so that, in the absence of all outward instructors, he may still
+be filled with true wisdom, and in absolute solitude may go 'on his
+way rejoicing.'
+
+
+
+PHILIP THE EVANGELIST
+
+'But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached
+in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea.'--ACTS viii. 40.
+
+The little that is known about Philip, the deacon and evangelist, may
+very soon be told. His name suggests, though by no means
+conclusively, that he was probably one of the so-called Hellenists,
+or foreign-born and Greek-speaking Jews. This is made the more
+probable because he was one of the seven selected by the Church, and
+after that selection appointed by the Apostles, to dispense relief to
+the poor. The purpose of the appointment being to conciliate the
+grumblers in the Hellenist section of the Church, the persons chosen
+would probably belong to it. He left Jerusalem during the persecution
+'that arose after the death of Stephen.' As we know, he was the first
+preacher of the Gospel in Samaria; he was next the instrument
+honoured to carry the Word to the first heathen ever gathered into
+the Church; and then, after a journey along the sea-coast to
+Caesarea, the then seat of government, he remained in that place in
+obscure toil for twenty years, dropped out of the story, and we hear
+no more of him but for one glimpse of his home in Caesarea.
+
+That is all that is told about him. And I think that if we note the
+contrast of the office to which men called him, and the work to which
+God set him; and the other still more striking contrast between the
+brilliancy of the beginning of his course, and the obscurity of his
+long years of work, we may get some lessons worth the learning. I
+take, then, not only the words which I read for my text, but the
+whole of the incidents connected with Philip, as our starting-point
+now; and I draw from them two or three very well-worn, but none the
+less needful, pieces of instruction.
+
+I. First, then, we may gather a thought as to Christ's sovereignty in
+choosing His instruments.
+
+Did you ever notice that events exactly contradicted the intentions
+of the Church and of the Apostles, in the selection of Philip and his
+six brethren? The Apostles said, 'It is not reason that we should
+leave the Word of God and serve tables. Pick out seven relieving-
+officers; men who shall do the secular work of the Church, and look
+after the poor; and we will give ourselves to prayer and to the
+ministry of the Word.' So said man. And what did facts say? That as
+to these twelve, who were to 'give themselves to prayer and the
+ministry of the Word,' we never hear that by far the larger
+proportion of them were honoured to do anything worth mentioning for
+the spread of the Gospel. Their function was to be 'witnesses,' and
+that was all. But, on the other hand, of the men that were supposed
+to be fitted for secular work, two at all events had more to do in
+the expansion of the Church, and in the development of the universal
+aspects of Christ's Gospel, than the whole of the original group of
+Apostles. So Christ picks His instruments. The Apostles may say,
+'These shall do so-and-so; and we will do so-and-so.' Christ says,
+'Stephen shall proclaim a wider Gospel than the Apostles at first had
+caught sight of, and Philip shall be the first who will go beyond the
+charmed circle of Judaism, and preach the Gospel.'
+
+It is always so. Christ chooses His instruments where He will; and it
+is not the Apostle's business, nor the business of an ecclesiastic of
+any sort, to settle his own work or anybody else's. The Commander-in-
+Chief keeps the choosing of the men for special service in His own
+hand. The Apostolic College said, 'Let them look after the poor, and
+leave us to look after the ministry of the Word'; Christ says, 'Go
+and join thyself to that chariot, and speak there the speech that I
+shall bid thee.'
+
+Brethren, do you listen for that voice calling you to your tasks, and
+never mind what men may be saying. Wait till _He_ bids, and you will
+hear Him speaking to you if you will keep yourselves quiet. Wait till
+He bids you, and then be sure that you do it. Christ chooses His
+instruments, and chooses them often in strange places.
+
+II. The next lesson that I would take from this story is the
+spontaneous speech of a believing heart.
+
+There came a persecution that scattered the Church. Men tried to
+fling down the lamp; and all that they did was to spill the oil, and
+it ran flaming wherever it flowed. For the scattered brethren,
+without any Apostle with them, with no instruction given to them to
+do so, wherever they went carried their faith with them; and, as a
+matter of course, wherever they went they spoke their faith. And so
+we read that, not by appointment, nor of set purpose, nor in
+consequence of any ecclesiastical or official sanction, nor in
+consequence of any supernatural and distinct commandment from heaven,
+but just because it was the natural thing to do, and they could not
+help it, they went everywhere, these scattered men of Cyprus and
+Cyrene, preaching the word.
+
+And when this Philip, whom the officials had relegated to the secular
+work of distributing charity, found himself in Samaria, he did the
+like. The Samaritans were outcasts, and Peter and John had wanted to
+bring down fire from heaven to consume them. But Philip could not
+help speaking out the truth that was in his heart.
+
+So it always will be: we can all talk about what we are interested
+in. The full heart cannot be condemned to silence. If there is no
+necessity for speech felt by a professing Christian, that professing
+Christian's faith is a very superficial thing. 'We cannot but speak
+the things that we have seen and heard,' said one of the Apostles,
+thereby laying down the great charter of freedom of speech for all
+profound convictions. 'Thy word was as a fire in my bones when I
+said, I will speak no more in Thy name,' so petulant and self-willed
+was I, 'and I was weary with forbearing,' and ashamed of my rash vow;
+'and I could not stay.'
+
+Dear friends, do you carry with you the impulse for utterance of
+Christ's name wherever you go? And is it so sweet in your hearts that
+you cannot but let its sweetness have expression by your lips?
+Surely, surely this spontaneous instinctive utterance of Philip, by
+which a loving heart sought to relieve itself, puts to shame the
+'dumb dogs' that make up such an enormous proportion of professing
+Christians. And surely such an experience as his may well throw a
+very sinister light on the reality--nay! I will not say the
+_reality_, that would be too uncharitable--but upon the depth and
+vitality of the profession of Christianity which these silent ones
+make.
+
+III. Another lesson that seems to me strikingly illustrated by the
+story with which we are concerned, is the guidance of a divine hand
+in common life, and when there are no visible nor supernatural signs.
+
+Philip goes down to Samaria because he must, and speaks because he
+cannot help it. He is next bidden to take a long journey, from the
+centre of the land, away down to the southern desert; and at a
+certain point there the Spirit says to him, 'Go! join thyself to this
+chariot.' And when his work with the Ethiopian statesman is done,
+then he is swept away by the power of the Spirit of God, as Ezekiel
+had been long before by the banks of the river Chebar, and is set
+down, no doubt all bewildered and breathless, at Azotus--the ancient
+Ashdod--the Philistine city on the low-lying coast. Was Philip less
+under Christ's guidance when miracle ceased and he was left to
+ordinary powers? Did he feel as if deserted by Christ, because,
+instead of being swept by the strong wind of heaven, he had to tramp
+wearily along the flat shore with the flashing Mediterranean on his
+left hand reflecting the hot sunshine? Did it seem to him as if his
+task in preaching the Gospel in these villages through which he
+passed on his way to Caesarea was less distinctly obedience to the
+divine command than when he heard the utterance of the Spirit, 'Go
+down to the road which leads to Gaza, which is desert'? By no means.
+To this man, as to every faithful soul, the guidance that came
+through his own judgment and common sense, through the instincts and
+impulses of his sanctified nature, by the circumstances which he
+devoutly believed to be God's providence, was as truly direct divine
+guidance as if all the angels of heaven had blown commandment with
+their trumpets into his waiting and stunned ears.
+
+And so you and I have to go upon our paths without angel voices, or
+chariots of storm, and to be contented with divine commandments less
+audible or perceptible to our senses than this man had at one point
+in his career. But if we are wise we shall hear Him speaking the
+word. We shall not be left without His voice if we wait for it,
+stilling our own inclinations until His solemn commandment is made
+plain to us, and then stirring up our inclinations that they may sway
+us to swift obedience. There is no gulf, for the devout heart,
+between what is called miraculous and what is called ordinary and
+common. Equally in both does God manifest His will to His servants,
+and equally in both is His presence perceived by faith. We do not
+need to envy Philip's brilliant beginning. Let us see that we imitate
+his quiet close of life.
+
+IV. The last lesson that I would draw is this--the nobility of
+persistence in unnoticed work.
+
+What a contrast to the triumphs in Samaria, and the other great
+expansion of the field for the Gospel effected by the God-commanded
+preaching to the eunuch, is presented by the succeeding twenty years
+of altogether unrecorded but faithful toil! Persistence in such
+unnoticed work is made all the more difficult, and to any but a very
+true man would have been all but impossible, by reason of the
+contrast which such work offered to the glories of the earlier days.
+Some of us may have been tried in a similar fashion, all of us have
+more or less the same kind of difficulty to face. Some of us perhaps
+may have had gleams, at the beginning of our career, that seemed to
+give hope of fields of activity more brilliant and of work far better
+than we have ever had or done again in the long weary toil of daily
+life. There may have been abortive promises, at the commencement of
+your careers, that seemed to say that you would occupy a more
+conspicuous position than life has had really in reserve for you. At
+any rate, we have all had our dreams, for
+
+ 'If Nature put not forth her power
+ About the opening of the flower,
+ Who is there that could live an hour?'
+
+and no life is all that the liver of it meant it to be when he began.
+We dream of building palaces or temples, and we have to content
+ourselves if we can put up some little shed in which we may shelter.
+
+Philip, who began so conspicuously, and so suddenly ceased to be the
+special instrument in the hands of the Spirit, kept plod, plod,
+plodding on, with no bitterness of heart. For twenty years he had no
+share in the development of Gentile Christianity, of which he had
+sowed the first seed, but had to do much less conspicuous work. He
+toiled away there in Caesarea patient, persevering, and contented,
+because he loved the work, and he loved the work because he loved Him
+that had set it. He seemed to be passed over by his Lord in His
+choice of instruments. It was he who was selected to be the first man
+that should preach to the heathen. But did you ever notice that
+although he was probably in Caesarea at the time, Cornelius was not
+bid to apply to _Philip_, who was at his elbow, but to send to Joppa
+for the Apostle Peter? Philip might have sulked and said: 'Why was I
+not chosen to do this work? I will speak no more in this Name.'
+
+It did not fall to his lot to be the Apostle to the Gentiles. One who
+came after him was preferred before him, and the Hellenist Saul was
+set to the task which might have seemed naturally to belong to the
+Hellenist Philip. He too might have said, 'He must increase, but I
+must decrease.' No doubt he did say it in spirit, with noble self-
+abnegation and freedom from jealousy. He cordially welcomed Paul to
+his house in Caesarea twenty years afterwards, and rejoiced that one
+sows and another reaps; and that so the division of labour is the
+multiplication of gladness.
+
+A beautiful superiority to all the low thoughts that are apt to mar
+our persistency in unobtrusive and unrecognised work is set before us
+in this story. There are many temptations to-day, dear brethren, what
+with gossiping newspapers and other means of publicity for everything
+that is done, for men to say, 'Well, if I cannot get any notice for
+my work I shall not do it.'
+
+Boys in the street will refuse to join in games, saying, 'I shall not
+play unless I am captain or have the big drum.' And there are not
+wanting Christian men who lay down like conditions. 'Play well thy
+part' wherever it is. Never mind the honour. Do the duty God
+appoints, and He that has the two mites of the widow in His treasury
+will never forget any of our works, and at the right time will tell
+them out before His Father, and before the holy angels.
+
+
+
+GRACE TRIUMPHANT
+
+'And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against
+the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, 2. And
+desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he
+found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might
+bring them hound unto Jerusalem. 3. And as he journeyed, he came
+near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light
+from heaven: 4. And he fell to the earth, and heard a voice
+saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me? 5. And he
+said, Who art Thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou
+persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. 6.
+And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt Thou have
+me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the
+city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. 7. And the men
+which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but
+seeing no man. 8. And Saul arose from the earth: and when his
+eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand,
+and brought him into Damascus. 9. And he was three days without
+sight, and neither did eat nor drink. 10. And there was a certain
+disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in
+a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold. I am here, Lord. 11. And
+the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is
+called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called
+Saul, of Tarsus; for, behold, he prayeth, 12. And hath seen in a
+vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on
+him, that he might receive his sight.... 17. And Ananias went his
+way, and entered Into the house; and putting his hands on him
+said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee
+in the way as thou earnest, hath sent me, that thou mightest
+receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. 18. And
+immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and
+he received sight forthwith, and arose, and was baptized. 19. And
+when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul
+certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. 20. And
+straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that He is the
+Son of God.'--ACTS ix. 1-12; 17-20.
+
+This chapter begins with 'but,' which contrasts Saul's persistent
+hatred, which led him to Gentile lands to persecute, with Philip's
+expansive evangelistic work. Both men were in profound earnest, both
+went abroad to carry on their work, but the one sought to plant what
+the other was eager to destroy. If the 'but' in verse 1 contrasts,
+the 'yet' connects the verse with chapter viii. 3. Saul's fury was no
+passing outburst, but enduring. Like other indulged passions, it grew
+with exercise, and had come to be as his very life-breath, and now
+planned, not only imprisonment, but death, for the heretics.
+
+Not content with carrying his hateful inquisition into the homes of
+the Christians in Jerusalem, he will follow the fugitives to
+Damascus. The extension of the persectution was his own thought. He
+was not the tool of the Sanhedrin, but their mover. They would
+probably have been content to cleanse Jerusalem, but the young zealot
+would not rest till he had followed the dispersed poison into every
+corner where it might have trickled. The high priest would not
+discourage such useful zeal, however he might smile at its excess.
+
+So Saul got the letters he asked, and some attendants, apparently, to
+help him in his hunt, and set off for Damascus. Painters have
+imagined him as riding thither, but more probably he and his people
+went on foot. It was a journey of some five or six days. The noon of
+the last day had come, and the groves of Damascus were, perhaps, in
+sight. No doubt, the young Pharisee's head was busy settling what he
+was to begin with when he entered the city, and was exulting in the
+thought of how he would harry the meek Christians, when the sudden
+light shone.
+
+At all events, the narrative does not warrant the view, often taken
+now, that there had been any preparatory process in Saul's mind,
+which had begun to sap his confidence that Jesus was a blasphemer,
+and himself a warrior for God. That view is largely adopted in order
+to get rid of the supernatural, and to bolster up the assumption that
+there are no sudden conversions; but the narrative of Luke, and
+Paul's own references, are dead against it. At one moment he is 'yet
+breathing threatening and slaughter against the disciples of the
+Lord,' and in almost the next he is prone on his face, asking, 'Lord,
+what wilt Thou have me to do?' It was not a case of a landslide
+suddenly sweeping down, but long prepared for by the gradual
+percolation of water to the slippery understrata, but the solid earth
+was shaken, and the mountain crashed down in sudden ruin.
+
+The causes of Saul's conversion are plain in the narrative, even
+though the shortened form is adopted, which is found in the Revised
+Version. The received text has probably been filled out by additions
+from Paul's own account in chapter xxvi. First came the blaze of
+light outshining the midday sun, even in that land where its beams
+are like swords. That blinding light 'shone round about him,'
+enveloping him in its glory. Chapter xxvi. (verse 13) tells that his
+companions also were wrapped in the lustre, and that all fell to the
+earth, no doubt in terror.
+
+Saul is not said, either in this or in his own accounts, to have seen
+Jesus, but I Corinthians xv. 8 establishes that he did so, and
+Ananias (v. 17) refers to Jesus as having 'appeared.' That
+appearance, whatever may have been the psychological account of it,
+was by Paul regarded as being equal in evidential value to the flesh-
+and-blood vision of the risen Lord which the other Apostles witnessed
+to, and as placing him in the same line as a witness.
+
+It is to be noted also, that, while the attendants saw the light,
+they were not blinded, as Saul was; from which it may be inferred
+that he saw with his bodily eyes the glorified manhood of Jesus, as
+we are told that one day, when He returns as Judge, 'every eye shall
+see Him.' Be that as it may,--and we have not material for
+constructing a theory of the manner of Christ's appearance to Saul,--
+the overwhelming conviction was flooded into his soul, that the Jesus
+whom he had thought of as a blasphemer, falsely alleged to have risen
+from the dead, lived in heavenly glory, amid celestial brightness too
+dazzling for human eyes.
+
+The words of gentle remonstrance issuing from the flashing glory went
+still further to shake the foundations of the young Pharisee's life;
+for they, as with one lightning gleam, laid hare the whole madness
+and sin of the crusade which he had thought acceptable to God. 'Why
+persecutest thou Me?' Then the odious heretics were knit by some
+mysterious bond to this glorious One, so that He bled in their wounds
+and felt their pains! Then Saul had been, as his old teacher dreaded
+they of the Sanhedrin might be, fighting against God! How the reasons
+for Saul's persecution had crumbled away, till there were none left
+with which to answer Jesus' question! Jesus lived, and was exalted to
+glory. He was identified with His servants. He had appeared to Saul,
+and deigned to plead with him.
+
+No wonder that the man who had been planning fresh assaults on the
+disciples ten minutes before, was crushed and abject as he lay there
+on the road, and these tremendous new convictions rushed like a
+cataract over and into his soul! No wonder that the lessons burned in
+on him in that hour of destiny became the centre-point of all his
+future teaching! That vision revolutionised his thinking and his
+life. None can affirm that it was incompetent to do so.
+
+Luke's account here, like Paul's in chapter xxii., represents further
+instructions from Jesus as postponed till Saul's meeting with
+Ananias, while Paul's other account in chapter xxvi. omits mention of
+the latter, and gives the substance of what he said in Damascus as
+said on the road by Jesus. The one account is more detailed than the
+other, that is all. The gradual unfolding of the heavenly purpose
+which our narrative gives is in accord with the divine manner. For
+the moment enough had been done to convert the persecutor into the
+servant, to level with the ground his self-righteousness, to reveal
+to him the glorified Jesus, to bend his will and make it submissive.
+The rest would be told him in due time.
+
+The attendants had fallen to the ground like him, but seem to have
+struggled to their feet again, while he lay prostrate. They saw the
+brightness, but not the Person: they heard the voice, but not the
+words. Saul staggered by their help to his feet, and then found that
+with open eyes he was blind. Imagination or hallucination does not
+play tricks of that sort with the organs of sense.
+
+The supernatural is too closely intertwined with the story to be
+taken out of it without reducing it to tatters. The greatest of
+Christian teachers, who has probably exercised more influence than
+any man who ever lived, was made a Christian by a miracle. That fact
+is not to be got rid of. But we must remember that once when He
+speaks of it He points to God's revelation of His Son '_in_ Him' as
+its essential character. The external appearance was the vehicle of
+the inward revelation. It is to be remembered, too, that the miracle
+did not take away Saul's power of accepting or rejecting the Christ;
+for he tells Agrippa that he was 'not disobedient to the heavenly
+vision.'
+
+What a different entry he made into Damascus from what he expected,
+and what a different man it was that crawled up to the door of Judas,
+in the street that is called Straight, from the self-confident young
+fanatic who had left Jerusalem with the high priest's letters in his
+bosom and fierce hate in his heart!
+
+Ananias was probably not one of the fugitives, as his language about
+Saul implies that he knew of his doings only by hearsay. The report
+of Saul's coming and authority to arrest disciples had reached
+Damascus before him, with the wonderful quickness with which news
+travels in the East, nobody knows how. Ananias's fears being quieted,
+he went to the house where for three days Saul had been lying lonely
+in the dark, fasting, and revolving many things in his heart. No
+doubt his Lord had spoken many a word to him, though not by vision,
+but by whispering to his spirit. Silence and solitude root truth in a
+soul. After such a shock, absolute seclusion was best.
+
+Ananias discharged his commission with lovely tenderness and power.
+How sweet and strange to speaker and hearer would that 'Brother Saul'
+sound! How strong and grateful a confirmation of his vision would
+Ananias's reference to the appearance of the Lord bring! How humbly
+would the proud Pharisee bow to receive, laid on his head, the hands
+that he had thought to bind with chains! What new eyes would look out
+on a world in which all things had become new, when there fell from
+them as it had been scales, and as quickly as had come the blinding,
+so quickly came the restored vision!
+
+Ananias was neither Apostle nor official, yet the laying on of his
+hands communicated 'the Holy Ghost.' Saul received that gift before
+baptism, not after or through the ordinance. It was important for his
+future relations to the Apostles that he should not have been
+introduced to the Church by them, or owed to them his first human
+Christian teaching. Therefore he could say that he was 'an Apostle,
+not from men, neither through man.' It was important for us that in
+that great instance that divine gift should have been bestowed
+without the conditions accompanying, which have too often been
+regarded as necessary for, its possession.
+
+
+
+'THIS WAY'
+
+'Any of this way.'--ACTS ix. 2
+
+The name of 'Christian' was not applied to themselves by the
+followers of Jesus before the completion of the New Testament. There
+were other names in currency before that designation--which owed its
+origin to the scoffing wits of Antioch--was accepted by the Church.
+They called themselves 'disciples,' 'believers, 'saints,' 'brethren,'
+as if feeling about for a title.
+
+Here is a name that had obtained currency for a while, and was
+afterwards disused. We find it five times in the Book of the Acts of
+the Apostles, never elsewhere; and always, with one exception, it
+should be rendered, as it is in the Revised Version, not '_this_
+way,' as if being one amongst many, but '_the_ way,' as being the
+only one.
+
+Now, I have thought that this designation of Christians as 'those of
+the way' rests upon a very profound and important view of what
+Christianity is, and may teach us some lessons if we will ponder it;
+and I ask your attention to two or three of these for a few moments
+now.
+
+I. First, then, I take this name as being a witness to the conviction
+that in Christianity we have the only road to God.
+
+There may be some reference in the name to the remarkable words of
+our Lord Jesus Christ: 'I am the Way. No man cometh to the Father but
+by Me,'--words of which the audacity is unparalleled and
+unpardonable, except upon the supposition that He bears an unique
+relation to God on the one hand, and to all mankind upon the other.
+In them He claims to be the sole medium of communication between
+heaven and earth, God and man. And that same exclusiveness is
+reflected in this name for Christians. It asserts that faith in Jesus
+Christ, the acceptance of His teaching, mediation and guidance, is
+the only path that climbs to God, and by it alone do we come into
+knowledge of, and communion with, our divine Father.
+
+I do not dwell upon the fact that, according to our Lord's own
+teaching, and according to the whole New Testament, Christ's work of
+making God known to man did not begin with His Incarnation and
+earthly life, but that from the beginning that eternal Word was the
+agent of all divine activity in creation, and in the illumination of
+mankind. So that, not only all the acts of the self-revealing God
+were through Him, but that from Him, as from the light of men, came
+all the light in human hearts, of reason and of conscience, by which
+there were and are in all men, some dim knowledge of God, and some
+feeling after, or at the lowest some consciousness of, Him. But the
+historical facts of Christ's incarnation, life, death, resurrection,
+and ascension are the source of all solid certitude, and of all clear
+knowledge of our Father in Heaven. His words are spirit and life; His
+works are unspoken words; and by both He declares unto His brethren
+the Name, and is the self-manifestation of, the Father.
+
+Think of the contrast presented by the world's conceptions of
+Godhead, and the reality as unveiled in Christ! On the one hand you
+have gods lustful, selfish, passionate, capricious, cruel, angry,
+vile; or gods remote, indifferent, not only passionless, but
+heartless, inexorable, unapproachable, whom no man can know, whom no
+man can love, whom no man can trust. On the other hand, if you look
+at Christ's tears as the revelation of God; if you look at Christ's
+ruth and pity as the manifestation of the inmost glory of the divine
+nature; if you take your stand at the foot of the Cross--a strange
+place to see 'the power of God and the wisdom of God'!--and look up
+there at Him dying for the world, and are able to say, 'Lo! this is
+our God! through all the weary centuries we have waited for Him, and
+this is He!' then you can understand how true it is that there, and
+there only, is the good news proclaimed that lifts the burden from
+every heart, and reveals God the Lover and the Friend of every soul.
+
+And if, further, we consider the difference between the dim
+'peradventures,' the doubts and fears, the uncertain conclusions
+drawn from questionable, and often partial, premises, which
+confessedly never amount to demonstration, if we consider the
+contrast between these and the daylight of fact which we meet in
+Jesus Christ, His love, life, and death, then we can feel how
+superior in certitude, as in substance, the revelation of God in
+Jesus is to all these hopes, longings, doubts, and how it alone is
+worthy to be called the knowledge of God, or is solid enough to abide
+comparison with the certainties of the most arrogant physical
+science.
+
+There never was a time in the history of the world when, so clearly
+and unmistakably, every thinking soul amongst cultivated nations was
+being brought up to this alternative--Christ, the Revealer of God, or
+no knowledge of God at all. The old dreams of heathenism are
+impossible for us; modern agnosticism will make very quick work of a
+deism which does not cling to the Christ as the Revealer of the
+Godhead. And I, for my part, believe that there is one thing, and one
+thing only, which will save modern Europe from absolute godlessness,
+and that is the coming back to the old truth, 'No man hath seen God'
+by sense, or intuition, or reason, or conscience, 'at any time. The
+only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, He hath
+declared Him.'
+
+But it is not merely as bringing to us the only certain knowledge of
+our Father God that Christianity is 'the way,' but it is also because
+by it alone we come into fellowship with the God whom it reveals to
+us. If there rises up before your mind the thought of Him in the
+Heavens, there will rise up also in your consciousness the sense of
+your own sin. And that is no delusion nor fancy; it is the most
+patent fact, that between you and your Father in Heaven, howsoever
+loving, tender, compassionate, and forgiving, there lies a great
+gulf. You cannot go to God, my brother, with all that guilt heaped
+upon your conscience; you cannot come near to Him with all that mass
+of evil which you know is there, working in your soul. How shall a
+sinful soul come to a holy God? And there is only one answer--that
+great Lord, by His blessed death upon the Cross, has cleared away all
+the mountains of guilt and sin that rise up frowning between each
+single soul and the Father in Heaven; and through Him, by a new and
+living way, which He hath opened for us, we have entrance to God, and
+dwell with Him.
+
+And it is not only that He brings to us the knowledge of God, and
+that He clears away all obstacles, and makes fellowship between God
+and us possible for the most polluted and sinful of spirits, but it
+is also that, by the knowledge of His great love to us, love is
+kindled in our hearts, and we are drawn into that path which, as a
+matter of fact, we shall not tread unless we yield to the magnetic
+attraction of the love of God as revealed 'in the face of Jesus
+Christ.'
+
+Men do not seek fellowship with God until they are drawn to Him by
+the love that is revealed upon the Cross. Men do not yield their
+hearts to Him until their hearts are melted down by the fire of that
+Infinite divine love which disdained not to be humiliated and refused
+not to die for their sakes. Practically and really we come to God,
+when--and I venture upon the narrowness of saying, _only_ when--God
+has come to us in His dear Son. '_The_ way' to God is through Christ.
+Have you trod it, my friend--that new and living way, which leads
+within the veil, into the secrets of loving communion with your
+Father in Heaven?
+
+II. Then there is another principle, of which this designation of our
+text is also the witness, viz., that in Christianity we have the path
+of conduct and practical life traced out for us all.
+
+The 'way of a man' is, of course, a metaphor for his outward life and
+conduct. It is connected with the familiar old image which belongs to
+the poetry of all languages, by which life is looked at as a journey.
+That metaphor speaks to us of the continual changefulness of our
+mortal condition; it speaks to us, also, of the effort and the
+weariness which often attend it. It proclaims also the solemn thought
+that a man's life is a unity, and that, progressive, it goes some
+whither, and arrives at a definite goal.
+
+And that idea is taken up in this phrase, '_the_ way,' in such a
+fashion as that there are two things asserted: first, that
+Christianity provides _a_ way, a path for the practical activity,
+that it moulds our life into a unity, that it prescribes the line of
+direction which it is to follow, that it has a starting-point, and
+stages, and an end; also, that Christianity is _the_ way for
+practical life, the only path and mode of conduct which corresponds
+with all the obligations and nature of a man, and which reason,
+conscience, and experience will approve. Let us look, just for a
+moment or two, at these two thoughts: Christianity is _a_ way;
+Christianity is _the_ way.
+
+It is a way. These early disciples must have grasped with great
+clearness and tenacity the practical side of the Gospel, or they
+would never have adopted this name. If they had thought of it as
+being only a creed, they would not have done so.
+
+And it is not only a creed. All creed is meant to influence conduct.
+If I may so say, _credenda_, 'things to be believed,' are meant to
+underlie the _agenda_, the things to be done. Every doctrine of the
+New Testament, like the great blocks of concrete that are dropped
+into a river in order to lay the foundation of a bridge, or the
+embankment that is run across a valley in order to carry a railway
+upon it,--every doctrine of the New Testament is meant to influence
+the conduct, the 'walk and conversation,' and to provide a path on
+which activity may advance and expatiate.
+
+I cannot, of course, dwell upon this point with sufficient
+elaboration, or take up one after another the teachings of the New
+Testament, in order to show how close is their bearing upon practical
+life. There is plenty of abstract theology in the form of theological
+systems, skeletons all dried up that have no life in them. There is
+nothing of that sort in the principles as they lie on the pages of
+the New Testament. There they are all throbbing with life, and all
+meant to influence life and conduct.
+
+Remember, my friend, that unless your Christianity is doing that for
+you, unless it has prescribed a path of life for you, and moulded
+your steps into a great unity, and drawn you along the road, it is
+nought,--nought!
+
+But the whole matter may be put into half a dozen sentences. The
+living heart of Christianity, either considered as a revelation to a
+man, or as a power within a man, that is to say, either objective or
+subjective, is love. It is the revelation of the love of God that is
+the inmost essence of it as revelation. It is love in my heart that
+is the inmost essence of it as a fact of my nature. And is not love
+the most powerful of all forces to influence conduct? Is it not 'the
+fulfilling of the law,' because its one single self includes all
+commandments, and is the ideal of all duty, and also because it is
+the power which will secure the keeping of all the law which itself
+lays down?
+
+But love may be followed out into its two main effects. These are
+self-surrender and imitation. And I say that a religious system which
+is, in its inmost heart and essence, love, is thereby shown to be the
+most practical of all systems, because thereby it is shown to be a
+great system of self-surrender and imitation.
+
+The deepest word of the Gospel is, 'Yield yourselves to God.' Bring
+your wills and bow them before Him, and say, 'Here am I; take me, and
+use me as a pawn on Thy great chessboard, to be put where Thou wilt.'
+When once a man's will is absorbed into the divine will, as a drop of
+water is into the ocean, he is free, and has happiness and peace, and
+is master and lord of himself and of the universe. That system which
+proclaims love as its heart sets in action self-surrender as the most
+practical of all the powers of life.
+
+Love is imitation. And Jesus Christ's life is set before us as the
+pattern for all our conduct. We are to follow In His footsteps. These
+mark our path. We are to follow Him, as a traveller who knows not his
+way will carefully tread in the steps of his guide. We are to imitate
+Him, as a scholar who is learning to draw will copy every touch of
+the master's pencil.
+
+Strange that that short life, fragmentarily reported in four little
+tracts, full of unapproachable peculiarities, and having no part in
+many of the relationships which make so large a portion of most
+lives, is yet so transparently under the influence of the purest and
+broadest principles of righteousness and morality as that every age
+and each sex, and men of all professions, idiosyncrasies,
+temperaments, and positions, all stages of civilisation and culture,
+of every period, and of every country, may find in it the all-
+sufficient pattern for them!
+
+Thus in Christianity we have a way. It prescribes a line of direction
+for the life, and brings all its power to bear in marking the course
+which we should pursue and in making us willing and able to pursue
+it.
+
+How different, how superior to all other systems which aspire to
+regulate the outward life that system is! It is superior, in its
+applicability to all conditions. It is a very difficult thing for any
+man to apply the generalities of moral law and righteousness to the
+individual cases in his life. The stars are very bright, but they do
+not show me which street to turn up when I am at a loss; but Christ's
+example comes very near to us, and guides us, not indeed in regard to
+questions of prudence or expediency, but in regard to all questions
+of right or wrong. It is superior, in the help it gives to a soul
+struggling with temptation. It is very hard to keep law or duty
+clearly before our eyes at such a moment, when it is most needful to
+do so. The lighthouse is lost in the fog, but the example of Jesus
+Christ dissipates many mists of temptation to the heart that loves
+Him; and 'they that follow Him shall not walk in darkness.'
+
+It is superior in this, further, that patterns fail because they are
+only patterns, and cannot get themselves executed, and laws fail
+because they are only laws and cannot get themselves obeyed. What is
+the use of a signpost to a man who is lame, or who does not want to
+go down the road, though he knows it well enough? But Christianity
+brings both the commandment and the motive that keeps the
+commandment.
+
+And so it is _the_ path along which we can travel. It is the only
+road that corresponds to all our necessities, and capacities, and
+obligations.
+
+It is the only path, my brother, that will be approved by reason,
+conscience, and experience. The greatest of our English mystics says
+somewhere--I do not profess to quote with verbal accuracy--'There are
+two questions which put an end to all the vain projects and designs
+of human life. The one is, "What for?" the other, "What good will the
+aim do you if attained?"'
+
+If we look at 'all the ways of men' calmly, and with due regard to
+the wants of their souls, reason cannot but say that they are 'vain
+and melancholy.' If we consult our own experience we cannot but
+confess that whatsoever we have had or enjoyed, apart from God, has
+either proved disappointing in the very moment of its possession, or
+has been followed by a bitter taste on the tongue; or in a little
+while has faded, and left us standing with the stalk in our hands
+from which the bloom has dropped. Generation after generation has
+sighed its 'Amen!' to the stern old word: 'Vanity of vanities; all is
+vanity!' And here to-day, in the midst of the boasted progress of
+this generation, we find cultured men amongst us, lapped in material
+comfort, and with all the light of this century blazing upon them,
+preaching again the old Buddhist doctrine that annihilation is the
+only heaven, and proclaiming that life is not worth living, and that
+'it were better not to be.'
+
+Dear brother, one path, and one path only, leads to what all men
+desire--peace and happiness. One path, and one path only, leads to
+what all men know they ought to seek--purity and godliness. We are
+like men in the backwoods, our paths go circling round and round, we
+have lost our way. 'The labour of the foolish wearieth every one of
+them, for he knoweth not how to come to the city.' Jesus Christ has
+cut a path through the forest. Tread you in it, and you will find
+that it is 'the way of pleasantness' and 'the path of peace.'
+
+III. And now, one last word. This remarkable designation seems to me
+to be a witness also to another truth, viz. that in Christianity we
+have the only way home.
+
+The only way home! All other modes and courses of life and conduct
+stop at the edge of a great gulf, like some path that goes down an
+incline to the edge of a precipice, and the heedless traveller that
+has been going on, not knowing whither it led, tilts over when he
+comes there. Every other way that men can follow is broken short off
+by death. And if there were no other reason to allege, that is enough
+to condemn them. What is a man to do in another world if all his life
+long he has only cultivated tastes which want this world for their
+gratification? What is the sensualist to do when he gets there? What
+is the shrewd man of business in Manchester to do when he comes into
+a world where there are no bargains, and he cannot go on 'Change on
+Tuesdays and Fridays? What will he do with himself? What does he do
+with himself now, when he goes away from home for a month, and does
+not get his ordinary work and surroundings? What will he do then?
+What will a young lady do in an other world, who spends her days here
+in reading trashy novels and magazines? What will any of us do who
+have set our affections and our tastes upon this poor, perishing,
+miserable world? Would you think it was common sense in a young man
+who was going to be a doctor, and took no interest in anything but
+farming? Is it not as stupid a thing for men and women to train
+themselves for a condition which is transient, and not to train
+themselves for the condition into which they are certainly going?
+
+And, on the other hand, the path that Christ makes runs clear on,
+without a break, across the gulf, like some daring railway bridge
+thrown across a mountain gorge, and goes straight on on the other
+side without a curve, only with an upward gradient. The manner of
+work may change; the spirit of the work and the principles of it will
+remain. Self-surrender will be the law of Heaven, and 'they shall
+follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth.' Better to begin here as we
+mean to end yonder! Better to begin here what we can carry with us,
+in essence though not in form, into the other life; and so, through
+all the changes of life, and through the great change of death, to
+keep one unbroken straight course! 'They go from strength to
+strength; every one of them in Zion appeareth before God'.
+
+We live in an else trackless waste, but across the desert Jesus
+Christ has thrown a way; too high for ravenous beasts to spring on or
+raging foes to storm; too firm for tempest to overthrow or make
+impair able; too plain for simple hearts to mistake. We may all
+journey on it, if we will, and 'come to Zion with songs and
+everlasting joy upon our heads.'
+
+Christ is the Way. O brother I trust thy sinful soul to His blood and
+mediation, and thy sins will be forgiven. And then, loving Him,
+follow Him. 'This is the way; walk ye in it.'
+
+
+
+A BIRD'S-EYE VIEW OF THE EARLY CHURCH
+
+'So the Church throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria had
+peace, being edified; and, walking in the fear of the Lord, and
+in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, was multiplied.'--ACTS ix. 31
+(R.V.).
+
+A man climbing a hill stops every now and then to take breath and
+look about him; and in the earlier part of this Book of the Acts of
+the Apostles there are a number of such landing-places where the
+writer suspends the course of his narrative, in order to give a
+general notion of the condition of the Church at the moment. We have
+in this verse one of the shortest, but perhaps the most significant,
+of these resting-places. The original and proper reading, instead of
+'the Churches,' as our Version has it, reads 'the Church' as a whole
+--the whole body of believers in the three districts named--Judaea,
+Galilee, and Samaria--being in the same circumstances and passing
+through like experiences. The several small communities of disciples
+formed a whole. They were 'churches' individually; they were
+collectively 'the Church.' Christ's order of expansion, given in
+chapter i., had been thus far followed, and the sequence here sums up
+the progress which the Acts has thus far recorded. Galilee had been
+the cradle of the Church, but the onward march of the Gospel had
+begun at Jerusalem. Before Luke goes on to tell how the last part of
+our Lord's programme--'to the uttermost parts of the earth'--began to
+be carried into execution by the conversion of Cornelius, he gives us
+this bird's-eye view. To its significant items I desire to draw your
+attention now.
+
+There are three of them: outward rest, inward progress, outward
+increase.
+
+I. Outward rest.
+
+'Then had the Church rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and
+Samaria.'
+
+The principal persecutor had just been converted, and that would
+somewhat damp the zeal of his followers. Saul having gone over to the
+enemy, it would be difficult to go on harrying the Church with the
+same spirit, when the chief actor was turned traitor. And besides
+that, historians tell us that there were political complications
+which gave both Romans and Jews quite enough to do to watch one
+another, instead of persecuting this little community of Christians.
+I have nothing to do with these, but this one point I desire to make,
+that the condition of security and tranquillity in which the Church
+found itself conduced to spiritual good and growth. This has not
+always been the case. As one of our quaint divines says, 'as in
+cities where ground is scarce men build high up, so in times of
+straitness and persecution the Christian community, and the
+individuals who compose it, are often raised to a higher level of
+devotion than in easier and quieter times.' But these primitive
+Christians utilised this breathing-space in order to grow, and having
+a moment of lull and stillness in the storm, turned it to the highest
+and best uses. Is that what you and I do with our quiet times? None
+of us have any occasion to fear persecution or annoyance of that
+sort, but there are other thorns in our pillows besides these, and
+other rough places in our beds, and we are often disturbed in our
+nests. When there does come a quiet time in which no outward
+circumstances fret us, do we seize it as coming from God, in order
+that, with undistracted energies, we may cast ourselves altogether
+into the work of growing like our Master and doing His will more
+fully? How many of us, dear brethren, have misused both our adversity
+and our prosperity by making the one an occasion for deeper
+worldliness, and the other a reason for forgetting Him in the
+darkness as in the light? To be absorbed by earthly things, whether
+by the enjoyment of their possession or by the bitter pain and misery
+of their withdrawal, is fatal to all our spiritual progress, and only
+they use things prosperous and things adverse aright, who take them
+both as means by which they may be wafted nearer to their God.
+Whatsoever forces act upon us, if we put the helm right and trim the
+sails as we ought, they will carry us to our haven. And whatsoever
+forces act upon us, if we neglect the sailor's skill and duty, we
+shall be washed backwards and forwards in the trough of the sea, and
+make no progress in the voyage. 'Then had the Church rest'--and grew
+lazy? 'Then had the Church rest'--and grew worldly? Then was I happy
+and prosperous and peaceful in my home and in my business, and I
+said, 'I shall never be moved,' and I forgot my God? 'Then had the
+Church rest, and was edified.'
+
+Now, in the next place, note the
+
+II. Inward progress.
+
+There are difficulties about the exact relation of the clauses here
+to one another, the discussion of which would be fitter for a
+lecture-room than for a pulpit. I do not mean to trouble you with
+these, but it seems to me that we may perhaps best understand the
+writer's intention if we throw together the clauses which stand in
+the middle of this verse, and take them as being a description of the
+inward progress, being 'edified' and 'walking in the fear of the
+Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost.' There are two things,
+then--the being 'edified' and 'walking'; and I wish to say a word or
+two about each of them.
+
+Now that word 'edified' and the cognate one 'edification' have been
+enfeebled in signification so as to mean very much less than they did
+to Luke. When we speak of 'being edified,' what do we mean? Little
+more than that we have been instructed, and especially that we have
+been comforted. And what is the instrument of edification in our
+ordinary religious parlance? Good words, wise teaching, or pious
+speech. But the New Testament means vastly more than this by the
+word, and looks not so much to other people's utterances as to a
+man's own strenuous efforts, as the means of edification. Much
+misunderstanding would have been avoided if our translators had
+really translated, instead of putting us off with a Latinised word
+which to many readers conveys little meaning and none of the
+significant metaphor of the original. 'Being edified' sounds very
+theological and far away from daily life. Would it not sound more
+real if we read 'being built up'? That is the emblem of the process
+that ought to go on, not only in the Christian community as a whole,
+but in every individual member of it. Each Christian is bound to
+build himself up and to help to build up other Christians; and God
+builds them all up by His Spirit. We have brought before us the
+picture of the rising of some stately fabric upon a firm foundation,
+course by course, stone by stone, each laid by a separate act of the
+builder's hand, and carefully bedded in its place until the whole is
+complete.
+
+That is one emblem of the growth of the Christian community and of
+the Christian individual, and the other clause that is coupled with
+it in the text seems to me to give the same idea under a slightly
+different figure. The rising of a stately building and the advance on
+a given path suggest substantially the same notion of progress.
+
+And of these two metaphors, I would dwell chiefly on the former,
+because it is the less familiar of the two to modern readers, and
+because it is of some consequence to restore it to its weight and
+true significance in the popular mind. Edification, then, is the
+building up of Christian character, and it involves four things: a
+foundation, a continuous progress, a patient, persistent effort, and
+a completion.
+
+Now, Christian men and women, this is our office for ourselves, and,
+according to our faculty and opportunities, for the Churches with
+which we may stand connected, that on the foundation which is Jesus
+Christ--'and other foundation can no man lay'--we all should slowly,
+carefully, unceasingly be at our building work; each day's
+attainment, like the course of stones laid in some great temple,
+becoming the basis upon which to-morrow's work is to be piled, and
+each having in it the toil of the builder and being a result and
+monument of his strenuous effort, and each being built in, according
+to the plan that the great Architect has given, and each tending a
+little nearer to the roof-tree, and the time that 'the top stone
+shall be brought forth with the shout of rejoicing.' Is that a
+transcript of my life and yours? Do we make a business of the
+cultivation of Christian character thus? Do we rest the whole
+structure of our lives upon Jesus Christ? And then, do we, hour by
+hour, moment by moment, lay the fair stones, until
+
+ 'Firm and fair the building rise,
+ A temple to His praise.'
+
+The old worn metaphor, which we have vulgarised and degraded into a
+synonym for a comfortable condition produced by a brother's words,
+carries in it the solemnest teaching as to what the duty and
+privilege of all Christian souls is-to 'build themselves up for an
+habitation of God through the Spirit.'
+
+But note further the elements of which this progress consists. May we
+not suppose that both metaphors refer to the clauses that follow, and
+that 'the fear of the Lord' and 'the comfort of the Holy Ghost' are
+the particulars in which the Christian is built up and walks?
+
+'The fear of the Lord' is eminently an Old Testament expression, and
+occurs only once or twice in the New. But its meaning is thoroughly
+in accordance with the loftiest teaching of the new revelation. 'The
+fear of the Lord' is that reverential awe of Him, by which we are
+ever conscious of His presence with us, and ever seek, as our supreme
+aim and end, to submit our wills to His commandment, and to do the
+things that are pleasing in His sight. Are you and I building
+ourselves up in that? Do we feel more thrillingly and gladly to-day
+than we did yesterday, that God is beside us? And do we submit
+ourselves more loyally, more easily, more joyously to His will, in
+blessed obedience, now than ever before? Have we learned, and are we
+learning, moment by moment, more of that 'secret of the Lord' which
+'is with them that fear Him,' and of that 'covenant' which 'He will
+show' to them? Unless we do, our growth in Christian character is a
+very doubtful thing. And are we advancing, too, in that other element
+which so beautifully completes and softens the notion of the fear of
+the Lord, 'the encouragement' which the divine Spirit gives us? Are
+we bolder to-day than we were yesterday? Are we ready to meet with
+more undaunted confidence whatever we may have to face? Do we feel
+ever increasing within us the full blessedness and inspiration of
+that divine visitant? And do these sweet communications take all the
+'torment' away from 'fear,' and leave only the bliss of reverential
+love? They who walk in the fear of the Lord, and who with the fear
+have the courage that the divine Spirit gives, will 'have rest,' like
+the first Christians, whatsoever storms may howl around them, and
+whatsoever enemies may threaten to disturb their peace.
+
+And so, lastly, note
+
+III. The outward growth.
+
+Thus building themselves up, and thus growing, the Church 'was
+multiplied.' Of course it was. Christian men and women that are
+spiritually alive, and who, because they are alive, grow, and grow in
+these things, the manifest reverence of God, and the manifest
+'comfort' of the divine Spirit's giving, will commend their gospel to
+a blind world. They will be an attractive force in the midst of men,
+and their inward growth will make them eager to hold forth the word
+of life, and will give them 'a mouth and wisdom' which nothing but
+genuine spiritual experience can give.
+
+And so, dear friends, especially those of you who set yourselves to
+any of the many forms of Christian work which prevail in this day,
+learn the lesson of my text, and make sure of '_a_' before you go on
+to '_b_,' and see to it that before you set yourselves to try to
+multiply the Church, you set yourselves to build up yourselves in
+your most holy faith.
+
+We hear a great deal nowadays about 'forward movements,' and I
+sympathise with all that is said in favour of them. But I would
+remind you that the precursor of every genuine forward movement is a
+Godward movement, and that it is worse than useless to talk about
+lengthening the cords unless you begin with strengthening the stakes.
+The little prop that holds up the bell-tent that will contain half-a-
+dozen soldiers will be all too weak for the great one that will cover
+a company. And the fault of some Christian people is that they set
+themselves to work upon others without remembering that the first
+requisite is a deepened and growing godliness and devotion in their
+own souls. Dear friends, begin at home, and remember that whilst what
+the world calls eloquence may draw people, and oddities _will_ draw
+them, and all sorts of lower attractions will gather multitudes for a
+little while, the one solid power which Christian men and women can
+exercise for the numerical increase of the Church is rooted in, and
+only tenable through, their own personal increase day by day in
+consecration and likeness to the Saviour, in possession of the
+Spirit, and in loving fear of the Lord.
+
+
+
+COPIES OF CHRIST'S MANNER
+
+'And Peter said unto him, Aeneas, Jesus Christ maketh thee whole:
+arise, and make thy bed.... 40. But Peter put them all forth, and
+kneeled down and prayed; and, turning him to the body, said,
+Tabitha, arise.--ACTS ix. 34, 40.
+
+I have put these two miracles together, not only because they were
+closely connected in time and place, but because they have a very
+remarkable and instructive feature in common. They are both evidently
+moulded upon Christ's miracles; are distinct imitations of what Peter
+had seen Him do. And their likenesses to and differences from our
+Lord's manner of working are equally noteworthy. It is to the lessons
+from these two aspects, common to both miracles, that I desire to
+turn now.
+
+I. First, notice the similarities and the lesson which they teach.
+
+The two cases before us are alike, in that both of them find
+parallels in our Lord's miracles. The one is the cure of a paralytic,
+which pairs off with the well-known story in the Gospels concerning
+the man that was borne by four, and let down through the roof into
+Christ's presence. The other of them, the raising of Dorcas, or
+Tabitha, of course corresponds with the three resurrections of dead
+people which are recorded in the Gospels.
+
+And now, note the likenesses. Jesus Christ said to the paralysed man,
+'Arise, take up thy bed.' Peter says to Aeneas, 'Arise, and make thy
+bed.' The one command was appropriate to the circumstances of a man
+who was not in his own house, and whose control over his long-disused
+muscles in obeying Christ's word was a confirmation to himself of the
+reality and completeness of his cure. The other was appropriate to a
+man bedridden in his own house; and it had precisely the same purpose
+as the analogous injunction from our Lord, 'Take up thy bed and
+walk.' Aeneas was lying at home, and so Peter, remembering how Jesus
+Christ had demonstrated to others, and affirmed to the man himself,
+the reality of the miraculous blessing given to him, copies his
+Master's method, 'Aeneas, make thy bed.' It is an echo and
+resemblance of the former incident, and is a distinct piece of
+imitation of it.
+
+And then, if we turn to the other narrative, the intentional moulding
+of the manner of the miracle, consecrated in the eyes of the loving
+disciple, because it was Christ's manner, is still more obvious. When
+Jesus Christ went into the house of Jairus there was the usual
+hubbub, the noise of the loud Eastern mourning, and He put them all
+forth, taking with Him only the father and mother of the damsel, and
+Peter with James and John. When Peter goes into the upper room, where
+Tabitha is lying, there are the usual noise of lamentation and the
+clack of many tongues, extolling the virtues of the dead woman. He
+remembers how Christ had gone about His miracle, and he, in his turn,
+'put them all forth.' Mark, who was Peter's mouthpiece in his Gospel,
+gives us the very Aramaic words which our Lord employed when He
+raised the little girl, _Talitha_, the Aramaic word for 'a damsel,'
+or young girl; _cumi_, which means in that language 'arise.' Is it
+not singular and beautiful that Peter's word by the bedside of the
+dead Dorcas is, with the exception of one letter, absolutely
+identical? Christ says, _Talitha cumi_. Peter remembered the formula
+by which the blessing was conveyed, and he copied it. 'Tabitha cumi!'
+Is it not clear that he is posing after his Master's attitude; that
+he is, consciously or unconsciously, doing what he remembered so well
+had been done in that other upper room, and that the miracles are
+both of them shaped after the pattern of the miraculous working of
+Jesus Christ?
+
+Well, now, although we are no miracle-workers, the very same
+principle which underlay these two works of supernatural power is to
+be applied to all our work, and to our lives as Christian people. I
+do not know whether Peter _meant_ to do like Jesus Christ or not; I
+think rather that he was unconsciously and instinctively dropping
+into the fashion that to him was so sacred. Love always delights in
+imitation; and the disciples of a great teacher will unconsciously
+catch the trick of his intonation, even the awkwardness of his
+attitudes or the peculiarities of his way of looking at things--only,
+unfortunately, outsides are a good deal more easily imitated than
+insides. And many a disciple copies such external trifles, and talks
+in the tones that have, first of all, brought blessed truths to him,
+whose resemblance to his teacher goes very little further. The
+principle that underlies these miracles is just this--get near Jesus
+Christ, and you will catch His manner. Dwell in fellowship with Him,
+and whether you are thinking about it or not, there will come some
+faint resemblance to that Lord into your characters and your way of
+doing things, so that men will 'take knowledge of you that you have
+been with Jesus.' The poor bit of cloth which has held some precious
+piece of solid perfume will retain fragrance for many a day
+afterwards, and will bless the scentless air by giving it forth. The
+man who keeps close to Christ, and has folded Him in his heart, will,
+like the poor cloth, give forth a sweetness not his own that will
+gladden and refresh many nostrils. Live in the light, and you will
+become light. Keep near Christ, and you will be Christlike. Love Him,
+and love will do to you what it does to many a wedded pair, and to
+many kindred hearts: it will transfuse into you something of the
+characteristics of the object of your love. It is impossible to trust
+Christ, to obey Christ, to hold communion with Him, and to live
+beside Him, without becoming like Him. And if such be our inward
+experience, so will be our outward appearance.
+
+But there may be a specific point given to this lesson in regard to
+Christian people's ways of doing their work in the world and helping
+and blessing other folk. Although, as I say, we have no miraculous
+power at our disposal, we do not need it in order to manifest Jesus
+Christ and His way of working in our work. And if we dwell beside
+Him, then, depend upon it, all the characteristics--far more precious
+than the accidents of manner, or tone, or attitude in working a
+miracle--all the characteristics so deeply and blessedly stamped upon
+His life of self-sacrifice and man-helping devotion will be
+reproduced in us. Jesus Christ, when He went through the wards of the
+hospital of the world, was overflowing with quick sympathy for every
+sorrow that met His eye. If you and I are living near Him, we shall
+never steel our hearts nor lock up our sensibilities against any
+suffering that it is within our power to stanch or to alleviate.
+Jesus Christ never grudged trouble, never thought of Himself, never
+was impatient of interruption, never repelled importunity, never sent
+away empty any outstretched hand. And if we live near Him, self-
+oblivious willingness to spend and be spent will mark our lives, and
+we shall not consider that we have the right of possession or of sole
+enjoyment of any of the blessings that are given to us. Jesus Christ,
+according to the beautiful and significant words of one of the
+Gospels, 'healed them that had need of healing.' Why that singular
+designation for the people that were standing around Him but to teach
+us that wide as men's necessity was His sympathy, and that broad as
+the sympathy of Christ were the help and healing which He brought?
+And so, with like width of compassion, with like perfectness of self-
+oblivion, with equal remoteness from consciousness of superiority or
+display of condescension, Christian men should go amongst the
+sorrowful and the sad and the outcast and do their miracles--'greater
+works' than those which Christ did, as He Himself has told us--after
+the manner in which He did His. If they did, the world would be a
+different place, and the Church would be a different Church, and you
+would not have people writing in the newspapers to demonstrate that
+Christianity was 'played out.'
+
+II. Further, note the differences and the lessons from them.
+
+Take the first of the two miracles. 'Aeneas, Jesus Christ maketh thee
+whole: arise, and make thy bed.' That first clause points to the
+great difference. Take the second miracle, 'Jesus Christ put them all
+forth, and stretched out His hand, and said, Damsel, arise!' 'Peter
+put them all forth, ... and said, Tabitha, arise!' but between the
+putting forth and the miracle he did something which Christ did not
+do, and he did not do something which Christ did do. 'He kneeled down
+and prayed.' Jesus Christ did not do that. 'And Jesus put forth His
+hand, and said, Arise!' Peter did not do that. But he put forth his
+hand _after_ the miracle was wrought; not to communicate life, but to
+help the living woman to get to her feet; and so, both by what he did
+in his prayer and by what he did not do after Christ's pattern, the
+extension of the hand that was the channel of the vitality, he drew a
+broad distinction between the servant's copy and the Master's
+original.
+
+The lessons from the differences are such as the following.
+
+Christ works miracles by His inherent power; His servants do their
+works only as His instruments and organs. I need not dwell upon the
+former thought; but it is the latter at which I wish to look for a
+moment. The lesson, then, of the difference is that Christian men, in
+all their work for the Master and for the world, are ever to keep
+clear before themselves, and to make very obvious to other people,
+that they are nothing more than channels and instruments. The less
+the preacher, the teacher, the Christian benefactor of any sort puts
+himself in the foreground, or in evidence at all, the more likely are
+his words and works to be successful. If you hear a man, for
+instance, preaching a sermon, and you see that he is thinking about
+himself, he may talk with the tongues of men and of angels, but he
+will do no good to anybody. The first condition of work for the Lord
+is--hide yourself behind your message, behind your Master, and make
+it very plain that His is the power, and that you are but a tool in
+the Workman's hand.
+
+And then, further, another lesson is, Be very sure of the power that
+will work in you. What a piece of audacity it was for Peter to go and
+stand by the paralytic man's couch and say, 'Aeneas, Jesus Christ
+maketh thee whole.' Yes, audacity; unless he had been in such
+constant and close touch with his Master that he was sure that his
+Master was working through him. And is it not beautiful to see how
+absolutely confident he is that Jesus Christ's work was not ended
+when He went up into heaven; but that there, in that little stuffy
+room, where the man had lain motionless for eight long years, Jesus
+Christ was present, and working? O brethren, the Christian Church
+does not half enough believe in the actual presence and operation of
+Jesus Christ, here and now, in and through all His servants! We are
+ready enough to believe that He worked when He was in the world long
+ago, that He is going to work when He comes back to the world, at
+some far-off future period. But do we believe that He is verily
+putting forth His power, in no metaphor, but in simple reality, at
+present and here, and, if we will, through us?
+
+'Jesus Christ maketh thee whole.' Be sure that if you keep near
+Christ, if you will try to mould yourselves after His likeness, if
+you expect Him to work through you, and do not hinder His work by
+self-conceit and self-consciousness of any sort, then it will be no
+presumption, but simple faith which He delights in and will
+vindicate, if you, too, go and stand by a paralytic and say, 'Jesus
+Christ maketh thee whole,' or go and stand by people dead in
+trespasses and sins and say, after you have prayed, 'Arise.'
+
+We are here for the very purpose for which Peter was in Lydda and
+Joppa--to carry on and copy the healing and the quickening work of
+Christ, by His present power, and after His blessed example.
+
+
+
+WHAT GOD HATH CLEANSED
+
+'There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a
+centurion of the band called the Italian band, 2. A devout man,
+and one that feared God with all his house, which gave much alms
+to the people, and prayed to God alway. 3. He saw in a vision
+evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming
+in to him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. 4. And when he looked
+on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said
+unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial
+before God. 5. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon,
+whose surname is Peter: 6. He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner,
+whose house is by the sea-side: he shall tell thee what thou
+oughtest to do. 7. And when the angel which spake unto Cornelius
+was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a
+devout soldier of them that waited on him continually; 8. And
+when he had declared all these things unto them, he sent them to
+Joppa. 9. On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew
+nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about
+the sixth hour: 10. And he became very hungry, and would have
+eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance, 11. And
+saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as
+it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down
+to the earth: 12. Wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of
+the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the
+air. 13. And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and
+eat. 14. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten any
+thing that is common or unclean. 15. And the voice spake unto him
+again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou
+common. 16. This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up
+again into heaven. 17. Now while Peter doubted in himself what
+this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, the men which
+were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon's house, and
+stood before the gate, 18. And called, and asked whether Simon,
+which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there. 19. While Peter
+thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, three
+men seek thee. 20. Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go
+with them, doubting nothing; for I have sent them.'--ACTS x. 1-
+20.
+
+The Church was at first in appearance only a Jewish sect; but the
+great stride is now to be taken which carries it over the border into
+the Gentile world, and begins its universal aspect. If we consider
+the magnitude of the change, and the difficulties of training and
+prejudice which it had to encounter in the Church itself, we shall
+not wonder at the abundance of supernatural occurrences which
+attended it. Without some such impulse, it is difficult to conceive
+of its having been accomplished.
+
+In this narrative we see the supernatural preparation on both sides.
+God, as it were, lays His right hand on Cornelius, and His left on
+Peter, and impels them towards each other. Philip had already
+preached to the Ethiopian, and probably the anonymous brethren in
+Acts xi. 20 had already spoken the word to pure Greeks at Antioch;
+but the importance of Peter's action here is that by reason of his
+Apostleship, his recognition of Gentile Christians becomes the act of
+the whole community. His entrance into Cornelius's house ended the
+Jewish phase of the Church. The epoch was worthy of divine
+intervention, and the step needed divine warrant. Therefore the
+abundance of miracle at this point is not superfluous.
+
+I. We have the vision which guided the seeker to the light. Caesarea,
+as the seat of government, was the focus of Gentilism, and that the
+Gospel should effect a lodgment there was significant. Still more so
+was the person whom it first won,--an officer of the Roman army, the
+very emblem of worldly power, loathed by every true Jew. A centurion
+was not an officer of high rank, but Cornelius's name suggests the
+possibility of his connection with a famous Roman family, and the
+name of the 'band' or 'cohort,' of which his troop was part, suggests
+that it was raised in Italy, and therefore properly officered by
+Romans. His residence in Judaea had touched his spirit with some
+knowledge of, and reverence for, the Jehovah whom this strange people
+worshipped. He was one of a class numerous in these times of
+religious unrest, who had been more or less affected by the pure
+monotheism of the Jew.
+
+It is remarkable that the centurions of the New Testament are all
+more or less favourably inclined towards Christ and Christianity, and
+the fact has been laid hold of to throw doubt on the narratives; but
+it is very natural that similarity of position and training should
+have produced similarity of thought; and that three or four such
+persons should have come in contact with Jesus and His Apostles makes
+no violent demands on probability, while there was no occasion to
+mention others who were not like-minded. Quartered for considerable
+periods in the country, and brought into close contact with its
+religion, and profoundly sceptical of their own, as all but the
+lowest minds then were, Cornelius and his brother in arms and spirit
+whose faith drew wondering praise from Jesus, are bright examples of
+the possibility of earnest religious life being nourished amid grave
+disadvantages, and preach a lesson, often neglected, that we should
+be slow to form unfavourable opinions of classes of men, or to decide
+that those of such and such a profession, or in such and such
+circumstances, must be of such and such a character.
+
+It would have seemed that the last place to look for the first
+Gentile Christian would have been in the barracks at Caesarea; and
+yet there God's angel went for him, and found him. It has often been
+discussed whether Cornelius was a 'proselyte' or not. It matters very
+little. He was drawn to the Jews' religion, had adopted their hours
+of prayer, reverenced their God, had therefore cast off idolatry,
+gave alms to the people as acknowledgment that their God was his God,
+and cultivated habitual devotion, which he had diffused among his
+household, both of slaves and soldiers. It is a beautiful picture of
+a soul feeling after a deeper knowledge of God, as a plant turns its
+half-opened flowers to the sun.
+
+Such seekers do not grope without touching. It is not only 'unto
+the seed of Jacob' that God has never said, 'Seek ye Me in vain.'
+The story has a message of hope to all such seekers, and sheds
+precious light on dark problems in regard to the relation of such
+souls in heathen lands to the light and love of God, The vision
+appeared to Cornelius in the manner corresponding to his spiritual
+susceptibility, and it came at the hour of prayer. God's angels
+ever draw near to hearts opened by desire to receive them. Not in
+visible form, but in reality, 'bright-harnessed angels stand' all
+around the chamber where prayer is made. Our hours of supplication
+are God's hours of communication.
+
+The vision to Cornelius is not to be whittled down to a mental
+impression. It was an objective, supernatural appearance,--whether to
+sense or soul matters little. The story gives most graphically the
+fixed gaze of terror which Cornelius fastened on the angel, and very
+characteristically the immediate recovery and quick question to which
+his courage and military promptitude helped him. 'What is it, Lord?'
+does not speak of terror, but of readiness to take orders and obey.
+'Lord' seems to be but a title of reverence here.
+
+In the angel's answer, the order in which prayers and alms are named
+is the reverse of that in verse 2. Luke speaks as a man, beginning
+with the visible manifestation, and passing thence to the inward
+devotion which animated the external beneficence. The angel speaks as
+God sees, beginning with the inward, and descending to the outward.
+The strong 'anthropomorphism' of the representation that man's prayer
+and alms keep God in mind of him needs no vindication and little
+explanation. It substitutes the mental state which in us originates
+certain acts for the acts themselves. God's 'remembrance' is in
+Scripture frequently used to express His loving deeds, which show
+that their recipient is not forgotten of Him.
+
+But the all-important truth in the words is that the prayers and alms
+(coming from a devout heart) of a man who had never heard of Jesus
+Christ were acceptable to God. None the less Cornelius needed Jesus,
+and the recompense made to him was the knowledge of the Saviour. The
+belief that in many a heathen heart such yearning after a dimly known
+God has stretched itself towards light, and been accepted of God,
+does not in the least conflict with the truth that 'there is none
+other Name given among men, whereby we must be saved,' but it sheds a
+bright and most welcome light of hope into that awful darkness.
+Christ is the only Saviour, but it is not for us to say how far off
+from the channel in which it flows the water of life may percolate,
+and feed the roots of distant trees. Cornelius's religion was not a
+substitute for Christ, but was the occasion of his being led to
+Christ, and finding full, conscious salvation there. God leads
+seeking souls by His own wonderful ways; and we may leave all such in
+His hand, assured that no heart ever hungered after righteousness and
+was not filled.
+
+The instruction to send for Peter tested Cornelius's willingness to
+be taught by an unknown Jew, and his belief in the divine origin of
+the vision. The direction given by which to find this teacher was not
+promising. A lodger in a tan-yard by the seaside was certainly not a
+man of position or wealth. But military discipline helped religious
+reverence; and without delay, as soon as the angel 'was departed' (an
+expression which gives the outward reality of the appearance
+strongly), Cornelius's confidential servants, sympathisers with him
+in his religion, were told all the story, and before nightfall were
+on their march to Joppa. Swift obedience to whatever God points out
+as our path towards the light, even if it seem somewhat unattractive,
+will always mark our conduct if we really long for the light, and
+believe that He is pointing our way.
+
+II. The vision which guided the light-bearer to the seeker.--All
+through the night the messengers marched along the maritime plain in
+which both Caesarea and Joppa lay, much discussing, no doubt, their
+strange errand, and wondering what they would find. The preparation
+of Peter, which was as needful as that of Cornelius, was so timed as
+to be completed just as the messengers stood at the tanner's door.
+
+The first point to note in regard to it is its scene. It is of
+subordinate importance, but it can scarcely have been entirely
+unmeaning, that the flashing waters of the Mediterranean, blazing in
+midday sunshine, stretched before Peter's eyes as he sat on the
+housetop 'by the seaside.' His thoughts may have travelled across the
+sea, and he may have wondered what lay beyond the horizon, and
+whether there were men there to whom Christ's commission extended.
+'The isles' of which prophecy had told that they should 'wait for His
+law' were away out in the mysterious distance. Some expansion of
+spirit towards regions beyond may have accompanied his gaze. At all
+events, it was by the shore of the great highway of nations and of
+truth that the vision which revealed that all men were 'cleansed'
+filled the eye and heart of the Apostle, and told him that, in his
+calling as 'fisher of men,' a wider water than the land-locked Sea of
+Galilee was his.
+
+We may also note the connection of the form of the vision with his
+circumstances. His hunger determined its shape. The natural bodily
+sensations coloured his state of mind even in trance, and afforded
+the point of contact for God's message. It does not follow that the
+vision was only the consequence of his hunger, as has been suggested
+by critics who wish to get rid of the supernatural. But the form
+which it took teaches us how mercifully God is wont to mould His
+communications according to our needs, and how wisely He shapes them,
+so as to find entrance through even the lower wants. The commonest
+bodily needs may become avenues for His truth, if our prayer
+accompanies our hunger.
+
+The significance of the vision is plain to us, though Peter was 'much
+perplexed' about it. In the light of the event, we understand that
+the 'great sheet let down from heaven by four corners,' and
+containing all manner of creatures, is the symbol of universal
+humanity (to use modern language). The four corners correspond to the
+four points of the compass,--north, south, east, and west,--the
+contents to the swarming millions of men. Peter would perceive no
+more in the command to 'kill and eat' than the abrogation of Mosaic
+restrictions. Meditation was needful to disclose the full extent of
+the revolution shadowed by the vision and its accompanying words. The
+old nature of Peter was not so completely changed but that a flash of
+it breaks out still. The same self-confidence which had led him to
+'rebuke' Jesus, and to say, 'This shall not be unto Thee,' speaks in
+his unhesitating and irreverent 'Not so, Lord!'
+
+The naive reason he gives for not obeying--namely, his never having
+done as he was now bid to do--is charmingly illogical and human. God
+tells him to do a new thing, and his reason for not doing it is that
+it is new. Use and wont are set up by us all against the fresh
+disclosures of God's will. The command to kill and eat was not
+repeated. It was but the introduction to the truth which was repeated
+thrice, the same number of times as Peter had denied his Master and
+had received his charge to feed His sheep.
+
+That great truth has manifold applications, but its direct purpose as
+regards Peter is to teach that all restrictions which differentiated
+Jew from Gentile are abolished. 'Cleansing' does not here apply to
+moral purifying, but to the admission of all mankind to the same
+standing as the Jew. Therefore the Gospel is to be preached to all
+men, and the Jewish Christian has no pre-eminence.
+
+Peter's perplexity as to the meaning of the vision is very
+intelligible. It was not so plain as to carry its own interpretation,
+but, like most other of God's teachings, was explained by
+circumstances. What was next done made the best commentary on what
+had just been beheld. While patient reflection is necessary to do due
+honour to God's teachings and to discover their bearing on events, it
+is generally true that events unfold their significance as meditation
+alone never can. Life is the best commentator on God's word. The
+three men down at the door poured light on the vision on the
+housetop. But the explanation was not left to circumstances. The
+Spirit directed Peter to go with the messengers, and thus taught him
+the meaning of the enigmatical words which he had heard from heaven.
+
+It is to be remembered that the Apostle had no need of fresh
+illumination as to the world-wide preaching of the Gospel. Christ's
+commission to 'the uttermost parts of the earth' ever rang in his
+ears, as we may be sure. But what he did need was the lesson that the
+Gentiles could come into the Church without going through the gate of
+Judaism. If all peculiar sanctity was gone from the Jew, and all men
+shared in the 'cleansing,' there was no need for keeping up any of
+the old restrictions, or insisting on Gentiles being first received
+into the Israelitish community as a stage in their progress towards
+Christianity.
+
+It took Peter and the others years to digest the lesson given on the
+housetop, but he began to put it in practice that day. How little he
+knew the sweep of the truth then declared to him! How little we have
+learned it yet! All exclusiveness which looks down on classes or
+races, all monkish asceticism which taboos natural appetites and
+tastes, all morbid scrupulosity which shuts out from religious men
+large fields of life, all Pharisaism which says 'The temple of the
+Lord are we,' are smitten to dust by the great words which gather all
+men into the same ample, impartial divine love, and, in another
+aspect, give Christian culture and life the charter of freest use of
+all God's fair world, and place the distinction between clean and
+unclean in the spirit of the user rather than in the thing used.
+'Unto the pure all things are pure: but unto them that are defiled...
+is nothing pure.'
+
+
+
+'GOD IS NO RESPECTER OF PERSONS'
+
+'And Cornelius said, Four days ago I was fasting until this
+hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my house, and, behold, a
+man stood before me in bright clothing, 31. And said, Cornelius,
+thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in
+the sight of God. 32. Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither
+Simon, whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one
+Simon a tanner by the sea-side: who, when he cometh, shall speak
+unto thee. 83. Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou
+hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here
+present before God, to hear all things that art commanded thee
+of God. 34. Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I
+perceive that God is no respecter of persons: 35. But in every
+nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is
+accepted with Him. 35. The word which God sent unto the children
+of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)
+37. That word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout
+all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John
+preached; 38. How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy
+Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all
+that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him. 39. And
+we are witnesses of all things which He did both in the land of
+the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they slew and hanged on a tree:
+40. Him God raised up the third day, and shewed Him openly; 41.
+Not to all the people, but unto witnesses chosen before of God,
+even to us, who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from
+the dead. 42. And He commanded us to preach unto the people, and
+to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the
+Judge of quick and dead. 43. To Him give all the prophets
+witness, that through His Name whosoever believeth in Him shall
+receive remission of sins. 44. While Peter yet spake these
+words, the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word.'
+--ACTS x. 30-44.
+
+This passage falls into three parts: Cornelius's explanation, Peter's
+sermon, and the descent of the Spirit on the new converts. The last
+is the most important, and yet is told most briefly. We may surely
+recognise the influence of Peter's personal reminiscences in the
+scale of the narrative, and may remember that Luke and Mark were
+thrown together in later days.
+
+I. Cornelius repeats what his messengers had already told Peter, but
+in fuller detail. He tells how he was occupied when the angel
+appeared. He was keeping the Jewish hour of prayer, and the fact that
+the vision came to him as he prayed had attested to him its heavenly
+origin. If we would see angels, the most likely place to behold them
+is in the secret place of prayer. He tells, too, that the command to
+send for Peter was a consequence of God's remembrance of his prayer
+('therefore,' verse 32). His prayers and alms showed that he was 'of
+the light,' and therefore he was directed to what would yield further
+light.
+
+The command to send for Peter is noteworthy in two respects. It was,
+first, a test of humility and obedience. Cornelius, as a Roman
+officer, would be tempted to feel the usual contempt for one of the
+subject race, and, unless his eagerness to know more of God's will
+overbore his pride, to kick at the idea of sending to beg the favour
+of the presence and instruction of a Jew, and of one, too, who could
+find no better quarters than a tanner's house. The angel's voice
+commanded, but it did not compel. Cornelius bore the test, and
+neither waived aside the vision as a hallucination to which it was
+absurd for a practical man to attend, nor recoiled from the lowliness
+of the proposed teacher. He pocketed official and racial loftiness,
+and, as he emphasises, 'forthwith' despatched his message. It was as
+if an English official in the Punjab had been sent to a Sikh 'Guru'
+for teaching.
+
+The other remarkable point about the command is that Philip was
+probably in Caesarea at the time. Why should Peter have been brought,
+then, by two visions and two long journeys? The subsequent history
+explains why. For the storm of criticism in the Jerusalem church
+provoked by Cornelius's baptism would have raged with tenfold fury if
+so revolutionary an act had been done by any less authoritative
+person than the leader of the Apostles. The Lord would stamp His own
+approval on the deed which marked so great an expansion of the
+Church, and therefore He makes the first of the Apostles His agent,
+and that by a double vision.
+
+'Thou hast well done that thou art come,'--a courteous welcome, with
+just a trace of the doubt which had occupied Cornelius during the
+'four days,' whether this unknown Jew would obey so strange an
+invitation. Courtesy and preparedness to receive the unknown message
+beautifully blend in Cornelius's closing words, which do not directly
+ask Peter to speak, but declare the auditors' eagerness to hear, as
+well as their confidence that what he says will be God's voice.
+
+A variant reading in verse 33 gives 'in thy sight' for 'in the sight
+of God,' and has much to recommend it. But in any case we have here
+the right attitude for us all in the presence of the uttered will and
+mind of God. Where such open-eared and open-hearted preparedness
+marks the listeners, feebler teachers than Peter will win converts.
+The reason why much earnest Christian teaching is vain is the
+indifference and non-expectant attitude of the hearers, who are not
+hearkeners. Seed thrown on the wayside is picked up by the birds.
+
+II. Peter's sermon is, on the whole, much like his other addresses
+which are abundantly reported in the early part of the Acts. The
+great business of the preachers then was to tell the history of
+Jesus. Christianity is, first, a recital of historical events, from
+which, no doubt, principles are deduced, and which necessarily lead
+on to doctrines; but the facts are first.
+
+But the familiar story is told to Cornelius with some variation of
+tone. And it is prefaced by a great word, which crystallises the
+large truth that had sprung into consciousness and startling power in
+Peter, as the result of his own and Cornelius's experience. He had
+not previously thought of God as 'a respecter of persons,' but the
+conviction that He was not had never blazed with such sun-clearness
+before him as it did now. Jewish narrowness had, unconsciously to
+himself, somewhat clouded it; but these four days had burned in on
+him, as if it were a new truth, that 'in every nation' there may be
+men accepted of God, because they 'fear Him and work righteousness.'
+
+That great saying is twisted from its right meaning when it is
+interpreted as discouraging the efforts of Christians to carry the
+Gospel to the heathen; for, if the 'light of nature' is sufficient,
+what was Peter sent to Caesarea for? But it is no less maltreated
+when evangelical Christians fail to grasp its world-wide
+significance, or doubt that in lands where Christ's name has not been
+proclaimed there are souls groping for the light, and seeking to obey
+the law written on their hearts. That there are such, and that such
+are 'accepted of Him,' and led by His own ways to the fuller light,
+is obviously taught in these words, and should be a welcome thought
+to us all.
+
+The tangled utterances which immediately follow, sound as if speech
+staggered under the weight of the thoughts opening before the
+speaker. Whatever difficulty attends the construction, the intention
+is clear,--to contrast the limited scope of the message, as confined
+to the children of Israel, with its universal destination as now made
+clear. The statement which in the Authorised and Revised Versions is
+thrown into a parenthesis is really the very centre of the Apostle's
+thought. Jesus, who has hitherto been preached to Israel, is 'Lord of
+all,' and the message concerning Him is now to be proclaimed, not in
+vague outline and at second hand, as it had hitherto reached
+Cornelius, but in full detail, and as a message in which he was
+concerned.
+
+Contrast the beginning and the ending of the discourse,--'the word
+sent unto the children of Israel' and 'every one that believeth on
+Him shall receive remission of sins.' A remarkable variation in the
+text is suggested by Blass in his striking commentary, who would omit
+'Lord' and read, 'The word which He sent to the children of Israel,
+bringing the good tidings of peace through Jesus Christ,--this [word]
+belongs to all.' That reading does away with the chief difficulties,
+and brings out clearly the thought which is more obscurely expressed
+in a contorted sentence by the present reading.
+
+The subsequent _resume_ of the life of Jesus is substantially the
+same as is found in Peter's other sermons. But we may note that the
+highest conceptions of our Lord's nature are not stated. It is hard
+to suppose that Peter after Pentecost had not the same conviction as
+burned in his confession, 'Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living
+God.' But in these early discourses neither the Divinity and
+Incarnation nor the atoning sacrifice of Jesus is set forth. He is
+the Christ, 'anointed with the Holy Ghost and with power.' God is
+with Him (Nicodemus had got as far as that). He is 'ordained of God
+to be the judge of quick and dead.'
+
+We note, too, that His teaching is not touched upon, nor any of the
+profounder aspects of His work as the Revealer of God, but His
+beneficence and miraculous deliverances of devil-ridden men. His
+death is declared, but without any of the accusations of His
+murderers, which, like lance-thrusts, 'pricked' Jewish hearers. Nor
+is the efficacy of that death as the sacrifice for the world's sin
+touched upon, but it is simply told as a fact, and set in contrast
+with the Resurrection. These were the plain facts which had first to
+be accepted.
+
+The only way of establishing facts is by evidence of eye-witnesses.
+So Peter twice (verses 39, 41) adduces his own and his colleagues'
+evidence. But the facts are not yet a gospel, unless they are further
+explained as well as established. Did such things happen? The answer
+is, 'We saw them.' What did they mean? The answer begins by adducing
+the 'witness' of the Apostles to a different order of truths, which
+requires a different sort of witness. Jesus had bidden them 'testify'
+that He is to be Judge of living and dead; that is, of all mankind.
+Their witness to that can only rest on His word.
+
+Nor is that all. There is yet another body of 'witnesses' to yet
+another class of truths. 'All the prophets' bear witness to the great
+truth which makes the biography of the Man the gospel for all men,--
+that the deepest want of all men is satisfied through the name which
+Peter ever rang out as all-powerful to heal and bless. The
+forgiveness of sins through the manifested character and work of
+Jesus Christ is given on condition of faith to any and every one who
+believes, be he Jew or Gentile, Galilean fisherman or Roman
+centurion. Cornelius may have known little of the prophets, but he
+knew the burden of sin. He did not know all that we know of Jesus,
+and of the way in which forgiveness is connected with His work, but
+he did know now that it was connected, and that this Jesus was risen
+from the dead, and was to be the Judge. His faith went out to that
+Saviour, and as he heard he believed.
+
+III. Therefore the great gift, attesting the divine acceptance of him
+and the rest of the hearers, came at once. There had been no
+confession of their faith, much less had there been baptism, or
+laying on of Apostolic hands. The sole qualification and condition
+for the reception of the Spirit which John lays down in his Gospel
+when he speaks of the 'Spirit, which they that believe on Him should
+receive,' was present here, and it was enough. Peter and his brethren
+might have hesitated about baptizing an uncircumcised believer. The
+Lord of the Church showed Peter that He did not hesitate.
+
+So, like a true disciple, Peter followed Christ's lead, and though
+'they of the circumcision' were struck with amazement, he said to
+himself, 'Who am I, that I should withstand God?' and opened his
+heart to welcome these new converts as possessors of 'like precious
+faith' as was demonstrated by their possession of the same Spirit.
+Would that Peter's willingness to recognise all who manifest the
+Spirit of Christ, whatever their relation to ecclesiastical
+regulations, had continued the law and practice of the Church!
+
+
+
+PETER'S APOLOGIA
+
+'And the apostles and brethren that were in Judaea heard that
+the Gentiles had also received the word of God. 2. And when
+Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the
+circumcision contended with him, 3. Saying, Thou wentest in to
+men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. 4. But Peter
+rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by
+order unto them, saying, 5. I was in the city of Joppa praying:
+and in a trance I saw a vision, A certain vessel descend, as it
+had been a great sheet, let down from heaven by four corners;
+and it came even to me: 6. Upon the which when I had fastened
+mine eyes, I considered, and saw fourfooted beasts of the earth,
+and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. 7.
+And I heard a voice saying unto me, Arise, Peter; slay, and eat.
+8. But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath
+at any time entered into my mouth. 9. But the voice answered me
+again from heaven, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou
+common. 10. And this was done three times: and all were drawn up
+again into heaven. 11. And, behold, immediately there were three
+men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Caesarea
+unto me. 12. And the Spirit bade me go with them, nothing
+doubting. Moreover these six brethren accompanied me, and we
+entered into the man's house: 13. And he shewed us how he had
+seen an angel in his house, which stood and said unto him, Send
+men to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter; 14.
+Who shall tell thee words, whereby thou and all thy house shall
+be saved. 15. And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on
+them, as on us at the beginning. 16. Then remembered I the word
+of the Lord, how that He said, John indeed baptized with water;
+but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost. 17. Forasmuch then
+as God gave them the like gift as He did unto us, who believed
+on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand
+God? 18. When they heard these things, they held their peace,
+and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles
+granted repentance unto life.'--ACTS xi. 1-18.
+
+Peter's action in regard to Cornelius precipitated a controversy
+which was bound to come if the Church was to be anything more than a
+Jewish sect. It brought to light the first tendency to form a party
+in the Church. 'They... of the circumcision' were probably 'certain
+of the sect of the Pharisees which believed,' and were especially
+zealous for all the separating prescriptions of the ceremonial law.
+They were scarcely a party as yet, but the little rift was destined
+to grow, and they became Paul's bitterest opponents through all his
+life, dogging him with calumnies and counterworking his toil. It is a
+black day for a Church when differences of opinion lead to the
+formation of cliques. Zeal for truth is sadly apt to enlist spite,
+malice, and blindness to a manifest work of God, as its allies.
+
+Poor Peter, no doubt, expected that the brethren would rejoice with
+him in the extension of the Gospel to 'the Gentiles,' but his
+reception in Jerusalem was very unlike his hopes. The critics did not
+venture to cavil at his preaching to Gentiles. Probably none of them
+had any objection to such being welcomed into the Church, for they
+can scarcely have wished to make the door into it narrower than that
+into the synagogue, but they insisted that there was no way in but
+through the synagogue. By all means, said they, let Gentiles come,
+but they must first become Jews, by submitting to circumcision and
+living as Jews do. Thus they did not attack Peter for preaching to
+the Roman centurion and his men, but for eating with them. That
+eating not only was a breach of the law, but it implied the reception
+of Cornelius and his company into the household of God, and so
+destroyed the whole fabric of Jewish exclusiveness. We condemn such
+narrowness, but do many of us not practise it in other forms?
+Wherever Christians demand adoption of external usages, over and
+above exercise of penitent faith, as a condition of brotherly
+recognition, they are walking in the steps of them 'of the
+circumcision.'
+
+Peter's answer to the critics is the true answer to all similar
+hedging up of the Church, for he contents himself with showing that
+he was only following God's action in every step of the way which he
+took, and that God, by the gift of the divine Spirit, had shown that
+He had taken these uncircumcised men into His fellowship, before
+Peter dared to 'eat with them.' He points to four facts which show
+God's hand in the matter, and thinks that he has done enough to
+vindicate himself thereby. The first is his vision on the housetop.
+He tells that he was praying when it came, and what God shows to a
+praying spirit is not likely to mislead. He tells that he was 'in a
+trance,'--a condition in which prophets had of old received their
+commands. That again was a guarantee for the divine origin of the
+vision in the eyes of every Jew, though nowadays it is taken by anti-
+supernaturalists as a demonstration of its morbidness and
+unreliableness. He tells of his reluctance to obey the command to
+'kill and eat.' A flash of the old brusque spirit impelled his flat
+refusal, 'Not so, Lord!' and his daring to argue with his Lord still,
+as he had done with Him on earth. He tells of the interpreting and
+revolutionary word, evoked by his audacious objection, and then he
+tells how 'this was done thrice,' so that there could be no mistake
+in his remembrance of it, and then that the whole was drawn up into
+heaven,--a sign that the purpose of the vision was accomplished when
+that word was spoken. What, then, was the meaning of it?
+
+Clearly it swept away at once the legal distinction of clean and
+unclean meats, and of it, too, may be spoken what Mark, Peter's
+mouthpiece, writes of earthly words of Christ's: 'This He said,
+making all meats clean.' But with the sweeping away of that
+distinction much else goes, for it necessarily involves the
+abrogation of the whole separating ordinances of the law, and of the
+distinction between clean and unclean persons. Its wider application
+was not seen at the moment, but it flashed on him, no doubt, when
+face to face with Cornelius. God had cleansed him, in that his
+prayers had 'gone up for a memorial before God,' and so Peter saw
+that 'in every nation,' and not among Jews only, there might be men
+cleansed by God. What was true of Cornelius must be true of many
+others. So the whole distinction between Jew and Gentile was cut up
+by the roots. Little did Peter know the width of the principle
+revealed to him then, as all of us know but little of the full
+application of many truths which we believe. But he obeyed so much of
+the command as he understood, and more of it gradually dawned on his
+mind, as will always be the case if we obey what we know.
+
+The second fact was the coincident arrival of the messengers and the
+distinct command to accompany them. Peter could distinguish quite
+assuredly his own thoughts from divine instructions, as his account
+of the dialogue in the trance shows. How he distinguished is not
+told; that he distinguished is. The coincidence in time clearly
+pointed to one divine hand working at both ends of the line,--
+Caesarea and Joppa. It interpreted the vision which had 'much
+perplexed' Peter as to what it 'might mean.' But he was not left to
+interpret it by his own pondering. The Spirit spoke authoritatively,
+and the whole force of his justification of himself depends on the
+fact that he knew that the impulse which made him set out to Caesarea
+was not his own. If the reading of the Revised Version is adopted in
+verse 12, 'making no distinction,' the command plainly referred to
+the vision, and showed Peter that he was to make no distinction of
+'clean and unclean' in his intercourse with these Gentiles.
+
+The third fact is the vision to Cornelius, of which he was told on
+arriving. The two visions fitted into each other, confirmed each
+other, interpreted each other. We may estimate the greatness of the
+step in the development of the Church which the admission of
+Cornelius into it made, and the obstacles on both sides, by the fact
+that both visions were needed to bring these two men together. Peter
+would never have dreamed of going with the messengers if he had not
+had his narrowness beaten out of him on the housetop, and Cornelius
+would never have dreamed of sending to Joppa if he had not seen the
+angel. The cleft between Jew and Gentile was so wide that God's hand
+had to be applied on both sides to press the separated parts
+together. He had plainly done it, and that was Peter's defence.
+
+The fourth fact is the gift of the Spirit to these Gentiles. That is
+the crown of Peter's vindication, and his question, 'Who was I, that
+I could withstand God?' might be profitably pondered and applied by
+those whose ecclesiastical theories oblige them to deny the 'orders'
+and the 'validity of the sacraments' and the very name of a Church,
+to bodies of Christians who do not conform to their polity. If God,
+by the gift of His Spirit manifest in its fruits, owns them, they
+have the true 'notes of the Church,' and 'they of the circumcision'
+who recoil from recognising them do themselves more harm thereby than
+they inflict on these. 'As many as are led by the Spirit of God,
+these are the sons of God,' even though some brother may be 'angry'
+that the Father welcomes them.
+
+
+
+THE FIRST PREACHING AT ANTIOCH
+
+'And some of them were men of Cyprus and Cyrene, which, when they
+ware come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecians, preaching the Lord
+Jesus. 21. And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great
+number believed, and turned unto the Lord.'--ACTS xi. 20, 21.
+
+Thus simply does the historian tell one of the greatest events in the
+history of the Church. How great it was will appear if we observe
+that the weight of authority among critics and commentators sees here
+an extension of the message of salvation to Greeks, that is, to pure
+heathens, and not a mere preaching to Hellenists, that is, to Greek-
+speaking Jews born outside Palestine.
+
+If that be correct, this was a great stride forward in the
+development of the Church. It needed a vision to overcome the
+scruples of Peter, and impel him to the bold innovation of preaching
+to Cornelius and his household, and, as we know, his doing so gave
+grave offence to some of his brethren in Jerusalem. But in the case
+before us, some Cypriote and African Jews--men of no note in the
+Church, whose very names have perished, with no official among them,
+with no vision nor command to impel them, with no precedent to
+encourage them, with nothing but the truth in their minds and the
+impulses of Christ's love in their hearts--solve the problem of the
+extension of Christ's message to the heathen, and, quite unconscious
+of the greatness of their act, do the thing about the propriety of
+which there had been such serious question in Jerusalem.
+
+This boldness becomes even more remarkable if we notice that the
+incident of our text may have taken place before Peter's visit to
+Cornelius. The verse before our text, 'They which were scattered
+abroad upon the persecution that arose about Stephen travelled, ...
+preaching the word to none but unto the Jews only,' is almost a
+_verbatim_ repetition of words in an earlier chapter, and evidently
+suggests that the writer is returning to that point of time, in order
+to take up another thread of his narrative contemporaneous with those
+already pursued. If so, three distinct lines of expansion appear to
+have started from the dispersion of the Jerusalem church in the
+persecution--namely, Philip's mission to Samaria, Peter's to
+Cornelius, and this work in Antioch. Whether prior in time or no, the
+preaching in the latter city was plainly quite independent of the
+other two. It is further noteworthy that this, the effort of a
+handful of unnamed men, was the true 'leader'--the shoot that grew.
+Philip's work, and Peter's so far as we know, were side branches,
+which came to little; this led on to a church at Antioch, and so to
+Paul's missionary work, and all that came of that.
+
+The incident naturally suggests some thoughts bearing on the general
+subject of Christian work, which we now briefly present.
+
+I. Notice the spontaneous impulse which these men obeyed.
+
+Persecution drove the members of the Church apart, and, as a matter
+of course, wherever they went they took their faith with them, and,
+as a matter of course, spoke about it. The coals were scattered from
+the hearth in Jerusalem by the armed heel of violence. That did not
+put the fire out, but only spread it, for wherever they were flung
+they kindled a blaze. These men had no special injunction 'to preach
+the Lord Jesus.' They do not seem to have adopted this line of action
+deliberately, or of set purpose. 'They believed, and therefore
+spoke.' A spontaneous impulse, and nothing more, leads them on. They
+find themselves rejoicing in a great Saviour-Friend. They see all
+around them men who need Him, and that is enough. They obey the
+promptings of the voice within, and lay the foundations of the first
+Gentile Church.
+
+Such a spontaneous impulse is ever the natural result of our own
+personal possession of Christ. In regard to worldly good the
+instinct, except when overcome by higher motives, is to keep the
+treasure to oneself. But even in the natural sphere there are
+possessions which to have is to long to impart, such as truth and
+knowledge. And in the spiritual sphere, it is emphatically the case
+that real possession is always accompanied by a longing to impart.
+The old prophet spoke a universal truth when he said: 'Thy word was
+as a fire shut up in my bones, and I was weary with forbearing, and I
+could not stay.' If we have found Christ for ourselves, we shall
+undoubtedly wish to speak forth our knowledge of His love.
+Convictions which are deep demand expression. Emotion which is strong
+needs utterance. If our hearts have any fervour of love to Christ in
+them, it will be as natural to tell it forth, as tears are to sorrow
+or smiles to happiness. True, there is a reticence in profound
+feeling, and sometimes the deepest love can only 'love and be
+silent,' and there is a just suspicion of loud or vehement
+protestations of Christian emotion, as of any emotion. But for all
+that, it remains true that a heart warmed with the love of Christ
+needs to express its love, and will give it forth, as certainly as
+light must radiate from its centre, or heat from a fire.
+
+Then, true kindliness of heart creates the same impulse. We cannot
+truly possess the treasure for ourselves without pity for those who
+have it not. Surely there is no stranger contradiction than that
+Christian men and women can be content to keep Christ as if He were
+their special property, and have their spirits untouched into any
+likeness of His divine pity for the multitudes who were as 'sheep
+having no shepherd.' What kind of Christians must they be who think
+of Christ as 'a Saviour for me,' and take no care to set Him forth as
+'a Saviour for you'? What should we think of men in a shipwreck who
+were content to get into the lifeboat, and let everybody else drown?
+What should we think of people in a famine feasting sumptuously on
+their private stores, whilst women were boiling their children for a
+meal and men fighting with dogs for garbage on the dunghills? 'He
+that withholdeth bread, the people shall curse him.' What of him who
+withholds the Bread of Life, and all the while claims to be a
+follower of the Christ, who gave His flesh for the life of the world?
+
+Further, loyalty to Christ creates the same impulse. If we are true
+to our Lord, we shall feel that we cannot but speak up and out for
+Him, and that all the more where His name is unloved and unhonoured.
+He has left His good fame very much in our hands, and the very same
+impulse which hurries words to our lips when we hear the name of an
+absent friend calumniated should make us speak for Him. He is a
+doubtfully loyal subject who, if he lives among rebels, is afraid to
+show his colours. He is already a coward, and is on the way to be a
+traitor. Our Master has made us His witnesses. He has placed in our
+hands, as a sacred deposit, the honour of His name. He has entrusted
+to us, as His selectest sign of confidence, the carrying out of the
+purposes for which on earth His blood was shed, on which in heaven
+His heart is set. How can we be loyal to Him if we are not forced by
+a mighty constraint to respond to His great tokens of trust in us,
+and if we know nothing of that spirit which said: 'Necessity is laid
+upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel!' I do not
+say that a man cannot be a Christian unless he knows and obeys this
+impulse. But, at least, we may safely say that he is a very weak and
+imperfect Christian who does not.
+
+II. This incident suggests the universal obligation on all Christians
+to make known Christ.
+
+These men were not officials. In these early days the Church had a
+very loose organisation. But the fugitives in our narrative seem to
+have had among them none even of the humble office-bearers of
+primitive times. Neither had they any command or commission from
+Jerusalem. No one there had given them authority, or, as would
+appear, knew anything of their proceedings. Could there be a more
+striking illustration of the great truth that whatever varieties of
+function may be committed to various officers in the Church, the work
+of telling Christ's love to men belongs to every one who has found it
+for himself or herself? 'This honour have all the saints.'
+
+Whatever may be our differences of opinion as to Church order and
+offices, they need not interfere with our firm grasp of this truth.
+'Preaching Christ,' in the sense in which that expression is used in
+the New Testament, implies no one special method of proclaiming the
+glad tidings. A word written in a letter to a friend, a sentence
+dropped in casual conversation, a lesson to a child on a mother's
+lap, or any other way by which, to any listeners, the great story of
+the Cross is told, is as truly--often more truly--preaching Christ as
+the set discourse which has usurped the name.
+
+We profess to believe in the priesthood of all believers, we are
+ready enough to assert it in opposition to sacerdotal assumptions.
+Are we as ready to recognise it as laying a very real responsibility
+upon us, and involving a very practical inference as to our own
+conduct? We all have the power, therefore we all have the duty. For
+what purpose did God give us the blessing of knowing Christ
+ourselves? Not for our own well-being alone, but that through us the
+blessing might be still further diffused.
+
+ 'Heaven doth with us as men with torches do,
+ Not light them for themselves.'
+
+'God hath shined into our hearts' that we might give to others 'the
+light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus
+Christ.' Every Christian is solemnly bound to fulfil this divine
+intention, and to take heed to the imperative command, 'Freely ye
+have received, freely give.'
+
+III. Observe, further, the simple message which they proclaimed.
+
+'Preaching the Lord Jesus,' says the text--or more accurately
+perhaps--'preaching Jesus as Lord.' The substance, then, of their
+message was just this--proclamation of the person and dignity of
+their Master, the story of the human life of the Man, the story of
+the divine sacrifice and self-bestowment by which He had bought the
+right of supreme rule over every heart; and the urging of His claims
+on all who heard of His love. And this, their message, was but the
+proclamation of their own personal experience. They had found Jesus
+to be for themselves Lover and Lord, Friend and Saviour of their
+souls, and the joy they had received they sought to share with these
+Greeks, worshippers of gods and lords many.
+
+Surely anybody can deliver that message who has had that experience.
+All have not the gifts which would fit for public speech, but all who
+have 'tasted that the Lord is gracious' can somehow tell how gracious
+He is. The first Christian sermon was very short, and it was very
+efficacious, for it 'brought to Jesus' the whole congregation. Here
+it is: 'He first findeth his brother Simon, and saith unto him, We
+have found the Messias.' Surely we can all say that, if we have found
+Him. Surely we shall all long to say it, if we are glad that we have
+found Him, and if we love our brother.
+
+Notice, too, how simple the form as well as the substance of the
+message. 'They _spake_.' It was no set address, no formal utterance,
+but familiar, natural talk to ones and twos, as opportunity offered.
+The form was so simple that we may say that there was none. What we
+want is that Christian people should speak anyhow. What does the
+shape of the cup matter? What does it matter whether it be gold or
+clay? The main thing is that it shall bear the water of life to some
+thirsty lip. All Christians have to preach, as the word is used here,
+that is, to tell the good news. Their task is to carry a message--no
+refinement of words is needed for that--arguments are not needed.
+They have to tell it simply and faithfully, as one who only cares to
+repeat what he has had given to him. They have to tell it
+confidently, as having proved it true. They have to tell it
+beseechingly, as loving the souls to whom they bring it. Surely we
+can all do that, if we ourselves are living on Christ and have drunk
+into His Spirit. Let His mighty salvation, experienced by yourselves,
+be the substance of your message, and let the form of it be guided by
+the old words, 'It shall be, when the Spirit of the Lord is come upon
+thee, that thou shalt do as occasion shall serve thee.'
+
+IV. Notice, lastly, the mighty Helper who prospered their work.
+
+'The hand of the Lord was with them.' The very keynote of this Book
+of the Acts is the work of the ascended Christ in and for His Church.
+At every turning-point in the history, and throughout the whole
+narratives, forms of speech like this occur, bearing witness to the
+profound conviction of the writer that Christ's active energy was
+with His servants, and Christ's Hand the origin of all their security
+and of all their success.
+
+So this is a statement of a permanent and universal fact. We do not
+labour alone; however feeble our hands, that mighty Hand is laid on
+them to direct their movements and to lend strength to their
+weakness. It is not our speech which will secure results, but His
+presence with our words which will bring it about that even through
+them a great number shall believe and turn to the Lord. There is our
+encouragement when we are despondent. There is our rebuke when we are
+self-confident. There is our stimulus when we are indolent. There is
+our quietness when we are impatient. If ever we are tempted to think
+our task heavy, let us not forget that He who set it helps us to do
+it, and from His throne shares in all our toils, the Lord still, as
+of old, working with us. If ever we feel that our strength is
+nothing, and that we stand solitary against many foes, let us fall
+back upon the peace-giving thought that one man against the world,
+with Christ to help him, is always in the majority, and let us leave
+issues of our work in His hands, whose hand will guard the seed sown
+in weakness, whose smile will bless the springing thereof.
+
+How little any of us know what will become of our poor work, under
+His fostering care! How little these men knew that they were laying
+the foundations of the great change which was to transform the
+Christian community from a Jewish sect into a world-embracing Church!
+So is it ever. We know not what we do when simply and humbly we speak
+His name. The far-reaching results escape our eyes. Then, sow the
+seed, and He will 'give it a body as it pleaseth Him.' On earth we
+may never know the fruits of our labours. They will be among the
+surprises of heaven, where many a solitary worker shall exclaim with
+wonder, as he looks on the hitherto unknown children whom God hath
+given him, 'Behold, I was left alone; these, where had they been?'
+Then, though our names may have perished from earthly memories, like
+those of the simple fugitives of Cyprus and Cyrene, who 'were the
+first that ever burst' into the night of heathendom with the torch of
+the Gospel in their hands, they will be written in the Lamb's book of
+life, and He will confess them in the presence of His Father in
+heaven.
+
+
+
+THE EXHORTATION OF BARNABAS
+[Footnote: Preached before the Congregational Union of England and
+Wales.]
+
+'Who, when he came, and had seen the grace of God, was glad, and
+exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave
+unto the Lord.'--ACTS xi. 23.
+
+The first purely heathen converts had been brought into the Church by
+the nameless men of Cyprus and Cyrene, private persons with no office
+or commission to preach, who, in simple obedience to the instincts of
+a Christian heart, leaped the barrier which seemed impassable to the
+Church in Jerusalem, and solved the problem over which Apostles were
+hesitating. Barnabas is sent down to see into this surprising new
+phenomenon, and his mission, though probably not hostile, was, at all
+events, one of inquiry and doubt. But like a true man, he yielded to
+facts, and widened his theory to suit them. He saw the tokens of
+Christian life in these Gentile converts, and that compelled him to
+admit that the Church was wider than some of his friends in Jerusalem
+thought. A pregnant lesson for modern theorists who, on one ground or
+another of doctrine or of orders, narrow the great conception of
+Christ's Church! Can you see 'the grace of God' in the people? Then
+they are in the Church, whatever becomes of your theories, and the
+sooner you let them out so as to fit the facts, the better for you
+and for them.
+
+Satisfied as to their true Christian character, Barnabas sets himself
+to help them to grow. Now, remember how recently they had been
+converted; how, from their Gentile origin, they can have had next to
+no systematic instruction; how the taint of heathen morals, such as
+were common in that luxurious, corrupt Antioch, must have clung to
+them; how unformed must have been their loose Church organisation--
+and remembering all this, think of this one exhortation as summing up
+all that Barnabas had to say to them. He does not say, Do this, or
+Believe that, or Organise the other; but he says, Stick to Jesus
+Christ the Lord. On this commandment hangs all the law; it is the one
+all-inclusive summary of the duties of the Christian life.
+
+So, brethren and fathers, I venture to take these words now, as
+containing large lessons for us all, appropriate at all times, and
+especially in a sermon on such an occasion as the present.
+
+We may deal with the thoughts suggested by these words very simply,
+just looking at the points as they lie--what Barnabas _saw_, what he
+_felt_, what he _said_.
+
+I. What Barnabas saw.
+
+The grace of God here has very probably the specific meaning of the
+miracle-working gift of the Holy Spirit. That is rendered probable by
+the analogy of other instances recorded in the Acts of the Apostles,
+such as Peter's experience at Caesarea, where all his hesitations and
+reluctance were swept away when 'the Holy Ghost fell on them as on us
+at the beginning, and they spake with tongues.' If so, what convinced
+Barnabas that these uncircumcised Gentiles were Christians like
+himself, may have been their similar possession of the visible and
+audible effects of that gift of God. But the language does not compel
+this interpretation; and the absence of all distinct reference to
+these extraordinary powers as existing there, among the new converts
+at Antioch, may be intended to mark a difference in the nature of the
+evidence. At any rate, the possibly intentional generality of the
+expression is significant and fairly points to an extension of the
+spiritual gifts much beyond the limits of miraculous powers. There
+are other ways by which the grace of God may be seen and heard, thank
+God! than by speaking with tongues and working miracles; and the
+first lesson of our text is that wherever that grace is made visible
+by its appropriate manifestations, there we are to recognise a
+brother.
+
+Augustine said, 'Where Christ is there is the Church,' and that is
+true, but vague; for the question still remains, 'And where _is_
+Christ?' The only satisfying answer is, Christ is wherever Christlike
+men manifest a life drawn from, and kindred with, His life. And so
+the true form of the dictum for practical purposes comes to be:
+'Where the grace of Christ is visible, there is the Church.'
+
+That great truth is sinned against and denied in many ways. Most
+chiefly, perhaps, by the successors in modern garb of the more Jewish
+portion of that Church at Jerusalem who sent Barnabas to Antioch.
+They had no objection to Gentiles entering the Church, but they must
+come in by the way of circumcision; they quite believed that it was
+Christ who saved, and His grace which sanctified, but they thought
+that His grace would only flow in a given channel; and so do their
+modern representatives, who exalt sacraments, and consequently
+priests, to the same place as the Judaizers in the early Church did
+the rite of the old Covenant. Such teachers have much to say about
+the notes of the Church, and have elaborated a complicated system of
+identification by which you may know the genuine article, and unmask
+impostors. The attempt is about as wise as to try to weave a network
+fine enough to keep back a stream. The water will flow through the
+closest meshes, and when Christ pours out the Spirit, He is apt to do
+it in utter disregard of notes of the Church, and of channels of
+sacramental grace.
+
+We Congregationalists, who have no orders, no sacraments, no
+Apostolic succession; who in order not to break loose from Christ and
+conscience have had to break loose from 'Catholic tradition,' and
+have been driven to separation by the true schismatics, who have
+insisted on another bond of Church unity than union to Christ, are
+denied nowadays a place in His Church.
+
+The true answer to all that arrogant assumption and narrow pedantry
+which confine the free flow of the water of life to the conduits of
+sacraments and orders, and will only allow the wind that bloweth
+where it listeth to make music in the pipes of their organs, is
+simply the homely one which shivered a corresponding theory to atoms
+in the fair open mind of Barnabas.
+
+The Spirit of Christ at work in men's hearts, making them pure and
+gentle, simple and unworldly, refining their characters, elevating
+their aims, toning their whole being into accord with the music of
+His life, is the true proof that men are Christians, and that
+communities of such men are Churches of His. Mysterious efficacy is
+claimed for Christian ordinances. Well, the question is a fair one:
+Is the type of Christian character produced within these sacred
+limits, which we are hopelessly outside, conspicuously higher and
+more manifestly Christlike than that nourished by no sacraments, and
+grown not under glass, but in the unsheltered open? Has not God set
+His seal on these communities to which we belong? With many faults
+for which we have to be, and are, humble before Him, we can point to
+the lineaments of the family likeness, and say, 'Are they Hebrews? so
+are we. Are they Israelites? so are we. Are they the seed of Abraham?
+so are we.'
+
+Once get that truth wrought into men's minds, that the true test of
+Christianity is the visible presence of a grace in character which is
+evidently God's, and whole mountains of prejudice and error melt
+away. We are just as much in danger of narrowing the Church in
+accordance with our narrowness as any 'sacramentarian' of them all.
+We are tempted to think that no good thing can grow up under the
+baleful shadow of that tree, a sacerdotal Christianity. We are
+tempted to think that all the good people are Dissenters, just as
+Churchmen are to think that nobody can be a Christian who prays
+without a prayer-book. Our own type of denominational character--and
+there is such a thing--comes to be accepted by us as the all but
+exclusive ideal of a devout man; and we have not imagination enough
+to conceive, nor charity enough to believe in, the goodness which
+does not speak our dialect, nor see with our eyes. Dogmatical
+narrowness has built as high walls as ceremonial Christianity has
+reared round the fold of Christ, And the one deliverance for us all
+from the transformed selfishness, which has so much to do with
+shaping all these wretched narrow theories of the Church, is to do as
+this man did--open our eyes with sympathetic eagerness to see God's
+grace in many an unexpected place, and square our theories with His
+dealings.
+
+It used to be an axiom that there was no life in the sea beyond a
+certain limit of a few hundred feet. It was learnedly and
+conclusively demonstrated that pressure and absence of light, and I
+know not what beside, made life at greater depths impossible. It was
+proved that in such conditions creatures could not live. And then,
+when that was settled, the _Challenger_ put down her dredge five
+miles, and brought up healthy and good-sized living things, with eyes
+in their heads, from that enormous depth. So, then, the savant had to
+ask, _How_ can there be life? instead of asserting that there cannot
+be; and, no doubt, the answer will be forth coming some day.
+
+We have all been too much accustomed to set arbitrary limits to the
+diffusion of the life of Christ among men. Let us rather rejoice when
+we see forms of beauty, which bear the mark of His hand, drawn from
+depths that we deemed waste, and thankfully confess that the bounds
+of our expectation, and the framework of our institutions, do not
+confine the breadth of His working, nor the sweep of His grace.
+
+II. What Barnabas felt.
+
+'He was glad.' It was a triumph of Christian principle to recognise
+the grace of God under new forms, and in so strange a place. It was a
+still greater triumph to hail it with rejoicing. One need not have
+wondered if the acknowledgment of a fact, dead in the teeth of all
+his prejudices, and seemingly destructive of some profound
+convictions, had been somewhat grudging. Even a good, true man might
+have been bewildered and reluctant to let go so much as was destroyed
+by the admission--'Then hath God granted to the Gentiles also
+repentance unto life,'--and might have been pardoned if he had not
+been able to do more than acquiesce and hold his peace. We are
+scarcely just to these early Jewish Christians when we wonder at
+their hesitation on this matter, and are apt to forget the enormous
+strength of the prejudices and sacred conviction which they had to
+overcome. Hence the context seems to consider that the quick
+recognition of Christian character on the part of Barnabas, and his
+gladness at the discovery, need explanation, and so it adds, with
+special reference to these, as it would seem, 'for he was a good man,
+full of the Holy Ghost and of faith,' as if nothing short of such
+characteristics could have sufficiently emancipated him from the
+narrowness that would have refused to discern the good, or the
+bitterness that would have been offended at it.
+
+So, dear brethren, we may well test ourselves with this question:
+Does the discovery of the working of the grace of God outside the
+limits of our own Churches and communions excite a quick, spontaneous
+emotion of gladness in _our_ hearts? It may upset some of our
+theories; it may teach us that things which we thought very
+important, 'distinctive principles' and the like, are not altogether
+as precious as we thought them; it may require us to give up some
+pleasant ideas of our superiority, and of the necessary conformity of
+all good people to our type. Are we willing to let them all go, and
+without a twinge of envy or a hanging back from prejudice, to welcome
+the discovery that 'God fulfils Himself in many ways'? Have we
+schooled ourselves to say honestly, 'Therein I do rejoice, yea, and
+will rejoice'?
+
+There is much to overcome if we would know this Christlike gladness.
+The good and the bad in us may both oppose it. The natural deeper
+interest in the well-being of the Churches of our own faith and
+order, the legitimate ties which unite us with these, our
+conscientious convictions, our friendships, the _esprit de corps_
+born of fighting shoulder to shoulder, will, of course, make our
+sympathies flow most quickly and deeply in denominational channels.
+And then come in abundance of less worthy motives, some altogether
+bad and some the exaggeration of what is good, and we get swallowed
+up in our own individual work, or in that of our 'denomination,' and
+have but a very tepid joy in anybody else's prosperity.
+
+In almost every town of England, your Churches, and those to which I
+belong, with Presbyterians and Wesleyans, stand side by side. The
+conditions of our work make some rivalry inevitable, and none of us,
+I suppose, object to that. It helps to keep us all diligent: a sturdy
+adherence to our several 'distinctive principles' and an occasional
+hard blow in fair fight on their behalf we shall all insist upon. Our
+brotherhood is all the more real for frank speech, and 'the animated
+No!' is an essential in all intercourse which is not stagnant or
+mawkish. There is much true fellowship and much good feeling among
+all these. But we want far more of an honest rejoicing in each
+other's success, a quicker and truer manly sympathy with each other's
+work, a fuller consciousness of our solidarity in Christ, and a
+clearer exhibition of it before the world.
+
+And on a wider view, as our eyes travel over the wide field of
+Christendom, and our memories go back over the long ages of the story
+of the Church, let gladness, and not wonder or reluctance, be the
+temper with which we see the graces of Christian character lifting
+their meek blossoms in corners strange to us, and breathing their
+fragrance over the pastures of the wilderness. In many a cloister, in
+many a hermit's cell, from amidst the smoke of incense, through the
+dust of controversies, we should see, and be glad to see, faces
+bright with the radiance caught from Christ. Let us set a jealous
+watch over our hearts that self-absorption, or denominationalism, or
+envy do not make the sight a pain instead of a joy; and let us
+remember that the eye-salve which will purge our dim sight to behold
+the grace of God in all its forms is that grace itself, which ever
+recognises its own kindred, and lives in the gladness of charity, and
+the joy of beholding a brother's good. If we are to have eyes to know
+the grace of God when we see it, and a heart to rejoice when we know
+it, we must get them as Barnabas got his, and be good men, because we
+are full of the Holy Ghost, and full of the Holy Ghost because we are
+full of faith.
+
+III. What Barnabas said.
+
+'He exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave
+unto the Lord.' The first thing that strikes one about this all-
+sufficient directory for Christian life is the emphasis with which it
+sets forth 'the Lord' as the one object to be grasped and held. The
+sum of all objective Religion is Christ--the sum of all subjective
+Religion is cleaving to Him. A living Person to be laid hold of, and
+a personal relation to that Person, such is the conception of
+Religion, whether considered as revelation or as inward life, which
+underlies this exhortation. Whether we listen to His own words about
+Himself, and mark the altogether unprecedented way in which He was
+His own theme, and the unique decisiveness and plainness with which
+He puts His own personality before us as the Incarnate Truth, the
+pattern for all human conduct, the refuge and the rest for the world
+of weary ones; or whether we give ear to the teaching of His
+Apostles; from whatever point of view we approach Christianity, it
+all resolves itself into the person of Jesus Christ. He is the
+_Revelation_ of God; theology, properly so called, is but the
+formulating of the facts which He gives us; and for the modern world
+the alternative is, Christ the manifested God, or no God at all,
+other than the shadow of a name. He is the perfect _Exemplar_ of
+humanity! The law of life and the power to fulfil the law are both in
+Him; and the superiority of Christian morality consists not in this
+or that isolated precept, but in the embodiment of all goodness in
+His life, and in the new motive which He supplies for keeping the
+commandment. Wrenched away from Him, Christian morality has no being.
+He is the sacrifice for the world, the salvation of which flows from
+what He does, and not merely from what He taught or was. His
+personality is the foundation of His work, and the gospel of
+forgiveness and reconciliation is all contained in the name of Jesus.
+
+There is a constant tendency to separate the results of Christ's life
+and death, whether considered as revelation, atonement, or ethics,
+from Him, and unconsciously to make these the sum of our Religion,
+and the object of our faith. Especially is this the case in times of
+restless thought and eager canvassing of the very foundations of
+religious belief, like the present. Therefore it is wholesome for us
+all to be brought back to the pregnant simplicity of the thought
+which underlies this text, and to mark how vividly these early
+Christians apprehended a living Lord as the sum and substance of all
+which they had to grasp.
+
+There is a whole world between the man to whom God's revelation
+consists in certain doctrines given to us by Jesus Christ, and the
+man to whom it consists in that Christ Himself. Grasping a living
+person is not the same as accepting a proposition. True, the
+propositions are about Him, and we do not know Him without them. But
+equally true, we need to be reminded that _He_ is our Saviour and not
+_they_, and that God has revealed Himself to us not in words and
+sentences but in a life.
+
+For, alas! the doctrinal element has overborne the personal among all
+Churches and all schools of thought, and in the necessary process of
+formulating and systematising the riches which are in Jesus, we are
+all apt to confound the creeds with the Christ, and so to manipulate
+Christianity until, instead of being the revelation of a Person and a
+gospel, it has become a system of divinity. Simple, devout souls have
+to complain that they cannot find even a dead Christ, to say nothing
+of a living one, for the theologians have 'taken away their Lord, and
+they know not where they have laid Him.'
+
+It is, therefore, to be reckoned as a distinct gain that one result
+of the course of more recent thought, both among friends and foes,
+has been to make all men feel more than before, that all revelation
+is contained in the living person of Jesus Christ. So did the Church
+believe before creeds were. So it is coming to feel again, with a
+consciousness enriched and defined by the whole body of doctrine,
+which has flowed from Him during all the ages. That solemn, gracious
+Figure rises day by day more clearly before men, whether they love
+Him or no, as the vital centre of this great whole of doctrines,
+laws, institutions, which we call Christianity. Round the story of
+His life the final struggle is to be waged. The foe feels that, so
+long as that remains, all other victories count for nothing. We feel
+that if that goes, there is nothing to keep. The principles and the
+precepts will perish alike, as the fair palace of the old legend,
+that crumbled to dust when its builder died. But so long as He stands
+before mankind as He is painted in the Gospel, it will endure. If all
+else were annihilated, Churches, creeds and all, leave us these four
+Gospels, and all else would be evolved again. The world knows now,
+and the Church has always known, though it has not always been true
+to the significance of the fact, that Jesus Christ is Christianity,
+and that because He lives, it will live also.
+
+And consequently the sum of all personal religion is this simple act
+described here as _cleaving to Him_.
+
+Need I do more than refer to the rich variety of symbols and forms of
+expression under which that thought is put alike by the Master and by
+His servants? Deepest of all are His own great words, of which our
+text is but a feeble echo, 'Abide in Me, and I in you.' Fairest of
+all is that lovely emblem of the vine, setting forth the sweet
+mystery of our union with Him. Far as it is from the outmost pliant
+tendril to the root, one life passes to the very extremities, and
+every cluster swells and reddens and mellows because of its
+mysterious flow. 'So also is Christ.' We remember how often the
+invitation flowed from His lips, _Come_ unto Me; how He was wont to
+beckon men away from self and the world with the great command,
+_Follow_ Me; how He explained the secret of all true life to consist
+in _eating_ Him. We may recall, too, the emphasis and perpetual
+reiteration with which Paul speaks of being 'in Jesus' as the
+condition of all blessedness, power, and righteousness; and the
+emblems which he so often employs of the building bound into a whole
+on the foundation from which it derives its stability, of the body
+compacted and organised into a whole by the head from which it
+derives its life.
+
+We begin to be Christians, as this context tells us, when we 'turn to
+the Lord.' We continue to be Christians, as Barnabas reminded these
+ignorant beginners, by 'cleaving to the Lord.' Seeing, then, that our
+great task is to preserve that which we have as the very foundation
+of our Christian life, clearly the truest method of so keeping it
+will be the constant repetition of the act by which we got it at
+first. In other words, faith joined us to Christ, and continuously
+reiterated acts of faith keep us united to Him. So, if I may venture,
+fathers and brethren, to cast my words into the form of exhortation,
+even to such an audience as the present, I would earnestly say, Let
+us cleave to Christ by continual renewal of our first faith in Him.
+
+The longest line may be conceived of as produced simply by the motion
+of its initial point. So should our lives be, our progress not
+consisting in leaving our early acts of faith behind us, but in
+repeating them over and over again till the points coalesce in one
+unbroken line which goes straight to the Throne and Heart of Jesus.
+True, the repetition should be accompanied with fuller knowledge,
+with calmer certitude, and should come from a heart ennobled and
+encircled by a Christ-possessing past. As in some great symphony the
+theme which was given out in low notes on one poor instrument recurs
+over and over again, embroidered with varying harmonies, and
+unfolding a richer music, till it swells into all the grandeur of the
+triumphant close, so our lives should be bound into a unity, and in
+their unity bound to Christ by the constant renewal of our early
+faith, and the fathers should come round again to the place which
+they occupied when as children they first knew Him that is 'from the
+beginning' to the end one and the same.
+
+Such constant reiteration is needed, too, because yesterday's trust
+has no more power to secure to-day's union than the shreds of cloth
+and nails which hold last year's growth to the wall will fasten this
+year's shoots. Each moment must be united to Christ by its own act of
+faith, or it will be separated from Him. So living in the Lord we
+shall be strong and wise, happy and holy. So dying in the Lord we
+shall be of the dead who are blessed. So sleeping in Jesus we shall
+at the last be found in Him at that day, and shall be raised up
+together, and made to sit together in heavenly places in Christ
+Jesus.
+
+But more specially let us cleave to Christ by habitual contemplation.
+There can be no real continuous closeness of intercourse with Him,
+except by thought ever recurring to Him amidst all the tumult of our
+busy days. I do not mean professional thinking or controversial
+thinking, of which we ministers have more than enough. There is
+another mood of mind in which to approach our Lord than these, a mood
+sadly unfamiliar, I am afraid, in these days: when poor Mary has
+hardly a chance of a reputation for 'usefulness' by the side of busy,
+bustling Martha--that still contemplation of the truth which we
+possess, not with the view of discovering its foundations, or
+investigating its applications, or even of increasing our knowledge
+of its contents, but of bringing our own souls more completely under
+its influence, and saturating our being with its fragrance. The
+Church has forgotten how to meditate. We are all so occupied arguing
+and deducing and elaborating, that we have no time for retired, still
+contemplation, and therefore lose the finest aroma of the truth we
+profess to believe. Many of us are so busy thinking about
+Christianity that we have lost our hold of Christ. Sure I am that
+there are few things more needed by our modern religion than the old
+exhortation, 'Come, My people, enter into thy chambers and shut thy
+doors about thee.' Cleave to the Lord by habitual play of meditative
+thought on the treasures hidden in His name, and waiting like gold in
+the quartz, to be the prize of our patient sifting and close gaze.
+
+And when the great truths embodied in Him stand clear before us, then
+let us remember that we have not done with them when we have _seen_
+them. Next must come into exercise the moral side of faith, the
+voluntary act of trust, the casting ourselves on Him whom we behold,
+the making our own of the blessings which He holds out to us. Flee to
+Christ as to our strong habitation to which we may continually
+resort. Hold tightly by Christ with a grasp which nothing can slacken
+(that whitens your very knuckles as you clutch Him), lean on Christ
+all your weight and all your burdens. Cleave to the Lord with full
+purpose of heart.
+
+Let us cleave to the Lord by constant outgoings of our love to Him.
+That is the bond which unites human spirits together in the only real
+union, and Scripture teaches us to see in the sweetest, sacredest,
+closest tie that men and women can know, a real, though faint, shadow
+of the far deeper and truer union between Christ and us. The same
+love which is the bond of perfectness between man and man, is the
+bond between us and Christ. In no dreamy, semi-pantheistic fusion of
+the believer with his Lord do we find the true conception of the
+unity of Christ and His Church, but in a union which preserves the
+individualities lest it should slay the love. Faith knits us to
+Christ, and faith is the mother of love, which maintains the blessed
+union. So let us not be ashamed of the _emotional_ side of our
+religion, nor deem that we can cleave to Christ unless our hearts
+twine their tendrils round Him, and our love pours its odorous
+treasures on His sacred feet, not without weeping and embraces. Cold
+natures may carp, but Love is justified of her children, and Christ
+accepts the homage that has a heart in it. Cleaving to the Lord is
+not merely love, but it is impossible without it. The order is Faith,
+Love, Obedience--that threefold cord knits men to Christ, and Christ
+to men. For the understanding, a continuous grasp of Him as the
+object of thought. For the heart, a continuous outgoing to Him as the
+object of our love. For the will, a continuous submission to Him as
+the Lord of our obedience. For the whole nature, a continuous
+cleaving to Him as the object of our faith and worship.
+
+Such is the true discipline of the Christian life. Such is the all-
+sufficient command; as for the newest convert from heathenism, with
+little knowledge and the taint of his old vices in his soul, so for
+the saint fullest of wisdom and nearest the Light.
+
+It _is_ all-sufficient. If Barnabas had been like some of us, he
+would have had a very different style of exhortation. He would have
+said, 'This irregular work has been well done, but there are no
+authorised teachers here, and no provision has been made for the due
+administration of the sacraments of the Church. The very first thing
+of all is to give these people the blessing of bishops and priests.'
+Some of us would have said, 'Valuable work has been done, but these
+good people are terribly ignorant. The best thing would be to get
+ready as soon as possible some manual of Christian doctrine, and in
+the meantime provide for their systematic instruction in at least the
+elements of the faith.' Some of us would have said, 'No doubt they
+have been converted, but we fear there has been too much of the
+emotional in the preaching. The moral side of Christianity has not
+been pressed home, and what they chiefly need is to be taught that it
+is not feeling, but righteousness. Plain, practical instruction in
+Christian duty is the one thing they want.'
+
+Barnabas knew better. He did not despise organisation, nor orthodoxy,
+nor practical righteousness, but he knew that all three, and
+everything else that any man needed for his perfecting would come, if
+only the converts kept near to Christ, and that nothing else was of
+any use if they did not. That same conviction should for us settle
+the relative importance which we attach to these subordinate and
+derivative things, and to the primary and primitive duty. Obedience
+to it will secure them. They, without it, are not worth securing.
+
+We spend much pains and effort nowadays in perfecting our
+organisations and consolidating our resources, and I have not a word
+to say against that. But heavier machinery needs more power in the
+engine, and that means greater capacity in your boilers and more fire
+in your furnace. The more complete our organisation, the more do we
+need a firm hold of Christ, or we shall be overweighted by it, shall
+be in danger of burning incense to our own net, shall be tempted to
+trust in drill rather than in courage, in mechanism rather than in
+the life drawn from Christ. On the other hand, if we put as our first
+care the preservation of the closeness of our union with Christ, that
+life will shape a body for itself, and 'to every seed its own body.'
+
+True conceptions of Him, and a definite theology, are good and
+needful. Let us cleave to Him with mind and heart, and we shall
+receive all the knowledge we need, and be guided into the deep things
+of God. In Him are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, and
+the basis of all theology is the personal possession of Him who is
+'the wisdom of God' and 'the Light of the world.' Every one that
+loveth is born of God and knoweth God. _Pectus facit Theologum_.
+
+Plain, straightforward morality and everyday righteousness are better
+than all emotion and all dogmatism and all churchism, says the world,
+and Christianity says much the same; but plain, straightforward
+righteousness and everyday morality come most surely when a man is
+keeping close to Christ. In a word, everything that can adorn the
+character with beauty, and clothe the Church with glorious apparel,
+whatsoever things are lovely and of good report, all that the world
+or God calls virtue and crowns with praise, they are all in their
+fulness in Him, and all are most surely derived from Him by keeping
+fast hold of His hand, and preserving the channels clear through
+which His manifold grace may flow into our souls. The same life is
+strength in the arm, pliancy in the fingers, swiftness in the foot,
+light in the eye, music on the lips; so the same grace is Protean in
+its forms, and to His servants who trust Him Christ ever says, 'What
+would ye that I should do unto you? Be it even as thou wilt.' The
+same mysterious power lives in the swaying branch, and in the veined
+leaf, and in the blushing clusters. With like wondrous
+transformations of the one grace, the Lord pours Himself into our
+spirits, filling all needs and fitting for all circumstances.
+Therefore for us all, individuals and Churches, this remains the
+prime command, 'With purpose of heart cleave unto the Lord.' Dear
+brethren in the ministry, how sorely we need this exhortation! Our
+very professional occupation with Christ and His truth is full of
+danger for us; we are so accustomed to handle these sacred themes as
+a means of instructing or impressing others that we get to regard
+them as our weapons, even if we do not degrade them still further by
+thinking of them as our stock-in-trade and means of oratorical
+effect. We must keep very firm hold of Christ for ourselves by much
+solitary communion, and so retranslating into the nutriment of our
+own souls the message we bring to men, else when we have preached to
+others we ourselves may he cast away. All the ordinary tendencies
+which draw men from Him work on us, and a host of others peculiar to
+ourselves, and all around us run strong currents of thought which
+threaten to sweep many away. Let us tighten our grasp of Him in the
+face of modern doubt; and take heed to ourselves that neither vanity,
+nor worldliness, nor sloth; neither the gravitation earthward common
+to all, nor the temptations proper to our office; neither unbelieving
+voices without nor voices within, seduce us from His side. There only
+is our peace, there our wisdom, there our power.
+
+Subtly and silently the separating forces are ever at work upon us,
+and all unconsciously to ourselves our hold may relax, and the flow
+of this grace into our spirits may cease, while yet we mechanically
+keep up the round of outward service, nor even suspect that our
+strength is departed from us. Many a stately elm that seems full of
+vigorous life, for all its spreading boughs and clouds of dancing
+leaves, is hollow at the heart, and when the storm comes goes down
+with a crash, and men wonder, as they look at the ruin, how such a
+mere shell of life with a core of corruption could stand so long. It
+rotted within, and fell at last, because its roots did not go deep
+down to the rich soil, where they would have found nourishment, but
+ran along near the surface among gravel and stones. If we would stand
+firm, be sound within, and bring forth much fruit, we must strike our
+roots deep in Him who is the anchorage of our souls, and the
+nourisher of all our being.
+
+Hearken, beloved brethren, in this great work of the ministry, not to
+the exhortation of the servant, but to the solemn command of the
+Master, 'Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit
+of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye
+abide in Me.' And let us, knowing our own weakness, take heed of the
+self-confidence that answers, 'Though all should forsake Thee, yet
+will not I,' and turn the vows which spring to our lips into the
+lowly prayer, 'My soul cleaveth unto the dust, quicken Thou me
+according to Thy word.' Then, thinking rather of His cleaving to us
+than of our cleaving to Him, let us resolutely take as the motto of
+our lives the grand words: 'I follow after, if that I may lay hold of
+that for which I am also laid hold of by Christ Jesus!'
+
+
+
+WHAT A GOOD MAN IS, AND HOW HE BECOMES SO
+
+'He was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith.'
+--ACTS xi, 24.
+
+'A good man.' How easily that title is often gained! There is,
+perhaps, no clearer proof that men are bad than the sort of people
+whom they consent to call good.
+
+It is a common observation that all words describing moral excellence
+tend to deteriorate and to contract their meaning, just as bright
+metal rusts by exposure, or coins become light and illegible by use.
+So it comes to pass that any decently respectable man, especially if
+he has an easy temper and a dash of frankness and good humour, is
+christened with this title 'good.' The Bible, which is the verdict of
+the Judge, is a great deal more chary in its use of the word. You
+remember how Jesus Christ once rebuked a man for addressing Him so,
+not that He repudiated the title, but that the giver had bestowed it
+lightly and out of mere conventional politeness. The word is too
+noble to be applied without very good reason.
+
+But here we have a picture of Barnabas hung in the gallery of
+Scripture portraits, and this is the description of it in the
+catalogue, 'He was a good man.'
+
+You observe that my text is in the nature of an analysis. It begins
+at the outside, and works inwards. 'He was a good man.' Indeed;--how
+came he to be so? He was 'full of the Holy Ghost.' Full of the Holy
+Ghost, was he? How came he to be that? He was 'full of faith.' So the
+writer digs down, as it were, till he gets to the bed-rock, on which
+all the higher strata repose; and here is his account of the way in
+which it is possible for human nature to win this resplendent title,
+and to be adjudged of God as 'good,' 'full of the Holy Ghost and of
+faith.'
+
+So these three steps in the exposition of the character and its
+secret will afford a framework for what I have to say now.
+
+I. Note, then, first, the sort of man whom the Judge will call
+'good.'
+
+Now, I suppose I need not spend much time in massing together, in
+brief outline, the characteristics of Barnabas. He was a Levite,
+belonging to the sacerdotal tribe, and perhaps having some slight
+connection with the functions of the Temple ministry. He was not a
+resident in the Holy Land, but a Hellenistic Jew, a native of Cyprus,
+who had come into contact with heathenism in a way that had beaten
+many a prejudice out of him. We first hear of him as taking a share
+in the self-sacrificing burst of brotherly love, which, whether it
+was wise or not, was noble. 'He, having land, sold it, and brought
+the money, and laid it at the Apostles' feet.' And, as would appear
+from a reference in one of Paul's letters, he had to support himself
+afterwards by manual labour.
+
+Then the next thing that we hear of him is that, when the young man
+who had been a persecuting Pharisee, and the rising hope of the anti-
+Christian party, all at once came forward with some story of a vision
+which he had seen on the road to Damascus, and when the older
+Christians were suspicious of a trick to worm himself into their
+secrets by a pretended conversion, Barnabas, with the generosity of
+an unsuspicious nature, which often sees deeper into men than do
+suspicious eyes, was the first to cast the aegis of his recognition
+round him. In like manner, when Christianity took an entirely
+spontaneous and, to the Church at Jerusalem, rather unwelcome new
+development and expansion, when some unofficial believers, without
+any authority from headquarters, took upon themselves to stride clean
+across the wall of separation, and to speak of Jesus Christ to blank
+heathens, and found, to the not altogether gratified surprise of the
+Christians at Jerusalem, 'that on the Gentiles also was poured out
+the gift of the Holy Ghost,' it was Barnabas who was sent down to
+look into this surprising new phenomenon, and we read that 'when he
+came and saw the grace of God, he was glad.' The reason why he
+rejoiced over the manifestation of the grace of God in such a strange
+form was because 'he was a good man,' and his goodness recognised
+goodness in others and was glad at the work of the Lord. The new
+condition of affairs sent him to look for Paul, and to put him to
+work. Then we find him set apart to missionary service, and the
+leader of the first missionary band, in which he was accompanied by
+his friend Saul. He acquiesced frankly, and without a murmur, in the
+superiority of the junior, and yielded up pre-eminence to him quite
+willingly. The story of that missionary journey begins 'Barnabas and
+Saul,' but very soon it comes to be 'Paul and Barnabas,' and it keeps
+that order throughout. He was an older man than Paul, for when at
+Lystra the people thought that the gods had come down in the likeness
+of men; Barnabas was Jupiter, and Paul the quick-footed Mercury,
+messenger of the gods. He was in the work before Paul was thought of,
+and it must have taken a great deal of goodness to acquiesce in 'He
+must increase and I must decrease.' Then came the quarrel between
+them, the foolish fondness for his runaway nephew John Mark, whom he
+insisted on retaining in a place for which he was conspicuously
+unfitted. And so he lost his friend, the confidence of the Church,
+and his work. He sulked away into Cyprus; he had his nephew, for whom
+he had given up all these other things. A little fault may wreck a
+life, and the whiter the character the blacker the smallest stain
+upon it.
+
+We do not hear anything more of him. Apparently, from one casual
+allusion, he continued to serve the Lord in evangelistic work, but
+the sweet communion of the earlier days, and the confident friendship
+with the Apostle, seem to have come to an end with that sharp
+contention. So Barnabas drops out of the rank of Christian workers.
+And yet 'he was a good man, full of the Holy Ghost and of faith.'
+
+Now I have spent more time than I meant over this brief outline of
+the sort of character here pointed at. Let me just gather into one or
+two sentences what seem to me to be the lessons of it. The first is
+this, that the tap-root of all goodness is reference to God and
+obedience to Him. People tell us that morality is independent of
+religion. I admit that many men are better than their creeds, and
+many men are worse than their creeds; but I would also venture to
+assert that morality is the garment of religion; the body of which
+religion is the soul; the expression of religion in daily life. And
+although I am not going to say that nothing which a man does without
+reference to God has any comparative goodness in it, or that all the
+acts which are thus void of reference to Him stand upon one level of
+evil, I do venture to say that the noblest deed, which is not done in
+conscious obedience to the will of God, lacks its supreme nobleness.
+The loftiest perfection of conduct is obedience to God. And whatever
+excellence of self-sacrifice, 'whatsoever things lovely and of good
+report,' there may be, apart from the presence of this perfect
+motive, those deeds are imperfect. They do not correspond either to
+the whole obligations or to the whole possibilities of man, and,
+therefore, they are beneath the level of the highest good. Good is
+measured by reference to God.
+
+Then, further, let me remark that one broad feature which
+characterises the truest goodness is the suppression of self. That is
+only another way of saying the same thing as I have been saying. It
+is illustrated for us all through this story of Barnabas. Whosoever
+can say, 'I think not of myself, but of others; of the cause; of the
+help I can give to men; and I lay not goods only, nor prejudices
+only, nor the pride of position and the supremacy of place only at
+the feet of God, but I lay down my whole self; and I desire that self
+may be crucified, that God may live in me,'--he, and only he, has
+reached the height of goodness. Goodness requires the suppression of
+self.
+
+Further, note that the gentler traits of character are pre-eminent in
+Christian goodness. There is nothing about this man heroic or
+exceptional. His virtues are all of the meek and gracious sort--those
+which we relegate sometimes to an inferior place in our estimates.
+These things make but a poor show by the side of some of the tawdry
+splendours of what the vulgar world calls virtues. It requires an
+educated eye to see the harmony of the sober colouring of some great
+painter. A child, a clown, a vulgar person--and there are such in all
+ranks--will prefer flaring reds and blues and yellows heaped together
+in staring contrast. A thrush or a blackbird is but a soberly clad
+creature by the side of macaws and paroquets; but the one has a song
+and the others have only a screech. The gentle virtues are the truly
+Christian virtues--patience and meekness and long-suffering and
+sympathy and readiness to efface oneself for the sake of God and of
+men.
+
+So there is a bit of comfort for us commonplace, humdrum people, to
+whom God has only given one or two talents, and who can never expect
+to make a figure before men. We may be little violets below a stone,
+if we cannot be flaunting hollyhocks and tiger lilies. We may have
+the beauty of goodness in us after Christ's example, and that is
+better than to be great.
+
+Barnabas was no genius. He was not even a genius in goodness; he did
+not strike out anything original and out of the way. He seems to have
+been a commonplace kind of man enough; but 'he was a good man.' And
+the weakest and the humblest of us may hope to have the same thing
+said of us, if we will.
+
+And then, note further, that true goodness, thank God! does not
+exclude the possibility of falling and sinning. There is a black spot
+in this man's history; and there are black spots in the histories of
+all saints. Thank God! the Bible is, as some people would say, almost
+brutally frank in telling us about the imperfections of the best.
+Very often imperfections are the exaggerations of characteristic
+goodnesses, and warn us to take care that we do not push, as Barnabas
+did, our facility to the point of criminal complicity with
+weaknesses; and that we do not indulge, instead of strenuously
+rebuking when need is. Never let our gentleness fall away, like a
+badly made jelly, into a trembling heap, and never let our strength
+gather itself together into a repulsive attitude, but guard against
+the exaggeration of virtue into vice.
+
+Remember that whilst there may be good men who sin, there is One
+entire and flawless, in whom all types of excellence do meet, and who
+alone of humanity can front the verdict of the world, and has fronted
+it now for nineteen centuries, with the question upon His lips, which
+none have dared to answer, 'Which of you convinceth Me of sin?'
+
+II. Secondly, notice the divine Helper who makes men good.
+
+Luke, if he be the writer of the Acts, goes on with his analysis. He
+has done with the first fold, the outer garment, as it were; he
+strips it off and shows us the next fold, 'full of the Holy Ghost.'
+
+A divine Helper, not merely a divine influence, but a divine Person,
+who not only helps men from without, but so enters into a man as that
+the man's whole nature is saturated with Him--that is strange
+language. Mystical and unreal I dare say some of you may think it,
+but let us consider whether some such divine Helper is not plainly
+pointed as necessary, by the experience of every man that ever
+honestly tried to make himself good.
+
+I have no doubt that I am speaking to many persons who, more or less
+constantly and courageously and earnestly, have laboured at the task
+of self-improvement and self-culture. I venture to think that, if
+their standard of what they wish to attain is high, their confession
+of what they have attained will be very low. Ah, brother! if we think
+of what it is that we need to make us good--viz. the strengthening of
+these weak wills of ours, which we cannot strengthen but to a very
+limited degree by any tonics that we can apply, or any supports with
+which we may bind them round; if we consider the resistance which
+ourselves, our passions, our tastes, our habits, our occupations
+offer, and the resistance which the world around us, friends,
+companions, and all the aggregate, dread and formidable, of material
+things present to our becoming, in any lofty and comprehensive sense
+of the term, good men and women, I think we shall be ready to listen,
+as to a true Gospel, to the message that says, 'You do not need to do
+it by yourself.' You have got the wolf by the ears, perhaps, for a
+moment, but there is tremendous strength in the brute, and your hands
+and wrists will ache in holding him presently, and what will happen
+then? You do not need to try it yourself. There is a divine Helper
+standing at your sides and waiting to strengthen you, and that Helper
+does not work from outside; He will pass within, and dwell in your
+hearts and mould and strengthen your wills to what is good, and
+suppress your inclinations to evil, and, by His inward presence,
+teach 'your hands to war and your fingers to fight.'
+
+Surely, surely, the experience of the world from the beginning,
+confirmed by the consciousness and conscience of every one of us,
+tells us that of ourselves we are impotent, and that the good that is
+within the reach of our unaided efforts is poor and fragmentary and
+superficial indeed.
+
+The great promise of the Gospel is precisely this promise. We
+terribly limit and misunderstand what we call the Gospel if we give
+such exclusive predominance to one part of it, as some of us are
+accustomed to do. Thank God I the first word that Jesus Christ says
+to any soul is, 'Thy sins be forgiven thee.' But that first word has
+a second that follows it, 'Arise! and walk!' and it is for the sake
+of the second that the first is spoken. The gift of pardon, the
+consciousness of acceptance, the fact of reconciliation with God, the
+closing of the doors of the place of retribution, the quieting of the
+stings of accusing conscience, all these are but meant to be
+introductory to that which Jesus Christ Himself, in the Gospel of
+John, emphatically calls more than once '_the_ gift of God,' which He
+symbolised by 'living water,' which whosoever drank should never
+thirst, and which whosoever possessed would give it forth in living
+streams of holy life and noble deeds. The promise of the Gospel is
+the promise of new life, derived from Christ and maintained in us by
+the indwelling Spirit, which will come like fresh reinforcements to
+an all but beaten army in some hard-fought field, which will stand
+like a stay behind a man, to us almost blown over by the gusts of
+temptation, which will strengthen what is weak, raise what is low,
+illumine what is dark, and will make us who are evil good with a
+goodness given by God through His Son.
+
+Surely there is nothing more congruous with that divine character
+than that He who Himself is good, and good from Himself, should
+rejoice in making us, His poor children, into His own likeness.
+Surely He would not be good unless He delighted to make us good.
+Surely it is something very like presumption in men to assert that
+the direct communication of the Spirit of God with the spirits whom
+God has made is an impossibility. Surely it is flying in the face of
+Scripture teaching to deny that such communication is a promise.
+Surely it is a flagrant contradiction of the depths of Christian
+experience to falter in the belief that it is a very solid reality.
+
+'Full of the Holy Ghost,' as a vessel might be to its brim of golden
+wine; Christian men and women! does that describe you? Full? A
+dribbling drop or two in the bottom of the jar. Whose fault is it?
+Why, with that rushing mighty wind to fill our sails if we like,
+should we be lying in the sickly calms of the tropics, with the pitch
+oozing out of the seams, and the idle canvas flapping against the
+mast? Why, with those tongues of fire hovering over our heads, should
+we be cowering over grey ashes in which there lives a little spark?
+Why, with that great rushing tide of the river of the water of life,
+should we be like the dry watercourses of the desert, with bleached
+and white stones baking where the stream should be running? 'O! Thou
+that art named the House of Israel, is the Spirit of the Lord
+straitened? Are these His doings?'
+
+III. And so, lastly, we are shown how that divine Helper comes to
+men.
+
+'Full of the Holy Ghost, and of faith.' There is no goodness without
+the impulse and indwelling of the divine Spirit, and there is no
+divine Spirit to dwell in a man's heart without that man's trusting
+in Jesus Christ. The condition of receiving the gift that makes us
+good is simply and solely that we should put our trust in Jesus
+Christ the Giver. That opens the door, and the divine Spirit enters.
+
+True! there are convincing operations which He effects upon the
+world; but these are not in question here. These come prior to, and
+independent of, faith. But the work of the Spirit of God, present
+within us to heal and hallow us, has as condition our trust in Jesus
+Christ, the Great Healer. If you open a chink, the water will come
+in. If you trust in Jesus Christ, He will give you the new life of
+His Spirit, which will make you free from the law of sin and death.
+That divine Spirit 'which they that believe in Him should receive'
+delights to enter into every heart where His presence is desired.
+Faith is desire; and desires rooted in faith cannot be in vain. Faith
+is expectation; and expectations based upon the divine promise can
+never be disappointed. Faith is dependence, and dependence that
+reckons upon God, and upon God's gift of His Spirit, will surely be
+recompensed.
+
+The measure in which we possess the power that makes us good depends
+altogether upon ourselves. 'Open thy mouth wide and I will fill it.'
+You may have as much of God as you want, and as little as you will.
+The measure of your faith will determine at once the measure of your
+goodness, and of your possession of the Spirit that makes good. Just
+as when the prophet miraculously increased the oil in the cruse, the
+golden stream flowed as long as they brought vessels, and stayed when
+there were no more, so as long as we open our hearts for the
+reception, the gift will not be withheld, but God will not let it run
+like water spilled upon the ground that cannot be gathered up. If we
+will desire, if we will expect, if we will reckon on, if we will look
+to, Jesus Christ, and, beside all this, if we will honestly use the
+power that we possess, our capacity will grow, and the gift will
+grow, and our holiness and purity will grow with it.
+
+Some of you have been trying more or less continuously, all your
+lives, to mend your own characters and improve yourselves. Brethren,
+there is a better way than that. A modern poet says--
+
+ 'Self-reverence, self-knowledge, self-control,
+ These three alone lift life to sovereign power.'
+
+Taken by itself that is pure heathenism. Self cannot improve self.
+Put self into God's keeping, and say, 'I cannot guard, keep, purge,
+hallow mine own self. Lord, do Thou do it for me!' It is no use to
+try to build a tower whose top shall reach to heaven. A ladder has
+been let down on which we may pass upwards, and by which God's angels
+of grace and beauty will come down to dwell in our hearts. If the
+Judge is to say of each of us, 'He was a good man,' He must also be
+able to say, 'He was full of the Holy Ghost and of faith.'
+
+
+
+A NICKNAME ACCEPTED
+
+'The disciples were called Christians first in Antioch'
+--ACTS xi. 26.
+
+Nations and parties, both political and religious, very often call
+themselves by one name, and are known to the outside world by
+another. These outside names are generally given in contempt; and yet
+they sometimes manage to hit the very centre of the characteristics
+of the people on whom they are bestowed, and so by degrees get to be
+adopted by them, and worn as an honour.
+
+So it has been with the name 'Christian.' It was given at the first
+by the inhabitants of the Syrian city of Antioch, to a new sort of
+people that had sprung up amongst them, and whom they could not quite
+make out. They would not fit into any of their categories, and so
+they had to invent a new name for them. It is never used in the New
+Testament by Christians about themselves. It occurs here in this
+text; it occurs in Agrippa's half-contemptuous exclamation: 'You seem
+to think it is a very small matter to make me--me, a king!--a
+Christian, one of those despised people!' And it occurs once more,
+where the Apostle Peter is specifying the charges brought against
+them: 'If any man suffer as a Christian, let him not be ashamed; but
+let him glorify God on this behalf (1 Peter iv. 16). That sounds like
+the beginning of the process which has gone on ever since, by which
+the nickname, flung by the sarcastic men of Antioch, has been turned
+into the designation by which, all over the world, the followers of
+Jesus Christ have been proud to call themselves.
+
+Now in this text there are the outside name by which the world calls
+the followers of Jesus Christ, and one of the many interior names by
+which the Church called itself. I have thought it might be profitable
+now to put all the New Testament names for Christ's followers
+together, and think about them.
+
+I. So, to begin with, we deal with this name given by the world to
+the Church, which the Church has adopted.
+
+Observe the circumstances under which it was given. A handful of
+large-hearted, brave men, anonymous fugitives belonging to the little
+Church in Jerusalem, had come down to Antioch; and there, without
+premeditation, without authority, almost without consciousness--
+certainly without knowing what a great thing they were doing--they
+took, all at once, as if it were the most natural thing in the world,
+a great step by preaching the Gospel to pure heathen Greeks; and so
+began the process by which a small Jewish sect was transformed into a
+world-wide church. The success of their work in Antioch, amongst the
+pure heathen population, has for its crowning attestation this, that
+it compelled the curiosity-hunting, pleasure-loving, sarcastic
+Antiocheans to find out a new name for this new thing; to write out a
+new label for the new bottles into which the new wine was being put.
+Clearly the name shows that the Church was beginning to attract the
+attention of outsiders.
+
+Clearly it shows, too, that there was a novel element in the Church.
+The earlier disciples had been all Jews, and could be lumped together
+along with their countrymen, and come under the same category. But
+here was something that could not be called either Jew or Greek,
+because it embraced both. The new name is the first witness to the
+cosmopolitan character of the primitive Church. Then clearly, too,
+the name indicates that in a certain dim, confused way, even these
+superficial observers had got hold of the right notion of what it was
+that _did_ bind these people together. They called them 'Christians'
+--Christ's men, Christ's followers. But it was only a very dim
+refraction of the truth that had got to them; they had no notion that
+'Christ' was not a proper name, but the designation of an office; and
+they had no notion that there was anything peculiar or strange in the
+bond which united its adherents to Christ. Hence they called His
+followers 'Christians,' just as they would have called Herod's
+followers 'Herodians,' in the political world, or Aristotle's
+followers 'Aristotelians' in the philosophical world. Still, in their
+groping way, they bad put their finger on the fact that the one power
+that held this heterogeneous mass together, the one bond that bound
+up 'Jew and Gentile, barbarian, Scythian, bond and free' into one
+vital unity, was a personal relation to a living Person. And so they
+said--not understanding the whole significance of it, but having got
+hold of the right end of the clue--they said, 'They are Christians!'
+'Christ's people,' 'the followers of this Christ.'
+
+And their very blunder was a felicity. If they had called them
+'Jesuits' that would have meant the followers of the mere man. They
+did not know how much deeper they had gone when they said, not
+followers of Jesus, but 'followers of Christ'; for it is not Jesus
+the Man, but Jesus Christ, the Man with His office, that makes the
+centre and the bond of the Christian Church.
+
+These, then, are the facts, and the fair inferences from them. A
+plain lesson here lies on the surface. The Church--that is to say,
+the men and women who make its members--should draw to itself the
+notice of the outside world. I do not mean by advertising, and
+ostentation, and sounding trumpets, and singularities, and
+affectations. None of all these are needed. If you are live
+Christians it will be plain enough to outsiders. It is a poor comment
+on your consistency, if, being Christ's followers, you can go through
+life unrecognised even by 'them that are without.' What shall we say
+of leaven which does _not_ leaven, or of light which does _not_
+shine, or of salt which does _not_ repel corruption? It is a poor
+affair if, being professed followers of Jesus Christ, you do not
+impress the world with the thought that 'here is a man who does not
+come under any of our categories, and who needs a new entry to
+describe _him_.' The world ought to have the same impression about
+you which Haman had about the Jews--'Their laws are diverse from all
+people.'
+
+Christian professors, are the world's names for each other enough to
+describe you by, or do you need another name to be coined for you in
+order to express the manifest characteristics that you display? The
+Church that does not _provoke_ the attention--I use the word in its
+etymological, not its offensive sense--the Church that does not call
+upon itself the attention and interest of outsiders, is not a Church
+as Jesus Christ meant it to be, and it is not a Church that is worth
+keeping alive; and the sooner it has decent burial the better for
+itself and for the world!
+
+There is another thing here, viz.: this name suggests that the clear
+impression made by our conduct and character, as well as by our
+words, should be that we belong to Jesus Christ. The eye of an
+outside observer may be unable to penetrate the secret of the deep
+sweet tie uniting us to Jesus, but there should be no possibility of
+the most superficial and hasty glance overlooking the fact that we
+_are_ His. He should manifestly be the centre and the guide, the
+impulse and the pattern, the strength and the reward, of our whole
+lives. We are Christians. That should be plain for all folks to see,
+whether we speak or be silent. Brethren, is it so with you? Does your
+life need no commentary of your words in order that men should know
+what is the hidden spring that moves all its wheels; what is the
+inward spirit that co-ordinates all its motions into harmony and
+beauty? Is it true that like 'the ointment of the right hand which
+bewrayeth itself' your allegiance to Jesus Christ, and the
+overmastering and supreme authority which He exercises upon you, and
+upon your life, 'cannot be hid'? Do you think that, without your
+words, if you, living in the way you do, were put down into the
+middle of Pekin, as these handful of people were put down into the
+middle of the heathen city of Antioch, the wits of the Chinese
+metropolis would have to invent a name for you, as the clever men of
+Antioch did for these people; and do you think that if they had to
+invent a name, the name that would naturally come to their lips,
+looking at you, would be 'Christians,' 'Christ's men'? If it would
+not, there is something wrong.
+
+The last word that I say about this first part of my text is this. It
+is a very sad thing, but it is one that is always occurring, that the
+world's inadequate notions of what makes a follower of Jesus Christ
+get accepted by the Church. Why was it that the name 'Christian' ran
+all over Christendom in the course of a century and a half? I believe
+very largely because it was a conveniently vague name; because it did
+not describe the deepest and sacredest of the bonds that unite us to
+Jesus Christ. Many a man is quite willing to say, 'I am a Christian,'
+who would hesitate a long time before he said, 'I am a believer,' 'I
+am a disciple.' The vagueness of the name, the fact that it erred by
+defect in not touching the central, deepest relation between man and
+Jesus Christ, made it very appropriate to the declining spirituality
+and increasing formalism of the Christian Church in the post-
+Apostolic age. It is a sad thing when the Church drops its standard
+down to the world's notion of what It ought to be, and adopts the
+world's name for itself and its converts.
+
+II. I turn now to set side by side with this vague, general, outside
+name the more specific and _interior_ names--if I may so call them--
+by which Christ's followers at first knew themselves.
+
+The world said, 'You are Christ's men'; and the names which were
+self-imposed and are now to be considered might be taken as being the
+Church's explanation of what the world was fumbling at when it so
+called them. There are four of them: of course, I can only just touch
+on them.
+
+(_a_) The first is in this verse-'_disciples_.' The others are
+_believers_, _saints_, _brethren_. These four are the Church's own
+christening of itself; its explanation and expansion, its deepening
+and heightening, of the vague name given by the world.
+
+As to the first, _disciples_, any concordance will show that the name
+was employed almost exclusively during the time of Christ's life upon
+earth. It is the only name for Christ's followers in the Gospels; it
+occurs also, mingled with others, in the Acts of the Apostles, and it
+never occurs thereafter.
+
+The name 'disciple,' then, carries us back to the historical
+beginning of the whole matter, when Jesus was looked upon as a Rabbi
+having followers called disciples; just as were John the Baptist and
+his followers, Gamaliel and his school, or Socrates and his. It sets
+forth Christ as being the Teacher, and His followers as being His
+adherents, His scholars, who learned at His feet.
+
+Now that is always true. _We_ are Christ's scholars quite as much as
+were the men who heard and saw with their eyes and handled with their
+hands, of the Word of Life. Not by words only, but by gracious deeds
+and fair, spotless life, He taught them and us and all men to the end
+of time, our highest knowledge of God of whom He is the final
+revelation, our best knowledge of what men should and shall be by His
+perfect life in which is contained all morality, our only knowledge
+of that future in that He has died and is risen and lives to help and
+still to teach. He teaches us still by the record of His life, and by
+the living influence of that Spirit whom He sends forth to guide us
+into all truth. He is the Teacher, the only Teacher, the Teacher for
+all men, the Teacher of all truth, the Teacher for evermore. He
+speaks from Heaven. Let us give heed to His voice.
+
+But that Name is not enough to tell all that He is to us, or we to
+Him, and so after He had passed from earth it unconsciously and
+gradually dropped out of use by the disciples, as they felt a
+deepened bond uniting them to Him who was not only their Teacher of
+the Truth which was Himself, but was their Sacrifice and Advocate
+with the Father. And for all who hold the, as I believe, essentially
+imperfect conception of Jesus Christ as being mainly a Teacher,
+either by word or by pattern; whether it be put into the old form or
+into the modern form of regarding Him as the Ideal and Perfect Man,
+it seems to me a fact well worthy of consideration, that the name of
+disciple and the relation expressed by it were speedily felt by the
+Christian Church to be inadequate as a representation of the bond
+that knit them to Him. He is our Teacher, we His scholars. He is more
+than that, and a more sacred bond unites us to Him. As our Master we
+owe Him absolute submission. When He speaks, we have to accept His
+dictum. What He says is truth, pure and entire. His utterance is the
+last word upon any subject that He touches, it is the ultimate
+appeal, and the Judge that ends the strife. We owe Him submission, an
+open eye for all new truth, constant docility, as conscious of our
+own imperfections, and a confident expectation that He will bless us
+continuously with high and as yet unknown truths that come from His
+inexhaustible stores of wisdom and knowledge.
+
+(_b_) Teacher and scholars move in a region which, though it be
+important, is not the central one. And the word that was needed next
+to express what the early Church felt Christ was to them, and they to
+Him, lifts us into a higher atmosphere altogether,--'_believers_,'
+they who are exercising not merely intellectual submission to the
+dicta of the Teacher, but who are exercising living trust in the
+person of the Redeemer. The belief which is faith is altogether a
+higher thing than its first stage, which is the belief of the
+understanding. There is in it the moral element of trust. We believe
+a truth, we trust a Person; and the trust which we are to exercise in
+Jesus Christ, and which knits us to Him, is our trust in Him, not in
+any character that we may choose to ascribe to Him, but in the
+character in which He is revealed in the New Testament--Redeemer,
+Saviour, Manifest God; and therefore, the Infinite Friend and Helper
+of our souls.
+
+That trust, my brethren, is the one bond that binds, men to God, and
+the one thing that makes us Christ's men. Apart from it, we may be
+very near Him, but we are not joined to Him. By it, and by it alone,
+the union is completed, and His power and His grace flow into our
+spirits. Are you, not merely a 'Christian,' in the world's notion,
+being bound in some vague way to Jesus Christ, but are you a
+Christian in the sense of trusting your soul's salvation to Him?
+
+(_c_) Then, still further, there is another name--'_saints_.' It has
+suffered perhaps more at the hands both of the world and of the
+Church than any other. It has been taken by the latter and restricted
+to the dead, and further restricted to those who excel, according to
+the fantastic, ascetic standard of mediaeval Christianity. It has
+suffered from the world in that it has been used with a certain
+bitter emphasis of resentment at the claim of superior purity
+supposed to be implied in it, and so has come to mean on the world's
+lips one who pretends to be better than other people and whose
+actions contradict his claim. But the name belongs to all Christ's
+followers. It makes no claim to special purity, for the central idea
+of the word 'saint' is not purity. Holiness, which is the English for
+the Latinised 'sanctity,' holiness which is attributed in the Old
+Testament to God first, to men only secondarily, does not primarily
+mean _purity_, but _separation_. God is holy, inasmuch as by that
+whole majestic character of His, He is lifted above all bounds of
+creatural limitations, as well as above man's sin. A sacrifice, the
+Sabbath, a city, a priest's garment, a mitre--all these things are
+'holy,' not when they are pure, but when they are devoted to Him. And
+men are holy, not because they are clean, but because by free self-
+surrender they have consecrated themselves to Him.
+
+Holiness is consecration, that is to say, holiness is giving myself
+up to Him to do what He will with. 'I am holy' is not the declaration
+of my estimate 'I am pure,' but the declaration of the fact 'I am
+thine, O Lord.' So the New Testament idea of saint has in it these
+elements--consecration, consecration resting on faith in Christ, and
+consecration leading to separation from the world and its sin. And
+that glad yielding of oneself to God, as wooed by His mercies, and
+thereby drawn away from communion with our evil surroundings and from
+submission to our evil selves, must be a part of the experience of
+every true Christian. All His people are saints, not as being pure,
+but as being given up to Him, in union with whom alone will the
+cleansing powers flow into their lives and clothe them with 'the
+righteousness of saints.' Have you thus consecrated yourself to God?
+
+(_d_) The last name is '_brethren_,'--a name which has been much
+maltreated both by the insincerity of the Church, and by the sarcasm
+of the world. It has been an unreal appellation which has meant
+nothing and been meant to mean nothing, so that the world has said
+that our 'brethren' signified a good deal less than their 'brothers.'
+''Tis true, 'tis pity; pity 'tis, 'tis true.'
+
+But what I ask you to notice is that the main thing about that name
+'brethren' is not the relation of the brethren to one another, but
+their common relation to their Father.
+
+When we call ourselves as Christian people 'brethren,' we mean first
+this: that we are the possessors of a supernatural life, which has
+come from one Father, and which has set us in altogether new
+relations to one another, and to the world round about us. Do you
+believe that if you have any of that new life which comes through
+faith in Jesus Christ, then you are the brethren of all those that
+possess the same?
+
+As society becomes more complicated, as Christian people grow unlike
+each other in education, in social position, in occupation, in their
+general outlook into the world, it is more and more difficult to feel
+what is nevertheless true: that any two Christian people, however
+unlike each other, are nearer each other in the very roots of their
+nature, than a Christian and a non-Christian, however like each
+other. It is difficult to feel that, and it is getting more and more
+difficult, but for all that it is a fact.
+
+And now I wish to ask you, Christian men and women, whether you feel
+more at home with people who love Jesus Christ--as you say that you
+love Him--or whether you like better to be with people who do not?
+
+There are some of you who choose your intimate associates, whom you
+ask to your homes and introduce to your children as desirable
+companions, with no reference at all to their religious character.
+The duties of your position, of course, oblige each of you to be much
+among people who do not share your faith, and it is cowardly and
+wrong to shrink from the necessity. But for Christian people to make
+choice of heart friends, or close intimates, among those who have no
+sympathy with their professed belief about, and love to, Jesus
+Christ, does not say much for the depth and reality of their
+religion. A man is known by the company he keeps, and if your friends
+are picked out for other reasons, and their religion is no part of
+their attraction, it is not an unfair conclusion that there are other
+things for which you care more than you do for faith in Jesus Christ
+and love to Him. If you deeply feel the bond that knits you to
+Christ, and really live near to Him, you will be near to your
+brethren. You will feel that 'blood is thicker than water,' and
+however like you may be to irreligious people in many things, you
+will feel that the deepest bond of all knits you to the poorest, the
+most ignorant, the most unlike you in social position; ay! and the
+most unlike you in theological opinion, who love the Lord Jesus
+Christ in sincerity.
+
+Now that is the sum of the whole matter. And my last word to you is
+this: Do not you be contented with the world's vague notions of what
+makes Christ's man. I do not ask you if you are Christians; plenty of
+you would say: 'Oh yes! of course! Is not this a Christian country?
+Was not I christened when I was a child? Are we not all members of
+the Church of England by virtue of our birth? Yes! of course I am!'
+
+I do not ask you that; _I_ do not ask you anything; but I pray you to
+ask yourselves these four questions: Am I Christ's scholar? Am I
+believing on Him? Am I consecrated to Him? Am I the possessor of a
+new life from Him? And never give yourselves rest until you can say
+humbly and yet confidently, 'Yes! thank God, I am!'
+
+
+
+THE MARTYRDOM OF JAMES
+
+'Herod killed James the brother of John with the sword.'
+--ACTS xii. 2.
+
+One might have expected more than a clause to be spared to tell the
+death of a chief man and the first martyr amongst the Apostles.
+James, as we know, was one of the group of the Apostles who were in
+especially close connection with Jesus Christ. He is associated in
+the Gospels with Peter and his brother John, and is always named
+before John, as if he were the more important of the two, by reason
+of age or of other circumstances unknown to us. But yet we know next
+to nothing about him. In the Acts of the Apostles he is a mere lay
+figure; his name is only mentioned in the catalogue at the beginning,
+and here again in the brief notice of his death. The reticent and
+merely incidental character of the notice of his martyrdom is
+sufficiently remarkable. I think the lessons of the fact, and of the,
+I was going to say, slight way in which the writer of this book
+refers to it, may perhaps be most pointedly brought out if we take
+four contrasts--James and Stephen, James and Peter, James and John,
+James and James. Now, if we take these four I think we shall learn
+something.
+
+I. First, then, James and Stephen.
+
+Look at the different scale on which the incidents of the deaths of
+these two are told: the martyrdom of the one is beaten out over
+chapters, the martyrdom of the other is crammed into a corner of a
+sentence. And yet, of the two men, the one who is the less noticed
+filled the larger place officially, and the other was only a simple
+deacon and preacher of the Word. The fact that Stephen was the first
+Christian to follow his Lord in martyrdom is not sufficient to
+account for the extraordinary difference. The difference is to be
+sought for in another direction altogether. The Bible cares so little
+about the people whom it names because its true theme is the works of
+God, and not of man; and the reason why the 'Acts of the Apostles'
+kills off one of the chief Apostles in this fashion is simply that,
+as the writer tells us, his theme is 'all that _Jesus_' continued 'to
+do and to teach after He was taken up.' Since it is Christ who is the
+true actor, it matters uncommonly little what becomes of James or of
+the other ten. This book is _not_ the 'Acts of the Apostles,' but it
+is the Acts of Jesus Christ.
+
+I might suggest, too, in like manner, that there is another contrast
+which I have not included in my four, between the scale on which the
+death of Jesus Christ is told by Luke, and that on which this death
+is narrated. What is the reason why so disproportionate a space of
+the Gospel is concerned with the last two days of our Lord's life on
+earth? What is the reason why years are leaped over in silence and
+moments are spread out in detail, but that the death of a man is only
+a death, but the death of the Christ is the life of the world? It is
+little needful that we should have poetical, emotional, picturesque
+descriptions of martyrdoms and the like in a book which is altogether
+devoted to tracking the footsteps of Christ in history; and which
+regards men as nothing more than the successive instruments of His
+purpose, and the depositories of His grace.
+
+Another lesson which we may draw from the reticence in the case of
+the Apostle, and the expansiveness in the case of the protomartyr, is
+that of a wise indifference to the utterly insignificant accident of
+posthumous memory or oblivion of us and our deeds and sufferings.
+James sleeps none the less sweetly in his grave, or, rather, wakes
+none the less triumphantly in heaven, because his life and death are
+both so scantily narrated. If we 'self-infold the large results' of
+faithful service, we need not trouble ourselves about its record on
+earth.
+
+But another lesson which may be learned from this cursory notice of
+the Apostle's martyrdom is--how small a thing death really is! Looked
+at from beside the Lord of life and death, which is the point of view
+of the author of this narrative, 'great death' dwindles to a very
+little thing. We need to revise our notions if we would understand
+how trivial it really is. To us it frowns like a black cliff blocking
+the upper end of our valley, but there is a path round its base, and
+though the throat of the pass be narrow, it has room for us to get
+through and up to the sunny uplands beyond. From a mountain top the
+country below seems level plain, and what looked like an impassable
+precipice has dwindled to be indistinguishable. The triviality of
+death, to those who look upon it from the heights of eternity, is
+well represented by these brief words which tell of the first breach
+thereby in the circle of the Apostles.
+
+II. There is another contrast, James and Peter.
+
+Now this chapter tells of two things: the death of one of that pair
+of friends; the miracle that was wrought for the deliverance of the
+other from death. Why could not the parts have been exchanged, or why
+could not the miraculous hand that was stretched out to save the one
+fisherman of Bethsaida have been put forth to save the other? Why
+should James be slain, and Peter miraculously delivered? A question
+easily asked; a question not to be answered by us. We may say that
+the one was more useful for the development of the Church than the
+other. But we have all seen lives that, to our poor vision, seemed to
+be all but indispensable, ruthlessly swept away, and lives that
+seemed to be, and were, perfectly profitless, prolonged to extreme
+old age. We may say that maturity of character, development of
+Christian graces, made the man ready for glory. But we have all seen
+some struck down when anything but ready; and others left for the
+blessing of mankind many, many a day after they were far fitter for
+heaven than thousands that, we hope, have gone there.
+
+So all these little explanations do not go down to the bottom of the
+matter, and we are obliged just to leave the whole question in the
+loving Hands that hold the keys of life and death for us all. Only we
+may be sure of this, that James was as dear to Christ as Peter was,
+and that there was no greater love shown in sending the angel that
+delivered the one out of the 'hand of Herod and from all the
+expectation of the people of the Jews,' than was shown in sending the
+angel that stood behind the headsman and directed the stroke of the
+fatal sword on the neck of the other.
+
+The one was as dear to the Christ as the other--ay, and the one was
+as surely, and more blessedly, delivered 'from the mouth of the lion'
+as the other was, though the one seemed to be dragged from his teeth,
+and the other seemed to be crushed by his powerful jaws. James
+escaped from Herod when Herod slew him but could not make him
+unfaithful to his Master, and his deliverance was not less complete
+than the deliverance of his friend.
+
+But let us remember, also, that if thus, to two equally beloved,
+there were dealt out these two different fates, it must be because
+that evil, which, as I said, is not so great as it looks, is also not
+so bitter as it tastes, and there is no real evil, for the loving
+heart, in the stroke that breaks its bands and knits it to Jesus
+Christ. If we are Christians, the deepest desire of our souls is
+fuller communion with our Lord. We realise that, in some stunted and
+scanty measure, by life; but oh! is it not strange that we should
+shrink from that change which will enable us to realise it fully and
+eternally? The contrast of James and Peter may teach us the equal
+love that presides over the life of the living and the death of the
+dying.
+
+III. Another contrast is that of James and John.
+
+The close union, and subsequent separation by this martyrdom, of that
+pair of brothers is striking and pathetic. They seem to have together
+pursued their humble trade of fishermen in the little fishing village
+of Bethsaida, apparently as working partners with their father
+Zebedee. They were not divided by discipleship, as was the sad fate
+of many a brother delivered by a brother to death. If we may attach
+any weight to the suggestion that the expression in John's narrative,
+'He first findeth _his own_ brother, Simon,' implies that 'the other
+disciple' did the same by _his_ brother, James was brought to Jesus
+by John, and new tenderness and strength thereby given to their
+affection. They were closely associated in their Apostleship, and
+were together the companions of Jesus in the chief incidents of His
+life. They were afterwards united in the leadership of the Church. By
+death they were separated very far: the one the first of all the
+Apostles to 'become a prey to Satan's rage,' the other 'lingering out
+his fellows all,' and 'dying in bloodless age,' living to be a
+hundred years old or more, and looking back through all the long
+parting to the brother who had joined with him in the wish that even
+Messiah's Kingdom should not part them, and yet had been parted so
+soon and parted so long.
+
+Ah! may we not learn the lesson that we should recognise the mercy
+and wisdom of the ministry of Death the separator, and should tread
+with patience the lonely road, do calmly the day's work, and tarry
+till He comes, though those that stood beside us be gone? We may look
+forward with the assurance that 'God keeps a niche in heaven to hide
+our idols'; and 'albeit He breaks them to our face,' yet shall we
+find them again, like Memnon's statue, vocal in the rising sunshine
+of the heavens.
+
+The brothers, so closely knit, so soon parted, so long separated,
+were at last reunited. Even to us here, with the chronology of earth
+still ours, the few years between the early martyrdom of James and
+the death of the centenarian John seem but a span. The lapse of the
+centuries that have rolled away since then makes the difference of
+the dates of the two deaths seem very small, even to us. What a mere
+nothing it will have looked to them, joined together once more before
+God!
+
+IV. Lastly, James and James. In his hot youth, when he deserved the
+name of a son of thunder--so energetic, boisterous, I suppose,
+destructive perhaps, he was--he and his brother, and their foolish
+mother, whose name is kindly not told us, go to Christ and say,
+'Grant that we may sit, the one on Thy right hand and the other on
+Thy left, in Thy kingdom.' That was what he wished and hoped for, and
+what he got was years of service, and a taste of persecution, and
+finally the swish of the headsman's sword.
+
+And so our dreams get disappointed, and their disappointment is often
+the road to their fulfilment, for Jesus Christ was answering James'
+prayer, 'Grant that we may sit on Thy right hand in Thy kingdom,'
+when He called him to Himself, by the brief and bloody passage of
+martyrdom. James said, when he did not know what he meant, and the
+vow was noble though it was ignorant, 'we can drink of the cup that
+Thou drinkest.' And all honour to him! he stuck to his vow; and when
+the cup was proffered to him he manfully, and like a Christian, took
+it and drank it to the dregs; and, I suppose, went silently to his
+grave. But the change between his ardent anticipations and his calm
+resignation, and between his foolish dream and the stern reality, may
+well teach us that, whether our wishes he fulfilled or disappointed,
+they all need to be purified, and that the disappointment of them on
+earth is often God's way of fulfilling them for us in higher fashion
+than we dreamed or asked.
+
+So, brethren, let us leave for ourselves, and for all dear ones, that
+question of living or dying, to His decision. Only let us be sure
+that whether our lives be long like John's, or short like James',
+'living or dying we are the Lord's.' And then, whatever be the length
+of life or the manner of death, both will bring us the fulfilment of
+our highest wishes, and will lead us to His side at whose right hand
+all those shall sit who have loved Him here, and, though long parted,
+shall be reunited in common enjoyment of the pleasures for evermore
+which bloom unfading there. 'And so shall we ever be with the Lord.'
+
+
+
+PETER'S DELIVERANCE FROM PRISON
+
+'Peter therefore was kept in the prison: but prayer was made
+earnestly of the Church unto God for him.'--ACTS xii. 5 (R.V.)
+
+The narrative of Peter's miraculous deliverance from prison is full
+of little vivid touches which can only have come from himself. The
+whole tone of it reminds us of the Gospel according to St. Mark,
+which is in like manner stamped with peculiar minuteness and
+abundance of detail. One remembers that at a late period in the life
+of the Apostle Paul, Mark and Luke were together with him; and no
+doubt in those days in Rome, Mark, who had been Peter's special
+companion and is called by one of the old Christian writers his
+'interpreter,' was busy in telling Luke the details about Peter which
+appear in the first part of this Book of the Acts.
+
+The whole story seems to me to be full of instruction as well as of
+picturesque detail; and I desire to bring out the various lessons
+which appear to me to lie in it.
+
+I. The first of them is this: the strength of the helpless.
+
+Look at that eloquent 'but' in the verse that I have taken as a
+starting-point: 'Peter therefore was kept in prison, _but_ prayer was
+made earnestly of the Church unto God for him.' There is another
+similarly eloquent 'but' at the end of the chapter:
+
+'Herod ... was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost, _but_ the Word
+of God grew and multiplied.' Here you get, on the one hand, all the
+pompous and elaborate preparations--'four quaternions of soldiers'--
+four times four is sixteen--sixteen soldiers, two chains, three gates
+with guards at each of them, Herod's grim determination, the people's
+malicious expectation of having an execution as a pleasant sensation
+with which to wind up the Passover Feast. And what had the handful of
+Christian people? Well, they had prayer; and they had Jesus Christ.
+That was all, and that is more than enough. How ridiculous all the
+preparation looks when you let the light of that great 'but' in upon
+it! Prayer, earnest prayer, 'was made of the Church unto God for
+him.' And evidently, from the place in which that fact is stated, it
+is intended that we should say to ourselves that it was _because_
+prayer was made for him that what came to pass did come to pass. It
+is not jerked out as an unconnected incident; it is set in a logical
+sequence. 'Prayer was made earnestly of the Church unto God for him'
+--and so when Herod would have brought him forth, behold, the angel
+of the Lord came, and the light shined into the prison. It is the
+same sequence of thought that occurs in that grand theophany in the
+eighteenth Psalm, 'My cry entered into His ears; then the earth shook
+and trembled'; and there came all the magnificence of the
+thunderstorm and the earthquake and the divine manifestation; and
+this was the purpose of it all--'He sent from above, He took me, He
+drew me out of many waters.' The whole energy of the divine nature is
+set in motion and comes swooping down from highest heaven to the
+trembling earth. And of that fact the one end is one poor man's cry,
+and the other end is his deliverance. The moving spring of the divine
+manifestation was an individual's prayer; the aim of it was the
+individual's deliverance. A little water is put into a hydraulic ram
+at the right place, and the outcome is the lifting of tons. So the
+helpless men who could only pray are stronger than Herod and his
+quaternions and his chains and his gates. 'Prayer was made,'
+therefore all that happened was brought to pass, and Peter was
+delivered.
+
+Peter's companion, James, was killed off, as we read in a verse or
+two before. Did not the Church pray for him? Surely they did. Why was
+their prayer not answered, then? God has not any step-children. James
+was as dear to God as Peter was. One prayer was answered; was the
+other left unanswered? It was the divine purpose that Peter, being
+prayed for, should be delivered; and we may reverently say that, if
+there had not been the many in Mary's house praying, there would have
+been no angel in Peter's cell.
+
+So here are revealed the strength of the weak, the armour of the
+unarmed, the defence of the defenceless. If the Christian Church in
+its times of persecution and affliction had kept itself to the one
+weapon that is allowed it, it would have been more conspicuously
+victorious. And if we, in our individual lives--where, indeed, we
+have to do something else besides pray--would remember the lesson of
+that eloquent 'but,' we should be less frequently brought to
+perplexity and reduced to something bordering on despair. So my first
+lesson is the strength of the weak.
+
+II. My next is the delay of deliverance.
+
+Peter had been in prison for some time before the Passover, and the
+praying had been going on all the while, and there was no answer. Day
+after day 'of the unleavened bread' and of the festival was slipping
+away. The last night had come; 'and the same night' the light shone,
+and the angel appeared. Why did Jesus Christ not hear the cry of
+these poor suppliants sooner? For their sakes; for Peter's sake; for
+our sakes; for His own sake. For the eventual intervention, at the
+very last moment, and yet at a sufficiently early moment, tested
+faith. And look how beautifully all bore the test. The Apostle who
+was to be killed to-morrow is lying quietly sleeping in his cell. Not
+a very comfortable pillow he had to lay his head upon, with a chain
+on each arm and a legionary on each side of him. But he slept; and
+whilst he was asleep Christ was awake, and the brethren were awake.
+Their faith was tested, and it stood the test, and thereby was
+strengthened. And Peter's patience and faith, being tested in like
+manner and in like manner standing the test, were deepened and
+confirmed. Depend upon it, he was a better man all his days, because
+he had been brought close up to Death and looked it in the fleshless
+eye-sockets, unwinking and unterrified. And I dare say if, long
+after, he had been asked, 'Would you not have liked to have escaped
+those two or three days of suspense, and to have been let go at an
+earlier moment?' he would have said, 'Not for worlds! For I learned
+in those days that my Lord's time is the best. I learned patience'--a
+lesson which Peter especially needed--'and I learned trust.'
+
+Do you remember another incident, singularly parallel in essence,
+though entirely unlike in circumstances, to this one? The two weeping
+sisters at Bethany send their messenger across the Jordan, grudging
+every moment that he takes to travel to the far-off spot where Jesus
+is. The message sent is only this: 'He whom Thou lovest is sick.'
+What an infinite trust in Christ's heart that form of the message
+showed! They would not say 'Come!'; they would not ask Him to do
+anything; they did not think that to do so was needful: they were
+quite sure that what He would do would be right.
+
+And how was the message received? 'Jesus loved Martha and Mary and
+Lazarus.' Well, did that not make Him hurry as fast as He could to
+the bedside? No; it rooted Him to the spot. 'He abode, _therefore_'--
+because He loved them--'two days still in the same place where He
+was,' to give him plenty of time to die, and the sisters plenty of
+time to test their confidence in Him. Their confidence does not seem
+to have altogether stood the test. 'Lord, if Thou hadst been here my
+brother had not died.' 'And why wast Thou _not_ here?' is implied.
+Christ's time was the best time. It was better to get a dead brother
+back to their arms and to their house than that they should not have
+lost him for those dreary four days. So delay tests faith, and makes
+the deliverance, when it comes, not only the sweeter, but the more
+conspicuously divine. So, brother, 'men ought always to pray, and not
+to faint'--always to trust that 'the Lord will help them, and that
+right early.'
+
+III. The next lesson that I would suggest is the leisureliness of the
+deliverance.
+
+A prisoner escaping might be glad to make a bolt for it, dressed or
+undressed, anyhow. But when the angel comes into the cell, and the
+light shines, look how slowly and, as I say, leisurely, he goes about
+it. 'Put on thy shoes.' He had taken them off, with his girdle and
+his upper garment, that he might lie the less uncomfortably. 'Put on
+thy shoes; lace them; make them all right. Never mind about these two
+legionaries; they will not wake. Gird thyself; tighten thy girdle.
+Put on thy garment. Do not be afraid. Do not be in a hurry; there is
+plenty of time. Now, are you ready? Come!' It would have been quite
+as easy for the angel to have whisked him out of the cell and put him
+down at Mary's door; but that was not to be the way. Peter was led
+past all the obstacles--'the first ward,' and the soldiers at it;
+'the second ward,' and the soldiers at it; 'and the third gate that
+leads into the city,' which was no doubt bolted and barred. There was
+a leisurely procession through the prison.
+
+Why? Because Omnipotence is never in a hurry, and God, not only in
+His judgments but in His mercies, very often works slowly, as becomes
+His majesty. 'Ye shall not go out with haste; nor go by flight, for
+the Lord will go before you; and the God of Israel shall be your
+rereward.' We are impatient, and hurry our work over; God works
+slowly; for He works certainly. That is the law of the divine working
+in all regions; and we have to regulate the pace of our eager
+expectation so as to fall in with the slow, solemn march of the
+divine purposes, both in regard to our individual salvation and the
+providences that affect us individually, and in regard to the world's
+deliverance from the world's evils. 'An inheritance may be gotten
+hastily in the beginning, but the end thereof shall not be blessed.'
+'He that believeth shall not make haste.'
+
+IV. We see here, too, the delivered prisoner left to act for himself
+as soon as possible.
+
+As long as the angel was with Peter, he was dazed and amazed. He did
+not know--and small blame to him--whether he was sleeping or waking;
+but he gets through the gates, and out into the empty street,
+glimmering in the morning twilight, and the angel disappears, and the
+slumbering city is lying around him. When he is _left_ to himself, he
+_comes_ to himself. He could not have passed the wards without a
+miracle, but he can find his way to Mary's house without one. He
+needed the angel to bring him as far as the gate and down into the
+street, but he did not need him any longer. So the angel vanished
+into the morning light, and then he felt himself, and steadied
+himself, when responsibility came to him. That is the thing to sober
+a man. So he stood in the middle of the unpeopled street, and 'he
+considered the thing,' and found in his own wits sufficient guidance,
+so that he did not miss the angel. He said to himself, 'I will go to
+Mary's house.' Probably he did not know that there were any praying
+there, but it was near, and it was, no doubt, convenient in other
+respects that we do not know of. The economy of miraculous power is a
+remarkable feature in Scriptural miracles. God never does anything
+for us that we could do for ourselves. Not but that our doing for
+ourselves is, in a deeper sense, His working on us and in us, but He
+desires us to take the share that belongs to us in completing the
+deliverance which must begin by supernatural intervention of a
+Mightier than the angel, even the Lord of angels.
+
+And so this little picture of the angel leading Peter through the
+prison, and then leaving him to his own common sense and courage as
+soon as he came out into the street, is just a practical illustration
+of the great text, 'Work out your own salvation with fear and
+trembling, for it is God that worketh in you.'
+
+
+
+THE ANGEL'S TOUCH
+
+'And, behold, the angel of the Lord ... smote Peter....
+23. And immediately the angel of the Lord smote him [Herod].'
+--ACTS xii. 7, 23.
+
+The same heavenly agent performs the same action on Peter and on
+Herod. To the one, his touch brings freedom and the dropping off of
+his chains; to the other it brings gnawing agonies and a horrible
+death. These twofold effects of one cause open out wide and solemn
+thoughts, on which it is well to look.
+
+I. The one touch has a twofold effect.
+
+So it is always when God's angels come, or God Himself lays His hand
+on men. Every manifestation of the divine power, every revelation of
+the divine presence, all our lives' experiences, are charged with the
+solemn possibility of bringing us one or other of two directly
+opposite results. They all offer us an alternative, a solemn 'either
+--or.'
+
+The Gospel too comes charged with that double possibility, and is the
+intensest and most fateful example of the dual effect of all God's
+messages and dealings. Just as the ark maimed Dagon and decimated the
+Philistine cities and slew Uzzah, but brought blessing and prosperity
+to the house of Obed-edom, just as the same pillar was light to
+Israel all the night long, but cloud and darkness to the Egyptians,
+so is Christ set 'for the fall of' some and 'for the rising of'
+others amidst the 'many in Israel,' and His Gospel is either 'the
+savour of life unto life or of death unto death,' but in both cases
+is in itself 'unto God,' one and the same 'sweet savour in Christ.'
+
+II. These twofold effects are parts of one plan and purpose.
+
+Peter's liberation and Herod's death tended in the same direction--to
+strengthen and conserve the infant Church, and thus to prepare the
+way for the conquering march of the Gospel. And so it is in all God's
+self-revelations and manifested energies, whatever may be their
+effects. They come from one source and one motive, they are
+fundamentally the operations of one changeless Agent, and, as they
+are one in origin and character, so they are one in purpose. We are
+not to separate them into distinct classes and ascribe them to
+different elements in the divine nature, setting down this as the
+work of Love and that as the outcome of Wrath, or regarding the acts
+of deliverance as due to one part of that great whole and the acts of
+destruction as due to another part of it. The angel was the same, and
+his celestial fingers were moved by the same calm, celestial will
+when he smote Peter into liberty and life, and Herod to death.
+
+God changes His ways, but not His heart. He changes His acts, but not
+His purposes. Opposite methods conduce to one end, as winter storms
+and June sunshine equally tend to the yellowed harvest.
+
+III. The character of the effects depends on the men who are touched.
+
+As is the man, so is the effect of the angel's touch. It could only
+bring blessing to the one who was the friend of the angel's Lord, and
+it could bring only death to the other, who was His enemy. It could
+do nothing to the Apostle but cause his chains to drop from his
+wrists, nor anything to the vainglorious king but bring loathsome
+death.
+
+This, too, is a universal truth. It is we ourselves who settle what
+God's words and acts will be to us. The trite proverb, 'One man's
+meat is another man's poison,' is true in the highest regions. It is
+eminently, blessedly or tragically true in our relation to the
+Gospel, wherein all God's self-revelation reaches its climax, wherein
+'the arm of the Lord' is put forth in its most blessed energy,
+wherein is laid on each of us the touch, tender and more charged with
+blessing than that of the angel who smote the calmly sleeping
+Apostle. That Gospel may either be to us the means of freeing us from
+our chains, and leading us out of our prison-house into sunshine and
+security, or be the fatal occasion of condemnation and death. Which
+it shall be depends on ourselves. Which shall I make it for myself?
+
+
+
+'SOBER CERTAINTY'
+
+'And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a
+surety, that the Lord hath sent His angel, and hath delivered me
+out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the
+people of the Jews.'--ACTS xii. 11.
+
+Where did Luke get his information of Peter's thoughts in that hour?
+This verse sounds like first-hand knowledge. Not impossibly John Mark
+may have been his informant, for we know that both were in Rome
+together at a later period. In any case, it is clear that, through
+whatever channels this piece of minute knowledge reached Luke, it
+must have come originally from Peter himself. And what a touch of
+naturalness and evident truth it is! No wonder that the Apostle was
+half dazed as he came from his dungeon, through the prison corridors
+and out into the street. To be wakened by an angel, and to have such
+following experiences, would amaze most men.
+
+I. The bewilderment of the released captive.
+
+God's mercies often come suddenly, and with a rush and a completeness
+that outrun our expectations and our power of immediate
+comprehension. And sometimes He sends us sorrows in such battalions
+and so overwhelming that we are dazed for the moment. A Psalmist
+touched a deep experience when he sang, 'When the Lord turned again
+the captivity of Zion, we were like unto them that dream.'
+
+The angel has to be gone before we are sure that he was really here.
+The tumult of emotion in an experience needs to be calmed down before
+we understand the experience. Reflection discovers more of heaven and
+of God in the great moments of our lives than was visible to us while
+we were living through them,
+
+There is one region in which this is especially true--that of the
+religious life. There sometimes attend its beginnings in a soul a
+certain excitement and perturbation which disable from calm realising
+of the greatness of the change which has passed. And it is well when
+that excitement is quieted down and succeeded by meditative
+reflection on the treasures that have been poured into the lap,
+almost as in the dark. No man understands what he has received when
+he first receives Christ and Christ's gifts. It occupies a lifetime
+to take possession of that which we possess from the first in Him,
+and the oldest saint is as far from full possession of the
+unspeakable and infinite 'gift of God,' as the babes in Christ are.
+
+But, looking more generally at this characteristic of not rightly
+understanding the great epochs of our lives till they are past, we
+may note that, while in part it is inevitable and natural, there is
+an element of fault in it. If we lived in closer fellowship with God,
+we should live in an atmosphere of continual calm, and nothing,
+either sorrowful or joyful, would be able so to sweep us off our feet
+that we should be bewildered by it. Astonishment would never so fill
+our souls as that we could not rightly appraise events, nor should we
+need any time, even in the thick of the most wonderful experiences,
+to 'come to' ourselves and discern the angel.
+
+But if it be so that our lives disclose their meanings best, when we
+look back on them, how much of the understanding of them, and the
+drawing of all its sweetness out of each event in them, is entrusted
+to memory! And how negligent of a great means of happiness and
+strength we are, if we do not often muse on 'all the way by which God
+the Lord has led us these many years in the wilderness'! It is
+needful for Christian progress to 'forget the things that are
+behind,' and not to let them limit our expectations nor prescribe our
+methods, but it is quite as needful to remember our past, or rather
+God's past with us, in order to confirm our grateful faith and
+enlarge our boundless hope.
+
+II. The disappearance of the angel.
+
+Why did he leave Peter standing there, half dazed and with his
+deliverance incomplete? He 'led him through one street' only, and
+'straightway departed from him.' The Apostle delivered by miracle has
+now to use his brains. One distinguishing characteristic of New
+Testament miracles is their economy of miraculous power. Jesus raised
+Lazarus, for He alone could do that, but other hands must 'loose him
+and let him go,' He gave life to Jairus's little daughter, but He bid
+others 'give her something to eat' God does nothing for us that we
+can do for ourselves. That economy was valuable as a preservative of
+the Apostles from the possible danger of expecting or relying on
+miracles, and as stirring them to use their own energies. Reliance on
+divine power should not lead us to neglect ordinary means. Alike in
+the natural and in the spiritual life we have to do our part, and to
+be sure that God will do His.
+
+III. The symbol here of a greater deliverance.
+
+Fancy may legitimately employ this story as setting forth for us
+under a lovely image the facts of Christian death, if only we
+acknowledge that such a use is entirely the work of fancy. But,
+making that acknowledgment, may we not make the use? Is not Death,
+too, God's messenger to souls that love Him, 'mighty and beauteous,
+though his face be hid'? Would it not be more Christian-like, and
+more congruous with our eternal hope, if we pictured him thus than by
+the hideous emblems of our cemeteries and tombs? He comes to Christ's
+servants, and his touch is gentle though his fingers are icy-cold. He
+removes only the chains that bind us, and we ourselves are
+emancipated by his touch. He leads us to 'the iron gate that leadeth
+into the city,' and it opens to us 'of its own accord.' But he
+disappears as soon as our happy feet have touched the pavement of
+that street of the city which is 'pure gold, as transparent as
+glass,' and in the midst of which flows the river of the crystal-
+bright 'water of life proceeding out of the throne of God and of the
+Lamb.' Then, when we see the Face as of the sun shining in his
+strength, we shall come to ourselves, and 'know of a surety that the
+Lord hath sent His angel and delivered' us from all our foes and ills
+for evermore.
+
+
+
+RHODA
+
+'A damsel ... named Rhoda.'--ACTS xii 13.
+
+'Rhoda' means 'a rose,' and _this_ rose has kept its bloom for
+eighteen hundred years, and is still sweet and fragrant! What a
+lottery undying fame is! Men will give their lives to earn it; and
+this servant-girl got it by one little act, and never knew that she
+had it, and I suppose she does not know to-day that, everywhere
+throughout the whole world where the Gospel is preached, 'this that
+she hath done is spoken of as a memorial to her.' Is the love of fame
+worthy of being called 'the last infirmity of noble minds'? Or is it
+the delusion of ignoble ones? Why need we care whether anybody ever
+hears of us after we are dead and buried, so long as God knows about
+us? The 'damsel named Rhoda' was little the better for the
+immortality which she had unconsciously won.
+
+Now there is a very singular resemblance between the details of this
+incident and those of another case, when Peter was recognised in dim
+light by his voice, and the Evangelist Luke, who is the author of the
+Acts of the Apostles, seems to have had the resemblance between the
+two scenes--that in the high priest's palace and that outside Mary's
+door--in his mind, because he uses in this narrative a word which
+occurs, in the whole of the New Testament, only here and in his
+account of what took place on that earlier occasion. In both
+instances a maid-servant recognises Peter by his voice, and in both
+'she constantly affirms' that it was so. I do not think that there is
+anything to be built upon the resemblance, but at all events I think
+that the use of the same unusual word in the two cases, and nowhere
+else, seems to suggest that Luke felt how strangely events sometimes
+double themselves; and how the Apostle who is here all but a martyr
+is re-enacting, with differences, something like the former scene,
+when he was altogether a traitor. But, be that as it may, there are
+some lessons which we may gather from this vivid picture of Rhoda and
+her behaviour on the one side of the door, while Peter stood
+hammering, in the morning twilight, on the other.
+
+I. We may notice in the relations of Rhoda to the assembled believers
+a striking illustration of the new bond of union supplied by the
+Gospel.
+
+Rhoda was a slave. The word rendered in our version 'damsel' means a
+female slave. Her name, which is a Gentile name, and her servile
+condition, make it probable that she was not a Jewess. If one might
+venture to indulge in a guess, it is not at all unlikely that her
+mistress, Mary, John Mark's mother, Barnabas' sister, a well-to-do
+woman of Jerusalem, who had a house large enough to take in the
+members of the Church in great numbers, and to keep up a considerable
+establishment, had brought this slave-girl from the island of Cyprus.
+At all events, she was a slave. In the time of our Lord, and long
+after, these relations of slavery brought an element of suspicion,
+fear, and jealous espionage into almost every Roman household,
+because every master knew that he passed his days and nights among
+men and women who wanted nothing better than to wreak their vengeance
+upon him. A man's foes were eminently those of his own household. And
+now here this child-slave, a Gentile, has been touched by the same
+mighty love as her mistress; and Mary and Rhoda were kneeling
+together in the prayer-meeting when Peter began to hammer at the
+door. Neither woman thought now of the unnatural, unwholesome
+relation which had formerly bound them. In God's good time, and by
+the slow process of leavening society with Christian ideas, that
+diabolical institution perished in Christian lands. Violent
+reformation of immoralities is always a blunder. 'Raw haste' is
+'half-sister to delay.' Settlers in forest lands have found that it
+is endless work to grub up the trees, or even to fell them. 'Root and
+branch' reform seldom answers. The true way is to girdle the tree by
+taking off a ring of bark round the trunk, and letting nature do the
+rest. Dead trees are easily dealt with; living ones blunt many axes
+and tire many arms, and are alive after all. Thus the Gospel waged no
+direct war with slavery, but laid down principles which, once they
+are wrought into Christian consciousness, made its continuance
+impossible. But, pending that consummation, the immediate action of
+Christianity was to ameliorate the condition of the slave. The whole
+aspect of the ugly thing was changed as soon as master and slave
+together became the slaves of the Lord Jesus Christ. The Gospel has
+the same sort of work to do to-day, and there are institutions in
+full flourishing existence in this and every other civilised
+community as entirely antagonistic to the spirit and principles of
+Christianity as Roman slavery was. I, for my part, believe that the
+one uniting bond and healing medicine for society is found in Jesus
+Christ; and that in Him, and that the principles deducible from His
+revelation by word and work, applied to all social evils, are their
+cure, and their only cure. That slight, girlish figure standing at
+the door of Mary, her slave and yet her sister in Christ, may be
+taken as pointing symbolically the way by which the social and civic
+evils of this day are to be healed, and the war of classes to cease.
+
+II. Note how we get here a very striking picture of the sacredness
+and greatness of small common duties.
+
+Bhoda came out from the prayer-meeting to open the gate. It was her
+business, as we say, 'to answer the door,' and so she left off
+praying to go and do it. So doing, she was the means of delivering
+the Apostle from the danger which still dogged him. It was of little
+use to be praying on one side of the shut door when on the other he
+was standing in the street, and the day was beginning to dawn;
+Herod's men would be after him as soon as daylight disclosed his
+escape. The one thing needful for him was to be taken in and
+sheltered. So the praying group and the girl who stops praying when
+she hears the knock, to which it was her business to attend, were
+working in the same direction. It is not necessary to insist that no
+heights or delights of devotion and secret communion are sufficient
+excuses for neglecting or delaying the doing of the smallest and most
+menial task which is our task. If your business is to keep the door,
+you will not be leaving, but abiding in, the secret place of the Most
+High, if you get up from your knees in the middle of your prayer, and
+go down to open it. The smallest, commonest acts of daily life are
+truer worship than is rapt and solitary communion or united prayer,
+if the latter can only be secured by the neglect of the former.
+Better to be in the lower parts of the house attending to the humble
+duties of the slave than to be in the upper chamber, uniting with the
+saints in supplication and leaving tasks unperformed.
+
+Let us remember how we may find here an illustration of another great
+truth, that the smallest things, done in the course of the quiet
+discharge of recognised duty, and being, therefore, truly worship of
+God, have in them a certain quality of immortality, and may be
+eternally commemorated. It was not only the lofty and unique
+expression of devotion, which another woman gave when she broke the
+alabaster box to anoint the feet of the Saviour which were to be
+pierced with nails to-morrow, that has been held worthy of undying
+remembrance. The name and act of a poor slave girl have been
+commemorated by that Spirit who preserves nothing in vain, in order
+that we should learn that things which we vulgarly call great, and
+those which we insolently call small, are regarded by Him, not
+according to their apparent magnitude, but according to their motive
+and reference to Him. He says, 'I will never forget any of their
+works'; and this little deed of Rhoda's, like the rose petals that
+careful housekeepers in the country keep upon the sideboard in china
+bowls to diffuse a fragance through the room, is given us to keep in
+memory for ever, a witness of the sanctity of common life when filled
+with acts of obedience to Him.
+
+III. The same figure of the 'damsel named Rhoda' may give us a
+warning as to the possibility of forgetting very plain duties under
+the pressure of very legitimate excitement.
+
+'She opened not the door for gladness,' but ran in and told them. And
+if, whilst she was running in with her message, Herod's quaternions
+of soldiers had come down the street, there would have been 'no small
+stir' in the church as to 'what had become of Peter.' He would have
+gone back to his prison sure enough. Her _first_ duty was to open the
+door; her _second_ one was to go and tell the brethren, 'we have got
+him safe inside'; but in the rush of joyous emotions she naively
+forgot what her first business was, 'lost her head,' as we say, and
+so went off to tell that he was outside, instead of letting him in.
+Now joy and sorrow are equally apt to make us forget plain and
+pressing duties, and we may learn from this little incident the old-
+fashioned, but always necessary advice, to keep feeling well under
+control, to use it as impulse, not as guide, and never to let
+emotion, which should be down in the engine-room, come on deck and
+take the helm. It is dangerous to obey feeling, unless its decrees
+are countersigned by calm common sense illuminated by Scripture.
+Sorrow is apt to obscure duty by its darkness, and joy to do so by
+its dazzle. It is hard to see the road at midnight, or at midday when
+the sun is in our eyes. Both need to be controlled. Duty remains the
+same, whether my heart is beating like a sledge-hammer, or whether
+'my bosom's lord sits lightly on its throne.' Whether I am sad or
+glad, the door that God has given me to watch has to be opened and
+shut by me. And whether I am a door-keeper in the house of the Lord,
+like Rhoda in Mary's, or have an office that people think larger and
+more important, the imperativeness of my duties is equally
+independent of my momentary emotions and circumstances. Remember,
+then, that duty remains while feeling fluctuates, and that, sorrowful
+or joyful, we have still the same Lord to serve and the same crown to
+win.
+
+IV. Lastly, we have here an instance of a very modest but positive
+and fully-warranted trust in one's own experience in spite of
+opposition.
+
+I need not speak about that extraordinary discussion which the
+brethren got up in the upper room. They had been praying, as has
+often been remarked, for Peter's deliverance, and now that he is
+delivered they will not believe it. I am afraid that there is often a
+dash of unbelief in immediate answers to our prayers mingling with
+the prayers. And although the petitions in this case were intense and
+fervent, as the original tells us, and had been kept up all night
+long, and although their earnestness and worthiness are guaranteed by
+the fact that they were answered, yet when the veritable Peter, in
+flesh and blood, stood before the door, the suppliants first said to
+the poor girl, 'Thou art mad,' and then, 'It is his angel! It cannot
+be he.' Nobody seems to have thought of going to the door to see
+whether it was he or not, but they went on arguing with Rhoda as to
+whether she was right or wrong. The unbelief that alloys even golden
+faith is taught us in this incident.
+
+Rhoda 'constantly affirmed that it was so,' like the other porteress
+that had picked out Peter's voice amongst the men huddled round the
+fire in the high priest's chamber.
+
+The lesson is--trust your own experience, whatever people may have to
+say against it. If you have found that Jesus Christ can help you, and
+has loved you, and that your sins have been forgiven, because you
+have trusted in Him, do not let anybody laugh or talk you out of that
+conviction. If you cannot argue, do like Rhoda, 'constantly affirm
+that it is so.' That is the right answer, especially if you can say
+to the antagonistic party, 'Have you been down to the door, then, to
+see?' And if they have to say 'No!' then the right answer is, 'You go
+and look as I did, and you will come back with the same belief which
+I have.'
+
+So at last they open the door and there he stands. Peter's hammer,
+hammer, hammer at the gate is wonderfully given in the story. It goes
+on as a kind of running accompaniment through the talk between Rhoda
+and the friends. It might have put a stop to the conversation, one
+would have thought. But Another stands at the door knocking, still
+more persistently, still more patiently. 'Behold! I stand at the door
+and knock. If any man open the door I will come in.'
+
+
+
+PETER AFTER HIS ESCAPE
+
+'But he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace,
+declared unto them how the Lord had brought him forth out of the
+prison. And he said, Go shew these things unto James, and to the
+brethren, And he departed, and went into another place.'
+--ACTS xii. 17.
+
+When the angel 'departed from him,' Peter had to fall back on his own
+wits, and they served him well. He 'considered the thing,' and
+resolved to make for the house of Mary. He does not seem to have
+intended to remain there, so dangerously near Herod, but merely to
+have told its inmates of his deliverance, and then to have hidden
+himself somewhere, till the heat of the hunt after him was abated.
+Apparently he did not go into the house at all, but talked to the
+brethren, when they came trooping after Rhoda to open the gate. The
+signs of haste in the latter part of the story, where Peter has to
+think and act for himself, contrast strikingly with the majestic
+leisureliness of the action of the angel, who gave his successive
+commands to him to dress completely, as if careless of the sleeping
+legionaries who might wake at any moment. There was need for haste,
+for the night was wearing thin, and the streets of Jerusalem were no
+safe promenade for a condemned prisoner, escaped from his guards.
+
+We do not deal here with the scene in Mary's house and at the gate.
+We only note, in a word, the touch of nature in Rhoda's forgetting to
+open 'for gladness,' and so leaving Peter in peril, if a detachment
+of his guards had already been told off to chase him. Equally true to
+nature, alas, is the incredulity of the praying 'many,' when the
+answer to their prayers was sent to them. They had rather believe
+that the poor girl was 'mad' or that, for all their praying, Peter
+was dead, and this was his 'angel,' than that their intense prayer
+had been so swiftly and completely answered. Is their behaviour not a
+mirror in which we may see our own?
+
+Very like Peter, as well as very intelligible in the circumstances,
+is it that he 'continued knocking,' Well he might, and evidently his
+energetic fusillade of blows was heard even above the clatter of
+eager tongues, discussing Rhoda's astonishing assertions. Some one,
+at last, seems to have kept his head sufficiently to suggest that
+perhaps, instead of disputing whether these were true or not, it
+might be well to go to the door and see. So they all went in a body,
+Rhoda being possibly afraid to go alone, and others afraid to stay
+behind, and there they saw his veritable self. But we notice that
+there is no sign of his being taken in and refreshed or cared for. He
+waved an imperative hand, to quiet the buzz of talk, spoke two or
+three brief words, and departed.
+
+I. Note Peter's account of his deliverance.
+
+We have often had occasion to remark that the very keynote of this
+Book of Acts is the working of Christ from heaven, which to its
+writer is as real and efficient as was His work on earth. Peter here
+traces his deliverance to 'the Lord.' He does not stay to mention the
+angel. His thoughts went beyond the instrument to the hand which
+wielded it. Nor does he seem to have been at all astonished at his
+deliverance. His moment of bewilderment, when he did not know whether
+he was dreaming or awake, soon passed, and as soon as 'the sober
+certainty of his waking bliss' settled on his mind, his deliverance
+seemed to him perfectly natural. What else was it to be expected that
+'the Lord' would do? Was it not just like Him? There was nothing to
+be astonished at, there was everything to be thankful for. That is
+how Christian hearts should receive the deliverances which the Lord
+is still working for them.
+
+II. Note Peter's message to the brethren.
+
+James, the Lord's brother, was not an Apostle. That he should have
+been named to receive the message indicates that already he held some
+conspicuous position, perhaps some office, in the Church. It may also
+imply that there were no Apostles in Jerusalem then. We note also
+that the 'many' who were gathered in Mary's house can have been only
+a small part of the whole. We here get a little glimpse into the
+conditions of the life of a persecuted Church, which a sympathetic
+imagination can dwell on till it is luminous. Such gatherings as
+would attract notice had to be avoided, and what meetings were held
+had to be in private houses and with shut doors, through which
+entrance was not easy. Mary's 'door' had a 'gate' in it, and only
+that smaller postern, which admitted but one at a time, was opened to
+visitors, and that after scrutiny. But though assemblies were
+restricted, communications were kept up, and by underground ways
+information of events important to the community spread through its
+members. The consciousness of brotherhood was all the stronger
+because of the common danger, the universal peril had not made the
+brethren selfish, but sympathetic. We may note, too, how great a
+change had come since the time when the Christians were in favour
+with all the people, and may reflect how fickle are the world's
+smiles for Christ's servants.
+
+III. Note Peter's disappearance.
+
+All that is said of it is that he 'went into another place.' Probably
+Luke did not know where he went. It would be prudent at the time to
+conceal it, and the habit of concealment may have survived the need
+for it. But two points suggest themselves in regard to the Apostle's
+flight. There may be a better use for an Apostle than to kill him,
+and Christ's boldest witnesses are sometimes bound to save themselves
+by fleeing into another city. To hide oneself 'till the calamity be
+overpast' may be rank cowardice or commendable prudence. All depends
+on the circumstances of each case. Prudence is an element in courage,
+and courage without it is fool-hardiness. There are outward dangers
+from which it is Christian duty to run, and there are outward dangers
+which it is Christian duty to face. There are inward temptations
+which it is best to avoid, as there are others which have to be
+fought to the death. Peter was as brave and braver when he went and
+hid himself, than when he boasted, 'Though all should forsake Thee,
+yet will not I!' A morbid eagerness for martyrdom wrought much harm
+in the Church at a later time. The primitive Church was free from it.
+
+But we must not omit to note that here Peter is dropped out of the
+history, and is scarcely heard of any more. We have a glimpse of him
+in chapter xv., at the Council in Jerusalem, but, with that
+exception, this is the last mention of him in Acts. How little this
+Book cares for its heroes! Or rather how it has only one Hero, and
+one Name which it celebrates, the name of that Lord to whom Peter
+ascribed his deliverance, and of whom he himself declared that 'there
+is none other Name under heaven, given among men, whereby we must be
+saved.'
+
+
+
+END OF VOL. I.
+
+
+
+EXPOSITIONS OF HOLY SCRIPTURE
+
+ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D. D., Litt. D.
+
+THE ACTS
+
+_CHAP. XIII TO END_
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+TO THE REGIONS BEYOND (Acts xiii. 1-13)
+
+WHY SAUL BECAME PAUL (Acts xiii. 9)
+
+JOHN MARK (Acts xiii. 13)
+
+THE FIRST PREACHING IN ASIA MINOR (Acts xiii. 26-39)
+
+LUTHER--A STONE ON THE CAIRN (Acts xiii. 36, 37)
+
+REJECTERS AND RECEIVERS (Acts xiii. 44-52; xiv. 1-7)
+
+UNWORTHY OF LIFE (Acts xiii. 46)
+
+'FULL OF THE HOLY GHOST' (Acts xiii. 52)
+
+DEIFIED AND STONED (Acts xiv. 11-22)
+
+DREAM AND REALITY (Acts xiv. 11)
+
+'THE DOOR OF FAITH' (Acts xiv. 27)
+
+THE BREAKING OUT OF DISCORD (Acts xv. 1-6)
+
+THE CHARTER OF GENTILE LIBERTY (Acts xv. 12-29)
+
+A GOOD MAN'S FAULTS (Acts xv. 37, 38)
+
+HOW TO SECURE A PROSPEROUS VOYAGE (Acts xvi. 10, 11)
+
+PAUL AT PHILIPPI (Acts xvi. 13, R.V.)
+
+THE RIOT AT PHILIPPI (Acts xvi. 19-34)
+
+THE GREAT QUESTION AND THE PLAIN ANSWER (Acts xvi. 30, 31)
+
+THESSALONICA AND BEREA (Acts xvii. 1-12)
+
+PAUL AT ATHENS (Acts xvii. 22-34)
+
+THE MAN WHO IS JUDGE (Acts xvii. 31)
+
+PAUL AT CORINTH (Acts xviii. 1-11)
+
+'CONSTRAINED BY THE WORD' (Acts xviii. 5)
+
+GALLIO (Acts xviii. 14, 15)
+
+TWO FRUITFUL YEARS (Acts xix. 1-12)
+
+WOULD-BE EXORCISTS (Acts xix. 15)
+
+THE FIGHT WITH WILD BEASTS AT EPHESUS (Acts xix. 21-34)
+
+PARTING COUNSELS (Acts xx. 22-85)
+
+A FULFILLED ASPIRATION (Acts xx. 24; 2 Tim. iv. 7)
+
+PARTING WORDS (Acts xx. 32)
+
+THE BLESSEDNESS OF GIVING (Acts xx. 35)
+
+DRAWING NEARER TO THE STORM (Acts xxi. 1-15)
+
+PHILIP THE EVANGELIST (Acts xxi. 8)
+
+AN OLD DISCIPLE (Acts xxi. 16)
+
+PAUL IN THE TEMPLE (Acts xxi. 27-39)
+
+PAUL ON HIS OWN CONVERSION (Acts xxii. 6-16)
+
+ROME PROTECTS PAUL (Acts xxii. 17-30)
+
+CHRIST'S WITNESSES (Acts xxiii. 11)
+
+A PLOT DETECTED (Acts xxiii. 12-22)
+
+A LOYAL TRIBUTE (Acts xxiv. 2, 3)
+
+PAUL BEFORE FELIX (Acts xxiv. 10-25)
+
+FELIX BEFORE PAUL (Acts xxiv. 25)
+
+CHRIST'S REMONSTRANCES (Acts xxvi. 14)
+
+FAITH IN CHRIST (Acts xxvi. 18)
+
+'BEFORE GOVERNORS AND KINGS' (Acts xxvi. 19-32)
+
+'THE HEAVENLY VISION' (Acts xxvi. 19)
+
+'ME A CHRISTIAN!' (Acts xxvi. 28)
+
+TEMPEST AND TRUST (Acts xxvii 13-26)
+
+A SHORT CONFESSION OF FAITH (Acts xxvii. 23)
+
+A TOTAL WRECK, ALL HANDS SAVED (Acts xxvii. 30-44)
+
+AFTER THE WRECK (Acts xxviii. 1-16)
+
+THE LAST GLIMPSE OF PAUL (Acts xxviii. 17-31)
+
+PAUL IN ROME (Acts xxviii. 30, 31)
+
+
+
+TO THE REGIONS BEYOND
+
+'Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain
+prophets and teachers; as Barnabas, and Simeon that was called
+Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen, which had been brought
+up with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. 2. As they ministered to
+the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas
+and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them. 3. And when
+they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they
+sent them away. A. So they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost,
+departed unto Seleucia; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus. 5.
+And when they were at Salamis, they preached the word of God in
+the synagogues of the Jews; and they had also John to their
+minister. 6. And when they had gone through the isle unto Paphos,
+they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name
+was Bar-jesus: 7. Which was with the deputy of the country,
+Sergius Paulus, a prudent man, who called for Barnabas and Saul,
+and desired to hear the word of God. 8. But Elymas the sorcerer
+(for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to
+turn away the deputy from the faith. 9. Then Saul, (who also is
+called Paul,) filled with the Holy Ghost, set his eyes on him,
+10. And said, O full of all subtilty and all mischief, thou child
+of the devil, thou enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not
+cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord? 11. And now, behold,
+the hand of the Lord is upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not
+seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a
+mist and a darkness; and he went about seeking some to lead him
+by the hand. 12. Then the deputy, when he saw what was done,
+believed, being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord. 13. Now
+when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos, they came to Perga
+in Pamphylia: and John departing from them returned to
+Jerusalem.'--ACTS xiii. 1-13.
+
+We stand in this passage at the beginning of a great step forward.
+Philip and Peter had each played a part in the gradual expansion of
+the church beyond the limits of Judaism; but it was from the church
+at Antioch that the messengers went forth who completed the process.
+Both its locality and its composition made that natural.
+
+I. The solemn designation of the missionaries is the first point in
+the narrative. The church at Antioch was not left without signs of
+Christ's grace and presence. It had its band of 'prophets and
+teachers.' As might be expected, four of the five named are
+Hellenists,--that is, Jews born in Gentile lands, and speaking
+Gentile languages. Barnabas was a Cypriote, Simeon's byname of Niger
+('Black') was probably given because of his dark complexion, which
+was probably caused by his birth in warmer lands. He may have been a
+North African, as Lucius of Cyrene was. Saul was from Tarsus, and
+only Manaen remains to represent the pure Palestinian Jew. His had
+been a strange course, from being foster-brother of the Herod who
+killed John to becoming a teacher in the church at Antioch. Barnabas
+was the leader of the little group, and the younger Pharisee from
+Tarsus, who had all along been Barnabas's _protege_, brought up the
+rear.
+
+The order observed in the list is a little window which shows a great
+deal. The first and last names all the world knows; the other three
+are never heard of again. Immortality falls on the two, oblivion
+swallows up the three. But it matters little whether our names are
+sounded in men's ears, if they are in the Lamb's book of life.
+
+These five brethren were waiting on the Lord by fasting and prayer.
+Apparently they had reason to expect some divine communication, for
+which they were thus preparing themselves. Light will come to those
+who thus seek it. They were commanded to set apart two of their
+number for 'the work whereunto I have called them.' That work is not
+specified, and yet the two, like carrier pigeons on being let loose,
+make straight for their line of flight, and know exactly whither they
+are to go.
+
+If we strictly interpret Luke's words ('I _have_ called them'), a
+previous intimation from the Spirit had revealed to them the sphere
+of their work. In that case, the _separation_ was only the
+recognition by the brethren of the divine appointment. The inward
+call must come first, and no ecclesiastical designation can do more
+than confirm that. But the solemn designation by the Church
+identifies those who remain behind with the work of those who go
+forth; it throws responsibility for sympathy and support on the
+former, and it ministers strength and the sense of companionship to
+the latter, besides checking that tendency to isolation which
+accompanies earnestness. To go forth on even Christian service,
+unrecognised by the brethren, is not good for even a Paul.
+
+But although Luke speaks of the Church sending them away, he takes
+care immediately to add that it was the Holy Ghost who 'sent them
+forth.' Ramsay suggests that 'sent them away' is not the meaning of
+the phrase in verse 3, but that it should be rendered 'gave them
+leave to depart.' In any case, a clear distinction is drawn between
+the action of the Church and that of the Spirit, which constituted
+Paul's real commission as an Apostle. He himself says that he was an
+Apostle, 'not from men, neither through man.'
+
+II. The events in the first stage of the journey are next summarily
+presented. Note the local colouring in 'went _down_ to Seleucia,' the
+seaport of Antioch, at the mouth of the river. The missionaries were
+naturally led to begin at Cyprus, as Barnabas's birthplace, and that
+of some of the founders of the church at Antioch.
+
+So, for the first time, the Gospel went to sea, the precursor of so
+many voyages. It was an 'epoch-making moment' when that ship dropped
+down with the tide and put out to sea. Salamis was the nearest port
+on the south-eastern coast of Cyprus, and there they landed,--
+Barnabas, no doubt, familiar with all he saw; Saul probably a
+stranger to it all. Their plan of action was that to which Paul
+adhered in all his after work,--to carry the Gospel to the Jew first,
+a proceeding for which the manner of worship in the synagogues gave
+facilities. No doubt, many such were scattered through Cyprus, and
+Barnabas would be well known in most.
+
+They thus traversed the island from east to west. It is noteworthy
+that only now is John Mark's name brought in as their attendant. He
+had come with them from Antioch, but Luke will not mention him, when
+he is telling of the sending forth of the other two, because Mark was
+not sent by the Spirit, but only chosen by his uncle, and his
+subsequent defection did not affect the completeness of their
+embassy. His entirely subordinate place is made obvious by the point
+at which he appears.
+
+Nothing of moment happened on the tour till Paphos was reached. That
+was the capital, the residence of the pro-consul, and the seat of the
+foul worship of Venus. There the first antagonist was met. It is not
+Sergius Paulus, pro-consul though he was, who is the central figure
+of interest to Luke, but the sorcerer who was attached to his train.
+His character is drawn in Luke's description, and in Paul's fiery
+exclamation. Each has three clauses, which fall 'like the beats of a
+hammer.' 'Sorcerer, false prophet, Jew,' make a climax of wickedness.
+That a Jew should descend to dabble in the black art of magic, and
+play tricks on the credulity of ignorant people by his knowledge of
+some simple secrets of chemistry; that he should pretend to prophetic
+gifts which in his heart he knew to be fraud, and should be recreant
+to his ancestral faith, proved him to deserve the penetrating
+sentence which Paul passed on him. He was a trickster, and knew that
+he was: his inspiration came from an evil source; he had come to hate
+righteousness of every sort.
+
+Paul was not flinging bitter words at random, or yielding to passion,
+but was laying the black heart bare to the man's own eyes, that the
+seeing himself as God saw him might startle him into penitence. 'The
+corruption of the best is the worst.' The bitterest enemies of God's
+ways are those who have cast aside their early faith. A Jew who had
+stooped to be a juggler was indeed causing God's 'name to be
+blasphemed among the Gentiles.'
+
+He and Paul each recognised in the other his most formidable foe.
+Elymas instinctively felt that the pro-consul must be kept from
+listening to the teaching of these two fellow-countrymen, and 'sought
+to _pervert_ him from the faith,' therein _perverting_ (the same word
+is used in both cases) 'the right ways of the Lord'; that is,
+opposing the divine purpose. He was a specimen of a class who
+attained influence in that epoch of unrest, when the more cultivated
+and nobler part of Roman society had lost faith in the old gods, and
+was turning wistfully and with widespread expectation to the
+mysterious East for enlightenment.
+
+So, like a ship which plunges into the storm as soon as it clears the
+pier-head, the missionaries felt the first dash of the spray and
+blast of the wind directly they began their work. Since this was
+their first encounter with a foe which they would often have to meet,
+the duel assumes importance, and we understand not only the fulness
+of the narrative, but the miracle which assured Paul and Barnabas of
+Christ's help, and was meant to diffuse its encouragement along the
+line of their future work. For Elymas it was chastisement, which
+might lead him to cease to pervert the ways of the Lord, and himself
+begin to walk in them. Perhaps, after a season, he did see 'the
+better Sun.'
+
+Saul's part in the incident is noteworthy. We observe the vivid
+touch, he 'fastened his eyes on him.' There must have been something
+very piercing in the fixed gaze of these flashing eyes. But Luke
+takes pains to prevent our thinking that Paul spoke from his own
+insight or was moved by human passion. He was 'filled with the Holy
+Ghost,' and, as His organ, poured out the scorching words that
+revealed the cowering apostate to himself, and announced the merciful
+punishment that was to fall. We need to be very sure that we are
+similarly filled before venturing to imitate the Apostle's tone.
+
+III. The shifting of the scene to the mainland presents some
+noteworthy points. It is singular that there is no preaching
+mentioned as having been attempted in Perga, or anywhere along the
+coast, but that the two evangelists seem to have gone at once across
+the great mountain range of Taurus to Antioch of Pisidia.
+
+A striking suggestion is made by Ramsay to the effect that the reason
+was a sudden attack of the malarial fever which is endemic in the
+low-lying coast plains, and for which the natural remedy is to get up
+among the mountains. If so, the journey to Antioch of Pisidia may not
+have been in the programme to which John Mark had agreed, and his
+return to Jerusalem may have been due to this departure from the
+original intention. Be that as it may, he stands for us as a beacon,
+warning against hasty entrance on great undertakings of which we have
+not counted the cost, no less than against cowardly flight from work,
+as soon as it begins to involve more danger or discomfort than we had
+reckoned on.
+
+John Mark was willing to go a-missionarying as long as he was in
+Cyprus, where he was somebody and much at home, by his relationship
+to Barnabas; but when Perga and the climb over Taurus into strange
+lands came to be called for, his zeal and courage oozed out at his
+finger-ends, and he skulked back to his mother's house at Jerusalem.
+No wonder that Paul 'thought not good to take with them him who
+withdrew from them.' But even such faint hearts as Mark's may take
+courage from the fact that he nobly retrieved his youthful error, and
+won back Paul's confidence, and proved himself 'profitable to him for
+the ministry.'
+
+
+
+WHY SAUL BECAME PAUL
+
+'Saul (who also is called Paul)' ...--ACTS xiii. 9
+
+Hitherto the Apostle has been known by the former of these names,
+henceforward he is known exclusively by the latter. Hitherto he has
+been second to his friend Barnabas, henceforward he is first. In an
+earlier verse of the chapter we read that 'Barnabas and Saul' were
+separated for their missionary work, and again, that it was 'Barnabas
+and Saul' for whom the governor of Cyprus sent, to hear the word of
+the Lord. But in a subsequent verse of the chapter we read that 'Paul
+and his company loosed from Paphos.'
+
+The change in the order of the names is significant, and the change
+in the names not less so. Why was it that at this period the Apostle
+took up this new designation? I think that the coincidence between
+his name and that of the governor of Cyprus, who believed at his
+preaching, Sergius Paulus, is too remarkable to be accidental. And
+though, no doubt, it was the custom for the Jews of that day,
+especially for those of them who lived in Gentile lands, to have, for
+convenience' sake, two names, one Jewish and one Gentile--one for use
+amongst their brethren, and one for use amongst the heathen--still we
+have no distinct intimation that the Apostle bore a Gentile name
+before this moment. And the fact that the name which he bears now is
+the same as that of his first convert, seems to me to point the
+explanation.
+
+I take it, then, that the assumption of the name of Paul instead of
+the name of Saul occurred at this point, stood in some relation to
+his missionary work, and was intended in some sense as a memorial of
+his first victory in the preaching of the Gospel.
+
+I think that there are lessons to be derived from the substitution of
+one of these names for the other which may well occupy us for a few
+moments.
+
+I. First of all, then, the new name expresses a new nature.
+
+Jesus Christ gave the Apostle whom He called to Himself in the early
+days, a new name, in order to prophesy the change which, by the
+discipline of sorrow and the communication of the grace of God,
+should pass over Simon Barjona, making him into a Peter, a 'Man of
+Rock.' With characteristic independence, Saul chooses for himself a
+new name, which shall express the change that he feels has passed
+over his inmost being. True, he does not assume it at his conversion,
+but that is no reason why we should not believe that he assumes it
+because he is beginning to understand what it is that has happened to
+him at his conversion.
+
+The fact that he changes his name as soon as he throws himself into
+public and active life, is but gathering into one picturesque symbol
+his great principle; 'If any man be in Christ Jesus, he is a new
+creature. Old things are passed away and all things are become new.'
+
+So, dear brethren, we may, from this incident before us, gather this
+one great lesson, that the central heart of Christianity is the
+possession of a new life, communicated to us through faith in that
+Son of God, Who is the Lord of the Spirit. Wheresoever there is a
+true faith, there is a new nature. Opinions may play upon the surface
+of a man's soul, like moonbeams on the silver sea, without raising
+its temperature one degree or sending a single beam into its dark
+caverns. And that is the sort of Christianity that satisfies a great
+many of you--a Christianity of opinion, a Christianity of surface
+creed, a Christianity which at the best slightly modifies some of our
+outward actions, but leaves the whole inner man unchanged.
+
+Paul's Christianity meant a radical change in his whole nature. He
+went out of Jerusalem a persecutor, he came into Damascus a
+Christian. He rode out of Jerusalem hating, loathing, despising Jesus
+Christ; he groped his way into Damascus, broken, bruised, clinging
+contrite to His feet, and clasping His Cross as his only hope. He
+went out proud, self-reliant, pluming himself upon his many
+prerogatives, his blue blood, his pure descent, his Rabbinical
+knowledge, his Pharisaical training, his external religious
+earnestness, his rigid morality; he rode into Damascus blind in the
+eyes, but seeing in the soul, and discerning that all these things
+were, as he says in his strong, vehement way, 'but dung' in
+comparison with his winning Christ.
+
+And his theory of conversion, which he preaches in all his Epistles,
+is but the generalisation of his own personal experience, which
+suddenly, and in a moment, smote his old self to shivers, and raised
+up a new life, with new tastes, views, tendencies, aspirations, with
+new allegiance to a new King. Such changes, so sudden, so
+revolutionary, cannot be expected often to take place amongst people
+who, like us, have been listening to Christian teaching all our
+lives. But unless there be this infusion of a new life into men's
+spirits which shall make them love and long and aspire after new
+things that once they did not care for, I know not why we should
+speak of them as being Christians at all. The transition is described
+by Paul as 'passing from death unto life.' That cannot be a surface
+thing. A change which needs a new name must be a profound change. Has
+our Christianity revolutionised our nature in any such fashion? It is
+easy to be a Christian after the superficial fashion which passes
+muster with so many of us. A verbal acknowledgment of belief in
+truths which we never think about, a purely external performance of
+acts of worship, a subscription or two winged by no sympathy, and a
+fairly respectable life beneath the cloak of which all evil may
+burrow undetected--make the Christianity of thousands. Paul's
+Christianity transformed him; does yours transform you? If it does
+not, are you quite sure that it _is_ Christianity at all?
+
+II. Then, again, we may take this change of name as being expressive
+of a life's work.
+
+_Paul_ is a Roman name. He strips himself of his Jewish connections
+and relationships. His fellow-countrymen who lived amongst the
+Gentiles were, as I said at the beginning of these remarks, in the
+habit of doing the same thing; but they carried _both_ their names;
+their Jewish for use amongst their own people, their Gentile one for
+use amongst Gentiles. Paul seems to have altogether disused his old
+name of Saul. It was almost equivalent to seceding from Judaism. It
+is like the acts of the renegades whom one sometimes hears of, who
+are found by travellers, dressed in turban and flowing robes, and
+bearing some Turkish name, or like some English sailor, lost to home
+and kindred, who deserts his ship in an island of the Pacific, and
+drops his English name for a barbarous title, in token that he has
+given up his faith and his nationality.
+
+So Paul, contemplating for his life's work preaching amongst the
+Gentiles, determines at the beginning, 'I lay down all of which I
+used to be proud. If my Jewish descent and privileges stand in my way
+I cast them aside. "Circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of
+Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews, as
+touching the law, a Pharisee,"--all these I wrap together in one
+bundle, and toss them behind me that I may be the better able to help
+some to whom they would have hindered my access.' A man with a heart
+will throw off his silken robes that his arm may be bared to rescue,
+and his feet free to run to succour.
+
+So we may, from the change of the Apostle's name, gather this lesson,
+never out of date, that the only way to help people is to go down to
+their level. If you want to bless men, you must identify yourself
+with them. It is no use standing on an eminence above them, and
+patronisingly talking down to them. You cannot scold, or hector, or
+lecture men into the possession and acceptance of religious truth if
+you take a position of superiority. As our Master has taught us, if
+we want to make blind beggars see we must take the blind beggars by
+the hand.
+
+The spirit which led the Apostle to change the name of Saul, with its
+memories of the royal dignity which, in the person of its great
+wearer, had honoured his tribe, for a Roman name is the same which he
+formally announces as a deliberately adopted law of his life. 'To
+them that are without law I became as without law ... that I might
+gain them that are without law ... I am made all things to all men,
+that I might by all means save some.'
+
+It is the very inmost principle of the Gospel. The principle that
+influenced the servant in this comparatively little matter, is the
+principle that influenced the Master in the mightiest of all events.
+'He who was in the form of God, and thought not equality with God a
+thing to be eagerly snatched at, made Himself of no reputation, and
+was found in fashion as a man and in form as a servant, and became
+obedient unto death.' 'For as much as the children were partakers of
+flesh and blood, He Himself likewise took part of the same'; and the
+mystery of incarnation came to pass, because when the Divine would
+help men, the only way by which the Infinite love could reach its end
+was that the Divine should become man; identifying Himself with those
+whom He would help, and stooping to the level of the humanity that He
+would lift.
+
+And as it is the very essence and heart of Christ's work, so, my
+brother, it is the condition of all work that benefits our fellows.
+It applies all round. We must stoop if we would raise. We must put
+away gifts, culture, everything that distinguishes us, and come to
+the level of the men that we seek to help. Sympathy is the parent of
+all wise counsel, because it is the parent of all true understanding
+of our brethren's wants. Sympathy is the only thing to which people
+will listen, sympathy is the only disposition correspondent to the
+message that we Christians are entrusted with. For a Christian man to
+carry the Gospel of Infinite condescension to his fellows in a spirit
+other than that of the Master and the Gospel which he speaks, is an
+anomaly and a contradiction.
+
+And, therefore, let us all remember that a vast deal of so-called
+Christian work falls utterly dead and profitless, for no other reason
+than this, that the doers have forgotten that they must come to the
+level of the men whom they would help, before they can expect to
+bless them.
+
+You remember the old story of the heroic missionary whose heart
+burned to carry the Gospel of Jesus Christ amongst captives, and as
+there was no other way of reaching them, let himself be sold for a
+slave, and put out his hands to have the manacles fastened upon them.
+It is the law for all Christian service; become like men if you will
+help them,--'To the weak as weak, all things to all men, that we
+might by all means save some.'
+
+And, my brother, there was no obligation on Paul's part to do
+Christian work which does not lie on you.
+
+III. Further, this change of name is a memorial of victory.
+
+The name is that of Paul's first convert. He takes it, as I suppose,
+because it seemed to him such a blessed thing that at the very moment
+when he began to sow, God helped him to reap. He had gone out to his
+work, no doubt, with much trembling, with weakness and fear. And lo!
+here, at once, the fields were white already to the harvest,
+
+Great conquerors have been named from their victories; Africanus,
+Germanicus, Nelson of the Nile, Napier of Magdala, and the like. Paul
+names himself from the first victory that God gives him to win; and
+so, as it were, carries ever on his breast a memorial of the wonder
+that through him it had been given to preach, and that not without
+success, amongst the Gentiles 'the unsearchable riches of Christ.'
+
+That is to say, this man thought of it as his highest honour, and the
+thing best worthy to be remembered about his life, that God had
+helped him to help his brethren to know the common Master. Is that
+your idea of the best thing about a life? What would you, a
+professing Christian, like to have for an epitaph on your grave? 'He
+was rich; he made a big business in Manchester'; 'He was famous, he
+wrote books'; 'He was happy and fortunate'; or, 'He turned many to
+righteousness'? This man flung away his literary tastes, his home
+joys, and his personal ambition, and chose as that for which he would
+live, and by which he would fain be remembered, that he should bring
+dark hearts to the light in which he and they together walked.
+
+His name, in its commemoration of his first success, would act as a
+stimulus to service and to hope. No doubt the Apostle, like the rest
+of us, had his times of indolence and languor, and his times of
+despondency when he seemed to have laboured in vain, and spent his
+strength for nought. He had but to say 'Paul' to find the antidote to
+both the one and the other, and in the remembrance of the past to
+find a stimulus for service for the future, and a stimulus for hope
+for the time to come. His first convert was to him the first drop
+that predicts the shower, the first primrose that prophesies the
+wealth of yellow blossoms and downy green leaves that will fill the
+woods in a day or two. The first convert 'bears in his hand a glass
+which showeth many more.' Look at the workmen in the streets trying
+to get up a piece of the roadway. How difficult it is to lever out
+the first paving stone from the compacted mass! But when once it has
+been withdrawn, the rest is comparatively easy. We can understand
+Paul's triumph and joy over the first stone which he had worked out
+of the strongly cemented wall and barrier of heathenism; and his
+conviction that having thus made a breach, if it were but wide enough
+to let the end of his lever in, the fall of the whole was only a
+question of time. I suppose that if the old alchemists had turned but
+one grain of base metal into gold they might have turned tons, if
+only they had had the retorts and the appliances with which to do it.
+And so, what has brought one man's soul into harmony with God, and
+given one man the true life, can do the same for all men. In the
+first fruits we may see the fields whitening to the harvest. Let us
+rejoice then, in any little work that God helps us to do, and be sure
+that if so great be the joy of the first fruits, great beyond speech
+will be the joy of the ingathering.
+
+IV. And now last of all, this change of name is an index of the
+spirit of a life's work.
+
+'Paul' means 'little'; 'Saul' means 'desired.' He abandons the name
+that prophesied of favour and honour, to adopt a name that bears upon
+its very front a profession of humility. His very name is the
+condensation into a word of his abiding conviction: 'I am less than
+the least of all saints.' Perhaps even there may he an allusion to
+his low stature, which may be pointed at in the sarcasm of his
+enemies that his letters were strong, though his bodily presence was
+'weak.' If he was, as Renan calls him, 'an ugly little Jew,' the name
+has a double appropriateness.
+
+But, at all events, it is an expression of the spirit in which he
+sought to do his work. The more lofty the consciousness of his
+vocation the more lowly will a true man's estimate of himself be. The
+higher my thought of what God has given me grace to do, the more
+shall I feel weighed down by the consciousness of my unfitness to do
+it. And the more grateful my remembrance of what He has enabled me to
+do, the more shall I wonder that I have been enabled, and the more
+profoundly shall I feel that it is not my strength but His that has
+won the victories.
+
+So, dear brethren, for all hope, for all success in our work, for all
+growth in Christian grace and character, this disposition of lowly
+self-abasement and recognised unworthiness and infirmity is
+absolutely indispensable. The mountain-tops that lift themselves to
+the stars are barren, and few springs find their rise there. It is in
+the lowly valleys that the flowers grow and the rivers run. And it is
+they who are humble and lowly in heart to whom God gives strength to
+serve Him, and the joy of accepted service.
+
+I beseech you, then, learn your true life's task. Learn how to do it
+by identifying yourselves with the humbler brethren whom you would
+help. Learn the spirit in which it must be done; the spirit of lowly
+self-abasement. And oh! above all, learn this, that unless you have
+the new life, the life of God in your hearts, you have no life at
+all.
+
+Have you, my brother, that faith by which we receive into our spirits
+Christ's own Spirit, to be our life? If you have, then you are a new
+creature, with a new name, perhaps but dimly visible and faintly
+audible, amidst the imperfections of earth, but sure to shine out on
+the pages of the Lamb's Book of Life; and to be read 'with tumults of
+acclaim' before the angels of Heaven. 'I will give him a white stone,
+and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth save he
+that receiveth it.'
+
+
+
+JOHN MARK
+
+'... John, departing from them, returned to Jerusalem.'
+--ACTS xiii. 13.
+
+The few brief notices of John Mark in Scripture are sufficient to
+give us an outline of his life, and some inkling of his character. He
+was the son of a well-to-do Christian woman in Jerusalem, whose house
+appears to have been the resort of the brethren as early as the
+period of Peter's miraculous deliverance from prison. As the cousin
+of Barnabas he was naturally selected to be the attendant and secular
+factotum of Paul and Barnabas on their first missionary journey. For
+some reason, faint-heartedness, lack of interest, levity of
+disposition, or whatever it may have been, he very quickly abandoned
+that office and returned to his home. His kindly-natured and
+indulgent relative sought to reinstate him in his former position on
+the second journey of Paul and himself. Paul's kinder severity
+refused to comply with the wish of his colleague Barnabas, and so
+they part, and Barnabas and Mark sail away to Cyprus, and drop out of
+the Acts of the Apostles. We hear no more about him until near the
+end of the Apostle Paul's life, when the Epistles to the Colossians
+and Philemon show him as again the companion of Paul in his
+captivity. He seems to have left him in Rome, to have gone to Asia
+Minor for a space, to have returned to the Apostle during his last
+imprisonment and immediately prior to his death, and then to have
+attached himself to the Apostle Peter, and under his direction and
+instruction to have written his Gospel.
+
+Now these are the bones of his story; can we put flesh and blood upon
+them: and can we get any lessons out of them? I think we may; at any
+rate I am going to try.
+
+I. Consider then, first, his--what shall I call it? well, if I may
+use the word which Paul himself designates it by, in its correct
+signification, we may call it his--apostasy.
+
+It was not a departure from Christ, but it was a departure from very
+plain duty. And if you will notice the point of time at which Mark
+threw up the work that was laid upon him, you will see the reason for
+his doing so. The first place to which the bold evangelists went was
+Cyprus. Barnabas was a native of Cyprus, which was perhaps the reason
+for selecting it as the place in which to begin the mission. For the
+same reason, because it was the native place of his relative, it
+would be very easy work for John Mark as long as they stopped in
+Cyprus, among his friends, with people that knew him, and with whom
+no doubt he was familiar. But as soon as they crossed the strait that
+separated the island from the mainland, and set foot upon the soil of
+Asia Minor, so soon he turned tail; like some recruit that goes into
+battle, full of fervour, but as soon as the bullets begin to 'ping'
+makes the best of his way to the rear. He was quite ready for
+missionary work as long as it was easy work; quite ready to do it as
+long as he was moving upon known ground and there was no great call
+upon his heroism, or his self-sacrifice; he does not wait to test the
+difficulties, but is frightened by the imagination of them, does not
+throw himself into the work and see how he gets on with it, but
+before he has gone a mile into the land, or made any real experience
+of the perils and hardships, has had quite enough of it, and goes
+away back to his mother in Jerusalem.
+
+Yes, and we find exactly the same thing in all kinds of strenuous
+life. Many begin to run, but one after another, as 'lap' after 'lap'
+of the racecourse is got over, has had enough of it, and drops on one
+side; a hundred started, and at the end the field is reduced to three
+or four. All you men that have grey hairs on your heads can remember
+many of your companions that set out in the course with you, 'did run
+well' for a little while: what has become of them? This thing
+hindered one, the other thing hindered another; the swiftly formed
+resolution died down as fast as it blazed up; and there are perhaps
+some three or four that, 'by patient continuance in well-doing,' have
+been tolerably faithful to their juvenile ideal; and to use the
+homely word of the homely Abraham Lincoln, kept 'pegging away' at
+what they knew to be the task that was laid upon them.
+
+This is very 'threadbare' morality, very very familiar and old-
+fashioned teaching; but I am accustomed to believe that no teaching
+is threadbare until it is practised; and that however well-worn the
+platitudes may be, you and I want them once again unless we have
+obeyed them, and done all which they enjoin. And so in regard to
+every career which has in it anything of honour and of effort, let
+John Mark teach us the lesson not swiftly to begin and
+inconsiderately to venture upon a course, but once begun to let
+nothing discourage, 'nor bate one jot of heart or hope, but still
+bear up and steer right onward.'
+
+And still further and more solemnly still, how like this story is to
+the experience of hundreds and thousands of young Christians! Any man
+who has held such an office as I hold, for as many years as I have
+filled it, will have his memory full--and, may I say, his eyes not
+empty--of men and women who began like this man, earnest, fervid,
+full of zeal, and who, like him, have slackened in their work; who
+were Sunday-school teachers, workers amongst the poor, I know not
+what, when they were young men and women, and who now are idle and
+unprofitable servants.
+
+Some of you, dear brethren, need the word of exhortation and earnest
+beseeching to contrast the sluggishness, the indolence of your
+present, with the brightness and the fervour of your past. And I
+beseech you, do not let your Christian life be like that snow that is
+on the ground about us to-day--when it first lights upon the earth,
+radiant and white, but day by day gets more covered with a veil of
+sooty blackness until it becomes dark and foul.
+
+Many of us have to acknowledge that the fervour of early days has
+died down into coldness. The river that leapt from its source
+rejoicing, and bickered amongst the hills in such swift and musical
+descent, creeps sluggish and almost stagnant amongst the flats of
+later life, or has been lost and swallowed up altogether in the
+thirsty and encroaching sands of a barren worldliness. Oh! my
+friends, let us all ponder this lesson, and see to it that no
+repetition of the apostasy of this man darken our Christian lives and
+sadden our Christian conscience.
+
+II. And now let me ask you to look next, in the development of this
+little piece of biography, to Mark's eclipse.
+
+Paul and Barnabas differed about how to treat the renegade. Which of
+them was right? Would it have been better to have put him back in his
+old post, and given him another chance, and said nothing about the
+failure; or was it better to do what the sterner wisdom of Paul did,
+and declare that a man who had once so forgotten himself and
+abandoned his work was not the man to put in the same place again?
+Barnabas' highest quality, as far as we know, was a certain kind of
+broad generosity and rejoicing to discern good in all men. He was a
+'son of consolation'; the gentle kindness of his natural disposition,
+added to the ties of relationship, influenced him in his wish
+regarding his cousin Mark. He made a mistake. It would have been the
+cruellest thing that could have been done to his relative to have put
+him back again without acknowledgment, without repentance, without
+his riding quarantine for a bit, and holding his tongue for a while.
+He would not then have known his fault as he ought to have known it,
+and so there would never have been the chance of his conquering it.
+
+The Church manifestly sympathised with Paul, and thought that he took
+the right view; for the contrast is very significant between the
+unsympathising silence which the narrative records as attending the
+departure of Barnabas and Mark--'Barnabas took Mark, and sailed away
+to Cyprus'--and the emphasis with which it tells us that the other
+partner in the dispute, Paul, 'took Silas and departed, being
+recommended by the brethren to the grace of God.'
+
+The people at Antioch had no doubt who was right, and I think they
+were right in so deciding. So let us learn that God treats His
+renegades as Paul treated Mark, and not as Barnabas would have
+treated him, He is ready, even infinitely ready, to forgive and to
+restore, but desires to see the consciousness of the sin first, and
+desires, before large tasks are re-committed to hands that once have
+dropped them, to have some kind of evidence that the hands have grown
+stronger and the heart purified from its cowardice and its
+selfishness. Forgiveness does not mean impunity. The infinite mercy
+of God is not mere weak indulgence which so deals with a man's
+failures and sins as to convey the impression that these are of no
+moment whatsoever. And Paul's severity which said: 'No, such work is
+not fit for such hands until the heart has been "broken and healed,"'
+is of a piece with God's severity which is love. 'Thou wast a God
+that forgavest them, though Thou tookest vengeance of their
+inventions.' Let us learn the difference between a weak charity which
+loves too foolishly, and therefore too selfishly, to let a man
+inherit the fruit of his doings, and the large mercy which knows how
+to take the bitterness out of the chastisement, and yet knows how to
+chastise.
+
+And still further, this which I have called Mark's eclipse may teach
+us another lesson, viz., that the punishment for shirking work is to
+be denied work, just as the converse is true, that in God's
+administration of the world and of His Church, the reward for
+faithful work is to get more to do, and the filling a narrower sphere
+is the sure way to have a wider sphere to fill. So if a man abandons
+plain duties, then he will get no work to do. And that is why so many
+Christian men and women are idle in this world; and stand in the
+market-place, saying, with a certain degree of truth, 'No man hath
+hired us.' No; because so often in the past tasks have been presented
+to you, forced upon you, almost pressed into your unwilling hands,
+that you have refused to take; and you are not going to get any more.
+You have been asked to work,--I speak now to professing Christians--
+duties have been pressed upon you, fields of service have opened
+plainly before you, and you have not had the heart to go into them.
+And so you stand idle all the day now, and the work goes to other
+people that will do it. Thus God honours them, and passes you by.
+
+Mark sails away to Cyprus, he does not go back to Jerusalem; he and
+Barnabas try to get up some little schismatic sort of mission of
+their own. Nothing comes of it; nothing ought to have come of it. He
+drops out of the story; he has no share in the joyful conflicts and
+sacrifices and successes of the Apostle. When he heard how Paul, by
+God's help, was flaming like a meteor from East to West, do you not
+think he wished that he had not been such a coward? When the Lord was
+opening doors, and he saw how the work was prospering in the hands of
+ancient companions, and Silas filled the place that he might have
+filled, if he had been faithful to God, do you not think the bitter
+thought occupied his mind, of how he had flung away what never could
+come back to him now? The punishment of indolence is absolute
+idleness.
+
+So, my friends, let us learn this lesson, that the largest reward
+that God can give to him that has been faithful in a few things, is
+to give him many things to be faithful over. Beware, all of you
+professing Christians, lest to you should come the fate of the
+slothful servant with his one burled talent, to whom the punishment
+of burying it unused was to lose it altogether; according to that
+solemn word which was fulfilled in the temporal sphere in this story
+on which I am commenting: 'To him that hath shall be given, and from
+him that hath not, even that he hath shall be taken away.'
+
+III. Again consider the process of recovery.
+
+Concerning it we read nothing indeed in Scripture; but concerning it
+we know enough to be able at least to determine what its outline must
+have been. The silent and obscure years of compulsory inactivity had
+their fruit, no doubt. There is only one road, with well-marked
+stages, by which a backsliding or apostate Christian can return to
+his Master. And that road has three halting-places upon it, through
+which the heart must pass if it have wandered from its early faith,
+and falsified its first professions. The first of them is the
+consciousness of the fall, the second is the resort to the Master for
+forgiveness; and the last is the deepened consecration to Him.
+
+The patriarch Abraham, in a momentary lapse from faith to sense,
+thought himself compelled to leave the land to which God had sent
+him, because a famine threatened; and when he came back from Egypt,
+as the narrative tells us with deep significance, he went to the
+'place where he had pitched his tent at the beginning; to the altar
+which lie had reared at the first.' Yes, my friends, we must begin
+over again, tread all the old path, enter by the old wicket-gate,
+once more take the place of the penitent, once more make acquaintance
+with the pardoning Christ, once more devote ourselves in renewed
+consecration to His service. No man that wanders into the wilderness
+but comes back by the King's highway, if he comes back at all.
+
+IV. And so lastly, notice the reinstatement of the penitent renegade.
+
+If you turn at your leisure to the remaining notices of John Mark in
+Scripture, you will find, in two of Paul's Epistles of the captivity,
+viz., those to the Colossians and Philemon, references to him; and
+these references are of a very interesting and beautiful nature. Paul
+says that in Rome Mark was one of the four born Jews who had been a
+cordial and a comfort to him in his imprisonment. He commends him, in
+the view of a probable journey, to the loving reception of the church
+at Colosse, as if they knew something derogatory to his character,
+the impression of which the Apostle desired to remove. He sends to
+Philemon the greetings of the repentant renegade in strange
+juxtaposition with the greetings of two other men, one who was an
+apostate at the end of his career instead of at the beginning, and of
+whom we do not read that he ever came back, and one who all his life
+long is the type of a faithful friend and companion, 'Mark, Demas,
+Luke' are bracketed as greeting Philemon; the first a runaway that
+came back, the second a fugitive who, so far as we know, never
+returned, and the last the faithful friend throughout.
+
+And then in Paul's final Epistle, and in almost the last words of it,
+we read his request to Timothy. 'Take Mark, and bring him with thee,
+for he is profitable to me for the ministry.' The first notice of him
+was: 'They had John to their minister'; the last word about him is:
+'he is profitable for the ministry.' The Greek words in the original
+are not identical, but their meaning is substantially the same. So
+notwithstanding the failure, notwithstanding the wise refusal of Paul
+years before to have anything more to do with him, he is now
+reinstated in his old office, and the aged Apostle, before he dies,
+would like to have the comfort of his presence once more at his side.
+Is not the lesson out of that, this eternal Gospel that even early
+failures, recognised and repented of, may make a man better fitted
+for the tasks from which once he fled? Just as they tell us--I do not
+know whether it is true or not, it will do for an illustration--just
+as they tell us that a broken bone renewed is stronger at the point
+of fracture than it ever was before, so the very sin that we commit,
+when once we know it for a sin, and have brought it to Christ for
+forgiveness, may minister to our future efficiency and strength. The
+Israelites fought twice upon one battlefield. On the first occasion
+they were shamefully defeated; on the second, on the same ground, and
+against the same enemies, they victoriously emerged from the
+conflict, and reared the stone which said, 'Ebenezer!' 'Hitherto the
+Lord hath helped us.'
+
+And so the temptations which have been sorest may be overcome, the
+sins into which we most naturally fall we may put our foot upon; the
+past is no specimen of what the future may be. The page that is yet
+to be written need have none of the blots of the page that we have
+turned over shining through it. Sin which we have learned to know for
+sin and to hate, teaches us humility, dependence, shows us where our
+weak places are. Sin which is forgiven knits us to Christ with deeper
+and more fervid love, and results in a larger consecration. Think of
+the two ends of this man's life--flying like a frightened hare from
+the very first suspicion of danger or of difficulty, sulking in his
+solitude, apart from all the joyful stir of consecration and of
+service; and at last made an evangelist to proclaim to the whole
+world the story of the Gospel of the Servant. God works with broken
+reeds, and through them breathes His sweetest music.
+
+So, dear brethren, 'Take with you words, and return unto the Lord;
+say unto Him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously,' and
+the answer will surely be:--'I will heal their backsliding; I will
+love them freely; I will be as the dew unto Israel.'
+
+
+
+THE FIRST PREACHING IN ASIA MINOR
+
+'Men and brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and
+whosoever among you feareth God, to you is the word of this
+salvation sent. 27. For they that dwell at Jerusalem, and their
+rulers, because they knew Him not, nor yet the voices of the
+prophets which are read every Sabbath day, they have fulfilled
+them in condemning Him. 28. And though they found no cause of
+death in Him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be slain.
+29. And when they had fulfilled all that was written of Him, they
+took Him down from the tree, and laid Him in a sepulchre. 30. But
+God raised Him from the dead: 31. And He was seen many days of
+them which came up with Him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are
+His witnesses unto the people. 32. And we declare unto you glad
+tidings, how that the promise which was made unto the fathers,
+33. God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that
+He hath raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the
+second psalm. Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten Thee. 34.
+And as concerning that He raised Him up from the dead, now no
+more to return to corruption, He said on this wise, I will give
+you the sure mercies of David. 35. Wherefore He saith also in
+another psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see
+corruption. 36. For David, after he had served his own generation
+by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers,
+and saw corruption: 37. But He, whom God raised again, saw no
+corruption. 38. Be it known unto you therefore, men and brethren,
+that through this Man is preached unto you the forgiveness of
+sins: 39. And by Him all that believe are justified from all
+things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of
+Moses.'--ACTS xiii. 26-39.
+
+The extended report of Paul's sermon in the synagogue at Antioch of
+Pisidia marks it, in accordance with Luke's method, as the first of a
+series. It was so because, though the composition of the audience was
+identical with that of those in the synagogues of Cyprus, this was
+the beginning of the special work of the tour, the preaching in the
+cities of Asia Minor. The part of the address contained in the
+passage falls into three sections,--the condensed narrative of the
+Gospel facts (vs. 26-31), the proof that the resurrection was
+prophesied (vs. 32-37), and the pungent personal application (v. 38
+to end).
+
+I. The substance of the narrative coincides, as it could not but do,
+with Peter's sermons, but yet with differences, partly due to the
+different audience, partly to Paul's idiosyncrasy. After the
+preceding historical _resume_, he girds himself to his proper work of
+proclaiming the Gospel, and he marks the transition in verse 26 by
+reiterating his introductory words.
+
+His audience comprised the two familiar classes of Jews and Gentile
+proselytes, and he seeks to win the ears of both. His heart goes out
+in his address to them all as 'brethren,' and in his classing himself
+and Barnabas among them as receivers of the message which he has to
+proclaim. What skill, if it were not something much more sacred, even
+humility and warm love, lies in that 'to _us_ is the word of this
+salvation sent'! He will not stand above them as if he had any other
+possession of his message than they might have. He, too, has received
+it, and what he is about to say is not his word, but God's message to
+them and him. That is the way to preach.
+
+Notice, too, how skilfully he introduces the narrative of the
+rejection of Jesus as the reason why the message has now come to them
+his hearers away in Antioch. It is 'sent forth' 'to us,' Asiatic
+Jews, _for_ the people in the sacred city would not have it. Paul
+does not prick his hearers' consciences, as Peter did, by charging
+home the guilt of the rejection of Jesus on them. They had no share
+in that initial crime. There is a faint purpose of dissociating
+himself and his hearers from the people of Jerusalem, to whom the
+Dispersion were accustomed to look up, in the designation, 'they that
+dwell in Jerusalem, and _their_ rulers.' Thus far the Antioch Jews
+had had hands clean from that crime; they had now to choose whether
+they would mix themselves up with it.
+
+We may further note that Paul says nothing about Christ's life of
+gentle goodness, His miracles or teaching, but concentrates attention
+on His death and resurrection. From the beginning of his ministry
+these were the main elements of his 'Gospel' (1 Cor. xv. 3, 4). The
+full significance of that death is not declared here. Probably it was
+reserved for subsequent instruction. But it and the Resurrection,
+which interpreted it, are set in the forefront, as they should always
+be. The main point insisted on is that the men of Jerusalem were
+fulfilling prophecy in slaying Jesus. With tragic deafness, they knew
+not the voices of the prophets, clear and unanimous as they were,
+though they heard them every Sabbath of their lives, and yet they
+fulfilled them. A prophet's words had just been read in the
+synagogue; Paul's words might set some hearer asking whether a veil
+had been over his heart while his ears had heard the sound of the
+word.
+
+The Resurrection is established by the only evidence for a historical
+fact, the testimony of competent eyewitnesses. Their competence is
+established by their familiar companionship with Jesus during His
+whole career; their opportunities for testing the reality of the
+fact, by the 'many days' of His appearances.
+
+Paul does not put forward his own testimony to the Resurrection,
+though we know, from 1 Corinthians xv. 8, that he regarded Christ's
+appearance to him as being equally valid evidence with that afforded
+by the other appearances; but he distinguishes between the work of
+the Apostles, as 'witnesses unto the people'--that is, the Jews of
+Palestine--and that of Barnabas and himself. They had to bear the
+message to the regions beyond. The Apostles and he had the same work,
+but different spheres.
+
+II. The second part turns with more personal address to his hearers.
+Its purport is not so much to preach the Resurrection, which could
+only be proved by testimony, as to establish the fact that it was the
+fulfilment of the promises to the fathers. Note how the idea of
+fulfilled prophecy runs in Paul's head. The Jews had _fulfilled_ it
+by their crime; God _fulfilled_ it by the Resurrection. This
+reiteration of a key-word is a mark of Paul's style in his Epistles,
+and its appearance here attests the accuracy of the report of his
+speech.
+
+The second Psalm, from which Paul's first quotation is made, is
+prophetic of Christ, inasmuch as it represents in vivid lyrical
+language the vain rebellion of earthly rulers against Messiah, and
+Jehovah's establishing Him and His kingdom by a steadfast decree.
+Peter quoted its picture of the rebels, as fulfilled in the coalition
+of Herod, Pilate, and the Jewish rulers against Christ. The Messianic
+reference of the Psalm, then, was already seen; and we may not be
+going too far if we assume that Jesus Himself had included it among
+things written in the Psalms 'concerning Himself,' which He had
+explained to the disciples after the Resurrection. It depicts Jehovah
+speaking to Messiah, _after_ the futile attempts of the rebels: 'This
+day have I begotten Thee.' That day is a definite point in time. The
+Resurrection was a birth from the dead; so Paul, in Colossians i. 18,
+calls Jesus 'the first begotten from the dead.' Romans i. 4,'declared
+to be the Son of God ... by the resurrection from the dead,' is the
+best commentary on Paul's words here.
+
+The second and third quotations must apparently be combined, for the
+second does not specifically refer to resurrection, but it promises
+to 'you,' that is to those who obey the call to partake in the
+Messianic blessings, a share in the 'sure' and enduring 'mercies of
+David'; and the third quotation shows that not 'to see corruption'
+was one of these 'mercies.' That implies that the speaker in the
+Psalm was, in Paul's view, David, and that his words were his
+believing answer to a divine promise. But David was dead. Had the
+'sure mercy' proved, then, a broken reed? Not so: for Jesus, who is
+Messiah, and is God's 'Holy One' in a deeper sense than David was,
+has not seen corruption. The Psalmist's hopes are fulfilled in Him,
+and through Him, in all who will 'eat' that their 'souls may live,'
+
+III. But Paul's yearning for his brethren's salvation is not content
+with proclaiming the fact of Christ's resurrection, nor with pointing
+to it as fulfilling prophecy; he gathers all up into a loving, urgent
+offer of salvation for every believing soul, and solemn warning to
+despisers. Here the whole man flames out. Here the characteristic
+evangelical teaching, which is sometimes ticketed as 'Pauline' by way
+of stigma, is heard. Already had he grasped the great antithesis
+between Law and Gospel. Already his great word 'justified' has taken
+its place in his terminology. The essence of the Epistles to Romans
+and Galatians is here. Justification is the being pronounced and
+treated as not guilty. Law cannot justify. 'In Him' we are justified.
+Observe that this is an advance on the previous statement that
+'through Him' we receive remission of sins.
+
+'In Him' points, thought but incidentally and slightly, to the great
+truth of incorporation with Jesus, of which Paul had afterwards so
+much to write. The justifying in Christ is complete and absolute. And
+the sole sufficient condition of receiving it is faith. But the
+greater the glory of the light the darker the shadow which it casts.
+The broad offer of complete salvation has ever to be accompanied with
+the plain warning of the dread issue of rejecting it. Just because it
+is so free and full, and to be had on such terms, the warning has to
+be rung into deaf ears, 'Beware _therefore_!' Hope and fear are
+legitimately appealed to by the Christian evangelist. They are like
+the two wings which may lift the soul to soar to its safe shelter in
+the Rock of Ages.
+
+
+
+LUTHER--A STONE ON THE CAIRN
+
+'For David, after he had served his own generation by the
+will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers,
+and saw corruption: 37. But He, whom God raised again, saw
+no corruption.'--ACTS xiii. 36, 37.
+
+I take these words as a motto rather than as a text. You will have
+anticipated the use which I purpose to make of them in connection
+with the Luther Commemoration. They set before us, in clear sharp
+contrast, the distinction between the limited, transient work of the
+servants and the unbounded, eternal influence of the Master. The
+former are servants, and that but for a time; they do their work,
+they are laid in the grave, and as their bodies resolve into their
+elements, so their influence, their teaching, the institutions which
+they may have founded, disintegrate and decay. He lives. His relation
+to the world is not as theirs; He is 'not for an age, but for all
+time.' Death is not the end of His work. His Cross is the eternal
+foundation of the world's hope. His life is the ultimate, perfect
+revelation of the divine Nature which can never be surpassed, or
+fathomed, or antiquated. Therefore the last thought, in all
+commemorations of departed teachers and guides, should be of Him who
+gave them all the force that they had; and the final word should be:
+'They were not suffered to continue by reason of death, this Man
+continueth ever.'
+
+In the same spirit then as the words of my text, and taking them as
+giving me little more than a starting-point and a framework, I draw
+from them some thoughts appropriate to the occasion.
+
+I. First, we have to think about the limited and transient work of
+this great servant of God.
+
+The miner's son, who was born in that little Saxon village four
+hundred years ago, presents at first sight a character singularly
+unlike the traditional type of mediaeval Church fathers and saints.
+Their ascetic habits, and the repressive system under which they were
+trained, withdraw them from our sympathy; but this sturdy peasant,
+with his full-blooded humanity, unmistakably a man, and a man all
+round, is a new type, and looks strangely out of place amongst
+doctors and mediaeval saints.
+
+His character, though not complex, is many-sided and in some respects
+contradictory. The face and figure that look out upon us from the
+best portraits of Luther tell us a great deal about the man. Strong,
+massive, not at all elegant; he stands there, firm and resolute, on
+his own legs, grasping a _Bible_ in a muscular hand. There is plenty
+of animalism--a source of power as well as of weakness--in the thick
+neck; an iron will in the square chin; eloquence on the full, loose
+lips; a mystic, dreamy tenderness and sadness in the steadfast eyes--
+altogether a true king and a leader of men!
+
+The first things that strike one in the character are the iron will
+that would not waver, the indomitable courage that knew no fear, the
+splendid audacity that, single-handed, sprang into the arena for a
+contest to the death with Pope, Emperors, superstitions, and devils;
+the insight that saw the things that were 'hid from the wise and
+prudent,' and the answering sincerity that would not hide what he
+saw, nor say that he saw what he did not.
+
+But there was a great deal more than that in the man. He was no mere
+brave revolutionary, he was a cultured scholar, abreast of all the
+learning of his age, capable of logic-chopping and scholastic
+disputation on occasion, and but too often the victim of his own
+over-subtle refinements. He was a poet, with a poet's dreaminess and
+waywardness, fierce alternations of light and shade, sorrow and joy.
+All living things whispered and spoke to him, and he walked in
+communion with them all. Little children gathered round his feet, and
+he had a big heart of love for all the weary and the sorrowful.
+
+Everybody knows how he could write and speak. He made the German
+language, as we may say, lifting it up from a dialect of boors to
+become the rich, flexible, cultured speech that it is. And his Bible,
+his single-handed work, is one of the colossal achievements of man;
+like Stonehenge or the Pyramids. 'His words were half-battles,' 'they
+were living creatures that had hands and feet'; his speech, direct,
+strong, homely, ready to borrow words from the kitchen or the gutter,
+is unmatched for popular eloquence and impression. There was music in
+the man. His flute solaced his lonely hours in his home at
+Wittemberg; and the Marseillaise of the Reformation, as that grand
+hymn of his has been called, came, words and music, from his heart.
+There was humour in him, coarse horseplay often; an honest, hearty,
+broad laugh frequently, like that of a Norse god. There were coarse
+tastes in him, tastes of the peasant folk from whom he came, which
+clung to him through life, and kept him in sympathy with the common
+people, and intelligible to them. And withal there was a
+constitutional melancholy, aggravated by his weary toils, perilous
+fightings, and fierce throes, which led him down often into the deep
+mire where there was no standing; and which sighs through all his
+life. The penitential Psalms and Paul's wail: 'O wretched man that I
+am,' perhaps never woke more plaintive echo in any human heart than
+they did in Martin Luther's.
+
+Faults he had, gross and plain as the heroic mould in which he was
+cast. He was vehement and fierce often; he was coarse and violent
+often. He saw what he did see so clearly, that he was slow to believe
+that there was anything that he did not see. He was oblivious of
+counterbalancing considerations, and given to exaggerated,
+incautious, unguarded statements of precious truths. He too often
+aspired to be a driver rather than a leader of men; and his strength
+of will became obstinacy and tyranny. It was too often true that he
+had dethroned the pope of Rome to set up a pope at Wittemberg. And
+foul personalities came from his lips, according to the bad
+controversial fashion of his day, which permitted a licence to
+scholars that we now forbid to fishwives.
+
+All that has to be admitted; and when it is all admitted, what then?
+This is a fastidious generation; Erasmus is its heroic type a great
+deal more than Luther--I mean among the cultivated classes of our
+day--and that very largely because in Erasmus there is no quick
+sensibility to religious emotion as there is in Luther, and no
+inconvenient fervour. The faults are there--coarse, plain, palpable--
+and perhaps more than enough has been made of them. Let us remember,
+as to his violence, that he was following the fashion of the day;
+that he was fighting for his life; that when a man is at death-grips
+with a tiger he may be pardoned if he strikes without considering
+whether he is going to spoil the skin or not; and that on the whole
+you cannot throttle snakes in a graceful attitude. Men fought then
+with bludgeons; they fight now with dainty polished daggers, dipped
+in cold, colourless poison of sarcasm. Perhaps there was less malice
+in the rougher old way than in the new.
+
+The faults are there, and nobody who is not a fool would think of
+painting that homely Saxon peasant-monk's face without the warts and
+the wrinkles. But it is quite as unhistorical, and a great deal more
+wicked, to paint nothing but the warts and wrinkles; to rake all the
+faults together and make the most of them; and present them in answer
+to the question: 'What sort of a man was Martin Luther?'
+
+As to the work that he did, like the work of all of us, it had its
+limitations, and it will have its end. The impulse that he
+communicated, like all impulses that are given from men, will wear
+out its force. New questions will arise of which the dead leaders
+never dreamed, and in which they can give no counsel. The perspective
+of theological thought will alter, the centre of interest will
+change, a new dialect will begin to be spoken. So it comes to pass
+that all religious teachers and thinkers are left behind, and that
+their words are preserved and read rather for their antiquarian and
+historical interest than because of any impulse or direction for the
+present which may linger in them; and if they founded institutions,
+these too, in their time, will crumble and disappear.
+
+But I do not mean to say that the truths which Luther rescued from
+the dust of centuries, and impressed upon the conscience of Teutonic
+Europe, are getting antiquated. I only mean that his connection with
+them and his way of putting them, had its limitations and will have
+its end: 'This man, having served his own generation by the will of
+God, was gathered to his fathers, and saw corruption.'
+
+What _were_ the truths, what was his contribution to the illumination
+of Europe, and to the Church? Three great principles--which perhaps
+closer analysis might reduce to one; but which for popular use, on
+such an occasion as the present, had better be kept apart--will state
+his service to the world.
+
+There were three men in the past who, as it seems to me, reach out
+their hands to one another across the centuries--Paul, St. Augustine,
+and Martin Luther, The three very like each other, all three of them
+joining the same subtle speculative power with the same capacity of
+religious fervour, and of flaming up at the contemplation of divine
+truth; all of them gifted with the same exuberant, and to fastidious
+eyes, incorrect eloquence; all three trained in a school of religious
+thought of which each respectively was destined to be the antagonist
+and all but the destroyer.
+
+The young Pharisee, on the road to Damascus, blinded, bewildered,
+with all that vision flaming upon him, sees in its light his past,
+which he thought had been so pure, and holy, and God-serving, and
+amazedly discovers that it had been all a sin and a crime, and a
+persecution of the divine One. Beaten from every refuge, and lying
+there, he cries: 'What wouldst Thou have me to do, Lord?'
+
+The young Manichean and profligate in the fourth century, and the
+young monk in his convent in the fifteenth, passed through a similar
+experience;--different in form, identical in substance--with that of
+Paul the persecutor. And so Paul's Gospel, which was the description
+and explanation, the rationale, of his own experience, became their
+Gospel; and when Paul said: 'Not by works of righteousness which our
+own hands have done, but by His mercy He saved us' (Titus iii. 5),
+the great voice from the North African shore, in the midst of the
+agonies of barbarian invasions and a falling Rome, said 'Amen. Man
+lives by faith,' and the voice from the Wittemberg convent, a
+thousand years after, amidst the unspeakable corruption of that
+phosphorescent and decaying Renaissance, answered across the
+centuries, 'It is true!' 'Herein is the righteousness of God revealed
+from faith to faith.' Luther's word to the world was Augustine's word
+to the world; and Luther and Augustine were the echoes of Saul of
+Tarsus--and Paul learned his theology on the Damascus road, when the
+voice bade him go and proclaim 'forgiveness of sins, and inheritance
+among them which are sanctified by faith that is in Me' (Acts xxvi.
+18). That is Luther's first claim on our gratitude, that he took this
+truth from the shelves where it had reposed, dust-covered, through
+centuries, that he lifted this truth from the bier where it had lain,
+smothered with sacerdotal garments, and called with a loud voice, 'I
+say unto thee, arise!' and that now the commonplace of Christianity
+is this: All men are sinful men, justice condemns us all, our only
+hope is God's infinite mercy, that mercy comes to us all in Jesus
+Christ that died for us, and he that gets that into his heart by
+simple faith, he is forgiven, pure, and he is an heir of Heaven.
+
+There are other aspects of Christian truth which Luther failed to
+apprehend. The Gospel is, of course, not merely a way of
+reconciliation and forgiveness. He pushed his teaching of the
+uselessness of good works as a means of salvation too far. He said
+rash and exaggerated things in his vehement way about the 'justifying
+power' of faith alone. Doubtless his language was often overstrained,
+and his thoughts one-sided, in regard to subjects that need very
+delicate handling and careful definition. But after all this is
+admitted, it remains true that his strong arm tossed aside the
+barriers and rubbish that had been piled across the way by which
+prodigals could go home to their Father, and made plain once more the
+endless mercy of God, and the power of humble faith. He was right
+when he declared that whatever heights and depths there may be in
+God's great revelation, and however needful it is for a complete
+apprehension of the truth as it is in Jesus that these should find
+their place in the creed of Christendom, still the firmness with
+which that initial truth of man's sinfulness and his forgiveness and
+acceptance through simple faith in Christ is held, and the clear
+earnestness with which it is proclaimed, are the test of a standing
+or a falling Church.
+
+And then closely connected with this central principle, and yet
+susceptible of being stated separately, are the other two; of neither
+of which do I think it necessary to say more than a word. Following
+on that great discovery--for it was a discovery--by the monk in his
+convent, of justification by faith, there comes the other principle
+of the entire sweeping away of all priesthood, and the direct access
+to God of every individual Christian soul. There are no more external
+rites to be done by a designated and separate class. There is one
+sacrificing Priest, and one only, and that is Jesus Christ, who has
+sacrificed Himself for us all, and there are no other priests, except
+in the sense in which every Christian man is a priest and minister of
+the most high God. And no man comes between me and my Father; and no
+man has power to do anything for me which brings me any grace, except
+in so far as mine own heart opens for the reception, and mine own
+faith lays hold of the grace given.
+
+Luther did not carry that principle so far as some of us modern
+Nonconformists carry it. He left illogical fragments of
+sacramentarian and sacerdotal theories in his creed and in his
+Church. But, for all that, we owe mainly to him the clear utterance
+of that thought, the warm breath of which has thawed the ice chains
+which held Europe in barren bondage. Notwithstanding the present
+portentous revival of sacerdotalism, and the strange turning again of
+portions of society to these beggarly elements of the past, I believe
+that the figments of a sacrificing priesthood and sacramental
+efficacy will never again permanently darken the sky in this land,
+the home of the men who speak the tongue of Milton, and owe much of
+their religious and political freedom to the reformation of Luther.
+
+And the third point, which is closely connected with these other two,
+is this, the declaration that every illuminated Christian soul has a
+right and is bound to study God's Word without the Church at his
+elbow to teach him what to think about it. It was Luther's great
+achievement that, whatever else he did, he put the Bible into the
+hands of the common people. In that department and region, his work
+perhaps bears more distinctly the traces of limitation and
+imperfection than anywhere else, for he knew nothing--how could he?--
+of the difficult questions of this day in regard to the composition
+and authority of Scripture, nor had he thought out his own system or
+done full justice to his own principle.
+
+He could be as inquisitorial and as dogmatic as any Dominican of them
+all. He believed in force; he was as ready as all his fellows were to
+invoke the aid of the temporal power. The idea of the Church, as
+helped and sustained--which means fettered, and weakened, and
+paralysed--by the civic government, bewitched him as it did his
+fellows. We needed to wait for George Fox, and Roger Williams, and
+more modern names still, before we understood fully what was involved
+in the rejection of priesthood, and the claim that God's Word should
+speak directly to each Christian soul. But for all that, we largely
+owe to Luther the creed that looks in simple faith to Christ, a
+Church without a priest, in which every man is a priest of the Most
+High,--the only true democracy that the world will ever see--and a
+Church in which the open Bible and the indwelling Spirit are the
+guides of every humble soul within its pale. These are his claims on
+our gratitude.
+
+Luther's work had its limitations and its imperfections, as I have
+been saying to you. It will become less and less conspicuous as the
+ages go on. It cannot be otherwise. That is the law of the world. As
+a whole green forest of the carboniferous era is represented now in
+the rocks by a thin seam of coal, no thicker than a sheet of paper,
+so the stormy lives and the large works of the men that have gone
+before, are compressed into a mere film and line, in the great cliff
+that slowly rises above the sea of time and is called the history of
+the world.
+
+II. Be it so; be it so! Let us turn to the other thought of our text,
+the perpetual work of the abiding Lord.
+
+'He whom God raised up saw no corruption.' It is a fact that there
+are thousands of men and women in the world to-day who have a feeling
+about that nineteen-centuries-dead Galilean carpenter's son that they
+have about no one else. All the great names of antiquity are but
+ghosts and shadows, and all the names in the Church and in the world,
+of men whom we have not seen, are dim and ineffectual to us. They may
+evoke our admiration, our reverence, and our wonder, but none of them
+can touch our hearts. But here is this unique, anomalous fact that
+men and women by the thousand love Jesus Christ, the dead One, the
+unseen One, far away back there in the ages, and feel that there is
+no mist of oblivion between them and Him.
+
+That is because He does for you and me what none of these other men
+can do. Luther preached about the Cross; Christ _died_ on it. 'Was
+Paul crucified for you?' there is the secret of His undying hold upon
+the world. The further secret lies in this, that He is not a past
+force but a present one. He is no exhausted power but a power mighty
+to-day; working in us, around us, on us, and for us--a living Christ.
+'This Man whom God raised up from the dead saw no corruption,' the
+others move away from us like figures in a fog, dim as they pass into
+the mists, having a blurred half-spectral outline for a moment, and
+then gone.
+
+Christ's death has a present and a perpetual power. He has 'offered
+one sacrifice for sins for ever'; and no time can diminish the
+efficacy of His Cross, nor our need of it, nor the full tide of
+blessings which flow from it to the believing soul. Therefore do men
+cling to Him today as if it was but yesterday that He had died for
+them. When all other names carved on the world's records have become
+unreadable, like forgotten inscriptions on decaying grave-stones, His
+shall endure for ever, deep graven on the fleshly tables of the
+heart. His revelation of God is the highest truth. Till the end of
+time men will turn to His life for their clearest knowledge and
+happiest certainty of their Father in heaven. There is nothing
+limited or local in His character or works. In His meek beauty and
+gentle perfectness, He stands so high above us all that, to-day, the
+inspiration of His example and the lessons of His conduct touch us as
+much as if He had lived in this generation, and will always shine
+before men as their best and most blessed law of conduct. Christ will
+not be antiquated till He is outgrown, and it will be some time
+before that happens.
+
+But Christ's power is not only the abiding influence of His earthly
+life and death. He is not a past force, but a present one. He is
+putting forth fresh energies to-day, working in and for and by all
+who love Him. We believe in a living Christ.
+
+Therefore the final thought, in all our grateful commemoration of
+dead helpers and guides, should be of the undying Lord. He sent
+whatsoever power was in them. He is with His Church to-day, still
+giving to men the gifts needful for their times. Aaron may die on
+Hor, and Moses be laid in his unknown grave on Pisgah, but the Angel
+of the Covenant, who is the true Leader, abides in the pillar of
+cloud and fire, Israel's guide in the march, and covering shelter in
+repose. That is our consolation in our personal losses when our dear
+ones are 'not suffered to continue by reason of death.' He who gave
+them all their sweetness is with us still, and has all the sweetness
+which He lent them for a time. So if we have Christ with us we cannot
+be desolate. Looking on all the men, who in their turn have helped
+forward His cause a little way, we should let their departure teach
+us His presence, their limitations His all-sufficiency, their death
+His life.
+
+Luther was once found, at a moment of peril and fear, when he had
+need to grasp unseen strength, sitting in an abstracted mood, tracing
+on the table with his finger the words '_Vivit_! _vivit_!'--'He
+lives! He lives!' It is our hope for ourselves, and for God's truth,
+and for mankind. Men come and go; leaders, teachers, thinkers speak
+and work for a season and then fall silent and impotent. He abides.
+They die, but He lives. They are lights kindled, and therefore sooner
+or later quenched, but He is the true light from which they draw all
+their brightness, and He shines for evermore. Other men are left
+behind and, as the world glides forward, are wrapped in ever-
+thickening folds of oblivion, through which they shine feebly for a
+little while, like lamps in a fog, and then are muffled in
+invisibility. We honour other names, and the coming generations will
+forget them, but 'His name shall endure for ever, His name shall
+continue as long as the sun, and men shall be blessed in Him; all
+nations shall call Him blessed.'
+
+
+
+JEWISH REJECTERS AND GENTILE RECEIVERS
+
+'And the next Sabbath day came almost the whole city together to
+hear the word of God. 45. But when the Jews saw the multitudes,
+they were filled with envy, and spake against those things which
+were spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming. 46. Then Paul
+and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, It was necessary that the word
+of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it
+from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo,
+we turn to the Gentiles. 47. For so hath the Lord commanded us,
+saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou
+shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth. 48. And
+when the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the
+word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life
+believed. 49. And the word of the Lord was published throughout
+all the region. 50. But the Jews stirred up the devout and
+honourable women, and the chief men of the city, and raised
+persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them out of
+their coasts. 51. But they shook off the dust of their feet
+against them, and came unto Iconium. 52. And the disciples were
+filled with joy, and with the Holy Ghost.
+
+'And it came to pass in Iconium, that they went both together
+into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spake, that a great
+multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed. 2.
+But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their
+minds evil affected against the brethren. 3. Long time therefore
+abode they speaking boldly in the Lord, which gave testimony unto
+the word of His grace, and granted signs and wonders to be done
+by their hands. 4. But the multitude of the city was divided: and
+part held with the Jews, and part with the Apostles. 5. And when
+there was an assault made both of the Gentiles, and also of the
+Jews with their rulers, to use them despitefully, and to stone
+them, 6. They were ware of it, and fled unto Lystra and Derbe,
+cities of Lycaonia, and unto the region that lieth round about:
+7. And there they preached the Gospel.'--ACTS xiii. 44-52;
+xiv. 1-7.
+
+In general outline, the course of events in the two great cities of
+Asia Minor, with which the present passage is concerned, was the
+same. It was only too faithful a forecast of what was to be Paul's
+experience everywhere. The stages are: preaching in the synagogue,
+rejection there, appeal to the Gentiles, reception by them, a little
+nucleus of believers formed; disturbances fomented by the Jews, who
+swallow their hatred of Gentiles by reason of their greater hatred of
+the Apostles, and will riot with heathens, though they will not pray
+nor eat with them; and finally the Apostles' departure to carry the
+gospel farther afield. This being the outline, we have mainly to
+consider any special features diversifying it in each case.
+
+Their experience in Antioch was important, because it forced Paul and
+Barnabas to put into plain words, making very clear to themselves as
+well as to their hearers, the law of their future conduct. It is
+always a step in advance when circumstances oblige us to formularise
+our method of action. Words have a wonderful power in clearing up our
+own vision. Paul and Barnabas had known all along that they were sent
+to the Gentiles; but a conviction in the mind is one thing, and the
+same conviction driven in on us by facts is quite another. The
+discipline of Antioch crystallised floating intentions into a clear
+statement, which henceforth became the rule of Paul's conduct. Well
+for us if we have open eyes to discern the meaning of difficulties,
+and promptitude and decision to fix and speak out plainly the course
+which they prescribe!
+
+The miserable motives of the Jews' antagonism are forcibly stated in
+vs. 44, 45. They did not 'contradict and blaspheme,' because they had
+taken a week to think over the preaching and had seen its falseness,
+but simply because, dog-in-the-manger like, they could not bear that
+'the whole city' should be welcome to share the message. No doubt
+there was a crowd of 'Gentile dogs' thronging the approach to the
+synagogue; and one can almost see the scowling faces and hear the
+rustle of the robes drawn closer to avoid pollution. Who were these
+wandering strangers that they should gather such a crowd? And what
+had the uncircumcised rabble of Antioch to do with 'the promises made
+to the fathers'? It is not the only time that religious men have
+taken offence at crowds gathering to hear God's word. Let us take
+care that we do not repeat the sin. There are always some who--
+
+ 'Taking God's word under wise protection,
+ Correct its tendency to diffusiveness.'
+
+It needed some courage to front the wild excitement of such a mob,
+with calm, strong words likely to increase the rage.
+
+'Lo, we turn to the Gentiles.' This is not to be regarded as
+announcing a general course of action, but simply as applying to the
+actual rejecters in Antioch. The necessity that the word should first
+be spoken to the Jews continued to be recognised, in each new sphere
+of work, by the Apostle; but wherever, as here, men turned from the
+message, the messengers turned from them without further waste of
+time. Paul put into words here the law for his whole career. The fit
+punishment of rejection is the withdrawal of the offer. There is
+something pathetic in the persistence with which, in place after
+place, Paul goes through the same sequence, his heart yearning over
+his brethren according to the flesh, and hoping on, after all
+repulses. It was far more than natural patriotism; it was an offshoot
+of Christ's own patient love.
+
+Note also the divine command. Paul bases his action on a prophecy as
+to the Messiah. But the relation on which prophecy insists between
+the personal servant of Jehovah and the collective Israel, is such
+that the great office of being the Light of the world devolves from
+Him on it and the true Israel is to be a light to the Gentiles. These
+very Jews in Antioch, lashing themselves into fury because Gentiles
+were to be offered a share in Israel's blessings, ought to have been
+discharging this glorious function. Their failure showed that they
+were no parts of the real Israel. No doubt the two missionaries left
+the synagogue as they spoke, and, as the door swung behind them, it
+shut hope out and unbelief in. The air was fresh outside, and eager
+hearts welcomed the word. Very beautifully is the gladness of the
+Gentile hearers set in contrast with the temper of the Jews. It is
+strange news to heathen hearts that there is a God who loves them,
+and a divine Christ who has died for them. The experience of many a
+missionary follows Paul's here.
+
+'As many as were ordained to eternal life believed.' The din of many
+a theological battle has raged round these words, the writer of which
+would have probably needed a good deal of instruction before he could
+have been made to understand what the fighting was about. But it is
+to be noted that there is evidently intended a contrast between the
+envious Jews and the gladly receptive Gentiles, which is made more
+obvious by the repetition of the words 'eternal life.' It would seem
+much more relevant and accordant with the context to understand the
+word rendered 'ordained' as meaning 'adapted' or 'fitted,' than to
+find in it a reference to divine foreordination. Such a meaning is
+legitimate, and strongly suggested by the context. The reference then
+would be to the 'frame of mind of the heathen, and not to the decrees
+of God.'
+
+The only points needing notice in the further developments at Antioch
+are the agents employed by the Jews, the conduct of the Apostles, and
+the sweet little picture of the converts. As to the former, piously
+inclined women in a heathen city would be strongly attracted by
+Judaism and easily lend themselves to the impressions of their
+teachers. We know that many women of rank were at that period
+powerfully affected in this manner; and if a Rabbi could move a
+Gentile of influence through whispers to the Gentile's wife, he would
+not be slow to do it. The ease with which the Jews stirred up tumults
+everywhere against the Apostle indicates their possession of great
+influence; and their willingness to be hand in glove with heathen for
+so laudable an object as crushing one of their own people who had
+become a heretic, measures the venom of their hate and the depth of
+their unscrupulousness.
+
+The Apostles had not to fear violence, as their enemies were content
+with turning them out of Antioch and its neighbourhood; but they
+obeyed Christ's command, shaking off the dust against them, in token
+of renouncing all connection. The significant act is a trace of early
+knowledge of Christ's words, long before the date of our Gospels.
+
+While the preachers had to leave the little flock in the midst of
+wolves, there was peace in the fold. Like the Ethiopian courtier when
+deprived of Philip, the new believers at Antioch found that the
+withdrawal of the earthly brought the heavenly Guide. 'They were
+filled with joy.' What! left ignorant, lonely, ringed about with
+enemies, how could they be glad? Because they were filled 'with the
+Holy Ghost.' Surely joy in such circumstances was no less
+supernatural a token of His presence than rushing wind or parting
+flames or lips opened to speak with tongues. God makes us lonely that
+He may Himself be our Companion.
+
+It was a long journey to the great city of Iconium. According to some
+geographers, the way led over savage mountains; but the two brethren
+tramped along, with an unseen Third between them, and that Presence
+made the road light. They had little to cheer them in their
+prospects, if they looked with the eye of sense; but they were in
+good heart, and the remembrance of Antioch did not embitter or
+discourage them. Straight to the synagogue, as before, they went. It
+was their best introduction to the new field. There, if we take the
+plain words of Acts xiv. 1, they found a new thing, 'Greeks,'
+heathens pure and simple, not Hellenists or Greek-speaking Jews, nor
+even proselytes, in the synagogue. This has seemed so singular that
+efforts have been made to impose another sense on the words, or to
+suppose that the notice of Greeks, as well as Jews, believing is
+loosely appended to the statement of the preaching in the synagogue,
+omitting notice of wider evangelising. But it is better to accept
+than to correct our narrative, as we know nothing of the
+circumstances that may have led to this presence of Greeks in the
+synagogue. Some modern setters of the Bible writers right would be
+all the better for remembering occasionally that improbable things
+have a strange knack of happening.
+
+The usual results followed the preaching of the Gospel. The Jews were
+again the mischief-makers, and, with the astuteness of their race,
+pushed the Gentiles to the front, and this time tried a new piece of
+annoyance. 'The brethren' bore the brunt of the attack; that is, the
+converts, not Paul and Barnabas. It was a cunning move to drop
+suspicions into the minds of influential townsmen, and so to harass,
+not the two strangers, but their adherents. The calculation was that
+that would stop the progress of the heresy by making its adherents
+uncomfortable, and would also wound the teachers through their
+disciples.
+
+But one small element had been left out of the calculation--the sort
+of men these teachers were; and another factor which had not hitherto
+appeared came into play, and upset the whole scheme. Paul and
+Barnabas knew when to retreat and when to stand their ground. This
+time they stood; and the opposition launched at their friends was the
+reason why they did so. 'Long time _therefore_ abode they.' If their
+own safety had been in question, they might have fled; but they could
+not leave the men whose acceptance of their message had brought them
+into straits. But behind the two bold speakers stood 'the Lord,'
+Christ Himself, the true Worker. Men who live in Him are made bold by
+their communion with Him, and He witnesses for those who witness for
+Him.
+
+Note the designation of the Gospel as 'the word of His grace.' It has
+for its great theme the condescending, giving love of Jesus. Its
+subject is grace; its origin is grace; its gift is grace. Observe,
+too, that the same connection between boldness of speech and signs
+and wonders is found in Acts iv. 29, 30. Courageous speech for Christ
+is ever attended by tokens of His power, and the accompanying tokens
+of His power make the speech more courageous.
+
+The normal course of events was pursued. Faithful preaching provoked
+hostility, which led to the alliance of discordant elements, fused
+for a moment by a common hatred--alas! that enmity to God's truth
+should be often a more potent bond of union than love!--and then to a
+wise withdrawal from danger. Sometimes it is needful to fling away
+life for Jesus; but if it can be preserved without shirking duty, it
+is better to flee than to die. An unnecessary martyr is a suicide.
+The Christian readiness to be offered has nothing in common with
+fanatical carelessness of life, and still less with the morbid
+longing for martyrdom which disfigures some of the most pathetic
+pages of the Church's history. Paul living to preach in the regions
+beyond was more useful than Paul dead in a street riot in Iconium. A
+heroic prudence should ever accompany a trustful daring, and both are
+best learned in communion with Jesus.
+
+
+
+UNWORTHY OF LIFE
+
+'... Seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of
+everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.'--ACTS xiii. 46.
+
+So ended the first attempt on Paul's great missionary journey to
+preach to the Jews. It is described at great length and the sermon
+given in full because it is the first. A wonderful sermon it was;
+touching all keys of feeling, now pleading almost with tears, now
+flashing with indignation, now calmly dealing with Scripture
+prophecies, now glowing as it tells the story of Christ's death for
+men. It melted some of the hearers, but the most were wrought up to
+furious passion--and with characteristic vehemence, like their
+ancestors and their descendants through long dreary generations, fell
+to 'contradicting and blaspheming.' We can see the scene in the
+synagogue, the eager faces, the vehement gestures, the hubbub of
+tongues, the bitter words that stormed round the two in the midst,
+Barnabas like Jupiter, grave, majestic, and venerable; Paul like
+Mercury, agile, mobile, swift of speech. They bore the brunt of the
+fury till they saw it to be hopeless to try to calm it, and then
+departed with these remarkable words.
+
+They are even more striking if we notice that 'judge' here may be
+used in its full legal sense. It is not merely equivalent to
+_consider_, for these Jews by no means thought themselves unworthy of
+eternal life, but it means, 'ye adjudge and pass sentence on
+yourselves to be.' Their rejection of the message was a self-
+pronounced sentence. It proved them to be, and made them, 'unworthy
+of eternal life.' There are two or three very striking thoughts to be
+gathered from these words which I would dwell on now.
+
+I. What constitutes worthiness and unworthiness.
+
+There are two meanings to the word 'worthy'--deserving or fit. They
+run into each other and yet they may be kept quite apart. For
+instance you may say of a man that 'he is worthy' to be something or
+other, for which he is obviously qualified, not thinking at all
+whether he deserves it or not.
+
+Now in the first of these senses--we are all unworthy of eternal
+life. That is just to state in other words the tragic truth of
+universal sinfulness. The natural outcome and issue of the course
+which all men follow is death. But yet there are men who are fit for
+and capable of eternal life. Who they are and what fitness is can
+only be ascertained when we rightly understand what eternal life is.
+It is not merely future blessedness or a synonym for a vulgar heaven.
+That is the common notion of its meaning. Men think of that future as
+a blessed state to which God can admit anybody if He will, and, as He
+is good, will admit pretty nearly everybody. But eternal life is a
+present possession as well as a future one, and passing by its deeper
+aspects, it includes--
+
+Deliverance from evil habits and desires.
+
+Purity, and love of all good and fair things.
+
+Communion with God.
+
+As well as forgiveness and removal of punishment.
+
+What then are the qualifications making a man worthy of, in the sense
+of fit for, such a state?
+
+(_a_) To know oneself to be unworthy.
+
+He who judges himself to be worthy is unworthy. He who knows himself
+to be unworthy is worthy.
+
+The first requisite is consciousness of sin, leading to repentance.
+
+(_b_) To abandon striving to make oneself worthy.
+
+By ourselves we never can do so. Many of us think that we must do our
+best, and then God will do the rest.
+
+There must be the entire cessation of all attempt to work out by our
+own efforts characters that would entitle us to eternal life.
+
+(_c_) To be willing to accept life on God's terms.
+
+As a mere gift.
+
+(_d_) To desire it.
+
+God cannot give it to any one who does not want it. He cannot force
+His gifts on us.
+
+This then is the worthiness.
+
+II. How we pass sentence on ourselves as unworthy.
+
+It is quite clear that 'judge' here does not mean consider, for a
+sense of unworthiness is not the reason which keeps men away from the
+Gospel. Rather, as we have seen, a proud belief in our worthiness
+keeps very many away. But 'judge' here means 'adjudicate' or
+'pronounce sentence on,' and worthy means fit, qualified.
+
+Consider then--
+
+(_a_) That our attitude to the Gospel is a revelation of our deepest
+selves.
+
+The Gospel is a 'discerner of thoughts and intents of the heart.' It
+judges us here and now, and by their attitude to it 'the thoughts of
+many hearts shall be revealed.'
+
+(_b_) That our rejection of it plainly shows that we have not the
+qualifications for eternal life.
+
+No doubt some men are kept from accepting Christ by intellectual
+doubts and difficulties, but even these would alter their whole
+attitude to Him if they had a profound consciousness of sin, and a
+desire for deliverance from it.
+
+But with regard to the great bulk of its hearers, no doubt the
+hindrance is chiefly moral. Many causes may combine to produce the
+absence of qualification. The excuses in the parable'--farm, oxen,
+wife'--all amount to engrossment with this present world, and such
+absorption in the things seen and temporal deadens desire. So the
+Gospel preached excites no longings, and a man hears the offer of
+salvation without one motion of his heart towards it, and thus
+proclaims himself 'unworthy of eternal life.'
+
+But the great disqualification is the absence of all consciousness of
+sin. This is the very deepest reason which keeps men away from
+Christ.
+
+How solemn a thing the preaching and hearing of this word is!
+
+How possible for you to make yourselves fit!
+
+How simple the qualification! We have but to know ourselves sinners
+and to trust Jesus and then we 'shall be counted worthy to obtain
+that world and the resurrection from the dead.' Then we shall be
+'worthy to escape and to stand before the Son of Man.' Then shall we
+be 'worthy of this calling,' and the Judge himself shall say: 'They
+shall walk with Me in white, for they are worthy.'
+
+
+
+'FULL OF THE HOLY GHOST'
+
+'And the disciples were filled with joy, and with the Holy
+Ghost.'--Acts xiii. 52.
+
+That joy was as strange as a garden full of flowers would be in
+bitter winter weather. For everything in the circumstances of these
+disciples tended to make them sad. They had been but just won from
+heathenism, and they were raw, ignorant, unfit to stand alone. Paul
+and Barnabas, their only guides, had been hunted out of Antioch by a
+mob, and it would have been no wonder if these disciples had felt as
+if they had been taken on to the ice and then left, when they most
+needed a hand to steady them. Luke emphasises the contrast between
+what might have been expected, and what was actually the case, by
+that eloquent 'and' at the beginning of our verse, which links
+together the departure of the Apostles and the joy of the disciples.
+But the next words explain the paradox. These new converts, left in a
+great heathen city, with no helpers, no guides, to work out as best
+they might a faith of which they had but newly received the barest
+rudiments, were 'full of joy' because they were 'full of the Holy
+Ghost.'
+
+Now that latter phrase, so striking here, is characteristic of this
+book of the Acts, and especially of its earlier chapters, which are
+all, as it were, throbbing with wonder at the new gift which
+Pentecost had brought. Let me for a moment, in the briefest possible
+fashion, try to recall to you the instances of its occurrence, for
+they are very significant and very important.
+
+You remember how at Pentecost 'all' the disciples were 'filled with
+the Holy Ghost.' Then when the first persecution broke over the
+Church, Peter before the Council is 'filled with the Holy Spirit,'
+and therefore he beards them, and 'speaks with all boldness.' When he
+goes back to the Church and tells them of the threatening cloud that
+was hanging over them, they too are filled with the Holy Spirit, and
+therefore rise buoyantly upon the tossing wave, as a ship might do
+when it passes the bar and meets the heaving sea. Then again the
+Apostles lay down the qualifications for election to the so-called
+office of deacon as being that the men should be 'full of the Holy
+Ghost and wisdom'; and in accordance therewith, we read of the first
+of the seven, Stephen, that he was 'full of faith and of the Holy
+Ghost,' and therefore 'full of grace and power.' When he stood before
+the Council he was 'full of the Holy Ghost,' and therefore looked up
+into heaven and saw it opened, and the Christ standing ready to help
+him. In like manner we read of Barnabas that he 'was a good man, full
+of the Holy Ghost and of faith.' And finally we read in our text that
+these new converts, left alone in Antioch of Pisidia, were 'full of
+joy and of the Holy Ghost.'
+
+Now these are the principal instances, and my purpose now is rather
+to deal with the whole of these instances of the occurrence of this
+remarkable expression than with the one which I have selected as a
+text, because I think that they teach us great truths bearing very
+closely on the strength and joyfulness of the Christian life which
+are far too much neglected, obscured, and forgotten by us to-day.
+
+I wish then to point you, first, to the solemn thought that is here,
+as to what should be--
+
+I. The experience of every Christian,
+
+Note the two things, the universality and the abundance of this
+divine gift. I have often had occasion to say to you, and so I merely
+repeat it again in the briefest fashion, that we do not grasp the
+central blessedness of the Christian faith unless, beyond forgiveness
+and acceptance, beyond the mere putting away of the dread of
+punishment either here or hereafter, we see that the gift of God in
+Jesus Christ is the communication to every believing soul of that
+divine life which is bestowed by the Spirit of Christ granted to
+every believing heart. But I would have you notice how the
+universality of the gift is unmistakably taught us by the instances
+which I have briefly gathered together in my previous remarks. It was
+no official class on which, on the day of Pentecost, the tongues of
+fire fluttered down. It was to the whole Church that courage to front
+the persecutor was imparted. When in Samaria the preaching of Philip
+brought about the result of the communication of the Holy Spirit, it
+was to all the believers that it was granted, and when, in the Roman
+barracks at Caesarea, Cornelius and his companion listened to Peter,
+it was upon them all that that Divine Spirit descended.
+
+I suppose I need not remind you of how, if we pass beyond this book
+of the Acts into the Epistles of Paul, his affirmations do most
+emphatically insist upon the fact that 'we are all made to drink into
+one Spirit'; and so convinced is he of the universality of the
+possession of that divine life by every Christian, that he does not
+hesitate to say that 'if any man have not the Spirit of Christ he is
+none of His,' and to clear away all possibility of misunderstanding
+the depth and wonderfulness of the gift, he further adds in another
+place, 'Know ye not that the Spirit is in you, except ye be
+reprobates?' Similarly another of the New Testament writers declares,
+in the broadest terms, that 'this spake he of the Holy Spirit,
+which'--Apostles? no; office-bearers? no; ordained men? no;
+distinguished and leading men? No--'_they that believe on Him_ should
+receive.' Christianity is the true democracy, because it declares
+that upon all, handmaidens and servants, young men and old men, there
+comes the divine gift. The world thinks of a divine inspiration in a
+more or less superficial fashion, as touching only the lofty summits,
+the great thinkers and teachers and artists and mighty men of light
+and leading of the race. The Old Testament regarded prophets and
+kings, and those who were designated to important offices, as the
+possessors of the Divine Spirit. But Christianity has seen the sun
+rising so high in the heavens that the humblest floweret, in the
+deepest valley, basks in its beams and opens to its light. 'We have
+_all_ been made to drink into the one Spirit.'
+
+Let me remind you too of how, from the usage of this book, as well as
+from the rest of the New Testament teaching, there rises the other
+thought of the abundance of the gift. 'Full of the Holy Spirit'--the
+cup is brimming with generous wine. Not that that fulness is such as
+to make inconsistencies impossible, as, alas, the best of us know.
+The highest condition for us is laid down in the sad words which yet
+have triumph in their sadness--'The flesh lusteth against the Spirit,
+and the Spirit against the flesh.' But whilst the fulness is not such
+as to exclude the need of conflict, it is such as to bring the
+certainty of victory.
+
+Again if we turn to the instances to which I have already referred,
+we shall find that they fall into two classes, which are
+distinguished in the original by a slight variation in the form of
+the words employed. Some instances refer to a habitual possession of
+an abundant spiritual life moulding the character constantly, as in
+the cases of Stephen and Barnabas. Others refer rather to occasional
+and special influxes of special power on account of special
+circumstances, and drawn forth by special exigencies, as when there
+poured into Peter's heart the Divine Spirit that made him bold before
+the Council; or as when the dying martyr's spirit was flooded with a
+new clearness of vision that pierced the heavens and beheld the
+Christ. So then there may be and ought to be, in each of us, a
+fulness of the Spirit, up to the edge of our capacity, and yet of
+such a kind as that it may be reinforced and increased when special
+needs arise.
+
+Not only so, but that which fills me to-day should not fill me to-
+morrow, because, as in earthly love, so in heavenly, no man can tell
+to what this thing shall grow. The more of fruition the more there
+will be of expansion, and the more of expansion the more of desire,
+and the more of desire the more of capacity, and the more of capacity
+the more of possession. So, brethren, the man who receives a spark of
+the divine life, through his most rudimentary and tremulous faith, if
+he is a faithful steward of the gift that is given to him, will find
+that it grows and grows, and that there is no limit to its growth,
+and that in its limitless growth there lies the surest prophecy of an
+eternal growth in the heavens.
+
+A universal gift, that is to say, a gift to each of us if we are
+Christians, an abundant gift that fills the whole nature of a man,
+according to the measure of his present power to receive--that is the
+ideal, that is what God means, that is what these first believers
+had. It did not make them perfect, it did not save them from faults
+or from errors, but it was real, it was influential, it was moulding
+their characters, it was progressive. And that is the ideal for all
+Christians. Is it our actual? We are meant to be full of the Holy
+Ghost. Ah! how many of us have never realised that there is such a
+thing as being thus possessed with a divine life, partly because we
+do not understand that such a fulness will not be distinguishable
+from our own self, except by bettering of the works of self, and
+partly because of other reasons which I shall have to touch upon
+presently! Brethren, we may, every one of us, be filled with the
+Spirit. Let each of us ask, 'Am I? and if I am not, why this
+emptiness in the presence of such abundance?'
+
+And now let me ask you to look, in the second place, at what we
+gather from these instances as to--
+
+II. The results of that universal, abundant life.
+
+Do not let us run away with the idea that the New Testament, or any
+part of it, regards miracles and tongues and the like as being the
+normal and chiefest gifts of that Divine Spirit. People read this
+book of the Acts of the Apostles and, averse from the supernatural,
+exaggerate the extent to which the primitive gift of the Holy Spirit
+was manifested by signs and wonders, tongues of fire, and so on. We
+have only to look at the instances to which I have already referred
+to see that far more lofty and far more conspicuous than any such
+external and transient manifestations, which yet have their place,
+are the permanent and inward results, moulding character, and making
+men. And Paul's First Epistle to the Corinthians goes as far in the
+way of setting the moral and spiritual effects of the divine
+influence above the merely miraculous and external ones, as the most
+advanced opponent of the supernatural could desire.
+
+Let us look, and it can only be briefly, at the various results which
+are presented in the instances to which I have referred. The most
+general expression for all, which is the result of the Divine Spirit
+dwelling in a man, is that it makes him good. Look at one of the
+instances to which we have referred. 'Barnabas was a good man'--was
+he? How came he to be so? Because he was 'full of the Holy Ghost.'
+And how came he to be 'full of the Holy Ghost'? Because he was 'full
+of faith.' Get the divine life into you, and that will make you good;
+and, brethren, nothing else will. It is like the bottom heat in a
+green-house, which makes all the plants that are there, whatever
+their orders, grow and blossom and be healthy and strong. Therein is
+the difference between Christian morality and the world's ethics.
+They may not differ much, they do in some respects, in their ideal of
+what constitutes goodness, but they differ in this, that the one
+says, 'Be good, be good, be good!' but, like the Pharisees of old,
+puts out not a finger to help a man to bear the burdens that it lays
+upon him. The other says, 'Be good,' but it also says, 'take this and
+it will make you good.' And so the one is Gospel and the other is
+talk, the one is a word of good tidings, and the other is a beautiful
+speculation, or a crushing commandment that brings death rather than
+life. 'If there had been a law given which could have given life,
+verily righteousness had been by the law.' But since the clearest
+laying down of duty brings us no nearer to the performance of duty,
+we need and, thank God! we have, a gift bestowed which invests with
+power. He in whom the 'Spirit of Holiness' dwells, and he alone, will
+be holy. The result of the life of God in the heart is a life
+growingly like God's, manifested in the world.
+
+Then again let me remind you of how, from another of our instances,
+there comes another thought. The result of this majestic,
+supernatural, universal, abundant, divine life is practical sagacity
+in the commonest affairs of life. 'Look ye out from among you seven
+men, full of the Holy Ghost and of wisdom.' What to do? To meet
+wisely the claims of suspicious and jealous poverty, and to
+distribute fairly a little money. That was all. And are you going to
+invoke such a lofty gift as this, to do nothing grander than that?
+Yes. Gravitation holds planets in their orbits, and keeps grains of
+dust in their places. And one result of the inspiration of the
+Almighty, which is granted to Christian people, is that they will be
+wise for the little affairs of life. But Stephen was also 'full of
+grace and power,' two things that do not often go together--grace,
+gentleness, loveliness, graciousness, on the one side, and strength
+on the other, which divorced, make wild work of character, and which
+united, make men like God. So if we desire our lives to be full of
+sweetness and light and beauty, the best way is to get the life of
+Christ into them; and if we desire our lives not to be made placid
+and effeminate by our cult of graciousness and gracefulness, but to
+have their beauty stiffened and strengthened by manly energy, then
+the best way is to get the life of the 'strong Son of God, immortal
+love,' into our lives.
+
+The same Stephen, 'full of the Holy Ghost,' looked up into heaven and
+saw the Christ. So one result of that abundant life, if we have it,
+will be that even though as with him, when he saw the heavens opened,
+there may be some smoke-darkened roof above our heads, we can look
+through all the shows of this vain world, and our purged eyes can
+behold the Christ. Again the disciples in our text 'were full of
+joy,' because 'they were full of the Holy Spirit,' and we, if we have
+that abundant life within us, shall not be dependent for our gladness
+on the outer world, but like explorers in the Arctic regions, even if
+we have to build a hut of snow, shall be warm within it when the
+thermometer is far below zero; and there will be light there when the
+long midnight is spread around the dwelling. So, dear friends, let us
+understand what is the main thing for a Christian to endeavour
+after,--not so much the cultivation of special graces as the
+deepening of the life of Christ in the spirit.
+
+We gather from some of these instances--
+
+III. The way by which we may be thus filled.
+
+We read that Stephen was 'full of faith and of the Holy Spirit,' and
+that Barnabas was 'full of the Holy Ghost and of faith,' and it is
+quite clear from the respective contexts that, though the order in
+which these fulnesses are placed is different in the two clauses,
+their relation to each other is the same. Faith is the condition of
+possessing the Spirit. And what do we mean in this connection by
+faith? I mean, first, a belief in the truth of the possible abiding
+of the divine Spirit in our spirits, a truth which the superficial
+Christianity of this generation sorely needs to have forced upon its
+consciousness far more than it has it. I mean aspiration and desire
+after; I mean confident expectation of. Your wish measures your
+possession. You have as much of God as you desire. If you have no
+more, it is because you do not desire any more. The Christian people
+of to-day, many of whom are so empty of God, are in a very tragic
+sense, 'full,' because they have as much as they can take in. If you
+bring a tiny cup, and do not much care whether anything pours into it
+or not, you will get it filled, but you might have had a gallon
+vessel filled if you had chosen to bring it. Of course there are
+other conditions too. We have to use the life that is given us. We
+have to see that we do not quench it by sin, which drives the dove of
+God from a man's heart. But the great truth is that if I open the
+door of my heart by faith, Christ will come in, in His Spirit. If I
+take away the blinds the light will shine into the chamber. If I lift
+the sluice the water will pour in to drive my mill. If I deepen the
+channels, more of the water of life can flow into them, and the
+deeper I make them the fuller they will be.
+
+Brethren, we have wasted much time and effort in trying to mend our
+characters. Let us try to get that into them which will mend them.
+And let us remember that, if we are full of faith, we shall be full
+of the Holy Spirit, and therefore full of wisdom, full of grace and
+power, full of goodness, full of joy, whatever our circumstances. And
+when death comes, though it may be in some cruel form, we shall be
+able to look up and see the opened heavens and the welcoming Christ.
+
+
+
+DEIFIED AND STONED
+
+'And when the people saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their
+voices, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down
+to us in the likeness of men. 12. And they called Barnabas,
+Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker.
+13. Then the priest of Jupiter, which was before their city,
+brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done
+sacrifice with the people. 14. Which when the apostles, Barnabas
+and Paul, heard of, they rent their clothes, and ran in among the
+people, crying out. 15. And saying, Sirs, why do ye these things?
+We also are men of like passions with you, and preach unto you
+that ye should turn from these vanities unto the living God,
+which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that
+are therein: 16. Who in times past suffered all nations to walk
+in their own ways. 17. Nevertheless he left not himself without
+witness, in that he did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and
+fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness. 18.
+And with these sayings scarce restrained they the people, that
+they had not done sacrifice unto them. 19. And there came thither
+certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium, who persuaded the people,
+and, having stoned Paul, drew him out of the city, supposing he
+had been dead. 20. Howbeit, as the disciples stood round about
+him, he rose up, and came into the city: and the next day he
+departed with Barnabas to Derbe. 21. And when they had preached
+the gospel to that city, and had taught many, they returned again
+to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch. 22. Confirming the souls
+of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith,
+and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom
+of God.'--ACTS xiv. 11-22.
+
+The scene at Lystra offers a striking instance of the impossibility
+of eliminating the miraculous element from this book. The cure of a
+lame man is the starting-point of the whole story. Without it the
+rest is motiveless and inexplicable. There can be no explosion
+without a train and a fuse. The miracle, and the miracle only,
+supplies these. We may choose between believing and disbelieving it,
+but the rejection of the supernatural does not make this book easier
+to accept, but utterly chaotic.
+
+I. We have, first, the burst of excited wonder which floods the crowd
+with the conviction that the two Apostles are incarnations of
+deities. It is difficult to grasp the indications of locality in the
+story, but probably the miracle was wrought in some crowded place,
+perhaps the forum. At all events, it was in full view of 'the
+multitudes,' and they were mostly of the lower orders, as their
+speaking in 'the speech of Lycaonia' suggests.
+
+This half-barbarous crowd had the ancient faith in the gods
+unweakened, and the legends, which had become dim to pure Greek and
+Roman, some of which had originated in their immediate neighbourhood,
+still found full credence among them. A Jew's first thought on seeing
+a miracle was, 'by the prince of the devils'; an average Greek's or
+Roman's was 'sorcery'; these simple people's, like many barbarous
+tribes to which white men have gone with the marvels of modern
+science, was 'the gods have come down'; our modern superior person's,
+on reading of one, is 'hallucination,' or 'a mistake of an excited
+imagination.' Perhaps the cry of the multitudes at Lystra gets nearer
+the heart of the thing than those others. For the miracle is a
+witness of present divine power, and though the worker of it is not
+an incarnation of divinity, 'God _is_ with him.'
+
+But that joyful conviction, which shot through the crowd, reveals how
+deep lies the longing for the manifestation of divinity in the form
+of humanity, and how natural it is to believe that, if there is a
+divine being, he is sure to draw near to us poor men, and that in our
+own likeness. Then is the Christian doctrine of the Incarnation but
+one more of the many reachings out of the heart to paint a fair
+picture of the fulfilment of its longings? Well, since it is the only
+such that is alleged to have taken place in historic times, and the
+only one that comes with any body of historic evidence, and the only
+one that brings with it transforming power, and since to believe in a
+God, and also to believe that He has never broken the awful silence,
+nor done anything to fulfil a craving which He has set in men's
+hearts, is absurd, it is reasonable to answer, No. 'The gods are come
+down in the likeness of men' is a wistful confession of need, and a
+dim hope of its supply. 'The Word became flesh, and dwelt among us'
+is the supply.
+
+Barnabas was the older man, and his very silence suggested his
+superior dignity. So he was taken for Jupiter (Zeus in the Greek),
+and the younger man for his inferior, Mercury (Hermes in the Greek),
+'the messenger of the gods.' Clearly the two missionaries did not
+understand what the multitudes were shouting in their 'barbarous'
+language, or they would have intervened. Perhaps they had left the
+spot before the excitement rose to its height, for they knew nothing
+of the preparations for the sacrifice till they '_heard_ of it, and
+then they 'sprang forth,' which implies that they were within some
+place, possibly their lodging.
+
+If we could be sure what 'gates' are meant in verse 13, the course of
+events would be plainer. Were they those of the city, in which case
+the priest and procession would be coming from the temple outside the
+walls? or those of the temple itself? or those of the Apostles'
+lodging? Opinions differ, and the material for deciding is lacking.
+At all events, whether from sharing in the crowd's enthusiasm, or
+with an eye to the reputation of his shrine, the priest hurriedly
+procured oxen for a sacrifice, which one reading of the text
+specifies as an 'additional' offering--that is, over and above the
+statutory sacrifices. Is it a sign of haste that the 'garlands,'
+which should have been twined round the oxen's horns, are mentioned
+separately? If so, we get a lively picture of the exultant hurry of
+the crowd.
+
+II. The Apostles are as deeply moved as the multitude is, but by what
+different emotions! The horror of idolatry, which was their
+inheritance from a hundred generations, flamed up at the thought of
+themselves being made objects of worship. They had met many different
+sorts of receptions on this journey, but never before anything like
+this. Opposition and threats left them calm, but this stirred them to
+the depths. 'Scoff at us, fight with us, maltreat us, and we will
+endure; but do not make gods of us.' I do not know that their
+'successors' have always felt exactly so.
+
+In verse 14 Barnabas is named first, contrary to the order prevailing
+since Paphos, the reason being that the crowd thought him the
+superior. The remonstrance ascribed to both, but no doubt spoken by
+Paul, contains nothing that any earnest monotheist, Jew or Gentile
+philosopher, might not have said. The purpose of it was not to preach
+Christ, but to stop the sacrifice. It is simply a vehemently earnest
+protest against idolatry, and a proclamation of one living God. The
+comparison with the speech in Athens is interesting, as showing
+Paul's exquisite felicity in adapting his style to his audience.
+There is nothing to the peasants of Lycaonia about poets, no
+argumentation about the degradation of the idea of divinity by taking
+images as its likeness, no wide view of the course of history, no
+glimpse of the mystic thought that all creatures live and move in
+Him. All that might suit the delicate ears of Athenians, but would
+have been wasted in Lystra amidst the tumultuous crowd. But we have
+instead of these the fearless assertion, flung in the face of the
+priest of Jupiter, that idols are 'vanities,' as Paul had learned
+from Isaiah and Jeremiah; the plain declaration of the one God,
+'living,' and not like these inanimate images; of His universal
+creative power; and the earnest exhortation to turn to Him.
+
+In verse 16 Paul meets an objection which rises in his mind as likely
+to be springing in his hearers: 'If there is such a God, why have we
+never heard of Him till now?' That is quite in Paul's manner. The
+answer is undeveloped, as compared with the Athenian address or with
+Romans i. But there is couched in verse 16 a tacit contrast between
+'the generations gone by' and the present, which is drawn out in the
+speech on Mars Hill: 'but _now_ commandeth all men everywhere to
+repent,' and also a contrast between the 'nations' left to walk in
+their own ways, and Israel to whom revelation had been made. The
+place and the temper of the listeners did not admit of enlarging on
+such matters.
+
+But there was a plain fact, which was level to every peasant's
+apprehension, and might strike home to the rustic crowd. God _had_
+left 'the nations to walk in their own ways,' and yet not altogether.
+That thought is wrought out in Romans i., and the difference between
+its development there and here is instructive. Beneficence is the
+sign-manual of heaven. The orderly sequence of the seasons, the rain
+from heaven, the seat of the gods from which the two Apostles were
+thought to have come down, the yearly miracle of harvest, and the
+gladness that it brings--all these are witnesses to a living Person
+moving the processes of the universe towards a beneficent end for
+man.
+
+In spite of all modern impugners, it still remains true that the
+phenomena of 'nature,' their continuity, their co-operation, and
+their beneficent issues, demand the recognition of a Person with a
+loving purpose moving them all. '_Thou_ crownest the year with Thy
+goodness; and _Thy_ paths drop fatness.'
+
+III. The malice of the Jews of Antioch is remarkable. Not content
+with hounding the Apostles from that city, they came raging after
+them to Lystra, where there does not appear to have been a synagogue,
+since we hear only of their stirring up the 'multitudes.' The mantle
+of Saul had fallen on them, and they were now 'persecuting' _him_
+'even unto strange cities.'
+
+No note is given of the time between the attempted sacrifice and the
+accomplished stoning, but probably some space intervened. Persuading
+the multitudes, however fickle they were, would take some time; and
+indeed one ancient text of Acts has an expansion of the verse: 'They
+persuaded the multitudes to depart from them [the Apostles], saying
+that they spake nothing true, but lied in everything.'
+
+No doubt some time elapsed, but few emotions are more transient than
+such impure religious excitement as the crowd had felt, and the ebb
+is as great as the flood, and the oozy bottom laid bare is foul.
+Popular favourites in other departments have to experience the same
+fate--one day, 'roses, roses, all the way'; the next, rotten eggs and
+curses. Other folks than the ignorant peasants at Lystra have had
+devout emotion surging over them and leaving them dry.
+
+Who are 'they' who stoned Paul? Grammatically, the Jews, and probably
+it was so. They hated him so much that they themselves began the
+stoning; but no doubt the mob, which is always cruel, because it
+needs strong excitement, lent willing hands. Did Paul remember
+Stephen, as the stones came whizzing on him? It is an added touch of
+brutality that they dragged the supposed corpse out of the city, with
+no gentle hands, we may be sure. Perhaps it was flung down near the
+very temple 'before the city,' where the priest that wanted to
+sacrifice was on duty.
+
+The crowd, having wreaked their vengeance, melted away, but a handful
+of brave disciples remained, standing round the bruised, unconscious
+form, ready to lay it tenderly in some hastily dug grave. No previous
+mention of disciples has been made. The narrative of Acts does not
+profess to be complete, and the argument from its silence is
+precarious.
+
+Luke shows no disposition to easy belief in miracles. He does not
+know that Paul was dead; his medical skill familiarised him with
+protracted states of unconsciousness; so all he vouches for is that
+Paul lay as if dead on some rubbish heap 'without the camp,' and
+that, with courage and persistence which were supernatural, whether
+his reviving was so or not, the man thus sorely battered went back to
+the city, and next day went on with his work, as if stoning was a
+trifle not to be taken account of.
+
+The Apostles turned at Derbe, and coming back on their outward route,
+reached Antioch, encouraging the new disciples, who had now to be
+left truly like shepherdless sheep among wolves. They did not
+encourage them by making light of the dangers waiting them, but they
+plainly set before them the law of the Kingdom, which they had seen
+exemplified in Paul, that we must suffer if we would reign with the
+King. That 'we' in verse 22 is evidently quoted from Paul, and
+touchingly shows how he pointed to his own stoning as what they too
+must be prepared to suffer. It is a thought frequently recurring in
+his letters. It remains true in all ages, though the manner of
+suffering varies.
+
+
+
+DREAM AND REALITY
+
+'The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.'
+--ACTS xiv. 11.
+
+This was the spontaneous instinctive utterance of simple villagers
+when they saw a deed of power and kindness. Many an English traveller
+and settler among rude people has been similarly honoured. And in
+Lycaonia the Apostles were close upon places that were celebrated in
+Greek mythology as having witnessed the very two gods, here spoken
+of, wandering among the shepherds and entertained with modest
+hospitality in their huts.
+
+The incident is a very striking and picturesque one. The shepherd
+people standing round, the sudden flash of awe and yet of gladness
+which ran through them, the tumultuous outcry, which, being in their
+rude dialect, was unintelligible to the Apostles till it was
+interpreted by the appearance of the priest of Jupiter with oxen and
+garlands for offerings, the glimpse of the two Apostles--the older,
+graver, venerable Barnabas, the younger, more active, ready-tongued
+Paul, whom their imaginations converted into the Father of gods and
+men, and the herald Mercury, who were already associated in local
+legends; the priest, eager to gain credit for his temple 'before the
+city,' the lowing oxen, and the vehement appeal of the Apostles, make
+a picture which is more vividly presented in the simple narrative
+than even in the cartoon of the great painter whom the narrative has
+inspired.
+
+But we have not to deal with the picturesque element alone. The
+narratives of Scripture are representative because they are so
+penetrating and true. They go to the very heart of the men and things
+which they describe: and hence the words and acts which they record
+are found to contain the essential characteristics of whole classes
+of men, and the portrait of an individual becomes that of a class.
+This joyful outburst of the people of Lycaonia gives utterance to one
+of the most striking and universal convictions of heathenism, and
+stands in very close and intimate relations with that greatest of all
+facts in the history of the world, the Incarnation of the Eternal
+Word. That the gods come down in the likeness of men is the dream of
+heathenism. 'The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us,' is the
+sober, waking truth which meets and vindicates and transcends that
+cry.
+
+I. The heathen dream of incarnation.
+
+In all lands we find this belief in the appearance of the gods in
+human form. It inspired the art and poetry of Greece. Rome believed
+that gods had charged in front of their armies and given their laws.
+The solemn, gloomy religion of Egypt, though it worshipped animal
+forms, yet told of incarnate and suffering gods. The labyrinthine
+mythologies of the East have their long-drawn stories of the avatars
+of their gods floating many a rood on the weltering ocean of their
+legends. Tibet cherishes each living sovereign as a real embodiment
+of the divine. And the lowest tribes, in their degraded worship, have
+not departed so far from the common type but that they too have some
+faint echoes of the universal faith.
+
+Do these facts import anything at all to us? Are we to dismiss them
+as simply the products of a stage which we have left far behind, and
+to plume ourselves that we have passed out of the twilight?
+
+Even if we listen to what comparative mythology has to say, it still
+remains to account for the tendency to shape legends of the earthly
+appearance of the gods; and we shall have to admit that, while they
+belong to an early stage of the world's progress, the feelings which
+they express belong to all stages of it.
+
+Now I think we may note these thoughts as contained in this universal
+belief:
+
+The consciousness of the need of divine help.
+
+The certainty of a fellowship between heaven and earth.
+
+The high ideal of the capacities and affinities of man.
+
+We may note further what were the general characteristics of these
+incarnations. They were transient, they were 'docetic,' as they are
+called--that is, they were merely apparent assumptions of human form
+which brought the god into no nearer or truer kindred with humanity,
+and they were, for the most part, for very self-regarding and often
+most immoral ends, the god's personal gratification of very ungodlike
+passions and lust, or his winning victories for his favourites, or
+satisfying his anger by trampling on those who had incurred his very
+human wrath.
+
+II. The divine answer which transcends the human dream.
+
+We have to insist that the truth of the Incarnation is the corner-
+stone of Christianity. If that is struck out the whole fabric falls.
+Without it there may be a Christ who is the loftiest and greatest of
+men, but not the Christ who 'saves His people from their sins.'
+
+That being so, and Christianity having this feature in common with
+all the religions of men, how are we to account for the resemblance?
+Are we to listen to the rude solution which says, 'All lies alike'?
+Are we to see in it nothing but the operation of like tendencies, or
+rather illusions, of human thought--man's own shadow projected on an
+illuminated mist? Are we to let the resemblance discredit the
+Christian message? Or are we to say that all these others are
+unconscious prophecies--man's half-instinctive expression of his deep
+need and much misunderstood longing, and that the Christian
+proclamation that Jesus is 'God manifest in the flesh' is the
+trumpet-toned announcement of Heaven's answer to earth's cry?
+
+Fairly to face that question is to go far towards answering it. For
+as soon as we begin to look steadily at the facts, we find that the
+differences between all these other appearances and the Incarnation
+are so great as to raise the presumption that their origins are
+different. The 'gods' slipped on the appearance of humanity over
+their garment of deity in appearance only, and that for a moment.
+Jesus is 'bone of our bone and flesh of our flesh,' and is not merely
+'found in fashion as a man,' but is 'in all points like as we are.'
+And that garb of manhood He wears for ever, and in His heavenly glory
+is 'the Man Christ Jesus.'
+
+But _the_ difference between all these other appearances of gods and
+the Incarnation lies in the acts to which they and it respectively
+led, and the purposes for which they and it respectively took place.
+A god who came down to suffer, a god who came to die, a god who came
+to be the supreme example of all fair humanities, a god who came to
+suffer and to die that men might have life and be victors over sin--
+where is he in all the religions of the world? And does not the fact
+that Christianity alone sets before men such a God, such an
+Incarnation, for such ends, make the assertion a reasonable one, that
+the sources of the universal belief in gods who come down among men
+and of the Christian proclamation that the Eternal Word became flesh
+are not the same, but that these are men's half-understood cries, and
+this is Heaven's answer?
+
+
+
+'THE DOOR OF FAITH'
+
+'And when they were come, and had gathered the church together,
+they rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how he had
+opened the door of faith unto the Gentiles.'--ACTS xiv. 27.
+
+There are many instances of the occurrence of this metaphor in the
+New Testament, but none is exactly like this. We read, for example,
+of 'a great door and effectual' being opened to Paul for the free
+ministry of the word; and to the angel of the Church in Philadelphia,
+'He that openeth and none shall shut' graciously says, 'I have set
+before thee a door opened, which none can shut.' But here the door is
+faith, that is to say faith is conceived of as the means of entrance
+for the Gentiles into the Kingdom, which, till then, Jews had
+supposed to be entered by hereditary rite.
+
+I. Faith is the means of our entrance into the Kingdom.
+
+The Jew thought that birth and the rite of circumcision were the
+door, but the 'rehearsing' of the experiences of Paul and Barnabas on
+their first missionary tour shattered that notion by the logic of
+facts. Instead of that narrow postern another doorway had been broken
+in the wall of the heavenly city, and it was wide enough to admit of
+multitudes entering. Gentiles had plainly come in. How had they come
+in? By believing in Jesus. Whatever became of previous exclusive
+theories, there was a fact that had to be taken into account. It
+distinctly proved that faith was 'the gate of the Lord into which,'
+not the circumcised but the 'righteous,' who were righteous because
+believing, 'should enter.'
+
+We must not forget the other use of the metaphor, by our Lord
+Himself, in which. He declares that He is the Door. The two
+representations are varying but entirely harmonious, for the one
+refers to the objective fact of Christ's work as making it possible
+that we should draw near to and dwell with God, and the other to our
+subjective appropriation of that possibility, and making it a reality
+in our own blessed experience.
+
+II. Faith is the means of God's entrance into our hearts.
+
+We possess the mysterious and awful power of shutting God out of
+these hearts. And faith, which in one aspect is our means of entrance
+into the Kingdom of God, is, in another, the means of God's entrance
+into us. The Psalm, which invokes the divine presence in the Temple,
+calls on the 'everlasting doors' to be 'lifted up,' and promises that
+then 'the King of Glory will come in.' And the voice of the ascended
+Christ, the King of Glory, knocking at the closed door, calls on us
+with our own hands to open the door, and promises that He 'will come
+in.'
+
+Paul prayed for the Ephesian Christians 'that Christ may dwell in
+your hearts through faith,' and there is no other way by which His
+indwelling is possible. Faith is not constituted the condition of
+that divine indwelling by any arbitrary appointment, as a sovereign
+might determine that he would enter a city by a certain route, chosen
+without any special reason from amongst many, but in the nature of
+things it is necessary that trust, and love which follows trust, and
+longing which follows love should be active in a soul if Christ is to
+enter in and abide there.
+
+III. Faith is the means of the entrance of the Kingdom into us.
+
+If Christ comes in He comes with His pierced hands full of gifts.
+Through our faith we receive all spiritual blessings. But we must
+ever remember, what this metaphor most forcibly sets forth, that
+faith is but the means of entrance. It has no worth in itself, but is
+precious only because it admits the true wealth. The door is nothing.
+It is only an opening. Faith is the pipe that brings the water, the
+flinging wide the shutters that the light may flood the dark room,
+the putting oneself into the path of the electric circuit. Salvation
+is not arbitrarily connected with faith. It is not the reward of
+faith but the possession of what comes through faith, and cannot come
+in any other way. Our 'hearts' are 'purified by faith,' because faith
+admits into our hearts the life, and instals as dominant in them the
+powers, the motives, the Spirit, which purify. We are 'saved by
+faith,' for faith brings into our spirits the Christ who saves His
+people from their sins, when He abides in them and they abide in Him
+through their faith.
+
+
+
+THE BREAKING OUT OF DISCORD
+
+'And certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brethren,
+and said, Except ye be circumcised after the manner of Moses, ye
+cannot be saved. 2. When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small
+dissension and disputation with them, they determined that Paul
+and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to
+Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question. 3.
+And being brought on their way by the church, they passed through
+Phenice and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles:
+and they caused great joy unto all the brethren. 4. And when they
+were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church, and of
+the apostles and elders, and they declared all things that God
+had done with them. 5. But there rose up certain of the sect of
+the Pharisees which believed, saying, That it was needful to
+circumcise them, and to command them to keep the law of Moses. 6.
+And the apostles and elders came together 'for to consider of
+this matter.'--ACTS xv. 1-6.
+
+The question as to the conditions on which Gentiles could be received
+into Christian communion had already been raised by the case of
+Cornelius, but it became more acute after Paul's missionary journey.
+The struggle between the narrower and broader views was bound to come
+to a head. Traces of the cleft between Palestinian and Hellenist
+believers had appeared as far back as the 'murmuring' about the
+unfair neglect of the Hellenist widows in the distribution of relief,
+and the whole drift of things since had been to widen the gap.
+
+Whether the 'certain men' had a mission to the Church in Antioch or
+not, they had no mandate to lay down the law as they did. Luke
+delicately suggests this by saying that they 'came down from Judaea,'
+rather than from Jerusalem. We should be fair to these men, and
+remember how much they had to say in defence of their position. They
+did not question that Gentiles could be received into the Church, but
+'kept on teaching' (as the word in the Greek implies) that the
+divinely appointed ordinance of circumcision was the 'door' of
+entrance. God had prescribed it, and through all the centuries since
+Moses, all who came into the fold of Israel had gone in by that gate.
+Where was the commandment to set it aside? Was not Paul teaching men
+to climb up some other way, and so blasphemously abrogating a divine
+law?
+
+No wonder that honest believers in Jesus as Messiah shrank with
+horror from such a revolutionary procedure. The fact that they were
+Palestinian Jews, who had never had their exclusiveness rubbed off,
+as Hellenists like Paul and Barnabas had had, explains, and to some
+extent excuses, their position. And yet their contention struck a
+fatal blow at the faith, little as they meant it. Paul saw what they
+did not see--that if anything else than faith was brought in as
+necessary to knit men to Christ, and make them partakers of
+salvation, faith was deposed from its place, and Christianity sank
+back to be a religion of 'works.' Experience has proved that anything
+whatever introduced as associated with faith ejects faith from its
+place, and comes to be recognised as _the_ means of salvation. It
+must be faith _or_ circumcision, it cannot be faith _and_
+circumcision. The lesson is needed to-day as much as in Antioch. The
+controversy started then is a perennial one, and the Church of the
+present needs Paul's exhortation, 'Stand fast therefore in the
+liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free, and be not entangled
+again with the yoke of bondage.'
+
+The obvious course of appealing to Jerusalem was taken, and it is
+noteworthy that in verse 2 the verb 'appointed' has no specified
+subject. Plainly, however, it was the Church which acted, and so
+natural did that seem to Luke that he felt it unnecessary to say so.
+No doubt Paul concurred, but the suggestion is not said to have come
+from him. He and Barnabas might have asserted their authority, and
+declined to submit what they had done by the Spirit's guidance to the
+decision of the Apostles, but they seek the things that make for
+peace.
+
+No doubt the other side was represented in the deputation. Jerusalem
+was the centre of unity, and remained so till its fall. The Apostles
+and elders were the recognised leaders of the Church. Elders here
+appear as holding a position of authority; the only previous mention
+of them is in Acts xi. 30, where they receive the alms sent from
+Antioch. It is significant that we do not hear of their first
+appointment. The organisation of the Church took shape as exigencies
+prescribed.
+
+The deputation left Antioch, escorted lovingly for a little way by
+the Church, and, journeying by land, gladdened the groups of
+believers in 'Phenicia and Samaria' with the news that the Gentiles
+were turning to God. We note that they are not said to have spoken of
+the thorny question in these countries, and that it is not said that
+there was joy in Judaea. Perhaps the Christians in it were in
+sympathy with the narrower view.
+
+The first step taken in Jerusalem was to call a meeting of the Church
+to welcome the deputation. It is significant that the latter did not
+broach the question in debate, but told the story of the success of
+their mission. That was the best argument for receiving Gentile
+converts without circumcision. God had received them; should not the
+Church do so? Facts are stronger than theories. It was Peter's
+argument in the case of Cornelius: they 'have received the Holy Ghost
+as well as we,' 'who was I, that I could withstand God?' It is the
+argument which shatters all analogous narrowing of the conditions of
+Christian life. If men say, 'Except ye be' this or that 'ye cannot be
+saved,' it is enough to point to the fruits of Christian character,
+and say, 'These show that the souls which bring them forth _are_
+saved, and you must widen your conceptions of the possibilities to
+include these actualities.' It is vain to say 'Ye cannot be' when
+manifestly they are.
+
+But the logic of facts does not convince obstinate theorists, and so
+the Judaising party persisted in their 'It is needful to circumcise
+them.' None are so blind as those to whom religion is mainly a matter
+of ritual. You may display the fairest graces of Christian character
+before them, and you get no answer but the reiteration of 'It is
+needful to circumcise you.' But on their own ground, in Jerusalem,
+the spokesmen of that party enlarged their demands. In Antioch they
+had insisted on circumcision, in Jerusalem they added the demand for
+entire conformity to the Mosaic law. They were quite logical; their
+principle demanded that extension of the requirement, and was thereby
+condemned as utterly unworkable. Now that the whole battery was
+unmasked the issue was clear--Is Christianity to be a Jewish sect or
+the universal religion? Clear as it was, few in that assembly saw it.
+But the parting of the ways had been reached.
+
+
+
+THE CHARTER OF GENTILE LIBERTY
+
+'Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience to Barnabas
+and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought among
+the Gentiles by them. 13. And after they had held their peace,
+James answered, saying, Men and brethren, hearken unto me: 14.
+Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles,
+to take out of them a people for His name. 15. And to this agree
+the words of the prophets; as it is written, 16. After this I will
+return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is
+fallen down; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will
+set it up: 17. That the residue of men might seek after the Lord,
+and all the Gentiles, upon whom My name is called, saith the Lord,
+who doeth all these things. 18. Known unto God are all His works
+from the beginning of the world. 19. Wherefore my sentence is, that
+we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to
+God: 20. But that we write unto them, that they abstain from
+pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things
+strangled, and from blood. 21. For Moses of old time hath in every
+city them that preach Him, being read in the synagogues every
+sabbath day. 22. Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the
+whole church, to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch
+with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas surnamed Barsabas, and Silas,
+chief men among the brethren: 23. And they wrote letters by them
+after this manner; The apostles and elders and brethren send
+greeting unto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antioch and
+Syria and Cilicia: 24. Forasmuch as we have heard, that certain
+which went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting
+your souls, saying, Ye must be circumcised, and keep the law: to
+whom we gave no such commandment: 25. It seemed good unto us, being
+assembled with one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our
+beloved Barnabas and Paul, 26. Men that have hazarded their lives
+for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. 27. We have sent therefore
+Judas and Silas, who shall also tell you the same things by mouth.
+28. For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon
+you no greater burden than these necessary things; 29. That ye
+abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from
+things strangled, and from fornication: from which if ye keep
+yourselves, ye shall do well. Fare ye well.'--ACTS xv. 12-29.
+
+Much was at stake in the decision of this gathering of the Church. If
+the Jewish party triumphed, Christianity sank to the level of a
+Jewish sect. The question brought up for decision was difficult, and
+there was much to be said for the view that the Mosaic law was
+binding on Gentile converts. It must have been an uprooting of
+deepest beliefs for a Jewish Christian to contemplate the abrogation
+of that law, venerable by its divine origin, by its hoary antiquity,
+by its national associations. We must not be hard upon men who clung
+to it; but we should learn from their final complete drifting away
+from Christianity how perilous is the position which insists on the
+necessity to true discipleship of any outward observance.
+
+Our passage begins in the middle of the conference. Peter has, with
+characteristic vehemence, dwelt upon the divine attestation of the
+genuine equality of the uncircumcised converts with the Jewish, given
+by their possession of the same divine Spirit, and has flung fiery
+questions at the Judaisers, which silenced them. Then, after the
+impressive hush following his eager words, Barnabas and Paul tell
+their story once more, and clinch the nail driven by Peter by
+asserting that God had already by 'signs and wonders' given His
+sanction to the admission of Gentiles without circumcision.
+Characteristically, in Jerusalem Barnabas is restored to his place
+above Paul, and is named first as speaking first, and regarded by the
+Jerusalem Church as the superior of the missionary pair.
+
+The next speaker is James, not an Apostle, but the bishop of the
+Church in Jerusalem, of whom tradition tells that he was a zealous
+adherent to the Mosaic law in his own person, and that his knees were
+as hard as a camel's through continual prayer. It is singular that
+this meeting should be so often called 'the Apostolic council,' when,
+as a fact, only one Apostle said a word, and he not as an Apostle,
+but as the chosen instrument to preach to the Gentiles. 'The elders,'
+of whose existence we now hear for the first time in this wholly
+incidental manner, were associated with the Apostles (ver. 6), and
+the 'multitude' (ver. 12) is most naturally taken to be 'the whole
+Church' (ver. 22). James represents the eldership, and as bishop in
+Jerusalem and an eager observer of legal prescriptions, fittingly
+speaks. His words practically determined the question. Like a wise
+man, he begins with facts. His use of the intensely Jewish form of
+the name Simeon is an interesting reminiscence of old days. So he had
+been accustomed to call Peter when they were all young together, and
+so he calls him still, though everybody else named him by his new
+name. What God had done by him seems to James to settle the whole
+question; for it was nothing else than to put the Gentile converts
+without circumcision on an equality with the Jewish part of the
+Church.
+
+Note the significant juxtaposition of the words 'Gentiles' and
+'people'--the former the name for heathen, the latter the sacred
+designation of the chosen nation. The great paradox which, through
+Peter's preaching at Caesarea, had become a fact was that the 'people
+of God' were made up of Gentiles as well as Jews--that His name was
+equally imparted to both. If God had made Gentiles His people, had He
+not thereby shown that the special observances of Israel were put
+aside, and that, in particular, circumcision was no longer the
+condition of entrance? The end of national distinction and the
+opening of a new way of incorporation among the people of God were
+clearly contained in the facts. How much Christian narrowness would
+be blown to atoms if its advocates would do as James did, and let
+God's facts teach them the width of God's purposes and the
+comprehensiveness of Christ's Church! We do wisely when we square our
+theories with facts; but many of us go to work in the opposite way,
+and snip down facts to the dimension of our theories.
+
+James's next step is marked equally by calm wisdom and open-
+mindedness. He looks to God's word, as interpreted by God's deeds, to
+throw light in turn on the deeds and to confirm the interpretation of
+these. Two things are to be noted in considering his quotation from
+Amos--its bearing on the question in hand, and its divergence from
+the existing Hebrew text. As to the former, there seems at first
+sight nothing relevant to James's purpose in the quotation, which
+simply declares that the Gentiles will seek the Lord when the fallen
+tabernacle of David is rebuilt. That period of time has at least
+begun, thinks James, in the work of Jesus, in whom the decayed
+dominion of David is again in higher form established. The return of
+the Gentiles does not merely synchronise with, but is the intended
+issue of, Christ's reign. Lifted from the earth, He will draw all men
+unto Him, and they shall 'seek the Lord,' and on them His name will
+be called.
+
+Now the force of this quotation lies, as it seems, first in the fact
+that Peter's experience at Caesarea is to be taken as an indication
+of how God means the prophecy to be fulfilled, namely, without
+circumcision; and secondly, in the _argumentum a silentio_, since the
+prophet says nothing about ritual or the like, but declares that
+moral and spiritual qualifications--on the one hand a true desire
+after God, and on the other receiving the proclamation of His name
+and calling themselves by it--are all that are needed to make
+Gentiles God's people. Just because there is nothing in the prophecy
+about observing Jewish ceremonies, and something about longing and
+faith, James thinks that these are the essentials, and that the
+others may be dropped by the Church, as God had dropped them in the
+case of Cornelius, and as Amos had dropped them in his vision of the
+future kingdom. God knew what He meant to do when He spoke through
+the prophet, and what He has done has explained the words, as James
+says in verse 18.
+
+The variation from the Hebrew text requires a word of comment. The
+quotation is substantially from the Septuagint, with a slight
+alteration. Probably James quoted the version familiar to many of his
+hearers. It seems to have been made from a somewhat different Hebrew
+text in verse 17, but the difference is very much slighter than an
+English reader would suppose. Our text has 'Edom' where the
+Septuagint has 'men'; but the Hebrew words without vowels are
+identical but for the addition of one letter in the former. Our text
+has 'inherit' where the Septuagint has 'seek after'; but there again
+the difference in the two Hebrew words would be one letter only, so
+that there may well have been a various reading as preserved in the
+Septuagint and Acts. James adds to the Septuagint 'seek' the
+evidently correct completion 'the Lord.'
+
+Now it is obvious that, even if we suppose his rendering of the whole
+verse to be a paraphrase of the same Hebrew text as we have, it is a
+correct representation of the meaning; for the 'inheriting of Edom'
+is no mere external victory, and Edom is always in the Old Testament
+the type of the godless man. The conquest of the Gentiles by the
+restorer of David's tabernacle is really the seeking after the Lord,
+and the calling of His name upon the Gentiles.
+
+The conclusion drawn by James is full of practical wisdom, and would
+have saved the Church from many a sad page in its history, if its
+spirit had been prevalent in later 'councils.' Note how the very
+designation given to the Gentile converts in verse 19 carries
+argumentative force. 'They turn to God from among the Gentiles'--if
+they have done that, surely their new separation and new attachment
+are enough, and make insistence on circumcision infinitely
+ridiculous. They have the thing signified; what does it matter about
+the sign, which is good for us Jews, but needless for them? If Church
+rulers had always been as open-eyed as this bishop in Jerusalem, and
+had been content if people were joined to God and parted from the
+world, what torrents of blood, what frowning walls of division, what
+scandals and partings of brethren would have been spared!
+
+The observances suggested are a portion of the precepts enjoined by
+Judaism on proselytes. The two former were necessary to the Christian
+life; the two latter were not, but were concessions to the Jewish
+feelings of the stricter party. The conclusion may be called a
+compromise, but it was one dictated by the desire for unity, and had
+nothing unworthy in it. There should be giving and taking on both
+sides. If the Jewish Christians made the, to them, immense concession
+of waiving the necessity of circumcision, the Gentile section might
+surely make the small one of abstinence from things strangled and
+from blood. Similarities in diet would daily assimilate the lives of
+the two parties, and would be a more visible and continuous token of
+their oneness than the single act of circumcision.
+
+But what does the reason in verse 21 mean? Why should the reading of
+Moses every Sabbath be a reason for these concessions? Various
+answers are given: but the most natural is that the constant
+promulgation of the law made respect for the feelings (even if
+mistaken) of Jewish Christians advisable, and the course suggested
+the most likely to win Jews who were not yet Christians. Both classes
+would be flung farther apart if there were not some yielding. The
+general principle involved is that one cannot be too tender with old
+and deeply rooted convictions even if they be prejudices, and that
+Christian charity, which is truest wisdom, will consent to
+limitations of Christian liberty, if thereby any little one who
+believes in Him shall be saved from being offended, or any unbeliever
+from being repelled.
+
+The letter embodying James's wise suggestion needs little further
+notice. We may observe that there was no imposing and authoritative
+decision of the Ecclesia, but that the whole thing was threshed out
+in free talk, and then the unanimous judgment of the community,
+'Apostles, elders and the whole Church,' was embodied in the epistle.
+Observe the accurate rendering of verse 25 (R.V.), 'having _come_ to
+one accord,' which gives a lively picture of the process. Note too
+that James's proposal of a letter was mended by the addition of a
+deputation, consisting of an unknown 'Judas called Barsabas' (perhaps
+a relative of 'Joseph called Barsabas,' the unsuccessful nominee for
+Apostleship in chap. i.), and the well-known Silas or Silvanus, of
+whom we hear so much in Paul's letters. That journey was the turning-
+point in his life, and he henceforward, attracted by the mass and
+magnetism of Paul's great personality, revolved round him, and
+forsook Jerusalem.
+
+Probably James drew up the document, which has the same somewhat
+unusual 'greeting' as his Epistle. The sharp reference to the
+Judaising teachers would be difficult for their sympathisers to
+swallow, but charity is not broken by plain repudiation of error and
+its teachers. 'Subverting your souls' is a heavy charge. The word is
+only here found in the New Testament, and means to unsettle, the
+image in it being that of packing up baggage for removal. The
+disavowal of these men is more complete if we follow the Revised
+Version in reading (ver. 24) 'no commandment' instead of 'no such
+commandment.'
+
+These unauthorised teachers 'went'; but, in strong contrast with
+them, Judas and Silas are chosen out and sent. Another thrust at the
+Judaising teachers is in the affectionate eulogy of Paul and Barnabas
+as 'beloved,' whatever disparaging things had been said about them,
+and as having 'hazarded their lives,' while these others had taken
+very good care of themselves, and had only gone to disturb converts
+whom Paul and Barnabas had won at the peril of their lives.
+
+The calm matter-of-course assertion that the decision which commended
+itself to 'us' is the decision of 'the Holy Ghost' was warranted by
+Christ's promises, and came from the consciousness that they had
+observed the conditions which He had laid down. They had brought
+their minds to bear upon the question, with the light of facts and of
+Scripture, and had come to a unanimous conclusion. If they believed
+their Lord's parting words, they could not doubt that His Spirit had
+guided them. If we lived more fully in that Spirit, we should know
+more of the same peaceful assurance, which is far removed from the
+delusion of our own infallibility, and is the simple expression of
+trust in the veracious promises of our Lord.
+
+The closing words of the letter are beautifully brotherly, sinking
+authority, and putting in the foreground the advantage to the Gentile
+converts of compliance with the injunctions. 'Ye shall do well,'
+rightly and conformably with the requirements of brotherly love to
+weaker brethren. And thus doing well, they will 'fare well,' and be
+strong. That is not the way in which 'lords over God's heritage' are
+accustomed to end their decrees. Brotherly affection, rather than
+authority imposing its will, breathes here. Would that all succeeding
+'Councils' had imitated this as well as 'it seemed good to the Holy
+Ghost, and to us'!
+
+
+
+A GOOD MAN'S FAULTS
+
+'And Barnabas determined to take with them John, whose surname
+was Mark. 38. But Paul thought not good to take him with them,
+who departed from them from Pamphylia, and went not with them to
+the work.'--ACTS xv. 37, 38.
+
+Scripture narratives are remarkable for the frankness with which they
+tell the faults of the best men. It has nothing in common with the
+cynical spirit in historians, of which this age has seen eminent
+examples, which fastens upon the weak places in the noblest natures,
+like a wasp on bruises in the ripest fruit, and delights in showing
+how all goodness is imperfect, that it may suggest that none is
+genuine. Nor has it anything in common with that dreary melancholy
+which also has its representatives among us, that sees everywhere
+only failures and fragments of men, and has no hope of ever attaining
+anything beyond the common average of excellence. But Scripture
+frankly confesses that all its noblest characters have fallen short
+of unstained purity, and with boldness of hope as great as its
+frankness teaches the weakest to aspire, and the most sinful to
+expect perfect likeness to a perfect Lord, It is a plane mirror,
+giving back all images without distortion.
+
+We recall how emphatically and absolutely it eulogised Barnabas as 'a
+good man, full of the Holy Ghost and of faith'--and now we have to
+notice how this man, thus full of the seminal principle of all
+goodness, derived into his soul by deep and constant communion
+through faith, and showing in his life practical righteousness and
+holiness, yet goes sadly astray, tarnishes his character, and mars
+his whole future.
+
+The two specific faults recorded of him are his over-indulgence in
+the case of Mark, and his want of firmness in opposition to the
+Judaising teachers who came down to Antioch. They were neither of
+them grave faults, but they were real. In the one he was too facile
+in overlooking a defect which showed unfitness for the work, and
+seems to have yielded to family affection and to have sacrificed the
+efficiency of a mission to it. Not only was he wrong in proposing to
+condone Mark's desertion, but he was still more wrong in his
+reception of the opposition to his proposal. With the firmness which
+weak characters so often display at the wrong time, he was resolved,
+come what would, to have his own way. Temper rather than principle
+made him obstinate where he should have been yielding, as it had made
+him in Antioch yielding, where he should have been firm. Paul's
+remonstrances have no effect. He will rather have his own way than
+the companionship of his old friend, and so there come alienation and
+separation. The Church at Antioch takes Paul's view--all the brethren
+are unanimous in disapproval. But Barnabas will not move. He sets up
+his own feeling in opposition to them all. The sympathy of his
+brethren, the work of his life, the extension of Christ's kingdom,
+are all tossed aside. His own foolish purpose is more to him in that
+moment of irritation than all these. So he snaps the tie, abandons
+his work, and goes away without a kindly word, without a blessing,
+without the Church's prayers--but with his nephew for whom he had
+given up all these. Paul sails away to do God's work, and the Church
+'recommends him to the grace of God,' but Barnabas steals away home
+to Cyprus, and his name is no more heard in the story of the planting
+of the kingdom of Christ.
+
+One hopes that his work did not stop thus, but his recorded work
+does, and in the band of friends who surrounded the great Apostle,
+the name of his earliest friend appears no more. Other companions and
+associates in labour take his place; he, as it appears, is gone for
+ever. One reference (1 Cor. ix. 6) at a later date seems most
+naturally to suggest that he still continued in the work of an
+evangelist, and still practised the principle to which he and Paul
+had adhered when together, of supporting himself by manual labour.
+The tone of the reference implies that there were relations of mutual
+respect. But the most we can believe is that probably the two men
+still thought kindly of each other and honoured each other for their
+work's sake, but found it better to labour apart, and not to seek to
+renew the old companionship which had been so violently torn asunder.
+
+The other instance of weakness was in some respects of a still graver
+kind. The cause of it was the old controversy about the obligations
+of Jewish law on Gentile Christians. Paul, Peter, and Barnabas all
+concurred in neglecting the restrictions imposed by Judaism, and in
+living on terms of equality and association in eating and drinking
+with the heathen converts at Antioch. A principle was involved, to
+which Barnabas had bean the first to give in his adhesion, in the
+frank recognition of the Antioch Church. But as soon as emissaries
+from the other party came down, Peter and he abandoned their
+association with Gentile converts, not changing their convictions but
+suppressing the action to which their convictions should have led.
+They pretended to be of the same mind with these narrow Jews from
+Jerusalem. They insulted their brethren, they deserted Paul, they
+belied their convictions, they imperilled the cause of Christian
+liberty, they flew in the face of what Peter had said that God
+Himself had showed him, they did their utmost to degrade Christianity
+into a form of Judaism--all for the sake of keeping on good terms
+with the narrow bigotry of these Judaising teachers.
+
+Now if we take these two facts together, and set them side by side
+with the eulogy pronounced on Barnabas as 'a good man, full of the
+Holy Ghost and of faith,' we have brought before us in a striking
+form some important considerations.
+
+I. The imperfect goodness of good men.
+
+A good man does not mean a faultless man. Of course the power which
+works on a believing soul is always tending to produce goodness and
+only goodness. But its operation is not such that we are always
+equally, uniformly, perfectly under its influence. Power in germ is
+one thing, in actual operation another. There may be but a little
+ragged patch of green in the garden, and yet it may be on its way to
+become a flower-bed. A king may not have established dominion over
+all his land. The actual operation of that transforming Spirit at any
+given moment is limited, and we can withdraw ourselves from it. It
+does not begin by leavening all our nature.
+
+So we have to note--
+
+The root of goodness.
+
+The main direction of a life.
+
+The progressive character of goodness.
+
+The highest style of Christian life is a struggle. So we draw
+practical inferences as to the conduct of life.
+
+This thought of imperfection does not diminish the criminality of
+individual acts.
+
+It does not weaken aspiration and effort towards higher life.
+
+It does alleviate our doubts and fears when we find evil in
+ourselves.
+
+II. The possible evil lurking in our best qualities.
+
+In Barnabas, his amiability and openness of nature, the very
+characteristics that had made him strong, now make him weak and
+wrong.
+
+How clearly then there is brought out here the danger that lurks even
+in our good! I need not remind you how every virtue may be run to an
+extreme and become a vice. Liberality is exaggerated into
+prodigality; firmness, into obstinacy; mercy, into weakness; gravity,
+into severity; tolerance, into feeble conviction; humility, into
+abjectness.
+
+And these extremes are reached when these graces are developed at the
+expense of the symmetry of the character.
+
+We are not simple but complex, and what we need to aim at is a
+character, not an excrescence. Some people's goodness is like a wart
+or a wen. Their virtues are cases of what medical technicality calls
+hypertrophy. But our goodness should be like harmonious Indian
+patterns, where all colours blend in a balanced whole.
+
+Such considerations enforce the necessity for rigid self-control. And
+that in two directions.
+
+(_a_) Beware of your excellences, your strong points.
+
+(_b_) Cultivate sedulously the virtues to which you are not inclined.
+
+The special form of error into which Barnabas fell is worth notice.
+It was over-indulgence, tolerance of evil in a person; feebleness of
+grasp, a deficiency of boldness in carrying out his witness to a
+disputed truth. In this day liberality, catholicity, are pushed so
+far that there is danger of our losing the firmness of our grasp of
+principles, and indulgence for faults goes so far that we are apt to
+lose the habit of unsparing, though unangry, condemnation of unworthy
+characters. This generation is like Barnabas; very quick in sympathy,
+generous in action, ready to recognise goodness where-ever it is
+beheld. But Barnabas may be a beacon, warning us of the possible
+evils that dog these excellences like their shadows.
+
+III. The grave issues of small faults.
+
+Comparatively trivial as was Barnabas's error, it seems to have
+wrecked his life, at least to have marred it for long years, and to
+have broken his sweet companionship with Paul. I think we may go
+further and say, that most good men are in more danger from trivial
+faults than from great ones. No man reaches the superlative degree of
+wickedness all at once. Few men spring from the height to the abyss,
+they usually slip down. The erosive action of the sand of the desert
+is said to be gradually cutting off the Sphinx's head. The small
+faults are most numerous. We are least on our guard against them.
+There is a microscopic weed that chokes canals. Snow-flakes make the
+sky as dark as an eclipse does. White ants eat a carcase quicker than
+a lion does.
+
+So we urge the necessity for bringing ordinary deeds and small
+actions to be ruled and guided by God's Spirit.
+
+How the contemplation of the imperfection, which is the law of life,
+should lead us to hope for that heaven where perfection is.
+
+How the contemplation of the limits of all human goodness should lead
+us to exclusive faith in, and imitation of, the one perfect Lord. He
+stands stainless among the stained. In Him alone is no sin, from Him
+alone like goodness may be ours.
+
+
+
+HOW TO SECURE A PROSPEROUS VOYAGE
+
+'And after [Paul] had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured
+to go into Macedonia, assuredly gathering that the Lord had
+called us for to preach the gospel unto them. 11. Therefore ...
+we came with a straight course.'--ACTS xvi. 10, 11.
+
+This book of the Acts is careful to point out how each fresh step in
+the extension of the Church's work was directed and commanded by
+Jesus Christ Himself. Thus Philip was sent by specific injunction to
+'join himself' to the chariot of the Ethiopian statesman. Thus Peter
+on the house-top at Joppa, looking out over the waters of the western
+sea, had the vision of the great sheet, knit at the four corners. And
+thus Paul, in singularly similar circumstances, in the little seaport
+of Troas, looking out over the narrower sea which there separates
+Asia from Europe, had the vision of the man of Macedonia, with his
+cry, 'Come over and help _us_!' The whole narrative before us bears
+upon the one point, that Christ Himself directs the expansion of His
+kingdom. And there never was a more fateful moment than that at which
+the Gospel, in the person of the Apostle, crossed the sea, and
+effected a lodgment in the progressive quarter of the world.
+
+Now what I wish to do is to note how Paul and his little company
+behaved themselves when they had received Christ's commandment. For I
+think there are lessons worth the gathering to be found there. There
+was no doubt about the vision; the question was what it meant. So
+note three stages. First, careful consideration, with one's own
+common sense, of what God wants us to do--'Assuredly gathering that
+the Lord had called us.' Then, let no grass grow under our feet--
+immediate obedience--'Straightway we endeavoured to go into
+Macedonia.' And then, patient pondering and instantaneous submission
+get the reward--'We came with a straight course.' He gave the winds
+and the waves charge concerning them. Now there are three lessons for
+us. Taken together, they are patterns of what ought to be in our
+experience, and will be, if the conditions are complied with.
+
+I. First, Careful Consideration.
+
+Paul had no doubt that what he saw was a vision from Christ, and not
+a mere dream of the night, born of the reverberation of waking
+thoughts and anxieties, that took the shape of the plaintive cry of
+the man of Macedonia. But then the next step was to be quite sure of
+what the vision meant. And so, wisely, he does not make up his mind
+himself, but calls in the three men who were with him. And what a
+significant little group it was! There were Timothy, Silas, and Luke
+--Silas, from Jerusalem; Timothy, half a Gentile; Luke, altogether a
+Gentile; and Paul himself--and these four shook the world. They come
+together, and they talk the matter over. The word of my text rendered
+'assuredly gathering' is a picturesque one. It literally means
+'laying things together.' They set various facts side by side, or as
+we say in our colloquial idiom, 'They put this and that together,'
+and so they came to understand what the vision meant.
+
+What had they to help them to understand it? Well, they had this
+fact, that in all the former part of their journey they had been met
+by hindrances; that their path had been hedged up here, there, and
+everywhere. Paul set out from Antioch, meaning a quiet little tour of
+visitation amongst the churches that had been already established.
+Jesus Christ meant Philippi and Athens and Corinth and Ephesus,
+before Paul got back again. So we read in an earlier portion of the
+chapter that the Spirit of Jesus forbade them to speak the Word in
+one region, and checked and hindered them when, baffled, they tried
+to go to another. There then remained only one other road open to
+them, and that led to the coast. Thus putting together their
+hindrances and their stimuluses, they came to the conclusion that
+unitedly the two said plainly, 'Go across the sea, and preach the
+word there.'
+
+Now it is a very commonplace and homely piece of teaching to remind
+you that time is not wasted in making quite sure of the meaning of
+providences which seem to declare the will of God, before we begin to
+act. But the commonest duties are very often neglected; and we
+preachers, I think, would very often do more good by hammering at
+commonplace themes than by bringing out original and fresh ones. And
+so I venture to say a word about the immense importance to Christian
+life and Christian service of this preliminary step--'assuredly
+gathering that the Lord had called us.' What have we to do in order
+to be quite sure of God's intention for us?
+
+Well, the first thing seems to me to make quite sure that we want to
+know it, and that we do not want to force our intentions upon Him,
+and then to plume ourselves upon being obedient to His call, when we
+are only doing what we like. There is a vast deal of unconscious
+insincerity in us all; and especially in regard to Christian work
+there is an enormous amount of it. People will say, 'Oh, I have such
+a strong impulse in a given direction, to do certain kinds of
+Christian service, that I am quite sure that it is God's will.' How
+are you sure? A strong impulse may be a temptation from the devil as
+well as a call from God. And men who simply act on untested impulses,
+even the most benevolent which spring directly from large Christian
+principles, may be making deplorable mistakes. It is not enough to
+have pure motives. It is useless to say, 'Such and such a course of
+action is clearly the result of the truths of the Gospel.' That may
+be all perfectly true, and yet the course may not be the course for
+you. For there may be practical considerations, which do not come
+into our view unless we carefully think about them, which forbid us
+to take such a path. So remember that strong impulses are not guiding
+lights; nor is it enough to vindicate our pursuing some mode of
+Christian service that it is in accordance with the principles of the
+Gospel. 'Circumstances alter cases' is a very homely old saying; but
+if Christian people would only bring the common sense to bear upon
+their religious life which they need to bring to bear upon their
+business life, unless they are going into the _Gazette_, there would
+be less waste work in the Christian Church than there is to-day. I do
+not want less zeal; I want that the reins of the fiery steed shall be
+kept well in hand. The difference between a fanatic, who is a fool,
+and an enthusiast, who is a wise man, is that the one brings calm
+reason to bear, and an open-eyed consideration of circumstances all
+round; and the other sees but one thing at a time, and shuts his
+eyes, like a bull in a field, and charges at that. So let us be sure,
+to begin with, that we want to know what God wants us to do; and that
+we are not palming our wishes upon Him, and calling them His
+providences.
+
+Then there is another plain, practical consideration that comes out
+of this story, and that is, Do not be above being taught by failures
+and hindrances. You know the old proverb, 'It is waste time to flog a
+dead horse.' There is not a little well-meant work flung away,
+because it is expended on obviously hopeless efforts to revivify,
+perhaps, some moribund thing or to continue, perhaps, in some old,
+well-worn rut, instead of striking out into a new path. Paul was full
+of enthusiasm for the evangelisation of Asia Minor, and he might have
+said a great deal about the importance of going to Ephesus. He tried
+to do it, but Christ said 'No.' and Paul did not knock his head
+against the stone wall that lay between him and the accomplishment of
+his purpose, but he gave it up and tried another tack. He next wished
+to go up into Bithynia, and he might have said a great deal about the
+needs of the people by the Euxine; but again down came the barrier,
+and he had once more to learn the lesson, 'Not as thou wilt, but as I
+will.' He was not above being taught by his failures. Some of us are;
+and it is very difficult, and needs a great deal of Christian wisdom
+and unselfishness, to distinguish between hindrances in the way of
+work which are meant to evoke larger efforts, and hindrances which
+are meant to say, 'Try another path, and do not waste time here any
+longer.'
+
+But if we wish supremely to know God's will, He will help us to
+distinguish between these two kinds of difficulties. Some one has
+said, 'Difficulties are things to be overcome.' Yes, but not always.
+They very often are, and we should thank God for them then; but they
+sometimes are God's warnings to us to go by another road. So we need
+discretion, and patience, and suspense of judgment to be brought to
+bear upon all our purposes and plans.
+
+Then, of course, I need not remind you that the way to get light is
+to seek it in the Book and in communion with Him whom the Book
+reveals to us as the true Word of God: 'He that followeth Me shall
+not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.' So careful
+consideration is a preliminary to all good Christian work. And, if
+you can, talk to some Timothy and Silas and Luke about your course,
+and do not be above taking a brother's advice.
+
+II. The next step is Immediate Submission.
+
+When they had assuredly gathered that the Lord had called them,
+'immediately'--there is great virtue in that one word--'we
+endeavoured to go into Macedonia.' Delayed obedience is the brother--
+and, if I may mingle metaphors, sometimes the father--of
+disobedience. It sometimes means simple feebleness of conviction,
+indolence, and a general lack of fervour. It means very often a
+reluctance to do the duty that lies plainly before us. And, dear
+brethren, as I have said about the former lesson, so I say about
+this. The homely virtue, which we all know to be indispensable to
+success in common daily life and commercial undertakings, is no less
+indispensable to all vigour of Christian life and to all nobleness of
+Christian service. We have no hours to waste; the time is short. In
+the harvest-field, especially when it is getting near the end of the
+week, and the Sunday is at hand, there are little leisure and little
+tolerance of slow workers. And for us the fields are white, the
+labourers are few, the Lord of the harvest is imperative, the sun is
+hurrying to the west, and the sickles will have to be laid down
+before long. So, '_immediately_ we endeavoured.'
+
+Delayed duty is present discomfort. As long as a man has a
+conscience, so long will he be restless and uneasy until he has, as
+the Quakers say, 'cleared himself of his burden,' and done what he
+knows that he ought to do, and got done with it. Delayed obedience
+means wasted possibilities of service, and so is ever to be avoided.
+The more disagreeable anything is which is plainly a duty, the more
+reason there is for doing it right away. 'I made haste, and delayed
+not, but made haste to keep Thy commandments.'
+
+Did you ever count how many '_straightways_' there are in the first
+chapter of Mark's Gospel? If you have not, will you do it when you go
+home; and notice how they come in? In the story of Christ's opening
+ministry every fresh incident is tacked on to the one before it, in
+that chapter, by that same word 'straightway.' 'Straightway' He does
+that; 'anon' He does this; 'immediately' He does the other thing. All
+is one continuous stream of acts of service. The Gospel of Mark is
+the Gospel of the servant, and it sets forth the pattern to which all
+Christian service ought to be conformed.
+
+So if we take Jesus Christ for our Example, unhasting and unresting
+in the work of the Lord, we shall let no moment pass burdened with
+undischarged duty; and we shall find that all the moments are few
+enough for the discharge of the duties incumbent upon us.
+
+III. So, lastly, careful consideration and unhesitating obedience
+lead to a Straight Course.
+
+Well, it is not so always, but it is so generally. There is a
+wonderful power in diligent doing of God's known will to smooth away
+difficulties and avoid troubles. I do not, of course, mean that a man
+who thus lives, patiently ascertaining and then promptly doing what
+God would have him do, has any miraculous exemption from the ordinary
+sorrows and trials of life. But sure I am that a very, very large
+proportion of all the hindrances and disappointments, storms and
+quicksands, calms which prevent progress and headwinds that beat in
+our faces, are directly the products of our negligence in one or
+other of these two respects, and that although by no means
+absolutely, yet to an extent that we should not believe if we had not
+the experience of it, the wish to do God's will and the doing of it
+with our might when we know what it is have a talismanic power in
+calming the seas and bringing us to the desired haven.
+
+But though this is not always absolutely true in regard of outward
+things, it is, without exception or limitation, true in regard of the
+inward life. For if my supreme will is to do God's will then nothing
+which is His will, and comes to me because it is can be a hindrance
+in my doing that.
+
+As an old proverb says, 'Travelling merchants can never be out of
+their road.' And a Christian man whose path is simple obedience to
+the will of God can never be turned from that path by whatever
+hindrances may affect his outward life. So, in deepest truth, there
+is always a calm voyage for the men whose eyes are open to discern,
+and whose hands are swift to fulfil, the commandments of their Father
+in heaven. For them all winds blow them to their port; for them 'all
+things work together for good'; with them God's servants who hearken
+to the voice of His commandments, and are His ministers to do His
+pleasure, can never be other than in amity and alliance. He who is
+God's servant is the world's master. 'All things are yours if ye are
+Christ's.'
+
+So, brethren, careful study of providences and visions, of hindrances
+and stimulus, careful setting of our lives side by side with the
+Master's, and a swift delight in doing the will of the Lord, will
+secure for us, in inmost truth, a prosperous voyage, till all storms
+are hushed, 'and they are glad because they be quiet; so He bringeth
+them to their desired haven.'
+
+
+
+PAUL AT PHILIPPI
+
+'And on the sabbath day we went forth without the gate, by a
+river side, where we supposed there was a place of prayer; and we
+sat down, and spake unto the women which were come together.'
+--ACTS xvi. 13 (R.V.).
+
+This is the first record of the preaching of the Gospel in Europe,
+and probably the first instance of it. The fact that the vision of
+the man of Macedonia was needed in order to draw the Apostle across
+the straits into Macedonia, and the great length at which the
+incidents at Philippi are recorded, make this probable. If so, we are
+here standing, as it were, at the wellhead of a mighty river, and the
+thin stream of water assumes importance when we remember the thousand
+miles of its course, and the league-broad estuary in which it pours
+itself into the ocean. Here is the beginning; the Europe of to-day is
+what came out of it. There is no sign whatever that the Apostle was
+conscious of an epoch in this transference of the sphere of his
+operations, but we can scarcely help being conscious of such.
+
+And so, looking at the words of my text, and seeing here how
+unobtrusively there stole into the progressive part of the world the
+power which was to shatter and remould all its institutions, to guide
+and inform the onward march of its peoples, to be the basis of their
+liberties, and the starting-point of their literature, we can
+scarcely avoid drawing lessons of importance.
+
+The first point which I would suggest, as picturesquely enforced for
+us by this incident, is--
+
+I. The apparent insignificance and real greatness of Christian work.
+
+There did not seem in the whole of that great city that morning a
+more completely insignificant knot of people than the little weather-
+beaten Jew, travel-stained, of weak bodily presence, and of
+contemptible speech, with the handful of his attendants, who slipped
+out in the early morning and wended their way to the quiet little
+oratory, beneath the blue sky, by the side of the rushing stream, and
+there talked informally and familiarly to the handful of women. The
+great men of Philippi would have stared if any one had said to them,
+'You will be forgotten, but two of these women will have their names
+embalmed in the memory of the world for ever. Everybody will know
+Euodia and Syntyche. Your city will be forgotten, although a battle
+that settled the fate of the civilised world was fought outside your
+gates. But that little Jew and the letter that he will write to that
+handful of believers that are to be gathered by his preaching will
+last for ever.' The mightiest thing done in Europe that morning was
+when the Apostle sat down by the riverside, 'and spake to the women
+which resorted thither.'
+
+The very same vulgar mistake as to what is great and as to what is
+small is being repeated over and over again; and we are all tempted
+to it by that which is worldly and vulgar in ourselves, to the
+enormous detriment of the best part of our natures. So it is worth
+while to stop for a moment and ask what is the criterion of greatness
+in our deeds? I answer, three things--their motive, their sphere,
+their consequences. What is done for God is always great. You take a
+pebble and drop it into a brook, and immediately the dull colouring
+upon it flashes up into beauty when the sunlight strikes through the
+ripples, and the magnitude of the little stone is enlarged. If I may
+make use of such a violent expression, drop your deeds into God, and
+they will all be great, however small they are. Keep them apart from
+Him, and they will be small, though all the drums of the world beat
+in celebration, and all the vulgar people on the earth extol their
+magnitude. This altar magnifies and sanctifies the giver and the
+gift. The great things are the things that are done for God.
+
+A deed is great according to its sphere. What bears on and is
+confined to material things is smaller than what affects the
+understanding. The teacher is more than the man who promotes material
+good. And on the very same principle, above both the one and the
+other, is the doer of deeds which touch the diviner part of a man's
+nature, his will, his conscience, his affections, his relations to
+God. Thus the deeds that impinge upon these are the highest and the
+greatest; and far above the scientific inventor, and far above the
+mere teacher, as I believe, and as I hope you believe, stands the
+humblest work of the poorest Christian who seeks to draw any other
+soul into the light and liberty which he himself possesses. The
+greatest thing in the world is charity, and the purest charity in the
+world is that which helps a man to possess the basis and mother-
+tincture of all love, the love towards God who has first loved us, in
+the person and the work of His dear Son.
+
+That which being done has consequences that roll through souls, 'and
+grow for ever and for ever,' is a greater work than the deed whose
+issues are more short-lived. And so the man who speaks a word which
+may deflect a soul into the paths which have no end until they are
+swallowed up in the light of the God who 'is a Sun,' is a worker
+whose work is truly great. Brethren, it concerns the nobleness of the
+life of us Christian people far more closely than we sometimes
+suppose, that we should purge our souls from the false estimate of
+magnitudes which prevails so extensively in the world's judgment of
+men and their doings. And though it is no worthy motive for a man to
+seek to live so that he may do great things, it is a part of the
+discipline of the Christian mind, as well as heart, that we should be
+able to reduce the swollen bladders to their true flaccidity and
+insignificance, and that we should understand that things done for
+God, things done on men's souls, things done with consequences which
+time will not exhaust, nor eternity put a period to, are, after all,
+the great things of human life.
+
+Ah, there will be a wonderful reversal of judgments one day! Names
+that now fill the trumpet of fame will fall silent. Pages that now
+are read as if they were leaves of the 'Book of Life' will be
+obliterated and unknown, and when all the flashing cressets in Vanity
+Fair have smoked and stunk themselves out, 'They that be wise shall
+shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to
+righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.' The great things are
+the Christian things, and there was no greater deed done that day, on
+this round earth, than when that Jewish wayfarer, travel-stained and
+insignificant, sat himself down in the place of prayer, and 'spake
+unto the women which resorted thither.' Do not be over-cowed by the
+loud talk of the world, but understand that Christian work is the
+mightiest work that a man can do.
+
+Let us take from this incident a hint as to--
+
+II. The law of growth in Christ's Kingdom.
+
+Here, as I have said, is the thin thread of water at the source. We
+to-day are on the broad bosom of the expanded stream. Here is the
+little beginning; the world that we see around us has come from this,
+and there is a great deal more to be done yet before all the power
+that was transported into Europe, on that Sabbath morning, has
+wrought its legitimate effects. That is to say, 'the Kingdom of God
+cometh not by observation.' Let me say a word, and only a word, based
+on this incident, about the law of small beginnings and the law of
+slow, inconspicuous development.
+
+We have here an instance of the law of small, silent beginnings. Let
+us go back to the highest example of everything that is good; the
+life of Jesus Christ. A cradle at Bethlehem, a carpenter's shop in
+Nazareth, thirty years buried in a village, two or three years, at
+most, going up and down quietly in a remote nook of the earth, and
+then He passed away silently and the world did not know Him. 'He
+shall not strive nor cry, nor cause His voice to be heard in the
+streets.' And as the Christ so His Church, and so His Gospel, and so
+all good movements that begin from Him. Destructive preparations may
+be noisy; they generally are. Constructive beginnings are silent and
+small. If a thing is launched with a great beating of drums and
+blowing of trumpets, you may be pretty sure there is very little in
+it. Drums are hollow, or they would not make such a noise. Trumpets
+only catch and give forth wind. They say--I know not whether it is
+true--that the _Wellingtonia gigantea_, the greatest of forest trees,
+has a smaller seed than any of its congeners. It may be so, at any
+rate it does for an illustration. The germ-cell is always
+microscopic. A little beginning is a prophecy of a great ending.
+
+In like manner there is another large principle suggested here which,
+in these days of impatient haste and rushing to and fro, and
+religious as well as secular advertising and standing at street
+corners, we are very apt to forget, but which we need to remember,
+and that is that the rate of growth is swift when the duration of
+existence is short. A reed springs up in a night. How long does an
+oak take before it gets too high for a sheep to crop at? The moth
+lives its full life in a day. There is no creature that has helpless
+infancy so long as a man. We have the slow work of mining; the
+dynamite will be put into the hole one day, and the spark applied--
+and then? So 'an inheritance may be gotten hastily at the beginning,
+but the end thereof shall not be blessed.'
+
+Let us apply that to our own personal life and work, and to the
+growth of Christianity in the world, and let us not be staggered
+because either are so slow. 'The Lord is not slack concerning His
+promises, as some men count slackness. One day is with the Lord as a
+thousand years, and a thousand years as one day.' How long will that
+day be of which a thousand years are but as the morning twilight?
+Brethren, you have need of patience. You Christian workers, and I
+hope I am speaking to a great many such now; how long does it take
+before we can say that we are making any impression at all on the
+vast masses of evil and sin that are round about us? God waited,
+nobody knows how many millenniums and more than millenniums, before
+He had the world ready for man. He waited for more years than we can
+tell before He had the world ready for the Incarnation. His march is
+very slow because it is ever onwards. Let us be thankful if we forge
+ahead the least little bit; and let us not be impatient for swift
+results which are the fool's paradise, and which the man who knows
+that he is working towards God's own end can well afford to do
+without.
+
+And now, lastly, let me ask you to notice, still further as drawn
+from this incident--
+
+III. The simplicity of the forces to which God entrusts the growth of
+His Kingdom.
+
+It is almost ludicrous to think, if it were not pathetic and sublime,
+of the disproportion between the end that was aimed at and the way
+that was taken to reach it, which the text opens before us. 'We went
+out to the riverside, and we spake unto the women which resorted
+thither.' That was all. Think of Europe as it was at that time. There
+was Greece over the hills, there was Rome ubiquitous and ready to
+exchange its contemptuous toleration for active hostility. There was
+the unknown barbarism of the vague lands beyond. Think of the
+established idolatries which these men had to meet, around which had
+gathered, by the superstitious awe of untold ages, everything that
+was obstinate, everything that was menacing, everything that was
+venerable. Think of the subtleties to which they had to oppose their
+unlettered message. Think of the moral corruption that was eating
+like an ulcer into the very heart of society. Did ever a Cortez on
+the beach, with his ships in flames behind him, and a continent in
+arms before, cast himself on a more desperate venture? And they
+conquered! How? What were the small stones from the brook that slew
+Goliath? Have we got them? Here they are, the message that they
+spoke, the white heat of earnestness with which they spoke it, and
+the divine Helper who backed them up. And we have this message.
+Brethren, that old word, 'God was in Christ reconciling the world to
+Himself,' is as much needed, as potent, as truly adapted to the
+complicated civilisation of this generation, as surely reaching the
+deepest wants of the human soul, as it was in the days when first the
+message poured, like a red-hot lava flood, from the utterances of
+Paul. Like lava it has gone cold to-day, and stiff in many places,
+and all the heat is out of it. That is the fault of the speaker,
+never of the message. It is as mighty as ever it was, and if the
+Christian Church would keep more closely to it, and would realise
+more fully that the Cross does not need to be propped up so much as
+to be proclaimed, I think we should see that it is so. That sword has
+not lost its temper, and modern modes of warfare have not antiquated
+it. As David said to the high priests at Nob, when he was told that
+Goliath's sword was hid behind the ephod, 'Give me that. There is
+none like it.' It was not miracles, it was the Gospel that was
+preached, which was 'the power of God unto salvation.'
+
+And that message was preached with earnestness. There is one point in
+which every successful servant of Jesus Christ who has done work for
+Him, winning men to Him, has been like every other successful
+servant, and there is only one point. Some of them have been wise
+men, some of them have been foolish. Some of them have been clad with
+many puerile notions and much rubbish of ceremonial and sacerdotal
+theories. Some of them have been high Calvinists, some of them low
+Arminians; some of them have been scholars, some of them could hardly
+read. But they have all had this one thing: they believed with all
+their hearts what they spake. They fulfilled the Horatian principle,
+'If you wish me to weep, your own eyes must overflow'--and if you
+wish me to believe, you must speak, not 'with bated breath and
+whispering humbleness,' but as if you yourself believed it, and were
+dead set on getting other people to believe it, too.
+
+And then the third thing that Paul had we have, and that is the
+presence of the Christ. Note what it says in the context about one
+convert who was made that morning, Lydia, 'whose heart the Lord
+opened.' Now I am not going to deduce Calvinism or any other 'ism'
+from these words, but I pray you to note that there is emerging on
+the surface here what runs all through this book of Acts, and
+animates the whole of it, viz., that Jesus Christ Himself is working,
+doing all the work that is done through His servants. Wherever there
+are men aflame with that with which every Christian man and woman
+should be aflame, the consciousness of the preciousness of their
+Master, and their own responsibility for the spreading of His Name,
+there, depend upon it, will be the Christ to aid them. The picture
+with which one of the Evangelists closes his Gospel will be repeated:
+'They went everywhere preaching the word, the Lord working with them,
+and confirming the word with signs following.'
+
+Dear brethren, the vision of the man of Macedonia which drew Paul
+across the water from Troas to Philippi speaks to us. 'Come over and
+help us,' comes from many voices. And if we, in however humble and
+obscure, and as the foolish purblind world calls it, 'small,' way,
+yield to the invitation, and try to do what in us lies, then we shall
+find that, like Paul by the riverside in that oratory, we are
+building better than we know, and planting a little seed, the
+springing whereof God will bless. 'Thou sowest not that which shall
+be, but bare grain ... and God giveth it a body as it hath pleased
+Him.'
+
+
+
+THE RIOT AT PHILIPPI
+
+'And when her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone,
+they caught Paul and Silas, and drew them into the marketplace
+unto the rulers, 20. And brought them to the magistrates, saying,
+These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city, 21. And
+teach customs, which are not lawful for us to receive, neither to
+observe, being Romans. 22. And the multitude rose up together
+against them: and the magistrates rent off their clothes, and
+commanded to beat them. 23. And when they had laid many stripes
+upon them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailer to
+keep them safely: 24. Who, having received such a charge, thrust
+them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the
+stocks. 25. And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang
+praises unto God: and the prisoners heard them. 26. And suddenly
+there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the
+prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened,
+and every one's bands were loosed. 27. And the keeper of the
+prison awaking out of his sleep, and seeing the prison doors
+open, he drew out his sword, and would have killed himself,
+supposing that the prisoners had been fled. 28. But Paul cried
+with a loud voice, saying, Do thyself no harm: for we are all
+here. 29. Then he called for a light, and sprang in, and came
+trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas, 30. And brought
+them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? 31. And
+they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be
+saved, and thy house. 32. And they spake unto him the word of the
+Lord, and to all that were in his house. 33. And he took them the
+same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was
+baptized, he and all his, straightway. 34. And when he had
+brought them into his house, he set meat before them, and
+rejoiced, believing In God with all his house.'--ACTS xvi. 19-34.
+
+This incident gives us the Apostle's first experience of purely
+Gentile opposition. The whole scene has a different stamp from that
+of former antagonisms, and reminds us that we have passed into
+Europe. The accusers and the grounds of accusation are new. Formerly
+Jews had led the attack; now Gentiles do so. Crimes against religion
+were charged before; now crimes against law and order. Hence the
+narrative is more extended, in accordance with the prevailing habit
+of the book, to dilate on the first of a series and to summarise
+subsequent members of it. We may note the unfounded charge and unjust
+sentence; the joyful confessors and the answer to their trust; the
+great light that shone on the jailer's darkness.
+
+I. This was a rough beginning of the work undertaken at the call of
+Christ. Less courageous and faithful men might have thought, 'Were we
+right in "assuredly gathering" that His hand pointed us hither, since
+this is the reception we find?' But though the wind meets us as soon
+as we clear the harbour, the salt spray dashing in our faces is no
+sign that we should not have left shelter. A difficult beginning
+often means a prosperous course; and hardships are not tokens of
+having made a mistake.
+
+The root of the first antagonism to the Gospel in Europe was purely
+mercenary. The pythoness's masters had no horror of Paul's doctrines.
+They were animated by no zeal for Apollo. They only saw a source of
+profit drying up. Infinitely more respectable was Jewish opposition,
+which was, at all events, the perverted working of noble sentiments.
+Zeal for religion, even when the zeal is impure and the notions of
+religion imperfect, is higher than mere anger at pecuniary loss. How
+much of the opposition since and to-day comes from the same mean
+source! Lust and appetite organise profitable trades, in which 'the
+money has no smell,' however foul the cesspool from which it has been
+brought. And when Christian people set themselves against these
+abominations, capital takes the command of the mob of drink-sellers
+and consumers, or of those from haunts of fleshly sin, and shrieks
+about interfering with honest industry, and seeking to enforce sour-
+faced Puritanism on society. The Church may be very sure that it is
+failing in some part of its duty, if there is no class of those who
+fatten on providing for sin howling at its heels, because it is
+interfering with the hope of their gains.
+
+The charge against the little group took no heed of the real
+character of their message. It artfully put prominent their
+nationality. These early anti-Semitic agitators knew the value of a
+good solid prejudice, and of a nickname. 'Jews'--that was enough. The
+rioters were 'Romans'--of a sort, no doubt, but it was poor pride for
+a Macedonian to plume himself on having lost his nationality. The
+great crime laid to Paul's charge was--troubling the city. So it
+always is. Whether it be George Fox, or John Wesley, or the Salvation
+Army, the disorderly elements of every community attack the preachers
+of the Gospel in the name of order, and break the peace in their
+eagerness to have it kept. There was no 'trouble' in Philippi, but
+the uproar which they themselves were making. The quiet praying-place
+by the riverside, and the silencing of the maiden's shout in the
+streets, were not exactly the signs of disturbers of civic
+tranquillity.
+
+The accuracy of the charge may be measured by the ignorance of the
+accusers that Paul and his friends were in any way different from the
+run of Jews. No doubt they were supposed to be teaching Jewish
+practices, which were supposed to be inconsistent with Roman
+citizenship. But if the magistrates had said, 'What customs?' the
+charge would have collapsed. Thank God, the Gospel has a witness to
+bear against many 'customs'; but it does not begin by attacking even
+these, much less by prescribing illegalities. Its errand was and is
+to the individual first. It sets the inner man right with God, and
+then the new life works itself out, and will war against evils which
+the old life deemed good; but the conception of Christianity as a
+code regulating actions is superficial, whether it is held by friends
+or foes.
+
+There is always a mob ready to follow any leader, especially if there
+is the prospect of hurting somebody. The lovers of tranquillity
+showed how they loved it by dragging Paul and Silas into the forum,
+and bellowing untrue charges against them. The mob seconded them;
+'they rose up together [with the slave-owners] against Paul and
+Silas.' The magistrates, knowing the ticklish material that they had
+to deal with, and seeing only a couple of Jews from nobody knew
+where, did not think it worth while to inquire or remonstrate. They
+were either cowed or indifferent; and so, to show how zealous they
+and the mob were for Roman law, they drove a coach-and-six clean
+through it, and without the show of investigation, scourged and threw
+into prison the silent Apostles. It was a specimen of what has
+happened too often since. How many saints have been martyred to keep
+popular feeling in good tune! And how many politicians will strain
+conscience to-day, because they are afraid of what Luke here
+unpolitely calls 'the multitude,' or as we might render it, 'the
+mob,' but which we now fit with a much more respectful appellation!
+
+The jailer, on his part, in the true spirit of small officials, was
+ready to better his instructions. It is dangerous to give vague
+directions to such people. When the judge has ordered unlawful
+scourging, the turnkey is not likely to interpret the requirement of
+safe keeping too leniently. One would not look for much human
+kindness in a Philippian jail. So it was natural that the deepest,
+darkest, most foul-smelling den should he chosen for the two, and
+that they should he thrust, bleeding backs and all, into the stocks,
+to sleep if they could.
+
+II. These birds could sing in a darkened cage. The jailer's treatment
+of them after his conversion shows what he had neglected to do at
+first. They had no food; their bloody backs were unsponged; they were
+thrust into a filthy hole, and put in a posture of torture. No wonder
+that they could not sleep! But what hindered sleep would, with most
+men, have sorely dimmed trust and checked praise. Not so with them.
+God gave them 'songs in the night.' We can hear the strains through
+all the centuries, and they bid us be cheerful and trustful, whatever
+befalls. Surely Christian faith never is more noble than when it
+triumphs over circumstances, and brings praises from lips which, if
+sense had its way, would wail and groan. 'This is the victory that
+overcometh the world.' The true anaesthetic is trust in God. No
+wonder that the baser sort of prisoners--and base enough they
+probably were--'were listening to them,' for such sounds had never
+been heard there before. In how many a prison have they been heard
+since!
+
+We are not told that the Apostles prayed for deliverance. Such
+deliverance had not been always granted. Peter indeed had been set
+free, but Stephen and James had been martyred, and these two heroes
+had no ground to expect a miracle to free them. But thankful trust is
+always an appeal to God. And it is always answered, whether by
+deliverance from or support in trial.
+
+This time deliverance came. The tremor of the earth was the token of
+God's answer. It does not seem likely that an earthquake could loosen
+fetters in a jail full of prisoners, but more probably the opening of
+the doors and the falling off of the chains were due to a separate
+act of divine power, the earthquake being but the audible token
+thereof. At all events, here again, the first of a series has
+distinguishing features, and may stand as type of all its successors.
+God will never leave trusting hearts to the fury of enemies. He
+sometimes will stretch out a hand and set them free, He sometimes
+will leave them to bear the utmost that the world can do, but He will
+always hear their cry and save them. Paul had learned the lesson
+which Philippi was meant to teach, when he said, though anticipating
+a speedy death by martyrdom, 'The Lord will deliver me from every
+evil work, and will save me into His heavenly Kingdom.'
+
+III. The jailer behaves as such a man in his position would do. He
+apparently slept in a place that commanded a view of the doors; and
+he lay dressed, with his sword beside him, in case of riot or
+attempted escape. His first impulse on awaking is to look at the
+gates. They are open; then some of his charge have broken them. His
+immediate thought of suicide not only shows the savage severity of
+punishment which he knew would fall on him, but tells a dreary tale
+of the desperate sense of the worthlessness of life and blank
+ignorance of anything beyond which then infected the Roman world.
+Suicide, the refuge of cowards or of pessimists, sometimes becomes
+epidemic. Faith must have died and hope vanished before a man can
+say, 'I will take the leap into the dark.'
+
+Paul's words freed the man from one fear, but woke a less selfish and
+profounder awe. What did all this succession of strange things mean?
+Here are doors open; how came that? Here are prisoners with the
+possibility of escape refusing it; how came that? Here is one of his
+victims tenderly careful of his life and peacefulness, and taking the
+upper hand of him; how came that? A nameless awe begins to creep over
+him; and when he gets lights, and sees the two whom he had made fast
+in the stocks standing there free, and yet not caring to go forth,
+his rough nature is broken down. He recognises his superiors. He
+remembers the pythoness's testimony, that they told 'the way of
+salvation.'
+
+His question seems 'psychologically impossible' to critics, who have
+probably never asked it themselves. Wonderful results follow from the
+judicious use of that imposing word 'psychologically'; but while we
+are not to suppose that this man knew all that 'salvation' meant,
+there is no improbability in his asking such a question, if due
+regard is paid to the whole preceding events, beginning with the
+maiden's words, and including the impression of Paul's personality
+and the mysterious freeing of the prisoners.
+
+His dread was the natural fear that springs when a man is brought
+face to face with God; and his question, vague and ignorant as it
+was, is the cry of the dim consciousness that lies dormant in all
+men--the consciousness of needing deliverance and healing. It erred
+in supposing that he had to 'do' anything; but it was absolutely
+right in supposing that he needed salvation, and that Paul could tell
+him how to get it. How many of us, knowing far more than he, have
+never asked the same wise question, or have never gone to Paul for an
+answer? It is a question which we should all ask; for we all need
+salvation, which is deliverance from danger and healing for soul-
+sickness.
+
+Paul's answer is blessedly short and clear. Its brevity and decisive
+plainness are the glory of the Gospel. It crystallises into a short
+sentence the essential directory for all men.
+
+See how little it takes to secure salvation. But see how much it
+takes; for the hardest thing of all is to be content to accept it as
+a gift, 'without money and without price.' Many people have listened
+to sermons all their lives, and still have no clear understanding of
+the way of salvation. Alas that so often the divine simplicity and
+brevity of Paul's answer are darkened by a multitude of irrelevant
+words and explanations which explain nothing!
+
+The passage ends with the blessing which we may all receive. Of
+course the career begun then had to be continued by repeated acts of
+faith, and by growing knowledge and obedience. The incipient
+salvation is very incomplete, but very real. There is no reason to
+doubt that, for some characters, the only way of becoming Christians
+is to become so by one dead-lift of resolution. Some things are best
+done slowly; some things best quickly. One swift blow makes a cleaner
+fracture than filing or sawing. The light comes into some lives like
+sunshine in northern latitudes, with long dawn and slowly growing
+brightness; but in some the sun leaps into the sky in a moment, as in
+the tropics. What matter how long it takes to rise, if it does rise,
+and climb to the zenith?
+
+
+
+THE GREAT QUESTION AND THE PLAIN ANSWER
+
+'He brought them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved?
+31. And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou
+shall be saved.'--ACTS xvi. 30, 31.
+
+The keeper of a Macedonian jail was not likely to be a very nervous
+or susceptible person. And so the extraordinary state of agitation
+and panic into which this rough jailer was cast needs some kind of
+explanation. There had been, as you will all remember, an earthquake
+of a strange kind, for it not only opened the prison doors, but shook
+the prisoner's chains off. The doors being opened, there was on the
+part of the jailer, who probably ought not to have been asleep, a
+very natural fear that his charge had escaped.
+
+So he was ready, with that sad willingness for suicide which marked
+his age, to cast himself on his sword, when Paul encouraged him.
+
+That fear then was past; what was he afraid of now? He knew the
+prisoners were all safe; why should he have come pale and trembling?
+Perhaps we shall find an answer to the question in another one. Why
+should he have gone to Paul and Silas, his two prisoners, for an
+anodyne to his fears?
+
+The answer to that may possibly be found in remembering that for many
+days before this a singular thing had happened. Up and down the
+streets of Philippi a woman possessed with 'a spirit of divination'
+had gone at the heels of these two men, proclaiming in such a way as
+to disturb them: 'These are the servants of the Most High God, which
+show unto us the way of salvation.' It was a new word and a new idea
+in Philippi or in Macedonia. This jailer had got it into his mind
+that these two men had in their hands a good which he only dimly
+understood. The panic caused by the earthquake deepened into a
+consciousness of some supernatural atmosphere about him, and stirred
+in his rude nature unwonted aspirations and terrors other than he had
+known, which cast him at Paul's feet with this strange question.
+
+Now do you think that the jailer's question was a piece of foolish
+superstition? I daresay some of you do, or some of you may suppose
+too that it was one very unnecessary for him or anybody to ask. So I
+wish now, in a very few words, to deal with these three points--the
+question that we should all ask, the answer that we may all take, the
+blessing that we may all have.
+
+I. The question that we should all ask.
+
+I know that it is very unfashionable nowadays to talk about
+'salvation' as man's need. The word has come to be so worn and
+commonplace and technical that many men turn away from it; but for
+all that, let me try to stir up the consciousness of the deep
+necessity that it expresses.
+
+What is it to be saved? Two things; to be healed and to be safe. In
+both aspects the expression is employed over and over again in
+Scripture. It means either restoration from sickness or deliverance
+from peril. I venture to press upon every one of my hearers these two
+considerations--we all need healing from sickness; we all need safety
+from peril.
+
+Dear brethren, most of you are entire strangers to me; I daresay many
+of you never heard my voice before, and probably may never hear it
+again. But yet, because 'we have all of us one human heart,' a
+brother-man comes to you as possessing with you one common
+experience, and ventures to say on the strength of his knowledge of
+himself, if on no other ground, 'We have all sinned and come short of
+the glory of God.'
+
+Mind, I am not speaking about vices. I have no doubt you are a
+perfectly respectable man, in all the ordinary relations of life. I
+am not speaking about crimes. I daresay there may be a man or two
+here that has been in a dock in his day. Possibly. It does not matter
+whether there is or not. But I am not speaking about either vices or
+crimes; I am speaking about how we stand in reference to God. And I
+pray you to bring yourselves--for no one can do it for you, and no
+words of mine can do anything but stimulate you to the act--face to
+face with the absolute and dazzlingly pure righteousness of your
+Father in Heaven, and to feel the contrast between your life and what
+you know He desires you to be. Be honest with yourselves in asking
+and answering the question whether or not _you_ have this sickness of
+sin, its paralysis in regard to good or its fevered inclination to
+evil. If salvation means being healed of a disease, we all have the
+disease; and whether we wish it or no, we want the healing.
+
+And what of the other meaning of the word? Salvation means being
+safe. Are you safe? Am I safe? Is anybody safe standing in front of
+that awful law that rules the whole universe, 'Whatsoever a man
+soweth, that shall he also reap'? I am not going to talk about any of
+the moot points which this generation has such a delight in
+discussing, as to the nature, the duration, the purpose, or the like,
+of future retribution. All that I am concerned in now is that all
+men, deep down in the bottom of their consciousness--and you and I
+amongst the rest--know that there _is_ such a thing as retribution
+here; and if there be a life beyond the grave at all, necessarily in
+an infinitely intenser fashion there. Somewhere and somehow, men will
+have to lie on the beds that they have made; to drink as they have
+brewed. If sin means separation from God, and separation from God
+means, as it assuredly does, death, then I ask you--and there is no
+need for any exaggerated words about it--Are we not in danger? And if
+salvation be a state of deliverance from sickness, and a state of
+deliverance from peril, do we not need it?
+
+Ah, brethren, I venture to say that we need it more than anything
+else. You will not misunderstand me as expressing the slightest
+depreciation of other remedies that are being extensively offered now
+for the various evils under which society and individuals groan. I
+heartily sympathise with them all, and would do my part to help them
+forward; but I cannot but feel that whilst culture of the intellect,
+of the taste, of the sense of beauty, of the refining agencies
+generally, is very valuable; and whilst moral and social and
+economical and political changes will all do something, and some of
+them a great deal, to diminish the sum of human misery, you have to
+go deeper down than these reach. It is not culture that we want most;
+it is salvation. Brethren, you and I are wrong in our relation to
+God, and that means death and--if you do not shrink from the vulgar
+old word--damnation. We are wrong in our relation to God, and that
+has to be set right before we are fundamentally and thoroughly right.
+That is to say, salvation is our deepest need.
+
+Then how does it come that men go on, as so many of my friends here
+now have gone on, all their days paying no attention to that need? Is
+there any folly, amidst all the irrationalities of that irrational
+creature man, to be matched with the folly of steadily refusing to
+look forward and settle for ourselves the prime element in our
+condition--viz., our relation to God? Strange is it not--that power
+that we have of refusing to look at the barometer when it is going
+down, of turning away from unwholesome subjects just because we know
+them to be so unwelcome and threatening, and of buying a moment's
+exemption from discomfort at the price of a life's ruin?
+
+Do you remember that old story of the way in which the prisoners in
+the time of the French Revolution used to behave? The tumbrils came
+every morning and carried off a file of them to the guillotine, and
+the rest of them had a ghastly make-believe of carrying on the old
+frivolities of the life of the _salons_ and of society. And it lasted
+for an hour or two, but the tumbril came next morning all the same,
+and the guillotine stood there gaping in the _Place_. And so it is
+useless, although it is so frequently done by so many of us, to try
+to shut out facts instead of facing them. A man is never so wise as
+when he says to himself, 'Let me fairly know the whole truth of my
+relation to the unseen world in so far as it can be known here, and
+if that is wrong, let me set about rectifying it if it be possible.'
+'What will ye do in the end?' is the wisest question that a man can
+ask himself, when the end is as certain as it is with us, and as
+unsatisfactory as I am afraid it threatens to be with some of us if
+we continue as we are.
+
+Have I not a right to appeal to the half-sleeping and half-waking
+consciousness that endorses my words in some hearts as I speak? O
+brethren, you would be far wiser men if you did like this jailer in
+the Macedonian prison, came and gave yourselves no rest till you have
+this question cleared up, 'What must I do to be saved?'
+
+There was an old Rabbi who used to preach to his disciples, 'Repent
+the day before you die.' And when they said to him, 'Rabbi, we do not
+know what day we are going to die.' 'Then,' said he, 'repent to-day.'
+And so I say to you, 'Settle about the end before the end comes, and
+as you do not know when it may come, settle about it now.'
+
+II. That brings me to the next point here, viz., the blessed, clear
+answer that we may all take.
+
+Paul and Silas were not non-plussed by this question, nor did they
+reply to it in the fashion in which many men would have answered it.
+Take a specimen of other answers. If anybody were so far left to
+himself as to go with this question to some of our modern wise men
+and teachers, they would say, 'Saved? My good fellow, there is
+nothing to be saved from. Get rid of delusions, and clear your mind
+of cant and superstition.' Or they would say, 'Saved? Well, if you
+have gone wrong, do the best you can in the time to come.' Or if you
+went to some of our friends they would say, 'Come and be baptized,
+and receive the grace of regeneration in holy baptism; and then come
+to the sacraments, and be faithful and loyal members of the Church
+which has Apostolic succession in it.' And some would say, 'Set
+yourselves to work and toil and labour.' And some would say, 'Don't
+trouble yourselves about such whims. A short life and a merry one;
+make the best of it, and jump the life to come.' Neither cold
+morality, nor godless philosophy, nor wild dissipation, nor narrow
+ecclesiasticism prompted Paul's answer. He said, 'Believe on the Lord
+Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved.'
+
+What did that poor heathen man know about the Lord Jesus Christ? Next
+to nothing. How could he believe upon Him if he knew so little about
+Him? Well, you hear in the context that this summary answer to the
+question was the beginning, and not the end, of a conversation, which
+conversation, no doubt, consisted largely in extending and explaining
+the brief formulary with which it had commenced. But it is a grand
+thing that we can put the all-essential truth into half a dozen
+simple words, and then expound and explain them as may be necessary.
+And I come to you now, dear brethren, with nothing newer or more
+wonderful, or more out of the ordinary way than the old threadbare
+message which men have been preaching for nineteen hundred years, and
+have not exhausted, and which some of you have heard for a lifetime,
+and have never practised, 'Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ.'
+
+Now I am not going to weary you with mere dissertations upon the
+significance of these words. But let me single out two points about
+them, which perhaps though they may be perfectly familiar to you, may
+come to you with fresh force from my lips now.
+
+Mark, first, whom it is that we are to believe on. '_The Lord_,' that
+is the divine Name; '_Jesus_,' that is the name of a Man; '_Christ_,'
+that is the name of an office. And if you put them all together, they
+come to this, that He on whom we sinful men may put our sole trust
+and hope for our healing and our safety, is the Son of God, who came
+down upon earth to live our life and to die our death that He might
+bear on Himself our sins, and fulfil all which ancient prophecy and
+symbol had proclaimed as needful, and therefore certain to be done,
+for men. It is not a starved half-Saviour whose name is only Jesus,
+and neither Lord nor Christ, faith in whom will save you. You must
+grasp the whole revelation of His nature and His power if from Him
+there is to flow the life that you need.
+
+And note what it is that we are to exercise towards Jesus Christ. To
+'believe on Him' is a very different thing from _believing Him_. You
+may accept all that I have been saying about who and what He is, and
+be as far away from the faith that saves a soul as if you had never
+hoard His name. To believe on the Lord Jesus Christ is to lean the
+whole weight of yourselves upon Him. What do you do when you trust a
+man who promises you any small gift or advantage? What do you do when
+dear ones say, 'Rest on my love'? You simply trust them. And the very
+same exercise of heart and mind which is the blessed cement that
+holds human society together, and the power that sheds peace and
+grace over friendships and love, is the power which, directed to
+Jesus Christ, brings all His saving might into exercise in our lives.
+Brethren, trust Him, trust Him as Lord, trust Him as Jesus, trust Him
+as Christ. Learn your sickness, learn your danger; and be sure of
+your Healer and rejoice in your security. 'Believe on the Lord Jesus
+Christ, and thou shalt be saved.'
+
+III. Lastly, consider the blessing we may all receive. This jailer
+about whom we have been speaking was a heathen when the sun set and a
+Christian when it rose. On the one day he was groping in darkness, a
+worshipper of idols, without hope in the future, and ready in
+desperation to plunge himself into the darkness beyond, when he
+thought his prisoners had fled. In an hour or two 'he rejoiced,
+believing in God with all his house.'
+
+A sudden conversion, you say, and sudden conversions are always
+suspicious. I am not so sure about that; they may be, or they may not
+be, according to circumstances. I know very well that it is not
+fashionable now to preach the possibility or the probability of men
+turning all at once from darkness to light, and that people shrug
+their shoulders at the old theory of sudden conversions. I think, so
+much the worse. There are a great many things in this world that have
+to be done suddenly if they are ever to be done at all. And I, for my
+part, would have far more hope for a man who, in one leap, sprung
+from the depth of the degradation of that coarse jailer into the
+light and joy of the Christian life, than for a man who tried to get
+to it by slow steps. You have to do everything in this world worth
+doing by a sudden resolution, however long the preparation may have
+been which led up to the resolution. The act of resolving is always
+the act of an instant. And when men are plunged in darkness and
+profligacy, as are, perhaps, some of my hearers now, there is far
+more chance of their casting off their evil by a sudden jerk than of
+their unwinding the snake by slow degrees from their arms. There is
+no reason whatever why the soundest and solidest and most lasting
+transformation of character should not begin in a moment's resolve.
+
+And there is an immense danger that with some of you, if that change
+does not begin in a moment's resolve now, you will be further away
+from it than ever you were. I have no doubt there are many of you
+who, at any time for years past, have known that you ought to be
+Christians, and who, at any time for years past, have been saying to
+yourselves: 'Well, I will think about it, and I am tending towards
+it, but I cannot quite make the plunge.' Why not; and why not now?
+You can if you will; you ought; you will be a better and happier man
+if you do. You will be saved from your sickness and safe from your
+danger.
+
+The outcast jailer changed nationalities in a moment. You who have
+dwelt in the suburbs of Christ's Kingdom all your lives--why cannot
+you go inside the gate as quickly? For many of us the gradual
+'growing up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord' has been the
+appointed way. For some of us I verily believe the sudden change is
+the best. Some of us have a sunrise as in the tropics, where the one
+moment is grey and cold, and next moment the seas are lit with the
+glory. Others of us have a sunrise as at the poles, where a long
+slowly-growing light precedes the rising, and the rising itself is
+scarce observable. But it matters little as to how we get to Christ,
+if we are there, and it matters little whether a man's faith grows up
+in a moment, or is the slow product of years. If only it be rooted in
+Christ it will bear fruit unto life eternal.
+
+And so, dear brethren, I come to you with my last question, this man
+rejoiced, believing in the Lord; why should not you; and why should
+not you now? 'Look unto Me, and be ye saved, all the ends of the
+earth.' A look is a swift act, but if it be the beginning of a
+lifelong gaze, it will be the beginning of salvation and of a glory
+longer than life.
+
+
+
+THESSALONICA AND BEREA
+
+'Now, when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they
+came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews: 2. And
+Paul, as his manner was, went in unto them, and three sabbath-
+days reasoned with them out of the scriptures, 3. Opening and
+alleging, that Christ must needs have suffered, and risen again
+from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is
+Christ. 4. And some of them believed, and consorted with Paul and
+Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the
+chief women not a few. 5. But the Jews which believed not, moved
+with envy, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort,
+and gathered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and
+assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the
+people, 6. And when they found them not, they drew Jason and
+certain brethren unto the rulers of the city, crying, These that
+have turned the world upside down are come hither also; 7. Whom
+Jason hath received; and these all do contrary to the decrees of
+Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus. 8. And they
+troubled the people and the rulers of the city, when they heard
+these things. 9. And when they had taken security of Jason, and
+of the other, they let them go. 10. And the brethren immediately
+sent away Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who coming thither
+went into the synagogue of the Jews. 11. These were more noble
+than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with
+all readiness of mind, and searched the scriptures daily, whether
+those things were so. 12. Therefore many of them believed; also
+of honourable women which were Greeks, and of men, not a few.'
+--ACTS xvii. 1-12.
+
+'Shamefully entreated at Philippi,' Paul tells the Thessalonians, he
+'waxed bold in our God to' preach to them. His experience in the
+former city might well have daunted a feebler faith, but opposition
+affected Paul as little as a passing hailstorm dints a rock. To
+change the field was common sense; to abandon the work would have
+been sin. But Paul's brave persistence was not due to his own
+courage; he drew it from God. Because he lived in communion with Him,
+his courage 'waxed' as dangers gathered. He knew that he was doing a
+daring thing, but he knew who was his helper. So he went steadily on,
+whatever might front him. His temper of mind and the source of it are
+wonderfully revealed in his simple words.
+
+The transference to Thessalonica illustrates another principle of his
+action; namely, his preference of great centres of population as
+fields of work. He passes through two less important places to
+establish himself in the great city. It is wise to fly at the head.
+Conquer the cities, and the villages will fall of themselves. That
+was the policy which carried Christianity through the empire like a
+prairie fire. Would that later missions had adhered to it!
+
+The methods adopted in Thessalonica were the usual ones. Luke bids us
+notice that Paul took the same course of action in each place:
+namely, to go to the synagogue first, when there was one, and there
+to prove that Jesus was the Christ. The three Macedonian towns
+already mentioned seem not to have had synagogues. Probably there
+were comparatively few Jews in them, and these were ecclesiastically
+dependent on Thessalonica. We can fancy the growing excitement in the
+synagogue, as for three successive Sabbaths the stranger urged his
+proofs of the two all-important but most unwelcome assertions, that
+their own scriptures foretold a suffering Messiah,--a side of
+Messianic prophecy which was ignored or passionately denied--and that
+Jesus was that Messiah. Many a vehement protest would be shrieked
+out, with flashing eyes and abundant gesticulation, as he 'opened'
+the sense of Scripture, and 'quoted passages'--for that is the
+meaning here of the word rendered 'alleging.' He gives us a glimpse
+of the hot discussions when he says that he preached 'in much
+conflict'(1 Thess. ii. 2).
+
+With whatever differences in manner of presentation, the true message
+of the Christian teacher is still the message that woke such
+opposition in the synagogue of Thessalonica,--the bold proclamation
+of the personal Christ, His death and resurrection. And with whatever
+differences, the instrument of conviction is still the Scriptures,
+'the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God.' The more closely
+we keep ourselves to that message and that weapon the better.
+
+The effects of the faithful preaching of the gospel are as uniform as
+the method. It does one of two things to its hearers--either it melts
+their hearts and leads them to faith, or it stirs them to more
+violent enmity. It is either a stone of stumbling or a sure corner-
+stone. We either build on or fall over it, and at last are crushed by
+it. The converts included Jews and proselytes in larger numbers, as
+may be gathered from the distinction drawn by 'some'--referring to
+the former, and 'a great multitude'--referring to the latter. Besides
+these there were a good many ladies of rank and refinement, as was
+also the case presently at Beroea. Probably these, too, were
+proselytes.
+
+The prominence of women among the converts, as soon as the gospel is
+brought into Europe, is interesting and prophetic. The fact of the
+social position of these ladies may suggest that the upper classes
+were freer from superstition than the lower, and may point a not
+favourable contrast with present social conditions, which do not
+result in a similar accession of women of 'honourable estate' to the
+Church.
+
+Opposition follows as uniform a course as the preaching. The broad
+outlines are the same in each case, while the local colouring varies.
+If we compare Paul's narrative in I Thessalonians, which throbs with
+emotion, and, as it were, pants with the stress of the conflict, with
+Luke's calm account here, we see not only how Paul felt, but why the
+Jews got up a riot. Luke says that they 'became jealous.' Paul
+expands that into 'they are contrary to all men; forbidding us to
+speak to the Gentiles that they may be saved.' Then it was not so
+much dislike to the preaching of Jesus as Messiah as it was rage that
+their Jewish prerogative was infringed, and the children's bread
+offered to the dogs, that stung them to violent opposition. Israel
+had been chosen, that it might be God's witness, and diffuse the
+treasure it possessed through all the world. It had become, not the
+dispenser, but the would-be monopolist, of its gift. Have there been
+no Christian communities in later days animated by the same spirit?
+
+There were plenty of loafers in the market-place ready for any
+mischief, and by no means particular about the pretext for a riot.
+Anything that would give an opportunity for hurting somebody, and for
+loot, would attract them as corruption does flesh-flies. So the
+Jewish ringleaders easily got a crowd together. To tell their real
+reasons would scarcely have done, but to say that there was a house
+to be attacked, and some foreigners to be dragged out, was enough for
+the present. Jason's house was probably Paul's temporary home, where,
+as he tells us in 1 Thessalonians ii. 9, he had worked at his trade,
+that he might not be burdensome to any. Possibly he and Silas had
+been warned of the approach of the rioters and had got away
+elsewhere. At all events, the nest was empty, but the crowd must have
+its victims, and so, failing Paul, they laid hold of Jason. His
+offence was a very shadowy one. But since his day there have been
+many martyrs, whose only crime was 'harbouring' Christians, or
+heretics, or recusant priests, or Covenanters. If a bull cannot gore
+a man, it will toss his cloak.
+
+The charge against Jason is that he receives the Apostle and his
+party, and constructively favours their designs. The charge against
+them is that they are revolutionists, rebels against the Emperor, and
+partisans of a rival. Now we may note three things about the charge.
+First, it comes with a very distinct taint of insincerity from Jews,
+who were, to say the least, not remarkable for loyalty or peaceful
+obedience. The Gracchi are complaining of sedition! A Jew zealous for
+Caeesar is an anomaly, which might excite the suspicions of the least
+suspicious ruler. The charge of breaking the peace comes with
+remarkable appropriateness from the leaders of a riot. They were the
+troublers of the city, not Paul, peacefully preaching in the
+synagogue. The wolf scolds the lamb for fouling the river.
+
+Again, the charges are a violent distortion of the truth. Possibly
+the Jewish ringleaders believed what they said, but more probably
+they consciously twisted Paul's teachings, because they knew that no
+other charges would excite so much hostility or be so damning as
+those which they made. The mere suggestion of treason was often
+fatal. The wild exaggeration that the Christians had 'turned the
+whole civilised world upside down' betrays passionate hatred and
+alarm, if it was genuine, or crafty determination to rouse the mob,
+if it was consciously trumped up. But whether the charges were
+believed or not by those who made them, here were Jews disclaiming
+their nation's dearest hope, and, like the yelling crowd at the
+Crucifixion, declaring they had no king but Caesar. The degradation
+of Israel was completed by these fanatical upholders of its
+prerogatives.
+
+But, again, the charges were true in a far other sense than their
+bringers meant. For Christianity is revolutionary, and its very aim
+is to turn the world upside down, since the wrong side is uppermost
+at present, and Jesus, not Caesar, or any king or emperor or czar, is
+the true Lord and ruler of men. But the revolution which He makes is
+the revolution of individuals, turning them from darkness to light;
+for He moulds single souls first and society afterwards. Violence is
+always a mistake, and the only way to change evil customs is to
+change men's natures, and then the customs drop away of themselves.
+The true rule begins with the sway of hearts; then wills are
+submissive, and conduct is the expression of inward delight in a law
+which is sweet because the lawgiver is dear.
+
+Missing Paul, the mob fell on Jason and the brethren. They were
+'bound over to keep the peace.' Evidently the rulers had little fear
+of these alleged desperate revolutionaries, and did as little as they
+dared, without incurring the reproach of being tepid in their
+loyalty.
+
+Probably the removal of Paul and his travelling companions from the
+neighbourhood was included in the terms to which Jason had to submit.
+Their hurried departure does not seem to have been caused by a
+renewal of disturbances. At all events, their Beroean experience
+repeated that of Philippi and of Thessalonica, with one great and
+welcome difference. The Beroean Jews did exactly what their
+compatriots elsewhere would not do--they looked into the subject with
+their own eyes, and tested Paul's assertions by Scripture.
+'Therefore,' says Luke, with grand confidence in the impregnable
+foundations of the faith, 'many of them believed.' True nobility of
+soul consists in willingness to receive the Word, combined with
+diligent testing of it. Christ asks for no blind adhesion. The true
+Christian teacher wishes for no renunciation, on the part of his
+hearers, of their own judgments. 'Open your mouth and shut your eyes,
+and swallow what I give you,' is not the language of Christianity,
+though it has sometimes been the demand of its professed
+missionaries, and not the teacher only, but the taught also, have
+been but too ready to exercise blind credulity instead of intelligent
+examination and clear-eyed faith. If professing Christians to-day
+were better acquainted with the Scriptures, and more in the habit of
+bringing every new doctrine to them as its touchstone, there would be
+less currency of errors and firmer grip of truth.
+
+
+
+PAUL AT ATHENS
+
+'Then Paul stood In the midst of Mars-hill, and said, Ye men of
+Athens, I perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious.
+23. For as I passed by, and beheld your devotions, I found an
+altar with this inscription, To the Unknown God. Whom therefore
+ye ignorantly worship, him declare I unto you. 24. God, that made
+the world, and all things therein, seeing that He is Lord of
+heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands; 25.
+Neither is worshipped with men's hands, as though He needed any
+thing, seeing He giveth to all life, and breath, and all things;
+26. And hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on
+all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before
+appointed, and the bounds of their habitation; 27. That they
+should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after Him, and
+find Him, though He be not far from every one of us: 28. For in
+Him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of
+your own poets have said, For we are also His offspring. 29.
+Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we ought not to
+think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone,
+graven by art and man's device. 30. And the times of this
+ignorance God winked at; but now commandeth all men every where
+to repent: 31. Because he hath appointed a day, in the which He
+will judge the world in righteousness by that Man whom He hath
+ordained; whereof He hath given assurance unto all men, in that
+He hath raised Him from the dead. 32. And when they heard of the
+resurrection of the dead, some mocked: and others said, We will
+hear thee again of this matter. 33. So Paul departed from among
+them. 34. Howbeit certain men clave unto him, and believed: among
+the which was Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named
+Damaris, and others with them.'--ACTS xvii. 22-34.
+
+'I am become all things to all men,' said Paul, and his address at
+Athens strikingly exemplifies that principle of his action. Contrast
+it with his speech in the synagogue of Pisidian Antioch, which
+appeals entirely to the Old Testament, and is saturated with Jewish
+ideas, or with the remonstrance to the rude Lycaonian peasants (Acts
+xiv. 15, etc.), which, while handling some of the same thoughts as at
+Athens, does so in a remarkably different manner. There he appealed
+to God's gifts of 'rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons,' the
+things most close to his hearers' experience; here, speaking to
+educated 'philosophers,' he quotes Greek poetry, and sets forth a
+reasoned declaration of the nature of the Godhead and the relations
+of a philosophy of history and an argument against idolatry. The
+glories of Greek art were around him; the statues of Pallas Athene
+and many more fair creations looked down on the little Jew who dared
+to proclaim their nullity as representations of the Godhead.
+
+Paul's flexibility of mind and power of adapting himself to every
+circumstance were never more strikingly shown than in that great
+address to the quick-witted Athenians. It falls into three parts: the
+conciliatory prelude (vers. 22, 23); the declaration of the Unknown
+God (vers. 24-29); and the proclamation of the God-ordained Man
+(vers. 30, 31).
+
+I. We have, first, the conciliatory prelude. It is always a mistake
+for the apostle of a new truth to begin by running a tilt at old
+errors. It is common sense to seek to find some point in the present
+beliefs of his hearers to which his message may attach itself. An
+orator who flatters for the sake of securing favour for himself is
+despicable; a missionary who recognises the truth which lies under
+the system which he seeks to overthrow, is wise.
+
+It is incredible that Paul should have begun his speech to so
+critical an audience by charging them with excessive superstition, as
+the Authorised Version makes him do. Nor does the modified
+translation of the Revised Version seem to be precisely what is
+meant. Paul is not blaming the Athenians, but recording a fact which
+he had noticed, and from which he desired to start. Ramsay's
+translation gives the truer notion of his meaning--'more than others
+respectful of what is divine.' 'Superstition' necessarily conveys a
+sense of blame, but the word in the original does not.
+
+We can see Paul as a stranger wandering through the city, and noting
+with keen eyes every token of the all-pervading idolatry. He does not
+tell his hearers that his spirit burned within him when he saw the
+city full of idols; but he smothers all that, and speaks only of the
+inscription which he had noticed on one, probably obscure and
+forgotten, altar: 'To the Unknown God.' Scholars have given
+themselves a great deal of trouble to show from other authors that
+there were such altars. But Paul is as good an 'authority' as these,
+and we may take his word that he did see such an inscription. Whether
+it had the full significance which he reads into it or not, it
+crystallised in an express avowal that sense of Something behind and
+above the 'gods many' of Greek religion, which found expression in
+the words of their noblest thinkers and poets, and lay like a
+nightmare on them.
+
+To charge an Athenian audience, proud of their knowledge, with
+ignorance, was a hazardous and audacious undertaking; to make them
+charge themselves was more than an oratorical device. It appealed to
+the deepest consciousness even of the popular mind. Even with this
+prelude, the claims of this wandering Jew to pose as the instructor
+of Epicureans and Stoics, and to possess a knowledge of the Divine
+which they lacked, were daring. But how calmly and confidently Paul
+makes them, and with what easy and conciliatory adoption of their own
+terminology, if we adopt the reading of verse 23 in Revised Version
+('What ye worship ... this,' etc.), which puts forward the abstract
+conception of divinity rather than the personal God.
+
+The spirit in which Paul approached his difficult audience teaches
+all Christian missionaries and controversialists a needed and
+neglected lesson. We should accentuate points of resemblance rather
+than of difference, to begin with. We should not run a tilt against
+even errors, and so provoke to their defence, but rather find in
+creeds and practices an ignorant groping after, and so a door of
+entrance for, the truth which we seek to recommend.
+
+II. The declaration of the Unknown God has been prepared for, and now
+follows, and with it is bound up a polemic against idolatry.
+Conciliation is not to be carried so far as to hide the antagonism
+between the truth and error. We may give non-Christian systems of
+religion credit for all the good in them, but we are not to blink
+their contrariety to the true religion. Conciliation and controversy
+are both needful; and he is the best Christian teacher who has
+mastered the secret of the due proportion between them.
+
+Every word of Paul's proclamation strikes full and square at some
+counter belief of his hearers. He begins with creation, which he
+declares to have been the act of one personal God, and neither of a
+multitude of deities, as some of his hearers held, nor of an
+impersonal blind power, as others believed, nor the result of chance,
+nor eternal, as others maintained. He boldly proclaims there, below
+the shadow of the Parthenon, that there is but one God,--the
+universal Lord, because the universal Creator. Many consequences from
+that fact, no doubt, crowded into Paul's mind; but he swiftly turns
+to its bearing on the pomp of temples which were the glory of Athens,
+and the multitude of sacrifices which he had beheld on their altars.
+The true conception of God as the Creator and Lord of all things cuts
+up by the roots the pagan notions of temples as dwelling-places of a
+god and of sacrifices as ministering to his needs. With one crushing
+blow Paul pulverises the fair fanes around him, and declares that
+sacrifice, as practised there, contradicted the plain truth as to
+God's nature. To suppose that man can give anything to Him, or that
+He needs anything, is absurd. All heathen worship reverses the parts
+of God and man, and loses sight of the fact that He is the giver
+continually and of everything. Life in its origination, the
+continuance thereof (breath), and all which enriches it, are from
+Him. Then true worship will not be giving to, but thankfully
+accepting from and using for, Him, His manifold gifts.
+
+So Paul declares the one God as Creator and Sustainer of all. He goes
+on to sketch in broad outline what we may call a philosophy of
+history. The declaration of the unity of mankind was a wholly strange
+message to proud Athenians, who believed themselves to be a race
+apart, not only from the 'barbarians,' whom all Greeks regarded as
+made of other clay than they, but from the rest of the Greek world.
+It flatly contradicted one of their most cherished prerogatives. Not
+only does Paul claim one origin for all men, but he regards all
+nations as equally cared for by the one God. His hearers believed
+that each people had its own patron deities, and that the wars of
+nations were the wars of their gods, who won for them territory, and
+presided over their national fortunes. To all that way of thinking
+the Apostle opposes the conception, which naturally follows from his
+fundamental declaration of the one Creator, of His providential
+guidance of all nations in regard to their place in the world and the
+epochs of their history.
+
+But he rises still higher when he declares the divine purpose in all
+the tangled web of history--the variety of conditions of nations,
+their rise and fall, their glory and decay, their planting in their
+lands and their rooting out,--to be to lead all men to 'seek God.'
+That is the deepest meaning of history. The whole course of human
+affairs is God's drawing men to Himself. Not only in Judea, nor only
+by special revelation, but by the gifts bestowed, and the schooling
+brought to bear on every nation, He would stir men up to seek for
+Him.
+
+But that great purpose has not been realised. There is a tragic 'if
+haply' inevitable; and men may refuse to yield to the impulses
+towards God. They are the more likely to do so, inasmuch as to find
+Him they must 'feel after Him,' and that is hard. The tendrils of a
+plant turn to the far-off light, but men's spirits do not thus grope
+after God. Something has come in the way which frustrates the divine
+purpose, and makes men blind and unwilling to seek Him.
+
+Paul docs not at once draw the two plain inferences, that there must
+be something more than the nations have had, if they are to find God,
+even His seeking them in some new fashion; and that the power which
+neutralises God's design in creation and providence is sin. He has a
+word to say about both these, but for the moment he contents himself
+with pointing to the fact, attested by his hearers' consciousness,
+and by many a saying of thinkers and poets, that the failure to find
+God does not arise from His hiding Himself in some remote obscurity.
+Men are plunged, as it were, in the ocean of God, encompassed by Him
+as an atmosphere, and--highest thought of all, and not strange to
+Greek thought of the nobler sort--kindred with Him as both drawing
+life from Him and being in His image. Whence, then, but from their
+own fault, could men have failed to find God? If He is 'unknown,' it
+is not because He has shrouded Himself in darkness, but because they
+do not love the light. One swift glance at the folly of idolatry, as
+demonstrated by this thought of man's being the offspring of God,
+leads naturally to the properly Christian conclusion of the address.
+
+III. It is probable that this part of it was prematurely ended by the
+mockery of some and the impatience of others, who had had enough of
+Paul and his talk, and who, when they said, 'We will hear thee
+again,' meant, 'We will not hear you now.' But, even in the compass
+permitted him, he gives much of his message.
+
+We can but briefly note the course of thought. He comes back to his
+former word 'ignorance,' bitter pill as it was for the Athenian
+cultured class to swallow. He has shown them how their religion
+ignores or contradicts the true conceptions of God and man. But he no
+sooner brings the charge than he proclaims God's forbearance. And he
+no sooner proclaims God's forbearance than he rises to the full
+height of his mission as God's ambassador, and speaks in
+authoritative tones, as bearing His 'commands.'
+
+Now the hint in the previous part is made more plain. The demand for
+repentance implies sin. Then the 'ignorance' was not inevitable or
+innocent. There was an element of guilt in men's not feeling after
+God, and sin is universal, for 'all men everywhere' are summoned to
+repent. Philosophers and artists, and cultivated triflers, and
+sincere worshippers of Pallas and Zeus, and all 'barbarian' people,
+are alike here. That would grate on Athenian pride, as it grates now
+on ours. The reason for repentance would be as strange to the hearers
+as the command was--a universal judgment, of which the principle was
+to be rigid righteousness, and the Judge, not Minos or Rhadamanthus,
+but 'a Man' ordained for that function.
+
+What raving nonsense that would appear to men who had largely lost
+the belief in a life beyond the grave! The universal Judge a man! No
+wonder that the quick Athenian sense of the ridiculous began to rise
+against this Jew fanatic, bringing his dreams among cultured people
+like them! And the proof which he alleged as evidence to all men that
+it is so, would sound even more ridiculous than the assertion meant
+to be proved. 'A man has been raised from the dead; and this
+anonymous Man, whom nobody ever heard of before, and who is no doubt
+one of the speaker's countrymen, is to judge us, Stoics, Epicureans,
+polished people, and we are to be herded to His bar in company with
+Boeotians and barbarians! The man is mad.'
+
+So the assembly broke up in inextinguishable laughter, and Paul
+silently 'departed from among them,' having never named the name of
+Jesus to them. He never more earnestly tried to adapt his teaching to
+his audience; he never was more unsuccessful in his attempt by all
+means to gain some. Was it a remembrance of that scene in Athens that
+made him write to the Corinthians that his message was 'to the Greeks
+foolishness'?
+
+
+
+THE MAN WHO IS JUDGE
+
+'...He will judge the world in righteousness by that Man whom He
+hath ordained; whereof He hath given assurance unto all men, in
+that He hath raised Him from the dead.'--ACTS xvii. 31.
+
+I. The Resurrection of Jesus gives assurance of judgment.
+
+(_a_) Christ's Resurrection is the pledge of ours.
+
+The belief in a future life, as entertained by Paul's hearers on Mars
+Hill, was shadowy and dashed with much unbelief. Disembodied spirits
+wandered ghostlike and spectral in a shadowy underworld.
+
+The belief in the Resurrection of Jesus converts the Greek
+peradventure into a fact. It gives that belief solidity and makes it
+easier to grasp firmly. Unless the thought of a future life is
+completed by the belief that it is a corporeal life, it will never
+have definiteness and reality enough to sustain itself as a
+counterpoise to the weight of things seen.
+
+(_b_) Resurrection implies judgment.
+
+A future bodily life affirms individual identity as persisting beyond
+the accident of death, and can only be conceived of as a state in
+which the earthly life is fully developed in its individual results.
+The dead, who are raised, are raised that they may 'receive the
+things done in the body, according to that they have done, whether it
+be good or bad.' Historically, the two thoughts have always gone
+together; and as has been the clearness with which a resurrection has
+been held as certain, so has been the force with which the
+anticipation of judgment to come has impinged on conscience.
+
+Jesus is, even in this respect, our Example, for the glory to which
+He was raised and in which He reigns now is the issue of His earthly
+life; and in His Resurrection and Ascension we have the historical
+fact which certifies to all men that a life of self-sacrifice here
+will assuredly flower into a life of glory there, 'Ours the Cross,
+the grave, the skies.'
+
+II. The Resurrection of Jesus gives the assurance that He is Judge.
+
+The bare fact that He is risen does not carry that assurance; we have
+to take into account that He has risen.
+
+After such a life.
+
+His Resurrection was God's setting the seal of His approval and
+acceptance on Christ's work; His endorsement of Christ's claims to
+special relations with Him; His affirmation of Christ's sinlessness.
+Jesus had declared that He did always the things that pleased the
+Father; had claimed to be the pure and perfect realisation of the
+divine ideal of manhood; had presented Himself as the legitimate
+object of utter devotion and of religious trust, love, and obedience,
+and as the only way to God. Men said that He was a blasphemer; God
+said, and said most emphatically, by raising Him from the dead: 'This
+is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.'
+
+With such a sequel.
+
+'Christ being raised from the dead, dieth no more,' and that fact
+sets Him apart from others who, according to Scripture, have been
+raised. His resurrection is, if we may use such a figure, a point;
+His Ascension and Session at the right hand of God are the line into
+which the point is prolonged. And from both the point and the line
+come the assurance that He is the Judge.
+
+III. The risen Jesus is Judge because He is Man.
+
+That seems a paradox. It is a commonplace that we are incompetent to
+judge another, for human eyes cannot read the secrets of a human
+heart, and we can only surmise, not know, each other's motives, which
+are the all-important part of our deeds. But when we rightly
+understand Christ's human nature, we understand how fitted He is to
+be our Judge, and how blessed it is to think of Him as such. Paul
+tells the Athenians with deep significance that He who is to be their
+and the world's Judge is 'the Man.' He sums up human nature in
+Himself, He is the ideal and the real Man.
+
+And further, Paul tells his hearers that God judges 'through' Him,
+and does so 'in righteousness.' He is fitted to be our Judge, because
+He perfectly and completely bears our nature, knows by experience all
+its weaknesses and windings, as from the inside, so to speak, and is
+'wondrous kind' with the kindness which 'fellow-feeling' enkindles.
+He knows us with the knowledge of a God; He knows us with the
+sympathy of a brother.
+
+The Man who has died for all men thereby becomes the Judge of all.
+Even in this life, Jesus and His Cross judge us. Our disposition
+towards Him is the test of our whole character. By their attitude to
+Him, the thoughts of many hearts are revealed. 'What think ye of
+Christ?' is the question, the answer to which determines our fate,
+because it reveals our inmost selves and their capacities for
+receiving blessing or harm from God and His mercy. Jesus Himself has
+taught us that 'in that day' the condition of entrance into the
+Kingdom is 'doing the will of My Father which is in heaven.' He has
+also taught us that 'this is the work of God, that ye believe on Him
+whom He hath sent.' Faith in Jesus as our Saviour is the root from
+which will grow the good tree which will bring forth good fruit,
+bearing which our love will be 'made perfect, that we may have
+boldness before Him in the day of judgment.'
+
+
+
+PAUL AT CORINTH
+
+'After these things Paul departed from Athens, and came to
+Corinth; 2. And found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pontus,
+lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla; (because that
+Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came
+unto them. 3. And because he was of the same craft, he abode with
+them, and wrought: for by their occupation they were tent-makers.
+4. And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded
+the Jews and the Greeks. 5. And when Silas and Timotheus were
+come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spirit, and
+testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ. 6. And when they
+opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his raiment, and
+said unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean:
+from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles. 7. And he departed
+thence, and entered into a certain man's house, named Justus, one
+that worshipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue. 8.
+And Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, believed on the
+Lord with all his house; and many of the Corinthians hearing
+believed, and were baptized. 9. Then spake the Lord to Paul in
+the night by a vision, Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy
+peace: 10. For I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to
+hurt thee: for I have much people in this city. 11. And he
+continued there a year and six months, teaching the word of God
+among them.'--ACTS xviii. 1-11.
+
+Solitude is a hard trial for sensitive natures, and tends to weaken
+their power of work. Paul was entirely alone in Athens, and appears
+to have cut his stay there short, since his two companions, who were
+to have joined him in that city, did not do so till after he had been
+some time in Corinth. His long stay there has several well-marked
+stages, which yield valuable lessons.
+
+I. First, we note the solitary Apostle, seeking friends, toiling for
+bread, and withal preaching Christ. Corinth was a centre of commerce,
+of wealth, and of moral corruption. The celebrated local worship of
+Aphrodite fed the corruption as well as the wealth. The Apostle met
+there with a new phase of Greek life, no less formidable in
+antagonism to the Gospel than the culture of Athens. He tells us that
+he entered on his work in Corinth 'in weakness, and in fear, and in
+much trembling,' but also that he did not try to attract by
+adaptation of his words to the prevailing tastes either of Greek or
+Jew, but preached 'Jesus Christ, and Him crucified,' knowing that,
+while that appeared to go right in the teeth of the demands of both,
+it really met their wants. This ministry was begun, in his usual
+fashion, very unobtrusively and quietly. His first care was to find a
+home; his second, to provide his daily bread; and then he was free to
+take the Sabbath for Christian work in the synagogue.
+
+We cannot tell whether he had had any previous acquaintance with
+Aquila and his wife, nor indeed is it certain that they had
+previously been Christians. Paul's reason for living with them was
+simply the convenience of getting work at his trade, and it seems
+probable that, if they had been disciples, that fact would have been
+named as part of his reason. Pontus lay to the north of Cilicia, and
+though widely separated from it, was near enough to make a kind of
+bond as of fellow-countrymen, which would be the stronger because
+they had the same craft at their finger-ends.
+
+It was the wholesome practice for every Rabbi to learn some trade. If
+all graduates had to do the same now there would be fewer educated
+idlers, who are dangerous to society and burdens to themselves and
+their friends. What a curl of contempt would have lifted the lips of
+the rich men of Corinth if they had been told that the greatest man
+in their city was that little Jew tent-maker, and that in this
+unostentatious fashion he had begun to preach truths which would be
+like a charge of dynamite to all their social and religious order!
+True zeal can be patiently silent.
+
+Sewing rough goat's-hair cloth into tents may be as truly serving
+Christ as preaching His name. All manner of work that contributes to
+the same end is the same in worth and in recompense. Perhaps the
+wholesomest form of Christian ministry is that after the Apostolic
+pattern, when the teacher can say, as Paul did to the people of
+Corinth, 'When I was present with you and was in want, I was not a
+burden on any man.' If not in letter, at any rate in spirit, his
+example must be followed. If the preacher would win souls he must be
+free from any taint of suspicion as to money.
+
+II. The second stage in Paul's Corinthian residence is the increased
+activity when his friends, Silas and Timothy, came from Beroea. We
+learn from Philippians iv. 15, and 2 Corinthians xi. 9, that they
+brought gifts from the Church at Philippi; and from 1 Thessalonians
+iii. 6, that they brought something still more gladdening namely,
+good accounts of the steadfastness of the Thessalonian converts. The
+money would make it less necessary to spend most of the week in
+manual labour; the glad tidings of the Thessalonians' 'faith and
+love' did bring fresh life, and the presence of his helpers would
+cheer him. So a period of enlarged activity followed their coming.
+
+The reading of verse 5, 'Paul was constrained by the word,' brings
+out strikingly the Christian impulse which makes speech of the Gospel
+a necessity. The force of that impulse may vary, as it did with Paul;
+but if we have any deep possession of the grace of God for ourselves,
+we shall, like him, feel it pressing us for utterance, as soon as the
+need of providing daily bread becomes less stringent and our hearts
+are gladdened by Christian communion. It augurs ill for a man's hold
+of the word if the word does not hold him. He who never felt that he
+was weary of forbearing, and that the word was like a fire, if it was
+'shut up in his bones,' has need to ask himself if he has any belief
+in the Gospel. The craving to impart ever accompanies real
+possession.
+
+The Apostle's solemn symbolism, announcing his cessation of efforts
+among the Jews, has of course reference only to Corinth, for we find
+him in his subsequent ministry adhering to his method, 'to the Jew
+first.' It is a great part of Christian wisdom in evangelical work to
+recognise the right time to give up efforts which have been
+fruitless. Much strength is wasted, and many hearts depressed, by
+obstinate continuance in such methods or on such fields as have cost
+much effort and yielded no fruit. We often call it faith, when it is
+only pride, which prevents the acknowledgment of failure. Better to
+learn the lessons taught by Providence, and to try a new 'claim,'
+than to keep on digging and washing when we only find sand and mud.
+God teaches us by failures as well as by successes. Let us not be too
+conceited to learn the lesson or to confess defeat, and shift our
+ground accordingly.
+
+It is a solemn thing to say 'I am clean.' We need to have been very
+diligent, very loving, very prayerful to God, and very persuasive in
+pleading with men, before we dare to roll all the blame of their
+condemnation on themselves. But we have no right to say, 'Henceforth
+I go to' others, until we can say that we have done all that man--or,
+at any rate, that we--can do to avert the doom.
+
+Paul did not go so far away but that any whose hearts God had touched
+could easily find him. It was with a lingering eye to his countrymen
+that he took up his abode in the house of 'one that feared God,' that
+is, a proselyte; and that he settled down next door to the synagogue.
+What a glimpse of yearning love which cannot bear to give Israel up
+as hopeless, that simple detail gives us! And may we not say that the
+yearning of the servant is caught from the example of the Master?
+'How shall I give thee up, Ephraim?' Does not Christ, in His long-
+suffering love, linger in like manner round each closed heart? and if
+He withdraws a little way, does He not do so rather to stimulate
+search after Him, and tarry near enough to be found by every seeking
+heart?
+
+Paul's purpose in his solemn warning to the Jews of Corinth was
+partly accomplished. The ruler of the synagogue 'believed in the Lord
+with all his house.' Thus men are sometimes brought to decision for
+Christ by the apparently impending possibility of His Gospel leaving
+them to themselves. 'Blessings brighten as they take their flight.'
+Severity sometimes effects what forbearance fails to achieve. If the
+train is on the point of starting, the hesitating passenger will
+swiftly make up his mind and rush for a seat. It is permissible to
+press for immediate decision on the ground that the time is short,
+and that soon these things 'will be hid from the eyes.'
+
+We learn from 1 Corinthians i. 14, that Paul deviated from his usual
+practice, and himself baptized Crispus. We may be very sure that his
+doing so arose from no unworthy subserviency to an important convert,
+but indicated how deeply grateful he was to the Lord for giving him,
+as a seal to a ministry which had seemed barren, so encouraging a
+token. The opposition and blasphemy of many are outweighed, to a true
+evangelist, by the conversion of one; and while all souls are in one
+aspect equally valuable, they are unequal in the influence which they
+may exert on others. So it was with Crispus, for 'many of the
+Corinthians hearing' of such a signal fact as the conversion of the
+chief of the synagogue, likewise 'believed.' We may distinguish in
+our estimate of the value of converts, without being untrue to the
+great principle that all men are equally precious in Christ's eyes.
+
+III. The next stage is the vision to Paul and his consequent
+protracted residence in Corinth. God does not waste visions, nor bid
+men put away fears which are not haunting them. This vision enables
+us to conceive Paul's state of mind when it came to him. He was for
+some reason cast down. He had not been so when things looked much
+more hopeless. But though now he had his friends and many converts,
+some mood of sadness crept over him. Men like him are often swayed by
+impulses rising within, and quite apart from outward circumstances.
+Possibly he had reason to apprehend that his very success had
+sharpened hostility, and to anticipate danger to life. The contents
+of the vision make this not improbable.
+
+But the mere calming of fear, worthy object as it is, is by no means
+the main part of the message of the vision. 'Speak, and hold not thy
+peace,' is its central word. Fear which makes a Christian dumb is
+always cowardly, and always exaggerated. Speech which comes from
+trembling lips may be very powerful, and there is no better remedy
+for terror than work for Christ. If we screw ourselves up to do what
+we fear to do, the dread vanishes, as a bather recovers himself as
+soon as his head has once been under water.
+
+Why was Paul not to be afraid? It is easy to say, 'Fear not,' but
+unless the exhortation is accompanied with some good reason shown, it
+is wasted breath. Paul got a truth put into his heart which ends all
+fear--'For I am with thee.' Surely that is enough to exorcise all
+demons of cowardice or despondency, and it is the assurance that all
+Christ's servants may lay up in their hearts, for use at all moments
+and in all moods. His presence, in no metaphor, but in deepest inmost
+reality, is theirs, and whether their fears come from without or
+within, His presence is more than enough to make them brave and
+strong.
+
+Paul needed a vision, for Paul had never seen Christ 'after the
+flesh,' nor heard His parting promise. We do not need it, for we have
+the unalterable word, which He left with all His disciples when He
+ascended, and which remains true to the ends of the world and till
+the world ends.
+
+The consequence of Christ's presence is not exemption from attacks,
+but preservation in them. Men may 'set on' Paul, but they cannot
+'hurt' him. The promise was literally fulfilled when the would-be
+accusers were contemptuously sent away by Gallio, the embodiment of
+Roman even-handedness and despising of the deepest things. It is
+fulfilled no less truly to-day; for no hurt can come to us if Christ
+is with us, and whatever does come is not hurt.
+
+'I have much people in this city.' Jesus saw what Paul did not, the
+souls yet to be won for Him. That loving Eye gladly beholds His own
+sheep, though they may be yet in danger of the wolves, and far from
+the Shepherd. 'Them also He must bring'; and His servants are wise
+if, in all their labours, they cherish the courage that comes from
+the consciousness of His presence, and the unquenchable hope, which
+sees in the most degraded and alienated those whom the Good Shepherd
+will yet find in the wilderness and bear back to the fold. Such a
+hope will quicken them for all service, and such a vision will
+embolden them in all peril.
+
+
+
+'CONSTRAINED BY THE WORD'
+
+'And when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was
+pressed in the spirit, and testified.'--ACTS xviii. 5.
+
+The Revised Version, in concurrence with most recent authorities,
+reads, instead of 'pressed in the spirit,' 'constrained by the word.'
+One of these alterations depends on a diversity of reading, the other
+on a difference of translation. The one introduces a significant
+difference of meaning; the other is rather a change of expression.
+The word rendered here 'pressed,' and by the Revised Version
+'constrained,' is employed in its literal use in 'Master, the
+multitude throng Thee and _press_ Thee,' and in its metaphorical
+application in 'The love of Christ _constraineth us_.' There is not
+much difference between 'constrained' and 'pressed,' but there is a
+large difference between 'in the spirit' and 'by the word.' 'Pressed
+in the spirit' simply describes a state of feeling or mind;
+'constrained by the word' declares the force which brought about that
+condition of pressure or constraint. What then does 'constrained by
+the word' refer to? It indicates that Paul's message had a grip of
+him, and held him hard, and forced him to deliver it.
+
+One more preliminary remark is that our text evidently brings this
+state of mind of the Apostle, and the coming of his two friends Silas
+and Timothy, into relation as cause and effect. He had been alone in
+Corinth. His work of late had not been encouraging. He had been
+comparatively silent there, and had spent most of his time in tent-
+making. But when his two friends came a cloud was lifted off his
+spirit, and he sprang back again, as it were, to his old form and to
+his old work.
+
+Now if we take that point of view with regard to the passage before
+us, I think we shall find that it yields valuable lessons, some of
+which I wish to try to enforce now.
+
+I. Let me ask you to look with me at the downcast Apostle.
+
+'Downcast,' you say; 'is not that an unworthy word to use about a
+minister of Jesus Christ inspired as Paul was?' By no means. We shall
+very much mistake both the nature of inspiration and the character of
+this inspired Apostle, if we do not recognise that he was a man of
+many moods and tremulously susceptible to external influences. Such
+music would never have come from him if his soul had not been like an
+Aeolian harp, hung in a tree and vibrating in response to every
+breeze. And so we need not hesitate to speak of the Apostle's mood,
+as revealed to us in the passage before us, as being downcast.
+
+Now notice that in the verses preceding my text his conduct is
+extremely abnormal and unlike his usual procedure. He goes into
+Corinth, and he does next to nothing in evangelistic work. He repairs
+to the synagogue once a week, and talks to the Jews there. But that
+is all. The notice of his reasoning in the synagogue is quite
+subordinate to the notice that he was occupied in finding a lodging
+with another pauper Jew and stranger in the great city, and that
+these two poor men went into a kind of partnership, and tried to earn
+a living by hard work. Such procedure makes a singular contrast to
+Paul's usual methods in a strange city.
+
+Now the reason for that slackening of impulse and comparative
+cessation of activity is not far to seek. The first Epistle to
+Thessalonica was written immediately after these two brethren
+rejoined Paul. And how does the Apostle describe in that letter his
+feelings before they came? He speaks of 'all our distress and
+affliction.' He tells that he was tortured by anxiety as to how the
+new converts in Thessalonica were getting on, and could not forbear
+to try to find out whether they were still standing steadfast. Again
+in the first Epistle to the Corinthians, you will find that there,
+looking back to this period, he describes his feelings in similar
+fashion and says: 'I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in
+much trembling.' And if you look forward a verse or two in our
+chapter you will see that a vision came to Paul, which presupposes
+that some touch of fear, and some temptation to silence, were busy in
+his heart. For God shapes His communications according to our need,
+and would not have said, 'Do not be afraid, and hold not thy peace,
+but speak,' unless there had been a danger both of Paul's being
+frightened and of his being dumb.
+
+And what thus brought a cloud over his sky? A little exercise of
+historical imagination will very sufficiently answer that. A few
+weeks before, in obedience, as he believed, to a direct divine
+command, Paul had made a plunge, and ventured upon an altogether new
+phase of work. He had crossed into Europe, and from the moment that
+he landed at the harbour of Philippi, up to the time when he took
+refuge in some quiet little room in Corinth, he had had nothing but
+trouble and danger and disappointment. The prison at Philippi, the
+riots that hounded him out of Thessalonica, the stealthy, hurried
+escape from Beroea, the almost entire failure of his first attempt to
+preach the Gospel to Greeks in Athens, his loneliness, and the
+strangeness of his surroundings in the luxurious, wicked, wealthy
+Greek city of Corinth--all these things weighed on him, and there is
+no wonder that his spirits went down, and he felt that now he must
+lie fallow for a time and rest, and pull himself together again.
+
+So here we have, in this great champion of the faith, in this strong
+runner of the Christian race, in this chief of men, an example of the
+fluctuation of mood, the variation in the way in which we look at our
+duties and our obligations and our difficulties, the slackening of
+the impulse which dominates our lives, that are too familiar to us
+all. It brings Paul nearer us to feel that he, too, knew these ups
+and downs. The force that drove this meteor through the darkness
+varied, as the force that impels us varies to our consciousness. It
+is the prerogative of God to be immutable; men have their moods and
+their fluctuations. Kindled lights flicker; the sun burns steadily.
+An Elijah to-day beards Ahab and Jezebel and all their priests, and
+to-morrow hides his head in his hands, and says, 'Take me away, I am
+not better than my fathers.' There will be ups and down in the
+Christian vigour of our lives, as well as in all other regions, so
+long as men dwell in this material body and are surrounded by their
+present circumstances.
+
+Brethren, it is no small part of Christian wisdom and prudence to
+recognise this fact, both in order that it may prevent us from
+becoming unduly doubtful of ourselves when the ebb tide sets in on
+our souls, and also in order that we may lay to heart this other
+truth, that because these moods and changes of aspect and of vigour
+_will_ come to us, therefore the law of life must be effort, and the
+duty of every Christian man be to minimise, in so far as possible,
+the fluctuations which, in some degree, are inevitable. No human hand
+has ever drawn an absolutely straight line. That is the ideal of the
+mathematician, but all ours are crooked. But we may indefinitely
+diminish the magnitude of the curves. No two atoms are so close
+together as that there is no film between them. No human life has
+ever been an absolutely continuous, unbroken series of equally holy
+and devoted thoughts and acts, but we may diminish the intervals
+between kindred states, and may make our lives so far uniform as that
+to a bystander they shall look like the bright circle, which a brand
+whirled round in the air makes the impression of, on the eye that
+beholds. We shall have times of brightness and of less brilliancy, of
+vigour and of consequent reaction and exhaustion. But Christianity
+has, for one of its objects, to help us to master our moods, and to
+bring us nearer and nearer, by continual growth, to the steadfast,
+immovable attitude of those whose faith is ever the same.
+
+Do not forget the plain lesson which comes from the incident before
+us--viz., that the wisest thing that a man can do, when he feels that
+the wheels of his religious being are driving heavily, is to set
+himself doggedly to the plain, homely work of daily life. Paul did
+not sit and bemoan himself because he felt this slackening of
+impulse, but he went away to Aquila, and said, 'Let us set to work
+and make camel's-hair cloth and tents.' Be thankful for your homely,
+prosaic, secular, daily task. You do not know from how many sickly
+fancies it saves you, and how many breaches in the continuity of your
+Christian feeling it may bridge over. It takes you away from thinking
+about yourselves, and sometimes you cannot think about anything less
+profitably. So stick to your work; and if ever you feel, as Paul did,
+'cast down,' be sure that the workshop, the office, the desk, the
+kitchen will prevent you from being 'destroyed,' if you give
+yourselves to the plain duties which no moods alter, but which can
+alter a great many moods.
+
+II. And now note the 'constraining word.'
+
+I have already said that the return of the two, who had been sent to
+see how things were going with the recent converts in the infant
+Churches, brought the Apostle good tidings, and so lifted off a great
+load of anxiety from his heart. No wonder! He had left raw recruits
+under fire, with no captain, and he might well doubt whether they
+would keep their ranks. But they did. So the pressure was lifted off,
+and the pressure being lifted off, spontaneously the old impulse
+gripped him once more; like a spring which leaps back to its ancient
+curve when some alien force is taken from it. It must have been a
+very deep and a very habitual impulse, which thus instantly
+reasserted itself the moment that the pressure of anxiety was taken
+out of the way.
+
+The word constrained him. What to do? To declare it. Paul's example
+brings up two thoughts--that that impulse may vary at times,
+according to the pressure of circumstances, and may even be held in
+abeyance for a while; and that if a man is honestly and really a
+Christian, as soon as the incumbent pressure is taken away, he will
+feel, 'Necessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is me if I preach not the
+Gospel.' For though Paul's sphere of work was different from ours,
+his obligation to work and his impulse to work were such as are, or
+should be, common to all Christians. The impulse to utter the word
+that we believe and live by seems to me to be, in its very nature,
+inseparable from earnest Christian faith. All emotion demands
+expression; and if a man has never felt that he must let his
+Christian faith have vent, it is a very bad sign. As certainly as
+fermentation or effervescence demands outgush, so certainly does
+emotion demand expression. We all know that. The same impulse that
+makes a mother bend over her babe with unmeaning words and tokens
+that seem to unsympathetic onlookers foolish, ought to influence all
+Christians to speak the Name they love. All conviction demands
+expression. There may be truths which have so little bearing upon
+human life that he who perceives them feels little obligation to say
+anything about them. But these are the exceptions; and the more
+weighty and the more closely affecting human interests anything that
+we have learned to believe as truth is, the more do we feel in our
+hearts that, in making us its believers, it has made us its apostles.
+Christ's saying, 'What ye hear in the ear, that preach ye on the
+housetops,' expresses a universal truth which is realised in many
+regions, and ought to be most emphatically realised in the Christian.
+For surely of all the truths that men can catch a glimpse of, or
+grapple to their hearts, or store in their understandings, there are
+none which bring with them such tremendous consequences, and
+therefore are of so solemn import to proclaim to all the children of
+men, as the truth, which we profess we have received, of personal
+salvation through Jesus Christ.
+
+If there never had been a single commandment to that effect, I know
+not how the Christian Church or the Christian individual could have
+abstained from declaring the great and sweet Name to which it and he
+owe so much. I do not care to present this matter as a commandment,
+nor to speak now of obligation or responsibility. The _impulse_ is
+what I would fix your attention upon. It is inseparable from the
+Christian life. It may vary in force, as we see in the incident
+before us. It will vary in grip, according as other circumstances and
+duties insist upon being attended to. The form in which it is yielded
+to will vary indefinitely in individuals. But if they are Christian
+people it is always there.
+
+Well then, what about the masses of so-called Christians who feel
+nothing of any such constraining force? And what about the many who
+feel enough of it to make them also feel that they are wrong in not
+yielding to it, but not enough to make their conduct be influenced by
+it? Brethren, I venture to believe that the measure in which this
+impulse to speak the word and use direct efforts for somebody's
+conversion is felt by Christians, is a very fair test of the depth of
+their own religion. If a vessel is half empty it will not run over.
+If it is full to the brim, the sparkling treasure will fall on all
+sides. A weak plant may never push its green leaves above the ground,
+but a strong one will rise into the light. A spark may be smothered
+in a heap of brushwood, but a steady flame will burn its way out. If
+this word has not a grip of you, impelling you to its utterance, I
+would have you not to be too sure that you have a grip of it.
+
+III. Lastly, we have here the witness to the word.
+
+'He was constrained by the word, _testifying_.' Now I do not know
+whether it is imposing too much meaning upon a non-significant
+difference of expression, if I ask you to note the difference between
+that phrase and the one which describes his previous activity: 'He
+_reasoned_ in the synagogue every Sabbath, and tried to persuade' the
+Jews and the Greeks, but when the old impulse came back in new force,
+_reasoning_ was far too cold a method, and Paul took to _testifying_.
+Whether that be so or no, mark that the witness of one's own personal
+conviction and experience is the strongest weapon that a Christian
+can use. I do not despise the place of reasoning, but arguments do
+not often change opinions; they never change hearts. Logic and
+controversial discoursing may 'prepare the way of the Lord,' but it
+is 'in the wilderness.' But when a man calls aloud, 'Come and hear
+all ye, and I will declare what God hath done for my soul'; or when
+he tells his brother, 'We have found the Messias'; or when he sticks
+to 'One thing I know, that whereas I was blind, now I see,' it is
+difficult for any one to resist, and impossible for any one to
+answer, that way of testifying,
+
+It is a way that we can all adopt if we will. Christian men and women
+can all say such things. I do not forget that there are indirect ways
+of spreading the Gospel. Some of you think that you do enough when
+you give your money and your interest in order to diffuse it. You can
+buy a substitute in the militia, but you cannot buy a substitute in
+Christ's service. You have each some congregation to which you can
+speak, if it is no larger than Paul's--namely, two people, Aquila and
+Priscilla. What talks they would have in their lodging, as they
+plaited the wisps of black hair into rough cloth, and stitched the
+strips into tents! Aquila was not a Christian when Paul picked him
+up, but he became one very soon; and it was the preaching in the
+workshop, amidst the dust, that made him one. If we long to speak
+about Christ we shall find plenty of people to speak to. 'Ye are my
+witnesses, saith the Lord.'
+
+Now, dear friends, I have only one word more. I have no doubt there
+are some among us who have been saying, 'This sermon does not apply
+to me at all.' Does it not? If it does not, what does that mean? It
+means that you have not the first requisite for spreading the word--
+viz. personal faith in the word. It means that you have put away, or
+at least neglected to take in, the word and the Saviour of whom it
+speaks, into your own lives. But it does _not_ mean that you have got
+rid of the word thereby. It will not in that case lay the grip of
+which I have been speaking upon you, but it will not let you go. It
+will lay on you a far more solemn and awful clutch, and like a jailer
+with his hand on the culprit's shoulder, will 'constrain' you into
+the presence of the Judge. You can make it a savour of life unto
+life, or of death unto death. And though you do not grasp it, it
+grasps and holds you. 'The word that I speak unto him, the same shall
+judge him at the last day.'
+
+
+
+GALLIO
+
+'And when Paul was now about to open his mouth, Gallio said unto
+the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong: or wicked lewdness, O ye
+Jews, reason would that I should bear with you: 15. But if it be
+a question of words and names, and of your law, look ye to it;
+for I will be no judge of such matters.'--ACTS xviii. 14, 15.
+
+There is something very touching in the immortality of fame which
+comes to the men who for a moment pass across the Gospel story, like
+shooting stars kindled for an instant as they enter our atmosphere.
+How little Gallio dreamed that he would live for ever in men's mouths
+by reason of this one judicial dictum! He was Seneca's brother, and
+was possibly leavened by his philosophy and indisposed to severity.
+He has been unjustly condemned. There are some striking lessons from
+the story.
+
+I. The remarkable anticipation of the true doctrine as to the
+functions of civil magistrates.
+
+Gallio draws a clear distinction between conduct and opinion, and
+excepts the whole of the latter region from his sway. It is the first
+case in which the civil authorities refused to take cognisance of a
+charge against a man on account of his opinions. Nineteen hundred
+years have not brought all tribunals up to that point yet. Gallio
+indeed was influenced mainly by philosophic contempt for the
+trivialities of what he thought a superstition. We are influenced by
+our recognition of the sanctity of individual conviction, and still
+more by reverence for truth and by the belief that it should depend
+only on its own power for progress and on itself for the defeat of
+its enemies.
+
+II. The tragic mistake about the nature of the Gospel which men make.
+
+There is something very pathetic in the erroneous estimates made by
+those persons mentioned in Acts who some once or twice come in
+contact with the preachers of Christ. How little they recognise what
+was before them! Their responsibility is in better hands than ours.
+But in Gallio there is a trace of tendencies always in operation.
+
+We see in him the practical man's contempt for mere ideas. The man of
+affairs, be he statesman or worker, is always apt to think that
+things are more than thoughts. Gallio, proconsul in Corinth, and his
+brother official, Pilate, in Jerusalem, both believed in powers that
+they could see. The question of the one, for an answer to which he
+did not wait, was not the inquiry of a searcher after truth, but the
+exclamation of a sceptic who thought all the contradictory answers
+that rang through the world to be demonstrations that the question
+had no answer. The impatient refusal of the other to have any concern
+in settling 'such matters' was steeped in the same characteristically
+Roman spirit of impatient distrust and suspicion of mere ideas. He
+believed in Roman force and authority, and thought that such harmless
+visionaries as Paul and his company might be allowed to go their own
+way, and he did not know that they carried with them a solvent and
+constructive power before which the solid-seeming structure of the
+Empire was destined to crumble, as surely as thick-ribbed ice before
+the sirocco.
+
+And how many of us believe in wealth and material progress, and
+regard the region of truth as very shadowy and remote! This is a
+danger besetting us all. The true forces that sway the world are
+ideas.
+
+We see in Gallio supercilious indifference to mere 'theological
+subtleties.' To him Paul's preaching and the Jews' passionate denials
+of it seemed only a squabble about 'words and names.' Probably he had
+gathered his impression from Paul's eager accusers, who would charge
+him with giving the name of 'Christ' to Jesus.
+
+Gallio's attitude was partly Stoical contempt for all superstitions,
+partly, perhaps, an eclectic belief that all these warring religions
+were really saying the same thing and differed only in words and
+names; and partly sheer indifference to the whole subject. Thus
+Christianity appears to many in this day.
+
+What is it in reality? Not words but power: a Name, indeed, but a
+Name which is life. Alas for us, who by our jangling have given
+colour to this misconception!
+
+We see in Gallio the mistake that the Gospel has little relation to
+conduct. Gallio drew a broad distinction between conduct and opinion,
+and there he was right. But he imagined that this opinion had nothing
+to do with conduct, and how wrong he was there we need not elaborate.
+
+The Gospel is the mightiest power for shaping conduct.
+
+III. The ignorant levity with which men pass the crisis of their
+lives.
+
+How little Gallio knew of what a possibility was opened out before
+him! Angels were hovering unseen. We seldom recognise the fateful
+moments of our lives till they are past.
+
+The offer of salvation in Christ is ever a crisis. It may never be
+repeated. Was Gallio ever again brought into contact with Paul or
+Paul's Lord? We know not. He passes out of sight, the search-light is
+turned in another direction, and we lose him in the darkness. The
+extent of his criminality is in better hands than ours, though we
+cannot but let our thoughts go forward to the time when he, like us
+all, will stand at the judgment bar of Jesus, no longer a judge but
+judged. Let us hope that before he passed hence, he learned how full
+of spirit and of life the message was, which he once took for a mere
+squabble about 'words and names,' and thought too trivial to occupy
+his court. And let us remember that the Jesus, whom we are sometimes
+tempted to judge as of little importance to us, will one day judge
+us, and that His judgment will settle our fate for evermore.
+
+
+
+TWO FRUITFUL YEARS
+
+'And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul
+having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and
+finding certain disciples. 2. He said unto them, Have ye received
+the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have
+not so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. 3. And he
+said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said,
+Unto John's baptism. 4. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with
+the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they
+should believe on Him which should come after him, that is, on
+Christ Jesus. 5. When they heard this, they were baptized in the
+name of the Lord Jesus. 6. And when Paul had laid his hands upon
+them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues,
+and prophesied. 7. And all the men were about twelve. 8. And he
+went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three
+months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the
+kingdom of God. 9. But when divers were hardened, and believed
+not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed
+from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the
+school of one Tyrannus. 10. And this continued by the space of
+two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of
+the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. 11. And God wrought special
+miracles by the hands of Paul: 12. So that from his body were
+brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases
+departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them.'
+--ACTS xix. 1-12.
+
+This passage finds Paul in Ephesus. In the meantime he had paid that
+city a hasty visit on his way back from Greece, had left his friends,
+Aquila and Priscilla, in it, and had gone on to Jerusalem, thence
+returning to Antioch, and visiting the churches in Asia Minor which
+he had planted on his former journeys. From the inland and higher
+districts he has come down to the coast, and established himself in
+the great city of Ephesus, where the labours of Aquila, and perhaps
+others, had gathered a small band of disciples. Two points are
+especially made prominent in this passage--the incorporation of
+John's disciples with the Church, and the eminent success of Paul's
+preaching in Ephesus.
+
+The first of these is a very remarkable and, in some respects,
+puzzling incident. It is tempting to bring it into connection with
+the immediately preceding narrative as to Apollos. The same stage of
+spiritual development is presented in these twelve men and in that
+eloquent Alexandrian. They and he were alike in knowing only of
+John's baptism; but if they had been Apollos' pupils, they would most
+probably have been led by him into the fuller light which he received
+through Priscilla and Aquila. More probably, therefore, they had been
+John's disciples, independently of Apollos. Their being recognised as
+'disciples' is singular, when we consider their very small knowledge
+of Christian truth; and their not having been previously instructed
+in its rudiments, if they were associating with the Church, is not
+less so. But improbable things do happen, and part of the reason for
+an event being recorded is often its improbability. Luke seems to
+have been struck by the singular similarity between Apollos and these
+men, and to have told the story, not only because of its importance
+but because of its peculiarity.
+
+The first point to note is the fact that these men were disciples.
+Paul speaks of their having 'believed,' and they were evidently
+associated with the Church. But the connection must have been loose,
+for they had not received baptism. Probably there was a fringe of
+partial converts hanging round each church, and Paul, knowing nothing
+of the men beyond the fact that he found them along with the others,
+accepted them as 'disciples.' But there must have been some reason
+for doubt, or his question would not have been asked. They 'believed'
+in so far as John had taught the coming of Messiah. But they did not
+know that Jesus was the Messiah whose coming John had taught.
+
+Paul's question is, 'Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you
+believed?' Obviously he missed the marks of the Spirit in them,
+whether we are to suppose that these were miraculous powers or moral
+and religious elevation. Now this question suggests that the
+possession of the Holy Spirit is the normal condition of all
+believers; and that truth cannot be too plainly stated or urgently
+pressed to-day. He is 'the Spirit, which they that believe on Him'
+shall 'receive.' The outer methods of His bestowment vary: sometimes
+He is given after baptism, and sometimes, as to Cornelius, before it;
+sometimes by laying on of Apostolic hands, sometimes without it. But
+one thing constantly precedes, namely, faith; and one thing
+constantly follows faith, namely, the gift of the Holy Spirit. Modern
+Christianity does not grasp that truth as firmly or make it as
+prominent as it ought.
+
+The question suggests, though indirectly, that the signs of the
+Spirit's presence are sadly absent in many professing Christians.
+Paul asked it in wonder. If he came into modern churches, he would
+have to ask it once more. Possibly he looked for the visible tokens
+in powers of miracle-working and the like. But these were temporary
+accidents, and the permanent manifestations are holiness,
+consciousness of sonship, God-directed longings, religious
+illumination, victory over the flesh. These things should be obvious
+in disciples. They will be, if the Spirit is not quenched. Unless
+they are, what sign of being Christians do we present?
+
+The answer startles. They had not heard whether the Holy Ghost had
+been _given_; for that is the true meaning of their reply. John had
+foretold the coming of One who should baptize with the fire of that
+divine Spirit. His disciples, therefore, could not be ignorant of the
+existence thereof; but they had never heard whether their Master's
+prophecy had been fulfilled. What a glimpse that gives us of the
+small publicity attained by the story of Jesus!
+
+Paul's second question betrays even more astonishment than did his
+first. He had taken for granted that, as disciples, the men had been
+baptized; and his question implies that a pre-requisite of Christian
+baptism was the teaching which they said that they had not had, and
+that a consequence of it was the gift of the Spirit, which he saw
+that they did not possess. Of course Paul's teaching is but
+summarised here. Its gist was that Jesus was the Messiah whom John
+had heralded, that John had himself taught that his mission was
+preliminary, and that therefore his true disciples must advance to
+faith in Christ.
+
+The teaching was welcomed, for these men were not of the sort who saw
+in Jesus a rival to John, as others of his disciples did. They became
+'disciples indeed,' and then followed baptism, apparently not
+administered by Paul, and imposition of Paul's hands. The Holy Spirit
+then came on them, as on the disciples on Pentecost, and 'they spoke
+with tongues and prophesied.' It was a repetition of that day, as a
+testimony that the gifts were not limited by time or place, but were
+the permanent possession of believers, as truly in heathen Ephesus as
+in Jerusalem; and we miss the meaning of the event unless we add, as
+truly in Britain to-day as in any past. The fire lit on Pentecost has
+not died down into grey ashes. If we 'believe,' it will burn on our
+heads and, better, in our spirits.
+
+Much ingenuity has been expended in finding profound meanings in the
+number of 'twelve' here. The Apostles and their supernatural gifts,
+the patriarchs as founders of Israel, have been thought of as
+explaining the number, as if these men were founders of a new Israel,
+or Apostolate. But all that is trifling with the story, which gives
+no hint that the men were of any special importance, and it omits the
+fact that they were '_about_ twelve,' not precisely that number. Luke
+simply wishes us to learn that there was a group of them, but how
+many he does not exactly know. More important is it to notice that
+this is the last reference to John or his disciples in the New
+Testament. The narrator rejoices to point out that some at least of
+these were led onwards into full faith.
+
+The other part of the section presents mainly the familiar features
+of Apostolic ministration, the first appeal to the synagogue, the
+rejection of the message by it, and then the withdrawal of Paul and
+the Jewish disciples. The chief characteristics of the narrative are
+Paul's protracted stay in Ephesus, the establishment of a centre of
+public evangelising in the lecture hall of a Gentile teacher, the
+unhindered preaching of the Gospel, and the special miracles
+accompanying it. The importance of Ephesus as the eye and heart of
+proconsular Asia explains the lengthened stay. 'A great door and
+effectual,' said Paul, 'is opened unto me'; and he was not the man to
+refrain from pushing in at it because 'there are many adversaries.'
+Rather opposition was part of his reason for persistence, as it
+should always he.
+
+There comes a point in the most patient labour, however, when it is
+best no longer to 'cast pearls' before those who 'trample them under
+foot,' and Paul set an example of wise withdrawal as well as of brave
+pertinacity, in leaving the synagogue when his remaining there only
+hardened disobedient hearts. Note that word _disobedient_. It teaches
+that the moral element in unbelief is resistance of the will. The two
+words are not synonyms, though they apply to the same state of mind.
+Rather the one lays bare the root of the other and declares its
+guilt. Unbelief comes from disobedience, and therefore is fit subject
+for punishment. Again observe that expression for Christianity, 'the
+Way,' which occurs several times in the Acts. The Gospel points the
+path for us to tread. It is not a body of truth merely, but it is a
+guide for practice. Discipleship is manifested in conduct. This
+Gospel points the way through the wilderness to Zion and to rest. It
+is '_the_ Way,' the only path, 'the Way everlasting.'
+
+It was a bold step to gather the disciples in 'the school of
+Tyrannus.' He was probably a Greek professor of rhetoric or lecturer
+on philosophy, and Paul may have hired his hall, to the horror, no
+doubt, of the Rabbis. It was a complete breaking with the synagogue
+and a bold appeal to the heathen public. Ephesus must have been
+better governed than Philippi and Lystra, and the Jewish element must
+have been relatively weaker, to allow of Paul's going on preaching
+with so much publicity for two years.
+
+Note the flexibility of his methods, his willingness to use even a
+heathen teacher's school for his work, and the continuous energy of
+the man. Not on Sabbath days only, but daily, he was at his post. The
+multitudes of visitors from all parts to the great city supplied a
+constant stream of listeners, for Ephesus was a centre for the whole
+country. We may learn from Paul to concentrate work in important
+centres, not to be squeamish about where we stand to preach the
+Gospel, and not to be afraid of making ourselves conspicuous. Paul's
+message hallows the school of Tyrannus; and the school of Tyrannus,
+where men have been accustomed to go for widely different teaching,
+is a good place for Paul to give forth his message in.
+
+The 'special miracles' which were wrought are very remarkable, and
+unlike the usual type of miracles. It does not appear that Paul
+himself sent the 'handkerchiefs and aprons,' which conveyed healing
+virtue, but that he simply permitted their use. The converts had
+faith to believe that such miracles would be wrought, and God
+honoured the faith. But note how carefully the narrative puts Paul's
+part in its right place. God 'wrought'; Paul was only the channel. If
+the eager people, who carried away the garments, had superstitiously
+fancied that there was virtue in Paul, and had not looked beyond him
+to God, it is implied that no miracles would have been wrought. But
+still the cast of these healings is anomalous, and only paralleled by
+the similar instances in Peter's case.
+
+The principle laid down by Peter (ch. iii. 12) is to be kept in view
+in the study of all the miracles in the Acts. It is Jesus Christ who
+works, and not His servants who heal by their 'own power or
+holiness.' Jesus can heal with or without material channels, but
+sometimes chooses to employ such vehicles as these, just as on earth
+He chose to anoint blind eyes with clay, and to send the man to wash
+it off at the pool. Sense-bound faith is not rejected, but is helped
+according to its need, that it may be strengthened and elevated.
+
+
+
+WOULD-BE EXORCISTS
+
+'...Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye?'
+--ACTS xix. 15.
+
+These exorcists had no personal union with Jesus. To them He was only
+'Jesus whom Paul preached.' They spoke His name tentatively, as an
+experiment, and imitatively. To command 'in the name of Jesus' was an
+appeal to Jesus to glorify His name and exert His power, and so when
+the speaker had no real faith in the name or the power, there was no
+answer, because there was really no appeal.
+
+I. The only power which can cast out the evil spirits is the name of
+Jesus.
+
+That is a commonplace of Christian belief. But it is often held in a
+dangerously narrow way and leads to most unwise pitting of the Gospel
+against other modes of bettering and elevating men, instead of
+recognising them as allies. Earnest Christian workers are tempted to
+forget Jesus' own word: 'He that is not against us is for us.' There
+is no need to disparage other agencies because we believe that it is
+the Gospel which is 'the power of God unto salvation.' Many of the
+popular philanthropic movements of the day, many of its curbing and
+enlightening forces, many of its revolutionary social ideas, are
+really in their essence and historically in their origin, profoundly
+Christian, and are the application of the principles inherent in 'the
+Name' to the evils of society. No doubt many of their eager apostles
+are non-Christian or even anti-Christian, but though some of them
+have tried violently to pluck up the plant by the root from the soil
+in which it first flowered, much of that soil still adheres to it,
+and it will not live long if torn from its native 'habitat.'
+
+It is not narrowness or hostility to non-Christian efforts to cast
+out the demons from humanity, but only the declaration of a truth
+which is taught by the consideration of what is the difference
+between all other such efforts and Christianity, and is confirmed by
+experience, if we maintain that, whatever good results may follow
+from these other influences, it is the powers lodged in the Name of
+Jesus, and these alone which can, radically and completely, conquer
+and eject the demons from a single soul, and emancipate society from
+their tyranny.
+
+For consider that the Gospel which proclaims Jesus as the Saviour is
+the only thing which deals with the deepest fact in our natures, the
+fact of sin; gives a personal Deliverer from its power; communicates
+a new life of which the very essence is righteousness, and which
+brings with it new motives, new impulses, and new powers.
+
+Contrast with this the inadequate diagnosis of the disease and the
+consequent imperfection of the remedy which other physicians of the
+world's sickness present. Most of them only aim at repressing outward
+acts. None of them touch more than a part of the whole dreadful
+circumference of the dark orb of evil. Law restrains actions. Ethics
+proclaims principles which it has no power to realise. It shows men a
+shining height, but leaves them lame and grovelling in the mire.
+Education casts out the demon of ignorance, and makes the demons whom
+it does not cast out more polite and perilous. It brings its own
+evils in its train. Every kind of crop has weeds which spring with
+it. The social and political changes, which are eagerly preached now,
+will do much; but one thing, which is the all-important thing, they
+will not do, they will not change the nature of the individuals who
+make up the community. And till that nature is changed any form of
+society will produce its own growth of evils. A Christless democracy
+will be as bad as, if not worse than, a Christless monarchy or
+aristocracy. If the bricks remain the same, it does not much matter
+into what shape you build them.
+
+These would-be exorcists but irritated the demons by their vain
+attempts at ejecting them, and it is sometimes the case that efforts
+to cure social diseases only result in exacerbating them. If one hole
+in a Dutch dyke is stopped up, more pressure is thrown on another
+weak point and a leak will soon appear there. There is but one Name
+that casts a spell over all the ills that flesh is heir to. There is
+but one Saviour of society--Jesus who saves from sin through His
+death, and by participation in His life delivers men from that life
+of self which is the parent of all the evils from which society
+vainly strives to be delivered by any power but His.
+
+II. That Name must be spoken by believing men if it is to put forth
+its full power.
+
+These exorcists had no faith. All that they knew of Jesus was that He
+was the one 'whom Paul preached.' Even the name of Jesus is spoiled
+and is powerless on the lips of one who repeats it, parrot-like,
+because he has seen its power when it came flame-like from the fiery
+lips of some man of earnest convictions.
+
+In all regions, and especially in the matter of art or literature,
+imitators are poor creatures, and men are quick to detect the
+difference between the original and the copy. The copyists generally
+imitate the weak points, and seldom get nearer than the imitation of
+external and trivial peculiarities. It is more feasible to reproduce
+the 'contortions of the Sibyl' than to catch her 'inspiration.'
+
+This absence or feebleness of personal faith is the explanation of
+much failure in so-called Christian work. No doubt there may be other
+causes for the want of success, but after all allowance is made for
+these, it still remains true that the chief reason why the Gospel
+message is often proclaimed without casting out demons is that it is
+proclaimed with faltering faith, tentatively and without assured
+confidence in its power, or imitatively, with but little, if any,
+inward experience of the magic of its spell. The demons have ears
+quick to discriminate between Paul's fiery accents and the cold
+repetition of them. Incomparably the most powerful agency which any
+man can employ in producing conviction in others is the utterance of
+his own intense conviction. 'If you wish me to weep, your own tears
+must flow,' said the Roman poet. Other factors may powerfully aid the
+exorcising power of the word spoken by faith, and no wise man will
+disparage these, but they are powerless without faith and it is
+powerful without them.
+
+Consider the effect of that personal faith on the speaker--in
+bringing all his force to bear on his words; in endowing him for a
+time with many of the subsidiary qualities which make our words
+winged and weighty; in lifting to a height of self-oblivion, which
+itself is magnetic.
+
+Consider its effect on the hearers--how it bows hearts as trees are
+bent before a rushing wind.
+
+Consider its effect in bringing into action God's own power. Of the
+man, all aflame with Christian convictions and speaking them with the
+confidence and urgency which become them and him, it may truly be
+said, 'It is not ye that speak, but the Spirit of your Father that
+speaketh in you.'
+
+Here then we have laid bare the secret of success and a cause of
+failure, in Christian enterprise. Here we see, as in a concrete
+example, the truth exemplified, which all who long for the
+emancipation of demon-ridden humanity would be wise to lay to heart,
+and thereby to be saved from much eager travelling on a road that
+leads nowhither, and much futile expenditure of effort and sympathy,
+and many disappointments. It is as true to-day as it was long ago in
+Ephesus, that the evil spirits 'feel the Infant's hand from far
+Judea's land,' and are forced to confess, 'Jesus we know and Paul we
+know'; but to other would-be exorcists their answer is, 'Who are ye?'
+'When a strong man armed keepeth his house, his goods are in peace.'
+There is but 'One stronger than he who can come upon him, and having
+overcome him, can take from him all his armour wherein he trusted and
+divide the spoils,' and that is the Christ, at whose name, faithfully
+spoken, 'the devils fear and fly.'
+
+
+
+THE FIGHT WITH WILD BEASTS AT EPHESUS
+
+'After these things were ended, Paul purposed in the spirit, when
+he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem,
+saying, After I have been there, I must also see Rome. 22. So he
+sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered unto him,
+Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a
+season. 23. And the same time there arose no small stir about
+that way. 24. For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith,
+which made silver shrines for Diana, brought no small gain unto
+the craftsmen; 25. Whom he called together with the workmen of
+like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this craft we
+have our wealth. 26. Moreover ye see and hear, that not alone at
+Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded
+and turned away much people, saying that they be no gods, which
+are made with hands: 27. So that not only this our craft is in
+danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great
+goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence should be
+destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshippeth. 28. And when
+they heard these sayings, they were full of wrath, and cried out,
+saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. 29. And the whole city
+was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and
+Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul's companions in travel, they
+rushed with one accord into the theatre. 30. And when Paul would
+have entered in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not.
+31. And certain of the chief of Asia, which were his friends,
+sent unto him, desiring him that he would not adventure himself
+into the theatre. 32. Some therefore cried one thing, and some
+another: for the assembly was confused; and the more part knew
+not wherefore they were come together. 33. And they drew
+Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him forward. And
+Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made his defence
+unto the people. 34. But when they knew that he was a Jew, all
+with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is
+Diana of the Ephesians.'--ACTS xix. 21-34.
+
+Paul's long residence in Ephesus indicates the importance of the
+position. The great wealthy city was the best possible centre for
+evangelising all the province of Asia, and that was to a large extent
+effected during the Apostle's stay there. But he had a wider scheme
+in his mind. His settled policy was always to fly at the head, as it
+were. The most populous cities were his favourite fields, and already
+his thoughts were travelling towards the civilised world's capital,
+the centre of empire--Rome. A blow struck there would echo through
+the world. Paul had his plan, and God had His, and Paul's was not
+realised in the fashion he had meant, but it was realised in
+substance. He did not expect to enter Rome as a prisoner. God shaped
+the ends which Paul had only rough-hewn.
+
+The programme in verses 21 and 22 was modified by circumstances, as
+some people would say; Paul would have said, by God. The riot
+hastened his departure from Ephesus. He did go to Jerusalem, and he
+did see Rome, but the chain of events that drew him there seemed to
+him, at first sight, the thwarting, rather than the fulfilment, of
+his long-cherished hope. Well it is for us to carry all our schemes
+to God, and to leave them in His hands.
+
+The account of the riot is singularly vivid and lifelike. It reveals
+a new phase of antagonism to the Gospel, a kind of trades-union
+demonstration, quite unlike anything that has met us in the Acts. It
+gives a glimpse into the civic life of a great city, and shows
+demagogues and mob to be the same in Ephesus as in England. It has
+many points of interest for the commentator or scholar, and lessons
+for all. Luke tells the story with a certain dash of covert irony.
+
+We have, first, the protest of the shrine-makers' guild or trades-
+union, got up by the skilful manipulation of Demetrius. He was
+evidently an important man in the trade, probably well-to-do. As his
+speech shows, he knew exactly how to hit the average mind. The small
+shrines which he and his fellow-craftsmen made were of various
+materials, from humble pottery to silver, and were intended for
+'votaries to dedicate in the temple,' and represented the goddess
+Artemis sitting in a niche with her lions beside her. Making these
+was a flourishing industry, and must have employed a large number of
+men and much capital. Trade was beginning to be slack, and sales were
+falling off. No doubt there is exaggeration in Demetrius's rhetoric,
+but the meeting of the craft would not have been held unless a
+perceptible effect had been produced by Paul's preaching. Probably
+Demetrius and the rest were more frightened than hurt; but men are
+very quick to take alarm when their pockets are threatened.
+
+The speech is a perfect example of how self-interest masquerades in
+the garb of pure concern for lofty objects, and yet betrays itself.
+The danger to 'our craft' comes first, and the danger to the
+'magnificence' of the goddess second; but the precedence given to the
+trade is salved over by a 'not only,' which tries to make the
+religious motive the chief. No doubt Demetrius was a devout
+worshipper of Artemis, and thought himself influenced by high motives
+in stirring up the craft. It is natural to be devout or moral or
+patriotic when it pays to be so. One would not expect a shrine-maker
+to be easily accessible to the conviction that 'they be no gods which
+are made with hands.'
+
+Such admixture of zeal for some great cause, with a shrewd eye to
+profit, is very common, and may deceive us if we are not always
+watchful. Jehu bragged about his 'zeal for the Lord' when it urged
+him to secure himself on the throne by murder; and he may have been
+quite honest in thinking that the impulse was pure, when it was
+really mingled. How many foremost men in public life everywhere pose
+as pure patriots, consumed with zeal for national progress,
+righteousness, etc., when all the while they are chiefly concerned
+about some private bit of log-rolling of their own! How often in
+churches there are men professing to be eager for the glory of God,
+who are, perhaps half-unconsciously, using it as a stalking-horse,
+behind which they may shoot game for their own larder! A drop of
+quicksilver oxidises and dims as soon as exposed to the air. The
+purest motives get a scum on them quickly unless we constantly keep
+them clear by communion with God.
+
+Demetrius may teach us another lesson. His opposition to Paul was
+based on the plain fact that, if Paul's teaching prevailed, no more
+shrines would be wanted. That was a new ground of opposition to the
+Gospel, resembled only by the motive for the action of the owners of
+the slave girl at Philippi; but it is a perennial source of
+antagonism to it. In our cities especially there are many trades
+which would be wiped out if Christ's laws of life were universally
+adopted. So all the purveyors of commodities and pleasures which the
+Gospel forbids a Christian man to use are arrayed against it. We have
+to make up our minds to face and fight them. A liquor-seller, for
+instance, is not likely to look complacently on a religion which
+would bring his 'trade into disrepute'; and there are other
+occupations which would be gone if Christ were King, and which
+therefore, by the instinct of self-preservation, are set against the
+Gospel, unless, so to speak, its teeth are drawn.
+
+According to one reading, the shouts of the craftsmen which told that
+Demetrius had touched them in the tenderest part, their pockets, was
+an invocation, 'Great Diana!' not a profession of faith; and we have
+a more lively picture of an excited crowd if we adopt the alteration.
+It is easy to get a mob to yell out a watchword, whether religious or
+political; and the less they understand it, the louder are they
+likely to roar. In Athanasius' days the rabble of Constantinople made
+the city ring with cries, degrading the subtlest questions as to the
+Trinity, and examples of the same sort have not been wanting nearer
+home. It is criminal to bring such incompetent judges into religious
+or political or social questions, it is cowardly to be influenced by
+them. 'The voice of the people' is not always 'the voice of God.' It
+is better to 'be in the right with two or three' than to swell the
+howl of Diana's worshippers,
+
+II. A various reading of verse 28 gives an additional particular,
+which is of course implied in the received text, but makes the
+narrative more complete and vivid if inserted. It adds that the
+craftsmen rushed 'into the street,' and there raised their wild cry,
+which naturally 'filled' the city with confusion. So the howling mob,
+growing larger and more excited every minute, swept through Ephesus,
+and made for the theatre, the common place of assembly.
+
+On their road they seem to have come across two of Paul's companions,
+whom they dragged with them. What they meant to do with the two they
+had probably not asked themselves. A mob has no plans, and its most
+savage acts are unpremeditated. Passion let loose is almost sure to
+end in bloodshed, and the lives of Gaius and Aristarchus hung by a
+thread. A gust of fury storming over the mob, and a hundred hands
+might have torn them to atoms, and no man have thought himself their
+murderer.
+
+What a noble contrast to the raging crowd the silent submission, no
+doubt accompanied by trustful looks to Heaven and unspoken prayers,
+presents! And how grandly Paul comes out! He had not been found,
+probably had not been sought for, by the rioters, whose rage was too
+blind to search for him, but his brave soul could not bear to leave
+his friends in peril and not plant himself by their sides. So he 'was
+minded to enter in unto the people,' well knowing that there he had
+to face more ferocious 'wild beasts' than if a cageful of lions had
+been loosed on him. Faith in God and fellowship with Christ lift a
+soul above fear of death. The noblest kind of courage is not that
+born of flesh or temperament, or of the madness of battle, but that
+which springs from calm trust in and absolute surrender to Christ.
+
+Not only did the disciples restrain Paul as feeling that if the
+shepherd were smitten the sheep would be scattered, but interested
+friends started up in an unlikely quarter. The 'chief of Asia' or
+Asiarchs, who sent to dissuade him, 'were the heads of the imperial
+political-religious organisation of the province, in the worship of
+"Rome and the emperors"; and their friendly attitude is a proof both
+that the spirit of the imperial policy was not as yet hostile to the
+new teaching, and that the educated classes did not share the
+hostility of the superstitious vulgar' (Ramsay, _St. Paul the
+Traveller_, p. 281). It is probable that, in that time of crumbling
+faith and religious unrest, the people who knew most about the inside
+of the established worship believed in it least, and in their hearts
+agreed with Paul that 'they be no gods which are made with hands.'
+
+So we have in these verses the central picture of calm Christian
+faith and patient courage, contrasted on the one hand with the
+ferocity and excitement of heathen fanatical devotees, and on the
+other with the prudent regard to their own safety of the Asiarchs,
+who had no such faith in Diana as to lead them to joining the
+rioters, nor such faith in Paul's message as to lead them to oppose
+the tumult, or to stand by his side, but contented themselves with
+_sending_ to warn him. Who can doubt that the courage of the
+Christians is infinitely nobler than the fury of the mob or the
+cowardice of the Asiarchs, kindly as they were? If they were his
+friends, why did they not do something to shield him? 'A plague on
+such backing!'
+
+III. The scene in the theatre, to which Luke returns in verse 32, is
+described with a touch of scorn for the crowd, who mostly knew not
+what had brought them together. One section of it kept
+characteristically cool and sharp-eyed for their own advantage. A
+number of Jews had mingled in it, probably intending to fan the flame
+against the Christians, if they could do it safely. As in so many
+other cases in Acts, common hatred brought Jew and Gentile together,
+each pocketing for the time his disgust with the other. The Jews saw
+their opportunity. Half a dozen cool heads, who know what they want,
+can often sway a mob as they will. Alexander, whom they 'put
+forward,' was no doubt going to make a speech disclaiming for the
+Jews settled in Ephesus any connection with the obnoxious Paul. We
+may be very sure that his 'defence' was of the former, not of the
+latter.
+
+But the rioters were in no mood to listen to fine distinctions among
+the members of a race which they hated so heartily. Paul was a Jew,
+and this man was a Jew; that was enough. So the roar went up again to
+Great Diana, and for two long hours the crowd surged and shouted
+themselves hoarse, Gaius and Aristarchus standing silent all the
+while and expecting every moment to be their last. The scene reminds
+one of Baal's priests shrieking to him on Carmel. It is but too true
+a representation of the wild orgies which stand for worship in all
+heathen religions. It is but too lively an example of what must
+always happen when excited crowds are ignorantly stirred by appeals
+to prejudice or self-interest.
+
+The more democratic the form of government under which we live, the
+more needful is it to distinguish the voice of the people from the
+voice of the mob, and to beware of exciting, or being governed by,
+clamour however loud and long.
+
+
+
+PARTING COUNSELS
+
+'And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not
+knowing the things that shall befall me there: 23. Save that the
+Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and
+afflictions abide me. 24. But none of these things move me,
+neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish
+my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of
+the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. 25.
+And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone
+preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. 26.
+Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the
+blood of all men. 27. For I have not shunned to declare unto you
+all the counsel of God. 28. Take heed therefore unto yourselves,
+and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you
+overseers, to feed the church of God, which He hath purchased
+with His own blood. 29. For I know this, that after my departing
+shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock.
+30. Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse
+things, to draw away disciples after them. 31. Therefore watch,
+and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to
+warn every one night and day with tears. 32. And now, brethren, I
+commend you to God, and to the word of His grace, which is able
+to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them
+which are sanctified. 33. I have coveted no man's silver, or
+gold, or apparel. 34. Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands
+have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with
+me. 35. I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye
+ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord
+Jesus, how He said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.'
+--ACTS xx. 22-35.
+
+This parting address to the Ephesian elders is perfect in simplicity,
+pathos, and dignity. Love without weakness and fervent yet restrained
+self-devotion throb in every line. It is personal without egotism,
+and soars without effort. It is 'Pauline' through and through, and if
+Luke or some unknown second-century Christian made it, the world has
+lost the name of a great genius. In reading it, we have to remember
+the Apostle's long stay in Ephesus, and his firm conviction that he
+was parting for ever from those over whom he had so long watched, and
+so long loved, as well as guided. Parting words should be tender and
+solemn, and these are both in the highest degree.
+
+The prominence given to personal references is very marked and
+equally natural. The whole address down to verse 27 inclusive is of
+that nature, and the same theme recurs in verse 31, is caught up
+again in verse 33, and continues thence to the end. That abundance of
+allusions to himself is characteristic of the Apostle, even in his
+letters; much more is it to be looked for in such an outpouring of
+his heart to trusted friends, seen for the last time. Few religious
+teachers have ever talked so much of themselves as Paul did, and yet
+been as free as he is from taint of display or self-absorption.
+
+The personal references in verses 22 to 27 turn on two points--his
+heroic attitude in prospect of trials and possible martyrdom, and his
+solemn washing his hands of all responsibility for 'the blood' of
+those to whom he had declared all the counsel of God. He looks back,
+and his conscience witnesses that he has discharged his ministry; he
+looks forward, and is ready for all that may confront him in still
+discharging it, even to the bloody end.
+
+Nothing tries a man's mettle more than impending evil which is
+equally certain and undefined. Add that the moment of the sword's
+falling is unknown, and you have a combination which might shake the
+firmest nerves. Such a combination fronted Paul now. He told the
+elders, what we do not otherwise know, that at every halting-place
+since setting his face towards Jerusalem he had been met by the same
+prophetic warnings of 'bonds and afflictions' waiting for him. The
+warnings were vague, and so the more impressive. Fear has a vivid
+imagination, and anticipates the worst.
+
+Paul was not afraid, but he would not have been human if he had not
+recognised the short distance for him between a prison and a
+scaffold. But the prospect did not turn him a hairsbreadth from his
+course. True, he was 'bound in the spirit,' which may suggest that he
+was not so much going joyfully as impelled by a constraint felt to be
+irresistible. But whatever his feelings, his will was iron, and he
+went calmly forward on the road, though he knew that behind some turn
+of it lay in wait, like beasts of prey, dangers of unknown kinds.
+
+And what nerved him thus to front death itself without a quiver? The
+supreme determination to do what Jesus had given him to do. He knew
+that his Lord had set him a task, and the one thing needful was to
+accomplish that. We have no such obstacles in our course as Paul had
+in his, but the same spirit must mark us if we are to do our work.
+Consciousness of a mission, fixed determination to carry it out, and
+consequent contempt of hindrances, belong to all noble lives, and
+especially to true Christian ones. Perils and hardships and possible
+evils should have no more power to divert us from the path which
+Christ marks for us than storms or tossing of the ship have to
+deflect the needle from pointing north.
+
+It is easy to talk heroically when no foes are in sight; but Paul was
+looking dangers in the eyes, and felt their breath on his cheeks when
+he spoke. His longing was to 'fulfil his course.' 'With joy' is a
+weakening addition. It was not 'joy,' but the discharge of duty,
+which seemed to him infinitely desirable. What was aspiration at
+Miletus became fact when, in his last Epistle, he wrote, 'I have
+finished my course.'
+
+In verses 25 to 27 the Apostle looks back as well as forward. His
+anticipation that he was parting for ever from the Ephesian elders
+was probably mistaken, but it naturally leads him to think of the
+long ministry among them which was now, as he believed, closed. And
+his retrospect was very different from what most of us, who are
+teachers, feel that ours must be. It is a solemn thought that if we
+let either cowardice or love of ease and the good opinion of men hold
+us back from speaking out all that we know of God's truth, our hands
+are reddened with the blood of souls.
+
+We are all apt to get into grooves of favourite thoughts, and to
+teach but part of the whole Gospel. If we do not seek to widen our
+minds to take in, and our utterances to give forth, all the will of
+God as seen by us, our limitations and repetitions will repel some
+from the truth, who might have been won by a completer presentation
+of it, and their blood will be required at our hands. None of us can
+reach to the apprehension, in its full extent and due proportion of
+its parts, of that great gospel; but we may at least seek to come
+nearer the ideal completeness of a teacher, and try to remember that
+we are 'pure from the blood of all men,' only when we have not
+'shrunk from declaring all God's counsel.' We are not required to
+know it completely, but we are required not to shrink from declaring
+it as far as we know it.
+
+Paul's purpose in this retrospect was not only to vindicate himself,
+but to suggest to the elders their duty. Therefore he passes
+immediately to exhortation to them, and a forecast of the future of
+the Ephesian Church. 'Take heed to yourselves.' The care of one's own
+soul comes first. He will be of little use to the Church whose own
+personal religion is not kept warm and deep. All preachers and
+teachers and men who influence their fellows need to lay to heart
+this exhortation, especially in these days when calls to outward
+service are so multiplied. The neglect of it undermines all real
+usefulness, and is a worm gnawing at the roots of the vines.
+
+We note also the condensed weightiness of the following exhortation,
+in which solemn reasons are suggested for obeying it. The divine
+appointment to office, the inclusion of the 'bishops' in the flock,
+the divine ownership of the flock, and the cost of its purchase, are
+all focussed on the one point, 'Take heed to all the flock.' Of
+course a comparison with verse 17 shows that _elder_ and _bishop_
+were two designations for one officer; but the question of the
+primitive organisation of church offices, important as it is, is less
+important than the great thoughts as to the relation of the Church to
+God, and as to the dear price at which men have been won to be truly
+His.
+
+We note the reading in the Revised Version of v.28 (margin), 'the
+flock of the Lord,' but do not discuss it. The chief thought of the
+verse is that the Church is God's flock, and that the death of Jesus
+has bought it for His, and that negligent under-shepherds are
+therefore guilty of grievous sin.
+
+The Apostle had premonitions of the future for the Church as well as
+for himself, and the horizons were dark in both outlooks. He foresaw
+evils from two quarters, for 'wolves' would come from without, and
+perverse teachers would arise within, drawing the disciples after
+them and away from the Lord. The simile of wolves may be an echo of
+Christ's warning in Matthew vii 15. How sadly Paul's anticipations
+were fulfilled the Epistle to the Church in Ephesus (Revelation ii.)
+shows too clearly. Unslumbering alertness, as of a sentry in front of
+the enemy, is needed if the slinking onset of the wolf is to be
+beaten back. Paul points to his own example, and that in no
+vainglorious spirit, but to stimulate and also to show how
+watchfulness is to be carried out. It must be unceasing, patient,
+tenderly solicitous, and grieving over the falls of others as over
+personal calamities. If there were more such 'shepherds,' there would
+be fewer stray sheep.
+
+Anxious forebodings and earnest exhortations naturally end in turning
+to God and invoking His protecting care. The Apostle's heart runs
+over in his last words (vs. 32-35). He falls back for himself, in the
+prospect of having to cease his care of the Church, on the thought
+that a better Guide will not leave it, and he would comfort the
+elders as well as himself by the remembrance of God's power to keep
+them. So Jacob, dying, said, 'I die, but God shall be with you.' So
+Moses, dying, said, 'The Lord hath said unto me, thou shalt not go
+over this Jordan. The Lord thy God, He will go before thee.' Not even
+Paul is indispensable. The under-shepherds die, _the_ Shepherd lives,
+and watches against wolves and dangers. Paul had laid the foundation,
+and the edifice would not stand unfinished, like some half-reared
+palace begun by a now dead king. The growth of the Church and of its
+individual members is sure. It is wrought by God.
+
+His instrument is 'the word of His grace.' Therefore if we would
+grow, we must use that word. Christian progress is no more possible,
+if the word of God is not our food, than is an infant's growth if it
+refuses milk. That building up or growth or advance (for all three
+metaphors are used, and mean the same thing) has but one natural end,
+the entrance of each redeemed soul into its own allotment in the true
+land of promise, the inheritance of those who are sanctified. If we
+faithfully use that word which tells of and brings God's grace, that
+we may grow thereby, He will bring us at last to dwell among those
+who here have growingly been made saints. He is able to do these
+things. It is for us to yield to His power, and to observe the
+conditions on which it will work on us.
+
+Even at the close Paul cannot refrain from personal references. He
+points to his example of absolute disinterestedness, and with a
+dramatic gesture holds out 'these hands' to show how they are
+hardened by work. Such a warning against doing God's work for money
+would not have been his last word, at a time when all hearts were
+strung up to the highest pitch, unless the danger had been very real.
+And it is very real to-day. If once the suspicion of being influenced
+by greed of gain attaches to a Christian worker, his power ebbs away,
+and his words lose weight and impetus.
+
+It is that danger which Paul is thinking of when he tells the elders
+that by 'labouring' they 'ought to support the weak'; for by _weak_
+he means not the poor, but those imperfect disciples who might be
+repelled or made to stumble by the sight of greed in an elder.
+Shepherds who obviously cared more for wool than for the sheep have
+done as much harm as 'grievous wolves.'
+
+Paul quotes an else unrecorded saying of Christ's which, like a
+sovereign's seal, confirms the subject's words. It gathers into a
+sentence the very essence of Christian morality. It reveals the
+inmost secret of the blessedness of the giving God. It is foolishness
+and paradox to the self-centred life of nature. It is blessedly true
+in the experience of all who, having received the 'unspeakable gift,'
+have thereby been enfranchised into the loftier life in which self is
+dead, and to which it is delight, kindred with God's own blessedness,
+to impart.
+
+
+
+A FULFILLED ASPIRATION
+
+'So that I might finish my course....'--ACTS xx. 24.
+
+'I have finished my course....'--2 TIM. iv. 7.
+
+I do not suppose that Paul in prison, and within sight of martyrdom,
+remembered his words at Ephesus. But the fact that what was
+aspiration whilst he was in the very thick of his difficulties came
+to be calm retrospect at the close is to me very beautiful and
+significant. 'So that I may finish my course,' said he wistfully;
+whilst before him there lay dangers clearly discerned and others that
+had all the more power over the imagination because they were but
+dimly discerned--'Not knowing the things that shall befall me there,'
+said he, but knowing this, that 'bonds and afflictions abide me.'
+When a man knows exactly what he has to be afraid of he can face it.
+When he knows a little corner of it, and also knows that there is a
+great stretch behind that is unknown, that is a state of things that
+tries his mettle. Many a man will march up to a battery without a
+tremor who would not face a hole where a snake lay. And so Paul's
+ignorance, as well as Paul's knowledge, made it very hard for him to
+say 'None of these things move me' if only 'I might finish my
+course.'
+
+Now there are in these two passages, thus put together, three points
+that I touch for a moment. These are, What Paul thought that life
+chiefly was; what Paul aimed at; and what Paul won thereby.
+
+I. What he thought that life chiefly was.
+
+'That I may finish my course.' Now 'course,' in our modern English,
+is far too feeble a word to express the Apostle's idea here. It has
+come to mean with us a quiet sequence or a succession of actions
+which, taken together, complete a career; but in its original force
+the English word 'course,' and still more the Greek, of which it is a
+translation, contain a great deal more than that. If we were to read
+'race,' we should get nearer to at least one side of the Apostle's
+thought. This was the image under which life presented itself to him,
+as it does to every man that does anything in the world worth doing,
+whether he be Christian or not--as being not a place for enjoyment,
+for selfish pursuits, making money, building family, satisfying love,
+seeking pleasure, or the like; but mainly as being an appointed field
+for a succession of efforts, all in one direction, and leading
+progressively to an end. In that image of life as a race, threadbare
+as it is, there are several grave considerations involved, which it
+will contribute to the nobleness of our own lives to keep steadily in
+view.
+
+To begin with, the metaphor regards life as a track or path marked
+out and to be kept to by us. Paul thought of his life as a
+racecourse, traced for him by God, and from which it would be
+perilous and rebellious to diverge. The consciousness of definite
+duties loomed larger than anything else before him. His first waking
+thought was, 'What is God's will for me to-day? What stage of the
+course have I to pass over to-day?' Each moment brought to him an
+appointed task which at all hazards he must do. And this elevating,
+humbling, and bracing ever-present sense of responsibility, not
+merely to circumstances, but to God, is an indispensable part of any
+life worth the living, and of any on which a man will ever dare to
+look back.
+
+'My course.' O brethren! if we carried with us, always present, that
+solemn, severe sense of all-pervading duty and of obligation laid
+upon us to pursue faithfully the path that is appointed us, there
+would be less waste, less selfishness, less to regret, and less that
+weakens and defiles, in the lives of us all. And blessed be His name!
+however trivial be our tasks, however narrow our spheres, however
+secular and commonplace our businesses or trades, we may write upon
+them, as on all sorts of lives, except weak and selfish ones, this
+inscription, 'Holiness to the Lord.'
+
+The broad arrow stamped on Crown property gives a certain dignity to
+whatever bears it, and whatever small duty has the name of God
+written across it is thereby ennobled. If our days are to be full-
+fraught with the serenity and purity which it is possible for them to
+attain, and if we ourselves are to put forth all our powers and make
+the most of ourselves, we must cultivate the continual sense that
+life is a course--a series of definite duties marked out for us by
+God.
+
+Again, the image suggests the strenuous efforts needed for discharge
+of our appointed tasks. The Apostle, like all men of imaginative and
+sensitive nature, was accustomed to speak in metaphors, which
+expressed his fervid convictions more adequately than more abstract
+expressions would have done. That vigorous figure of a 'course'
+speaks more strongly of the stress of continual effort than many
+words. It speaks of the straining muscles, and the intense
+concentration, and the forward-flung body of the runner in the arena.
+Paul says in effect, 'I, for my part, live at high pressure. I get
+the most that I can out of myself. I do the very best that is in me.'
+And that is a pattern for us.
+
+There is nothing to be done unless we are contented to live on the
+stretch. Easygoing lives are always contemptible lives. A man who
+never does anything except what he can do easily never comes to do
+anything greater than what he began with, and never does anything
+worth doing at all. Effort is the law of life in all departments, as
+we all of us know and practise in regard to our daily business. But
+what a strange thing it is that we seem to think that our Christian
+characters can be formed and perfected upon other conditions, and in
+other fashions, than those by which men make their daily bread or
+their worldly fortunes!
+
+The direction which effort takes is different in these two regions.
+The necessity for concentration and vigorous putting into operation
+of every faculty is far more imperative in the Christian course than
+in any other form of life.
+
+I believe most earnestly that we grow Christlike, not by effort only,
+but by faith. But I believe that there is no faith without effort,
+and that the growth which comes from faith will not be appropriated
+and made ours without it. And so I preach, without in the least
+degree feeling that it impinges upon the great central truth that we
+are cleansed and perfected by the power of God working upon us, the
+sister truth that we must 'work out our own salvation with fear and
+trembling.'
+
+Brethren, unless we are prepared for the dust and heat of the race,
+we had better not start upon the course. Christian men have an
+appointed task, and to do it will take all the effort that they can
+put forth, and will assuredly demand continuous concentration and the
+summoning of every faculty to its utmost energy.
+
+Still further, there is another idea that lies in the emblem, and
+that is that the appointed task which thus demands the whole man in
+vigorous exercise ought in fact to be, and in its nature is,
+progressive. Is the Christianity of the average church member and
+professing Christian a continuous advance? Is to-day better than
+yesterday? Are former attainments continually being left behind? Does
+it not seem the bitterest irony to talk about the usual life of a
+Christian as a course? Did you ever see a squad of raw recruits being
+drilled in the barrack-yard? The first thing the sergeants do is to
+teach them the 'goose-step,' which consists in lifting up one foot
+and then the other, _ad infinitum_, and yet always keeping on the
+same bit of ground. That is the kind of 'course' which hosts of so-
+called Christians content themselves with running--a vast deal of
+apparent exercise and no advance. They are just at the same spot at
+which they stood five, ten, or twenty years ago; not a bit wiser,
+more like Christ, less like the devil and the world; having gained no
+more mastery over their characteristic evils; falling into precisely
+the same faults of temper and conduct as they used to do in the far-
+away past. By what right can _they_ talk of running the Christian
+race? Progress is essential to real Christian life.
+
+II. Turn now to another thought here, and consider what Paul aimed
+at.
+
+It is a very easy thing for a man to say, 'I take the discharge of my
+duty, given to me by Jesus Christ, as my great purpose in life,' when
+there is nothing in the way to prevent him from carrying out that
+purpose. But it is a very different thing when, as was the case with
+Paul, there lie before him the certainties of affliction and bonds,
+and the possibilities which very soon consolidated themselves into
+certainties, of a bloody death and that swiftly. To say _then_,
+without a quickened pulse or a tremor in the eyelid, or a quiver in
+the voice, or a falter in the resolution, to say then, 'none of these
+things move me, if only I may do what I was set to do'--that is to be
+in Christ indeed; and that is the only thing worth living for.
+
+Look how beautifully we see in operation in these heartfelt and few
+words of the Apostle the power that there is in an absolute devotion
+to God-enjoined duty, to give a man 'a solemn scorn of ills,' and to
+lift him high above everything that would bar or hinder his path. Is
+it not bracing to see any one actuated by such motives as these? And
+why should they not be motives for us all? The one thing worth our
+making our aim in life is to accomplish our course.
+
+Now notice that the word in the original here, 'finish,' does not
+merely mean 'end,' which would be a very poor thing. Time will do
+that for us all. It will end our course. But an ended course may yet
+be an unfinished course. And the meaning that the Apostle attaches to
+the word in both of our texts is not merely to scramble through
+anyhow, so as to get to the last of it; but to complete, accomplish
+the course, or, to put away the metaphor, to do all that it was meant
+by God that he should do.
+
+Now some very early transcriber of the Acts of the Apostles mistook
+the Apostle's meaning, and thought that he only said that he desired
+to end his career; and so, with the best intentions in the world, he
+inserted, probably on the margin, what he thought was a necessary
+addition--that unfortunate 'with joy,' which appears in our
+Authorised Version, but has no place in the true text. If we put it
+in we necessarily limit the meaning of the word 'finish' to that low,
+superficial sense which I have already dismissed. If we leave it out
+we get a far nobler thought. Paul was not thinking about the joy at
+the end. What he wanted was to do his work, all of it, right through
+to the very last. He knew there would be joy, but he does not speak
+about it. What he wanted, as all faithful men do, was to do the work,
+and let the joy take care of itself.
+
+And so for all of us, the true anaesthetic or 'painkiller' is that
+all-dominant sense of obligation and duty which lays hold upon us,
+and grips us, and makes us, not exactly indifferent to, but very
+partially conscious of, the sorrows or the hindrances or the pains
+that may come in our way. You cannot stop an express train by
+stretching a rope across the line, nor stay the flow of a river with
+a barrier of straw. And if a man has once yielded himself fully to
+that great conception of God's will driving him on through life, and
+prescribing his path for him, it is neither in sorrow nor in joy to
+arrest his course. They may roll all the golden apples out of the
+garden of the Hesperides in his path, and he will not stop to pick
+one of them up; or Satan may block it with his fiercest flames, and
+the man will go into them, saying, 'When I pass through the fires He
+will be with me.'
+
+III. Lastly, what Paul won thereby.
+
+'That I _may_ finish my course ... I _have_ finished my course'; in
+the same lofty meaning, not merely _ended_, though that was true, but
+'completed, accomplished, perfected.'
+
+Now some hyper-sensitive people have thought that it was very strange
+that the Apostle, who was always preaching the imperfection of all
+human obedience and service, should, at the end of his life, indulge
+in such a piece of what they fancy was self-complacent retrospect as
+to say 'I have kept the faith; I have fought a good fight; I have
+finished my course.' But it was by no means complacent self-
+righteousness. Of course he did not mean that he looked back upon a
+career free from faults and flecks and stains. No. There is only one
+pair of human lips that ever could say, in the full significance of
+the word, 'It is finished! ... I have completed the work which Thou
+gavest Me to do.' Jesus Christ's retrospect of a stainless career,
+without defect or discordance at any point from the divine ideal, is
+not repeated in any of His servants' experiences. But, on the other
+hand, if a man in the middle of his difficulties and his conflict
+pulls himself habitually together and says to himself, 'Nothing shall
+move me, so that I may complete this bit of my course,' depend upon
+it, his effort, his believing effort, will not be in vain; and at the
+last he will be able to look back on a career which, though stained
+with many imperfections, and marred with many failures, yet on the
+whole has realised the divine purpose, though not with absolute
+completeness, at least sufficiently to enable the faithful servant to
+feel that all his struggle has not been in vain.
+
+Brethren, no one else can. And oh! how different the two 'courses' of
+the godly man and the worldling look, in their relative importance,
+when seen from this side, as we are advancing towards them, and from
+the other as we look back upon them! Pleasures, escape from pains,
+ease, comfort, popularity, quiet lives--all these things seem very
+attractive; and God's will often seems very hard and very repulsive,
+when we are advancing towards some unwelcome duty. But when we get
+beyond it and look back, the two careers have changed their
+characters; and all the joys that could be bought at the price of the
+smallest neglected duty or the smallest perpetrated sin, dwindle and
+dwindle and dwindle, and the light is out of them, and they show for
+what they are--nothings, gilded nothings, painted emptinesses, lies
+varnished over. And on the other hand, to do right, to discharge the
+smallest duty, to recognise God's will, and with faithful effort to
+seek to do it in dependence upon Him, that towers and towers and
+towers, and there seems to be, as there really is, nothing else worth
+living for.
+
+So let us live with the continual remembrance in our minds that all
+which we do has to be passed in review by us once more, from another
+standpoint, and with another illumination falling upon it. And be
+sure of this, that the one thing worth looking back upon, and
+possible to be looked back upon with peace and quietness, is the
+humble, faithful, continual discharge of our appointed tasks for the
+dear Lord's sake. If you and I, whilst work and troubles last, do
+truly say, 'None of these things move me, so that I _might_ finish my
+course,' we too, with all our weaknesses, may be able to say at the
+last, 'Thanks be to God! I _have_ finished my course.'
+
+
+
+PARTING WORDS
+[Footnote: Preached prior to a long absence in Australia.]
+
+'And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of His
+grace....'--ACTS xx. 32.
+
+I may be pardoned if my remarks now should assume somewhat of a more
+personal character than is my wont. I desire to speak mainly to my
+own friends, the members of my own congregation; and other friends
+who have come to give me a parting 'Godspeed' will forgive me if my
+observations have a more special bearing on those with whom I am more
+immediately connected.
+
+The Apostle whose words I have taken for my text was leaving, as he
+supposed, for the last time, the representatives of the Church in
+Ephesus, to whom he had been painting in very sombre colours the
+dangers of the future and his own forebodings and warnings.
+Exhortations, prophecies of evil, expressions of anxious solicitude,
+motions of Christian affection, all culminate in this parting
+utterance. High above them all rises the thought of the present God,
+and of the mighty word which in itself, in the absence of all human
+teachers, had power to 'build them up, and to give them an
+inheritance amongst them that are sanctified.'
+
+If we think of that Church in Ephesus, this brave confidence of the
+Apostle's becomes yet more remarkable. They were set in the midst of
+a focus of heathen superstition, from which they themselves had only
+recently been rescued. Their knowledge was little, they had no
+Apostolic teacher to be present with them; they were left alone there
+to battle with the evils of that corrupt society in which they dwelt.
+And yet Paul leaves them--'sheep in the midst of wolves,' with a very
+imperfect Christianity, with no Bible, with no teachers--in the sure
+confidence that no harm will come to them, because God is with them,
+and the 'word of His grace' is enough.
+
+And that is the feeling, dear brethren, with which I now look you in
+the face for the last time for a little while. I desire that you and
+I should together share the conviction that each of us is safe
+because God and the 'word of His grace' will go and remain with us.
+
+I. So then, first of all, let me point you to the one source of
+security and enlightenment for the Church and for the individual.
+
+We are not to separate between God and the 'word of His grace,' but
+rather to suppose that the way by which the Apostle conceived of God
+as working for the blessing and the guardianship of that little
+community in Ephesus was mainly, though not exclusively, through that
+which he here designates 'the word of His grace.' We are not to
+forget the ever-abiding presence of the indwelling Spirit who guards
+and keeps the life of the individual and of the community. But what
+is in the Apostle's mind here is the objective revelation, the actual
+spoken word (not yet written) which had its origin in God's
+condescending love, and had for its contents, mainly, the setting
+forth of that love. Or to put it into other words, the revelation of
+the grace of God in Jesus Christ, with all the great truths that
+cluster round and are evolved from it, is the all-sufficient source
+of enlightenment and security for individuals and for Churches. And
+whosoever will rightly use and faithfully keep that great word, no
+evil shall befall him, nor shall he ever make shipwreck of the faith.
+It is 'able to build you up,' says Paul. In God's Gospel, in the
+truth concerning Jesus Christ the divine Redeemer, in the principles
+that flow from that Cross and Passion, and that risen life and that
+ascension to God, there is all that men need, all that they want for
+life, all that they want for godliness. The basis of their creed, the
+sufficient guide for their conduct, the formative powers that will
+shape into beauty and nobleness their characters, all lie in the germ
+in this message, 'God was in Christ reconciling the world unto
+Himself.' Whoever keeps that in mind and memory, ruminates upon it
+till it becomes the nourishment of his soul, meditates on it till the
+precepts and the promises and the principles that are enwrapped in it
+unfold themselves before Him, needs none other guide for life, none
+other solace in sorrow, none other anchor of hope, none other stay in
+trial and in death. 'I commend you to God and the word of His grace,'
+which is a storehouse full of all that we need for life and for
+godliness. Whoever has it is like a landowner who has a quarry on his
+estate, from which at will he can dig stones to build his house. If
+you truly possess and faithfully adhere to this Gospel, you have
+enough.
+
+Remember that these believers to whom Paul thus spoke had no New
+Testament, and most of them, I dare say, could not read the Old.
+There were no written Gospels in existence. The greater part of the
+New Testament was not written; what was written was in the shape of
+two or three letters that belonged to Churches in another part of the
+world altogether. It was to the spoken word that he commended them.
+How much more securely may we trust one another to that permanent
+record of the divine revelation which we have here in the pages of
+Scripture!
+
+As for the individual, so for the Church, that written word is the
+guarantee for its purity and immortality. Christianity is the only
+religion that has ever passed through periods of decadence and
+purified itself again. They used to say that Thames water was the
+best to put on shipboard because, after it became putrid, it cleared
+itself and became sweet again. I do not know anything about whether
+that is true or not, but I know that it is true about Christianity.
+Over and over again it has rotted, and over and over again it has
+cleared itself, and it has always been by the one process. Men have
+gone back to the word and laid hold again of it in its simple
+omnipotence, and so a decadent Christianity has sprung up again into
+purity and power. The word of God, the principles of the revelation
+contained in Christ and recorded for ever in this New Testament, are
+the guarantee of the Church's immortality and of the Church's purity.
+This man and that man may fall away, provinces may be lost from the
+empire for a while, standards of rebellion and heresy may be lifted,
+but 'the foundation of God standeth sure,' and whoever will hark back
+again and dig down through the rubbish of human buildings to the
+living Rock will build secure and dwell at peace. If all our churches
+were pulverised to-morrow, and every formal creed of Christendom were
+torn in pieces, and all the institutions of the Church were
+annihilated--if there was a New Testament left they would all be
+built up again. 'I commend you to God, and to the word of His grace.'
+
+II. Secondly, notice the possible benefit of the silencing of the
+_human_ voice.
+
+Paul puts together his absence and the power of the word. 'Now I know
+that you will see my face no more'--'I commend you to God.' That is
+to say, it is often a good thing that the voice of man may be hushed
+in order that the sweeter and deeper music of the word of God,
+sounding from no human lips, may reach our hearts. Of course I am not
+going to depreciate preachers and books and religious literature and
+the thought and the acts of good and wise men who have been
+interpreters of God's meaning and will to their brethren, but the
+human ministration of the divine word, like every other help to
+knowing God, may become a hindrance instead of a help; and in all
+such helps there is a tendency, unless there be continual jealous
+watchfulness on the part of those who minister them, and on the part
+of those who use them, to assert themselves instead of leading to
+God, and to become not mirrors in which we may behold God, but
+obscuring _media_ which come between us and Him. This danger belongs
+to the great ordinance and office of the Christian ministry, large as
+its blessings are, just as it belongs to all other offices which are
+appointed for the purpose of bringing men to God. We may make them
+ladders or we may make them barriers; we may climb by them or we may
+remain in them. We may look at the colours on the painted glass until
+we do not see or think of the light which strikes through the
+colours.
+
+So it is often a good thing that a human voice which speaks the
+divine word, should be silenced; just as it is often a good thing
+that other helps and props should be taken away. No man ever leans
+all his weight upon God's arm until every other crutch on which he
+used to lean has been knocked from him.
+
+And therefore, dear brethren, applying these plain things to
+ourselves, may I not say that it may and should be the result of my
+temporary absence from you that some of you should be driven to a
+more first-hand acquaintance with God and with His word? I, like all
+Christian ministers, have of course my favourite ways of looking at
+truth, limitations of temperament, and idiosyncrasies of various
+sorts, which colour the representations that I make of God's great
+word. All the river cannot run through any pipe; and what does run is
+sure to taste somewhat of the soil through which it runs. And for
+some of you, after thirty years of hearing my way of putting things--
+and I have long since told you all that I have got to say--it will be
+a good thing to have some one else to speak to you, who will come
+with other aspects of that great Truth, and look at it from other
+angles and reflect other hues of its perfect whiteness. So partly
+because of these limitations of mine, partly because you have grown
+so accustomed to my voice that the things that I say do not produce
+half as much effect on many of you as if I were saying them to
+somebody else, or somebody else were saying them to you, and partly
+because the affection, born of so many years of united worship, for
+which in many respects I am your debtor, may lead you to look at the
+vessel rather than the treasure, do you not think it may be a means
+of blessing and help to this congregation that I should step aside
+for a little while and some one else should stand here, and you
+should be driven to make acquaintance with 'God and the word of His
+grace' a little more for yourselves? What does it matter though you
+do not have nay sermons? You have your Bibles and you have God's
+Spirit. And if my silence shall lead any of you to prize and to use
+_these_ more than you have done, then my silence will have done a
+great deal more than my speech. Ministers are like doctors, the test
+of their success is that they are not needed any more. And when we
+can say, 'They can stand without us, and they do not need us,' that
+is the crown of our ministry.
+
+III. Thirdly, notice the best expression of Christian solicitude and
+affection.
+
+'I commend you,' says Paul, 'to God, and to the word of His grace.'
+If we may venture upon a very literal translation of the word, it is,
+'I lay you down beside God.' That is beautiful, is it not? Here had
+Paul been carrying the Ephesian Church on his back for a long time
+now. He had many cares about them, many forebodings as to their
+future, knowing very well that after his departure grievous wolves
+were going to enter in. He says, 'I cannot carry the load any longer;
+here I lay it down at the Throne, beneath those pure Eyes, and that
+gentle and strong Hand.' For to commend them to God is in fact a
+prayer casting the care which Paul could no longer exercise, upon
+Him.
+
+And that is the highest expression of, as it is the only soothing
+for, manly Christian solicitude and affection. Of course you and I,
+looking forward to these six months of absence, have all of us our
+anxieties about what may be the issue. I may feel afraid lest there
+should be flagging here, lest good work should be done a little more
+languidly, lest there should be a beggarly account of empty pews many
+a time, lest the bonds of Christian union here should be loosened,
+and when I come back I may find it hard work to reknit them. All
+these thoughts must be in the mind of a true man who has put most of
+his life, and as much of himself as during that period he could
+command, into his work. What then? 'I commend you to God.' You may
+have your thoughts and anxieties as well as I have mine. Dear
+brethren, let us make an end of solicitude and turn it into petition
+and bring one another to God, and leave one another there.
+
+This 'commending,' as it is the highest expression of Christian
+solicitude, so it is the highest and most natural expression of
+Christian affection. I am not going to do what is so easy to do--
+bring tears at such a moment. I do not purpose to speak of the depth,
+the sacredness of the bond that unites a great many of us together. I
+think we can take that for granted without saying any more about it.
+But, dear brethren, I do want to pledge you and myself to this, that
+our solicitude and our affection should find voice in prayer, and
+that when we are parted we may be united, because the eyes of both
+are turned to the one Throne. There is a reality in prayer. Do you
+pray for me, as I will for you, when we are far apart. And as the
+vapour that rises from the southern seas where I go may fall in
+moisture, refreshing these northern lands, so what rises on one side
+of the world from believing hearts in loving prayers may fall upon
+the other in the rain of a divine blessing. 'I commend you to God,
+and the word of His grace.'
+
+IV. Lastly, notice the parting counsels involved in the commendation.
+
+If it be true that God and His Word are the source of all security
+and enlightenment, and are so, apart altogether from human agencies,
+then to commend these brethren to God was exhortation as well as
+prayer, and implied pointing them to the one source of security that
+they might cling to that source. I am going to give no advices about
+little matters of church order and congregational prosperity. These
+will all come right, if the two main exhortations that are involved
+in this text are laid to heart; and if they are not laid to heart,
+then I do not care one rush about the smaller things, of full pews
+and prosperous subscription lists and Christian work. These are
+secondary, and they will be consequent if you take these two advices
+that are couched in my text:--
+
+(_a_) 'Cleave to the Lord with full purpose of heart,' as the limpet
+does to the rock. Cling to Jesus Christ, the revelation of God's
+grace. And how do we cling to Him? What is the cement of souls? Love
+and trust; and whoever exercises these in reference to Jesus Christ
+is built into Him, and belongs to Him, and has a vital unity knitting
+him with that Lord. Cleave to Christ, brother, by faith and love, by
+communion and prayer, and by practical conformity of life. For
+remember that the union which is effected by faith can be broken by
+sin, and that there will be no reality in our union to Jesus unless
+it is manifested and perpetuated by righteousness of conduct and
+character. Two smoothly-ground pieces of glass pressed together will
+adhere. If there be a speck of sand, microscopic in dimensions,
+between the two, they will fall apart; and if you let tiny grains of
+sin come between you and your Master, it is delusion to speak of
+being knit to Him by faith and love. Keep near Jesus Christ and you
+will be safe.
+
+(_b_) Cleave to 'the word of His grace.' Try to understand its
+teachings better; study your Bibles with more earnestness; believe
+more fully than you have ever done that in that great Gospel there
+lie every truth that we need and guidance in all circumstances. Bring
+the principles of Christianity into your daily life; walk by the
+light of them; and live in the radiance of a present God. And then
+all these other matters which I have spoken of, which are important,
+highly important but secondary, will come right.
+
+Many of you, dear brethren, have listened to my voice for long years,
+and have not done the one thing for which I preach--viz. set your
+faith, as sinful men, on the great atoning Sacrifice and Incarnate
+Lord. I beseech you let my last word go deeper than its predecessors,
+and yield yourselves to God in Christ, bringing all your weakness and
+all your sin to Him, and trusting yourselves wholly and utterly to
+His sacrifice and life.
+
+'I commend you to God and to the word of His grace,' and beseech you
+'that, whether I come to see you or else be absent, I may hear of
+your affairs, that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one mind
+striving together for the faith of the Gospel.'
+
+
+
+THE BLESSEDNESS OF GIVING
+
+'...It is more blessed to give than to receive.'--ACTS xx. 35.
+
+How 'many other things Jesus did' and said 'which are not written in
+this book'! Here is one precious unrecorded word, which was floating
+down to the ocean of oblivion when Paul drew it to shore and so
+enriched the world. There is, however, a saying recorded, which is
+essentially parallel in content though differing in garb, 'The Son of
+Man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister.' It is tempting
+to think that the text gives a glimpse into the deep fountains of the
+pure blessedness of Jesus Himself, and was a transcript of His own
+human experience. It helps us to understand how the Man of Sorrows
+could give as a legacy to His followers 'My joy,' and could speak of
+it as abiding and full.
+
+I. The reasons on which this saying rests.
+
+It is based not only on the fact that the act of giving has in it a
+sense of power and of superiority, and that the act of receiving may
+have a painful consciousness of obligation, though a cynic might
+endorse it on that ground, but on a truth far deeper than these, that
+there is a pure and godlike joy in making others blessed.
+
+The foundation on which the axiom rests is that giving is the result
+of love and self-sacrifice. Whenever they are not found, the giving
+is not the giving which 'blesses him that gives.' If you give with
+some _arriere pensee_ of what you will get by it, or for the sake of
+putting some one under obligation, or indifferently as a matter of
+compulsion or routine, if with your alms there be contempt to which
+pity is ever near akin, then these are not examples of the giving on
+which Christ pronounced His benediction. But where the heart is full
+of deep, real love, and where that love expresses itself by a
+cheerful act of self-sacrifice, then there is felt a glow of calm
+blessedness far above the base and greedy joys of self-centred souls
+who delight only in keeping their possessions, or in using them for
+themselves. It comes not merely from contemplating the relief or
+happiness in others of which our gifts may have been the source, but
+from the working in our own hearts of these two godlike emotions. To
+be delivered from making myself my great object, and to be delivered
+from the undue value set upon having and keeping our possessions, are
+the twin factors of true blessedness. It is heaven on earth to love
+and to give oneself away.
+
+Then again, the highest joy and noblest use of all our possessions is
+found in imparting them.
+
+True as to this world's goods.
+
+The old epitaph is profoundly true, which puts into the dead lips the
+declaration: 'What I kept I lost. What I gave I kept.' Better to
+learn that and act on it while living!
+
+True as to truth, and knowledge.
+
+True as to the Gospel of the grace of God.
+
+II. The great example in God of the blessedness of giving.
+
+God gives--gives only--gives always--and He in giving has joy,
+blessedness. He would not be 'the ever-blessed God' unless He were
+'the giving God.' Creation we are perhaps scarcely warranted in
+affirming to be a necessity to the divine nature, and we run on
+perilous heights of speculation when we speak of it as contributing
+to His blessedness; but this at least we may say, that He, in the
+deep words of the Psalmist, 'delights in mercy.' Before creation was
+realised in time, the divine Idea of it was eternal, inseparable from
+His being, and therefore from everlasting He 'rejoiced in the
+habitable parts of the earth, and His delights were with the sons of
+men.'
+
+The light and glory thus thrown on His relation to us.
+
+He gives. He does not exact until He has given. He gives what He
+requires. The requirement is made in love and is itself a 'grace
+given,' for it permits to God's creatures, in their relation to Him,
+some feeble portion and shadow of the blessedness which He possesses,
+by permitting them to bring offerings to His throne, and so to have
+the joy of giving to Him what He has given to them. 'All things come
+of Thee, and of Thine own have we given Thee.' Then how this thought
+puts an end to all manner of slavish notions about God's commands and
+demands, and about worship, and about merits, or winning heaven by
+our own works.
+
+Notice that the same emotions which we have found to make the
+blessedness of giving are those which come into play in the act of
+receiving spiritual blessings. We receive the Gospel by faith, which
+assuredly has in it love and self-sacrifice.
+
+Having thus the great Example of all giving in heaven, and the shadow
+and reflex of that example in our relations to Him on earth, we are
+thereby fitted for the exemplification of it in our relation to men.
+To give, not to get, is to be our work, to love, to sacrifice
+ourselves.
+
+This axiom should regulate Christians' relation to the world, and to
+each other, in every way. It should shape the Christian use of money.
+It should shape our use of all which we have.
+
+
+
+DRAWING NEARER TO THE STORM
+
+'And it came to pass, that, after we were gotten from them, and
+had launched, we came with a straight course unto Coos, and the
+day following unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara: 2. And
+finding a ship sailing over unto Phenicia, we went aboard, and
+set forth. 3. Now when we had discovered Cyprus, we left it on
+the left hand, and sailed into Syria, and landed at Tyre: for
+there the ship was to unlade her burden. 4. And finding
+disciples, we tarried there seven days: who said to Paul through
+the Spirit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem. 5. And when we
+had accomplished those days, we departed and went our way; and
+they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we
+were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and
+prayed. 6. And when we had taken our leave one of another, we
+took ship; and they returned home again. 7. And when we had
+finished our course from Tyre, we came to Ptolemais, and saluted
+the brethren, and abode with them one day. 8. And the next day we
+that were of Paul's company departed, and came unto Caesarea: and
+we entered into the house of Philip the evangelist, which was one
+of the seven; and abode with him. 9. And the same man had four
+daughters, virgins, which did prophesy. 10. And as we tarried
+there many days, there came down from Judaea a certain prophet,
+named Agabus. 11. And when he was come unto us, he took Paul's
+girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, and said, Thus saith
+the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that
+owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the
+Gentiles. 12. And when we heard these things, both we, and they
+of that place, besought him not to go up to Jerusalem. 13. Then
+Paul answered, What mean ye to weep and to break mine heart? for
+I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for
+the name of the Lord Jesus. 14. And when he would not be
+persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done. 15.
+And after those days we took up our carriages, and went up to
+Jerusalem.'--ACTS xxi. 1-15.
+
+Paul's heroic persistency in disregarding the warnings of 'bonds and
+afflictions' which were pealed into his ears in every city, is the
+main point of interest in this section. But the vivid narrative
+abounds with details which fill it with life and colour. We may
+gather it all round three points--the voyage, Tyre, and Caesarea.
+
+I. The log of the voyage, as given in verses 1-3, shows the leisurely
+way of navigation in those days and in that sea. Obviously the
+coaster tied up or anchored in port at night. Running down the coast
+from Miletus, they stayed overnight, first at the small island of
+Coos, then stretched across the next day to Rhodes, and on the third
+struck back to the mainland at Patara, from which, according to one
+reading, they ran along the coast a little further east to Myra, the
+usual port of departure for Syria. Ramsay explains that the prevalent
+favourable wind for a vessel bound for Syria blows steadily in early
+morning, and dies down towards nightfall, so that there would have
+been no use in keeping at sea after sundown.
+
+At Patara (or Myra) Paul and his party had to tranship, for their
+vessel was probably of small tonnage, and only fit to run along the
+coast. In either port they would have no difficulty in finding some
+merchantman to take them across to Syria. Accordingly they shifted
+into one bound for Tyre, and apparently ready to sail. The second
+part of their voyage took them right out to sea, and their course lay
+to the west, and then to the south of Cyprus, which Luke mentions as
+if to remind us of Paul's visit there when he was beginning his
+missionary work. How much had passed since that day at Paphos (which
+they might have sighted from the deck)! He had left Paphos with
+Barnabas and John Mark--where were they? He had sailed away from
+Cyprus to carry the Gospel among Gentiles; he sails past it,
+accompanied by a group of these whom he had won for Christ. There he
+had begun his career; now the omens indicated that possibly its end
+was near. Many a thought would be in his mind as he looked out over
+the blue waters and saw the glittering roofs and groves of Paphos.
+
+Tyre was the first port of call, and there the cargo was to be
+landed. The travellers had to wait till that was done, and probably
+another one shipped. The seven days' stay is best understood as due
+to that cause; for we find that Paul re-embarked in the same ship,
+and went in her as far as Ptolemais, at all events, perhaps to
+Caesarea.
+
+We note that no brethren are mentioned as having been met at any of
+the ports of call, and no evangelistic work as having been done in
+them. The party were simple passengers, who had to shape their
+movements to suit the convenience of the master of the vessel, and
+were only in port at night, and off again next morning early. No
+doubt the leisure at sea was as restorative to them as it often is to
+jaded workers now.
+
+II. Tyre was a busy seaport then, and in its large population the few
+disciples would make but little show. They had to be sought out
+before they were 'found.' One can feel how eagerly the travellers
+would search, and how thankfully they would find themselves again
+among congenial souls. Since Miletus they had had no Christian
+communion, and the sailors in such a ship as theirs would not be
+exactly kindred spirits. So that week in Tyre would be a blessed
+break in the voyage. We hear nothing of visiting the synagogue, nor
+of preaching to the non-Christian population, nor of instruction to
+the little Church.
+
+The whole interest of the stay at Tyre is, for Luke, centred on the
+fact that here too the same message which had met Paul everywhere was
+repeated to him. It was 'through the Spirit.' Then was Paul flying in
+the face of divine prohibitions when he held on his way in spite of
+all that could be said? Certainly not. We have to bring common sense
+to bear on the interpretation of the words in verse 4, and must
+suppose that what came from 'the Spirit' was the prediction of
+persecutions waiting Paul, and that the exhortation to avoid these by
+keeping clear of Jerusalem was the voice of human affection only.
+Such a blending of clear insight and of mistaken deductions from it
+is no strange experience.
+
+No word is said as to the effect of the Tyrian Christians'
+dissuasion. It had none. Luke mentions it in order to show how
+continuous was the repetition of the same note, and his silence as to
+the manner of its reception is eloquent. The parting scene at Tyre is
+like, and yet very unlike, that at Miletus. In both the Christians
+accompany Paul to the beach, in both they kneel down and pray. It
+would scarcely have been a Christian parting without that. In both
+loving farewells are said, and perhaps waved when words could no
+longer be heard. But at Tyre, where there were no bonds of old
+comradeship nor of affection to a spiritual father, there was none of
+the yearning, clinging love that could not bear to part, none of the
+hanging on Paul's neck, none of the deep sorrow of final separation.
+The delicate shades of difference in two scenes so similar tell of
+the hand of an eye-witness. The touch that 'all' the Tyrian
+Christians went down to the beach, and took their wives and children
+with them, suggests that they can have been but a small community,
+and so confirms the hint given by the use of the word 'found' in
+verse 4.
+
+III. The vessel ran down the coast to Ptolemais where one day's stop
+was made, probably to land and ship cargo, if, as is possible, the
+further journey to Caesarea was by sea. But it may have been by land;
+the narrative is silent on that point. At Ptolemais, as at Tyre,
+there was a little company of disciples, the brevity of the stay with
+whom, contrasted with the long halt in Caesarea, rather favours the
+supposition that the ship's convenience ruled the Apostle's movements
+till he reached the latter place. There he found a haven of rest,
+and, surrounded by loving friends, no wonder that the burdened
+Apostle lingered there before plunging into the storm of which he had
+had so many warnings.
+
+The eager haste of the earlier part of the journey, contrasted with
+the delay in Caesarea at the threshold of his goal, is explained by
+supposing that at the beginning Paul's one wish had been to get to
+Jerusalem in time for the Feast, and that at Caesarea he found that,
+thanks to his earlier haste and his good passages, he had a margin to
+spare. He did not wish to get to the Holy City much before the Feast.
+
+Two things only are told as occurring in Caesarea--the intercourse
+with Philip and the renewed warnings about going to Jerusalem.
+Apparently Philip had been in Caesarea ever since we last heard of
+him (chap. viii.). He had brought his family there, and settled down
+in the headquarters of Roman government. He had been used by Christ
+to carry the Gospel to men outside the Covenant, and for a time it
+seemed as if he was to be the messenger to the Gentiles; but that
+mission soon ended, and the honour and toil fell to another. But
+neither did Philip envy Paul, nor did Paul avoid Philip. The Master
+has the right to settle what each slave has to do, and whether He
+sets him to high or low office, it matters not.
+
+Philip might have been contemptuous and jealous of the younger man,
+who had been nobody when he was chosen as one of the Seven, but had
+so far outrun him now. But no paltry personal feeling marred the
+Christian intercourse of the two, and we can imagine how much each
+had to tell the other, with perhaps Cornelius for a third in company,
+during the considerably extended stay in Caesarea. No doubt Luke too
+made good use of the opportunity of increasing his knowledge of the
+first days, and probably derived much of the material for the first
+chapters of Acts from Philip, either then or at his subsequent longer
+residence in the same city.
+
+We have heard of the prophet Agabus before (chap, xi. 28). Why he is
+introduced here, as if a stranger, we cannot tell, and it is useless
+to guess, and absurd to sniff suspicion of genuineness in the
+peculiarity. His prophecy is more definite than any that preceded it.
+That is God's way. He makes things clearer as we go on, and warnings
+more emphatic as danger approaches. The source of the 'afflictions'
+was now for the first time declared, and the shape which they would
+take. Jews would deliver Paul to Gentiles, as they had delivered
+Paul's Master.
+
+But there the curtain falls. What would the Gentiles do with him?
+That remained unrevealed. Half the tragedy was shown, and then
+darkness covered the rest. That was more trying to nerves and courage
+than full disclosure to the very end would have been. Imagination had
+just enough to work on, and was stimulated to shape out all sorts of
+horrors. Similarly incomplete and testing to faith are the glimpses
+of the future which we get in our own lives. We see but a little way
+ahead, and then the road takes a sharp turn, and we fancy dreadful
+shapes hiding round the corner.
+
+Paul's courage was unmoved both by Agabus's incomplete prophecy and
+by the tearful implorings of his companions and of the Caesarean
+Christians. His pathetic words to them are misunderstood if we take
+'break my heart' in the modern sense of that phrase, for it really
+means 'to melt away my resolution,' and shows that Paul felt that the
+passionate grief of his brethren was beginning to do what no fear for
+himself could do--shake even his steadfast purpose. No more lovely
+blending of melting tenderness and iron determination has ever been
+put into words than that cry of his, followed by the great utterance
+which proclaimed his readiness to bear all things, even death itself,
+for 'the name of the Lord Jesus.' What kindled and fed that noble
+flame of self-devotion? The love of Jesus Christ, built on the sense
+that He had redeemed the soul of His servant, and had thereby bought
+him for His own.
+
+If we feel that we have been 'bought with a price,' we too, in our
+small spheres, shall be filled with that ennobling passion of devoted
+love which will not count life dear if He calls us to give it up. Let
+us learn from Paul how to blend the utmost gentleness and tender
+responsiveness to all love with fixed determination to glorify the
+Name. A strong will and a loving heart make a marvellously beautiful
+combination, and should both abide in every Christian.
+
+
+
+PHILIP THE EVANGELIST
+
+'... We entered into the house of Philip the evangelist, which
+was one of the seven; and abode with him.'--ACTS xxi. 8.
+
+The life of this Philip, as recorded, is a very remarkable one. It is
+divided into two unequal halves: one full of conspicuous service, one
+passed in absolute obscurity. Like the moon in its second quarter,
+part of the disc is shining silver and the rest is invisible. Let us
+put together the notices of him.
+
+He bears a name which makes it probable that he was not a Palestinian
+Jew, but one of the many who, of Jewish descent, had lived in Gentile
+lands and contracted Gentile habits and associations. We first hear
+of him as one of the Seven who were chosen by the Church, at the
+suggestion of the Apostles, in order to meet the grumbling of that
+section of the Church, who were called 'Hellenists,' about their
+people being neglected in the distribution of alms. He stands in that
+list next to Stephen, who was obviously the leader. Then after
+Stephen's persecution, he flies from Jerusalem, like the rest of the
+Church, and comes down to Samaria and preaches there. He did that
+because circumstances drove him; he had become one of the Seven
+because his brethren appointed him, but his next step was in
+obedience to a specific command of Christ. He went and preached the
+Gospel to the Ethiopian eunuch, and then he was borne away from the
+new convert, and after the Spirit had put him down at Ashdod he had
+to tramp all the way up the Palestinian coast, left to the guidance
+of his own wits, until he came to Caesarea. There he remained for
+twenty years; and we do not hear a word about him in all that time.
+But at last Paul and his companions, hurrying to keep the Feast at
+Jerusalem, found that they had a little time to spare when they
+reached Caesarea, and so they came to 'the house of Philip the
+evangelist,' whom we last heard of twenty years before, and spent
+'many days' with him. That is the final glimpse that we have of
+Philip.
+
+Now let us try to gather two or three plain lessons, especially those
+which depend on that remarkable contrast between the first and the
+second periods of this man's life. There is, first, a brief space of
+brilliant service, and then there are long years of obscure toil.
+
+I. The brief space of brilliant service.
+
+The Church was in a state of agitation, and there was murmuring going
+on because, as I have already said, a section of it thought that
+their poor were unfairly dealt with by the native-born Jews in the
+Church. And so the Apostles said: 'What is the use of your squabbling
+thus? Pick out any seven that you like, of the class that considers
+itself aggrieved, and we will put the distribution of these
+eleemosynary grants into their hands. That will surely stop your
+mouths. Do you choose whom you please, and we will confirm your
+choice.' So the Church selected seven brethren, all apparently
+belonging to the 'Grecians' or Greek-speaking Jews, as the Apostles
+had directed that they should be, and one of them, not a Jew by
+birth, but a 'proselyte of Antioch.' These men's partialities would
+all be in favour of the class to which they belonged, and to secure
+fair play for which they were elected by it.
+
+Now these seven are never called 'deacons' in the New Testament,
+though it is supposed that they were the first holders of that
+office. It is instructive to note how their office came into
+existence. It was created by the Apostles, simply as the handiest way
+of getting over a difficulty. Is that the notion of Church
+organisation that prevails among some of our brethren who believe
+that organisation is everything, and that unless a Church has the
+three orders of bishops, priests, and deacons, it is not worth
+calling a Church at all? The plain fact is that the Church at the
+beginning had no organisation. What organisation it had grew up as
+circumstances required. The only two laws which governed organisation
+were, first, 'One is your Master, even Christ, and all ye are
+brethren'; and second, 'When the Spirit of the Lord is come upon
+thee, thou shalt do as occasion shall serve thee.' Thus these seven
+were appointed to deal with a temporary difficulty and to distribute
+alms when necessary; and their office dropped when it was no longer
+required, as was probably the case when, very soon after, the
+Jerusalem Church was scattered. Then, by degrees, came elders and
+deacons. People fancy that there is but one rigid, unalterable type
+of Church organisation, when the reality is that it is fluent and
+flexible, and that the primitive Church never was meant to be the
+pattern according to which, in detail, and specifically, other
+Churches in different circumstances should be constituted. There are
+great principles which no organisation must break, but if these be
+kept, the form is a matter of convenience.
+
+That is the first lesson that I take out of this story. Although it
+has not much to do with Philip himself, still it is worth saying in
+these days when a particular organisation of the Church is supposed
+to be essential to Christian fellowship, and we Nonconformists, who
+have not the 'orders' that some of our brethren seem to think
+indispensable, are by a considerable school unchurched, because we
+are without them. But the primitive Church also was without them.
+
+Still further and more important for us, in these brief years of
+brilliant service I note the spontaneous impulse which sets a
+Christian man to do Christian work. It was his brethren that picked
+out Philip, and said, 'Now go and distribute alms,' but his brethren
+had nothing to do with his next step. He was driven by circumstances
+out of Jerusalem, and he found himself in Samaria, and perhaps he
+remembered how Jesus Christ had said, on the day when He went up into
+Heaven, 'Ye shall be witnesses unto Me, both in Jerusalem _and in
+Samaria_, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth.' But whether he
+remembered that or not, he was here in Samaria, amongst the ancestral
+enemies of his nation. Nobody told him to preach when he went to
+Samaria. He had no commission from the Apostles to do so. He did not
+hold any office in the Church, except that which, according to the
+Apostles' intention in establishing it, ought to have stopped his
+mouth from preaching. For they said, when they appointed these seven,
+'Let _them_ serve tables, and we will give ourselves to the ministry
+of the word.' But Jesus Christ has a way of upsetting men's
+restrictions as to the functions of His servants. And so Philip,
+without a commission, and with many prejudices to stop his mouth, was
+the first to break through the limitations which confined the message
+of salvation to the Jews. Because he found himself in Samaria, and
+they needed Christ there, he did not wait for Peter and James and
+John to lay their hands upon his head, and say, 'Now you are entitled
+to speak about Him'; he did not wait for any appointment, but yielded
+to his own heart, a heart that was full of Jesus Christ, and _must_
+speak about Him; find he proclaimed the Gospel in that city.
+
+So he has the noble distinction of being the very first Christian man
+who put a bold foot across the boundary of Judaism, and showed a
+light to men that were in darkness beyond. Remember he did it as a
+simple private Christian; uncalled, uncommissioned, unordained by
+anybody; and he did it because he could not help it, and he never
+thought to himself, 'I am doing a daring, new thing.' It seemed the
+most natural thing in the world that he should preach in Samaria. So
+it would be to us, if we were Christians with the depth of faith and
+of personal experience which this man had.
+
+There is another lesson that I take from these first busy years of
+Philip's service. Christ provides wider spheres for men who have been
+faithful in narrower ones. It was because he had 'won his spurs,' if
+I may so say, in Samaria, and proved the stuff he was made of, that
+the angel of the Lord came and said to Philip, 'Go down on the road
+to Gaza, which is desert. Do not ask now what you are to do when you
+get there. Go!' So with his sealed orders be went. No doubt he
+thought to himself, 'Strange that I should be taken from this
+prosperous work in Samaria, and sent to a desert road, where there is
+not a single human being!' But he went; and when he struck the point
+of junction of the road from Samaria with that from Jerusalem, looked
+about to discover what he had been sent there for. The only thing in
+sight was one chariot, and he said to himself, 'Ah, that is it,' and
+he drew near to the chariot, and heard the occupant reading aloud
+Isaiah's great prophecy. The Ethiopian chamberlain was probably not
+very familiar with the Greek translation of the Old Testament, which
+he seems to have been using and, as poor readers often do, helped his
+comprehension by speaking the words he sees on the page. Philip knew
+at once that here was the object of his mission, and so 'joined
+himself to the chariot,' and set himself to his work.
+
+So Christ chooses His agents for further work from those who, out of
+their own spontaneous love of Him, have done what lay at their hands.
+'To him that hath shall be given.' If you are ambitious of a wider
+sphere, be sure that you fill your narrow one. It will widen quite
+fast enough for your capacities.
+
+II. Now let me say a word about the long years of obscurity.
+
+Philip went down to Caesarea, and, as I said, he drops out of the
+story for twenty years. I wonder why it was that when Jesus Christ
+desired that Cornelius, who lived in Caesarea, should hear the
+gospel, He did not direct him to Philip, who also was in Caesarea,
+but bid him send all the way to Joppa to bring Peter thence? I wonder
+why it was that when Barnabas at Antioch turned his face northwards
+to seek for young Saul at Tarsus, he never dreamed of turning
+southwards to call out Philip from Caesarea? I wonder how it came to
+pass that this man, who at one time looked as if he was going to be
+the leader in the extension of the Church to the Gentiles, and who,
+as a matter of fact, was the first, not only in Samaria but on the
+desert road, to press beyond the narrow bounds of Judaism, was passed
+over in the further stages by Jesus, and why his brethren passed him
+over, and left him there all these years in Caesarea, whilst there
+was so much going on that was the continuation and development of the
+very movement that he had begun. We do not know why, and it is
+useless to try to speculate, but we may learn lessons from the fact.
+
+Here is a beautiful instance of the contented acceptance of a lot
+very much less conspicuous, very much less brilliant, than the early
+beginnings had seemed to promise. I suppose that there are very few
+of us but have had, back in the far-away past, moments when we seemed
+to have opening out before us great prospects of service which have
+never been realised; and the remembrance of the brief moments of
+dawning splendour is very apt to make the rest of the life look grey
+and dull, and common things flat, and to make us sour. We look back
+and we think, 'Ah, the gates were opened for me then, but how they
+have slammed to since! It is hard for me to go on in this lowly
+condition, and this eclipsed state into which I have been brought,
+without feeling how different it might have been if those early days
+had only continued.' Well, for Philip it was enough that Jesus Christ
+sent him to the eunuch and did not send him to Cornelius. He took the
+position that his Master put him in and worked away therein.
+
+And there is a further lesson for us, who, for the most part, have to
+lead obscure lives. For there was in Philip not only a contented
+acceptance of an obscure life, but there was a diligent doing of
+obscure work. Did you notice that one significant little word in the
+clause that I have taken for my text: 'We entered into the house of
+Philip _the evangelist_, which was one of the seven'? Luke does not
+forget Philip's former office, but he dwells rather on what his other
+office was, twenty years afterwards. He was 'an evangelist' now,
+although the evangelistic work was being done in a very quiet corner,
+and nobody was paying much attention to it. Time was when he had a
+great statesman to listen to his words. Time was when a whole city
+was moved by his teaching. Time was when it looked as if he was going
+to do the work that Paul did. But all these visions were shattered,
+and he was left to toil for twenty long years in that obscure corner,
+and not a soul knew anything about his work except the people to whom
+it was directed and the four unmarried girls at home whom his example
+had helped to bring to Jesus Christ, and who were 'prophetesses.' At
+the end of the twenty years he is 'Philip the evangelist.'
+
+_There_ is patient perseverance at unrecompensed, unrecorded, and
+unnoticed work. 'Great' and 'small' have nothing to do with the work
+of Christian people. It does not matter who knows our work or who
+does not know it, the thing is that _He_ knows it. Now the most of us
+have to do absolutely unnoticed Christian service. Those of us who
+are in positions like mine have a little more notoriety--and it is no
+blessing--and a year or two after a man's voice ceases to sound from
+a pulpit he is forgotten. What does it matter? 'Surely I will never
+forget any of their works.' And in these advertising days, when
+publicity seems to be the great good that people in so many cases
+seek after, and no one is contented to do his little bit of work
+unless he gets reported in the columns of the newspapers, we may all
+take example from the behaviour of Philip, and remember the man who
+began so brilliantly, and for twenty years was hidden, and was 'the
+evangelist' all the time.
+
+III. Now, there is one last lesson that I would draw, and that is the
+ultimate recognition of the work and the joyful meeting of the
+workers.
+
+I think it is very beautiful to see that when Paul entered Philip's
+house he came into a congenial atmosphere; and although he had been
+hurrying, out of breath as it were, all the way from Corinth to get
+to Jerusalem in time for the Feast, he slowed off at once; partly, no
+doubt, because he found that he was in time, and partly, no doubt,
+that he felt the congeniality of the society that he met.
+
+So there was no envy in Philip's heart of the younger brother that
+had so outrun him. He was quite content to share the fate of
+pioneers, and rejoiced in the junior who had entered into his labour.
+'One soweth and another reapeth'; he was prepared for that, and
+rejoiced to hear about what the Lord had done by his brother, though
+once he had thought it might have been done by him. How they would
+talk! How much there would be to tell! How glad the old man would be
+at the younger man's success!
+
+And there was one sitting by who did not say very much, but had his
+ears wide open, and his name was Luke. In Philip's long, confidential
+conversations he no doubt got some of the materials, which have been
+preserved for us in this book, for his account of the early days of
+the Church in Jerusalem.
+
+So Philip, after all, was not working in so obscure a corner as he
+thought. The whole world knows about him. He had been working behind
+a curtain all the while, and he never knew that 'the beloved
+physician,' who was listening so eagerly to all he had to tell about
+the early days, was going to twitch down the curtain and let the
+whole world see the work that he thought he was doing, all unknown
+and soon to be forgotten.
+
+And that is what will happen to us all. The curtain will be twitched
+down, and when it is, it will be good for us if we have the same
+record to show that this man had--namely, toil for the Master,
+indifferent to whether men see or do not see; patient labour for Him,
+coming out of a heart purged of all envy and jealousy of those who
+have been called to larger and more conspicuous service.
+
+May we not take these many days of quiet converse in Philip's house,
+when the pioneer and the perfecter of the work talked together, as
+being a kind of prophetic symbol of the time when all who had a share
+in the one great and then completed work will have a share in its
+joy? No matter whether they have dug the foundations or laid the
+early courses or set the top stone and the shining battlements that
+crown the structure, they have all their share in the building and
+their portion in the gladness of the completed edifice, 'that he that
+soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together.'
+
+
+
+AN OLD DISCIPLE
+
+'... One Mnason of Cyprus, an old disciple, with whom we should
+lodge.'--ACTS xxi. 16.
+
+There is something that stimulates the imagination in these mere
+shadows of men that we meet in the New Testament story. What a
+strange fate that is to be made immortal by a line in this book--
+immortal and yet so unknown! We do not hear another word about this
+host of Paul's, but his name will be familiar to men's ears till the
+world's end. This figure is drawn in the slightest possible outline,
+with a couple of hasty strokes of the pencil. But if we take even
+these few bare words and look at them, feeling that there is a man
+like ourselves sketched in them, I think we can get a real picture
+out of them, and that even this dim form crowded into the background
+of the Apostolic story may have a word or two to say to us.
+
+His name and his birthplace show that he belonged to the same class
+as Paul, that is, he was a Hellenist, or a Jew by descent, but born
+on Gentile soil, and speaking Greek. He came from Cyprus, the native
+island of Barnabas, who may have been a friend of his. He was an 'old
+disciple,' which does not mean simply that he was advanced in life,
+but that he was 'a disciple from the beginning,' one of the original
+group of believers. If we interpret the word strictly, we must
+suppose him to have been one of the rapidly diminishing nucleus, who
+thirty years or more ago had seen Christ in the flesh, and been drawn
+to Him by His own words. Evidently the mention of the early date of
+his conversion suggests that the number of his contemporaries was
+becoming few, and that there were a certain honour and distinction
+conceded by the second generation of the Church to the survivors of
+the primitive band. Then, of course, as one of the earliest
+believers, he must, by this time, have been advanced in life. A
+Cypriote by birth, he had emigrated to, and resided in a village on
+the road to Jerusalem; and must have had means and heart to exercise
+a liberal hospitality there. Though a Hellenist like Paul he does not
+seem to have known the Apostle before, for the most probable
+rendering of the context is that the disciples from Caesarea, who
+were travelling with the Apostle from that place to Jerusalem,
+'brought us to Mnason,' implying that this was their first
+introduction to each other. But though probably unacquainted with the
+great teacher of the Gentiles--whose ways were looked on with much
+doubt by many of the Palestinian Christians--the old man, relic of
+the original disciples as he was, had full sympathy with Paul, and
+opened his house and his heart to receive him. His adhesion to the
+Apostle would no doubt carry weight with 'the many thousands of Jews
+which believed, and were all zealous of the law,' and was as
+honourable to him as it was helpful to Paul.
+
+Now if we put all this together, does not the shadowy figure begin to
+become more substantial? and does it not preach to us some lessons
+that we may well take to heart?
+
+I. The first thing which this old disciple says to us out of the
+misty distance is: Hold fast to your early faith, and to the Christ
+whom you have known.
+
+Many a year had passed since the days when perhaps the beauty of the
+Master's own character and the sweetness of His own words had drawn
+this man to Him. How much had come and gone since then--Calvary and
+the Resurrection, Olivet and the Pentecost! His own life and mind had
+changed from buoyant youth to sober old age. His whole feelings and
+outlook on the world were different. His old friends had mostly gone.
+James indeed was still there, and Peter and John remained until this
+present, but most had fallen on sleep. A new generation was rising
+round about him, and new thoughts and ways were at work. But one
+thing remained for him what it had been in the old days, and that was
+Christ. 'One generation cometh and another goeth, but the "Christ"
+abideth for ever.'
+
+ 'We all are changed by still degrees;
+ All but the basis of the soul,'
+
+and the 'basis of the soul,' in the truest sense, is that one God-
+laid foundation on which whosoever buildeth shall never be
+confounded, nor ever need to change with changing time. Are we
+building there? and do we find that life, as it advances, but
+tightens our hold on Jesus Christ, who is our hope?
+
+There is no fairer nor happier experience than that of the old man
+who has around him the old loves, the old confidences, and some
+measure of the old joys. But who can secure that blessed unity in his
+life if he depend on the love and help of even the dearest, or on the
+light of any creature for his sunshine? There is but one way of
+making all our days one, because one love, one hope, one joy, one aim
+binds them all together, and that is by taking the abiding Christ for
+ours, and abiding in Him all our days. Holding fast by the early
+convictions does not mean stiffening in them. There is plenty of room
+for advancement in Christ. No doubt Mnason, when he was first a
+disciple, knew but very little of the meaning and worth of his Master
+and His work, compared with what he had learned in all these years.
+And our true progress consists, not in growing away from Jesus but in
+growing up into Him, not in passing through and leaving behind our
+first convictions of Him as Saviour, but in having these verified by
+the experience of years, deepened and cleared, unfolded and ordered
+into a larger, though still incomplete, whole. We may make our whole
+lives helpful to that advancement and blessed shall we be if the
+early faith is the faith that brightens till the end, and brightens
+the end. How beautiful it is to see a man, below whose feet time is
+crumbling away, holding firmly by the Lord whom he has loved and
+served all his days, and finding that the pillar of cloud, which
+guided him while he lived, begins to glow in its heart of fire as the
+shadows fall, and is a pillar of light to guide him when he comes to
+die! Dear friends, whether you be near the starting or near the prize
+of your Christian course, 'cast not away your confidence, which hath
+great recompense of reward.' See to it that the 'knowledge of the
+Father,' which is the 'little children's' possession, passes through
+the strength of youth, and the 'victory over the world' into the calm
+knowledge of Him 'that is from the beginning,' wherein the fathers
+find their earliest convictions deepened and perfected, 'Grow in
+grace and in the knowledge' of Him, whom to know ever so imperfectly
+is eternal life, whom to know a little better is the true progress
+for men, whom to know more and more fully is the growth and gladness
+and glory of the heavens. Look at this shadowy figure that looks out
+on us here, and listen to his far-off voice 'exhorting us all that
+with purpose of heart we should cleave unto the Lord.'
+
+II. But there is another and, as some might think, opposite lesson to
+be gathered from this outline sketch, namely, The welcome which we
+should be ready to give to new thoughts and ways.
+
+It is evidently meant that we should note Mnason's position in the
+Church as significant in regard to his hospitable reception of the
+Apostle. We can fancy how the little knot of 'original disciples'
+would be apt to value themselves on their position, especially as
+time went on, and their ranks were thinned. They would be tempted to
+suppose that they must needs understand the Master's meaning a great
+deal better than those who had never known Christ after the flesh;
+and no doubt they would be inclined to share in the suspicion with
+which the thorough-going Jewish party in the Church regarded this
+Paul, who had never seen the Lord. It would have been very natural
+for this good old man to have said, 'I do not like these new-fangled
+ways. There was nothing of this sort in my younger days. Is it not
+likely that we, who were at the beginning of the Gospel, should
+understand the Gospel and the Church's work without this new man
+coming to set us right? I am too old to go in with these changes.'
+All the more honourable is it that he should have been ready with an
+open house to shelter the great champion of the Gentile Churches;
+and, as we may reasonably believe, with an open heart to welcome his
+teaching. Depend on it, it was not every 'old disciple' that would
+have done as much.
+
+Now does not this flexibility of mind and openness of nature to
+welcome new ways of work, when united with the persistent constancy
+in his old creed, make an admirable combination? It is one rare
+enough at any age, but especially in elderly men. We are always
+disposed to rend apart what ought never to be separated, the
+inflexible adherence to a fixed centre of belief, and the freest
+ranging around the whole changing circumference. The man of strong
+convictions is apt to grip every trifle of practice and every
+unimportant bit of his creed with the same tenacity with which he
+holds its vital heart, and to take obstinacy for firmness, and dogged
+self-will for faithfulness to truth. The man who welcomes new light,
+and reaches forward to greet new ways, is apt to delight in having
+much fluid that ought to be fixed, and to value himself on a
+'liberality' which simply means that he has no central truth and no
+rooted convictions. And as men grow older they stiffen more and more,
+and have to leave the new work for new hands, and the new thoughts
+for new brains. That is all in the order of nature, but so much the
+finer is it when we do see old Christian men who join to their firm
+grip of the old Gospel the power of welcoming, and at least bidding
+God-speed to, new thoughts and new workers and new ways of work.
+
+The union of these two characteristics should be consciously aimed at
+by us all. Hold unchanging, with a grasp that nothing can relax, by
+Christ our life and our all; but with that tenacity of mind, try to
+cultivate flexibility too. Love the old, but be ready to welcome the
+new. Do not invest your own or other people's habits of thought or
+forms of work with the same sanctity which belongs to the central
+truths of our salvation; do not let the willingness to entertain new
+light lead you to tolerate any changes there. It is hard to blend the
+two virtues together, but they are meant to be complements, not
+opposites, to each other. The fluttering leaves and bending branches
+need a firm stem and deep roots. The firm stem looks noblest in its
+unmoved strength when it is contrasted with a cloud of light foliage
+dancing in the wind. Try to imitate the persistency and the open mind
+of that 'old disciple' who was so ready to welcome and entertain the
+Apostle of the Gentile Churches.
+
+III. But there is still another lesson which, I think, this portrait
+may suggest, and that is, the beauty that may dwell in an obscure
+life.
+
+There is nothing to be said about this old man but that he was a
+disciple. He had done no great thing for his Lord. No teacher or
+preacher was he. No eloquence or genius was in him. No great heroic
+deed or piece of saintly endurance is to be recorded of him, but only
+this, that he had loved and followed Christ all his days. And is not
+that record enough? It is his blessed fate to live for ever in the
+world's memory, with only that one word attached to his name--a
+disciple.
+
+The world may remember very little about us a year after we are gone.
+No thought, no deed may be connected with our names but in some
+narrow circle of loving hearts. There may be no place for us in any
+record written with a man's pen. But what does that matter, if our
+names, dear friends, are written in the Lamb's Book of Life, with
+this for sole epitaph, 'a disciple'? That single phrase is the
+noblest summary of a life. A thinker? a hero? a great man? a
+millionaire? No, a 'disciple.' That says all. May it be your epitaph
+and mine!
+
+What Mnason could do he did. It was not his vocation to go into the
+'regions beyond,' like Paul; to guide the Church, like James; to put
+his remembrances of his Master in a book, like Matthew; to die for
+Jesus, like Stephen. But he could open his house for Paul and his
+company, and so take his share in their work. 'He that receiveth a
+prophet in the name of a prophet shall receive a prophet's reward.'
+He that with understanding and sympathy welcomes and sustains the
+prophet, shows thereby that he stands on the same spiritual level,
+and has the makings of a prophet in him, though he want the
+intellectual force and may never open his lips to speak the burden of
+the Lord. Therefore he shall be one in reward as he is in spirit. The
+old law in Israel is the law for the warfare of Christ's soldiers.
+'As his part is that goeth down to the battle, so shall his part be
+that abideth by the stuff: they shall part alike.' The men in the
+rear who guard the camp and keep the communications open, may deserve
+honours, and crosses, and prize-money as much as their comrades who
+led the charge that cut through the enemy's line and scattered their
+ranks. It does not matter, so far as the real spiritual worth of the
+act is concerned, what we do, but only why we do it. All deeds are
+the same which are done from the same motive and with the same
+devotion; and He who judges, not by our outward actions but by the
+springs from which they come, will at last bracket together as equals
+many who were widely separated here in the form of their service and
+the apparent magnitude of their work.
+
+'She hath done what she could.' Her power determined the measure and
+the manner of her work. One precious thing she had, and only one, and
+she broke her one rich possession that she might pour the fragrant
+oil over His feet. Therefore her useless deed of utter love and
+uncalculating self-sacrifice was crowned by praise from His lips
+whose praise is our highest honour, and the world is still 'filled
+with the odour of the ointment.'
+
+So this old disciple's hospitality is strangely immortal, and the
+record of it reminds us that the smallest service done for Jesus is
+remembered and treasured by Him. Men have spent their lives to win a
+line in the world's chronicles which are written on sand, and have
+broken their hearts because they failed; and this passing act of one
+obscure Christian, in sheltering a little company of travel-stained
+wayfarers, has made his name a possession for ever. 'Seekest thou
+great things for thyself? seek them not'; but let us fill our little
+corners, doing our unnoticed work for love of our Lord, careless
+about man's remembrance or praise, because sure of Christ's, whose
+praise is the only fame, whose remembrance is the highest reward.
+'God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love.'
+
+
+
+PAUL IN THE TEMPLE
+
+'And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were
+of Asia when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the
+people, and laid hands on him. 28. Crying out, Men of Israel,
+help: This is the man, that teacheth all men everywhere against
+the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought
+Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place.
+29. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an
+Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the
+temple.) 30. And all the city was moved, and the people ran
+together: and they took Paul, and drew him out of the temple:
+and forthwith the doors were shut. 31. And as they went about to
+kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that
+all Jerusalem was in an uproar. 32. Who immediately took
+soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they
+saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of
+Paul. 33. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and
+commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he
+was, and what he had done. 34. And some cried one thing, some
+another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the
+certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into
+the castle. 35. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was,
+that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the
+people. 36. For the multitude of the people followed after,
+crying, Away with him. 37. And as Paul was to be led into the
+castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee?
+Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? 38. Art not thou that
+Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest
+out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers?
+39. But Paul said, I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city
+in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee,
+suffer me to speak unto the people.'--ACTS xxi. 27-39.
+
+The stronger a man's faith, the greater will and should be his
+disposition to conciliate. Paul may seem to have stretched
+consideration for weak brethren to its utmost, when he consented to
+the proposal of the Jerusalem elders to join in performing the vow of
+a Nazarite, and to appear in the Temple for that purpose. But he was
+quite consistent in so doing; for it was not Jewish ceremonial to
+which he objected, but the insisting on it as necessary. For himself,
+he lived as a Jew, except in his freedom of intercourse with
+Gentiles. No doubt he knew that the death-warrant of Jewish
+ceremonial had been signed, but he could leave it to time to carry
+out the sentence. The one thing which he was resolved should not be
+was its imposition on Gentile Christians. Their road to Jesus was not
+through Temple or synagogue. As for Jewish Christians, let them keep
+to the ritual if they chose. The conciliatory plan recommended by the
+elders, though perfectly consistent with Paul's views and successful
+with the Jewish Christians, roused non-Christian Jews as might have
+been expected.
+
+This incident brings out very strikingly the part played by each of
+the two factors in carrying out God's purposes for Paul. They are
+unconscious instruments, and co-operation is the last thing dreamed
+of on either side; but Jew and Roman together work out a design of
+which they had not a glimpse.
+
+I. Note the charge against Paul. The 'Jews from Asia' knew him by
+sight, as they had seen him in Ephesus and elsewhere; and possibly
+some of them had been fellow-passengers with him from Miletus. No
+wonder that they construed his presence in the Temple into an insult
+to it. If Luther or John Knox had appeared in St. Peter's, he would
+not have been thought to have come as a worshipper. Paul's teaching
+may very naturally have created the impression in hot-tempered
+partisans, who could not draw distinctions, that he was the enemy of
+Temple and sacrifice.
+
+It has always been the vice of religious controversy to treat
+inferences from heretical teaching, which appear plain to the
+critics, as if they were articles of the heretic's belief. These
+Jewish zealots practised a very common method when they fathered on
+Paul all which they supposed to be involved in his position. Their
+charges against him are partly flat lies, partly conclusions drawn
+from misapprehension of his position, partly exaggeration, and partly
+hasty assumptions. He had never said a word which could be construed
+as 'against the people.' He had indeed preached that the law was not
+for Gentiles, and was not the perfect revelation which brought
+salvation, and he had pointed to Jesus as in Himself realising all
+that the Temple shadowed; but such teaching was not 'against' either,
+but rather for both, as setting both in their true relation to the
+whole process of revelation. He had not brought 'Greeks' into the
+Temple, not even the one Greek whom malice multiplied into many. When
+passion is roused, exaggerations and assumptions soon become definite
+assertions. The charges are a complete object-lesson in the baser
+arts of religious (!) partisans; and they have been but too
+faithfully reproduced in all ages. Did Paul remember how he had been
+'consenting' to the death of Stephen on the very same charges? How
+far he has travelled since that day!
+
+II. Note the immediately kindled flame of popular bigotry. The always
+inflammable population of Jerusalem was more than usually excitable
+at the times of the Feasts, when it was largely increased by zealous
+worshippers from a distance. Noble teaching would have left the mob
+as stolid as it found them; but an appeal to the narrow prejudices
+which they thought were religion was a spark in gunpowder, and an
+explosion was immediate. It is always easier to rouse men to fight
+for their 'religion' than to live by it. Jehu was proud of what he
+calls his 'zeal for the Lord,' which was really only ferocity with a
+mask on. The yelling crowd did not stop to have the charges proved.
+That they were made was enough. In Scotland people used to talk of
+'Jeddart justice,' which consisted in hanging a man first, and trying
+him leisurely afterwards. It was usually substantially just when
+applied to moss-troopers, but does not do so well when administered
+to Apostles.
+
+Notice the carefulness to save the Temple from pollution, which is
+shown by the furious crowds dragging Paul outside before they kill
+him. They were not afraid to commit murder, but they were horror-
+struck at the thought of a breach of ceremonial etiquette. Of course!
+for when religion is conceived of as mainly a matter of outward
+observances, sin is reduced to a breach of these. We are all tempted
+to shift the centre of gravity in our religion, and to make too much
+of ritual etiquette. Kill Paul if you will, but get him outside the
+sacred precincts first. The priests shut the doors to make sure that
+there should be no profanation, and stopped inside the Temple, well
+pleased that murder should go on at its threshold. They had better
+have rescued the victim. Time was when the altar was a sanctuary for
+the criminal who could grasp its horns, but now its ministers wink at
+bloodshed with secret approval. Paul could easily have been killed in
+the crowd, and no responsibility for his death have clung to any
+single hand. No doubt that was the cowardly calculation which they
+made, and they were well on the way to carry it out when the other
+factor comes into operation.
+
+III. Note the source of deliverance. The Roman garrison was posted in
+the fortress of Antonia, which commanded the Temple from a higher
+level at the north-west angle of the enclosure. Tidings 'came _up_'
+to the officer in command, Claudius Lysias by name (Acts xxiii. 26),
+that all Jerusalem was in confusion. With disciplined promptitude he
+turned out a detachment and 'ran down upon them.' The contrast
+between the quiet power of the legionaries and the noisy feebleness
+of the mob is striking. The best qualities of Roman sway are seen in
+this tribune's unhesitating action, before which the excited mob
+cowers in fright. They 'left beating of Paul,' as knowing that a
+heavier hand would fall on them for rioting. With swift decision
+Lysias acts first and talks afterwards, securing the man who was
+plainly the centre of disturbance, and then having got him fast with
+two chains on him, inquiring who he was, and what he had been doing.
+
+Then the crowd breaks loose again in noisy and contradictory
+explanations, all at the top of their voices, and each drowning the
+other. Clearly the bulk of them could not answer either of Lysias'
+questions, though they could all bellow 'Away with him!' till their
+throats were sore. It is a perfect picture of a mob, which is always
+ferocious and volubly explanatory in proportion to its ignorance. One
+man kept his head in the hubbub, and that was Lysias, who determined
+to hold his prisoner till he did know something about him. So he
+ordered him to be taken up into the castle; and as the crowd saw
+their prey escaping they made one last fierce rush, and almost swept
+away the soldiers, who had to pick Paul up and carry him. Once on the
+stairs leading to the castle they were clear of the crowd, which
+could only send a roar of baffled rage after them, and to this the
+stolid legionaries were as deaf as were their own helmets.
+
+The part here played by the Roman authority is that which it performs
+throughout the Acts. It shields infant Christianity from Jewish
+assailants, like the wolf which, according to legend, suckled
+Romulus. The good and the bad features of Roman rule were both
+valuable for that purpose. Its contempt for ideas, and above all for
+speculative differences in a religion which it regarded as a hurtful
+superstition, its unsympathetic incapacity for understanding its
+subject nations, its military discipline, its justice, which though
+often tainted was yet better than the partisan violence which it
+coerced, all helped to make it the defender of the first Christians.
+Strange that Rome should shelter and Jerusalem persecute!
+
+Mark, too, how blindly men fulfil God's purposes. The two bitter
+antagonists, Jew and Roman, seem to themselves to be working in
+direct opposition; but God is using them both to carry out His
+design. Paul has to be got to Rome, and these two forces are combined
+by a wisdom beyond their ken, to carry him thither. Two cogged wheels
+turning in opposite directions fit into each other, and grind out a
+resultant motion, different from either of theirs. These soldiers and
+that mob were like pawns on a chessboard, ignorant of the intentions
+of the hand which moves them.
+
+IV. Note the calm courage of Paul. He too had kept his head, and
+though bruised and hustled, and having but a minute or two beforehand
+looked death in the face, he is ready to seize the opportunity to
+speak a word for his Master. Observe the quiet courtesy of his
+address, and his calm remembrance of the tribune's right to prevent
+his speaking. There is nothing more striking in Paul's character than
+his self-command and composure in all circumstances. This ship could
+rise to any wave, and ride in any storm. It was not by virtue of
+happy temperament but of a fixed faith that his heart and mind were
+kept in perfect peace. It is not easy to disturb a man who counts not
+his life dear if only he may complete his course. So these two men
+front each other, and it is hard to tell which has the quieter pulse
+and the steadier hand. The same sources of tranquil self-control and
+calm superiority to fortune which stood Paul in such good stead are
+open to us. If God is our rock and our high tower we shall not be
+moved.
+
+The tribune had for some unknown reason settled in his mind that the
+Apostle was a well-known 'Egyptian,' who had headed a band of
+'Sicarii' or 'dagger-men,' of whose bloody doings Josephus tells us.
+How the Jews should have been trying to murder such a man Lysias does
+not seem to have considered. But when he heard the courteous,
+respectful Greek speech of the Apostle he saw at once that he had got
+no uncultured ruffian to deal with, and in answer to Paul's request
+and explanation gave him leave to speak. That has been thought an
+improbability. But strong men recognise each other, and the brave
+Roman was struck with something in the tone and bearing of the brave
+Jew which made him instinctively sure that no harm would come of the
+permission. There ought to be that in the demeanour of a Christian
+which is as a testimonial of character for him, and sways observers
+to favourable constructions.
+
+
+
+PAUL ON HIS OWN CONVERSION
+
+'And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and was come nigh
+unto Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great
+light round about me. 7. And I fell unto the ground, and heard a
+voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why perseoutest thou Me? 8. And I
+answered, Who art Thou, Lord? And He said unto me, I am Jesus of
+Nazareth, whom thou persecutest. 9. And they that were with me saw
+indeed the light, and were afraid; but they heard not the voice of
+Him that spake to me. 10. And I said, What shall I do, Lord? And the
+Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Damascus; and there it
+shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to
+do. 11. And when I could not see for the glory of that light,
+being led by the hand of them that were with me, I came into
+Damascus. 12. And one Ananias, a devout man according to the law,
+having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there, 13. Came
+unto me, and stood, and said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy
+sight. And the same hour I looked up upon him. 14. And he said,
+The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou shouldest know
+His will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of
+His mouth. 15. For thou shalt be His witness unto all men of what
+thou hast seen and heard. 16. And now why tarriest thou? arise,
+and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of
+the Lord.'--ACTS xxii. 6-16.
+
+We follow Paul's example when we put Jesus' appearance to him from
+heaven in a line with His appearances to the disciples on earth.
+'Last of all, He appeared to me also.' But it does not follow that
+the appearances are all of the same kind, or that Paul thought that
+they were. They were all equally real, equally 'objective,' equally
+valid proofs of Jesus' risen life. On two critical occasions Paul
+told the story of Jesus' appearance as his best 'Apologia.' 'I saw
+and heard Him, and that revolutionised my life, and made me what I
+am.' The two accounts are varied, as the hearers were, but the
+differences are easily reconciled, and the broad facts are the same
+in both versions, and in Luke's rendering in chapter ix.
+
+A favourite theory in some quarters is that Paul's conversion was not
+sudden, but that misgivings had been working in him ever since
+Stephen's death. Surely that view is clean against facts. Persecuting
+its adherents to the death is a strange result of dawning belief in
+'this way.' Paul may be supposed to have known his state of mind as
+well as a critic nineteen centuries off does, and he had no doubt
+that he set out from Jerusalem a bitter hater of the convicted
+impostor Jesus, and stumbled into Damascus a convinced disciple
+because he had seen and heard Him. That is his account of the matter,
+which would not have been meddled with if the meddlers had not taken
+offence at 'the supernatural element.' We note the emphasis which
+Paul puts on the suddenness of the appearance, implying that the
+light burst all in a moment. A little bit of personal reminiscence
+comes up in his specifying the time as 'about noon,' the brightest
+hour. He remembers how the light outblazed even the blinding
+brilliance of a Syrian noontide. He insists too on the fact that his
+senses were addressed, both eye and ear. He saw the glory of that
+light, and heard the voice. He does not say here that he saw Jesus,
+but that he did so is clear from Ananias' words, 'to see the
+Righteous One' (ver. 14), and from I Corinthians xv. 8. Further, he
+makes it very emphatic that the vision was certified as no morbid
+fancy of his own, but yet was marked as meant for him only, by the
+double fact that his companions did share in it, but only in part.
+They did see the light, but not 'the Righteous One'; they did hear
+the sound of the voice, but not so as to know what it said. The
+difference between merely hearing a noise and discerning the sense of
+the words is probably marked by the construction in the Greek, and is
+certainly to be understood.
+
+The blaze struck all the company to the ground (Acts xxvi. 14). Prone
+on the earth, and probably with closed eyes, their leader heard his
+own name twice sounded, with appeal, authority, and love in the
+tones. The startling question which followed not only pierced
+conscience, and called for a reasonable vindication of his action,
+but flashed a new light on it as being persecution which struck at
+this unknown heavenly speaker. So the first thought in Saul's mind is
+not about himself or his doings but about the identity of that
+Speaker. Awe, if not actual worship, is expressed in addressing Him
+as Lord. Wonder, with perhaps some foreboding of what the answer
+would be, is audible in the question, 'Who art Thou?' Who can imagine
+the shock of the answer to Saul's mind? Then the man whom he had
+thought of as a vile apostate, justly crucified and not risen as his
+dupes dreamed, lived in heaven, knew him, Saul, and all that he had
+been doing, was 'apparelled in celestial light,' and yet in heavenly
+glory was so closely identified with these poor people whom he had
+been hunting to death that to strike them was to hurt Him! A
+bombshell had burst, shattering the foundation of his fortifications.
+A deluge had swept away the ground on which he had stood. His whole
+life was revolutionised. Its most solid elements were dissolved into
+vapour, and what he had thought misty nonsense was now the solid
+thing. To find a 'why' for his persecuting was impossible, unless he
+had said (what in effect he did say), 'I did it ignorantly.' When a
+man has a glimpse of Jesus exalted to heaven, and is summoned by Him
+to give a reason for his life of alienation, that life looks very
+different from what it did, when seen by dimmer light. Clothes are
+passable by candle-light that look very shabby in sunshine. When
+Jesus comes to us, His first work is to set us to judge our past, and
+no man can muster up respectable answers to His question, 'Why?' for
+all sin is unreasonable, and nothing but obedience to Him can
+vindicate itself in His sight.
+
+Saul threw down his arms at once. His characteristic impetuosity and
+eagerness to carry out his convictions impelled him to a surrender as
+complete as his opposition. The test of true belief in the ascended
+Jesus is to submit the will to Him, to be chiefly desirous of knowing
+His will, and ready to do it. 'Who art Thou, Lord?' should be
+followed by 'What shall I do, Lord?'
+
+Blind Saul, led by the hand into the city which he had expected to
+enter so differently, saw better than ever before. 'The glory of that
+light' blinds us to things seen, but makes us able to see afar off
+the only realities, the things unseen. Speaking to Jews, as here,
+Paul described Ananias as a devout adherent of the law, in order to
+conciliate them and to suggest his great principle that a Christian
+was not an apostate but a complete Jew. To Agrippa he drops all
+reference to Ananias as irrelevant, and throws together the words on
+the road and the commission received through Ananias as equally
+Christ's voice. Here he lays stress on his agency in restoring sight,
+and on his message as including two points--that it was 'the God of
+our fathers' who had 'appointed' the vision, and that the purpose of
+the vision was to make Saul a witness to all men. The bearing of this
+on the conciliatory aim of the discourse is plain. We note also the
+precedence given in the statement of the particulars of the vision to
+'knowing his will'--that was the end for which the light and the
+voice were given. Observe too how the twofold evidence of sense is
+signalised, both in the reference to seeing the Righteous One and to
+hearing His voice and in the commission to witness what Saul had seen
+and heard. The personal knowledge of Jesus, however attained,
+constitutes the qualification and the obligation to be His witness.
+And the convincing testimony is when we can say, as we all can say if
+we are Christ's, 'That which we have heard, that which we have seen
+with our eyes, that ... declare we unto you.'
+
+
+
+ROME PROTECTS PAUL
+
+'And it came to pass, that, when I was come again to Jerusalem,
+even while I prayed in the Temple, I was in a trance; 18. And saw
+Him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of
+Jerusalem: for they will not receive thy testimony concerning Me.
+19. And I said, Lord, they know that I imprisoned and beat in
+every synagogue them that believed on Thee: 20. And when the
+blood of Thy martyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and
+consenting unto his death, and kept the raiment of them that slew
+him. 21. And He said unto me, Depart: for I will send thee far
+hence unto the Gentiles. 22. And they gave him audience unto this
+word, and then lifted up their voices, and said, Away with such a
+fellow from the earth: for it is not fit that he should live. 23.
+And as they cried out, and cast off their clothes, and threw dust
+into the air, 24. The chief captain commanded him to be brought
+into the castle, and bade that he should be examined by
+scourging; that he might know wherefore they cried so against
+him. 25. And as they bound him with thongs, Paul said unto the
+centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man
+that is a Roman, and uncondemned? 26. When the centurion heard
+that, he went and told the chief captain, saying, Take heed what
+thou doest: for this man is a Roman. 27. Then the chief captain
+came, and said, Tell me, art thou a Roman? He said, Yea. 28. And
+the chief captain answered, With a great sum obtained I this
+freedom. And Paul said, But I was free born. 29. Then straightway
+they departed from him which should have examined him: and the
+chief captain also was afraid, after he knew that he was a Roman,
+and because he had bound him. 30. On the morrow, because he would
+have known the certainty wherefore he was accused of the Jews, he
+loosed him from his bands, and commanded the chief priests and
+all their council to appear, and brought Paul down, and set him
+before them.'--ACTS xxii. 17-30.
+
+The threatened storm soon burst on Paul in Jerusalem. On the third
+day after his arrival he began the ceremonial recommended by the
+elders to prove his adherence to the law. Before the seven days
+during which it lasted were over the riot broke out, and he was saved
+from death only by the military tribune hurrying down to the Temple
+and dragging him from the mob.
+
+The tribune's only care was to stamp out a riot, and whether the
+victim was 'that Egyptian' or not, to prevent his being murdered. He
+knew nothing, and cared as little, about the grounds of the tumult,
+but he was not going to let a crowd of turbulent Jews take the law
+into their own hands, and flout the majesty of Roman justice. So he
+lets the nearly murdered man say his say and keeps the mob off him.
+It was a strange scene--below, the howling zealots; above, on the
+stairs, the Christian apologists guarded from his countrymen by a
+detachment of legionaries; and the assembly presided over by a Roman
+tribune.
+
+It is very characteristic of Paul that he thought that his own
+conversion was the best argument that he could use with his fellow-
+Israelites. So he tells his story, and this section strikes into his
+speech at the point where he is coming to very thin ice indeed, and
+is about to vindicate his work among the Gentiles by declaring that
+it was done in obedience to a command from heaven. We need not
+discuss the date of the trance, whether it was in his first visit to
+Jerusalem after his conversion or, as Ramsay strongly argues, is to
+be put at the visit mentioned in Acts xi. 30 and xii. 25.
+
+We note the delicate, conciliatory skill with which he brings out
+that his conversion had not made him less a devout worshipper in the
+Temple, by specifying it as the scene of the trance, and prayer as
+his occupation then. The mention of the Temple also invested the
+vision with sanctity.
+
+Very noticeable too is the avoidance of the name of Jesus, which
+would have stirred passion in the crowd. We may also observe that the
+first words of our Lord, as given by Paul, did not tell him whither
+he was to go, but simply bade him leave Jerusalem. The full
+announcement of the mission to the Gentiles was delayed both by Jesus
+to Paul and by Paul to his brethren. He was to 'get quickly out of
+Jerusalem'; that was tragic enough. He was to give up working for his
+own people, whom he loved so well. And the reason was their rooted
+incredulity and their hatred of him. Other preachers might do
+something with them, but Paul could not. 'They will not receive
+testimony of _thee_.'
+
+But the Apostle's heart clung to his nation, and not even his Lord's
+command was accepted without remonstrance. His patriotism led him to
+the verge of disobedience, and encouraged him to put in his 'But,
+Lord,' with boldness that was all but presumption. He ventures to
+suggest a reason why the Jews _would_, as he thinks, receive his
+testimony. They knew what he had been, and they must bethink
+themselves that there must be something real and mighty in the power
+which had turned his whole way of thinking and living right round,
+and made him love all that he had hated, and count all that he had
+prized 'but dung.' The remonstrance is like Moses', like Jeremiah's,
+like that of many a Christian set to work that goes against the
+grain, and called to relinquish what he would fain do, and do what he
+would rather leave undone.
+
+But Jesus does not take His servants' remonstrances amiss, if only
+they will make them frankly to Him, and not keep muttering them under
+their breath to themselves. Let us say all that is in our hearts. He
+will listen, and clear away hesitations, and show us our path, and
+make us willing to walk in it. Jesus did not discuss the matter with
+Paul, but reiterated the command, and made it more pointed and clear;
+and then Paul stopped objecting and yielded his will, as we should
+do. 'When he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of
+the Lord be done.' The Apostle had kept from the obnoxious word as
+long as he could, but it had to come, and he tells the enraged
+listeners at last, without circumlocution, that he is the Apostle of
+the Gentiles, that Jesus has made him so against his will, and that
+therefore he must do the work appointed him, though his heart-strings
+crack with seeming to be cold to Israel.
+
+The burst of fury, expressed in gestures which anybody who has ever
+seen two Easterns quarrelling can understand, looks fitter for a
+madhouse than an audience of men in their senses. They yelled and
+tore their garments (and their beards, no doubt), and clutched
+handfuls of dust and tossed it in the air, like Shimei cursing David.
+What a picture of frenzied hate! And what was it all for? Because
+Gentiles were to be allowed to share in Israel's privileges. And what
+were the privileges which they thus jealously monopolised? The favour
+and protection of the God who, as their own prophets had taught them,
+was the God of the whole earth, and revealed Him to Israel that
+Israel might reveal Him to the world.
+
+The less they entered into the true possession of their heritage, the
+more savagely they resented sharing it with the nations. The more
+their prerogative became a mere outward thing, the more they snarled
+at any one who proposed to participate in it. To seek to keep
+religious blessings to one's self is a conclusive proof that they are
+not really possessed. If we have them we shall long to impart them.
+Formal religionists always dislike missionary enterprise.
+
+The tribune no doubt had been standing silently watching, in his
+strong, contemptuous Roman way, the paroxysm of rage sweeping over
+his troublesome charge. Of course he did not understand a word that
+the culprit had been saying, and could not make out what had produced
+the outburst. He felt that there was something here that he had not
+fathomed, and that he must get to the bottom of. It was useless to
+lay hold of any of these shrieking maniacs and try to get a
+reasonable word out of them. So he determined to see what he could
+make of the orator, who had already astonished him by traces of
+superior education, and was evidently no mere vulgar firebrand or
+sedition-monger. He might have tried gentler means of extracting the
+truth than scourging, but that process of 'examination,' as it is
+flatteringly called, was common, and has not been antiquated for so
+many centuries that we need wonder at this Roman officer using it.
+
+Paul submitted, and was already tied up to some whipping-post, in an
+attitude which would expose his back to the lash, when he quietly
+dropped, to the inferior officer detailed to superintend the
+flogging, the question which fell like a bombshell. Possibly the
+Apostle had not known what the soldiers were ordered to do with him
+till he was tied up. We cannot tell why he did not plead his
+citizenship sooner. But we may remember that at Philippi he did not
+plead it at all till after the scourging. Why he delayed so long in
+the present instance, and why he at last spoke the magic words, 'I am
+a Roman citizen,' we cannot say. But we may gather the two lessons
+that Christ's servants are often wise in submitting silently to
+wrongs, and that they are within their rights in availing themselves
+of legal defences against illegal treatment. Whether silence or
+protest is the more expedient must be determined in each case by
+conscience, guided by the sought-for guidance of the enlightening
+Spirit. The determining consideration should be, Which course will
+best glorify my Master?
+
+The information brought the tribune in haste to the place where the
+Apostle was still tied up. The tables were turned indeed. His brief
+answer, 'Yea,' was accepted at once, for to claim the sacred name of
+Roman falsely would have been too dangerous, and no doubt Paul's
+bearing impressed the tribune with a conviction of his truthfulness.
+A hint of contempt and doubt lies in his remark that he had paid
+dearly for the franchise, which remark implies, 'Where did a poor man
+like you get the money then?' A shameful trade in selling citizens'
+rights was carried on in the degraded days of the Empire by
+underlings at court, and no doubt the tribune had procured his
+citizenship in that way. Paul's answer explains that he was born
+free, and so was above his questioner.
+
+That discovery put an end to all thought of scourging. Paul was at
+once liberated, and the tribune, terrified that he might be reported,
+seeks to repair his error and changes his tactics, retaining Paul for
+safety in the castle, and summoning the Sanhedrim, to try to find out
+more of this strange affair through them. The great council of the
+nation had sunk low indeed when it had to obey the call of a Roman
+soldier.
+
+Thus once more, as so continually in the Acts, Rome is friendly to
+the Christian teachers and saves them from Jewish fury. To point out
+that early protection and benevolent sufferance is one purpose of the
+whole book. The days of Roman persecution had not yet come. The
+Empire was favourable to Christianity, not only because its officials
+were too proud to take interest in petty squabbles between two sects
+of Jews about their absurd superstitions, but reasons of political
+wisdom combined with supercilious indifference to bring about this
+attitude.
+
+The strong hand of Rome, too, if it crushed national independence,
+also suppressed violence, kept men from flying at each other's
+throats, spread peace over wide lands, and made the journeyings of
+Paul and the planting of the early Christian Churches possible. It
+was a God-appointed, though an imperfect, and in some aspects,
+mischievous unity, and prepared the way for that higher form of unity
+realised in the Church which finally shattered the coarser Empire
+which had at first sheltered it. The Caesars were doing God's work
+when they were following their own lust of empire. They were yoked to
+Christ's chariot, though unwitting and unwilling. To them, as truly
+as to Cyrus, might the divine voice have said, 'I girded thee, though
+thou hast not known Me.'
+
+
+
+CHRIST'S WITNESSES
+
+'And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of
+good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified of Me in Jerusalem,
+so must thou bear witness also at Rome.'--ACTS xxiii. 11.
+
+It had long been Paul's ambition to 'preach the Gospel to you that
+are at Rome also.' His settled policy, as shown by this Book of the
+Acts, was to fly at the head, to attack the great centres of
+population. We trace him from Antioch to Philippi, Thessalonica,
+Athens, Corinth, Ephesus; and of course Rome was the goal, where a
+blow struck at the heart might reverberate through the empire. So he
+had planned for it, and prayed about it, and thought about it, and
+spoken about it. But his wish was accomplished, as our prayers and
+purposes so often are, in a manner very strange to him. A popular
+riot in Jerusalem, a half-friendly arrest by the contemptuous
+impartiality of a Roman officer, a final rejection by the Sanhedrim,
+a prison in Caesarea, an appeal to Caesar, a weary voyage, a
+shipwreck: this was the chain of circumstances which fulfilled his
+desire, and brought him to the imperial city.
+
+My text comes at the crisis of his fate. He has just been rejected by
+his people, and for the moment is in safety in the castle under the
+charge of the Roman garrison. One can fancy how, as he lay there in
+the barrack that night, he felt that he had come to a turning-point;
+and the thoughts were busy in his mind, 'Is this for life or for
+death? Am I to do any more work for Christ, or am I silenced for
+ever?'--'And the Lord stood by him and said, Be of good cheer, Paul!'
+The divine message assured him that he should live; it testified of
+Christ's approbation of his past, and promised him that, in
+recompense for that past, he should have wider work to do. So he
+passed to the unknown future quietly; and went on his way with the
+Master by his side.
+
+Now, dear friends, it seems to me that in these great words there lie
+lessons applying to all Christian people as truly, though in
+different fashion, as they did to the Apostle, and having an especial
+bearing on that great enterprise of Christian missions, with which I
+would connect them in this sermon. I desire, then, to draw out the
+lessons which seem to me to lie under the surface of this great
+promise.
+
+I. To live ought to be, for a Christian, to witness.
+
+The promise in form is a promise of continued testimony-bearing; in
+its substance, one might say, it is a promise of continued life. Paul
+is cheered, not by being told that the wrath of the enemy will launch
+itself at his head in vain, and that he will bear a charmed life
+through it all, but by being told that there is work for him to do
+yet. That is the shape in which the promise of life is held out to
+him. So it always ought to be; a Christian man's life ought to be one
+continuous witnessing for that Lord Christ who stood by the Apostle
+in the castle at Jerusalem.
+
+Let me just urge this upon you for a few moments. It seems to me that
+to raise up witnesses for Himself is, in one aspect, the very purpose
+of all Christ's work. You and I, dear brethren, if we have any living
+hold of that Lord, have received Him into our hearts, not only in
+order that for ourselves we may rejoice in Him, but in order that,
+for ourselves rejoicing in Him, we may 'show forth the virtues of Him
+who hath called us out of darkness into His marvellous light.' There
+is no creature so great as that he is not regarded as a means to a
+further end; and there is no creature so small but that he has the
+right to claim happiness and blessing from the Hand that made him.
+Jesus Christ has drawn us to Himself, that we may know the sweetness
+of His presence, the cleansing of His blood, the stirring and impulse
+of His indwelling life in us for our own joy and our own completion,
+but also that we may be His witnesses and weapons, according to that
+great word: 'This people have I formed for Myself. They shall shew
+forth My praise.'
+
+God has 'shined into our hearts in order that we may give,'
+reflecting the beams that fall upon them, 'the light of the knowledge
+of the glory of God, in the face of Jesus Christ.' Brother and
+sister, if you have the Christian life in your souls, one purpose of
+your possessing it is that you may bear witness for Him.
+
+Again, such witness-bearing is the result of all true, deep,
+Christian life. All life longs to manifest itself in action. Every
+conviction that a man has seeks for utterance; especially so do the
+beliefs that go deepest and touch the moral and spiritual nature and
+relationships of a man. He that perceives them is thereby impelled to
+desire to utter them. There can be no real, deep possession of that
+great truth of the Gospel which we profess to be the foundation of
+our personal lives, unless we have felt the impulse to spread the
+name and to declare the sweetness of the Lord. The very same impulse
+that makes the loving heart carve the beloved name on the smooth rind
+of the tree makes it sweet to one who is in real touch and living
+fellowship with Jesus Christ to speak about Him. O brother! _there_
+is a very sharp test for us. I know that there are hundreds of
+professing Christians--decent, respectable sort of people, with a
+tepid, average amount of Christian faith and principle in them--who
+never felt that overmastering desire, 'I _must_ let this thing out
+through my lips.' Why? Why do they not feel it? Because their own
+possession of Christ is so superficial and partial. Jeremiah's
+experience will be repeated where there is vigorous Christian life:
+'Thy word shut up in my bones was like a fire'--that burned itself
+through all the mass that was laid upon it, and ate its way
+victoriously into the light--'and I was weary with forbearing, and I
+could not stay.' Christian men and women, do you know anything of
+that o'er-mastering impulse? If you do not, look to the depth and
+reality of your Christian profession.
+
+Again, this witnessing is the condition of all strong life. If you
+keep nipping the buds off a plant you will kill it. If you never say
+a word to a human soul about your Christianity, your Christianity
+will tend to evaporate. Action confirms and strengthens convictions;
+speech deepens conviction; and although it is possible for any one--
+and some of us ministers are in great danger of making the
+possibility a reality--to talk away his religion, for one of us who
+loses it by speaking too much about it, there are twenty that damage
+it by speaking too little. Shut it up, and it will be like some wild
+creature put into a cellar, fast locked and unventilated; when you
+open the door it will be dead. Shut it up, as so many of our average
+Christian professors and members of our congregations and churches
+do, and when you come to take it out, it will be like some volatile
+perfume that has been put into a vial and locked away in a drawer and
+forgotten; there will be nothing left but an empty bottle, and a
+rotten cork. Speak your faith if you would have your faith
+strengthened. Muzzle it, and you go a long way to kill it. You are
+witnesses, and you cannot blink the obligation nor shirk the duties
+without damaging that in yourselves to which you are to witness.
+
+Further, this task of witnessing for Christ can be done by all kinds
+of life. I do not need to dwell upon the distinction between the two
+great methods which open themselves out before every one of us. They
+do so; for direct work in speaking the name of Jesus Christ is
+possible for every Christian, whoever he or she is, however weak,
+ignorant, uninfluential, with howsoever narrow a circle. There is
+always somebody that God means to be the audience of His servant
+whenever that servant speaks of Christ. Do you not know that there
+are people in this world, as wives, children, parents, friends of
+different sorts, who would listen to you more readily than they would
+listen to any one else speaking about Jesus Christ? Friend, have you
+utilised these relationships in the interests of that great Name, and
+in the highest interests of the persons that sustain them to you, and
+of yourselves who sustain these to them?
+
+And then there is indirect work that we can all do in various ways, I
+do not mean only by giving money, though of course that is important,
+but I mean all the manifold ways in which Christian people can show
+their sympathy with, and their interest in, the various forms in
+which adventurous, chivalrous, enterprising Christian benevolence
+expresses itself. It was an old law in Israel that 'as his part was
+that went down into the battle, so should his part be that tarried by
+the stuff.' When victory was won and the spoil came to be shared, the
+men who had stopped behind and looked after the base of operations
+and kept open the communications received the same portion as the man
+that, in the front rank of the battle, had rushed upon the spears of
+the Amalekites. Why? Because from the same motive they had been co-
+operant to the same great end. The Master has taken up that very
+thought, and has applied it in relation to the indirect work of His
+people, when He says, 'He that receiveth a prophet in the name of a
+prophet shall receive a prophet's reward.' The motive is the same;
+therefore the essential character of the act is the same; therefore
+the recompense is identical. You can witness for Christ directly, if
+you can say--and you can all say if you like--'We have found the
+Messias,' and you can witness for Christ by casting yourselves
+earnestly into sympathy with and, so far as possible, help to the
+work that your brethren are doing. Dear friends, I beseech you to
+remember that we are all of us, if we are His followers, bound in our
+humble measure and degree, and with a reverent apprehension of the
+gulf between us and Him, still to take up His words and say, 'To this
+end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I
+might bear witness to the truth.'
+
+II. There is a second thought that I would suggest from these words,
+and that is that secular events are ordered with a view to this
+witnessing.
+
+Take the case before us. Here are two independent and hostile powers;
+on the one hand the bigoted Jewish Sanhedrim, hating the Roman yoke;
+and on the other hand the haughty and cruel pressure of that yoke on
+a recalcitrant and reluctant people: and these two internecine
+enemies are working on their own lines, each very willing to thwart
+the other, Mechanicians talk of the 'composition of forces,' by which
+two pressures acting at right angles to each other on a given object,
+impart to it a diagonal motion. The Sanhedrim on the one side,
+representing Judaism, and the captain of the castle on the other,
+representing the Roman power, work into each other's hands, although
+neither of them knows it; and work out the fulfilment of a purpose
+that is hidden from them both.
+
+No doubt it would be a miserably inadequate account of things to say
+that the Roman Empire came into existence for the sake of propagating
+Christianity. No doubt it is always dangerous to account for any
+phenomenon by the ends which, to our apprehension, it serves. But at
+the same time the study of the purposes which a given thing, being in
+existence, serves, and the study of the forces which brought it into
+existence, ought to be combined, and when combined, they present a
+double reason for adoring that great Providence which 'makes the
+wrath of men to praise' it, and uses for moral and spiritual ends the
+creatures that exist, the events that emerge, and even the godless
+doings of godless men.
+
+So here we have a standing example of the way in which, like silk-
+worms that are spinning threads for a web that they have no notion
+of, the deeds of men that think not so are yet grasped and twined
+together by Jesus Christ, the Lord of providence, so as to bring
+about the realisation of His great purposes. And that is always so,
+more or less clearly.
+
+For instance, if we wish to understand our own lives, do not let us
+dwell upon the superficialities of joy or sorrow, gain or loss, but
+let us get down to the depth, and see that all these externals have
+two great purposes in view--first, that we may be made like our Lord,
+as the Scripture itself says, 'That we may be partakers of His
+holiness,' and then that we may bear our testimony to His grace and
+love. Oh, if we would only look at life from that point of view, we
+should be brought to a stand less often at what we choose to call the
+mysteries of providence! Not enjoyment, not sorrow, but our
+perfecting in godliness and of the increase of our power and
+opportunities to bear witness to Him, are the intention of all that
+befalls us.
+
+I need not speak about how this same principle must be applied, by
+every man who believes in a divine providence, to the wider events of
+the world's history, I need not dwell upon that, nor will your time
+allow me to do it, but one word I should like to say, and that is
+that surely the two facts that we, as Christians, possess, as we
+believe, the pure faith, and that we, as Englishmen, are members of a
+community whose influence is world-wide, do not come together for
+nothing, or only that some of you might make fortunes out of the East
+Indian and China trade, but in order that all we English Christians
+might feel that, our speaking as we do the language which is
+destined, as it would appear, to run round the whole world, and our
+having, as we have, the faith which we believe brings salvation to
+every man of every race and tongue who accepts it, and our having
+this responsible necessary contact with the heathen races, lay upon
+us English Christians obligations the pressure and solemnity of which
+we have yet failed to appreciate.
+
+Paul was immortal till his work was done. 'Be of good cheer, Paul;
+thou must bear witness at Rome.' And so, for ourselves and for the
+Gospel that we profess, the same divine Providence which orders
+events so that His servants may have the opportunities of witnessing
+to it, will take care that it shall not perish--notwithstanding all
+the premature jubilation of anti-Christian literature and thought in
+this day--until it has done its work. We need have no fear for
+ourselves, for though our blind eyes often fail to see, and our
+bleeding hearts often fail to accept, the conviction that there are
+no unfinished lives for His servants, yet we may be sure that He will
+watch over each of His children till they have finished the work that
+He gives them to do. And we may be sure, in regard to His great
+Gospel, that nothing can sink the ship that carries Christ and His
+fortunes. 'Be of good cheer ... thou hast borne witness ... thou must
+bear witness.'
+
+III. Lastly, we have here another principle--namely that faithful
+witnessing is rewarded by further witnessing.
+
+'Thou hast ... in Jerusalem,' the little city perched upon its crag;
+'Thou must ... in Rome,' the great capital seated on its seven hills.
+The reward for work is more work. Jesus Christ did not say to the
+Apostle, though he was 'wearied with that which came upon him daily,
+the care of all the churches,' 'Thou hast borne witness, and now come
+apart and rest'; but He said to him, 'Thou hast filled the smaller
+sphere; for recompense I put thee into a larger.'
+
+That is the law for life and everywhere, the tools to the hand that
+can use them. The man that can do a thing gets it to do in too large
+a measure, as he sometimes thinks; but he gets it, and it is all
+right that he should. 'To him that hath shall be given.' And it is
+the law for heaven. 'Thou hast borne witness down on the little dark
+earth; come up higher and witness for Me here, amid the blaze.'
+
+It is the law for this Christian work of ours. If you have shone
+faithfully in your 'little corner,' as the child's hymn says, you
+will be taken out and set upon the lamp-stand, that you 'may give
+light to all that are in the house.' And it is the law for this great
+enterprise of Christian missions, as we all know. We are overwhelmed
+with our success. Doors are opening around us on every side. There is
+no limit to the work that English Churches can do, except their
+inclination to do it. But the opportunities open to us require a far
+deeper consecration and a far closer dwelling beside our Master than
+we have ever realised. We are half asleep yet; we do not know our
+resources in men, in money, in activity, in prayer.
+
+Surely there can be no sadder sign of decadence and no surer
+precursor of extinction than to fall beneath the demands of our day;
+to have doors opening at which we are too lazy or selfish to go in;
+to be so sound asleep that we never hear the man of Macedonia when he
+stands by us and cries, 'Come over and help us!' We are members of a
+Church that God has appointed to be His witnesses to the ends of the
+earth. We are citizens of a nation whose influence is ubiquitous and
+felt in every land. By both characters, God summons us to tasks which
+will tax all our resources worthily to do. We inherit a work from our
+fathers which God has shown that He owns by giving us these golden
+opportunities. He summons us: 'Lengthen thy cords and strengthen thy
+stakes. Come out of Jerusalem; come into Rome.' Shall we respond? God
+give us grace to fill the sphere in which He has set us, till He
+lifts us to the wider one, where the faithfulness of the steward is
+exchanged for the authority of the ruler, and the toil of the servant
+for the joy of the Lord!
+
+
+
+A PLOT DETECTED
+
+'And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and
+bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither
+eat nor drink till they bad killed Paul. 13. And they were more
+than forty which had made this conspiracy. 14. And they came to
+the chief priests and elders, and said, We have bound ourselves
+under a great curse, that we will eat nothing until we have slain
+Paul. 15. Now therefore ye with the council signify to the chief
+captain that he bring him down unto you to-morrow, as though ye
+would inquire something more perfectly concerning him: and we, or
+ever he come near, are ready to kill him. 16. And when Paul's
+sister's son heard of their lying in wait, he went and entered
+into the castle, and told Paul. 17. Then Paul called one of the
+centurions unto him, and said, Bring this young man unto the
+chief captain: for he hath a certain thing to tell him. 18. So he
+took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and said, Paul
+the prisoner called me unto him, and prayed me to bring this
+young man unto thee, who hath something to say unto thee. 19.
+Then the chief captain took him by the hand, and went with him
+aside privately, and asked him, What is that thou hast to tell
+me? 20. And he said, The Jews have agreed to desire thee that
+thou wouldest bring down Paul to-morrow into the council, as
+though they would enquire somewhat of him more perfectly. 21. But
+do not thou yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of
+them more than forty men, which have bound themselves with an
+oath, that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed
+him: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from thee. 22.
+So the chief captain then let the young man depart, and charged
+him, See thou tell no man that thou hast shewed these things to
+me.'--ACTS xxiii. 12-22.
+
+'The wicked plotteth against the just.... The Lord will laugh at
+him.' The Psalmist's experience and his faith were both repeated in
+Paul's case. His speech before the Council had set Pharisees and
+Sadducees squabbling, and the former had swallowed his Christianity
+for the sake of his being 'a Pharisee and the son of a Pharisee.'
+Probably, therefore, the hatchers of this plot were Sadducees, who
+hated Pharisees even more than they did Christians. The Apostle
+himself was afterwards not quite sure that his skilful throwing of
+the apple of discord between the two parties was right (Acts xxiv.
+21), and apparently it was the direct occasion of the conspiracy. A
+Christian man's defence of himself and his faith gains nothing by
+clever tactics. It is very doubtful whether what Paul spoke 'in that
+hour' was taught him by the Spirit.
+
+'The corruption of the best is the worst.' There is a close and
+strange alliance between formal religion and murderous hatred and
+vulpine craft, as the history of ecclesiastical persecution shows;
+and though we have done with fire and faggot now, the same evil
+passions and tempers do still in modified form lie very near to a
+Christianity which has lost its inward union with Jesus and lives on
+surface adherence to forms. In that sense too 'the letter killeth.'
+We lift up our hands in horror at these fierce fanatics, 'ready to
+kill' Paul, because he believed in resurrection, angel, and spirit.
+We need to guard ourselves lest something of their temper should be
+in us. There is a devilish ingenuity about the details of the plot,
+and a truly Oriental mixture of murderous passion and calculating
+craft. The serpent's wisdom and his poison fangs are both apparent.
+The forty conspirators must have been 'ready,' not only to kill Paul,
+but to die in the attempt, for the distance from the castle to the
+council-chamber was short, and the detachment of legionaries
+escorting the prisoner would have to be reckoned with.
+
+The pretext of desiring to inquire more fully into Paul's opinions
+derived speciousness from his ambiguous declaration, which had set
+the Council by the ears and had stopped his examination. Luke does
+not tell us what the Council said to the conspirators, but we learn
+from what Paul's nephew says in verse 20 that it 'agreed to ask thee
+to bring down Paul.' So once more the tail drove on the head, and the
+Council became the tool of fierce zealots. No doubt most of its
+members would have shrunk from themselves killing Paul, but they did
+not shrink from having a hand in his death. They were most religious
+and respectable men, and probably soothed their consciences with
+thinking that, after all, the responsibility was on the shoulders of
+the forty conspirators. How men can cheat themselves for a while as
+to the criminality of indirectly contributing to criminal acts, and
+how rudely the thin veil will be twitched aside one day!
+
+II. The abrupt introduction of Paul's nephew into the story piques
+curiosity, but we cannot say more about him than is told us here. We
+do not know whether he was moved by being a fellow-believer in Jesus,
+or simply by kindred and natural affection. Possibly he was, as his
+uncle had been, a student under some distinguished Rabbi. At all
+events, he must have had access to official circles to have come on
+the track of the plot, which would, of course, be covered up as much
+as possible. The rendering in the margin of the Revised Version gives
+a possible explanation of his knowledge of it by suggesting that he
+had 'come in upon them'; that is, upon the Council in their
+deliberations. But probably the rendering preferred in the text is
+preferable, and we are left to conjecture his source of information,
+as almost everything else about him. But it is more profitable to
+note how God works out His purposes and delivers His servants by
+'natural' means, which yet are as truly divine working as was the
+sending of the angel to smite off Peter's chains, or the earthquake
+at Philippi.
+
+This lad was probably not an inhabitant of Jerusalem, and that he
+should have been there then, and come into possession of the
+carefully guarded secret, was more than a fortunate coincidence. It
+was divinely ordered, and God's finger is as evident in the
+concatenation of co-operating natural events as in any 'miracle.' To
+co-ordinate these so that they concur to bring about the fulfilment
+of His will may be a less conspicuous, but is not a less veritable,
+token of a sovereign Will at work in the world than any miracle is.
+And in this case how wonderfully separate factors, who think
+themselves quite independent, are all handled like pawns on a
+chessboard by Him who 'makes the wrath of man to praise Him, and
+girds Himself with the remainder thereof!' Little did the fiery
+zealots who were eager to plunge their daggers into Paul's heart, or
+the lad who hastened to tell him the secret he had discovered, or the
+Roman officer who equally hastened to get rid of his troublesome
+prisoner, dream that they were all partners in bringing about one
+God-determined result--the fulfilment of the promise that had calmed
+Paul in the preceding night: 'So must thou bear witness also at
+Rome.'
+
+III. Paul had been quieted after his exciting day by the vision which
+brought that promise, and this new peril did not break his peace.
+With characteristic clear-sightedness he saw the right thing to do in
+the circumstances, and with characteristic promptitude he did it at
+once. Luke wastes no words in telling of the Apostle's emotions when
+this formidable danger was sprung on him, and the very reticence
+deepens the impression of Paul's equanimity and practical wisdom. A
+man who had had such a vision last night might well possess his soul
+in patience, even though such a plot was laid bare this morning; and
+each servant of Jesus may be as well assured, as was Paul the
+prisoner, that the Lord shall 'keep him from all evil,' and that if
+his life is 'witness' it will not end till his witness is complete.
+Our faith should work in us calmness of spirit, clearness of
+perception of the right thing to do, swift seizing of opportunities.
+Paul trusted Jesus' word that he should be safe, whatever dangers
+threatened, but that trust stimulated his own efforts to provide for
+his safety.
+
+IV. The behaviour of the captain is noteworthy, as showing that he
+had been impressed by Paul's personal magnetism, and that he had in
+him a strain of courtesy and kindliness. He takes the lad by the hand
+to encourage him, and he leads him aside that he may speak freely,
+and thereby shows that he trusted him. No doubt the youth would be
+somewhat flustered at being brought into the formidable presence and
+by the weight of his tidings, and the great man's gentleness would be
+a cordial. A superior's condescension is a wonderful lip-opener. We
+all have some people who look up to us, and to whom small
+kindlinesses from us are precious. We do not 'render to all their
+dues,' unless we give gracious courtesy to those beneath, as well as
+'honour' to those above, us. But the captain could clothe himself too
+with official reserve and keep up the dignity of his office. He
+preserved an impenetrable silence as to his intentions, and simply
+sealed the young man's lips from tattling about the plot or the
+interview with him. Promptly he acted, without waiting for the
+Council's application to him. At once he prepared to despatch Paul to
+Caesarea, glad enough, no doubt, to wash his hands of so troublesome
+a charge. Thus he too was a cog in the wheel, an instrument to fulfil
+the promise made in vision, God's servant though he knew it not.
+
+
+
+A LOYAL TRIBUTE
+[Footnote: Preached on the occasion of the Jubilee of Queen
+Victoria.]
+
+'...Seeing that by thee we enjoy great quietness, and that very
+worthy deeds are done unto this nation by thy providence, 3. We
+accept it always ... with all thankfulness.'--ACTS xxiv. 2-3.
+
+These words were addressed by a professional flatterer to one of the
+worst of the many bad Roman governors of Syria. The speaker knew that
+he was lying, the listeners knew that the eulogium was undeserved;
+and among all the crowd of bystanders there was perhaps not a man who
+did not hate the governor, and would not have been glad to see him
+lying dead with a dagger in his breast.
+
+But both the fawning Tertullus and the oppressor Felix knew in their
+heart of hearts that the words described what a governor ought to be.
+And though they are touched with the servility which is not loyalty,
+and embrace a conception of the royal function attributing far more
+to the personal influence of a monarch than our State permits, still
+we may venture to take them as the starting-point for two or three
+considerations suggested to us, by the celebrations of the past week.
+
+I almost feel that I owe an apology for turning to that subject, for
+everything that can be said about it has been said far better than I
+can say it. But still, partly because my silence might be
+misunderstood, and partly because an opportunity is thereby afforded
+for looking from a Christian point of view at one or two subjects
+that do not ordinarily come within the scope of one's ministry, I
+venture to choose such a text now.
+
+I. The first thing that I would take it as suggesting is the grateful
+acknowledgment of personal worth.
+
+I suppose the world never saw a national rejoicing like that through
+which we have passed. For the reigns that have been long enough to
+admit of it have been few, and those in which intelligently and
+sincerely a whole nation of freemen could participate have been fewer
+still. But now all England has been one; whatever our divisions of
+opinion, there have been no divisions here. Not only have the
+bonfires flared from hill to hill in this little island of ours, but
+all over the world, into every out of the way corner where our
+widely-spread race has penetrated, the same sentiment has extended.
+All have yielded to the common impulse, the rejoicing of a free
+people in a good Queen.
+
+That common sentiment has embraced two things, the office and the
+person. There was a pathetic contrast between these two when that
+sad-hearted widow walked alone up the nave of Westminster Abbey, and
+took her seat on the stone of destiny on which for a millennium kings
+have been crowned. The contrast heightened both the reverence due to
+the office and the sympathy due to the woman. The Sovereign is the
+visible expression of national power, the incarnation of England,
+living history, the outcome of all the past, the representative of
+harmonised and blended freedom and law, a powerful social influence
+from which much good might flow, a moderating and uniting power
+amidst fierce partisan bitterness and hate, a check against rash
+change. There is no nobler office upon earth.
+
+And when, as is the case in this long reign, that office has been
+filled with some consciousness of its responsibilities, the
+recognition of the fact is no flattery but simple duty. We cannot
+attribute to the personal initiative of the Queen the great and
+beneficent changes which have coincided with her reign. Thank God, no
+monarch can make or mar England now. But this we can say,
+
+ 'Her court was pure, her life serene.'
+
+A life touched with many gracious womanly charities, delighting in
+simple country pleasures, not strange to the homes of the poor, quick
+to sympathise with sorrow, especially the humblest, as many a weeping
+widow at a pit mouth has thankfully felt; sternly repressive of some
+forms of vice in high places, and, as we may believe, not ignorant of
+the great Comforter nor disobedient to the King of kings,--for such a
+royal life a nation may well be thankful. We outsiders do not know
+how far personal influence from the throne has in any case restrained
+or furthered national action, but if it be true, as is alleged, that
+twice in her reign the Queen has kept England from the sin and folly
+of war, once from a fratricidal conflict with the great new England
+across the Atlantic, then we owe her much. If in later years that
+life has somewhat shrunk into itself and sat silent, with Grief for a
+companion, those who know a like desolation will understand, and even
+the happy may honour an undying love and respect the seclusion of an
+undying sorrow. So I say: 'Forasmuch as under thee we enjoy great
+quietness, we accept it with all thankfulness.'
+
+II. My text may suggest for us a wider view of progress which,
+although not initiated by the Queen, has coincided with her fifty
+years' reign.
+
+In the Revised Version, instead of 'worthy deeds are done,' we read
+'_evils are corrected_'; and that is the true rendering. The double
+function which is here attributed falsely to an oppressive tyrant is
+the ancient ideal of monarchy--first, that it shall repress disorders
+and secure tranquillity within the borders and across the frontiers;
+and second, that abuses and evils shall be corrected by the foresight
+of the monarch.
+
+Now, in regard to both these functions we have learned that a nation
+can do them a great deal better than a sovereign. And so when we
+speak of progress during this fifty years' reign, we largely mean the
+progress which England in its toiling millions and in its thinking
+few has won for itself. Let me in very brief words try to touch upon
+the salient points of that progress for which as members of the
+nation it becomes us as Christian people to be thankful. Enough
+hosannas have been sung already, and I need not add my poor voice to
+them, about material progress and commercial prosperity and the
+growth of manufacturing industry and inventions and all the rest of
+it. I do not for a moment mean to depreciate these, but it is of more
+importance that a telegraph should have something to say than that it
+should be able to speak across the waters, and 'man doth not live by
+bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of
+God.' We who live in a great commercial community and know how solid
+comfort and hope and gladness are all contingent, in millions of
+humble homes, upon the manufacturing industry of these districts,
+shall never be likely to underrate the enormous expansion in national
+industry, and the consequent enormous increase in national wealth,
+which belongs to this last half century. I need say nothing about
+these.
+
+Let me remind you, and I can only do it in a sentence or two, of more
+important changes in these fifty years. English manners and morals
+have been bettered, much of savagery and coarseness has been got rid
+of; low, cruel amusements have been abandoned. Thanks to the great
+Total Abstinence movement very largely, the national conscience has
+been stirred in regard to the great national sin of intoxication. A
+national system of education has come into operation and is working
+wonders in this land. Newspapers and books are cheapened; political
+freedom has been extended and 'broadened slowly down,' as is safe,
+'from precedent to precedent,' so that no party thinks now of
+reversing any of the changes, howsoever fiercely they were contested
+ere they were won. Religious thought has widened, the sects have come
+nearer each other, men have passed from out of a hard doctrinal
+Christianity, in which the person of Christ was buried beneath the
+cobwebs of theology, into a far freer and a far more Christ-regarding
+and Christ-centred faith. And if we are to adopt such a point of view
+as the brave Apostle Paul took, the antagonism against religion,
+which is a marked feature of our generation, and contrasts singularly
+with the sleepy acquiescence of fifty years ago, is to be put down to
+the credit side of the account. 'For,' he said, like a bold man
+believing that he had an irrefragable truth in his hands, 'I will
+tarry here, for a great door and an effectual is opened, and there
+are many adversaries.' Wherever a whole nation is interested and
+stirred about religious subjects, even though it may be in
+contradiction and antagonism, God's truth can fight opposition far
+better than it can contend with indifference. Then if we look upon
+our churches, whilst there is amongst them all abounding worldliness
+much to be deplored, there is also, thank God, springing up amongst
+us a new consciousness of responsibility, which is not confined to
+Christian people, for the condition of the poor and the degraded
+around us; and everywhere we see good men and women trying to stretch
+their hands across these awful gulfs in our social system which make
+such a danger in our modern life, and to reclaim the outcasts of our
+cities, the most hopeless of all the heathen on the face of the
+earth. These things, on which I have touched with the lightest hand,
+all taken together do make a picture for which we may be heartily
+thankful.
+
+Only, brethren, let us remember that that sort of talk about
+England's progress may very speedily become offensive self-conceit,
+and a measuring of ourselves with ludicrous self-satisfaction against
+all other nations. There is a bastard patriotism which has been very
+loud-mouthed in these last days, of which wise men should beware.
+
+Further, such a contemplation of the elements of national progress,
+which we owe to no monarch and to no legislature, but largely to the
+indomitable pluck and energy of our people, to Anglo-Saxon
+persistence not knowing when it is beaten, and to the patient
+meditation of thoughtful minds and the self-denying efforts of good
+philanthropical and religious people--such a contemplation, I say,
+may come between us and the recognition of the highest source from
+which it flows, and be corrupted into forgetfulness of God. 'Beware
+lest when thou hast eaten and art full, and thy silver and thy gold
+is multiplied, and all that thou hast is multiplied, then thine heart
+be lifted up, and thou forget the Lord thy God... and thou say in
+thine heart, My power, and the might of mine hand, hath gotten me
+this wealth. But thou shalt remember the Lord thy God, for it is He
+that giveth thee power to get wealth.'
+
+And the last caution that I would put in here is, let us beware lest
+the hosannas over national progress shall be turned into 'Rest and be
+thankful,' or shall ever come in the way of the strenuous and
+persistent reaching forth to the fair ideal that lies so far before
+us.
+
+III. That leads me to the last point on which I would say a word,
+viz., that my text with its reference to the correction of evils, as
+one of the twin functions of the monarch, naturally suggests to us
+the thought which should follow all recognition of progress in the
+past--the consideration of what yet remains to be done.
+
+A great controversy has been going on, or at least a remarkable
+difference of opinion has been expressed in recent months by two of
+the greatest minds and clearest heads in England; one of our greatest
+poets and one of our greatest statesmen. The one looking back over
+sixty years sees but foiled aspirations and present devildom and
+misery. The other looking back over the same period sees accomplished
+dreams and the prophecy of further progress. It is not for me to
+enter upon the strife between such authorities. Both are right. Much
+has been achieved. 'There remaineth yet very much land to be
+possessed.' Whatever have been the victories and the blessings of the
+past, there are rotten places in our social state which, if not
+cauterised and healed, will break out into widespread and virulent
+sores. There are dangers in the near future which may well task the
+skill of the bravest and the faith of the most trustful. There are
+clouds on the horizon which may speedily turn jubilations into
+lamentations, and the best security against these is that each of us
+in his place, as a unit however insignificant in the great body
+politic, should use our little influence on the side that makes for
+righteousness, and see to it that we leave some small corner of this
+England, which God has given us in charge, sweeter and holier because
+of our lives. The ideal for you Christian men and women is the
+organisation of society on Christian principles. Have we got to that
+yet, or within sight of it, do you suppose? Look round you. Does
+anybody believe that the present arrangements in connection with
+unrestricted competition and the distribution of wealth coincide
+accurately with the principles of the New Testament? Will anybody
+tell me that the state of a hundred streets within a mile of this
+spot is what it would be if the Christian men of this nation lived
+the lives that they ought to live? Could there be such rottenness and
+corruption if the 'salt' had not 'lost his savour'? Will anybody tell
+me that the disgusting vice which our newspapers do not think
+themselves degraded by printing in loathsome detail, and so bringing
+the foulness of a common sewer on to every breakfast-table in the
+kingdom, is in accordance with the organisation of society on
+Christian principles? Intemperance, social impurity, wide, dreary
+tracts of ignorance, degradation, bestiality, the awful condition of
+the lowest layer in our great cities, crushed like some crumbling
+bricks beneath the ponderous weight of the splendid superstructure,
+the bitter partisan spirit of politics, where the followers of each
+chief think themselves bound to believe that he is immaculate and
+that the other side has no honour or truth belonging to it--these
+things testify against English society, and make one almost despair
+when one thinks that, after a thousand years and more of professing
+Christianity, that is all that we can show for it.
+
+O brethren! we may be thankful for what has been accomplished, but
+surely there had need also to be penitent recognition of failure and
+defect. And I lay it on the consciences of all that listen to me now
+to see to it that they do their parts as members of this body politic
+of England. A great heritage has come down from our fathers; pass it
+on bettered by your self-denial and your efforts. And remember that
+the way to mend a kingdom is to begin by mending yourselves, and
+letting Christ's kingdom come in your own hearts. Next we are bound
+to try to further its coming in the hearts of others, and so to
+promote its leavening society and national life. No Christian is
+clear from the blood of men and the guilt of souls who does not,
+according to opportunity and capacity, repair before his own door,
+and seek to make some one know the unsearchable riches of the Gospel
+of Christ.
+
+There is no finality for a Christian patriot until his country be
+organised on Christian principles, and so from being merely a
+'kingdom of the world' become 'a Kingdom of our God and of His
+Christ.' To help forward that consummation, by however little, is the
+noblest service that prince or peasant can render to his country. By
+conformity to the will of God and not by material progress or
+intellectual enlightenment is a state prosperous and strong. To keep
+His statutes and judgments is 'your wisdom and understanding in the
+sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes and say,
+Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.'
+
+
+
+PAUL BEFORE FELIX
+
+'Then Paul, after that the governor had beckoned unto him to
+speak, answered, Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many
+years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully answer
+for myself: 11. Because that thou mayest understand, that there
+are yet but twelve days since I went up to Jerusalem for to
+worship. 12. And they neither found me in the temple disputing
+with any man, neither raising up the people, neither in the
+synagogues, nor in the city: 13. Neither can they prove the
+things whereof they now accuse me. 14. But this I confess unto
+thee, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I the
+God of my fathers, believing all things which are written in the
+law and in the prophets: 15. And have hope toward God, which they
+themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the
+dead, both of the just and unjust. 16. And herein do I exercise
+myself, to have always a conscience void of offence toward God,
+and toward men. 17. Now after many years I came to bring alms to
+my nation, and offerings. 18. Whereupon certain Jews from Asia
+found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with
+tumult 19. Who ought to have been here before thee, and object,
+if they had ought against me. 20. Or else let these same here
+say, if they have found any evil-doing in me, while I stood
+before the council, 21. Except it be for this one voice, that I
+cried standing among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead
+I am called in question by you this day. 22. And when Felix heard
+these things, having more perfect knowledge of that way, he
+deferred them, and said, When Lysias the chief captain shall come
+down, I will know the uttermost of your matter. 23. And he
+commanded a centurion to keep Paul, and to let him have liberty,
+and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or
+come unto him. 24. And after certain days, when Felix came with
+his wife Drusilla, which was a Jewess, he sent for Paul, and
+heard him concerning the faith in Christ. 25. And as he reasoned
+of righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come, Felix
+trembled, and answered, Go thy way for this time; when I have a
+convenient season, I will call for thee.'--ACTS xxiv. 10-25.
+
+Tertellus made three charges against Paul: first, that he incited to
+rebellion; second, that he was a principal member of a 'sect'; third
+(with a 'moreover,' as if an afterthought), that he had profaned the
+Temple. It was more clever than honest to put the real cause of
+Jewish hatred last, since it was a trifle in Roman eyes, and to put
+first the only thing that Felix would think worth notice. A duller
+man than he might have scented something suspicious in Jewish
+officials being so anxious to suppress insurrection against Rome, and
+probably he had his own thoughts about the good faith of the
+accusers, though he said nothing. Paul takes up the three points in
+order. Unsupported charges can only be met by emphatic denials.
+
+I. Paul's speech is the first part of the passage. Its dignified,
+courteous beginning contrasts well with the accuser's dishonest
+flattery. Paul will not lie, but he will respect authority, and will
+conciliate when he can do so with truth. Felix had been 'judge' for
+several years, probably about six. What sort of a judge he had been
+Paul will not say. At any rate he had gained experience which might
+help him in picking his way through Tertullus's rhetoric.
+
+The Apostle answers the first charge with a flat denial, with the
+remark that as the whole affair was less than a fortnight old the
+truth could easily be ascertained, and that the time was very short
+for the Jews to have 'found' him such a dangerous conspirator, and
+with the obviously unanswerable demand for proof to back up the
+charge. In the absence of witnesses there was nothing more to be done
+about number one of the accusations, and a just judge would have said
+so and sent Tertullus and his clients about their business.
+
+The second charge Paul both denies and admits. He does belong to the
+followers of Jesus of Nazareth. But that is not a 'sect'; it is 'the
+Way.' It is not a divergence from the path in which the fathers have
+walked, trodden only by some self-willed schismatics, but it is the
+one God-appointed path of life, 'the old way,' the only road by which
+a man can walk nobly and travel to the skies. Paul's whole doctrine
+as to the relation of Judaism to Christianity is here in germ and in
+a form adapted to Felix's comprehension. This so-called sect (ver. 14
+takes up Tertullus's word in ver. 5) is the true Judaism, and its
+members are more truly 'Jews' than they who are such 'outwardly.' For
+what has Paul cast away in becoming a Christian? Not the worship of
+the God of Abraham and of Isaac and of Jacob, not the law, not the
+prophets, not the hope of a resurrection.
+
+He does not say that he practises all the things written in the law,
+but that he 'believes' them. Then the law was revelation as well as
+precept, and was to be embraced by faith before it could be obeyed in
+practice; it was, as he says elsewhere, a 'schoolmaster to bring us
+unto Christ.' Judaism is the bud; Christianity is the bright
+consummate flower. Paul was not preaching his whole Gospel, but
+defending himself from a specific charge; namely that, as being a
+'Nazarene,' he had started off from the main line of Jewish religion.
+He admits that he is a 'Nazarene,' and he assumes correctly that
+Felix knew something about them, but he denies that he is a sectary,
+and he assumes that the charge would be more truly made against those
+who, accusing him, disbelieved in Christ. He hints that they did not
+believe in either law or prophets, else they would have been
+Nazarenes too.
+
+The practical results of his faith are stated. 'Herein'; that is in
+the faith and hope just spoken of. He will not say that these make
+him blameless towards God and men, but that such blamelessness is his
+aim, which he pursues with earnest toil and self-control. A
+Christianity which does not sovereignly sway life and brace its
+professor up to the self-denial needful to secure a conscience void
+of offence is not Paul's kind of Christianity. If we move in the
+circle of the great Christian truths we shall gird ourselves to
+subdue the flesh, and will covet more than aught else the peace of a
+good conscience. But, like Paul, we shall be slow to say that we have
+attained, yet not afraid to say that we strive towards, that ideal.
+
+The third charge is met by a plain statement of his real purpose in
+coming to Jerusalem and frequenting the Temple. 'Profane the Temple!
+Why, I came all the way from Greece on purpose to worship at the
+Feast; and I did not come empty-handed either, for I brought alms for
+my nation'--the contributions of the Gentiles to Jews--'and I was a
+worshipper, discharging the ceremonial purifications.' They called
+him a 'Nazarene'; he was in the Temple as a 'Nazarite.' Was it likely
+that, being there on such an errand, he should have profaned it?
+
+He begins a sentence, which would probably have been an indignant
+one, about the 'certain Jews from Asia,' the originators of the whole
+trouble, but he checks himself with a fine sense of justice. He will
+say nothing about absent men. And that brings him back to his strong
+point, already urged, the absence of proof of the charges. Tertullus
+and company had only hearsay. What had become of the people who said
+they saw him in the Temple? No doubt they had thought discretion the
+better part of valour, and were not anxious to face the Roman
+procedure.
+
+The close of the speech carries the war into the enemy's quarters,
+challenging the accusers to tell what they had themselves heard. They
+_could_ be witnesses as to the scene at the Council, which Tertullus
+had wisely said nothing about. Pungent sarcasm is in Paul's closing
+words, especially if we remember that the high officials, like
+Ananias the high-priest, were Sadducees. The Pharisees in the Council
+had acquitted him when they heard his profession of faith in a
+resurrection. That was his real crime, not treason against Rome or
+profanation of the Temple. The present accusers might be eager for
+his condemnation, but half of their own Sanhedrim had acquitted him.
+'And these unworthy Jews, who have cast off the nation's hope and
+believe in no resurrection, are accusing me of being an apostate! Who
+is the sectary--I or they?'
+
+II. There was only one righteous course for Felix, namely, to
+discharge the prisoner. But he yielded to the same temptation as had
+mastered Pilate, and shrank from provoking influential classes by
+doing the right thing. He was the less excusable, because his long
+tenure of office had taught him something, at all events, of 'the
+Way.' He had too many crimes to venture on raising enemies in his
+government; he had too much lingering sense of justice to give up an
+innocent man. So like all weak men in difficult positions he
+temporised, and trusted to accident to make the right thing easier
+for him.
+
+His plea for delay was conveniently indefinite. When was Lysias
+coming? His letter said nothing about such an intention, and took for
+granted that all the materials for a decision would be before Felix.
+Lysias could tell no more. The excuse was transparent, but it served
+to stave off a decision, and to-morrow would bring some other excuse.
+Prompt carrying out of all plain duty is the only safety. The
+indulgence given to Paul, in his light confinement, only showed how
+clearly Felix knew himself to be doing wrong, but small alleviations
+do not patch up a great injustice.
+
+III. One reading inserts in verse 24 the statement that Drusilla
+wished to see Paul, and that Felix summoned him in order to gratify
+her. Very probably she, as a Jewess, knew something of 'the Way,' and
+with a love of anything odd and new, which such women cannot do
+without, she wanted to see this curious man and hear him talk. It
+might amuse her, and pass an hour, and be something to gossip about.
+
+She and Felix got more than they bargained for. Paul was not now the
+prisoner, but the preacher; and his topics were not wanting in
+directness and plainness. He 'reasoned of righteousness' to one of
+the worst of unrighteous governors; of 'temperance' to the guilty
+couple who, in calling themselves husband and wife, were showing
+themselves given over to sinful passions; and of 'judgment to come'
+to a man who, to quote the Roman historian, 'thought that he could
+commit all evil with impunity.'
+
+Paul's strong hand shook even that obdurate soul, and roused one of
+the two sleeping consciences. Drusilla may have been too frivolous to
+be impressed, but Felix had so much good left that he could be
+conscious of evil. Alas! he had so much evil that he suppressed the
+good. His 'convenient season' was then; it never came again. For
+though he communed with Paul often, he trembled only once. So he
+passed into the darkness.
+
+
+
+FELIX BEFORE PAUL
+
+_A Sermon to the Young_
+
+'And as Paul reasoned of righteousness, temperance, and judgment
+to come, Felix trembled, and answered, Go thy way for this time;
+when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee.'
+--ACTS xxiv. 25.
+
+Felix and his brother had been favourite slaves of the Emperor, and
+so had won great power at court. At the date of this incident he had
+been for some five or six years the procurator of the Roman province
+of Judaea; and how he used his power the historian Tacitus tells us
+in one of his bitter sentences, in which he says, 'He wielded his
+kingly authority with the spirit of a slave, in all cruelty and
+lust.'
+
+He had tempted from her husband, Drusilla, the daughter of that Herod
+whose dreadful death is familiar to us all; and his court reeked with
+blood and debauchery. He is here face to face with Paul for the
+second time. On a former interview he had seen good reason to
+conclude that the Roman Empire was not in much danger from this one
+Jew whom his countrymen, with suspicious loyalty, were charging with
+sedition; and so he had allowed him a very large margin of liberty.
+
+On this second occasion he had sent for him evidently not as a judge,
+but partly with a view to try to get a bribe out of him, and partly
+because he had some kind of languid interest, as most Romans then
+had, in Oriental thought--some languid interest perhaps too in this
+strange man. Or he and Drusilla were possibly longing for a new
+sensation, and not indisposed to give a moment's glance at Paul with
+his singular ideas.
+
+So they called for the Apostle, and the guilty couple found a judge
+in their prisoner. Paul does not speak to them as a Greek
+philosopher, anxious to please high personages, might have done, but
+he goes straight at their sins: he reasons 'of righteousness' with
+the unjust judge, 'of temperance' with the self-indulgent, sinful
+pair, 'of the judgment to come' with these two who thought that they
+could do anything they liked with impunity. Christianity has
+sometimes to be exceedingly rude in reference to the sins of the
+upper classes.
+
+As Paul went on, a strange fear began to creep about the heart of
+Felix. It is the watershed of his life that he has come to, the
+crisis of his fate. Everything depends on the next five minutes. Will
+he yield? Will he resist? The tongue of the balance trembles and
+hesitates for a moment, and then, but slowly, the wrong scale goes
+down; 'Go thy way for this time.' Ah! if he had said, 'Come and help
+me to get rid of this strange fear,' how different all might have
+been! The metal was at the very point of melting. What shape would it
+take? It ran into the wrong mould, and, as far as we know, it was
+hardened there. 'It might have been once, and he missed it, lost it
+for ever. No sign marked out that moment from the common uneventful
+moments, though it saw the death of a soul.'
+
+Now, my dear young friends, I do not intend to say anything more to
+you of this man and his character, but I wish to take this incident
+and its lessons and urge them on your hearts and consciences.
+
+I. Let me say a word or two about the fact, of which this incident is
+an example, and of which I am afraid the lives of many of you would
+furnish other examples, that men lull awakened consciences to sleep
+and excuse delay in deciding for Christ by half-honest promises to
+attend to religion at some future time.
+
+'Go thy way for this time' is what Felix is really anxious about. His
+one thought is to get rid of Paul and his disturbing message for the
+present. But he does not wish to shut the door altogether. He gives a
+sop to his conscience to stop its barking, and he probably deceives
+himself as to the gravity of his present decision by the lightly
+given promise and its well-guarded indefiniteness, 'When I have a
+convenient season I will send for thee.' The thing he really means
+is--Not now, at all events; the thing he hoodwinks himself with is--
+By and by. Now that is what I know that some of you are doing; and my
+purpose and earnest prayer are to bring you now to the decision
+which, by one vigorous act of your wills, will settle the question
+for the future as to which God you are going to follow.
+
+So then I have just one or two things to say about this first part of
+my subject. Let me remind you that however beautiful, however
+gracious, however tender and full of love and mercy and good tidings
+the message of God's love in Jesus Christ is, there is another side
+to it, a side which is meant to rouse men's consciences and to awaken
+men's fears.
+
+If you bring a man like the man in the story, Felix, or a very much
+better man than he--any of you who hear me now--into contact with
+these three thoughts, 'Righteousness, temperance, judgment to come,'
+the effect of such a direct appeal to moral convictions will always
+be more or less to awaken a sense of failure, insufficiency, defect,
+sin, and to create a certain creeping dread that if I set myself
+against the great law of God, that law of God will have a way of
+crushing me. The fear is well founded, and not only does the
+contemplation of God's _law_ excite it. God's gospel comes to us, and
+just because it is a gospel, and is intended to lead you and me to
+love and trust Jesus Christ, and give our whole hearts and souls to
+Him--just because it is the best 'good news' that ever came into the
+world, it begins often (not always, perhaps) by making a man feel
+what a sinful man he is, and how he has gone against God's law, and
+how there hang over him, by the very necessities of the case and the
+constitution of the universe, consequences bitter and painful. Now I
+believe that there are very few people who, like you, come
+occasionally into contact with the preaching of the truth, who have
+not had their moments when they felt--'Yes, it is all true--it is all
+true. I _am_ bad, and I _have_ broken God's law, and there _is_ a
+dark lookout before me!' I believe that most of us know what that
+feeling is.
+
+And now my next step is--that the awakened conscience is just like
+the sense of pain in the physical world, it has a work to do and a
+mission to perform. It is meant to warn you off dangerous ground.
+Thank God for pain! It keeps off death many a time. And in like
+manner thank God for a swift conscience that speaks! It is meant to
+ring an alarm-bell to us, to make us, as the Bible has it, 'flee for
+refuge to the hope that is set before us.' My imploring question to
+my young friends now is: 'Have you used that sense of evil and
+wrongdoing, when it has been aroused in your consciences, to lead you
+to Jesus Christ, or what have you done with it?'
+
+There are two persons in this Book of the Acts of the Apostles who
+pass through the same stages of feeling up to a certain point, and
+then they diverge. And the two men's outline history is the best
+sermon that I can preach upon this point. Felix becoming afraid,
+recoils, shuts himself up, puts away the message that disturbs him,
+and settles himself back into his evil. The Philippian jailer
+becoming afraid (the phrases in the original being almost identical),
+like a sensible man tries to find out the reason of his fear and how
+to get rid of it; and falls down at the Apostles' feet and says,
+'Sirs, what must I do to be saved?'
+
+The fear is not meant to last; it is of no use in itself. It is only
+an impelling motive that leads us to look to the Saviour, and the man
+that uses it so has used it rightly. Yet there rises in many a heart
+that transparent self-deception of delay. 'They all with one consent
+began to make excuse'; that is as true to-day as it was true then. My
+experience tells me that it will be true in regard to a sad number of
+you who will go away feeling that my poor word has gone a little way
+into their hardened hide, but settling themselves back into their
+carelessness, and forgetting all impressions that have been made. O
+dear young friend, do not do that, I beseech you! Do not stifle the
+wholesome alarm and cheat yourself with the notion of a little delay!
+
+II. And now I wish next to pass very swiftly in review before you
+some of the reasons why we fall into this habit of self-deceiving,
+indecision, and delay--'Go thy way' would be too sharp and
+unmistakable if it were left alone, so it is fined off. 'I will not
+commit myself beyond to-day,' 'for this time go thy way, and when I
+have a convenient season I will call for thee.'
+
+What are the reasons for such an attitude as that? Let me enumerate
+one or two of them as they strike me. First, there is the
+instinctive, natural wish to get rid of a disagreeable subject--much
+as a man, without knowing what he is doing, twitches his hand away
+from the surgeon's lancet. So a great many of us do not like--and no
+wonder that we do not like--these thoughts of the old Book about
+'righteousness and temperance and judgment to come,' and make a
+natural effort to turn our minds away from the contemplation of the
+subject, because it is painful and unpleasant. Do you think it would
+be a wise thing for a man, if he began to suspect that he was
+insolvent, to refuse to look into his books or to take stock, and let
+things drift, till there was not a halfpenny in the pound for
+anybody? What do you suppose his creditors would call him? They would
+not compliment him on either his honesty or his prudence, would they?
+And is it not the part of a wise man, if he begins to see that
+something is wrong, to get to the bottom of it and, as quickly as
+possible, to set it right? And what do you call people who,
+suspecting that there may be a great hole in the bottom of the ship,
+never man the pumps or do any caulking, but say, 'Oh, she will very
+likely keep afloat until we get into harbour'?
+
+Do you not think that it would be a wiser thing for you if, _because_
+the subject is disagreeable, you would force yourself to think about
+it until it became agreeable to you? You can change it if you will,
+and make it not at all a shadow or a cloud or a darkness over you.
+And you can scarcely expect to claim the designation of wise and
+prudent orderers of your lives until you do. Certainly it is not wise
+to shuffle a thing out of sight because it is not pleasing to think
+about.
+
+Then there is another reason. A number of our young people say, 'Go
+thy way for this time,' because you have a notion that it is time
+enough for you to begin to think about serious things and be
+religious when you grow a bit older. And some of you even, I dare
+say, have an idea that religion is all very well for people that are
+turned sixty and are going down the hill, but that it is quite
+unnecessary for you. Shakespeare puts a grim word into the mouth of
+one of his characters, which sets the theory of many of us in its
+true light, when, describing a dying man calling on God, he makes the
+narrator say: 'I, to comfort him, bid him he should not think of God.
+I hoped there was no need to trouble himself with any such thoughts
+yet.'
+
+Some of my hearers practically live on that principle, and are
+tempted to regard thoughts of God as in place only among medicine
+bottles, or when the shadows of the grave begin to fall cold and damp
+on our path. 'Young men will be young men,' 'We must sow our wild
+oats,' 'You can't put old heads on young shoulders'--and such like
+sayings, often practically mean that vice and godlessness belong to
+youth, and virtue and religion to old age, just as flowers do to
+spring and fruit to autumn. Let me beseech you not to be deceived by
+such a notion; and to search your own thoughts and see whether it be
+one of the reasons which leads you to say, 'Go thy way for this
+time.'
+
+Then again some of us fall into this habit of putting off the
+decision for Christ, not consciously, not by any distinct act of
+saying, 'No, I will not,' but simply by letting the impressions made
+on our hearts and consciences be crowded out of them by cares and
+enjoyments and pleasures and duties of this world. If you had not so
+much to study at College, you would have time to think about
+religion. If you had not so many parties and balls to go to, you
+would have time to nourish and foster these impressions. If you had
+not your place to make in the warehouse, if you had not this, that,
+and the other thing to do; if you had not love and pleasure and
+ambition and advancement and mental culture to attend to, you would
+have time for religion; but as soon as the seed is sown and the
+sower's back is turned, hovering flocks of light-winged thoughts and
+vanities pounce down upon it and carry it away, seed by seed. And if
+some stray seed here and there remains and begins to sprout, the ill
+weeds which grow apace spring up with ranker stems and choke it. 'The
+cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts
+of other things entering in, choke the word, and efface the
+impression made upon your hearts.
+
+Here as I speak some serious thought is roused; by to-morrow at
+midday it has all gone. You did not intend it to go, you did not set
+yourself to banish it, you simply opened the door to the flocking in
+of the whole crowd of the world's cares and occupations, and away
+went the shy, solitary thought that, if it had been cared for and
+tended, might have led you at last to the Cross of Jesus Christ. Do
+not allow yourselves to be drifted, by the rushing current of earthly
+cares, from the impressions that are made upon your consciences and
+from the duty that you know you ought to do!
+
+And then some of you fall into this attitude of delay, and say to the
+messenger of God's love, 'Go thy way for this time,' because you do
+not like to give up something that you know is inconsistent with His
+love and service. Felix would not part with Drusilla nor disgorge the
+ill-gotten gains of his province. Felix therefore was obliged to put
+away from him the thoughts that looked in that direction. I wonder if
+there is any young man listening to me now who feels that if he lets
+my words carry him where they seek to carry him, he will have to give
+up 'fleshly lusts which war against the soul'? I wonder if there is
+any young woman listening to me now who feels that if she lets my
+words carry her where they would carry her, she will have to live a
+different life from that which she has been living, to have more of a
+high and a noble aim in it, to live for something else than pleasure?
+I wonder if there are any of you who are saying, 'I cannot give up
+that'? My dear young friend, 'If thine eye offend thee, pluck it out
+and cast it from thee. It is better for thee to enter into life blind
+than with both eyes to be cast into hell-fire.'
+
+Reasons for delay, then, are these: first, getting rid of an
+unpleasant subject; second, thinking that there is time enough;
+third, letting the world obliterate the impressions that have been
+made; and fourth, shrinking from the surrender of something that you
+know you will have to give up.
+
+III. And now let me very briefly, as my last point, put before you
+one or two of the reasons which I would fain might be conclusive with
+you for present decision to take Christ for your Saviour and your
+Master.
+
+And I say, Do not delay, but _now_ choose Him for your Redeemer, your
+Friend, your Helper, your Commander, your All; because delay is
+really decision in the wrong way. Do not delay, but take Jesus Christ
+as the Saviour of your sinful souls, and rest your hearts upon Him
+to-night before you sleep; because there is no real reason for delay.
+No season will be more convenient than the present season. Every time
+is the right time to do the right thing, every time is the right time
+to begin following Him. There is nothing to wait for. There is no
+reason at all, except their own disinclination, why every man and
+woman listening to me should not now grasp the Cross of Christ as
+their only hope for forgiveness and acceptance, and yield themselves
+to that Lord, to live in His service for ever. Let not this day pass
+without your giving yourselves to Jesus Christ, because every time
+that you have this message brought to you, and you refuse to accept
+it, or delay to accept it, you make yourselves less capable of
+receiving it another time.
+
+If you take a bit of phosphorus and put it upon a slip of wood and
+ignite the phosphorus, bright as the blaze is, there drops from it a
+white ash that coats the wood and makes it almost incombustible. And
+so when the flaming conviction laid upon your hearts has burnt itself
+out, it has coated the heart, and it will be very difficult to kindle
+the light there again. Felix said, 'Go thy way, when I have a more
+convenient season I will send for thee.' Yes, and he did send for
+Paul, and he talked with him often--he repeated the conversation, but
+we do not know that he repeated the trembling. He often communed with
+Paul, but it was only once that he was alarmed. You are less likely
+to be touched by the Gospel message for every time that you have
+heard it and put it away. That is what makes my place here so
+terribly responsible, and makes me feel that my words are so very
+feeble in comparison with what they ought to be. I know that I may be
+doing harm to men just because they listen and are not persuaded, and
+so go away less and less likely to be touched.
+
+Ah, dear friends! you will perhaps never again have as deep
+impressions as you have now; or at least they are not to be reckoned
+upon as probable, for the tendency of all truth is to lose its power
+by repetition, and the tendency of all emotion which is not acted
+upon is to become fainter and fainter. And so I beseech you that now
+you would cherish any faint impression that is being made upon your
+hearts and consciences. Let it lead you to Christ; and take Him for
+your Lord and Saviour now.
+
+I say to you: Do that now because delay robs you of large blessing.
+You will never want Jesus Christ more than you do to-day. You need
+Him in your early hours. Why should it be that a portion of your
+lives should be left unfilled by that rich mercy? Why should you
+postpone possessing the purest joy, the highest blessing, the
+divinest strength? Why should you put off welcoming your best Friend
+into your heart? Why should you?
+
+I say to you again, Take Christ for your Lord, because delay
+inevitably lays up for you bitter memories and involves dreadful
+losses. There are good Christian men and women, I have no doubt, in
+this world now, who would give all they have, if they could blot out
+of the tablets of their memories some past hours of their lives,
+before they gave their hearts to Jesus Christ. I would have you
+ignorant of such transgression. O young men and women! if you grow up
+into middle life not Christians, then should you ever become so, you
+will have habits to fight with, and remembrances that will smart and
+sting; and some of you, perhaps, remembrances that will pollute, even
+though you are conscious that you are forgiven. It is a better thing
+not to know the depths of evil than to know them and to have been
+raised from them. You will escape infinite sorrows by an early
+cleaving to Christ your Lord.
+
+And last of all I say to you, give yourselves now to Jesus Christ,
+because no to-morrow may be yours. Delay is gambling, very
+irrationally, with a very uncertain thing--your life and your future
+opportunities. 'You know not what shall be on the morrow.'
+
+For a generation I have preached in Manchester these annual sermons
+to the young. Ah, how many of those that heard the early ones are
+laid in their graves; and how many of them were laid in _early_
+graves; and how many of them said, as some of you are saying, 'When I
+get older I will turn religious'! And they never got older. It is a
+commonplace word that, but I leave it on your hearts. You have no
+time to lose.
+
+Do not delay, because delay is decision in the wrong way; do not
+delay, because there is no reason for delay; do not delay, because
+delay robs you of a large blessing; do not delay, because delay lays
+up for you, if ever you come back, bitter memories; do not delay,
+because delay may end in death. And for all these reasons, come as a
+sinful soul to Christ the Saviour; and ask Him to forgive you, and
+follow in His footsteps, and do it now! 'To-day, if ye will hear His
+voice, harden not your hearts.'
+
+
+
+CHRIST'S REMONSTRANCES
+
+'And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice
+speaking unto me, and saying in the Hebrew tongue, Saul, Saul,
+why perseoutest thou Me! it is hard for thee to kick against the
+pricks.'--ACTS xxvi. 14.
+
+'Can the Ethiopian change his skin, or the leopard his spots?' No.
+But God can change the skin, because He can change the nature. In
+this story of the conversion of the Apostle Paul--the most important
+thing that happened that day--we have an instance how brambles may
+become vines; tares may become wheat; and a hater of Jesus Christ may
+be changed in a moment into His lover and servant, and, if need be,
+His martyr.
+
+Now the very same motives and powers which were brought to bear upon
+the Apostle Paul by miracle are being brought to bear upon every one
+of us; and my object now is just to trace the stages of the process
+set forth here, and to ask some of you, if you, like Paul, have been
+'obedient to the heavenly vision.' Stages, I call them, though they
+were all crowded into a moment, for even the lightning has to pass
+through the intervening space when it flashes from one side of the
+heavens to another, and we may divide its path into periods. Time is
+very elastic, as any of us whose lives have held great sorrows or
+great joys or great resolutions well know.
+
+I. The first of these all but simultaneous and yet separable stages
+was the revelation of Jesus Christ.
+
+Of course to the Apostle it was mediated by miracle; but real as he
+believed that appearance of the risen Lord in the heavens to be, and
+valid as he maintained that it was as the ground of his Apostleship,
+he himself, in one of his letters, speaks of the whole incident as
+being the revelation of God's Son in him. The revelation in heart and
+mind was the main thing, of which the revelation to eye and ear were
+but means. The means, in his case, are different from those in ours;
+the end is the same. To Paul it came like the rush of a cataract that
+the Christ whom he had thought of as lying in an unknown grave was
+living in the heavens and ruling there. You and I, I suppose, do not
+need to be convinced by miracle of the resurrection of Jesus Christ;
+but the bare fact that Jesus was living in the heavens would have had
+little effect upon Saul, unless it had been accompanied with the
+revelation of the startling fact that between him and Jesus Christ
+there were close personal relations, so that he had to do with Jesus,
+and Jesus with him.
+
+'Saul, Saul! why persecutest thou Me?' They used to think that they
+could wake sleep-walkers by addressing them by name. Jesus Christ, by
+speaking His name to the Apostle, wakes him out of his diseased
+slumber, and brings him to wholesome consciousness. There are
+stringency and solemnity of address in that double use of the name
+'Saul, Saul!'
+
+What does such an address teach you and me? That Jesus Christ, the
+living, reigning Lord of the universe, has perfect knowledge of each
+of us, and that we each stand isolated before Him, as if all the
+light of omniscience were focussed upon us. He knows our characters;
+He knows all about us, and more than that, He directly addresses
+Himself to each man and woman among us.
+
+We are far too apt to hide ourselves in the crowd, and let all the
+messages of God's love, the warnings of His providences, as well as
+the teachings and invitations and pleadings of His gospel, fly over
+our heads as if they were meant vaguely for anybody. But they are all
+intended for _thee_, as directly as if thou, and thou only, wert in
+the world. I beseech you, lay this to heart, that although no audible
+sounds may rend the silent heavens, nor any blaze may blind thine
+eye, yet that as really, though not in the same outward fashion as
+Saul, when they were all fallen to the earth, felt himself to be
+singled out, and heard a voice 'speaking to _him_ in the Hebrew
+tongue, saying, Saul, Saul!' _thou_ mayest hear a voice speaking to
+thee in the English tongue, by thy name, and directly addressing its
+gracious remonstrances and its loving offers to thy listening ear. I
+want to sharpen the blunt 'whosoever' into the pointed 'thou.' And I
+would fain plead with each of my friends hearing me now to believe
+that the gospel of Jesus Christ is meant for thee, and that Christ
+speaks to _thee_. 'I have a message from God unto thee,' just as
+Nathan said unto David. '_Thou_ art the man!'
+
+Do not lose yourselves in the crowd or hide yourselves from the
+personal incidence of Christ's offer, but feel that you stand, as you
+do indeed, alone the hearer of His voice, the possible recipient of
+His saving mercy.
+
+II. Secondly, notice, as another stage in this process the discovery
+of the true character of the past.
+
+'Why persecutest thou Me?' Now I am not going to be tempted from my
+more direct purpose in this sermon to dwell even for a moment on the
+beautiful, affecting, strengthening thought here, of the unity of
+Jesus Christ with all the humble souls that love Him, so as that,
+whatsoever any member suffers, the Head suffers with it. I must leave
+that truth untouched.
+
+Saul was brought to look at all his past life as standing in
+immediate connection with Jesus Christ. Of course he knew before the
+vision that he had no love to Him whom he thought to be a Galilean
+impostor, and that the madness with which he hated the servants was
+only the glancing off of the arrow that he would fain have aimed at
+the Master. But he did not know that Jesus Christ counted every blow
+struck at one of His servants as being struck at Him. Above all he
+did not know that the Christ whom he was persecuting was reigning in
+the heavens. And so his whole past life stood before him in a new
+aspect when it was brought into close connection with Christ, and
+looked at as in relation to Him.
+
+The same process would yield very remarkable results if applied to
+our lives. If I could only get you for one quiet ten minutes, to lay
+all your past, as far as memory brought it to your minds, right
+before that pure and loving Face, I should have done much. One
+infallible way of judging of the rottenness or goodness of our
+actions is that we should bring them where they will all be brought
+one day, into the brightness of Christ's countenance. If you want to
+find out the flaws in some thin, badly-woven piece of cloth, you hold
+it up against the light, do you not? and then you see all the specks
+and holes, and the irregular threads. Hold up your lives in like
+fashion against the light, and I shall be surprised if you do not
+find enough there to make you very much ashamed of yourselves. Were
+you ever on the stage of a theatre in the daytime? Did you ever see
+what miserable daubs the scenes look, and how seamy it all is when
+the pitiless sunshine comes in? Let that great light pour on your
+life, and be thankful if you find out what a daub it has been, whilst
+yet colours and brushes and time are at your disposal, and you may
+paint the future fairer than the past.
+
+Again, this revelation of Saul's past life disclosed its utter
+unreasonableness. That one question, '_Why_ persecutest thou Me?'
+pulverised the whole thing. It was like the wondering question so
+unanswerable in the Psalm, 'Why do the heathen rage, and the people
+imagine a vain thing?' If you take into account what you are, and
+where you stand, you can find no reason, except utterly unreasonable
+ones, for the lives that I fear some of us are living--lives of
+godlessness and Christlessness. There is nothing in all the world a
+tithe so stupid as sin. There is nothing so unreasonable, if there be
+a God at all, and if we depend upon Him, and have duties to Him, as
+the lives that some of you are living. You admit, most of you, that
+there is such a God; you admit, most of you, that you do hang upon
+Him; you admit, in theory, that you ought to love and serve Him. The
+bulk of you call yourselves Christians. That is to say, you believe,
+as a piece of historical fact, that Jesus Christ, the Son of God,
+came into this world and died for men. And, believing that, you turn
+your back on Him, and neither love nor serve nor trust Him nor turn
+away from your iniquity. Is there anything outside a lunatic asylum
+more madlike than that? 'Why persecutest thou?' 'And he was
+speechless,' for no answer was possible. Why neglectest thou? Why
+forgettest thou? Why, admitting what thou dost, art thou not an out-
+and-out Christian? If we think of all our obligations and relations,
+and the facts of the universe, we come back to the old saying, 'The
+fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom,' and any man who, like
+many of my hearers, fails to give his heart and life to Jesus Christ
+will one day have to say, 'Behold, I have played the fool, and erred
+exceedingly.' Wake up, my brother, to apply calm reason to your lives
+while yet there is time, and face the question, Why dost thou stand
+as thou dost to Jesus Christ? There is nothing sadder than the small
+share that deliberate reason and intelligent choice have in the
+ordering of most men's lives. You live by impulse, by habit, by
+example, by constraint of the outward necessities of your position.
+But I am sure that there are many amongst us now who have very
+seldom, if ever, sat down and said, 'Now let me think, until I get to
+the ultimate grounds of the course of life that I am pursuing.' You
+can carry on the questions very gaily for a step or two, but then you
+come to a dead pause. 'What do I do so-and-so for?' 'Because I like
+it.' 'Why do I like it?' 'Because it meets my needs, or my desires,
+or my tastes, or my intellect.' Why do you make the meeting of your
+needs, or your desires, or your tastes, or your intellect your sole
+object? Is there any answer to that? The Hindoos say that the world
+rests upon an elephant, and the elephant rests upon a tortoise. What
+does the tortoise rest on? Nothing! Then that is what the world and
+the elephant rest on. And so, though you may go bravely through the
+first stages of the examination, when you come to the last question
+of all, you will find out that your whole scheme of life is built
+upon a blunder; and the blunder is this, that anybody can be blessed
+without God.
+
+Further, this disclosure of the true character of his life revealed
+to Saul, as in a lightning flash, the ingratitude of it.
+
+'Why persecutest thou Me?' That was as much as to say, 'What have I
+done to merit thy hate? What have I _not_ done to merit rather thy
+love?' Paul did not know all that Jesus Christ had done for him. It
+took him a lifetime to learn a little of it, and to tell his brethren
+something of what he had learned. And he has been learning it ever
+since that day when, outside the walls of Rome, they hacked off his
+head. He has been learning more and more of what Jesus Christ has
+done for him, and why he should not persecute Him but love Him.
+
+But the same appeal comes to each of us. What has Jesus Christ done
+for thee, my friend, for me, for every soul of man? He has loved me
+better than His own life. He has given Himself for me. He has
+lingered beside me, seeking to draw me to Himself, and He still
+lingers. And this, at the best, tremulous faith, this, at the
+warmest, tepid love, this, at the completest, imperfect devotion and
+service, are all that we bring to Him; and some of us do not bring
+even these. Some of us have never known what it was to sacrifice one
+inclination for the sake of Christ, nor to do one act for His dear
+love's sake, nor to lean our weakness upon Him, nor to turn to Him
+and say, 'I give Thee myself, that I may possess Thee.' 'Do ye thus
+requite the Lord, O foolish people and unwise?' I have heard of
+wounded soldiers striking with their bayonets at the ambulance men
+who came to help them. That is like what some of you do to the Lord
+who died for your healing, and comes as the Physician, with bandages
+and with balm, to bind up the brokenhearted. 'Saul, Saul, why
+persecutest thou Me?'
+
+III. Lastly, we have here a warning against self-inflicted wounds.
+
+That second clause of the remonstrance on the lips of Christ in my
+text is, according to the true reading, not found in the account of
+Paul's conversion in the ninth chapter of this book. My text is from
+Paul's own story; and it is interesting to notice that he adds this
+eminently pathetic and forcible appeal to the shorter account given
+by the writer of the book. It had gone deep into his heart, and he
+could not forget.
+
+The metaphor is a very plain one. The ox-goad was a formidable
+weapon, some seven or eight feet in length, shod with an iron point,
+and capable of being used as a spear, and of inflicting deadly wounds
+at a pinch. Held in the firm hand of the ploughman, it presented a
+sharp point to the rebellious animal under the yoke. If the ox had
+readily yielded to the gentle prick, given, not in anger, but for
+guidance, it had been well. But if it lashes out with its hoofs
+against the point, what does it get but bleeding flanks? Paul had
+been striking out instead of obeying, and he had won by it only
+bloody hocks.
+
+There are two truths deducible from this saying, which may have been
+a proverb in common use. One is the utter futility of lives that are
+spent in opposing the divine will. There is a strong current running,
+and if you try to go against it you will only be swept away by it.
+Think of some little fishing coble coming across the bow of a great
+ocean-going steamer. What will be the end of that? Think of a pony-
+chaise jogging up the line, and an express train thundering down it.
+What will be the end of that? Think of a man lifting himself up and
+saying to God, 'I will _not_!' when God says, 'Do thou this!' or 'Be
+thou this!' What will be the end of that? 'The world passeth away,
+and the lusts thereof, but he that doeth the will of God abideth for
+ever.' 'It is hard for thee to kick against the pricks'--hard in
+regard to breaches of common morality, as some of my friends sitting
+quietly in these pews very well know. It is hard to indulge in
+sensual sin. You cannot altogether dodge what people call the
+'natural consequences'; but it was God who made Nature; and so I call
+them God-inflicted penalties. It is hard to set yourselves against
+Christianity. I am not going to speak of that at all now, only when
+we think of the expectations of victory with which so many
+antagonists of the Cross have gaily leaped into the arena, and of how
+the foes have been forgotten and there stands the Cross still, we may
+say of the whole crowd, beginning with the earliest, and coming down
+to the latest brand-new theory that is going to explode Christianity
+--'it is hard to kick against the pricks.' Your own limbs you may
+wound; you will not do the goad much harm.
+
+But there is another side to the proverb of my text, and that is the
+self-inflicted harm that comes from resisting the pricks of God's
+rebukes and remonstrances, whether inflicted by conscience or by any
+other means; including, I make bold to say, even such poor words as
+these of mine. For if the first little prick of conscience, a warning
+and a guide, be neglected, the next will go a great deal deeper. The
+voice which, before you do the wrong thing, says to you, 'Do not do
+it,' in tones of entreaty and remonstrance, speaks, after you have
+done it, more severely and more bitterly. The Latin word _remorse_,
+and the old English name for conscience, 'again-bite'--which latter
+is a translation of the other--teach us the same lesson, that the
+gnawing which comes after wrong done is far harder to bear than the
+touch that should have kept us from the evil. The stings of marine
+jelly-fish will burn for days after, if you wet them. And so all
+wrong-doing, and all neglect of right-doing of every sort, carries
+with it a subsequent pain, or else the wounded limb _mortifies_, and
+that is worse. There is no pain then; it would be better if there
+were. There is such a possibility as to have gone on so obstinately
+kicking against the pricks and leaving the wounds so unheeded, as
+that they mortify and feeling goes. A conscience 'seared with a hot
+iron' is ten times more dreadful than a conscience that pains and
+stings.
+
+So, dear brethren, let me beseech you to listen to the pitying
+Christ, who says to us each, more in sorrow than in anger, 'It is
+hard for thee to kick against the pricks.' It is no pleasure to Him
+to hold the goad, nor that we should wound ourselves upon it. He has
+another question to put to us, with another 'why,' 'Why should ye be
+stricken any more? Turn ye, turn ye; why will ye die, O house of
+Israel?'
+
+There is another metaphor drawn from the employment of oxen which we
+may set side by side with this of my text: 'Take My yoke upon you,
+and ye shall find rest unto your souls.' The yoke accepted, the goad
+is laid aside; and repose and healing from its wounds are granted to
+us. Dear brethren, if you will listen to the Christ revealed in the
+heavens, as knowing all about you, and remonstrating with you for
+your unreasonableness and ingratitude, and setting before you the
+miseries of rebellion and the suicide of sin, then you will have
+healing for all your wounds, and your lives will neither be self-
+tormenting, futile, nor unreasonable. The mercy of Jesus Christ
+lavished upon you makes your yielding yourselves to Him your only
+rational course. Anything else is folly beyond comparison and harm
+and loss beyond count.
+
+
+
+FAITH IN CHRIST
+
+'...Faith that is in Me.'--ACTS xxvi. 18.
+
+It is commonly said, and so far as the fact is concerned, said truly,
+that what are called the distinguishing doctrines of Christianity are
+rather found in the Epistles than in the Gospels. If we wish the
+clearest statements of the nature and person of Christ, we turn to
+Paul's Epistle to the Colossians. If we wish the fullest dissertation
+upon Christ's work as a sacrifice, we go to the Epistle to the
+Hebrews. If we seek to prove that men are justified by faith, and not
+by works, it is to the Epistles to Romans and Galatians that we
+betake ourselves,--to the writings of the servant rather than the
+words of the Master. Now this fuller development of Christian
+doctrine contained in the teaching of the Apostles cannot be denied,
+and need not be wondered at. The reasons for it I am not going to
+enter upon at present; they are not far to seek. Christ came not to
+_speak_ the Gospel, but _to be_ the Gospel. But then, this truth of a
+fuller development is often over-strained, as if Christ 'spake
+nothing concerning priesthood,' sacrifices, faith. He _did_ so speak
+when on earth. It is often misused by being made the foundation of an
+inference unfavourable to the authority of the Apostolic teaching,
+when we are told, as we sometimes are, that not Paul but Jesus speaks
+the words which we are to receive.
+
+Here we have Christ Himself speaking from the heavens to Paul at the
+very beginning of the Apostle's course, and if any one asks us where
+did Paul get the doctrines which he preached, the answer is, Here, on
+the road to Damascus, when blind, bleeding, stunned, with all his
+self-confidence driven out of him--with all that he had been crushed
+into shivers--he saw his Lord, and heard Him speak. These words
+spoken then are the germ of all Paul's Epistles, the keynote to which
+all his writings are but the melody that follows, the mighty voice of
+which all his teaching is but the prolonged echo. 'Delivering thee,'
+says Christ to him, 'from the people, and from the Gentiles, unto
+whom now I send thee, to open their eyes, to turn them from darkness
+to light, and from the power of Satan unto God; that they may receive
+forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them that are sanctified
+by faith that is in Me.' Now, I ask you, what of Paul's Gospel is not
+here? Man's ruin, man's depravity and state of darkness, the power of
+Satan, the sole redemptive work of Christ, justification by belief in
+that, sanctification coming with justification, and glory and rest
+and heaven at last--there they all are in the very first words that
+sounded upon the quickened ear of the blinded man when he turned from
+darkness to light.
+
+It would be foolish, of course, to try to exhaust such a passage as
+this in a sermon. But notice, what a complete summary of Christian
+truth there lies in that one last clause of the verse, 'Inheritance
+among them which are sanctified by faith that is in Me.' Translate
+that into distinct propositions, and they are these: Faith refers to
+Christ; that is the first thing. Holiness depends on faith; that is
+the next: '_sanctified_ by faith.' Heaven depends on holiness: that
+is the last: '_inheritance_ among them which are sanctified by faith
+that is in Me.' So there we have the whole gospel!
+
+To the one part of this comprehensive summary which is contained in
+my text I desire to turn now, in hope of gathering from it some
+truths as to that familiar word 'faith' which may be of use to us
+all. The expression is so often on our lips that it has come to be
+almost meaningless in many minds. These keywords of Scripture meet
+the same fate as do coins that have been long in circulation. They
+pass through so many fingers that the inscriptions get worn off them.
+We can all talk about faith and forgiveness and justifying and
+sanctifying, but how few of us have definite notions as to what these
+words that come so easily from our lips mean! There is a vast deal of
+cloudy haze in the minds of average church and chapel goers as to
+what this wonder-working faith may really be. Perhaps we may then be
+able to see large and needful truths gleaming in these weighty
+syllables which Christ Jesus spoke from heaven to Paul, 'faith that
+is in Me.'
+
+I. In the first place, then, the object of faith is Christ.
+
+'Faith that is in Me' is that which is directed towards Christ as its
+object. Christianity is not merely a system of truths about God, nor
+a code of morality deducible from these. In its character of a
+revelation, it is the revelation of God in the person of His Son.
+Christianity in the soul is not the belief of these truths about God,
+still less the acceptance and practice of these pure ethics, but the
+affiance and the confidence of the whole spirit fixed upon the
+redeeming, revealing Christ,
+
+True, the object of our faith is Christ as made known to us in the
+facts of His recorded life and the teaching of His Apostles. True,
+our only means of knowing Him as of any other person whom we have
+never seen, are the descriptions of Him, His character and work,
+which are given. True, the empty name 'Christ' has to be filled with
+the doctrinal and biographical statements of Scripture before the
+Person on whom faith is to fix can be apprehended or beheld. True, it
+is Christ as He is made known to us in the word of God, the Incarnate
+Son, the perfect Man, the atoning Sacrifice, the risen Lord, the
+ascended Intercessor in whom we have to trust. The characteristics
+and attributes of Christ are known to us only by biographical
+statements and by doctrinal propositions. These must be understood in
+some measure and accepted, ere there can be faith in Him. Apart from
+them, the image of Christ must stand a pale, colourless phantom
+before the mind, and the faith which is directed towards such a
+nebula will be an unintelligent emotion, as nebulous and impotent as
+the vagueness towards which it turns.
+
+Thus far, then, the attempt which is sometimes made to establish a
+Christianity without doctrines on the plea that the object of faith
+is not a proposition, but a person, must be regarded as nugatory; for
+how can the 'person' be an object of thought at all, but through the
+despised 'propositions'?
+
+But while on the one hand it is true that Christ as revealed in these
+doctrinal statements of Scripture, the divine human Saviour, is the
+Object of faith, on the other hand it is to be remembered that it is
+He, and not the statements about Him, who is the Object.
+
+Look at His own words. He does not merely say to us, 'Believe this,
+that, and the other thing about Me; put your credence in this and the
+other doctrine; accept this and the other promise; hope for this and
+the other future thing.' All these come with but are not the central
+act. He says, 'Believe: believe in Me! "_I_ am the Way, and the
+Truth, and the Life": He that cometh to _Me_ shall never hunger, and
+he that believeth in _Me_ shall never thirst.' Do we rightly
+appreciate that? I think that if people firmly grasped this truth--
+that Christ is the Gospel, and that the Object of faith is not simply
+the truths that are recorded here in the word, but He with regard to
+whom these truths are recorded--it would clear away rolling wreaths
+of fog and mist from their perceptions. The whole feeling and
+attitude of a man's mind is different, according as he is trusting a
+person, or according as he is believing something about a person. And
+this, therefore, is the first broad truth that lies here. Faith has
+reference not merely to a doctrine, not to a system; but deeper than
+all these, to a living Lord--'faith that is _in Me_.'
+
+I cannot help observing, before I go on--though it may be somewhat of
+a digression--what a strong inference with regard to the divinity of
+Christ is deducible from this first thought that He is the Object to
+whom faith has reference. If you look into the Old Testament, you
+will find constantly, 'Trust ye in the Lord for ever'; 'Put thy trust
+in Jehovah!' There, too, though under the form of the Law, there,
+too, faith was the seed and germ of all religion. There, too, though
+under the hard husk of apparently external obedience and ceremonial
+sacrifices, the just lived by faith. Its object was the Jehovah of
+that ancient covenant. Religion has always been the same in every
+dispensation. At every time, that which made a man a devout man has
+been identically the same thing. It has always been true that it has
+been faith which has bound man to God, and given man hope. But when
+we come to the New Testament, the centre is shifted, as it would
+seem. What has become of the grand old words, 'Trust ye in the Lord
+Jehovah'? Look! Christ stands there, and says, 'Believe upon Me'!
+With calm, simple, profound dignity, He lays His hand upon all the
+ancient and consecrated words, upon all the ancient and hallowed
+emotions that used to set towards the unseen God between the
+cherubim, throned above judgment and resting upon mercy; and He says,
+'They are Mine--give them to Me! That ancient trust, I claim the
+right to have it. That old obedience, it belongs to Me. I am He to
+whom in all time the loving hearts of them that loved God, have set.
+I am the Angel of the Covenant, in whom whoever trusteth shall never
+be confounded.' And I ask you just to take that one simple fact, that
+Christ thus steps, in the New Testament--in so far as the direction
+of the religious emotions of faith and love are concerned--that
+Christ steps into the place filled by the Jehovah of the Old; and ask
+yourselves honestly what theory of Christ's nature and person and
+work explains that fact, and saves Him from the charge of folly and
+blasphemy? 'He that believeth upon Me shall never hunger.' Ah, my
+brother! He was no mere _man_ who said that. He that spake from out
+of the cloud to the Apostle on the road to Damascus, and said,
+'Sanctified by faith that is in Me,' was no mere _man_. Christ was
+our brother and a man, but He was the Son of God, the divine
+Redeemer. The Object of faith is Christ; and as Object of faith He
+must needs be divine.
+
+II. And now, secondly, closely connected with and springing from this
+thought as to the true object of faith, arises the consideration as
+to the nature and the essence of the act of faith itself.
+
+_Whom_ we are to trust in we have seen: what it is to _have_ faith
+may be very briefly stated. If the Object of faith were certain
+truths, the assent of the understanding would be enough. If the
+Object of faith were unseen things, the confident persuasion of them
+would be sufficient. If the Object of faith were promises of future
+good, the hope rising to certainty of the possession of these would
+be sufficient. But if the Object be more than truths, more than
+unseen realities, more than promises; if the Object be a living
+Person,--then there follows inevitably this, that faith is not merely
+the assent of the understanding, that faith is not merely the
+persuasion of the reality of unseen things, that faith is not merely
+the confident expectation of future good; but that faith is the
+personal relation of him who has it to the living Person its Object,
+--the relation which is expressed not more clearly, perhaps a little
+more forcibly to us, by substituting another word, and saying, Faith
+is _trust_.
+
+And I think that there again, by laying hold of that simple
+principle, Because Christ is the Object of Faith, therefore Faith
+must be trust, we get bright and beautiful light upon the grandest
+truths of the Gospel of God. If we will only take that as our
+explanation, we have not indeed defined faith by substituting the
+other word for it, but we have made it a little more clear to our
+apprehensions, by using a non-theological word with which our daily
+acts teach us to connect an intelligible meaning. If we will only
+take that as our explanation, how simple, how grand, how familiar too
+it sounds,--to _trust_ Him! It is the very same kind of feeling,
+though different in degree, and glorified by the majesty and glory of
+its Object, as that which we all know how to put forth in our
+relations with one another. We trust each other. That is faith. We
+have confidence in the love that has been around us, breathing
+benedictions and bringing blessings ever since we were little
+children. When the child looks up into the mother's face, the symbol
+to it of all protection, or into the father's eye, the symbol to it
+of all authority,--that emotion by which the little one hangs upon
+the loving hand and trusts the loving heart that towers above it in
+order to bend over it and scatter good, is the same as the one which,
+glorified and made divine, rises strong and immortal in its power,
+when fixed and fastened on Christ, and saves the soul. The Gospel
+rests upon a mystery, but the practical part of it is no mystery.
+When we come and preach to you, 'Trust in Christ and thou shalt be
+saved,' we are not asking you to put into exercise some mysterious
+power. We are only asking you to give to Him that which you give to
+others, to transfer the old emotions, the blessed emotions, the
+exercise of which makes gladness in life here below, to transfer them
+to Him, and to rest safe in the Lord. Faith is trust. The living
+Person as its Object rises before us there, in His majesty, in His
+power, in His gentleness, and He says, 'I shall be contented if thou
+wilt give to Me these emotions which thou dost fix now, to thy death
+and loss, on the creatures of a day.' Faith is mighty, divine, the
+gift of God; but Oh! it is the exercise of a familiar habit, only
+fixed upon a divine and eternal Person.
+
+And if this be the very heart and kernel of the Christian doctrine of
+faith--that it is simple personal trust in Jesus Christ; it is worthy
+of notice, how all the subsidiary meanings and uses of the word flow
+out of that, whilst it cannot be explained by any of them. People are
+in the habit of setting up antitheses betwixt faith and reason,
+betwixt faith and sight, betwixt faith and possession. They say, 'We
+do not _know_, we must _believe_'; they say, 'We do not _see_, we
+must have faith'; they say, 'We do not _possess_, we must trust.' Now
+faith--the trust in Christ--the simple personal relation of
+confidence in Him--_that_ lies beneath all these other meanings of
+the word. For instance, faith is, in one sense, the opposite and
+antithesis of sight; because Christ, unseen, having gone into the
+unseen world, the confidence which is directed towards Him must needs
+pass out beyond the region of sense, and fix upon the immortal
+verities that are veiled by excess of light at God's right hand.
+Faith is the opposite of sight; inasmuch as Christ, having given us
+assurance of an unseen and everlasting world, we, trusting in Him,
+believe what He says to us, and are persuaded and know that there are
+things yonder which we have never seen with the eye nor handled with
+the hand. Similarly, faith is the completion of reason; because,
+trusting Christ, we believe what He says, and He has spoken to us
+truths which we in ourselves are unable to discover, but which, when
+revealed, we accept on the faith of His truthfulness, and because we
+rely upon Him. Similarly, faith is contrasted with present
+possession, because Christ has promised us future blessings and
+future glories; and having confidence in the Person, we believe what
+He says, and know that we shall possess them. But the root from which
+spring the power of faith as the opposite of sight, the power of
+faith as the telescope of reason, the power of faith as the
+'confidence of things not possessed,' is the deeper thing--faith in
+the Person, which leads us to believe Him whether He promises,
+reveals, or commands, and to take His words as verity because He _is_
+'the Truth.'
+
+And then, again, if this, the personal trust in Christ as our living
+Redeemer--if this be faith, then there come also, closely connected
+with it, certain other emotions or feelings in the heart. For
+instance, if I am trusting to Christ, there is inseparably linked
+with it self-distrust. There are two sides to the emotion; where
+there is reliance upon another, there must needs be non-reliance upon
+self. Take an illustration. There is the tree: the trunk goes upward
+from the little seed, rises into the light, gets the sunshine upon
+it, and has leaves and fruit. That is the upward tendency of faith--
+trust in Christ. There is the root, down deep, buried, dark, unseen.
+Both are springing, but springing in apposite directions, from the
+one seed. That is, as it were, the negative side, the downward
+tendency--self-distrust. The two things go together--the positive
+reliance upon another, the negative distrust of myself. There must be
+deep consciousness not only of my own impotence, but of my own
+sinfulness. The heart must be emptied that the seed of faith may
+grow; but the entrance in of faith is itself the means for the
+emptying of the heart. The two things co-exist; we can divide them in
+thought. We can wrangle and squabble, as divided sects hare done,
+about which comes first, the fact being, that though you can part
+them in thought, you cannot part them in experience, inasmuch as they
+are but the obverse and the reverse, the two sides of the same coin.
+Faith and repentance--faith and self-distrust--they are done in one
+and the same indissoluble act.
+
+And again, faith, as thus conceived of, will obviously have for its
+certain and immediate consequence, love. Nay, the two emotions will
+be inseparable and practically co-existent. In thought we can
+separate them. Logically, faith comes first, and love next, but in
+life they will spring up together. The question of their order of
+existence is an often-trod battle-ground of theology, all strewed
+with the relics of former fights. But in the real history of the
+growth of religious emotions in the soul, the interval which
+separates them is impalpable, and in every act of trust, love is
+present, and fundamental to every emotion of love to Christ is trust
+in Christ.
+
+But without further reference to such matters, here is the broad
+principle of our text. Trust in Christ, not mere assent to a
+principle, personal dependence upon Him revealed as the 'Lamb of God
+that taketh away the sin of the world,' an act of the will as well as
+of the understanding, and essentially an act of the will and not of
+the understanding--that is the thing by which a soul is saved. And
+much of the mist and confusion about saving faith, and non-saving
+faith, might be lifted and dispersed if we once fully apprehended and
+firmly held by the divine simplicity of the truth, that faith is
+trust in Jesus Christ.
+
+III. Once more: from this general definition there follows, in the
+third place, an explanation of the power of faith.
+
+'We are justified,' says the Bible, 'by faith.' If a man believes, he
+is saved. Why so? Not, as some people sometimes seem to fancy, as if
+in faith itself there was any merit. There is a very strange and
+subtle resurrection of the whole doctrine of works in reference to
+this matter; and we often hear belief in the Gospel of Christ spoken
+about as if _it_, the work of the man believing, was, in a certain
+way and to some extent, that which God rewarded by giving him
+salvation. What is that but the whole doctrine of works come up again
+in a new form? What difference is there between what a man does with
+his hands and what a man feels in his heart? If the one merit
+salvation, or if the other merit salvation, equally we are shut up to
+this,--Men get heaven by what they do; and it does not matter a bit
+what they do it with, whether it be body or soul. When we say we are
+saved by faith, we mean accurately, _through_ faith. It is God that
+saves. It is Christ's life, Christ's blood, Christ's sacrifice,
+Christ's intercession, that saves. Faith is simply the channel
+through which there flows over into my emptiness the divine fulness;
+or, to use the good old illustration, it is the hand which is held up
+to receive the benefit which Christ lays in it. A living trust in
+Jesus has power unto salvation, only because it is the means by which
+'the power of God unto salvation' may come into my heart. On one side
+is the great ocean of Christ's love, Christ's abundance, Christ's
+merits, Christ's righteousness; or, rather, there is the great ocean
+of Christ Himself, which includes them all; and on the other is the
+empty vessel of my soul--and the little narrow pipe that has nothing
+to do but to bring across the refreshing water, is the act of faith
+in Him. There is no merit in the dead lead, no virtue in the mere
+emotion. It is not faith that saves us; it is Christ that saves us,
+and saves us through faith.
+
+And now, lastly, these principles likewise help us to understand
+wherein consists the guilt and criminality of unbelief. People are
+sometimes disposed to fancy that God has arbitrarily selected this
+one thing, believing in Jesus Christ, as the means of salvation, and
+do not distinctly see why and how non-belief is so desperate and
+criminal a thing. I think that the principles that I have been trying
+feebly to work out now, help us to see how faith is not arbitrarily
+selected as the instrument and means of our salvation. There is no
+other way of effecting it. God could not save us in any other way
+than that, salvation being provided, the condition of receiving it
+should be trust in His Son.
+
+And next they show where the guilt of unbelief lies. Faith is not
+first and principally an act of the understanding; it is not the mere
+assent to certain truths. I believe, for my part, that men are
+responsible even for their intellectual processes, and for the
+beliefs at which they arrive by the working of these; and I think it
+is a very shallow philosophy that stands up and says--(it is almost
+exploded now, and perhaps not needful even to mention it)--that men
+are 'no more responsible for their belief than they are for the
+colour of their hair.' Why, if faith were no more than an
+intellectual process, it would still be true that they are
+responsible for it; but the faith that saves a man, and unbelief that
+ruins a man, are not processes of the understanding alone. It is the
+will, the heart, the whole moral being, that is concerned. Why does
+any one not trust Jesus Christ? For one reason only: because _he will
+not_. Why has any one not faith in the Lamb of God? Because his whole
+nature is turning away from that divine and loving Face, and is
+setting itself in rebellion against it. Why does any one refuse to
+believe? Because he has confidence in himself; because he has not a
+sense of his sins; because he has not love in his heart to his Lord
+and Saviour. Men are responsible for unbelief. Unbelief is criminal,
+because it is a moral act--an act of the whole nature. Belief or
+unbelief is the test of a man's whole spiritual condition, just
+because it is the whole being, affections, will, conscience and all,
+as well as the understanding, which are concerned in it. And
+therefore Christ, who says, 'Sanctified by faith that is in Me,' says
+likewise, 'He that believeth not, shall be condemned.'
+
+And now, brethren, take this one conviction into your hearts, that
+what makes a man a Christian--what saves my soul and yours--what
+brings the love of Christ into any life, and makes the sacrifice of
+Christ a power to pardon and purify,--that that is not merely
+believing this Book, not merely understanding the doctrines that are
+there, but a far more profound act than that. It is the casting of
+myself upon Himself, the bending of my willing heart to His loving
+Spirit; the close contact, heart to heart, soul to soul, will to
+will, of my emptiness with His fulness, of my sinfulness with His
+righteousness, of my death with His life: that I may live by Him, be
+sanctified by Him, be saved by Him, 'with an everlasting salvation.'
+Faith is trust: Christ is the Objeet of faith. Faith is the condition
+of salvation; and unbelief is your fault, your loss--the crime which
+ruins men's souls!
+
+
+
+'BEFORE GOVERNORS AND KINGS'
+
+'Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto the
+heavenly vision: 20. But shewed first unto them of Damascus, and
+at Jerusalem, and throughout all the coasts of Judsea, and then
+to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do
+works meet for repentance. 21. For these causes the Jews caught
+me in the temple, and went about to kill me. 22. Having therefore
+obtained help of God, I continue unto this day, witnessing both
+to small and great, saying none other things than those which the
+prophets and Moses did say should come; 23. That Christ should
+suffer, and that He should be the first that should rise from the
+dead, and should show light unto the people, and to the Gentiles.
+24. And as he thus spake for himself, Festus said with a loud
+voice, Paul, thou art beside thyself; much learning doth make
+thee mad. 25. But he said, I am not mad, most noble Festus; but
+speak forth the words of truth and soberness. 26. For the king
+knoweth of these things, before whom also I speak freely: for I
+am persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for
+this thing was not done in a corner. 27. King Agrippa, believest
+thou the prophets? I know that thou believest. 28. Then Agrippa
+said unto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian. 29.
+And Paul said, I would to God, that not only thou, but also all
+that hear me this day, were both almost and altogether such as I
+am, except these bonds. 30. And when he had thus spoken, the king
+rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with
+them: 31. And when they were gone aside, they talked between
+themselves, saying, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of
+bonds. 32. Then said Agrippa unto Festus, This man might have
+been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto Caesar.'
+--ACTS xxvi. 19-32.
+
+Festus was no model of a righteous judge, but he had got hold of the
+truth as to Paul, and saw that what he contemptuously called 'certain
+questions of their own superstition,' and especially his assertion of
+the Resurrection, were the real crimes of the Apostle in Jewish eyes.
+But the fatal wish to curry favour warped his course, and led him to
+propose a removal of the 'venue' to Jerusalem. Paul knew that to
+return thither would seal his death-warrant, and was therefore driven
+to appeal to Rome.
+
+That took the case out of Festus's jurisdiction. So that the hearing
+before Agrippa was an entertainment, got up for the king's diversion,
+when other amusements had been exhausted, rather than a regular
+judicial proceeding. Paul was examined 'to make a Roman holiday.'
+Festus's speech (chap. xxv. 24-27) tries to put on a colour of desire
+to ascertain more clearly the charges, but that is a very thin
+pretext. Agrippa had said that he would like 'to hear the man,' and
+so the performance was got up 'by request.' Not a very sympathetic
+audience fronted Paul that day. A king and his sister, a Roman
+governor, and all the elite of Caesarean society, ready to take their
+cue from the faces of these three, did not daunt Paul. The man who
+had seen Jesus on the Damascus road could face 'small and great.'
+
+The portion of his address included in the passage touches
+substantially the same points as did his previous 'apologies.' We may
+note how strongly he puts the force that impelled him on his course,
+and lays bare the secret of his life. 'I was not disobedient to the
+heavenly vision'; then the possibility of disobedience was open after
+he had heard Christ ask, 'Why persecutest thou Me?' and had received
+commands from His mouth. Then, too, the essential character of the
+charge against him was that, instead of kicking against the owner's
+goad, he had bowed his neck to his yoke, and that his obstinate will
+had melted. Then, too, the 'light above the brightness of the sun'
+still shone round him, and his whole life was one long act of
+obedience.
+
+We note also how he sums up his work in verse 20, representing his
+mission to the Gentiles as but the last term in a continuous widening
+of his field, from Damascus to Jerusalem, from Jerusalem to Judaea (a
+phase of his activity not otherwise known to us, and for which, with
+our present records, it is difficult to find a place), from Judaea to
+the Gentiles. Step by step he had been led afield, and at each step
+the 'heavenly vision' had shone before him.
+
+How superbly, too, Paul overleaps the distinction of Jew and Gentile,
+which disappeared to him in the unity of the broad message, which was
+the same to every man. Repentance, turning to God, works worthy of
+repentance, are as needful for Jew as for Gentile, and as open to
+Gentile as to Jew. What but universal can such a message be? To limit
+it would be to mutilate it.
+
+We note, too, the calmness with which he lays his finger on the real
+cause of Jewish hate, which Festus had already found out. He does not
+condescend to rebut the charge of treason, which he had already
+repelled, and which nobody in his audience believed. He is neither
+afraid nor angry, as he quietly points to the deadly malice which had
+no ground but his message.
+
+We further note the triumphant confidence in God and assurance of His
+help in all the past, so that, like some strong tower after the most
+crashing blows of the battering-ram, he still 'stands.' 'His steps
+had wellnigh slipped,' when foe after foe stormed against him, but
+'Thy mercy, O Lord, held me up.'
+
+Finally, Paul gathers himself together, to leave as his last word the
+mighty sentence in which he condenses his whole teaching, in its
+aspect of witness-bearing, in its universal destination and identity
+to the poorest and to loftily placed men and women, such as sat
+languidly looking at him now, in its perfect concord with the earlier
+revelation, and in its threefold contents, that it was the message of
+the Christ who suffered, who rose from the dead, who was the Light of
+the world. Surely the promise was fulfilled to him, and it was 'given
+him in that hour what he should speak.'
+
+The rustle in the crowd was scarcely over, when the strong masterful
+voice of the governor rasped out the coarse taunt, which, according
+to one reading, was made coarser (and more lifelike) by repetition,
+'Thou art mad, Paul; thou art mad.' So did a hard 'practical man'
+think of that strain of lofty conviction, and of that story of the
+appearance of the Christ. To be in earnest about wealth or power or
+science or pleasure is not madness, so the world thinks; but to be in
+earnest about religion, one's own soul, or other people's, is. Which
+was the saner, Paul, who 'counted all things but dung that he might
+win Christ,' or Festus, who counted keeping his governorship, and
+making all that he could out of it, the one thing worth living for?
+Who is the madman, he who looks up and sees Jesus, and bows before
+Him for lifelong service, or he who looks up and says, 'I see nothing
+up there; I keep my eyes on the main chance down here'? It would be a
+saner and a happier world if there were more of us mad after Paul's
+fashion.
+
+Paul's unruffled calm and dignity brushed aside the rude exclamation
+with a simple affirmation that his words were true in themselves, and
+spoken by one who had full command over his faculties; and then he
+turned away from Festus, who understood nothing, to Agrippa, who, at
+any rate, did understand a little. Indeed, Festus has to take the
+second place throughout, and it may have been the ignoring of him
+that nettled him. For all his courtesy to Agrippa, he knew that the
+latter was but a vassal king, and may have chafed at Paul's
+addressing him exclusively.
+
+The Apostle has finished his defence, and now he towers above the
+petty dignitaries before him, and goes straight at the conscience of
+the king. Festus had dismissed the Resurrection of 'one Jesus' as
+unimportant: Paul asserted it, the Jews denied it. It was not worth
+while to ask which was right. The man was dead, that was agreed. If
+Paul said He was alive after death, that was only another proof of
+madness, and a Roman governor had more weighty things to occupy him
+than investigating such obscure and absurd trifles. But Agrippa,
+though not himself a Jew, knew enough of the history of the last
+twenty years to have heard about the Resurrection and the rise of the
+Church. No doubt he would have been ready to admit his knowledge, but
+Paul shows a disposition to come to closer quarters by his swift
+thrust, 'Believest thou the prophets?' and the confident answer which
+the questioner gives.
+
+What was the Apostle bringing these two things--the publicity given
+to the facts of Christ's life, and the belief in the prophets--
+together for? Obviously, if Agrippa said Yes, then the next question
+would be, 'Believest thou the Christ, whose life and death and
+resurrection thou knowest, and who has fulfilled the prophets
+thereby?' That would have been a hard question for the king to
+answer. His conscience begins to be uncomfortable, and his dignity is
+wounded by this extremely rude person, who ventures to talk to him as
+if he were a mere common man. He has no better answer ready than a
+sarcasm; not a very forcible one, betraying, however, his penetration
+into, and his dislike of, and his embarrassment at, Paul's drift. His
+ironical words are no confession of being 'almost persuaded,' but a
+taunt. 'And do you really suppose that it is so easy a matter to turn
+me--the great Me, a Herod, a king,' and he might have added, a
+sensual bad man, 'into a Christian?'
+
+Paul met the sarcastic jest with deep earnestness, which must have
+hushed the audience of sycophants ready to laugh with the king, and
+evidently touched him and Festus. His whole soul ran over in yearning
+desire for the salvation of them all. He took no notice of the gibe
+in the word _Christian_, nor of the levity of Agrippa. He showed that
+purest love fills his heart, that he has found the treasure which
+enriches the poorest and adds blessedness to the highest. So peaceful
+and blessed is he, a prisoner, that he can wish nothing better for
+any than to be like him in his faith. He hints his willingness to
+take any pains and undergo any troubles for such an end; and, with
+almost a smile, he looks at his chains, and adds, 'except these
+bonds.'
+
+Did Festus wince a little at the mention of these, which ought not to
+have been on his wrists? At all events, the entertainment had taken
+rather too serious a turn for the taste of any of the three,--Festus,
+Agrippa, or Bernice. If this strange man was going to shake their
+consciences in that fashion, it was high time to end what was, after
+all, as far as the rendering of justice was concerned, something like
+a farce.
+
+So with a rustle, and amid the obeisances of the courtiers, the three
+rose, and, followed by the principal people, went through the form of
+deliberation. There was only one conclusion to be come to. He was
+perfectly innocent. So Agrippa solemnly pronounced, what had been
+known before, that he had done nothing worthy of death or bonds,
+though he had 'these bonds' on his arms; and salved the injustice of
+keeping an innocent man in custody by throwing all the blame on Paul
+himself for appealing to Csesar. But the person to blame was Festus,
+who had forced Paul to appeal in order to save his life.
+
+
+
+'THE HEAVENLY VISION'
+
+'Whereupon, O King Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto the
+heavenly vision.' Acts xxvi. 19.
+
+This is Paul's account of the decisive moment in his life on which
+all his own future, and a great deal of the future of Christianity
+and of the world, hung. The gracious voice had spoken from heaven,
+and now everything depended on the answer made in the heart of the
+man lying there blind and amazed. Will he rise melted by love, and
+softened into submission, or hardened by resistance to the call of
+the exalted Lord? The somewhat singular expression which he employs
+in the text, makes us spectators of the very process of his yielding.
+For it might be rendered, with perhaps an advantage, 'I _became_ not
+disobedient'; as if the 'disobedience' was the prior condition, from
+which we see him in the very act of passing, by the melting of his
+nature and the yielding of his will. Surely there have been few
+decisions in the world's history big with larger destinies than that
+which the captive described to Agrippa in the simple words: 'I became
+not disobedient unto the heavenly vision.'
+
+I. Note, then, first, that this heavenly vision shines for us too.
+
+Paul throughout his whole career looked back to the miraculous
+appearance of Jesus Christ in the heavens, as being equally availably
+as valid ground for his Christian convictions as were the appearances
+of the Lord in bodily form to the Eleven after His resurrection. And
+I may venture to work the parallel in the inverse direction, and to
+say to you that what we see and know of Jesus Christ is as valid a
+ground for our convictions, and as true and powerful a call for our
+obedience, as when the heaven was rent, and the glory above the
+midday sun bathed the persecutor and his followers on the stony road
+to Damascus. For the revelation that is made to the understanding and
+the heart, to the spirit and the will, is the same whether it be
+made, as it was to Paul, through a heavenly vision, or, as it was to
+the other Apostles, through the facts of the life, death,
+resurrection, and ascension of Jesus, which their senses certified to
+them, or, as it is to us, by the record of the same facts,
+permanently enshrined in Scripture. Paul's sight of Christ was for a
+moment; we can see Him as often and as long as we will, by turning to
+the pages of this Book. Paul's sight of Christ was accompanied with
+but a partial apprehension of the great and far-reaching truths which
+he was to learn and to teach, as embodied in the Lord whom he saw. To
+see Him was the work of a moment, to 'know Him' was the effort of a
+lifetime. We have the abiding results of the lifelong process lying
+ready to our hands in Paul's own letters, and we have not only the
+permanent record of Christ in the Gospels instead of the transient
+vision in the heavens, and the unfolding of the meaning and bearings
+of the historical facts, in the authoritative teaching of the
+Epistles, but we have also, in the history of the Church founded on
+these, in the manifest workings of a divine power for and through the
+company of believers, as well as in the correspondence between the
+facts and doctrines of Christianity and the wants of humanity, a
+vision disclosed and authenticated as heavenly, more developed,
+fuller of meaning and more blessed to the eyes which see it, than
+that which was revealed to the persecutor as he reeled from his horse
+on the way to the great city.
+
+Dear brethren, they who see Christ in the word, In the history of the
+world, in the pleading of the preacher, in the course of the ages,
+and who sometimes hear His voice in the warnings which He breathes
+into their consciences, and in the illuminations which He flashes on
+their understanding, need ask for no loftier, no more valid and
+irrefragable manifestation of His gracious self. To each of us this
+vision is granted. May I say, without seeming egotism to you it is
+granted even through the dark and cloudy envelope of my poor words?
+
+II. The vision of Christ, howsoever perceived, comes demanding
+obedience.
+
+The purpose for which Jesus Christ made Himself known to Paul was to
+give him a charge which should influence his whole life. And the
+manner in which the Lord, when He had appeared, prepared the way for
+the charge was twofold. He revealed Himself in His radiant glory, in
+His exalted being, in His sympathetic and mysterious unity with them
+that loved Him and trusted Him, in His knowledge of the doings of the
+persecutor; and He disclosed to Saul the inmost evil that lurked in
+his own heart, and showed him to his bewilderment and confusion, how
+the course that he thought to be righteousness and service was
+blasphemy and sin. So, by the manifestation of Himself enthroned
+omniscient, bound by the closest ties of identity and of sympathy
+with all that love Him, and by the disclosure of the amazed gazer's
+evil and sin, Jesus Christ opened the way for the charge which bore
+in its very heart an assurance of pardon, and was itself a
+manifestation of His love.
+
+In like manner all heavenly visions are meant to secure human
+obedience. We have not done what God means us to do with any
+knowledge of Him which He grants, unless we utilise it to drive the
+wheels of life and carry it out into practice in our daily conduct.
+Revelation is not meant to satisfy mere curiosity or the idle desire
+to know. It shines above us like the stars, but, unlike them, it
+shines to be the guide of our lives. And whatsoever glimpse of the
+divine nature, or of Christ's love, nearness, and power, we have ever
+caught, was meant to bow our wills in glad submission, and to animate
+our hands for diligent service and to quicken our feet to run in the
+way of His commandments.
+
+There is plenty of idle gazing, with more or less of belief, at the
+heavenly vision. I beseech you to lay to heart this truth, that
+Christ rends the heavens and shows us God, not that men may know, but
+that men may, knowing, do; and all His visions are the bases of
+commandments. So the question for us all is, What are we doing with
+what we know of Jesus Christ? Nothing? Have we translated our
+thoughts of Him into actions, and have we put all our actions under
+the control of our thoughts of Him? It is not enough that a man
+should say, 'Whereupon I _saw_ the vision,' or, 'Whereupon I was
+_convinced_ of the vision,' or, 'Whereupon I _understood_ the
+vision.' Sight, apprehension, theology, orthodoxy, they are all very
+well, but the right result is, 'Whereupon I was _not disobedient_ to
+the heavenly vision.' And unless your knowledge of Christ makes you
+do, and keep from doing, a thousand things, it is only an idle
+vision, which adds to your guilt.
+
+But notice, in this connection, the peculiarity of the obedience
+which the vision requires. There is not a word, in this story of
+Paul's conversion, about the thing which Paul himself always puts in
+the foreground as the very hinge upon which conversion turns--viz.
+faith. Not a word. The name is not here, but the thing is here, if
+people will look. For the obedience which Paul says that he rendered
+to the vision was not rendered with his hands. He got up to his feet
+on the road there, 'not disobedient,' though he had not yet done
+anything. This is to say, the man's will had melted. It had all gone
+with a run, so to speak, and the inmost being of him was subdued. The
+obedience was the submission of self to God, and not the more or less
+diligent and continuous consequent external activity in the way of
+God's commandments.
+
+Further, Paul's obedience is also an obedience based upon the vision
+of Jesus Christ enthroned, living, bound by ties that thrill at the
+slightest touch to all hearts that love Him, and making common cause
+with them.
+
+And furthermore, it is an obedience based upon the shuddering
+recognition of Paul's own unsuspected evil and foulness, how all the
+life, that he had thought was being built up into a temple that God
+would inhabit, was rottenness and falsehood.
+
+And it is an obedience, further, built upon the recognition of pity
+and pardon in Christ, who, after His sharp denunciation of the sin,
+looks down from Heaven with a smile of forgiveness upon His lips, and
+says: 'But rise and stand upon thy feet, for I will send thee to make
+known My name.'
+
+An obedience which is the inward yielding of the will, which is all
+built upon the revelation of the living Christ, who was dead and is
+alive for evermore, and close to all His followers; and is, further,
+the thankful tribute of a heart that knows itself to be sinful, and
+is certain that it is forgiven--what is that but the obedience which
+is of faith? And thus, when I say that the heavenly vision demands
+obedience, I do not mean that Christ shows Himself to you to set you
+to work, but I mean that Christ shows Himself to you that you may
+yield yourselves to Him, and in the act may receive power to do all
+His sweet and sacred will.
+
+III. Thirdly, this obedience is in our own power to give or to
+withhold.
+
+Paul, as I said in my introductory remarks, puts us here as
+spectators of the very act of submission. He shows it to us in its
+beginning--he shows us the state from which he came and that into
+which he passed, and he tells us, 'I _became_--not disobedient.' In
+his case it was a complete, swift, and permanent revolution, as if
+some thick-ribbed ice should all at once melt into sweet water. But
+whether swift or slow it was his own act, and after the Voice had
+spoken it was possible that Paul should have resisted and risen from
+the ground, not a servant, but a persecutor still. For God's grace
+constrains no man, and there is always the possibility open that when
+He calls we refuse, and that when He beseeches we say, 'I will not.'
+
+There is the mystery on which the subtlest intellects have tasked
+their powers and blunted the edge of their keenness in all
+generations; and it is not likely to be settled in five minutes of a
+sermon of mine. But the practical point that I have to urge is simply
+this: there are two mysteries, the one that men _can_, and the other
+that men _do_, resist Christ's pleading voice. As to the former, we
+cannot fathom it. But do not let any difficulty deaden to you the
+clear voice of your own consciousness. If I cannot trust my sense
+that I can do this thing or not do it, as I choose, there is nothing
+that I can trust. Will is the power of determining which of two roads
+I shall go, and, strange as it is, incapable of statement in any more
+general terms than the reiteration of the fact; yet here stands the
+fact, that God, the infinite Will, has given to men, whom He made in
+His own image, this inexplicable and awful power of coinciding with
+or opposing His purposes and His voice.
+
+ 'Our wills are ours, we know not how;
+ Our wills are ours, to make them Thine.'
+
+For the other mystery is, that men _do_ consciously set themselves
+against the will of God, and refuse the gifts which they know all the
+while are for their good. It is of no use to say that sin is
+ignorance. No; that is only a surface explanation. You and I know too
+well that many a time when we have been as sure of what God wanted us
+to do as if we had seen it written in flaming letters on the sky
+there, we have gone and done the exact opposite. I know that there
+are men and women who are convinced in their inmost souls that they
+ought to be Christians, and that Jesus Christ is pleading with them
+at the present hour, and yet in whose hearts there is no yielding to
+what, they yet are certain, is the will and voice of Jesus Christ.
+
+IV. Lastly, this obedience may, in a moment, revolutionise a life.
+
+Paul rode from Jerusalem 'breathing out threatenings and slaughters.'
+He fell from his warhorse, a persecutor of Christians, and a bitter
+enemy of Jesus. A few moments pass. There was one moment in which the
+crucial decision was made; and he staggered to his feet, loving all
+that he had hated, and abandoning all in which he had trusted. His
+own doctrine that 'if any man be in Christ he is a new creature, old
+things are passed away and all things are become new,' is but a
+generalisation of what befell himself on the Damascus road. It is of
+no use trying to say that there had been a warfare going on in this
+man's mind long before, of which his complete capitulation was only
+the final visible outcome. There is not a trace of anything of the
+kind in the story. It is a pure hypothesis pressed into the service
+of the anti-supernatural explanation of the fact.
+
+There are plenty of analogies of such sudden and entire revolution.
+All reformation of a moral kind is best done quickly. It is a very
+hopeless task, as every one knows, to tell a drunkard to break off
+his habits gradually. There must be one moment in which he definitely
+turns himself round and sets his face in the other direction. Some
+things are best done with slow, continuous pressure; other things
+need to be done with a wrench if they are to be done at all.
+
+There used to be far too much insistence upon one type of religious
+experience, and all men that were to be recognised as Christians
+were, by evangelical Nonconformists, required to be able to point to
+the moment when, by some sudden change, they passed from darkness to
+light. We have drifted away from that very far now, and there is need
+for insisting, not upon the necessity, but upon the possibility, of
+sudden conversions. However some may try to show that such
+experiences cannot be, the experience of every earnest Christian
+teacher can answer--well! whether they can be or not, they are. Jesus
+Christ cured two men gradually, and all the others instantaneously.
+No doubt, for young people who have been born amidst Christian
+influences, and have grown up in Christian households, the usual way
+of becoming Christians is that slowly and imperceptibly they shall
+pass into the consciousness of communion with Jesus Christ. But for
+people who have grown up irreligious and, perhaps, profligate and
+sinful, the most probable way is a sudden stride out of the kingdom
+of darkness into the kingdom of God's dear Son. So I come to you all
+with this message. No matter what your past, no matter how much of
+your life may have ebbed away, no matter how deeply rooted and
+obstinate may be your habits of evil, no matter how often you may
+have tried to mend yourself and have failed, it is possible by one
+swift act of surrender to break the chains and go free. In every
+man's life there have been moments into which years have been
+crowded, and which have put a wider gulf between his past and his
+present self than many slow, languid hours can dig. A great sorrow, a
+great joy, a great, newly discerned truth, a great resolve will make
+'one day as a thousand years.' Men live through such moments and feel
+that the past is swallowed up as by an earthquake. The highest
+instance of thus making time elastic and crowding it with meaning is
+when a man forms and keeps the swift resolve to yield himself to
+Christ. It may be the work of a moment, but it makes a gulf between
+past and future, like that which parted the time before and the time
+after that in which 'God said, Let there be light: and there was
+light.' If you have never yet bowed before the heavenly vision and
+yielded yourself as conquered by the love which pardons, to be the
+glad servant of the Lord Jesus who takes all His servants into
+wondrous oneness with Himself, do it now. You can do it. Delay is
+disobedience, and may be death. Do it now, and your whole life will
+be changed. Peace and joy and power will come to you, and you, made a
+new man, will move in a new world of new relations, duties, energies,
+loves, gladnesses, helps, and hopes. If you take heed to prolong the
+point into a line, and hour by hour to renew the surrender and the
+cry, 'Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?' you will ever have the
+vision of the Christ enthroned, pardoning, sympathising, and
+commanding, which will fill your sky with glory, point the path of
+your feet, and satisfy your gaze with His beauty, and your heart with
+His all-sufficing and ever-present love.
+
+
+
+'ME A CHRISTIAN!'
+
+'Then Agrlppa said unto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to be a
+Christian.'--ACTS xxvi 28.
+
+This Agrippa was son of the other Herod of whom we hear in the Acts
+as a persecutor. This one appears from other sources, to have had the
+vices but not the force of character of his bad race. He was weak and
+indolent, a mere hanger-on of Rome, to which he owed his kingdom, and
+to which he stoutly stuck during all the tragedy of the fall of
+Jerusalem. In position and in character (largely resulting from the
+position) he was uncommonly like those semi-independent rajahs in
+India, who are allowed to keep up a kind of shadow of authority on
+condition of doing what Calcutta bids them. Of course frivolity and
+debauchery become the business of such men. What sort of a man this
+was may be sufficiently inferred from the fact that Bernice was his
+sister.
+
+But he knew a good deal about the Jews, about their opinions, their
+religion, and about what had been going on during the last half
+century amongst them. Or grounds of policy he professed to accept the
+Jewish faith--of which an edifying example is given in the fact that,
+on one occasion, Bernice was prevented from accompanying him to Rome
+because she was fulfilling a Nazarite vow in the Temple at Jerusalem!
+
+So the Apostle was fully warranted in appealing to Agrippa's
+knowledge, not only of Judaism, but of the history of Jesus Christ,
+and in his further assertion, 'I know that thou believest.' But the
+home-thrust was too much for the king. His answer is given in the
+words of our text.
+
+They are very familiar words, and they have been made the basis of a
+great many sermons upon being all but persuaded to accept of Christ
+as Saviour. But, edifying as such a use of them is, it can scarcely
+be sustained by their actual meaning. Most commentators are agreed
+that our Authorised Version does not represent either Agrippa's words
+or his tone. He was not speaking in earnest. His words are sarcasm,
+not a half melting into conviction, and the Revised Version gives
+what may, on the whole, be accepted as being a truer representation
+of their intention when it reads, 'With but little persuasion thou
+wouldst fain make me a Christian.'
+
+He is half amused and half angry at the Apostle's presumption in
+supposing that so easily or so quickly he was going to land his fish.
+'It is a more difficult task than you fancy, Paul, to make a
+Christian of a man like me.' That is the real meaning of his words,
+and I think that, rightly understood, they yield lessons of no less
+value than those that have been so often drawn from them as they
+appear in our Authorised Version. So I wish to try and gather up and
+urge upon you now these lessons:--
+
+I. First, then, I see here an example of the danger of a superficial
+familiarity with Christian truth.
+
+As I said, Agrippa knew, in a general way, a good deal not only about
+the prophets and the Jewish religion, but of the outstanding facts of
+the death and Resurrection of Jesus Christ. Paul's assumption that he
+knew would have been very quickly repudiated if it had not been based
+upon fact. And the inference from his acceptance without
+contradiction of the Apostle's statement is confirmed by his use of
+the word 'Christian,' which had by no means come into general
+employment when he spoke; and in itself indicates that he knew a good
+deal about the people who were so named. Mark the contrast, for
+instance, between him and the bluff Roman official at his side. To
+Festus, Paul's talking about a dead man's having risen, and a risen
+Jew becoming a light to all nations, was such utter nonsense that,
+with characteristic Roman contempt for men with ideas, he breaks in,
+with his rough, strident voice, 'Much learning has made thee mad.'
+There was not much chance of that cause producing that effect on
+Festus. But he was apparently utterly bewildered at this entirely
+novel and unintelligible sort of talk. Agrippa, on the other hand,
+knows all about the Resurrection; has heard that there was such a
+thing, and has a general rough notion of what Paul believed as a
+Christian.
+
+And was he any better for it? No; he was a great deal worse. It took
+the edge off a good deal of his curiosity. It made him fancy that he
+knew beforehand all that the Apostle had to say. It stood in the way
+of his apprehending the truths which he thought that he understood.
+
+And although the world knows a great deal more about Jesus Christ and
+the Gospel than he did, the very same thing is true about hundreds
+and thousands of people who have all their lives long been brought
+into contact with Christianity. Superficial knowledge is the worst
+enemy of accurate knowledge, for the first condition of knowing a
+thing is to know that we do not know it. And so there are a great
+many of us who, having picked up since childhood vague and partially
+inaccurate notions about Christ and His Gospel and what He has done,
+are so satisfied on the strength of these that we know all about it,
+that we listen to preaching about it with a very languid attention.
+The ground in our minds is preoccupied with our own vague and
+imperfect apprehensions. I believe that there is nothing that stands
+more in the way of hundreds of people coming into real intelligent
+contact with Gospel truth than the half knowledge that they have had
+of it ever since they were children. You fancy that you know all that
+I can tell you. Very probably you do. But have you ever taken a firm
+hold of the plain central facts of Christianity--your own sinfulness
+and helplessness, your need of a Saviour, the perfect work of Jesus
+Christ who died on the Cross for you, and the power of simple faith
+therein to join you to Him, and, if followed by consecration and
+obedience, to make you partakers of His nature, and heirs of the
+inheritance that is above? These are but the fundamentals, the
+outlines of Gospel truth. But far too many of you see them, in such a
+manner as you see the figures cast upon a screen when the lantern is
+not rightly focussed, with a blurred outline, and the blurred outline
+keeps you from seeing the sharp-cut truth as it is in Jesus. In all
+regions of thought inaccurate knowledge is the worst foe to further
+understanding, and eminently is this the case in religion. Brethren,
+some of you are in that position.
+
+Then there is another way in which such knowledge as that of which
+the king in our text is an example is a hindrance, and that is, that
+it is knowledge which has no effect on character. What do hundreds of
+us do with our knowledge of Christianity? Our minds seem built in
+watertight compartments, and we keep the doors of them shut very
+close, so that truths in the understanding have no influence on the
+will. Many of you believe the Gospel intellectually, and it does not
+make a hairsbreadth of difference to anything that you ever either
+thought or wished or did. And because you so believe it, it is
+utterly impossible that it should ever be of any use to you.
+'Agrippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou believest.'
+'Yes, believest the prophets, and Bernice sitting by thy side there--
+believest the prophets, and livest in utter bestial godlessness.'
+What is the good of a knowledge of Christianity like that? And is it
+not such knowledge of Christianity that blocks the way with some of
+you for anything more real and more operative? There is nothing more
+impotent than a firmly believed and utterly neglected truth. And that
+is what the Christianity of some of you is when it is analysed.
+
+II. Now, secondly, notice how we have here the example of a proud man
+indignantly recoiling from submission,
+
+There is a world of contempt in Agrippa's words, in the very putting
+side by side of the two things. 'Me! _Me_,' with a very large capital
+M--'Me a Christian?' He thinks of his dignity, poor creature. It was
+not such a very tremendous dignity after all. He was a petty kinglet,
+permitted by the grace of Rome to live and to pose as if he were the
+real thing, and yet he struts and claps his wings and crows on his
+little hillock as if it were a mountain. '_Me_ a Christian?' 'The
+great Agrippa a _Christian_!' And he uses that word 'Christian' with
+the intense contempt which coined it and adhered to it, until the men
+to whom it was applied were wise enough to take it and bind it as a
+crown of honour upon their head. The wits at Antioch first of all hit
+upon the designation. They meant a very exquisite piece of sarcasm by
+their nickname. These people were 'Christians,' just as some other
+people were Herodians--Christ's men, the men of this impostor who
+pretended to be a Messiah. That seemed such an intensely ludicrous
+thing to the wise people in Antioch that they coined the name; and no
+doubt thought they had done a very clever thing. It is only used in
+the Bible in tike notice of its origin; here, with a very evident
+connotation of contempt; and once more when Peter in his letter
+refers to it as being the indictment on which certain disciples
+suffered. So when Agrippa says, 'Me a Christian,' he puts all the
+bitterness that he can into that last word. As if he said, 'Do you
+really think that I--I--am going to bow myself down to be a follower
+and adherent of that Christ of yours? The thing is too ridiculous!
+With but little persuasion you would fain make me a Christian. But
+you will find it a harder task than you fancy.'
+
+Now, my dear friends, the shape of this unwillingness is changed but
+the fact of it remains. There are two or three features of what I
+take to be the plain Gospel of Jesus Christ which grate very much
+against all self-importance and self-complacency, and operate very
+largely, though not always consciously, upon very many amongst us. I
+just run them over, very briefly.
+
+The Gospel insists on dealing with everybody in the same fashion, and
+on regarding all as standing on the same level. Many of us do not
+like that. Translate Agrippa's scorn into words that fit ourselves:
+'I am a well-to-do Manchester man. Am I to stand on the same level as
+my office-boy?' Yes! the very same. 'I, a student, perhaps a teacher
+of science, or a cultivated man, a scholar, a lawyer, a professional
+man--am I to stand on the same level as people that scarcely know how
+to read and write?' Yes, exactly. So, like the man in the Old
+Testament, 'he turned and went away in a rage.' Many of us would like
+that there should be a little private door for us in consideration of
+our position or acquirements or respectability, or this, that, or the
+other thing. At any rate we are not to be classed in the same
+category with the poor and the ignorant and the sinful and the savage
+all over the world. But we are so classed. Do not you and the men in
+Patagonia breathe the same air? Are not your bodies subject to the
+same laws? Have you not to be contented to be fed in the same
+fashion, and to sleep and eat and drink in the same way? 'We have all
+of us one human heart'; and 'there is no difference, for all have
+sinned and come short of the glory of God.' The identities of
+humanity, in all its examples, are deeper than the differences in
+any. We have all the one Saviour and are to be saved in the same
+fashion. That is a humbling thing for those of us who stand upon some
+little elevation, real or fancied, but it is only the other side of
+the great truth that God's love is world-wide, and that Christ's
+Gospel is meant for humanity. Naaman, to whom I have already referred
+in passing, wanted to be treated as a great man who happened to be a
+leper; Elisha insisted on treating him as a leper who happened to be
+a great man. And that makes all the difference. I remember seeing
+somewhere that a great surgeon had said that the late Emperor of
+Germany would have had a far better chance of being cured if he had
+gone _incognito_ to the hospital for throat diseases. We all need the
+same surgery, and we must be contented to take it in the same
+fashion. So, some of us recoil from humbling equality with the lowest
+and worst.
+
+Then again, another thing that sometimes makes people shrink back
+from the Gospel is that it insists upon every one being saved solely
+by dependence on Another. We would like to have a part in our
+salvation, and many of us had rather do anything in the way of
+sacrifice or suffering or penance than take this position:
+
+ 'Nothing in my hand I bring,
+ Simply to Thy Cross I cling.'
+
+Corrupt forms of Christianity have taken an acute measure of the
+worst parts of human nature, when they have taught men that they can
+eke out Christ's work by their own, and have some kind of share in
+their own salvation. Dear brethren, I have to bring to you another
+Gospel than that, and to say, All is done for us, and all will be
+done in us, and nothing has to be done by us. Some of you do not like
+that. Just as a man drowning is almost sure to try to help himself,
+and get his limbs inextricably twisted round his would-be rescuer and
+drown them both, so men will not, without a struggle, consent to owe
+everything to Jesus Christ, and to let Him draw them out of many
+waters and set them on the safe shore. But unless we do so, we have
+little share in His Gospel.
+
+And another thing stands in the way--namely, that the Gospel insists
+upon absolute obedience to Jesus Christ. Agrippa fancied that it was
+an utterly preposterous idea that he should lower his flag, and doff
+his crown, and become the servant of a Jewish peasant. A great many
+of us, though we have a higher idea of our Lord than his, do yet find
+it quite as hard to submit our wills to His, and to accept the
+condition of absolute obedience, utter resignation to Him, and entire
+subjection to His commandment. We say, 'Let my own will have a little
+bit of play in a corner.' Some of us find it very hard to believe
+that we are to bring all our thinking upon religious and moral
+subjects to Him, and to accept His word as conclusive, settling all
+controversies. 'I, with my culture; am I to accept what Christ says
+as the end of strife?' Yes, absolute submission is the plainest
+condition of real Christianity. The very name tells us that. We are
+Christians, _i.e._ Christ's men; and unless we are, we have no right
+to the name. But some of us had rather be our own masters and enjoy
+the miseries of independence and self-will, and so be the slaves of
+our worse selves, than bow ourselves utterly before that dear Lord,
+and so pass into the freedom of a service love-inspired, and by love
+accepted, 'Thou wouldst fain persuade _me_ to be a _Christian_,' is
+the recoil of a proud heart from submission. Brethren, let me beseech
+you that it may not be yours.
+
+III. Again, we have here an example of instinctive shrinking from the
+personal application of broad truths.
+
+Agrippa listened, half-amused and a good deal interested, to Paul as
+long as he talked generalities and described his own experience. But
+when he came to point the generalities and to drive them home to the
+hearer's heart it was time to stop him. That question of the
+Apostle's, keen and sudden as the flash of a dagger, went straight
+home, and the king at once gathered himself together into an attitude
+of resistance. Ah, that is what hundreds of people do! You will let
+me preach as long as I like--only you will get a little weary
+sometimes--you will let me preach generalities _ad libitum_. But when
+I come to 'And thou?' then I am 'rude' and 'inquisitorial' and
+'personal' and 'trespassing on a region where I have no business,'
+and so on and so on. And so you shut up your heart if not your ears.
+
+And yet, brethren, what is the use of toothless generalities? What am
+I here for if I am not here to take these broad, blunt truths and
+sharpen them to a point, and try to get them in between the joints of
+your armour? Can any man faithfully preach the Gospel who is always
+flying over the heads of his hearers with universalities, and never
+goes straight to their hearts with 'Thou--thou art the man!'
+'Believest _thou_?'
+
+And so, dear friends, let me press that question upon you. Never mind
+about other people. Suppose you and I were alone together and my
+words were coming straight _to thee_. Would they not have more power
+than they have now? They are so coming. Think away all these other
+people, and this place, ay, and me too, and let the word of Christ,
+which deals with no crowds but with single souls, come to you in its
+individualising force: 'Believest _thou_?' You will have to answer
+that question one day. Better to face it now and try to answer it
+than to leave it all vague until you get yonder, where 'each one of
+us shall give account of _himself_ to God.
+
+IV. Lastly, we have here an example of a soul close to the light, but
+passing into the dark.
+
+Agrippa listens to Paul; Bernice listens; Festus listens. And what
+comes of it? Only this, 'And when they were gone aside, they talked
+between themselves, saying, This man hath done nothing worthy of
+death or of bonds.' May I translate into a modern equivalent: And
+when they were gone aside, they talked between themselves, saying,
+'This man preached a very impressive sermon,' or, 'This man preached
+a very wearisome sermon,' and there an end.
+
+Agrippa and Bernice went their wicked way, and Festus went his, and
+none of them knew what a fateful moment they had passed through. Ah,
+brethren! there are many such in our lives when we make decisions
+that influence our whole future, and no sign shows that the moment is
+any way different from millions of its undistinguished fellows. It is
+eminently so in regard to our relation to Jesus Christ and His
+Gospel. These three had been in the light; they were never so near it
+again. Probably they never heard the Gospel preached any more, and
+they went away, not knowing what they had done when they silenced
+Paul and left him. Now you will probably hear plenty of sermons in
+future. You may or you may not. But be sure of this, that if you go
+away from this one, unmelted and unbelieving, you have not done a
+trivial thing. You have added one more stone to the barrier that you
+yourself build to shut you out from holiness and happiness, from hope
+and heaven. It is not I that ask you the question, it is not Paul
+that asks it, Jesus Christ Himself says to you, as He said to the
+blind man, 'Dost thou believe on the Son of God?' or as He said to
+the weeping sister of Lazarus, 'Believest thou this?' O dear friends,
+do not answer like this arrogant bit of a king, but cry with tears,
+'Lord, I believe; help Thou mine unbelief!'
+
+
+
+TEMPEST AND TRUST
+
+And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had
+obtained their purpose, loosing thence, they sailed close by
+Crete. 14. But not long after there arose against it a
+tempestuous wind, called Euroclydon. 15. And when the ship was
+caught, and could not bear up into the wind, we let her drive.
+16. And running under a certain island which is called Clauda, we
+had much work to come by the boat: 17. Which when they had taken
+up, they used helps, undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest
+they should fall into the quicksands, strake sail, and so were
+driven. 18. And we being exceedingly tossed with a tempest, the
+next day they lightened the ship; 19. And the third day we cast
+out with our own hands the tackling of the ship. 20. And when
+neither sun nor stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest
+lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was then taken away.
+21. But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the midst of
+them, and said, Sirs, ye should have hearkened unto me, and not
+have loosed from Crete, and to have gained this harm and loss.
+22. And now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there shall be
+no loss of any man's life among you, but of the ship. 23. For
+there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am, and
+whom I serve, 24. Saying, Fear not, Paul; thou must be brought
+before Caesar: and, lo, God hath given thee all them that sail
+with thee. 25. Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe
+God, that it shall be even as it was told me. 26. Howbeit we must
+be cast upon a certain island.'--ACTS xxvii. 13-26.
+
+Luke's minute account of the shipwreck implies that he was not a Jew.
+His interest in the sea and familiarity with sailors' terms are quite
+unlike a persistent Jewish characteristic which still continues. We
+have a Jew's description of a storm at sea in the Book of Jonah,
+which is as evidently the work of a landsman as Luke's is of one who,
+though not a sailor, was well up in maritime matters. His narrative
+lays hold of the essential points, and is as accurate as it is vivid.
+This section has two parts: the account of the storm, and the grand
+example of calm trust and cheery encouragement given in Paul's words.
+
+I. The consultation between the captain of the vessel and the
+centurion, at which Paul assisted, strikes us, with our modern
+notions of a captain's despotic power on his own deck, and single
+responsibility, as unnatural. But the centurion, as a military
+officer, was superior to the captain of an Alexandrian corn-ship, and
+Paul had already made his force of character so felt that it is not
+wonderful that he took part in the discussion. Naturally the
+centurion was guided by the professional rather than by the amateur
+member of the council, and the decision was come to to push on as far
+and fast as possible.
+
+The ship was lying in a port which gave scanty protection against the
+winter weather, and it was clearly wise to reach a more secure
+harbour if possible. So when a gentle southerly breeze sprang up,
+which would enable them to make such a port, westward from their then
+position, they made the attempt. For a time it looked as if they
+would succeed, but they had a great headland jutting out in front
+which they must get round, and their ability to do this was doubtful.
+So they kept close in shore and weathered the point. But before they
+had made their harbour the wind suddenly chopped round, as is
+frequent of that coast, and the gentle southerly breeze turned into a
+fierce squall from the north-east or thereabouts, sweeping down from
+the Cretan mountains. That began their troubles. To make the port was
+impossible. The unwieldy vessel could not 'face the wind,' and so
+they had to run before it. It would carry them in a south-westerly
+direction, and towards a small island, under the lee of which they
+might hope for some shelter. Here they had a little breathing time,
+and could make things rather more ship-shape than they had been able
+to do when suddenly caught by the squall. Their boat had been towing
+behind them, and had to be hoisted on deck somehow.
+
+A more important, and probably more difficult, task was to get strong
+hawsers under the keel and round the sides, so as to help to hold the
+timbers together. The third thing was the most important of all, and
+has been misunderstood by commentators who knew more about Greek
+lexicons than ships. The most likely explanation of 'lowering the
+gear' (Rev. Ver.) is that it means 'leaving up just enough of sail to
+keep the ship's head to the wind, and bringing down everything else
+that could be got down' (Ramsay, _St. Paul_, p. 329).
+
+Note that Luke says 'we' about hauling in the boat, and 'they' about
+the other tasks. He and the other passengers could lend a hand in the
+former, but not in the latter, which required more skilled labour.
+The reason for bringing down all needless top-hamper, and leaving up
+a little sail, was to keep the vessel from driving on to the great
+quicksands off the African coast, to which they would certainly have
+been carried if the wind held.
+
+As soon as they had drifted out from the lee of the friendly little
+island they were caught again in the storm. They were in danger of
+going down. As they drifted they had their 'starboard' broadside to
+the force of the wild sea, and it was a question how long the
+vessel's sides would last before they were stove in by the hammering
+of the waves, or how long she would be buoyant enough to ship seas
+without foundering. The only chance was to lighten her, so first the
+crew 'jettisoned' the cargo, and next day, as that did not give
+relief enough,'they,' or, according to some authorities, 'we'--that
+is passengers and all--threw everything possible overboard.
+
+That was the last attempt to save themselves, and after it there was
+nothing to do but to wait the apparently inevitable hour when they
+would all go down together. Idleness feeds despair, and despair
+nourishes idleness. Food was scarce, cooking it was impossible,
+appetite there was none. The doomed men spent the long idle days--
+which were scarcely day, so thick was the air with mist and foam and
+tempest--crouching anywhere for shelter, wet, tired, hungry, and
+hopeless. So they drifted 'for many days,' almost losing count of the
+length of time they had been thus. It was a gloomy company, but there
+was one man there in whom the lamp of hope burned when it had gone
+out in all others. Sun and stars were hidden, but Paul saw a better
+light, and his sky was clear and calm.
+
+II. A common danger makes short work of distinctions of rank. In such
+a time some hitherto unnoticed man of prompt decision, resource, and
+confidence, will take the command, whatever his position. Hope, as
+well as timidity and fear, is infectious, and one cheery voice will
+revive the drooping spirits of a multitude. Paul had already
+established his personal ascendency in that motley company of Roman
+soldiers, prisoners, sailors, and disciples. Now he stands forward
+with calm confidence, and infuses new hope into them all. What a
+miraculous change passes on externals when faith looks at them! The
+circumstances were the same as they had been for many days. The wind
+was howling and the waves pounding as before, the sky was black with
+tempest, and no sign of help was in sight, but Paul spoke, and all
+was changed, and a ray of sunshine fell on the wild waters that beat
+on the doomed vessel.
+
+Three points are conspicuous in his strong tonic words. First, there
+is the confident assurance of safety. A less noble nature would have
+said more in vindication of the wisdom of his former advice. It is
+very pleasant to small minds to say, 'Did I not tell you so? You see
+how right I was.' But the Apostle did not care for petty triumphs of
+that sort. A smaller man might have sulked because his advice had not
+been taken, and have said to himself, 'They would not listen to me
+before, I will hold my tongue now.' But the Apostle only refers to
+his former counsel and its confirmation in order to induce acceptance
+of his present words.
+
+It is easy to 'bid' men 'be of good cheer,' but futile unless some
+reason for good cheer is given. Paul gave good reason. No man's life
+was to be lost though the ship was to go. He had previously predicted
+that life, as well as ship and lading, would be lost if they put to
+sea. That opinion was the result of his own calculation of
+probabilities, as he lets us understand by saying that he 'perceived'
+it (ver. 10). Now he speaks with authority, not from his perception,
+but from God's assurance. The bold words might well seem folly to the
+despairing crew as they caught them amidst the roar of tempest and
+looked at their battered hulk. So Paul goes at once to tell the
+ground of his confidence--the assurance of the angel of God.
+
+What a contrast between the furious gale, the almost foundering ship,
+the despair in the hearts of the sleeping company, and the bright
+vision that came to Paul! Peter in prison, Paul in Caesarea and now
+in the storm, see the angel form calm and radiant. God's messengers
+are wont to come into the darkest of our hours and the wildest of our
+tempests.
+
+Paul's designation of the heavenly messenger as 'an angel of the God
+whose I am, whom also I serve,' recalls Jonah's confession of faith,
+but far surpasses it, in the sense of belonging to God, and in the
+ardour of submission and of active obedience, expressed in it. What
+Paul said to the Corinthians (1 Cor. vi. 19) he realised for himself:
+'Ye are not your own; for ye were bought with a price.' To recognise
+that we are God's, joyfully to yield ourselves to Him, and with all
+the forces of our natures to serve Him, is to bring His angel to our
+sides in every hour of tempest and peril, and to receive assurance
+that nothing shall by any means harm us. To yield ourselves to be
+God's is to make God ours. It was because Paul owned that he belonged
+to God, and served Him, that the angel came to him, and he explains
+the vision to his hearers by his relation to God. Anything was
+possible rather than that his God should leave him unhelped at such
+an hour of need.
+
+The angel's message must have included particulars unnoticed in
+Luke's summary; as, for instance, the wreck on 'a certain island.'
+But the two salient points in it are the certainty of Paul's own
+preservation, that the divine purpose of his appearing before Caesar
+might be fulfilled, and the escape of all the ship's company. As to
+the former, we may learn how Paul's life, like every man's, is shaped
+according to a divine plan, and how we are 'immortal till our work is
+done,' and till God has done His work in and on and by us. As to the
+latter point, we may gather from the word 'has _given_' the certainty
+that Paul had been praying for the lives of all that sailed with him,
+and may learn, not only that the prayers of God's servants are a real
+element in determining God's dealings with men, but that a true
+servant of God's will ever reach out his desires and widen his
+prayers to embrace those with whom he is brought into contact, be
+they heathens, persecutors, rough and careless, or fellow-believers.
+If Christian people more faithfully discharged the duty of
+intercession, they would more frequently receive in answer the lives
+of 'all them that sail with' them over the stormy ocean of life.
+
+The third point in the Apostle's encouraging speech is the example of
+his own faith, which is likewise an exhortation to the hearers to
+exercise the same. If God speaks by His angel with such firm
+promises, man's plain wisdom is to grasp the divine assurance with a
+firm hand. We must build rock upon rock. 'I believe God,' that surely
+is a credence demanded by common sense and warranted by the sanest
+reason. If we do so believe, and take His word as the infallible
+authority revealing present duty and future blessings, then, however
+lowering the sky, and wild the water, and battered the vessel, and
+empty of earthly succour the gloomy horizon, and heavy our hearts, we
+shall 'be of good cheer,' and in due time the event will warrant our
+faith in God and His promise, even though all around us seems to make
+our faith folly and our hope a mockery.
+
+
+
+A SHORT CONFESSION OF FAITH
+
+'...There stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am,
+and whom I serve.'--ACTS xxvii. 23.
+
+I turn especially to those last words, 'Whose I am and whom I serve.'
+
+A great calamity, borne by a crowd of men in common, has a wonderful
+power of dethroning officials and bringing the strong man to the
+front. So it is extremely natural, though it has been thought to be
+very unhistorical, that in this story of Paul's shipwreck he should
+become guide, counsellor, inspirer, and a tower of strength; and that
+centurions and captains and all the rest of those who held official
+positions should shrink into the background. The natural force of his
+character, the calmness and serenity that came from his faith--these
+things made him the leader of the bewildered crowd. One can scarcely
+help contrasting this shipwreck--the only one in the New Testament--
+with that in the Old Testament. Contrast Jonah with Paul, the guilty
+stupor of the one, down 'in the sides of the ship' cowering before
+the storm, with the calm behaviour and collected courage of the
+other.
+
+The vision of which the Apostle speaks does not concern us here, but
+in the words which I have read there are several noteworthy points.
+They bring vividly before us the essence of true religion, the bold
+confession which it prompts, and the calmness and security which it
+ensures. Let us then look at them from these points of view.
+
+I. We note the clear setting forth of the essence of true religion.
+
+Remember that Paul is speaking to heathens; that his present purpose
+is not to preach the Gospel, but to make his own position clear. So
+he says 'the God'--never mind who _He_ is at present--'the God to
+whom I belong '--that covers all the inward life--'and whom I serve'
+--that covers all the outward.
+
+'Whose I am.' That expresses the universal truth that men belong to
+God by virtue of their being the creatures of His hand. As the 100th
+Psalm says, according to one, and that a probably correct reading,
+'It is He that hath made us, and _we are His_.' But the Apostle is
+going a good deal deeper than any such thoughts, which he, no doubt,
+shared in common with the heathen men around him, when he declares
+that, in a special fashion, God had claimed him for His, and he had
+yielded to the claim. 'I am Thine,' is the deepest thought of this
+man's mind and the deepest feeling of his heart. And that is
+godliness in its purest form, the consciousness of belonging to God.
+We must interpret this saying by others of the Apostle's, such as,
+'Ye are not your own, ye are bought with a price. Therefore, glorify
+God in your bodies and spirits which are His.' He traces God's
+possession of him, not to that fact of creation (which establishes a
+certain outward relationship, but nothing more), nor even to the
+continuous facts of benefits showered upon his head, but to the one
+transcendent act of the divine Love, which gave itself to us, and so
+acquired us for itself. For we must recognise as the deepest of all
+thoughts about the relations of spiritual beings, that, as in regard
+to ourselves in our earthly affections, so in regard to our relations
+with God, there is only one way by which a spirit can own a spirit,
+whether it be a man on the one side and a woman on the other, or
+whether it be God on the one side and a man on the other, and that
+one way is by the sweetness of complete and reciprocal love. He who
+gives himself to God gets God for himself. So when Paul said, 'Whose
+I am,' he was thinking that he would never have belonged either to
+God or to himself unless, first of all, God, in His own Son, had
+given Himself to Paul. The divine ownership of us is only realised
+when we are consciously His, because of the sacrifice of Jesus
+Christ.
+
+Brethren, God does not count that a man belongs to Him simply because
+He made him, if the man does not feel his dependence, his obligation,
+and has not surrendered himself. He in the heavens loves you and me
+too well to care for a formal and external ownership. He desires
+hearts, and only they who have yielded themselves unto God, moved
+thereto by the mercies of God, and especially by the encyclopaediacal
+mercy which includes all the rest in its sweep, only they belong to
+Him, in the estimate of the heavens.
+
+And if you and I are His, then that involves that we have deposed
+from his throne the rebel Self, the ancient Anarch that disturbs and
+ruins us. They who belong to God cease to live to themselves. There
+are two centres for human life, and I believe there are only two--the
+one is God, the other is my wretched self. And if we are swept, as it
+were, out of the little orbit that we move in, when the latter is our
+centre, and are drawn by the weight and mass of the great central sun
+to become its satellites, then we move in a nobler orbit and receive
+fuller and more blessed light and warmth. They who have themselves
+for their centres are like comets, with a wide elliptical course,
+which carries them away out into the cold abysses of darkness. They
+who have God for their sun are like planets. The old fable is true of
+these 'sons of the morning'--they make music as they roll and they
+flash back His light.
+
+And then do not let us forget that this yielding of one's self to
+Him, swayed by His love, and this surrendering of will and purpose
+and affection and all that makes up our complex being, lead directly
+to the true possession of Him and the true possession of ourselves.
+
+I have said that the only way by which spirit possesses spirit is by
+love, and that it must needs be on both sides. So we get God for
+ourselves when we give ourselves to God. There is a wonderful
+alternation of giving and receiving between the loving God and his
+beloved lovers; first the impartation of the divine to the human,
+then the surrender of the human to the divine, and then the larger
+gift of God to man, just as in some series of mirrors the light is
+flashed back from the one to the other, in bewildering manifoldness
+and shimmering of rays from either polished surface. God is ours when
+we are God's. 'And this is the covenant that I will make with them
+after these days, saith the Lord. I will be their God, and they shall
+be My people.'
+
+And, in like manner, we never own ourselves until we have given
+ourselves to God. Each of us is like some feudatory prince, dependent
+upon an overlord. His subjects in his little territory rebel, and he
+has no power to subdue the insurgents, but he can send a message to
+the capital, and get the army of the king, who is his sovereign and
+theirs, to come down and bring them back to order, and establish his
+tottering throne. So if you desire to own yourself or to know the
+sweetness that you may get out of your own nature and the exercise of
+your powers, if you desire to be able to govern the realm within, put
+yourself into God's hands and say, 'I am Thine; hold Thou me up, and
+I shall be safe.'
+
+I need not say more than just a word about the other side of Paul's
+confession of faith, 'Whom I serve.' He employs the word which means
+the service of a worshipper, or even of a priest, and not that which
+means the service of a slave. His purpose was to represent how, as
+his whole inward nature bowed in submission to, and was under the
+influence of, God to whom he belonged, so his whole outward life was
+a life of devotion. He was serving Him there in the ship, amidst the
+storm and the squalor and the terror. His calmness was service; his
+confidence was service; the cheery words that he was speaking to
+these people were service. And on his whole life he believed that
+this was stamped, that he was devoted to God. So _there_ is the true
+idea of a Christian life, that in all its aspects, attitudes, and
+acts it is to be a manifestation, in visible form, of inward devotion
+to, and ownership by, God. All our work may be worship, and we may
+'pray without ceasing,' though no supplications come from our lips,
+if our hearts are in touch with Him and through our daily life we
+serve and honour Him. God's priests never are far away from their
+altar, and never are without, somewhat to offer, as long as they have
+the activities of daily duty and the difficulties of daily conflict
+to bring to Him and spread before Him.
+
+II. So let me turn for a moment to some of the other aspects of these
+words to which I have already referred, I find in them, next, the
+bold confession which true religion requires.
+
+Shipboard is a place where people find out one another very quickly.
+Character cannot well be hid there. And such circumstances as Paul
+had been in for the last fortnight, tossing up and down in _Adria_,
+with Death looking over the bulwarks of the crazy ship every moment,
+were certain to have brought out the inmost secrets of character.
+Paul durst not have said to these people 'the God whose I am and whom
+I serve' if he had not known that he had been living day by day a
+consistent and godly life amongst them.
+
+And so, I note, first of all, that this confession of individual and
+personal relationship to God is incumbent on every Christian. We do
+not need to be always brandishing it before people's faces. There is
+very little fear of the average Christian of this day blundering on
+that side. But we need, still less, to be always hiding it away. One
+hears a great deal from certain quarters about a religion that does
+not need to be vocal but shows what it is, without the necessity for
+words. Blessed be God! there is such a religion, but you will
+generally find that the people who have most of it are the people who
+are least tongue-tied when opportunity arises; and that if they have
+been witnessing for God in their quiet discharge of duty, with their
+hands instead of their lips, they are quite as ready to witness with
+their lips when it is fitting that they should do so. And surely,
+surely, if a man belongs to God, and if his whole life is to be the
+manifestation of the ownership that he recognises, that which
+specially reveals him--viz., his own articulate speech--cannot be
+left out of his methods of manifestation.
+
+I am afraid that there are a great many professing Christian people
+nowadays who never, all their lives, have said to any one, 'The God
+whose I am and whom I serve.' And I beseech you, dear brethren,
+suffer this word of exhortation. To say so is a far more effectual,
+or at least more powerful, means of appeal than any direct invitation
+to share in the blessings. You may easily offend a man by saying to
+him, 'Won't you be a Christian too?' But it is hard to offend if you
+simply say that you are a Christian. The statement of personal
+experience is more powerful by far than all argumentation or
+eloquence or pleading appeals. We do more when we say, 'That which we
+have tasted and felt and handled of the Word of Life, declare we unto
+you,' than by any other means.
+
+Only remember that the avowal must be backed up by a life, as Paul's
+was backed up on board that vessel. For unless it is so, the
+profession does far more harm than good. There are always keen
+critics round us, especially if we say that we are Christians. There
+were keen critics on board that ship. Do you think that these Roman
+soldiers, and the other prisoners, would not have smiled
+contemptuously at Paul, if this had been the first time that they had
+any reason to suppose that he was at all different from them? They
+would have said, 'The God whose _you_ are and whom _you_ serve? Why,
+you are just the same sort of man as if you worshipped Jupiter like
+the rest of us!' And that is what the world has a right to say to
+Christian people. The clearer our profession, the holier must be our
+lives.
+
+III. Last of all, I find in these words the calmness and security
+which true religion secures.
+
+The story, as I have already glanced at it in my introductory
+remarks, brings out very wonderfully and very beautifully Paul's
+promptitude, his calmness in danger, his absolute certainty of
+safety, and his unselfish thoughtfulness about his companions in
+peril. And all these things were the direct results of his entire
+surrender to God, and of the consistency of his daily life. It needed
+the angel in the vision to assure him that his life would be spared.
+But whether the angel had ever come or not, and though death had been
+close at his hand, the serenity and the peaceful assurance of safety
+which come out so beautifully in the story would have been there all
+the same. The man who can say 'I belong to God' does not need to
+trouble himself about dangers. He will have to exercise his common
+sense, as the Apostle shows us; he will have to use all the means
+that are in his power for the accomplishment of ends that he knows to
+be right and legitimate. But having done all that, he can say, 'I
+belong to Him,' it is His business to look after His own property. He
+is not going to hold His possessions with such a slack hand as that
+they shall slip between His fingers, and be lost in the mire. 'Thou
+wilt not lose the souls that are Thine in the grave, neither wilt
+Thou suffer the man whom Thou lovest to see corruption.' God keeps
+His treasures, and the surer we are that He is able to keep them unto
+that day, the calmer we may be in all our trouble.
+
+And the safety that followed was also the direct result of the
+relationship of mutual possession and love established between God
+and the Apostle. We do not know to which of the two groups of the
+shipwrecked Paul belonged; whether he could swim or whether he had to
+hold on to some bit of floating wreckage or other, and so got 'safe
+to land.' But whichever way it was, it was neither his swimming nor
+the spar to which, perhaps, he clung, that landed him safe on shore.
+It was the God to whom he belonged. Faith is the true lifebelt that
+keeps us from being drowned in any stormy sea. And if you and I feel
+that we are His, and live accordingly, we shall be calm amid all
+change, serene when others are troubled, ready to be helpers of
+others even when we ourselves are in distress. And when the crash
+comes, and the ship goes to pieces: 'so it will come to pass that,
+some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship, they all come
+safe to land,' and when the Owner counts His subjects and possessions
+on the quiet shore, as the morning breaks, there will not be one who
+has been lost in the surges, or whose name will be unanswered to when
+the muster-roll of the crew is called.
+
+
+
+A TOTAL WRECK, ALL HANDS SAVED
+
+'And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they
+had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they
+would have cast anchors out of the foreship, 31. Paul said to the
+centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye
+cannot be saved. 32. Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the
+boat, and let her fall off. 33. And while the day was coming on,
+Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the
+fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having
+taken nothing. 34. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for
+this is for your health; for there shall not an hair fall from
+the head of any of you. 35. And when he had thus spoken, he took
+bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all; and when
+he had broken it, he began to eat. 36. Then were they all of good
+cheer, and they also took some meat. 37. And we were in all in
+the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. 38. And when
+they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the
+wheat into the sea. 39. And when it was day, they knew not the
+land; but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the
+which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the
+ship. 40. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed
+themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder-bands, and noised
+up the main-sail to the wind, and made toward shore. 41. And
+falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship
+aground: and the fore part stuck fast, and remained unmoveable,
+but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves.
+42. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest
+any-of them should swim out, and escape. 43. But the centurion,
+willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose: and commanded
+that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the
+sea, and get to land: 44. And the rest some on boards, and some
+on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they
+escaped all safe to land.'--ACTS xxvii 30-44.
+
+The Jews were not seafaring people. Their coast had no safe harbours,
+and they seldom ventured on the Mediterranean. To find Paul in a ship
+with its bow pointed westwards is significant. It tells of the
+expansion of Judaism into a world-wide religion, and of the future
+course of Christianity. The only Old Testament parallel is Jonah, and
+the dissimilarities of the two incidents are as instructive as are
+their resemblances.
+
+This minute narrative is evidently the work of one of the passengers
+who knew a good deal about nautical matters. It reads like a log-
+book. But as James Smith has well noted in his interesting monograph
+on the chapter, the writer's descriptions, though accurate, are
+unprofessional, thus confirming Luke's authorship. Where had the
+'beloved physician' learned so much about the sea and ships? Did the
+great galleys carry surgeons as now? At all events the story is one
+of the most graphic accounts ever written. This narrative begins when
+the doomed ship has cast anchor, with a rocky coast close under her
+lee. The one question is, Will the four anchors hold? No wonder that
+the passengers longed for daylight!
+
+The first point is the crew's dastardly trick to save themselves,
+frustrated by Paul's insight and promptitude. The pretext for getting
+into the boat was specious. Anchoring by the bow as well as by the
+stern would help to keep the ship from driving ashore; and if once
+the crew were in the boat and pulled as far as was necessary to lay
+out the anchors, it would be easy, under cover of the darkness, to
+make good their escape on shore and leave the landsmen on board to
+shift for themselves. The boat must have been of considerable size to
+hold the crew of so large a ship. It was already lying alongside, and
+landsmen would not suspect what lay under the apparently brave
+attempt to add to the vessel's security, but Paul did so. His
+practical sagacity was as conspicuous a trait as his lofty
+enthusiasm. Common sense need not be divorced from high aims or from
+the intensest religious self-devotion. The idealist beat the
+practical centurion in penetrating the sailors' scheme.
+
+That must have been a great nature which combined such different
+characteristics as the Apostle shows. Unselfish devotion is often
+wonderfully clear-sighted as to the workings of its opposite. The
+Apostle's promptitude is as noticeable as his penetration. He wastes
+no time in remonstrance with the cowards, who would have been over
+the side and off in the dark while he talked, but goes straight to
+the man in authority. Note, too, that he keeps his place as a
+prisoner. It is not his business to suggest what is to be done. That
+might have been resented as presumptuous; but he has a right to point
+out the danger, and he leaves the centurion to settle how to meet it.
+Significantly does he say 'ye,' not 'we.' He was perfectly certain
+that he 'must be brought before Caesar'; and though he believed that
+all on board would escape, he seems to regard his own safety as even
+more certain than that of the others.
+
+The lesson often drawn from his words is rightly drawn. They imply
+the necessity of men's action in order to carry out God's purpose.
+The whole shipful are to be saved, but 'except these abide ... ye
+cannot be saved,' The belief that God wills anything is a reason for
+using all means to effect it, not for folding our hands and saying,
+'God will do it, whether we do anything or not.' The line between
+fatalism and Christian reliance on God's will is clearly drawn in
+Paul's words.
+
+Note too the prompt, decisive action of the soldiers. They waste no
+words, nor do they try to secure the sailors, but out with their
+knives and cut the tow-rope, and away into the darkness drifts the
+boat. It might have been better to have kept it, as affording a
+chance of safety for all; but probably it was wisest to get rid of it
+at once. Many times in every life it is necessary to sacrifice
+possible advantages in order to secure a more necessary good. The
+boat has to be let go if the passengers in the ship are to be saved.
+Misused good things have sometimes to be given up in order to keep
+people from temptation.
+
+The next point brings Paul again to the front. In the night he had
+been the saviour of the whole shipload of people. Now as the twilight
+is beginning, and the time for decisive action will soon be here with
+the day, he becomes their encourager and counsellor. Again his saving
+common sense is shown. He knew that the moment for intense struggle
+was at hand, and so he prepares them for it by getting them to eat a
+substantial breakfast. It was because of his faith that he did so.
+His religion did not lead him to do as some people would have done--
+begin to talk to the soldiers about their souls--but he looked after
+their bodies. Hungry, wet, sleepless, they were in no condition to
+scramble through the surf, and the first thing to be done was to get
+some food into them. Of course he does not mean that they had eaten
+absolutely nothing for a fortnight, but only that they had had scanty
+nourishment. But Paul's religion went harmoniously with his care for
+men's bodies. He 'gave thanks to God in presence of them all'; and
+who shall say that that prayer did not touch hearts more deeply than
+religious talk would have done? Paul's calmness would be contagious;
+and the root of it, in his belief in what his God had told him, would
+be impressively manifested to all on board. Moods are infectious; so
+'they were all of good cheer,' and no doubt things looked less black
+after a hearty meal,
+
+A little point may be noticed here, namely, the naturalness of the
+insertion of the numbers on board at this precise place in the
+narrative. There would probably be a muster of all hands for the
+meal, and in view of the approaching scramble, in order that, if they
+got to shore, there might be certainty as to whether any were lost.
+So here the numbers come in. They were still not without hope of
+saving the ship, though Paul had told them it would be lost; and so
+they jettison the cargo of wheat from Alexandria. By this time it is
+broad day and something must be done.
+
+The next point is the attempt to beach the vessel. 'They knew not the
+land,' that is, the part of the coast where they had been driven; but
+they saw that, while for the most part it was iron-bound, there was a
+shelving sandy bay at one point on to which it might be possible to
+run her ashore. The Revised Version gives a much more accurate and
+seaman-like account than the Authorised Version does. The anchors
+were not taken on board, but to save time and trouble were 'left in
+the sea,' the cables being simply cut. The 'rudder-bands'--that is,
+the lashings which had secured the two paddle-like rudders, one on
+either beam, which had been tied up to be out of the way when the
+stern anchors were put out--are loosed, and the rudders drop into
+place. The foresail (not 'mainsail,' as the Authorised Version has
+it) is set to help to drive the ship ashore. It is all exactly what
+we should expect to be done.
+
+But an unexpected difficulty met the attempt, which is explained by
+the lie of the coast at St. Paul's Bay, Malta, as James Smith fully
+describes in his book. A little island, separated from the mainland
+by a channel of not more than one hundred yards in breadth, lies off
+the north-east point of the bay, and to a beholder at the entrance to
+the bay looks as if continuous with it. When the ship got farther in,
+they would see the narrow channel, through which a strong current
+sets and makes a considerable disturbance as it meets the run of the
+water in the bay. A bank of mud has been formed at the point of
+meeting. Thus not only the water shoals, but the force of the current
+through the narrows would hinder the ship from getting past it to the
+beach. The two things together made her ground, 'stem on' to the
+bank; and then, of course, the heavy sea running into the bay,
+instead of helping her to the shore, began to break up the stern
+which was turned towards it.
+
+Common peril makes beasts of prey and their usual victims crouch
+together. Benefits received touch generous hearts. But the
+legionaries on board had no such sentiments. Paul's helpfulness was
+forgotten. A still more ignoble exhibition of the instinct of self-
+preservation than the sailors had shown dictated that cowardly, cruel
+suggestion to kill the prisoners. Brutal indifference to human life,
+and Rome's iron discipline holding terror over the legionaries'
+heads, are vividly illustrated in the 'counsel,' So were Paul's
+kindnesses requited! It is hard to melt rude natures even by
+kindness; and if Paul had been looking for gratitude he would have
+been disappointed, as we so often are. But if we do good to men
+because we expect requital, even in thankfulness, we are not pure in
+motive. 'Looking for nothing again' is the spirit enforced by God's
+pattern and by experience.
+
+The centurion had throughout, like most of his fellows in Scripture,
+been kindly disposed, and showed more regard for Paul than the rank
+and file did. He displays the good side of militarism, while they
+show its bad side; for he is collected, keeps his head in
+extremities, knows his own mind, holds the reins in a firm hand, even
+in that supreme moment, has a quick eye to see what must be done, and
+decision to order it at once. It was prudent to send first those who
+could swim; they could then help the others. The distance was short,
+and as the bow was aground, there would be some shelter under the lee
+of the vessel, and shoal water, where they could wade, would be
+reached in a few minutes or moments.
+
+'And so it came to pass, that they all escaped safe to the land.' So
+Paul had assured them they would. God needs no miracles in order to
+sway human affairs. Everything here was perfectly 'natural,' and yet
+His hand wrought through all, and the issue was His fulfilment of His
+promises. If we rightly look at common things, we shall see God
+working in them all, and believe that He can deliver us as truly
+without miracles as ever He did any by miracles. Promptitude,
+prudence, skill, and struggle with the waves, saved the whole two
+hundred and seventy-six souls in that battered ship; yet it was God
+who saved them all. Whether Paul was among the party that could swim,
+or among the more helpless who had to cling to anything that would
+float, he was held up by God's hand, and it was He who 'sent from
+above, took him, and drew him out of many waters.'
+
+
+
+AFTER THE WRECK
+
+'And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was
+called Melita. 2. And the barbarous people showed us no little
+kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one,
+because of the present rain, and because of the cold. 3. And when
+Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire,
+there came a viper out of the heat, and fastened on his hand. 4.
+And when the barbarians saw the venomous beast hang on his hand,
+they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a murderer,
+whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffereth not
+to live. 5. And he shook off the beast into the fire, and felt no
+harm. 6. Howbeit they looked when he should have swollen, or
+fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great
+while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and
+said that he was a god. 7. In the same quarters were possessions
+of the chief man of the island, whose name was Publius: who
+received us, and lodged us three days courteously. 8. And it came
+to pass, that the father of Publius lay sick of a fever, and of a
+bloody flux: to whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laid his
+hands on him, and healed him. 9. So when this was done, others
+also, which had diseases in the island, came, and were healed:
+10. Who also honoured us with many honours: and when we departed,
+they laded us with such things as were necessary. 11. And after
+three months we departed in a ship of Alexandria, which had
+wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pollux. 12. And
+landing at Syracuse, we tarried there three days. 13. And from
+thence we fetched a compass, and came to Rhegium: and after one
+day the south wind blew, and we came the next day to Puteoli; 14.
+Where we found brethren, and were desired to tarry with them
+seven days: and so we went toward Rome. 15. And from thence, when
+the brethren heard of us, they came to meet us as far as Appii
+Forum, and The three taverns: whom when Paul saw, he thanked God,
+and took courage. 16. And when we came to Rome, the centurion
+delivered the prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was
+suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him.'
+--ACTS xxviii. 1-16.
+
+'They _all_ escaped safe to land,' says Luke with emphasis, pointing
+to the verification of Paul's assurance that there should be no loss
+of life. That two hundred and seventy-six men on a wreck should all
+be saved was very improbable, but the angel had promised, and Paul
+had believed that it should be 'even so as it had been spoken unto
+him.' Therefore the improbable came to pass, and every man of the
+ship's company stood safe on the shore. Faith which grasps God's
+promise 'laughs at impossibilities' and brings them into the region
+of facts.
+
+Wet, cold, weary, and anxious, the rescued men huddled together on
+the shore in the early morning, and no doubt they were doubtful what
+reception they would have from the islanders who had been attracted
+to the beach. Their first question was, 'Where are we?' so completely
+had they lost their reckoning. Some of the inhabitants could speak
+Greek or Latin, and could tell them that they were on Melita, but the
+most part of the crowd that came round them could only speak in a
+tongue strange to Luke, and are therefore called by him 'barbarians,'
+not as being uncivilised, but as not speaking Greek. But they could
+speak the eloquent language of kindness and pity. They were heathens,
+but they were men. They had not come down to the wreck for plunder,
+as might have been feared, but to help the unfortunates who were
+shivering on the beach in the downpour of rain, and chilled to the
+bone by exposure.
+
+As always, Paul fills Luke's canvas; the other two hundred and
+seventy-five were ciphers. Two incidents, in which the Apostle
+appears as protected by God from danger, and as a fountain of healing
+for others, are all that is told of the three months' stay in Malta.
+Taken together, these cover the whole ground of the Christian's place
+in the world; he is an object of divine care, he is a medium of
+divine blessing. In the former one, we see in Paul's activity in
+gathering his bundle of brushwood an example of how he took the
+humblest duties on himself, and was not hindered either by the false
+sense of dignity which keeps smaller men from doing small things, as
+Chinese gentlemen pride themselves on long nails as a token that they
+do no work, or by the helplessness in practical matters which is
+sometimes natural to, and often affected by, men of genius, from
+taking his share in common duties.
+
+The shipwreck took place in November probably, and the 'viper' had
+curled itself up for its winter sleep, and had been lifted with the
+twigs by Paul's hasty hand. Roused by the warmth, it darted at Paul's
+hand before it could be withdrawn, and fixed its fangs. The sight of
+it dangling there excited suspicions in the mind of the natives, who
+would know that Paul was a prisoner, and so jumped to the conclusion
+that he was a murderer pursued by the Goddess of Justice. These rude
+islanders had consciences, which bore witness to a divine law of
+retribution.
+
+However mistaken may be heathens' conceptions of what constitutes
+right and wrong, they all know that it is wrong to do wrong, and the
+dim anticipation of God-inflicted punishment is in their hearts. The
+swift change of opinion about Paul is like, though it is the reverse
+of, what the people of Lystra thought of him. _They_ first took him
+for a god, and then for a criminal, worshipping him to-day and
+stoning him to-morrow. This teaches us how unworthy the heathen
+conception of a deity is, and how lightly the name was given. It may
+teach us too how fickle and easily led popular judgments are, and how
+they are ever prone to rush from one extreme to another, so that the
+people's idol of one week is their abhorrence the next, and the
+applause and execration are equally undeserved. These Maltese critics
+did what many of us are doing with less excuse--arguing as to men's
+merits from their calamities or successes. A good man may be stung by
+a serpent in the act of doing a good thing; that does not prove him
+to be a monster. He may be unhurt by what seems fatal; that does not
+prove him to be a god or a saint.
+
+The other incident recorded as occurring in Malta brings out the
+Christian's relation to others as a source of healing. An interesting
+incidental proof of Luke's accuracy is found in the fact that
+inscriptions discovered in Malta show that the official title of the
+governor was 'First of the Melitaeans.' The word here rendered
+'chief' is literally 'first.' Luke's precision is shown in another
+direction in his diagnosis of the diseases of Publius's father, which
+are described by technical medical terms. The healing seems to have
+been unasked. Paul 'went in,' as if from a spontaneous wish to render
+help. There is no record of any expectation or request from Publius.
+
+Christians are to be 'like the dew on the grass, which waiteth not
+for man,' but falls unsought. The manner of the healing brings out
+very clearly its divine source, and Paul's part as being simply that
+of the channel for God's power. He prays, and then lays his hands on
+the sick man. There are no words assuring him of healing. God is
+invoked, and then His power flows through the hands of the suppliant.
+So with all our work for men in bringing the better cure with which
+we are entrusted, we are but channels of the blessing, pipes through
+which the water of life is brought to thirsty lips. Therefore prayer
+must precede and accompany all Christian efforts to communicate the
+healing of the Gospel; and the most gifted are but, like Paul,
+'ministers through whom' faith and salvation come.
+
+The argument from silence is precarious, but the entire omission of
+notice of evangelistic work in Melita is noteworthy. Probably the
+Apostle as a prisoner was not free to preach Christ in any public
+manner.
+
+Ancient navigation was conducted in a leisurely fashion very strange
+to us. Three months' delay in the island, rendered necessary by
+wintry storms, would end about the early part of March, when the
+season for safe sailing began. So the third ship which was used in
+this voyage set sail. Luke notices its 'sign' as being that of the
+Twin Brethren, the patrons of sailors, whose images were, no doubt,
+displayed on the bow, just as to-day boats in that region often have
+a Madonna nailed on the mast. Strange conjunction--Castor and Pollux
+on the prow, and Paul on the deck!
+
+Puteoli, on the bay of Naples, was the landing-place, and there,
+after long confinement with uncongenial companions, the three
+Christians, Paul, Aristarchus, and Luke, found brethren. We can
+understand the joy of such a meeting, and can almost hear the
+narrative of perils which would be poured into sympathetic ears.
+Observe that, according to what seems the true reading, verse 14
+says, 'We were consoled among them, remaining seven days.' The
+centurion could scarcely delay his march to please the Christians at
+Puteoli; and the thought that the Apostle, whose spirit had never
+flagged while danger was near and effort was needed, felt some
+tendency to collapse, and required cheering when the strain was off,
+is as natural as it is pathetic.
+
+So the whole company set off on their march to Rome--about a hundred
+and forty miles. The week's delay in Puteoli would give time for
+apprising the church in Rome of the Apostle's coming, and two parties
+came out to meet him, one travelling as far as Appii Forum, about
+forty Roman miles from the city; the other as far as 'The Three
+Taverns,' some ten miles nearer it. The simple notice of the meeting
+is more touching than many words would have been. It brings out again
+the Apostle's somewhat depressed state, partly due, no doubt, to
+nervous tension during the long and hazardous voyage, and partly to
+his consciousness that the decisive moment was very near. But when he
+grasped the hands and looked into the faces of the Roman brethren,
+whom he had so long hungered to see, and to whom he had poured out
+his heart in his letter, he 'thanked God, and took courage.' The most
+heroic need, and are helped by, the sympathy of the humble. Luther
+was braced for the Diet of Worms by the knight who clapped him on the
+back as he passed in and spoke a hearty word of cheer.
+
+There would be some old friends in the delegation of Roman
+Christians, perhaps some of those who are named in Romans xvi., such
+as Priscilla and Aquila, and the unnamed matron, Rufus's mother, whom
+Paul there calls 'his mother and mine.' It would be an hour of love
+and effusion, and the shadow of appearing before Caesar would not
+sensibly dim the brightness. Paul saw God's hand in that glad
+meeting, as we should do in all the sweetness of congenial
+intercourse. It was not only because the welcomers were his friends
+that he was glad, but because they were Christ's friends and
+servants. The Apostle saw in them the evidence that the kingdom was
+advancing even in the world's capital, and under the shadow of
+Caesar's throne, and that gladdened him and made him forget personal
+anxieties. We too should be willing to sink our own interests in the
+joy of seeing the spread of Christ's kingdom.
+
+Paul turned thankfulness for the past and present into calm hope for
+the future: 'He took courage.' There was much to discourage and to
+excuse tremors and forebodings, but he had God and Christ with him,
+and therefore he could front the uncertain future without flinching,
+and leave all its possibilities in God's hands. Those who have such a
+past as every Christian has should put fear far from them, and go
+forth to meet any future with quiet hearts, and minds kept in perfect
+peace because they are stayed on God.
+
+
+
+THE LAST GLIMPSE OF PAUL
+
+'And it came to pass, that, after three days, Paul called the
+chief of the Jews together: and when they were come together, he
+said unto them, Men and brethren, though I have committed nothing
+against the people or customs of our fathers, yet was I delivered
+prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans; 18. Who,
+when they had examined me, would have let me go, because there
+was no cause of death in me. 19. But when the Jews spake against
+it, I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar; not that I had ought
+to accuse my nation of. 20. For this cause therefore have I
+called for you, to see you, and to speak with you: because that
+for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain. 21. And they
+said unto him, We neither received letters out of Judaea
+concerning thee, neither any of the brethren that came shewed or
+spake any harm of thee. 22. But we desire to hear of thee what
+thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect, we know that
+everywhere it is spoken against. 23. And when they had appointed
+him a day, there came many to him into his lodging; to whom he
+expounded and testified the kingdom of God, persuading them
+concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out of the
+prophets, from morning till evening. 24. And some believed the
+things which were spoken, and some believed not. 25. And when
+they agreed not among themselves, they departed, after that Paul
+had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Ghost by Esias the
+prophet unto our fathers, 26. Saying, Go unto this people, and
+say. Hearing ye shall hear, and shall not understand; and seeing
+ye shall see, and not perceive: 27. For the heart of this people
+is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their
+eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes, and
+hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should
+be converted, and I should heal them. 28. Be it known therefore
+unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles,
+and that they will hear it. 29. And when he had said these words,
+the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves. 30.
+And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and
+received all that came in unto him, 31. Preaching the kingdom
+of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus
+Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him.'
+--ACTS xxviii. 17-31.
+
+We have here our last certain glimpse of Paul. His ambition had long
+been to preach in Rome, but he little knew how his desire was to be
+fulfilled. We too are often surprised at the shape which God's
+answers to our wishes take. Well for us if we take the unexpected or
+painful events which accomplish some long-cherished purpose as
+cheerfully and boldly as did Paul. We see him in this last glimpse as
+the centre of three concentric widening circles.
+
+I. We have Paul and the leaders of the Roman synagogue. He was not
+the man to let the grass grow under his feet. After such a voyage a
+pause would have been natural for a less eager worker; but three days
+were all that he allowed himself, and these would, no doubt, be
+largely occupied by intercourse with the Roman Christians, and with
+the multitude of little things to be looked after on entering on his
+new lodging. Paul had gifts that we have not, he exemplified many
+heroic virtues which we are not called on to repeat; but he had
+eminently the prosaic virtue of diligence and persistence in work,
+and the humblest life affords a sphere in which that indispensable
+though homely excellence of his can be imitated. What a long holiday
+some of us would think we had earned, if we had come through what
+Paul had encountered since he left Caesarea!
+
+The summoning of the 'chief of the Jews' to him was a prudent
+preparation for his trial rather than an evangelistic effort. It was
+important to ascertain their feelings, and if possible to secure
+their neutrality in regard to the approaching investigation. Hence
+the Apostle seeks to put his case to them so as to show his true
+adherence to the central principles of Judaism, insisting that he is
+guiltless of revolt against either the nation or the law and
+traditional observances; that he had been found innocent by the
+Palestinian representatives of Roman authority; that his appeal to
+Caesar, which would naturally seem hostile to the rulers in
+Jerusalem, was not meant as an accusation of the nation to which he
+felt himself to belong, and so was no sign of deficient patriotism,
+but had been forced on him as his only means of saving his life.
+
+It was a difficult course which he had to steer, and he picked his
+way between the shoals with marvellous address. But his explanation
+of his position is not only a skilful piece of _apologia_, but it
+embodies one of his strongest convictions, which it is worth our
+while to grasp firmly; namely, that Christianity is the true
+fulfilment and perfecting of the old revelation. His declaration
+that, so far from his being a deserter from Israel, he was a prisoner
+just because he was true to the Messianic hope which was Israel's
+highest glory, was not a clever piece of special pleading meant for
+the convincing of the Roman Jews, but was a principle which runs
+through all his teaching. Christians were the true Jews. He was not a
+recreant in confessing, but they were deserters in denying, the
+fulfilment in Jesus of the hope which had shone before the generation
+of 'the fathers.' The chain which bound him to the legionary who
+'kept him,' and which he held forth as he spoke, was the witness that
+he was still 'an Hebrew of the Hebrews.'
+
+The heads of the Roman synagogue went on the tack of non-committal,
+as was quite natural. They were much too astute to accept at once an
+_ex parte_ statement, and so took refuge in professing ignorance.
+Probably they knew a good deal more than they owned. Their statement
+has been called 'unhistorical,' and, oddly enough, has been used to
+discredit Luke's narrative. It is a remarkable canon of criticism
+that a reporter is responsible for the truthfulness of assertions
+which he reports, and that, if he has occasion to report truthfully
+an untruth, he is convicted of the untruth which he truthfully
+reports. Luke is responsible for telling what these people found it
+convenient to say; they are responsible for its veracity. But they
+did not say quite as much as is sometimes supposed. As the Revised
+Version shows, they simply said that they had not had any official
+deputation or report about Paul, which is perfectly probable, as it
+was extremely unlikely that any ship leaving after Paul's could have
+reached Italy. They may have known a great deal about him, but they
+had no information to act upon about his trial. Their reply is
+plainly shaped so as to avoid expressing any definite opinion or
+pledging themselves to any course of action till they do hear from
+'home.'
+
+They are politely cautious, but they cannot help letting out some of
+their bile in their reference to 'this sect.' Paul had said nothing
+about it, and their allusion betrays a fuller knowledge of him and it
+than it suited their plea for delay to own. Their wish to hear what
+he thought sounded very innocent and impartial, but was scarcely the
+voice of candid seekers after truth. They must have known of the
+existence of the Roman Church, which included many Jews, and they
+could scarcely be ignorant of the beliefs on which it was founded;
+but they probably thought that they would hear enough from Paul in
+the proposed conference to enable them to carry the synagogue with
+them in doing all they could to procure his condemnation. He had
+hoped to secure at least their neutrality; they seem to have been
+preparing to join his enemies. The request for full exposition of a
+prisoner's belief has often been but a trap to ensure his martyrdom.
+But we have to 'be ready to give to every man a reason for the hope
+that is in us,' even when the motive for asking it may be anything
+but the sincere desire to learn.
+
+II. Therefore Paul was willing to lay his heart's belief open,
+whatever doing so might bring. So the second circle forms round him,
+and we have him preaching the Gospel to 'many' of the Jews. He could
+not go to the synagogue, so much of the synagogue came to him. The
+usual method was pursued by Paul in arguing from the old revelation,
+but we may note the twofold manner of his preaching, 'testifying' and
+'persuading,' the former addressed more to the understanding, and the
+latter to the affections and will, and may learn how Christian
+teachers should seek to blend both--to work their arguments, not in
+frost, but in fire, and not to bully or scold or frighten men into
+the Kingdom, but to draw them with cords of love. Persuasion without
+a basis of solid reasoning is puerile and impotent; reasoning without
+the warmth of persuasion is icy cold, and therefore nothing grows
+from it.
+
+Note too the protracted labour 'from morning till evening.' One can
+almost see the eager disputants spending the livelong day over the
+rolls of the prophets, relays of Rabbis, perhaps, relieving one
+another in the assault on the one opponent's position, and he holding
+his ground through all the hours--a pattern for us teachers of all
+degrees.
+
+The usual effects followed. The multitude was sifted by the Gospel,
+as its hearers always are, some accepting and some rejecting. These
+double effects ever follow it, and to one or other of these two
+classes we each belong. The same fire melts wax and hardens clay; the
+same light is joy to sound eyes and agony to diseased ones; the same
+word is a savour of life unto life and a savour of death unto death;
+the same Christ is set for the fall and for the rising of men, and is
+to some the sure foundation on which they build secure, and to some
+the stone on which, stumbling, they are broken, and which, falling on
+them, grinds them to powder.
+
+Paul's solemn farewell takes up Isaiah's words, already used by
+Jesus. It is his last recorded utterance to his brethren after the
+flesh, weighty, and full of repressed yearning and sorrow. It is
+heavy with prophecy, and marks an epoch in the sad, strange history
+of that strange nation. Israel passes out of sight with that dread
+sentence fastened to its breast, like criminals of old, on whose
+front was fixed the record of their crimes and their condemnation. So
+this tragic self-exclusion from hope and life is the end of all that
+wondrous history of ages of divine revelation and patience, and of
+man's rebellion. The Gospel passes to the Gentiles, and the Jew shuts
+himself out. So it has been for nineteen centuries. Was not that
+scene in Paul's lodging in Rome the end of an epoch and the
+prediction of a sad future?
+
+III. Not less significant and epoch-making is the glimpse of Paul
+which closes the Acts. We have the third concentric circle--Paul and
+the multitudes who came to his house and heard the Gospel. We note
+two points here. First, that his unhindered preaching in the very
+heart of the world's capital for two whole years is, in one aspect,
+the completion of the book. As Bengel tersely says, 'The victory of
+the word of God, Paul at Rome. The apex of the Gospel, the end of
+Acts.'
+
+But, second, as clearly, the ending is abrupt, and is not a
+satisfying close. The lengthened account of the whole process of
+Paul's imprisonments and hearings before the various Roman
+authorities is most unintelligible if Luke intended to break off at
+the very crucial point, and say nothing about the event to which he
+had been leading up for so many chapters. There is much probability
+in Ramsay's suggestion that Luke intended to write a third book,
+containing the account of the trial and subsequent events, but was
+prevented by causes unknown, perhaps by martyrdom. Be that as it may,
+these two verses, with some information pieced out of the Epistles
+written during the imprisonment, are all that we know of Paul's life
+in Rome. From Philippians we learn that the Gospel spread by reason
+of the earlier stages of his trial. From the other Epistles we can
+collect some particulars of his companions, and of the oversight
+which he kept up of the Churches.
+
+The picture here drawn lays hold, not on anything connected with his
+trial, but on his evangelistic activity, and shows us how,
+notwithstanding all hindrances, anxieties about his fate, weariness,
+and past toils, the flame of evangelistic fervour burned undimmed in
+'Paul the aged,' as the flame of mistaken zeal had burned in the
+'young man named Saul,' and how the work which had filled so many
+years of wandering and homelessness was carried on with all the old
+joyfulness, confidence, and success, from the prisoner's lodging. In
+such unexpected fashion did God fulfil the Apostle's desire to
+'preach the Gospel to you that are at Rome also.' To preach the word
+with all boldness is the duty of us Christians who have entered into
+the heritage of fuller freedom than Paul's, and of whom it is truer
+than of him that we can do it, 'no man forbidding' us.
+
+
+
+PAUL IN ROME
+
+And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and
+received all that came in unto him, 31. Preaching the kingdom
+of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus
+Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him.'
+--ACTS xxviii. 30, 31.
+
+So ends this book. It stops rather than ends. Many reasons might be
+suggested for closing here. Probably the simplest is the best, that
+nothing more is said for nothing more had yet been done. Probably the
+book was written during these two years. This abrupt close suggests
+several noteworthy thoughts.
+
+I. The true theme of the book.
+
+How convenient if Luke had told us a little more! But Paul's history
+is unfinished, like Peter's and John's. This book's treatment of all
+the Apostles teaches, as we have often had to remark, that Christ and
+His acts are its true subject.
+
+We are wise if we learn the lesson of keeping all human teachers,
+even a Paul, in their inferior place, and if we say of each of them:
+'He was not the Light, but came that he might bear witness of the
+Light.'
+
+II. God's unexpected and unwelcome ways of fulfilling our desires,
+and His purposes.
+
+It had long been Paul's dream to 'see Rome.' How little he knew the
+steps by which his dream was to be fulfilled! He told the Ephesian
+elders that he was going up to Jerusalem under compulsion of the
+Spirit, and 'not knowing the things that should befall him there,'
+except that he was certain of 'bonds and imprisonment.' He did not
+know that these were God's way of bringing him to Rome. Jewish fury,
+Roman statecraft and law-abidingness, two years of a prison, a stormy
+voyage, a shipwreck, led him to his long-wished-for goal. God uses
+even man's malice and opposition to the Gospel to advance the
+progress of the Gospel. Men, like coral insects, build their little
+bit, all unaware of the whole of which it is a part, but the reef
+rises above the waves and ocean breaks against it in vain.
+
+So we may gather lessons of submission, of patient acceptance of
+apparently adverse circumstances, and of quiet faith that He who
+'makes stormy winds to fulfil His word and flaming fires His
+ministers,' will bend to the carrying out of His designs all things,
+be they seemingly friendly or hostile, and will realise our dreams,
+if in accordance with His will, even through events which seem to
+shatter them. Let us trust and be patient till we see the issues of
+events.
+
+III. The world's mistaken estimate of greatness.
+
+Who was the greatest man in Rome at that hour? Not the Caesar but the
+poor Jewish prisoner. How astonished both would have been if they had
+been told the truth! The two kingdoms were, so to speak, set face to
+face in these two, their representatives, and neither of them knew
+his own relative importance. The Caesar was all unaware that, for all
+his legions and his power, he was but 'a noise'; Paul was as
+unconscious that he was incomparably the most powerful of the
+influences that were then at work in the world. The haughty and
+stolid eyes of Romans saw in him nothing but a prisoner, sent up from
+a turbulent subject land on some obscure charge, a mere nobody. The
+crowds in forum and amphitheatre would have laughed at any one who
+had pointed to that humble 'hired house,' and said, 'There lodges a
+man who bears a word that will shatter and remould the city, the
+Empire, the world.'
+
+Let us have confidence in the greatness of the word, though the world
+may be deaf to its music and blind to its power, and let us never
+fear to ally ourselves with a cause which we know to be God's,
+however it may be unpopular and made light of by the 'leaders of
+opinion.'
+
+IV. The true relation between the Church and the State.
+
+'None forbidding him' marks a great step forward. Paul's unhindered
+freedom of speech in Rome itself marks 'the victory of the word, the
+apex of the Gospel.' The neutral attitude of the imperial power was,
+indeed, broken by subsequent persecutions, but we may say that on the
+whole Rome let Christianity alone. That is the best service that the
+State can render to the Church. Anything more is help which encumbers
+and is harmful to the true spiritual power of the Gospel. The real
+requirement which it makes on the civil power is simply what the
+Greek philosopher asked of the king who was proffering his good
+offices, 'Stand out of the sunshine!'
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Expositions of Holy Scripture: The Acts
+by Alexander Maclaren
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EXPOSITIONS OF HOLY SCRIPTURE ***
+
+This file should be named exp0910.txt or exp0910.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, exp0911.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, exp0910a.txt
+
+Produced by Charles Franks, John Hagerson
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+